$B    im    33M 


%^ 


' 


I 


\ 


/ 


THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 

OF  CALIFORNIA 

PRESENTED  BY 

PROF.  CHARLES  A.  KOFOID  AND 

MRS.  PRUDENCE  W.  KOFOID 


t 


i»,f.f*.  X^^f'/^'*^*^^ 


>vO\.J 


*>  ^% 


^ 


w 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/detaJls/elementsofgeograOOworcncn 


ELEMENTS 


OT 


GEOGRAPHY, 


ANCIENT  AND  MODERN : 


WITH  AN  ATLAS. 


BY  J.  E.  WORCESTER,  A.  Mj. 


^ttxtotSiPt  iSUition. 


BOSTON: 
MILLIARD,  GRAY,  LITTLE  &  WILKINS, 

134  WASHINGTON-STREET. 
AND  SOLD  BY  BOOKSELLERS  GENERALLY. 

1828. 


m^ 


m. 


DISTRICT  OF  MASSACHUSETTS,  TO  WIT  : 

District  Clerk's  Of  ice. 

BE  it  remembered,  that  on  the  twentieth  day  of  November,  A.  D.  1819,  and  in 
the  forty-fourth  year  of  the  Independence  of  the  United  States  of  America,  J. 
E.  Worcester,  or  the  said  district,  has  deposited  in  this  office  the  title  of  a  book, 
the  rig^ht  whereof  he  claims  as  author,  in  the  words  following,  viz. 

"  Elements  of  Geography,  Ancient  and  Modem.  With  an  Atlas.  By  J.  E. 
Worcester." 

In  conformity  to  the  act  of  the  Congress  of  the  United  States,  entitled  "  An  act 
for  the  encouragement  of  learning,  by  securing  the  copies  of  maps,  charts,  and 
books,  to  the  authors  and  propnetors  of  such  copies  during  the  times  thereia 
mentioned ;"  and  also  to  an  act,  entitled  "  An  act  supplementary  to  an  act,  entit- 
led *  An  act  for  the  encovuragement  of  learning,  by  securing  the  copies  of  maps, 
charts,  and  books,  to  the  authors  and  proprietors  of  such  copies,  during  the  times 
therein  mentioned,'  and  extending  the  benefits  thereof  to  the  arts  of  designing, 
eDgraving,  and  etching  historical  and^other  prints." 

Txo   vv   n  WTQ    5  ^^^^^  °^  ^^^  District 
J>0.  W.  DAVIS,  ^    of  Massachusetts. 


m^ 


PREFACE    \  /yy 

TO  THE  STEREOTYPE  EDITION. 


In  the  stereotype  edition  of  the  Elements  of  Geography^ 
the  quantity  of  matter  has  been  much  increased,  various  al- 
terations have  been  made  in  the  arrangement,  and  consider- 
able changes  also  in  all  parts,  the  modern  geography,  the 
ancient,  and  the  tabular  views.  The  design  has  been  to 
render  the  work  more  instructive  and  interesting ;  and  more 
convenient  for  use,  both  to  the  teacher  and  the  pupil. 

The  Atlas  has  also  been  revised,  and  a  new  map  of  the 
Eastern  and  Middle  States  has  been  added  to  it. 

In  future  impressions  the  present  arrangement  will  remiiin 
unbroken.  The  more  permanent  matter  is  so  separated 
from  the  more  changeable,  that  the  necessary  alterations,  in 
order  to  accommodate  the  information  to  a  recept  date,  may 
be  made  without  changing  the  general  structure  of  tjie  bookf 
so  as  to  occasion  difficulty  in  using  it  in  classes. 

The  work,  recently  pnblished,  entitled  "  Sketches  of  the 
Earth  and  its  Inhabitants,  with  one  hundred  Engravings,^^ 
will  be  found  a  suitable  companion  to  the  Elements,  for  such 
as  are  desirous  of  extending  their  acquaintance  with  the 
most  interesting  topics  connected  with  the  pleasing  and  use- 
ful science  of  geography.  Several  of  the  plates  contained 
in  the  "  Sketches"  have  been  inserted  in  this  edition  of  the 
Elements,  in  order  to  illustrate  some  of  the  most  prominent 
or  characteristic  matters  relating  to  different  countries.  ] 

In  its  present  form  the  work  will,  it  is  hoped,  be  found,  im 
various  respects,  more  satisfactory,  and  less  unworthy  of  the 
favour  which  the  public  indulgence  has  given  it. 
March,  1824. 


NOTE  TO  USSTRUCTERS. 

Before  studying  the  Geography,  the  pupil  should  be  made,  m  some 
degree,  acquainted  with  the  maps.  Let  him  learn  the  boundaries  of 
countriest  and  the  gittiation  of  the  several  oceans  and  seas,  of  the  largest 
TiverSf  the  principal  ranges  of  mountains ^  and  the  rnost  important 
cities.  By  having  these  leading  matters  well  impressed  on  his  memo- 
ry, he  will  be  enabled  to  study  the  Geography  with  greater  advan^- 
tage. 

The  boundaries  of  countries  are  not  giren  in  the  book,  as  they  can 
be  much  the  most  easily  learned,  and  much  the  best  fixed  in  the 
memory,  by  the  use  of  the  maps ;  and  if  they  are  learned  from  the 
maps  before  the  Geography  is  studie4)  it  woulfli  be  entirely  unneces- 
sary to  learn  them  in  the  book. 


RECOMMENDATIONS 


OF  THE 


FXEMENTS  OF  GEOGRAPHY,  AND  OTHER   WORKS 
BY  THE  SAME  AUTHOR. 


RECOMMENDATION!. 

The  Corporation  of  the  University  in  Cambridge,  being  of 
opinion  that  Mr,  Worcester's  "  ELEMENTS  OF  GEOGRAPHY" 
is  a  work  of  peculiar  merit  as  an  elementary  system,  have  adopted 
it  as  the  book  to  be  used  in  the  examination  of  candidates  for 
admission  into  that  seminary. 

J.  T.  KIRKLAND,  President. 

"  Mr.  Worcester's  Geography  appears  to  us  a  most  excellent 
manual.  It  is  concise,  well  arranged,  free  from  redundancies  and 
repetitions,  and  contains  exactly  what  it  should,  a  brief  outline 
•f  the  natural  and  political  characteristics  of  each  country.  The 
tabular  views  are  of  great  value." 

JVorth  American  Review. 

"  We  consider  the  work,  in  its  present  state,  as  the  best  com- 
pend  of  Geography  for  the  use  of  schools,  which  has  appeared  in 
our  country." 

Monthly  Literary  Journal. 

"  From  a  careful  examination  of  thy  Geography,  and  a  compari- 
son of  the  work  with  other  productions  of  like  character,  I  am  led 
to  the  opinion  that  it  is  the  most  valuable  system  of  elementary 
geography  published  in  our  country." 

Roberts  Vaux,  Esq. 

"  I  have  no  hesitation  in  expressing  it  as  my  opinion,  that  it  con- 
tains more  valuable  matter,  and  better  arranged,  than  any  similar 
work  of  its  size  I  have  ever  met  with." 

Professor  Adams. 

"  I  cannot  hesitate  to  pronounce  it,  on  the  whole,  the  best 
compend  of  geography  for  the  use  of  academies,  that  I  have  ever 
seen."  Rev.  Dr.  S.  Miller  of  Princeton. 

"  Of  all  the  elementary  treatises  on  the  subject  which  have  been 
published,  1  have  seen  none  with  which  I  am  on  the  whole  so 
well  pleased,  and  which  I  can  ao  cheerfully  recommend  to  the 
public." 

Prtsiicnt  Tyler  ef  DtiTtmtiUk  €elleg6. 


vi  Worcester's  Improved  School  Books, 

AN  EPITOME   OF   GEOGRAPHY  5    with  an  Atlas. 

A  new  work  recently  piLblished. 

The   object   in  preparing    this    Epitome  has  been  to 

furnish  a  manual  adapted  to  the  use  of  pupils  of  an  early  age,  pre- 
paratory to  entering  upon  the  study  of  the  larger  Geography. 

The  book  is  embellished  with  forty  eight  cuts,  which  exhibit  a 
view  of  a  variety  of  interesting  objects  of  nature  and  art,  and  of  the 
manners  and  custoins  of  diiferent  countries. 

MAPS  CONTAINED  IN  THE  ATLAS. 

Map  of  the  World— do.  North  America — do.  United  States — 
do.  South  America — do.  Europe — do.  British  Isles — do.  Asia — 
do.  Africa — do.  Roman  Empire — do.  Palestine — Comparative 
Heights  of  Mountains — Comparative  Length  of  Rivers — Statisti- 
cal Summary  of  U.  States — do.  do.  of  Europe — do.  do.  of  the 
Globe. 

RECOMMENDATIONS. 

It  would  be  difficult  to  collect  within  the  same  limits,  so  much 
'exact,  useful  and  well  chosen  matter  as  is  contained  in  this  little 
volume  and  the  accompaning  Atlas.  Mr.  Worcester's  books 
have  all  been  distinguished  for  accuracy  and  clearness.  This  is  no 
less  so  than  those  wbicli  preceded  it. 

A  great  advantage  which  it  possesses  over  many  works  on  geog- 
raphy, is  its  being  suited  to  the  wants  of  inexperienced  teachers. 
Every  thing  is  ar.'-anged,  wo  think,  with  great  judgment,  in  the 
order  it  should  be  le;!rnt.  In  consequence  of  this  arrangement,  a 
person  very  little  acquainted  with  geography,  and  who  has  not  read 
the  book  through,  muy  teach  it  perfectly  well. — We  have  seen  no 
book  on  the  subject  so  well  adapted  to  the  wants  of  teachers  and 
learners  as  this  Epitome. 

One  thing  deserting  groat  praise  in  this  volume  is  the  care  and 
general  accuracy  with  which  the  right  pronunciation  of  proper 
names  is  marked.  Christian  Examiner. 

Mr.  Worcester's  success  as  a  geographer,  renders  it  unnecessary 
for  us  to  say  any  thing  more  of  this  little  book,  than  that  it  bears 
all  tbe  characteristic  marks  of  his  former  productions.  He  is  accurate, 
clear  and  remarkably  happy  in  condensing  the  most  important 
particulars,  and  bringing  them  down  to  the  apprehension  of 
children. 

The  author  has  one  merit  almost  peculiar  to  himself.  He  has 
•taken  unwearied  pains  to  designate  the  accurate  pronunciation  of 
places  in  various  countries.  North  American  Review. 

Mr.  Worcester  is  already  well  known  to  the  public  as  the  au- 
thor of  several  most  ac(  urate  and  useful  geographical  publications. 
The  little  book  before  us  is  distinguished  for  the  same  qualities,  and 
forms  a  valuable  introduction  to  larger  treatises. 

The  information  contained  in  the  book  is  conformed  to  the  present 
«tate  of  knowledge  ;  and  Mr.  Worcester's  character  would  be  to  us 
a  pledge  for  its  correctness,  if  we  were  not,  as  we  are,  warranted  to 
assert  it,  from  a  careful  examination. 

U.  S.  Review  and  Literary  Gazette. 


Worcester's  Improved  School  Books,  vii 

That  the  "  Epitome"  will  be  found  thoroughly  accurate,  the 
character  of  Mr.  Worcester  is  a  sufficient  pledge.  It  is  likely  to 
prove  highly  interesting  as  well  as  instructive  to  learning  ;  and  we 
hope  it  will  be  speedily  introduced  into  all  common  schools.  We 
would  mention  as  particularly  entitled  to  commendation  the 
neat  and  systematic  Tables  contained  in  the  Atlas. 

Journal  of  Education. 


ELEMENTS   OF    HISTORY.     Ancient   and  Modern, 
with  Historical  Charts.     By  J.  E.  Worcester.     Second  Edition. 

The  Historical  Atlas  accompanying  this  volume, 
comprises  a  series  of  Charts,  formed  on  a  new  plan,  and  will  afford 
means  of  facilitating  the  study  of  History,  similar  to  what  are  afford- 
ed by  Maps  in  the  study  of  Geography.  It  contains  the  following 
Charts : 

1.  A  General  Chart  of  History. 

3.  A  Chart  of  Ancient  Chronology. 

3.  A  Chart  of  Modern  Chronology. 

4.  A  Chart  of  European  Sovereigns  since  the  year  1000. 

5.  A  Chronological,  Genealogical,  and  Historical  Chart  of 
England. 

6.  A  Chronological,  Genealogical,  and  Historical  Chart  of 
France. 

7.  A  Chart  of  American  History. 

8.  A  Chart  of  Biography. 

9.  A  Chart  of  Mythology. 

RECOMMEND  ATI  ONS. 

We  have  examined  the  "  Elements  of  History,  Ancient  and  Mod- 
ern, with  Historical  Charts,"  by  Mr.  J.  E.  Worcester,  and  can 
cheerfully  recommend  it  for  general  use,  as  being  the  best  elemen- 
tary work  of  the  kind  with  which  we  are  acquainted,  and  peculiarly 
calculated  to  allure  the  attention  of  young  pupils,  and  impart  a 
general  knowledge  of  the  subjects  which  it  embraces. 

The  Charts,  which  are  in  a  great  degree  novel,  afford  a  facility  in 
imparting  and  fixing  in  the  memory  historical  facts,  similar  to  that 
which  is  afforded  by  Maps  in  the  study  of  Geography. 
JOHN  T.  KIRKLAND, 

President  of  Harvard  University. 
LEVI  HEDGE,  )   Professors  in  the 

SYDNEY  WILLARD,    ]       University. 
FREDERICK  BEASLEY, 

Provost  of  Pennsylvania  University. 
As  an  apparatus  for  gaining  a  general  knowledge  of  History,  both 
expeditiously  and  effectually,  the  "  Elements,"  and  the  accompaning 
''  Atlas,"  have  so  much   merit,  that  I  cannot  but  hope    they  may 
^nd  their  way  into  all  our  academies  and  higher  schools. 

JAMES  MURDOCK, 
Prof,  of  Ecclesiastical  Hist.  Theo.  Sem.  Andov6i\ 


viii  Worcester's  Improved  School  Books. 

I  have  seen  no  elementary  work  which  appears  to  me  so  well  cal 
culated  for  a  text-book  as  the  "  Elements."  It  is  well  arranged" 
and  is  very  happy  in  giving  every  subject  the  space  that  is  due  to  it, 
For  a  work  so  much  condensed,  it  possesses,  in  a  remarkable  degree,, 
the  interest  of  a  copious  narrative. 

With  the  *•  Atlas"  I  am  still  more  pleased.  I  am  persuaded 
that  in  no  other  way  can  the  outlines  of  History,  the  succession  of 
empires  and  kings,  be  so  easily  and  perfectly  attained,  as  by  the 
help  of  Charts.  BENJAMIN  HALE, 

Principal  of  Gardiner  Lyceum. 
I  have  carefully  perused  your  "  Elements  of  History,"  and  I  give 
it  the  decided  preference  to  every  work  of  the  kind  with  which  I  am 
acquainted.     The  "  Historical  Atlas"  will  prove  eminently  beneficial 
to  the  student  of  History. 

PHILIP  LINDSLEY, 
President  of   Cumberland  College. 
I  have  examined  the  "Elements  of  History,"  and  the  accompanying 
•  Atlas,"  and  am  of  the  opinion  that  they  are  adapted  to   supply  an 
important  deficiency,  which  has  heretofore  existed  in  the  means  of 
instruction. 

WALTER  R.  JOHNSON,  Principal  of  the 
High  School  of  the  Franklin  Institute,  Philadelphia, 


^ktttfitB  Of  tfie  2Sartfi  antf  tts  KnhatHtants. 

COMPRISING 

A  description  of  the  Grand  Features  of  Nature ;  the  Principal 
Mountains,  Rivers,  Cataracts,  asd  other  Interesting  Objects 
and  Natural  Curiosities ;  also  of  the  Chief  Cities  and  Remark- 
:ible  Edifices  and  Ruins  ;  together  with  a  view  of  the  Manners 
and  Customs  of  different  Nations :  Illustrated  by  One  Hundred 
Engravings. 

Extracts  from  Reviews,  ifc. 

"  We  have  attentively  perused  these  "  Sketches,"  and  have  no 
hesitation  in  saying  that  we  know  of  no  similar  work,  in  which  in- 
struction and  amusement  are  so  much  combined.  The  accuracy 
of  the  statements,  the  brevity  and  clearness  of  the  descriptions,  the 
apposite  and  often  beautiful  quotations  from  books  of  travels  and 
from  other  works,  continually  excite  and  gratify  the  curiosity  of  the 
reader,"  Christian  Spectator. 

"  These  volumes  are  extremely  entertaining,  and  may  be  recom- 
mended to  the  perusal  of  those  even,  who  conceive  themselves  to 
be  past  the  necessity  of  elementary  instruction." 

Christian  Examiner. 

"The  'Sketches'  &c.  form  a  most  valuable  companion  to  the 
■•'  Elements  of  Geography,''  admirably  calculated  to  interest  the 
attention,  and  impart  useful  knowledge  to  our  youth." 

Roberts  Vaux,  Esq. 

"  The  work  is,  in  my  opinion,  ably  executed,  and  well  fitted  to 
be  both  popular  and  useful."  Rev.  Dr.  S.  Miller 


CONTENTS. 


Mathematical  Geography 

Globes 

Maps 

Physical  Geography 

Man 

Natural  Divisions,  Political  Di. 

Government,  Religion 

Grand  Divisions 

America 

North  America 

Greenland 

Russian  America 

Upper  &  Lotver  Canada 

New  Brunswick,  Nova  Scotia 

Newfoundland,  Bermudas 

United  States 

New  England 

Maine 

New  Hampshire 

Vermont 

Massachusetts 

Rhode  Island 

Connecticut 

Middle  States 

New  York 

New  Jersey 

Pennsylvania 

Delaware 

Southern  States 

Maryland 

District  of  Columbia 

Virginia 

North  Carolina 

South  Carolina 

Georgia 

Alabama 

Mississippi 

Louisiana 

Western  States 

Tennessee 

Ken  tucky 

Ohio 

Indiana 

Illinois 

Missouri 

Florida 

Michigan,  N.  W.  Territory 

Arkansas  Ter.,  Missouri  Ter. 

Western  Territory 


9 

Mexico 

82 

1-2 

Guatimala 

84 

14 

West  Indies 

85 

15 

South  America 

87 

17 

Colombia 

89 

19 

Guiana,  Peru 

91 

20 

Brazil 

92 

21 

Buenos  Ayres 

93 

22 

Chili 

94 

23 

Patagonia,  Europe 

95 

24 

Lapland 

96 

25 

Norway 

97 

26 

Sweden 

98 

28 

Denmark 

99 

29 

Iceland 

100 

30 

Russia 

101 

33 

Prussia 

103 

35 

Poland 

105 

36 

British  Dominions,  England 

107 

37 

Scotland 

111 

39 

Ireland 

114 

41 

Netherlands 

116 

42 

Germany 

117 

43 

Saxony 

120 

45 

Hanover 

121 

49 

Bavaria 

122 

50 

Wurtembcrg,  Baden 

123 

52 

Smaller  German  States 

124 

53 

Austria 

125 

54 

Switzerland 

127 

55 

France 

130 

56 

Spain 

133 

60 

Portugal 

136 

62 

Italy 

137 

63 

Ionian  Rep.  Turkey  in  Eur. 

140 

64 

Greece 

142 

66 

Asia 

143 

67 

Turkey  in  Asia 

146 

68 

Russia  in  Asia 

148 

70 

Arabia 

149 

71 

Independent  Tartary,  Persia  151 

73 

Cabulistan 

153 

75 

Hindoostan 

154 

76 

Burmah 

158 

77 

Malacca,  Siam,  &c. 

159 

78 

China 

160 

79 

Corea,  Chinese  Tart.,  Thibet  163 

80 

Japan 

164 

81 

Asiatic  Islands 

164 

CONTENTS. 


Australasia 
Polynesia 
Africa 
Egypt 
Barbary  States 


166  Western  Africa  176 

167  South  Africa,  East  Africa  177 
169  Abyssinia  178 
171  Nubia,  Central  Africa  179 
173  African  Islands  180 


COMPARATIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


Tabular  Views  of  America. 
Extent  and  population  183 

Population  of  cities  183 

Tabular  Views  of  the  U.  Stales. 

Extent,  population,  &c.  184 

Increase,  Years  in  doubling  185 
Total  Pop.,  4  enumerations  185 
Population  at  future  periods  186 
Classes  of  population  186 

No.  in  different  employments  187 
Slaves  in  the  several  States  187 
Original  and  New  States  187 

Sq.  m.,  Pop.,  Pop.  to  a  sq.  m.. 

Rep.  to  Congress,  Increase  188 
Principal  Rivers,  navigable  188 
Heights  of  Mountains  188 

Temperature  of  several  places  189 
Exports,  Shipping,  Revenue, 

Manufactures  189 

Exports,  to  what  countries  190 
Classification  of  Exports  190 

Value  of  the  principal  Exp.  190 
Revenue  and  Expenditure  190 
Public  Debt  191 

Post  Offices,  Pop.  of  towns  191 
Shipping  of  the  principal  ports  191 
Religion,  Colleges  192 

Libraries  193 


Tabular  Views  of  Europe. 
Religion,  Government,  &c.  194 
Population,  Square  miles,  &c.  195 
Extent  &Pop.  of  subdivisions  196 
Revenue,  Public  Debt,  Army  197 
Population  of  the  chief  Cities  197 
Foreign  Possessions  198 

Libraries,  Universities  199 

Classes  of  Inhabitants  200 

Tabular  Views  of  Asia. 
Population  and  Extent  200 

Population  of  Cities  20 1 

Tabular  Views  of  Africa. 
Population  and  Extent  201 

Population  of  Cities  20 1 

Tabular  Views  of  the  Earth. 
Temperature,  &c.  202 

Heights  of  Mountains  203 

Heights  of  inhabited  places  204 
Scale  of  Heights  of  Mountains  205 
Length  of  Rivers,  Lakes  206 

Exports  of  Countries,  Navies  207 
Languages,  Human  Life  208 

Births,  Deaths,  Marriages  209 
Extent  and  Pop.,  Religion  210 
Protestant  Missions  211 

Questions  on  Tabular  Views  212 


ANCIENT  GEOGRAPHY. 


Comparative  View 

Europe. — Britain,  Gaul 

Germany 

Spain,  Thrace 

Italy 

Italian  Islands 

Greece,  Macedonia,  Epirus 

Thessaly,  Greece  Proper 

Peloponnesus 

Greek  Islands 

Asia. — Asia  Minor 

Colchis,  Iberia  and  Albania 

Armenia  and  Mesopotamia 

5/ria 


221  Palestine  238 

224  Arabia  240 

225  Oriental  Kingdoms  241 

226  Africa.— Egypt  241 
226  Lybia,  Africa'Proper,Numidia, 

229  Mauretania,  Ancient  Empires  243 

230  Chronological  Table  246 

231  Ancient  Cities  and  Towns      247 

233  Rivers,  Islands,  &c.  254 

234  Pronouncing  Vocabulary        257 

235  Questions  on  the  Mod.  IVIaps  261 
237  Questions  on  the  An.  Maps  279 
237  Problems  on  the  use  of  Globes  285 
237  Constructions  of  Maps  290 


ELEMENTS  OF  GEOGRAPHY, 


Geography  is  a  description  of  the  earth. 

Jilathematical  geography  treats  of  the  earth  as  a  part  of  the  sola 
system ;  illustrates,  from  astronomical  principles,  its  figure,  mag^ni 
tude,  and  motion ;    explains  the  construction  of  g-lobes,  with  thei . 
application  to  the  solution  of  problems ;  and  describes  the  methods 
of  projecting-  maps  and  charts. 

Physical  geography  embraces  a  descriptive  view  of  the  general 
features  of  the  earth,  or  its  natural  history. 

Civil  or  political  geography  delineates  the  empires,  kingdoms,  and 
states,  which  occupy  the  surface  of  the  earth,  and  exhibits  various 
monuments  of  human  industry  and  skill. 

MATHEMATICAL  GEOGRAPHY  OR  ASTRONOMY. 

The  solar  system  is  composed  of  the  ffwn,  the  primary  planets^  the 
satellites^  and  the  comets. 

The  Suti  is  the  source  of  light  and  heat  to  all  bodies  in  the  solar 
system.  It  is  situated  in  the  centre  of  the  planets,  which  revolve 
around  the  sun  in  elliptic  orbits,  from  west  to  east. 

There  are  11  primary  planets,  namely,  Mercury,  Venus,  Earth, 
Mars,  Vesta,  Juno,  Ceres,  Pallas,  Jupiter,  Saturn,  and  Uranus  or 
Herschel. 

Ceres,  Pallas,  Juno,  and  Vesta  arc  small  primary  planets.  They 
have  all  been  discovered  since  1801,  and  their  magnitudes  and  mo- 
lions  have  not  been  perfectly  ascertained. 

Mercury  and  Venus  are  called  inferior,  or  more  properly  per- 
haps, interior,  planets,  because  their  orbits  are  included  within  that 
of  the  earth ;  the  others  superior,  or  exterior,  because  their  orbits 
are  without  that  of  the  earth. 

Saturn  is  remarkably  distinguished  from  the  other  planets,  by  being 
encompassed  by  a  double  ring,  as  represented  in  the  following  figure. 

In  the  following  view  of  the  solar  system,  the  oi  bits  of  the  planets 
are  described  as  circles,  yet  their  real  form  is  elliptical. 


10 


THE  SOLAR  SYSTEM, 


exhibiting  the  order  in  which  the  planets  move  round 
the  sun,  their  relative  distances,  and  comparative 
magnitudes. 


MATHEMATICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


It 


There  are  18  satellites  or  secondary  planets.  The  Earth  has  1, 
Jupiter  4,  Saturn  7,  and  Herschcl  6.  These  revolve  round  their  pri- 
maries, and  accompany  them  in  their  annual  revolutions  round  the 
sun. 

Comets  are  hodies  revolving"  round  the  sun  in  very  eccentric  el- 
lipses, and  move  in  all  directions.  The  number  of  comets  belong-- 
ing-  to  the  solar  system  is  unknown.  The  number  of  those  of  which 
the  elements  have  been  calculated,  is  upwards  of  100. 

Table  of  the  sises^  distances,  rotations,  and  periods,  of  the  sun  and 
planets. 


o 

"Diameter 

Mean    dis- 

Rotation on 

B- 

in  miles. 

tances  from 

their  axes. 

1 
? 

the    sun  in 

mill,  miles. 

d.    h.    m. 

Sun 

a 

883,246 

25   14  08 

Mercury 

9 

3,224 

37 

00  24  00 

Venus 

? 

7,687 

68 

0  23  22 

Earth 

© 

7,912 

95 

0  23  56 

Mars 

c^ 

4,189 

144 

1  00  39 

Vest* 

a 

238 

225 

Juno 

t 

1,425 

252 

Ceres 

? 

263 

Pallas 

^ 

265 

Jupiter 

u 

89,170 

490 

0  09  56 

Saturn 

h 

79,042 

900 

0  10  16 

Herschcl 

y 

35,112 

1,800 

unknown 

Mooa 

D 

2,180 

95 

29  12  44 

Time  of  revolving 
round  the  sun 


d. 

87 

224 

365 

686 

1,161 

1,589 

1,681 

1,682 

4,332 

10,761 

30,445 


h.  m. 

23  15 
16  49 
06  09 
23  30 
19 

12  9 

08  51 
14  37 
18  00 


365  06  09 


Bulk,       The 
earth  being  1. 


1,330,000 


,oc 


,16 


1,470 

887 

77 


,02 


Earth.  The  figure  of  the  earth  is  spherical.  This  is  evident,  1st, 
from  the  appearance  of  a  ship  when  approaching  the  shore,  the  mast 
and  topsails  always  being-  seen  before  the  hull;  2dly,  from  the  cfi- 
cular  form  of  the  earth's  shadow,  as  observed  in  eclipses  of  the 
moon;  and  3dly,  from  the  actual  circumnavigation  of  the  globe. 

The  earth  is  not  a  perfect  sphere,  but  is  flattened  at  the  poles. 
The  equatorial  diameter  exceeds  the  polar  diameter  by  upwards  of 
26  miles. 

The  moon  is  carried  with  the  earth  round  the  sun  once  a  year,  and 
revolves  round  the  earth  in  about  29^  days. 

The  seasons — Day  and  night.  The  annval  revolution  of  the  earth 
round  the  sun,  in  connexion  with  the  obliquity  of  the  ecliptic,  oc- 
casions the  succession  of  the  Jour  seasons ;  the  diurnal  rotation  on 
its  own  axis  every  24  hours,  is  the  cause  of  day  and  night.  This 
motion,  being  from  west  to  east,  causes  the  sun  and  stars  to  appear 
to  rise  in  the  cast  and  set  in  the  west,  once  in  24  hours. 

Eclipses.  An  eclipse  of  the  sun  is  caused  by  the  moon's  passing 
between  the  stm  and  the  earth ;  and  can  never  happen  except  at 
the  time  of  new  moon. 


12  MATHflMATICAL 

An  eclipse  of  the  moon  is  caused  by  the  earth's  passing-  between 
the  sun  and  the  moon ;  and  can  never  take  place  except  at  the  time 
of  full  moon. 

Fixed  Stars.  Those  stars,  which  always  retain  nearly  the  same 
situation  with  respect  to  each  other,  are  called  Jlced  stars.  About 
1,000  are  seen  by  the  naked  eye  in  the  visible  horizon,  in  each  hemis- 
phere ;  but  by  the  use  of  a  telescope,  many  millions  may  be  seen, 
and  their  number  increases  in  proportion  to  the  magnifying  power 
of  the  telescope. 

The  stars  are  supposed  to  be  suns,  around  each  of  which  planets 
revolve,  as  about  our  sun.  These  planets  are  probably  inhabited  by 
intelligent  being-s.  How  vast  and  magnificent  are  the  works  of  our 
beneficent  Creator! 

The  galaxy  or  milky-way  is  a  broad  luminous  zone  in  the  heav- 
ens. It  is  supposed  to  be  caused  by  an  immense  number  of  stars, 
which  from  their  apparent  nearness,  cannot  be  distinguished  from 
oach  other. 


GLOBES. 

A  sphere  or  globe  is  a  round  body,  every  point  of  whose  surface 
is  (equally  distant  from  a  point  within  the  body,  called  the  centre. 
A  hemisphere  is  a  half  globe. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  artificial  globes,  the  terrestrial  and  the 
celestial. 

The  terrestrial  globe  is  a  representation  of  the  earth,  having  the 
seas  and  different  countries  delineated  on  it,  as  they  are  on  the  sur- 
face of  the  earth. 

The  celestial  globe  is  an  artificial  representation  of  the  heavens, 
having  the  fixed  stars  drawn  upon  it  in  their  natural  situation. 

The  axis  of  a  globe  is  an  imaginary  line  passing  through  its  cen- 
tre from  north  to  south,  around  which  it  revolves. 

The  poles  are  the  extremities  of  the  axis  terminated  by  the  sur- 
face of  the  globe.  One  is  the  north,  and  the  other  the  south  pole  ; 
and  are  each  90°  from  the  equator. 

Great  circles  are  such  as  divide  the  globe  into  two  equal  parts. 
These  are  the  equator  or  equinoctial,  the  horizon,  the  meridians,  the 
ecliptic,  and  the  two  colures. 

Less  circles  are  those  that  divide  the  globe  into  two  unequal  parts 
These  are  four,  the  two  tropics,  and  the  two  polar  circles. 

The  circumference  of  every  circle  is  supposed  to  be  divided  into 
360  equal  parts,  called  degrees;  each  degree  into  60  equal  parts, 
called  minutes;  and  each  minute  into 60 equal  parts, called  seconds. 
They  are  marked  thus,  23°  28'  16" ;  i.  e.  23  degrees,  28  minutes,  and 
16  seconds. 

The  Equator  is  an  imaginary  great  circle  of  the  earth,  equi-dis- 
tant  irom  the  poles,  dividing  the  earth  into  the  northern  and  south- 
ern hemispheres. 

The  Equator  is  divided  by  the  principal  meridian  into  tw«  equal 
parts  of  180°  each. 


GEOGRAPHY. 


13 


Meridians  are  imaginary  great  circles  passing-  tliroiigh  the  poles, 
and  perpendicular  to  the  equator. 

The  meridian  of  the  place,  or  the  12  o'clock  hour  circle,  is  the 
meridian  that  cuts  the  horizon  in  the  north  and  south  points.  The 
Jirst  meridian  of  any  country  is  the  meridian  passing  through  the 
capital  of  that  country. 

The  Horizon  is  either  sensible  or  real.  The  sensible  horizon  is  a 
small  circle  which  limits  our  prospect,  where  the  sky  and  land  or 
water  appear  to  meet.  The  real  horizon  is  a  great  circle  which  di- 
vides the  earth  into  the  upper  and  lower  hemispheres. 

The  horizon  is  divided  into  four  equal  parts  of  90°  each,  by  the 
four  cardinal  points,  East,  West,  JSTorth,  and  South. 

The  wooden  horizon  of  the  artificial  globe  is  divided  into  three 
parts ;  the  innermost  is  marked  with  all  the  points  on  the  mariner's 
compass ;  the  next  has  the  names,  characters,  and  figures  of  the 
twelve  signs ;  and  the  third  is  a  calendar  of  months  and  days.  By 
the  two  last  is  instantly  seen  the  sign  and  degree  the  sun  is  in  dur- 
ing every  day  in  the  year. 

The  Ecliptic  is  an  imaginary  great  circle  in  the  heavens,  in  the 
plane  of  which  the  earth  performs  her  annual  revolution  round  the 
sun. 

The  ecliptic  is  drawn  on  the  artificial  globe  obliquely  to  the 
equator,  making  with  it  an  angle  of  23°  28'. 

The  twelve  signs  are  the  twelve  equal  parts,  into  which  the  eclip- 
tic is  divided,  each  consisting  of  30°. 

The  Zodiac  is  a  broad  belt  in  the  heavens  16°  broad,  in  the  mid 
die  of  which  is  the  ecliptic. 

The  names  and  characters  of  the  12  signs  and  the  time  of  the 
sun's  entering  them  are  as  follows. 


Latin. 

English. 

Characters. 

Time. 

1.  Aries 

The  Ram 

T 

March  20th 

2.  Taurus 

The  Bull 

8 

April      20th 

3.  Gemini 

The  Twins 

D 

May       21st 

4.  Cancer 

The  Crab 

?3 

June       21st 

5.  Leo 

The  Lion 

SI 

July       23d 

6.  Virgo 

The  Virgin 

W 

August  23d 

7.  Libra 

The  Scales 

■yy 

Sept.       23d 

8.  Scorpio 

The  Scorpion 

rii 

Octob.   23d 

9.  Sagittarius 

The  Archer 

/ 

Nov.       22d 

10.  Capricornus 

The  Goat 

Vf 

Dec.       22d 

11.  Aquarius 

The  Waterman 

tSi. 

Jan.        20th 

12.  Pisces 

The  Fishes 

M 

Feb.       19th 

The  first  six  are  called  northern  signs ;  because  they  are  north  of 
the  equator;  the  last  six  southern,  because  they  are  south  of  the 
equator. 

The  Cohtres  are  two  meridians,  one  passing  through  the  equinoc- 
tial points,  Aries  and  Libra,  called  the  equinoctial  colure  ;  the  other 
passing  through  the  solstitial  points,  Cancer  and  Capricorn,  called 
the  solstitial  colure. 


14  MATHEMATICAL 

The  Tropics  are  two  less  circles,  drawn  parallel  to  the  equator 
at  the  distance  of  23°  28' ;  one  north  of  the  equator  called  the 
tropic  of  Cancer ;  the  other  south,  called  the  tropic  of  Capricorn. 
These  circles  show  the  sun's  limits  north  and  south  of  the  equator. 

The  Polar  Circles  are  less  circles,  described  round  the  poles,  at 
the  distance  of  23°  28'.  The  northern  is  called  the  arctic  circle^ 
and  the  southern  the  antarctic. 

Zones  are  divisions  of  the  earth's  surface,  formed  by  the  tropics 
and  polar  circles.  They  are  five,  one  torrid^  two  temperate,  and  two 
frigid  zones. 

The  torrid  zone  is  included  between  the  tropics ;  the  temperate 
zones  between  the  tropics  and  polar  circles  ;  and  the  frig-id  between 
the  polar  circles  and  the  poles. 

The  Latitude  of  a  place  is  the  distance  from  the  equator,  north  or 
south,  measured  on  a  meridian  towards  either  pole,  reckoned  in  de- 
grees, minutes,  and  seconds.     It  cannot  exceed  90°. 

The  Longitude  of  a  place  is  its  distance  from  the  first  meridian, 
east  or  west,  measured  on  the  equator.     It  never  exceeds  180°. 

A  Climate,  as  used  by  astronomers,  is  a  portion  of  the  earth's  sur- 
face, included  between  two  parallels  of  latitude,  and  of  such  a 
breadth  that  the  longest  day  under  the  parallel  nearest  the  pole,  is 
half  an  hour  longer  than  under  the  other.  There  arc  24  such  cli- 
mates between  the  equator  and  each  of  the  polar  circles. 

MAPS. 

A  map  is  a  representation  of  the  eartn's  surface,  or  some  part  of 
it,  upon  a  plane. 

The  top  of  maps  is  north,  the  bottom  south,  the  right  hand  east,  and 
the  left  hand  west. 

Latitude  and  Longitude  are  the  same  on  maps  as  on  the  globe. 

Latitude  is  expressed  by  figures  which  run  up  and  down  the  sides 
of  the  map.  If  the  figures  increase  upward,  the  latitude  is  north, 
if  downward,  it  is  south. 

All  places  [see  Map  of  the  World)  lying  above  or  north  of  the 
Equinoctial  line  are  in  north  latitude  ;  all  places  below  or  south  of 
it,  are  in  south  latitude. 

longitude  is  expressed  by  figures  which  run  along  the  top  and  bot- 
tom of  the  map,  or  in  the  map  of  the  world,  by  the  figures  on  the 
Equinoctial  line.  If  the  figures  increase  from  left  to  right,  the  lon- 
gitude is  east ;  if  from  right  to  left,  it  is  west. 

All  places  on  the  map  of  the  world,  that  lie  to  the  right  hand  or 
to  the  east  of  the  meridian  which  passes  through  London,  are  in 
east  longitude  from  London ;  all  on  the  left  hand  of  that  meridian, 
are   west  longitude  from  London. 

Lines  drawn  across  the  map  from  right  to  left,  are  called  parol 
lels  of  latitude. 

Lines  drawn  from  the  top  to  the  bottom  of  maps  are  called  tneri- 
dians  of  longitude. 


GEOGRAPHY.  16 


PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


The  atmosphere.  The  atmosphere  or  common  air^  is  an  invisi- 
ble elastic  fluid,  which  surrounds  the  earth,  rising  to  considerable 
height,  and  gradually  decreasing  in  density.  At  the  height  of  50 
miles  the  density  is  not  sufficient  to  cause  any  perceptible  reflection 
of  the  sun's  rays. 

On  the  surface  of  the  earth  the  pressure  of  the  atmosphere,  upon 
every  square  inch,  is  about  15  pounds. 

Temperature.  The  two  leading  causes,  which  affect  the  tem- 
perature of  any  region,  are  distance  from  the  equator  and  elevation 
above  the  level  of  the  sea.  The  cold  increases  in  proportion  as 
you  go  from  the  equator  towards  the  poles.  Water  freezes  through- 
out the  year,  under  the  equator,  at  the  elevation  of  about  15,000 
feet  above  the  sea ;  and  in  the  latitude  of  40°  at  the  elevation  ot 
about  9,000  feet. 

Winds.  Wind  is  air  put  in  motion.  On  a  great  part  of  the 
globe  the  winds  are  subject  to  great  irregularity ;  but  between  the 
tropics  they  are  governed  by  regular  laws,  and  in  particular  tracts 
and  seasons,  blow  almost  invariably  in  the  same  direction. 

The  Trade  Winds  are  remarkable  currents,  which  blow  from 
east  to  west,  between  about  28  degrees  N.  and  S.  of  the  equator, 
across  nearly  the  whole  circumference  of  the  globe.  They  are 
called  trade  winds^  because  they  facilitate  trading  voyages. 

The  Monsoons  are  a  deviation  from  the  uniformity  of  the  trade 
winds.  They  prevail  chiefly  in  the  Indian  Ocean  ;  and  during  six 
months  in  the  year,  from  April  to  October,  a  strong  wind  blows 
from  the  southwest,  bringing  with  it  rain  and  tempest ;  during  the 
rest  of  the  year,  a  dry  and  agreeable  wind  blows  from  the  north- 
east. The  change  from  one  monsoon  to  the  other,  is  accompanied 
with  violent  storms  and  hurricanes. 

Sea  and  Land  Breezes.  These  prevail  in  the  islands  situated 
within  the  tropics.  The  sea  breeze,  or  breeze yVom  the  sea,  blows 
during  the  day ;  and  the  land  breeze  during  the  night. 

Velocity  of  Wind.  When  the  velocity  of  wind  is  only  2  miles 
an  hour,  it  is  just  perceptible  ;  at  4  miles  an  hour,  it  is  a  gentle 
breeze ;  at  30,  a  high  wind ;  at  50,  a  tempest ;  at  100,  a  violent 
hurricane. 

Clouds.  Clouds  are  composed  of  water  raised  by  evaporation, 
and  suspended  in  small  vesicles,  or  hollow  spheres.  These  vesicles 
form  a  kind  of  middle  state  between  water  and  invisible  vapour. 

Rain.  The  quantity  of  rain  is  most  abundant  within  the  tropics, 
and  decreases  in  proportion  to  the  distance  from  the  equator  to 


1«  PHYSICAL 

wards  the  poles.  It  is  also  subject  to  great  variations  from  other 
causes,  and  the  quantity  which  falls  at  different  places  in  the  same 
latitude,  is  often  very  different. 

Within  the  tropics,  \ae  rains,  like  the  winds,  occur  regularly  at 
certain  seasons  of  the  year.  In  the  northern  tropic,  they  begin  in 
April,  and  end  in  September.  This  part  of  the  year  is  called  the 
rainy  or  wet  season.  The  other  six  months  form  the  dry  season, 
during  which  not  a  drop  of  rain  falls.  In  the  southern  tropic,  this 
arrangement  of  the  seasons  is  entirely  reversed. 

In  some  countries,  as  in  Egypt  and  a  part  of  Peru  and  Chili, 
there  is  little  or  no  rain  at  any  season. 

Tides.  The  tides  are  the  regular  motions  of  the  sea,  according 
to  which  it  ebbs  and  flows  twice  every  25  hours.  They  are  caused 
chiefly  by  the  attraction  of  the  moon,  modified  in  some  degree  by 
that  of  the  sun.  This  movement  differs  greatly  in  different  parts  of 
the  globe,  and  entirely  ceases  towards  the  poles. 

The  tides  are  strongest  when  they  come  from  a  great  extent  of 
ocean  upon  an  indented  coast,  where  their  force  is  concentrated. 
In  land-locked  seas,  as  the  Mediterranean  and  Baltic,  they  are 
scarcely  felt. 

The  greatest  tide  is  called  a  spring-tide ;  the  least  a  neap-tide. 
The  spring-tide  takes  place  at  the  time  when  the  moon  fulls  or 
changes,  as  the  attraction  of  the  sun  and  moon  then  acts  in  unison. 
The  neap-tide  takes  place  when  the  attraction  of  the  sun  tends  to 
counteract  that  of  the  moon.  These  spring  and  neap-tides,  like  the 
daily  tides,  succeed  each  other  in  a  regular  series,  diminishing,  in 
15  days,  from  the  greatest  to  the  least. 

Mountains.  Mountains  sometimes  stand  single,  but  are  oftener 
in  groups,  or  disposed  in  ridges,  traversing  a  great  extent  of  country. 
Some  of  the  grandest  ranges  on  the  globe,  are  the  Andes  of  South 
America,  which  are  connected  with  the  Cordilleras  of  Mexico,  and 
the  Rocky  mountains ;  the  Alps  in  Europe,  and  the  Himmaleh  and 
Altai  mountains  in  Asia. 

Volcanoes.  Volcanoes  are  burniugmoimtains,  which,  from  their 
craters  or  apertures,  emit  smoke,  flame,  ashes,  red  hot  stones,  and 
lava.  They  are  found  in  every  part  of  the  globe.  The  number  of 
those  that  have  been  discovered,  is  about  200.  Some  of  the  most 
celebrated  are,  Etna  in  Sicily,  Vesuvius  in  Naples,  Hecla  in  Ice- 
land, and  Cotopaxi  in  Quito. 

Earthquakes.  Earthquakes  are  intimately  connected  with  vol- 
canoes. They  occur  usually  in  volcanic  countries,  and,  like 
volcanoes,  are  occasioned  by  subterranean  fires.  The  effects  of 
this  alarming  convulsion,  are  a  violent  tremor  of  the  earth,  the 
overthrow  of  objects  on  its  surface,  the  rushing  of  the  sea,  and 
sometimes  the  overwhelming  of  whole  cities. 

Metals.  The  metals  which  chiefly  deserve  notice,  are  gold^ 
n/tjcr,  iron,  copper,  lead,  tin,  and  mercury. 


GEOGRAPHY.  17 

Gold  is  most  commonly  found  in  a  perfectly  pure  state  at  the 
foot  of  large  ranges  of  mountains,  from  which  it  is  washed  down 
by  rivers.  It  occurs  in  all  quarters  of  the  world,  but  in  the  greatest 
abundance  by  far  in  South  America. 

Silver  is  found  in  veins  only,  but  in  a  variety  of  forms.  More 
than  nine  tenths  of  the  silver  of  the  world  comes  from  South  America 
and  Mexico. 

Iron^  the  most  useful  of  all  the  metals,  is  the  most  generally  dis- 
tributed. The  most  productive  iron  mines  are  in  Great  Britain, 
France,  Russia,  and  Sweden. 

Copper  is  found  in  various  regions,  but  the  most  abundant  source 
is  in  Cornwall  in  England. 

Lead  is  found  in  various  countries,  but  most  abundantly  in  Great 
Britain  and  the  state  of  Missouri. 

Tin  is  chiefly  obtained  in  Cornwall  in  England,  and  the  island 
of  Banca  in  the  East  Indies. 

Mercury  or  Quicksilver.  The  'only  important  mines  of  quick- 
silver are  those  of  Almaden  in  Spain,  Idria  in  Austria,  and  Guan- 
cavelica  in  Peru. 

Minerals.  The  most  important  minerals  are  fossil  coal,  salty 
and  precious  stones. 

Coal  is  found  in  various  parts  of  the  world,  but  the  most  cele- 
brated coal  mines  are  those  of  Newcastle  in  England. 

Salt  is  widely  diffused,  and  is  obtained  from  salt  mines,  from  the 
boiling  of  the  water  of  salt  springs,  and  from  the  water  of  the  ocean 
by  the  evaporation  of  the  sun.  The  most  celebrated  salt  mines  are 
in  Austrian  Poland. 

Diamonds,  the  most  precious  of  all  gems,  are  found  in  Hindoostan 
and  Brazil. 

Vegetables.  The  whole  number  of  plants  actually  known,  ac- 
cording to  Humboldt,  is  44,000.  The  torrid  zone  displays  the  most 
luxuriant  vegetation;  but  the  temperate  zone  produces  in  the 
greatest  abundance  those  commodities,  which  are  most  useful  to 
man.  In  the  frigid  zone,  nature  assumes  a  gloomy  and  severe  aspect, 
and  towards  the  poles,  vegetation  entirely  fails. 

Animals.  The  torrid  zone  teems  with  the  same  luxuriance  of 
animal,  as  of  vegetable  life.  Some  of  the  most  useful  animals  thrive 
in  all  the  zones,  as  the  ox,  ihQ  sheep,  the  hog,  the  goat,  the  horse, 
the  dog,  and  the  cat. 

The  elephant,  the  rhinoceros,  the  hippopotamus,  the  lion,  the  tiger  \ 
the  leopard,  the  panther,  the  hyena,  and  the  ounce,  extend  little 
beyond  the  torrid  zone.  In  the  frigid  zone  the  animals  are  small 
and  stunted,  and  are  clothed  with  a  thick  fur 

MAN. 

The  human  species,  though  descended  from  one  common  origin, 
exhibit  a    great  diversity  of  complexion,  form,  character,  and  im- 
2  * 


^8  PHYSICAL 

provement.  The  most  favourable  state  of  society  is  found  in  the 
temperate  zones ;  here  civilization  most  prevails  ;  and  the  inhabi- 
tants are  most  distinguished  for  industry,  enterprise,  intelligence, 
and  personal  beauty.  In  the  frigid  zone  the  stature  of  man  does 
not  usually  much  exceed  four  feet. 

Complexion.  The  human  species,  with  regard  to  complexion, 
are  divided  into  two  great  classes,  one  white,  and  the  other  black. 
These  two  divisions  include  six  subdivisions  or  races ;  the  first 
comprising  the  white,  the  tawny,  and  the  copper-coloured;  the 
second  the  black,  the  blackish,  and  the  dark  brown. 

1.  The  iVhite,  or  Caucasian  Race,  includes  nearly  all  the  Euro- 
peans, except  the  Laplanders ;  the  Circassians,  Georgians,  Arabians, 
Turks,  Persians,  and  Hindoos. 

2.  The  Tawny,  or  Olive,  or  Mongolian  Race,  includes  the  Tar- 
tars, the  Chinese,  and  the  other  inhabitants  of  the  Eastern  and  South- 
eastern parts  of  Asia,  except  the  Malays  ;  and  also  the  Laplanders 
in  Europe. 

3.  The  Copper-coloured,  or  American  Race,  comprises  the  Amer- 
ican Indians. 

4.  The  Dark  Brown,  or  Malay  Race,  consists  of  the  Malays,  who 
are  found  in  the  peninsula  of  Malacca,  and  the  Asiatic  islands. 

5.  The  Black,  or  J^egro,  or  Ethiopian  Race,  comprises  the  negroes 
of  A  frica. 

6.  The  Blackish  Race  consists  of  the  Hottentots,  and  the  savages 
of  New  Holland,  New  Guinea,  and  New  Caledonia. 

Degrees  of  civilization.  The  human  species  may  be  consider- 
ed as  existing  in  the  savage,  the  barbarous,  the  half -civilized,  and 
the  civilized  state. 

In  the  savage  state  man  subsists  almost  entirely  by  hunting,  fishing, 
and  the  spontaneous  productions  of  the  earth.  A  large  portion  of  the 
globe  is  in  the  possession  of  savage  tribes,  but  this  part  is  very  thinly 
inhabited.  The  natives  of  New  Holland  and  the  adjacent  islands, 
the  African  Negroes,  and  the  American  Indians  are  considered  as 
savages. 

In  the  barbarous  state  subsistence  is  derived  chiefly  from  pastur- 
age, with  some  rude  agriculture.  This  state  was  that  of  all  Europe 
during  the  middle  ages.  It  is  now  the  state  of  the  Moors  of  Africa, 
the  Arabs,  the  Malays,  and  the  inhabitants  of  Central  and  Northern 
Asia. 

In  the  half-civilized  state  agriculture  and  manufactures  are  car- 
ried to  a  high  degree  of  improvement,  but  foreign  commerce  exists 
only  in  a  very  limited  degree.  In  this  state  are  Turkey,  Persia, 
Hindoostan,  and  China. 

The  civilized  state  is  the  irtost  improved  form  of  human  society, 
and  exists,  though  with  considerable  diversity,  throughout  the  most 
of  Europe,  the  United  States,  and  some  other  parts  of  America, 
which  have  been  settled  by  Europeans. 


GEOGRAPHY  19 

EARTH. 

NATURAL  DIVISIONS 

Land.  The  natural  divisions  of  land  are  continents,  islands, 
peninsulas,  isthmuses,  capes,  promontories,  mountains,  and  shores  or 
coasts. 

A  continent  is  the  larg-est  extent  of  land,  no  where  entirely  sepa- 
rated by  water. 

There  are  two  continents ;  the  Eastern^  comprising'  Europe,  Asia, 
and  Africa  ;  and  the  Western^  comprising'  North  and  South  America. 
Some  reckon  6  continents,  viz.  Europe,  Asia,  Africa,  JS'orth  America^ 
South  America,  and  JVew?  Holland. 

An  island  is  a  portion  of  land  entirely  surrounded  by  water. 

A  peninsula  is  a  portion  almost  surrounded  by  water. 

An  isthmus  is  a  neck  of  land  which  joins  a  peninsula  to  a  con- 
tinent. 

A  cape  is  a  point  of  land  projecting  into  the  sea ;  if  the  land  is 
high  and  mountainous,  it  is  called  a  promontory. 

A  shore,  or  coast,  is  that  land  which  borders  on  the  sea. 

A  mountain  is  a  vast  protuberance  of  the  earth. 

Water.  Water  is  divided  into  oceans,  seas,  lakes,  gulfs,  baya, 
harbours  or  havens,  straits,  sounds,  roads,  rivers,  and  friths  or  estu- 
aries. 

An  ocean  is  the  largest  extent  of  water,  no  where  entirely  sepa- 
rated by  land. 

There  are  five  oceans,  the  Pacific,  Atlantic,  Indian,  Southern, 
and  Northern  or  Arctic  oceans. 

A  sea  is  a  smaller  collecuon  of  water,  communicating-  with  an 
ocean. 

A  lake  is  a  large  collection  of  water  in  the  interior  of  a  country. 

A  gulf,  or  bay,  is  a  part  of  a  sea  extending  up  into  the  land. 

A  harbour,  or  haven,  is  a  small  portion  of  the  sea  almost  surrounded 
by  land,  where  ships  may  ride  safely  at  anchor. 

A  strait  is  a  narrow  channel,  joining  two  seas,  or  one  part  of  a 
sea  with  another. 

A  sound  is  a  small  sea  so  shallow  that  it  may  be  sounded. 

A  road  is  a  place  at  some  distance  from  the  shore,  where  ships 
may  lie  at  anchor. 

A  river  is  a  large  stream  of  inland  water. 

A  frith,  or  estuary,  is  the  widening  of  a  river  at  its  mouth  into  an 
arm  of  the  sea. 

POLITICAL  DIVISIONS. 

An  empire  is  composed  of  several  large  countries,  subject  to  one 
sovereign,  styled  an  emperor. 

A  kingdom  is  generally  less  extensive  than  an  empire,  and  is 
subject  to  a  king. 

A  grand  duchy,  a  duchy,  a  principality,  and  a  pachalic,  are 


AMERICA. 


Situation  and  extent.  America  forms  the  western  continent,  and 
fs  separated  from  the  eastern  continent  by  the  Atlantic  ocean.  It 
is  upwards  of  9,000  miles  in  length,  and  is  usually  accounted  the 
largest  of  the  four  quarters  of  the  globe. 

JDiscovery.  America  was  unknown  to  the  civilized  world,  till 
near  the  end  of  the  15th  century,  and  from  this  circumstance,  it 
is  often  called  the  JSTew  World.  It  was  discovered  in  1492,  by 
Christopher  Columbus,  a  native  of  Genoa,  who  sailed  under  the 
patronage  of  Ferdinand  and  Isabella,  sovereigns  of  Castile  and 
Aragon,  in  Spain.  The  first  land  that  was  seen,  was  one  of  the 
Bahama  islands.  The  continent  took  its  name  from  Americu^  Ves 
puctuSf  a  native  of  Florence,  who  made  discoveries  5  or  6  years 
after  the  first  discovery  by  Columbus. 

Climate.  This  continent  has  every  variety  of  climate,  but  the 
climate  generally  differs  from  that  of  the  other,  by  a  greater  pre 
dominance  of  cold.  It  is  calculated  that  the  heat  is  at  10  degrees 
less,  than  in  the  same  parallels  in  the  eastern  continent. 

Productions.  America  abounds  in  almost  all  the  varieties  of  the 
animal,  vegetable,  and  mineral  productions. 

Inhabitants.  The  inhabitants  may  be  divided  into  three  classes, 
Whites,  J^egroes,  and  Indians. 

The  whites  are  descendants  of  Europeans,  who  have  migrated  to 
America  smce  its  discovery.  They  constitute  more  than  one  half 
f*t  the  population. 

The  negroes  are  mostly  held  in  slavery,  and  are  descendants  of 
Africans  who  were  cruelly  forced  from  their  native  country. 

The  Indians  are  the  aborigines,  and  are  mostly  savages.  They 
are  of  a  copper  complexion,  fierce  aspect,  tall,  straight,  athletic,  and 
capable  of  enduring  great  fatigue.  They  are  hospitable  and  gen- 
erous, faithful  in  their  friendships,  but  implacable  in  their  resent- 
ments.    Their  common  occupations  are  hunting,  fishing,  and  war. 

They  are  generally  of  roving  habits,  and  live  in  a  very  scattered 
manner,  in  small  tribes,  of  usually  from  500  to  5,000  souls.  Their 
numbers  are  gradually  diminishing. 

At  the  time  of  the  discovery  of  America,  the  natives  in  some 
parts,  particularly  Mexico  and  Peru,  were  considerably  advanced 
in  civilization.  For  the  most  part  they  continue  a  distinct  people, 
and  retain  their  savage  customs ;  but  in  some  instances  they  have 
mingled  with  the  white  population. 

The  Indians  still  possess  the  greater  part  of  America.  In  north 
America  they  possess  almost  all  the  country  except  the  southern 
and  eastern  parts,  that  is,  the  northern  part  of  Spanish  America, 
most  of  that  part  of  the  territory  of  the  United  States  which  lies 


NORTH  AMERICA.  23 

west  of  the  Mississippi,  and  nearly  ail  the  vast  regions  which  lie 
to  the  north  of  the  United  States  territory  and  to  the  west  of  the 
St.  Lawrence.  In  South  America  they  possess  Patagonia  and  most 
of  the  interior  of  the  continent. 


Divisions.     America  is  divided  into  two  parts,  North  and  South 
America,  which  are  connected  by  the  isthmus  of  Darien. 

NORTH  AMERICA. 


Cataract  of  J^iagara. 

Divisions.  The  three  principal  divisions  of  North  America,  are, 
1st,  British  America  in  the  north ;  2d,  the  United  States  in  the  mid- 
dle ;  3d,  Spanish  America  in  the  south.  There  are  besides,  Green- 
land belonging-  to  Denmark,  in  the  northeast ;  and  the  Russian 
settlements  in  the  northwest.  France  owns  the  two  little  islands 
oi  Miquelon  and  St.  Pierre^  which  lie  to  the  south  of  Newfoundland. 

Mountains.  There  are  two  great  ranges  of  mountains.  The  lar- 
gest one  is  toward  the  western  side  of  the  continent,  being  connected 
with  the  Andes  of  South  America,  in  Mexico  called  the  Cordilleras 
of  Mexico^  and  further  to  the  north,  the  Rocky  mountains.  The 
other  range  is  wholly  in  the  United  States,  called  the  Alleghany  or 
Apalachian  mountains. 

Islands.  The  principal  islands  are  J^ewfoundland,  Cape  Breton^ 
St.  John's,  Rhode  Island,  Long  Island,  and  the  Bermudas.  The 
West  India  islands  lie  between  North  and  South  America. 
.  Bays  or  Gulfs.  The  five  largest  bays  are  Barn's  Bay,  Hud- 
ton's  Bay,  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  the  Gi^lf  of  Mexico,  and  the 
Gulf  of  California. 

Lakes.  The  seven  largest  lakes  are  Slave  lake,  Winnipeg,  St<- 
perior,  Huron^  Michigan,  Erie,  and  Ontario,    The  last  five  form  a 


84  GREENLAND. 

long"  chain,  and  communicate  with  each  other.  Lake  Superior  is 
the  larg-est  collection  of  fresh  water  in  the  known  world,  and  is  490 
miles  in  length,  and  about  1,700  in  circumference.  It  is  as  much 
affected  by  storms  as  the  Atlantic  ocean.  The  Pictured  Rocks,  on 
the  south  side  of  the  lake,  are  a  range  of  precipitous  cliffs  rising  to 
the  height  of  300  feet,  and  are  an  extraordinary  curiosity. 
Rivers.     The  following-  are  some  of  the  principal  rivers. 

Miles.  Miles. 

Missouri,  length  4,500  Del  Norte,  2,000 

Mississippi,  3,000  Columbia,  1,500 

St.  Lawrence,      2,000  Nelson's,  1,400 

Mackenzie's,        2,000  Colorado,  1,000 

Mackenzie's  river  rises  in  the  Rocky  mountains,  and  takes  dif- 
ferent names  in  different  parts  of  its  course.  It  is  ihe  outlet  of 
Slave  lake,  and  flows  into  the  Frozen  ocean. 

J^elson's  river  also  has  its  source  in  the  Rocky  mountains.  The 
name  of  the  head  branch  is  Saskasawan.  It  is  the  outlet  of  lake 
Winnipeg-,  and  flows  into  Hudson's  Bay. 

The  St.  Lawrence  is  the  outlet  of  the  great  chain  of  lakes.  It 
passes  by  Montreal  and  Quebec,  runs  northeasterly,  and  flows  into 
the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence.  It  is  navigable  for  ships  of  the  line  to 
Quebec,  and  for  large  vessels  to  Montreal,  580  miles  from  the  sea. 
The  breaking  up  of  the  ice_on  this  river  in  the  spring,  is  described 
as  a  most  stupendous  operation  of  nature. 

The  Mississippi  rises  near  the  west  end  of  lake  Superior,  and 
pursuing  a  southerly  course,  flows  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  It  re- 
ceives the  waters  of  many  large  rivers,  and  is  of  uncommon  depth, 
but  of  diflScult  navigation.  Boats  of  40  tons  ascend  to  St.  Anthony's 
falls,  about  2,400  miles ;  but  ships  seldom  ascend  above  Natchez, 
upwards  of  400  miles.  The  navigation  is  greatly  facilitated  by  the 
use  of  steam  boats.  The  river  overflows  its  banks  every  spring-, 
and  lays  the  country,  for  many  miles  in  extent,  under  water.  St. 
Anthony's  falls  are  a  fine  cataract  of  about  40  feet  perpendicular. 

The  Missouri  is  the  western  branch  of  the  Mississippi,  and  is 
properly  considered  the  main  stream,  being  the  larger  of  the  two, 
and  much  the  long-er  from  the  source  to  the  point  where  they  unite. 
It  rises  in  the  Rocky  mountains,  and  is  navigable  for  boats  to  the 
Great  Falls,  3,970  miles,  by  the  river,  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

The  Columbia  rises  in  the  Rocky  mountains,  flows  southwest- 
erly, and  runs  into  the  Pacific  ocean. 

The  Bel  J^orte,  or  Rto  Bravo,  rises  in  the  Rocky  mountains, 
flows  east  of  south,  and  runs  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  Its  naviga- 
tion is  much  obstructed  by  sand-bars. 

GREENLAND. 

Situation.  Greenland,  an  extensive  country,  situated  in  the 
northeast  part  of  America,  belongs  to  Denmark. 

Face  of  the  country.  Greenland  is  a  dreary  country,  composed 
chiefly  of  barren  and  rocky  mountains,  whose  summits  are  covered 


NEW  BRITAIN.  25 

with  perpetual  snow  and  ice.  In  a  large  part  of  the  country,  there 
is  little  or  no  veg-etation.  In  the  southern  parts  there  are  some 
small  trees  and  shrubs. 

Climate.  The  climate  is  very  severe  ;  the  winters  long  and  cold. 
The  thermometer  frequently  sinks  to  48  degrees  below  0. 

Inhabitants.  The  natives  are  of  a  low  stature,  rude  and  igno- 
rant. They  are  clothed  with  skins,  and  live  chiefly  on  animal  food. 
They  have  been  partially  converted  to  Christianity  by  the  Mora- 
vians, who  have  missionaries  at  JVew  Herrnhut,  Lichtenfels^  and 
Lichtenau. 

Fisheries.  Greenland  is  valuable  chiefly  on  account  of  its  whale 
Jisheries. 

RUSSIAN  AMERICA. 

This  is  an  extensive  tract  of  country,  in  the  northwest  part  of 
the  continent,  but  the  limits  are  not  defined.  The  number  of  Rus- 
sians is  stated  at  only  about  1000,  who  are  engaged  in  the  fur 
trade.     The  principal  settlements  are  at  Rodiak  and  Sitcha. 

BRITISH  AMERICA. 

Divisions.  British  America  is  a  vast  extent  of  cotmtry,  and  in- 
cludes J^ew  Britain,  Upper  Canada,  Lower  Caimda,  JVova  Scotia, 
J^ew  Brunswick,  and  the  islands  of  J^ewjbundland,  Cape  Breton, 
St.  John's',  and  the  Bermuda  islands.  Nine  tenths  of  British  Amer- 
ica are  ia  the  possession  of  the  Indians. 

Government.  The  government  is  modelled  on  the  principles  of 
the  British  constitution.  The  four  provinces  of  Upper  Canada, 
Lower  Canada,  Nova  Scotia,  and  New  Brunswick,  are  under  a 
governor  general,  whose  residence  is  at  Quebec.  The  governor 
of  each  of  the  4  provinces,  is  styled  a  lieutenant  governor. 

Religion.  The  established  religion  is  that  of  the  Church  of  Eng- 
land, and  there  are  two  bishops,  one  residing  at  Quebec,  and  the 
other  at  Halifax.  But  nine  tenths  of  the  inhabitants  of  Lower 
Canada  are  Catholics,  and  a  Catholic  bishop  resides  at  Quebec. 
There  are  considerable  numbers  of  other  denominations,  as  Meth- 
odists, Baptists,  Presbyterians,  &c.,  in  the  several  provinces. 

NEW  BRITAIN. 

New  Britain  is  a  vast  country,  lying  north  and  northwest  of  Up- 
per and  Lower  Canada,  and  comprehends  Labrador,  Jfew-J^orth 
Wales,  and  JVew-South  Wales. 

Face  of  the  country  and  soil.  Almost  the  whole  of  this  vast 
country,  as  far  as  it  has  been  explored,  is  extremely  barren  and 
dreary ;  the  surface  in  some  parts  flat  and  marshy,  in  others,  rocky, 
uneven,  and  mountainous,  and  the  climate  very  severe. 

Bays  and  Lakes.  The  bays  are  Baffin's,  Hudson's,  and  James* 
3 


2fi  LOWER  CANADA. 

bays.  Lakes  are  numerous ;  the  principal  are  Slave  lake,  Athapeg- 
cow  lake,  Lake  of  the  Hilh,  and  lake  Winnipeg. 

Rivers.  The  principal  rivers  are  Mackenzie's  river,  the  ChurcK- 
iU,  Severn,  Js^elson,  Albany,  Moose,  Seal,  Rupert,  &c. 

Trade.  The  trade  of  this  country  is  carried  on  by  the  Hudson's 
bay  and  the  North-west  companies,  who  have  several  forts.  Fur  is 
the  chief  article  of  trade. 

Inhabitants.  The  Esquimaux  Indians  occupy  the  coasts  of  Lab- 
rador. The  interior  is  inhabited  by  various  tribes  of  a  diminutive 
and  miserable  race. 

Missions.  The  Moravian  missionaries  have  settlements  in  Lab* 
rador,  at  JsTain,  Okkak,  and  Hopedale. 

UPPER  CANADA. 

Divisions.  Upper  Canada  is  divided  into  8  districts,  which  are 
subdivided  into  23  counties,  with  minor  divisions  of  townships. 

Rivers.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  St.  Lawrence,  Ovtawasy 
JSTiagara,  Trent,  Ouse,  Redstone,  and  Thames. 

Lakes.  One  half  of  the  lakes  Ontario,  Erie,  St.  Clair,  Huron, 
Superior,  Rainy  Lake,  and  Lake  of  the  Woods,  is  included  in  Upper 
Canada.  Lakes  J^ipissing,  Simcoe,  St.  Joseph's,  and  others  are  in- 
cluded within  the  province. 

jPace  of  the  country.  The  country  bordering-  on  the  St.  Lawrence 
and  the  lakes  is  generally  level ;  further  in  the  interior  it  is  more 
uneven. 

ClimxUe.  The  climate  is  healthy,  and  considerably  more  temper 
ate  than  in  lower  Canada. 

Soil.  The  soil  throughout  the  whole  country,  as  far  as  it  has  been 
surveyed,  is  for  the  most  part  very  fertile,  and  well  adapted  to  cul- 
tivation.    A  large  part  of  it  is  covered  with  heavy  timber. 

Productions.  The  principal  productions  are  grass,  wheat,  Indian 
corn,  flax,  hops,  &c. 

Chief  towns.  York  is  the  seat  of  government.  It  is  pleasantly 
situated  on  tlfe  northwest  part  of  lake  Ontario,  and  has  an  excel- 
lent harbour.     Population  2,500. 

Kingston  is  pleasantly  situated  at  the  egress  of  the  St.  Lawrence 
out  of  lake  Ontario,  has  an  excellent  harbour,  and  is  the  rendezvous 
of  the  shipping  on  the  lake.     Population  2,500. 

The  other  most  considerable  towns  are  JSTewark,  Queenstown,  and 
Chippeway. 

LOWER  CANADA. 

jyivisions.  Lower  Canada  is  divided  into  4  districts,  which  are 
ubdivided  into  21  counties.  The  minor  divisions  are  1st.  seign- 
iories, 2d.  townships. 

Face  of  the  country  and  soil.  Lower  Canada  is  intersected  by 
ridges  of  mountains,  which  generally  run  from  the  coast  into  the 
interior  in  parallel  chains,  with  intervening  valleys  of  a  fertile  and 
pleasant  appearance.     The  spacious  valley,  through  which  the  St. 


LOWER  CANADA.  27 

Lawrence  flows,  is  mostly  level,  of  a  very  fertile  soil,  and  thickly 
inhabited. 

Rivers.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  St.  Ixtwrence^  Outawasy 
Sorelky  St.  Francis,  Chaudiere,  Saguenaxj,  and  Black  river^ 

Climate.  The  extremes  of  heat  and  cold  are  very  great.  The 
thermometer  sometimes  rises  in  summer  to  100,  and  sinks  in  winter 
to  40  below  0. 

Productions.  The  productions  consist  of  grass,  wheat,  barley,  rye, 
and  culinary  vegetables. 

Commerce.  The  exports  consist  of  furs,  limber,  pot  and  pearl 
ashes^  grain,  Jish,  &c. 

Curiosities.  On  a  number  of  the  rivers  there  are  beautiful  cas  • 
cades,  the  most  remarkable  of  which  are  the  falls  of  the  Montmorenci, 
7  miles  below  Quebec.  The  river  just  at  its  entrance  into  the  St. 
Lawrence,  falls  over  a  precipice  of  240  feet  perpendicular,  present- 
ing a  scene  of  singular  beauty  and  grandeur. 

The  Chaudiere,  a  large  river  which  flows  into  the  St.  Lawrence, 
6  miles  above  Quebec,  has  very  interesting  falls  of  120  feet  perpen- 
dicular, 4  miles  above  its  mouth. 

Chief  towns.  Pop.  Chief  towns.  Pop. 

Montreal,  18,000         Three  Rivers,  2,500 

Quebec,  15,000         Sorelle,  1,500 

Quebec,  the  capital  not  only  of  Lower  Canada,  but  of  all  British 
America,  is  situated  on  a  lofty  point,at  the  confluence  of  the  St.  Charles 
with  the  St.  Lawrence,  about  400  miles  from  the  sea.  It  is  divided 
into  two  parts,  the  Upper  and  Lower  Town.  The  Upper  Town 
is  built  on  a  bold  promontory,  formed  of  almost  perpendicular  pre- 
cipices of  naked  rock,  rising  to  the  height  of  345  feet ;  and  is  a  place 
of  immense  strength.  The  streets  are  irregular,  and  the  houses  are 
almost  wholly  of  stone,  generally  small  and  inconvenient,  though 
many  of  those  recently  built  are  elegant  and  spacious.  The  environs 
of  the  city  present  a  most  beautiful  and  sublime  scenery. 

J\Iontreal  is  situated  on  an  island  in  the  St.  Lawrence,  180  miles 
above  Quebec,  and  200  below  lake  Ontario,  at  the  head  of  ship 
navigation.  It  has  an  extensive  commerce,  and  is  the  great  depot 
of  the  fur  trade.  The  streets  are  mostly  regular,  hut  narrow,  and 
the  houses  are  built  of  grayish  stone,  having  the  roofs  covered  with 
tin.  The  view  from  the  top  of  the  mountain  of  Montreal,  above  the 
city,  is  exceedingly  fine. 

Three  Rivers,  or  Trois  Rivieres,  the  third  town  in  Lower  Canada, 
IS  situated  on  the  St.  Lawrence,  84  miles  SW.  of  Quebec.  The 
other  most  considerable  towns  are  Sorelle,  Chambly,  St.  John's,  La 
Chine,  and  J^ew  Carlisle. — Houses  of  more  than  one  story,  are  rare- 
ly seen  in  Canada,  except  in  the  towns. 

Inhabitants.  More  than  five  sixths  of  the  inhabitants  are  native, 
or  French  Canadians ;  tlie  remainder,  English,  Scotch,  Irish,  and 
Americans. 

Education.  There  are  respectable  seminaries  at  Quebec  and 
Montreal,  but  education  is  generally  much  neglected. 

History.  Canada  was  first  settled  by  the  French  in  1608 ;  but 
was  taken  by  Great  Britain  in  1759. 


«B  NOVA  SCOTIA. 

Island.  The  island  of  Cape  Breton  is  attached  to  this  province. 
It  is  about  110  miles  long^,  of  a  diversified  surface,  and  is  valuable 
chiefly  on  account  of  its  peltry  and  fisheries.  The  chief  towns 
are  Arichat,  Sidney,  and  Louisburg. 

NEW  BRUNSWICK. 

River,  The  St.  John's,  a  noble  stream,  about  400  miles  long-,  is 
much  the  larg-est  river. 

Bays.  The  principal  bays  are  Passamaquoddy,  Bay  of  Fundy^ 
Chignecto,  and  Chaleur. 

Soil.  The  soil  in  the  interior  is  generally  excellent.  The  St 
John's  opens  into  a  vast  extent  of  fine  countrj-,  in  which  are  rich 
meadow  lands.     The  upland  is  in  g-eneral  well  timbered. 

Productions.  The  principal  productions  are  grass  and  grain,  but 
great  advances  have  not  yet  been  made  in  agriculture.  The  sea 
coast  abounds  with  cod  and  other  scale  fish ;  and  immense  shoals  of 
herring,  shad,  and  salmon,  annually  enter  the  river.  The  principal 
exports  are  timber  and  Jish. 

Chief  towns.  Frederickstown,  which  is  situated  near  the  head  of 
sloop  navigation  on  the  St.  John's,  80  miles  above  its  mouth,  is  the 
?eat  of  government. 

The  city  of  St.  John's,  situated  near  the  mouth  of  the  river  St. 
John's,  is  a  very  flourishing  town,  the  largest  in  the  province,  con- 
taining about  10,000  inhabitants.  It  has  an  excellent  harbour,  and 
an  extensive  commerce. 

St.  Andrew^s,  situated  on  an  arm  of  Passamaquoddy  bay,  is  the 
iher  most  considerable  town. 

NOVA  SCOTIA. 

Situation.  Nova  Scotia  is  a  peninsula,  about  250  miles  long,  sep- 
rated  from  New  Brunswick,  in  part,  by  the  Bay  of  Fundy. 

Face  of  the  country.  The  face  of  the  country  is  somewhat  un- 
ven,  but  there  are  no  high  mountains.  The  north  east  shores  are 
arren,  and  present  a  dreary  aspect. 

Soil.  The  soil  on  the  sea  coast  is  generally  poor :  in  the  inte- 
.  ior  it  is  better,  and  in  some  parts  very  good,  and  produces  lai^e 
crops  of  grain. 

Bays.  On  the  coast  of  Nova  Scotia  are  numerous  bays  and  har- 
l>ours.  The  largest  is  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  which  is  remarkable  for 
its  tides  that  rise  to  30,  and  sometimes,  in  the  narrowest  parts,  to 
60  feet.  The  rise  is  so  rapid,  that  cattle  feeding  upon  the  shore, 
are  often  overtaken  and  drowned. 

Commerce.  The  trade  of  Nova  Scotia  is  very  considerable.  The 
exports  consist  chiefly  of  timber,  fish,  and  planter  of  Paris. 

Chief  towns.  Halifax  is  the  capital,  and  a  place  of  considerable 
commerce,  containing  about  12,000  inhabitants.  It  is  situated  on 
the  west  side  of  Chebucto  bay,  and  has  an  excellent  harbour  and  a 
large  navy  yard,  and  is  the  principal  naval  station  belonging  to 
Great  Britain  in  the  northern  part  of  America, 


BERMUDAS,  or  SOMERS'  ISLANDS.  29 

Liverpool,  45  miles  SW.  Halifax,  is  a  seaport  town,  which  con- 
tains 200  houses,  and  has  considerable  trade.  Among-  the  other 
towns  are  Annapolis^  Lunenburgh,  Barrington,  Pictou,  and  Argyle. 

Education.  King's  College,  at  Windsor,  45  miles  NW.  Halitax, 
has  respectable  endowments. 

History.  Nova  Scotia  was  first  settled  by  the  French,  and  called 
by  them  Acadia.     It  was  confirmed  to  England  in  1713. 

Island.  St.  John's,  or  Prince  Edijcard's  island,  lies  in  the  gulf  of 
St.  Lawrence,  is  110  miles  long,  and  has  a  good  soil.  The  chief 
town  is  Charlotte^s  Town. 

NEWFOUNDLAND. 

Extent.  Newfoundland,  situated  east  of  the  gulf  of  St.  Lawrence, 
is  380  miles  long,  and  from  40  to  280  broad. 

Face  of  the  country,  &c.  The  face  of  the  country  is  hilly,  the 
shores  rugged,  and  the  soil  generally  barren,  though  timber  is 
abundant.     The  interior  is  but  little  known. 

The  climate  is  cold  and  dreary,  subject  to  fogs,  attended  with  fre- 
quent storms  of  snow  and  sleet. 

Banks.  This  island  is  chiefly  valuable  for  its  cod-Jisheries,  which 
are  carried  on  upon  the  banks  of  Newfoundland,  and  are  the  most 
valuable  cod-fisheries  in  the  world.  The  Great  Bank  is  sixty  miles 
from  the  SE.  shore,  and  is  330  miles  long,  and  75  wide  ;  east  of  this 
is  Green  Bank,  240  miles  long,  and  120  broad.  As  many  as  3,000 
sail  of  small  craft,  and  100,000  men  are  employed  in  these  fisheries. 

Chief  towns.  The  towns  are  all  in  the  southeast  part,  near  the 
fisheries. 

St.  John's,  the  capital,  contained,  in  1815,  about  10,000  inhabitants, 
but  it  has  since  suffered  greatly  by  fires.  The  other  principal  towns 
are  Placentia  and  Bonavista. 

BERMUDAS,  or  SOMERS'  ISLANDS. 

These  islands  are  about  400  in  number,  but  the  most  of  them  are 
very  small,  barren,  and  uninhabited. 

St.  George's  Town,  situated  on  St.  George's  island,  is  the  chief 
town,  and  contains  about  500  houses,  built  of  soft  stone. 

Climate.     The  climate  is  very  temperate  and  healthy,  but  subject 
to  storms,  accompanied  with  severe  thunder. 
3 


80 


UNITED  STATIC. 


UNITED  STATES. 


Extent.  The  territory  of  the  United  States  embraces  the  middle 
division  of  North  America,  extending-  from  the  Atlantic  ocean  on 
the  east,  to  the  Pacific  on  the  west,  about  3,000  miles  from  east  to 
west,  and  1,700  from  nor^h  to  south. 

Divisio7is.  The  orig-inal  number  of  states  was  13  ;  the  present 
number  is  24.  In  addition  to  these  the  small  district  of  Columbia, 
and  6  larg-e  tracts  of  country,  but  little  settled,  belong-  to  the  Union. 

The  states  may  be  considered  under  4  general  divisions,  the  east- 
em^  middle^  southern^  and  western. 


AVio  England  or 
Eastern  States. 


J^iddle  States. 


Southern  States. 


Western  States. 


Territories. 


District 


States. 

1.  Maine 

2.  I^ew  Hampshire 

3.  Vermont 

4.  Massachusetts 

5.  Rhode  Island 

6.  Connecticut 

7.  New  York 

8.  New  Jersey 

9.  Pennsylvania 

10.  Delaware 

11.  Maryland 

12.  Virginia 

13.  North  Carolina 

14.  South  Carolina 

15.  Georgia 

16.  Alabama 

17.  Mississippi 

18.  Louisiana 
'19.  Tennessee 

20.  Kentucky 

21.  Ohio 

22.  Indiana 

23.  Illinois 

24.  Missouri 
r  Michigan 

North-west 
j  Missouri 
I  Western 
I  Arkansas 
(^Florida 

Columbia 


Seats  of  Government 

Portland 

Concord 

Montpelier 

Boston 
^  Providence 
)  Newport 
\  Hartford 
(  New  Haven 

Albany 

Trenion 

Harrisburg 

Dover 

Annapolis 

Richmond 

Raleigh 

Columbia 

Milledgeville 

Cahawba 

Jackson 

New  Or! cans 

Nashville 

Frankfort 

Columbus 

Indianopolis 

Vandalia 

Jefferson 

Detroit 


Arkopolis 
Pensacola 
Washing^n 


UNITED  STATES.  3i 

Face,  of  the  country.  The  eastern  states  are  generally  uneven, 
and,  to  a  considerable  extent,  mountainous.  South  of  Long-  Island, 
the  coast,  in  some  parts  for  more  than  100  miles  from  the  sea,  is 
mostly  a  flat,  sandy  plain,  elevated  but  little  above  the  level  of  the 
ocean.  Beyond  the  head  of  tide  waters,  the  country  becomes  hilly 
and  mountainous.  The  vast  extent  of  country  lying  between  the 
Alleghany  and  Rocky  mountains,  is,  for  the  most  part,  but  moder- 
ately uneven. 

Mountains.  The  two  principal  ranges  are  the  Rocky  mountains 
in  the  west,  and  the  Alleghany  mountains  in  the  east'.  The  Rocky 
mountains  form  a  part  of  the  great  range  which  extends  through  the 
western  side  of  the  continent.  Some  of  the  most  elevated  summits 
are  11,000  or  12,000  feet  high.  The  Alleghany  mountains  extend 
parallel  with  the  Atlantic,  from  New  York  to  Georgia.  The  most 
elevated  summits  rise  to  the  height  of  only  about  4,000  feet.  The 
White  mountains  in  New  Hampshire,  are  the  highest  in  the  United 
States  to  the  east  of  the  Mississippi. 

Lakes.  One  half  of  lakes  Superior^  Huron.,  Erie.,  and  Ontario., 
is  included  in  the  United  States.  Lake  Michigan  and  lake  Cham- 
plain  are  the  largest  that  are  wholly  within  their  boundary. 

Rivers.  Some  of  the  principal  rivers  are  the  Connecticut,  Hudson^ 
Delaware,  Potomac,  Savannah,  Ohio,  Tennessee,  Mississippi,  Missou- 
ri, Arkansas,  Red,  and  Columbia. 

Canals.  The  3  principal  canals  are  Middlesex  canal,  in  Massa- 
chusetts, and  tlie  Erie  and  jsTorthem  canals,  in  New  York. 

Climate.  Tlie  Unite  '  k'^^tates  eml  race  a  great  variety  of  climate. 
The  forwardness  of  spring  in  the  northern  and  southern  ex-  i  emities 
of  the  Union,  differs  about  2^  months.  The  annual  quantity  of  rain 
is  much  greater  than  in  Europe,  but  the  proportion  of  fair  weather 
is  also  much  greater,  as  the  rain  here  falls  in  much  heavier  showers. 

Productions.  The  most  important  production  of  the  eastern 
states  is  grass  ;  of  the  middle  states,  wheat,  further  south,  wheat  and 
tobacco  ;  of  the  southern  states,  cotton  and  rice ;  of  Louisiana;  cotton, 
sugar,  and  rice ;  and  of  the  western  states,  wheat,  maize,  hemp,  cot- 
ton, and  tobacco. 

Occupations.  The  most  important  occupation  of  the  inhabitants, 
is  agriculture ;  next,  manufactures  and  commerce. 

Commerce.  This  country  ranks  as  one  of  the  first  commercial 
states  on  the  globe. 

Exports.  The  exports  consist  chiefly  of  raw  materials.  The  five 
most  considerable  articles  are  cotton,  flour,  tobacco,  timber,  and  rice. 

Minerals.  Iron  abounds  in  great  variety  of  places.  In  the  state 
of  Missouri  there  is  one  of  the  richest  lead  mines  in  the  world.  CoaX 
is  found  in  Rhode  Island,  Pennsylvania,  Virginia,  and  several  of 
the  western  states.  There  are  numerous  quarries  of  good  marble. 
Various  other  minerals  are  found. 

Mineral  waters.  The  niost  celebrated  mineral  waters  are  those 
of  Saratoga  and  Ballston,  N.  Y.  Salt  springs  of  great  value  are 
found  in  New  York  and  several  of  the  western  states. 

Education.  The  United  States  are  more  distinguished  for  the 
general  diffusion  of  knowlettgc,  than  for  eminence  in  literature  or 


32  UNITED  STATES. 

science.  The  means  of  common  education  are  widely  extended, 
and  there  are  numerous  seminaries  of  learning  throughout  the  coun- 
try ;  though  there  are  no  literary  establishments  on  so  large  a  scale 
as  many  in  Europe. 

Religion.  The  constitution  leaves  every  individual  to  the  free 
exercise  of  his  own  religion ;  none  is  established  or  supported  by 
law.  The  inhabitiints  are  divided  into  a  great  variety  of  sects,  the 
principal  of  which  are  Congregationalists^  Presbyterians^  German 
Lutherans^  Episcopalians,  Baptists,  Methodists,  Quakers,  Roman 
Catholics,  and  Moravians. 

Infiabitants.     The  inhabitants  are  whites,  negroes,  and  Indians. 

The  whites  are  of  European  descent,  chiefly  English,  especial- 
ly the  inhabitants  of  ISew  England,  Virginia,  and  the  Carolinas. 
The  Germans  are  most  numerous  in  Pennsylvania,  the  Dutch  in 
New  York,  and  the  French  in  Louisiana.  Irish,  Scotch,  Swedes, 
and  Spaniards,  are  found  in  considerable  numbers  in  different  parts. 

The  negroes  are  mostly  held  in  slavery,  and  are  found  chiefly  in 
the  southern  states. 

The  Indians  are  independent  of  the  government  of  the  United 
States.  The  whole  number  residing  within  the  limits  of  the  Union, 
has  been  estimated  at  upwards  of  400,000.  The  most  numerous 
tribes  that  are  found  east  of  the  Mississippi,  are  the  Choctaws,  Creeks, 
and  Cherokees.  These  tribes  reside  in  the  states  of  Georgia,  Ten- 
nessee, Alabama,  and  Mississippi. 

Government.  The  United  States  form  a  federal  republic.  Each 
state  is  independent,  and  has  a  separate  executive,  legislature,  and 
judiciary ;  but  the  defence  of  the  country,  the  regulation  of  com- 
merce, and  the  general  interests  of  the  confederacy,  are  entrusted 
to  the  general  government. 

No  country  in  the  world  enjoys  a  more  equitable  government 
The  people  are  governed  by  laws,  which  are  enacted  -and  adminis- 
tered by  men  of  their  own  choice. 

All  power  originates  with  the  people.  The  constitution  secures 
to  the  citizens  the  grand  priociples  of  freedom,  liberty  of  con- 
science in  matters  of  religion,  libertj^  of  the  press,  trial  by  jury, 
and  the  right  of  choosing  and  being  chosen  to  oflSce. 

The  executive  power,  which  is  the  power  that  administers  the  gov- 
ernment, is  vested  in  a  president,  who,  together  with  the  vice  presi- 
dent, is  chosen  for  4  years  by  electors  from  all  the  states.  The 
principal  subordinate  officers,  in  the  executive  department,  are  the 
secretaries  of  state,  of  the  treasury,  of  war,  and  of  the  nnvy. 

The  legislative  ppwer,  that  is,  the  power  which  makes  the  laws, 
is  vested  in  a  congress,  consisting  of  a  senate  and  house  of  represen- 
tatives. 

The  senate  is  composed  of  2  members  from  each  state,  chosen  by 
the  legislature  for  6  years. 

The  representatives  are  elected  by  the  people  every  2  years.  One 
representative  is  chosen  for  every  40,000  inhabitants.  In  the  slave- 
holding  states,  5  slaves  are  allowed  to  count  the  same  as  3  freemen. 

The  judiciary  is  the  authority  which  dispenses  justice,  or  expounds 
and   applies   the  laws,  and  is  independent  of  the  legislature  j  the 


UNITED  STATES.  33 

judges  hold  their  office  during  good  behaviour.     The  supreme  court 
is  composed  of  7  judges. 

History.  The  United  States  were  originally  colonies  of  Great 
Britain. 

In  1607,  the  first  settlement  by  the  English  was  made  at  James- 
town, Virginia. 

In  1614,  New  York  was  settled  by  the  Dutch. 
In  1620,  the  first  settlement  in  New  England  was  made  at  Ply- 
mouth. 

In  1775,  hostilities  were  commenced  between  the  colonies  and 
Great  Britain. 

In  1776,  on  the  4th  of  July,  the  colonies  declared  themselves  in- 
dependent. 

In  1783,  their  independence  was  acknowledged  by  Great  Britain. 
In  1788,  the  present  constitution  was  adopted. 
In  1812,  June  18th,  the  United  States  declared  war  against  Great 
Britain,  which  continued  till  Feb.  17th,  1815,  when  a  treaty  of  peace 
was  signed. 

The  following  view  exhibits  the  succession  of  the  presidents  of 
the  United  States. 

George  Washington  from  1789  to  1797         8  years. 
John  Adams  «     1797  "  1801         4     " 

Thomas  Jeflferson  "     1801  «  1809         8     " 

James  Madison  "     1809  «  1817         8     « 

James  Monroe  «     1817   "   1825         8     " 

John  Quincy  Adams      «     1825 

NEW  ENGLAND,  or  THE  EASTERN  STATES. 

Situation.  New  England,  or  the  6  Eastern  States,  lie  east  of  the 
Hudson.  They  are  Maine,  J^ew  Hampshire,  Vermont,  MassachusettSf 
Rhode  Island,  and  Connecticut. 

Rivers.  The  Connecticut  is  the  great  river  of  New  England.  It 
rises  on  the  borders  between  New  Hampshire  and  Canada,  and  sepa- 
rates New  Hampshire  from  Vermont,  flows  through  the  western 
part  of  Massachusetts,  and  the  central  part  of  Connecticut,  and 
runs  into  Long  Island  sound.  It  is  navigable  for  sloops  to  Hartford 
50  miles ;  and  by  means  of  lochs  and  canals,  it  has  been  rendered 
navigable  for  boats  to  Bath,  N.  H.,  about  300  miles.  It  flows 
through  a  very  fine  country,  and  there  are  upon  its  banks  many 
pleasant  towns. 

The  Merrimack  rises  in  the  White  mountains,  flows  through 
the  central  part  of  New  Hampshire  and  the  north  eastern  part  of 
Massachusetts,  and  runs  into  the  Atlantic,  below  Newburyport.  It 
is  navigable  for  vessels  of  200  tons  to  Haverhill,  18  miles.  By 
means  of  this  river  and  Middlesex  canal,  an  extensive  boat  naviga 
tion  is  opened  between  Boston  and  the  state  of  New  Hampshire,  as 
far  as  Concord. 

Mountains.     The  principal  ranges  of  mountains  are  the  Green 

Quntainsy  which  extend    through   Vermont,  Massachusetts,   and 


S4  UNITED  15TATES. 

Connecticut,  the  White  mountains  in  New  Hampshire,  and  Katahdin 
or  Ktaadn  mountain  in  Maine. 

Face  of  the  country.  The  country  bordering'  on  the  sea  coast,  to 
a  considerable  distance  inland,  is  moderately  uneven,  in  some  parts 
spreading-  into  plains,  in  other  parts  hilly,  but  presenting  no  con- 
siderable elevations.  Further  in  the  interior,  it  becomes  greatly 
diversified  with  vallies,  hills,  and  mountains. 

ClimxUe.  The  climate  is  subject  to  great  extremes  of  heat  and 
cold,  but  is  \CTy  healthy.  In  the  spring,  chilling,  damp,  easterly 
winds  prevail,  which  are  very  disagreeable. 

Soil.  The  soil  is  various,  but  a  large  proportion  of  it  is  good.  It 
is,  for  the  most  part,  better  adapted  to  grazing  than  tillage  ;  and  at 
some  distance  in  the  interior,  it  is  generally  of  better  quality,  than 
toward  the  sea  coast. 

Productions.  The  most  important  production  is  grass.  The 
country  abounds  in  excellent  pastures  and  meadows,  which  feed 
great  numbers  of  fine  cattle  ;  and  beef,  pork,  butter,  and  cheese,  are 
among  the  most  valuable  productions.  Indian  corn,  rye,  wheat,  oats, 
harley,  flax,  and  hops,  are  extensively  cultivated.  Apples  and  cider 
are  abundant,  and  good  farms  are  generally  furnished  with  an  or 
chard. 

Exports.  The  exports,  in  addition  to  the  articles  above  enumer- 
ated, consist  chiefly  of  timber,  pot  and  pearl  ashes,  zn^fsh. 

Commerce.  New  England  is  the  most  commercial  division  of  the 
United  States,  and  its  coast  abounds  in  fins  harbours.  Boston  is  the 
centre  of  the  principal  portion  of  the  trade.  In  the  western  parts 
of  these  states,  the  trade  centres  at  New  York ;  and  in  the  north- 
ern part  of  Vermont,  the  inhabitants  carry  their  produce  to  Montreal. 

•Minerals.  The  most  important  mineral  production  is  iron,  which 
is  found  in  abundance  in  many  places.  There  are  numerous  quarries 
ofgood7nar6/e.  Limestone^  lead,  coal,  and  some  other  minerals  are 
found. 

JSIanufactures.  As  manufacturing  states,  Massachusetts,  Rhode 
Island,  and  Connecticut,  are  among  the  most  considerable  in  the 
Union.  The  principal  articles  are  cotton  and  woollen  goods,  hats, 
shoes,  ardent  spirits,  iron,  nails,  glass,  tin  ware,  and  clocks. 

Religion.  New  England  is  distinguished  for  its  religious  institu- 
tions. The  Congregationalists  are  the  prevailing  denomination  in 
all  the  eastern  states,  except  Rhode  Island ;  next  to  them  are  the 
Baptists,  who,  in  Rhode  Island,  are  the  most  numerous  sect.  The 
other  principal  denominations  are  Episcopalians,  *Methodists,Quakers, 
Presbyterians,  and  a  few  Universalists,  Roman  Catholics,  &c. 

Education.  New  England  contains  many  flourishing  seminaries 
of  learning,  and  is  remarkable  for  its  excellent  system  of  common 
education.  All  the  towns,  except  in  the  state  of  Rhode  Island,  are 
divided  into  suitable  districts,  in  which  schools  are  supported  by 
law,  thus  affording  the  means  of  common  education  to  all  classes  of 
the  community. 

Inhabitants.     The  inhabitants  are  mostly  of  English  descent,  ? 
are  distinguished  for  their  intelligence,  enterprise,  industry,  and ' 
of  gain. 


/ 


MAliNiL.. 


Xote.  In  thefollowing  topographical  tables  are  exhibited  the  coun 
lies,  number  of  towns,  chief  toxms,  and  population,  in  round  numbers^ 
of  the  counties,  and  of  the  chief  towns,  according  to  the  census  of  ^20 

MAINE. 


Counties. 

Toums. 

Pop. 

Cumberland 

24 

49,400 

Hancock 

30 

31,300 

Kennebec 

33 

42,600 

Lincoln 

34 

53,200 

Oxford 

31 

27,100 

Penobscot 

24 

13,900 

Somerset 

31 

21,800 

Washington 

13 

12,700 

York 

23 

46,300 

Shire  toums. 

Pop. 

Portland 

8,600 

Castine 

1,000 

Augusta 

2,500 

Wiscasset 

2,100 

Paris 

1,800 

Bangor 

1,200 

Norridgewock  1,500 

Machias 

2,000 

^York 

3,200 

I  AJfred 

1,300 

Total  243  298,300 

Rivers.  The  Penobscot  rises  from  the  lakes  in  Ihe  NW.  part  of 
the  state,  and  flows  into  Penobscot  bay.  It  is  navigable  to  Bangor, 
52  miles  above  the  mouth  of  the  bay. 

The  Kennebec  is  formed  of  two  branches ;  one  comes  from  Moose- 
head  lake.  It  flows  into  the  ocean  13  miles  below  Bath,  and  is  navi- 
gable for  vessels  of  150  tons  to  Hallowell,  40  miles  ;  and  for  boats 
to  Waterville.  This  river  waters  a  fine  tract  of  country,  and  there 
are  upon  its  banks  a  number  of  flourishing  towns. 

The  other  principal  rivers  are  the  Androscoggin,  Saco,  and  St. 
Croix. 

Bays.  The  most  considerable  bays  are  Ca^co,  Penobscot,  French' 
man's,  and  Passamaquoddy. 

Lakes.  Some  of  the  most  considerable  lakes  are  Moosehead,  Urn- 
bagog,  Sebago,  and  Schoodic. 

Islands.  The  islands  along  the  coast  are  numerous.  Some  of  the 
principal  are  Long  Island,  Deer  Island,  Mount  Desert,  Seguin  Island, 
and  the  Fox  Islands. 

J^atural  curiosity.  In  HoUis,  on  the  NW.  side  of  the  Saco,  7  miles 
WNW.  of  the  town  of  Saco,  is  a  spring,  remarkable  for  the  jhenom 
ena,  which  it  exhibits. 

Commerce.  Maine  enjoys  great  facilities  for  commerce.  The 
coast  is  indented  with  bays,  abounding  in  excellent  harbours.  A 
great  part  of  the  state  is  yet  unsettled,  and  covered  with  forests, 
and  timber  is  the  principal  article  of  export. 

Chief  towns.  Portland  is  much  the  largest  town  in  Maine.  It  is 
delightfully  situated  on  a  peninsula  in  Casco  bay,  is  well  built,  and 
has  one  of  the  best  harbours  in  the  world,  and  an  extensive  com- 
merce. 

Bath,  on  the  Kennebec,  13  miles  from  the  sea,  Hallowell  on  the 
same  river,  about  27  miles  above  Bath,  and  Brunsvnck  on  the  An- 
droscoggin, 7  miles  west  of  Bath,  are  flourishing  towns,  and  have 
considerable  trade. 


38 


NEW  HAMPSHIRE. 


Eastport,  in  Passamaquoddy  bay,  on  the  eastern  border  of  the 
state,  has  a  flourishing-  commerce. 

The  other  most  considerable  towns,  besides  the  shire  towns  above 
enumerated,  are  Kenntbunk^  Saco,  Gardiner,  Tfaterville,  Belfast. 
Frankfort,  Buckspci%  Lubeck,  South  Berwick,  and  Fryehurg. 

Education.  Bowdoin  College,  at  Brunswick,  is  a  respectable  and 
flourishing-  institution,  and  has  a  medical  school  connected  with  it 

At  Waterville  there  is  a  college  under  the  direction  of  the  Bap- 
tists ;  and  at  Bangor  a  literary  and  theological  seminary,  supported 
by  the  Congregationalists. 

History.  A  settlement  by  the  English,  was  made  at  York  about 
1630. — Maine  formed  a  part  of  the  state  of  Massachusetts,  under 
the  title  of  the  IHstrict  of  Maine,  till  1820,  when  it  was  erected 
into  an  independent  state. 


NEW  HAMPSHIRE. 

Counties. 

Towns. 

Pop. 

Shire  toicns. 

Pop. 

Cheshire 

37 

45,400 

Charlestown 
Keene 

1,700 
1,900 

Coos 

21 

5,500 

Lancaster 

800 

Grafton 

36 

33,000 

Haverhill 
Plymouth 
Amherst 

1,600 
1,000 

Hillsborough 

28 

34,600 

1,600 

Merrimack 

23 

32,900 

Concord 

2,800 

Rockingham 

36 

41,600 

^  Portsmouth 
\  Exeter 
C  Dover 

7,300 
2,100 
2,900 

Strafford 

32 

51,100 

.  Gilmanton 

3,500 

('Rochester 

2,500 

Total 


213 


244,100 

Rivers.  The  most  considerable  rivers  are  the  Connecticut,  JSIer- 
rinvack,  Piscataqua,  Androscoggin,  Saco,  Upper  and  Lower  Ammo- 
noosuc.  Sugar  river,  Ashuelot,  Contoocook,  J\Iargallaway,  and  JVashua^ 

Lakes.  Winnipiseogee,  the  largest  lake,  situated  in  the  central 
part  of  the  state,  is  23  miles  long.  It  is  a  beautiful  lake,  of  very 
irregular  form,  and  is  surrounded  by  the  most  romantic  scenery 
Other  lakes  are  Umbagog,  Ossipee,  Sunapee,  Squam^  and  JSTetcfound 
lakes. 

Mountains.  New  Hampshire  is  more  distin^ished  for  its  moun- 
tains, than  any  other  state  in  the  Union.  Of  these  the  principal  are 
the  White  Mountains,  which  display  the  most  sublime  mountain 
scenery,  surpassing*  every  thing  else  of  the  kind  in  this  countrj-. 

The  other  most  considerable  summits  are  Moosehillock,  Monad" 
nock,  Kearsarge,  Sunapee,  and  Ossipee. 

Curiosities.  The  J^otch  or  Gap  in  the  White  mountains  is  es- 
teemed one  of  the  greatest  natural  curiosities  in  the  United  States. 
The  whole  mountain,  which  otherwise  forms  a  continued  range,  is 
cloven  down  quite  to  the  base,  opening  a  passage  for  a  road  and 
the  waters  of  the  Saco.  The  scenery  is  wonderfully  grand  and  pic- 
turesque. 

In  the  township  of  Franconia  is  a  singular  curiosity,  called  the 


VERMONT. 


37 


Profile.  The  hijh  peak  on  which  it  is  situated,  nsos  abruptly,  pre- 
senting' a  bold  front  of  solid  rock,  a  side  view  of  which  exhibits  a 
complete  profile  of  the  human  face. 

Other  curiosities  are  Bellows  Falls  on  the  Connecticut,  at  Wal- 
pole,  the  Great  Boar''s  Head.,  a  promontory  in  Hampton,  and  re- 
markable  caves  in  Chester  and  Barring-ton. 

Minerals.  Iron  ore  is  found  in  great  quantities  at  Franconiuy 
where  there  are  extensive  iron  works. 

Chief  towns.  Concord  is  the  seat  of  government.  It  is  pleas- 
antly situated  on  the  Meri-imack,  45  miles  WNW.  of  Portsmouth, 
and  contains  a  large  and  elegant  8t&.tc  house  of  stone,  and  has  con- 
siderable trade. 

Portsmouth  is  much  the  largest  town  in  the  state,  and  the  only 
seaport.  It  is  pleasantly  situated  on  the  south  side  of  Piscataqua,  3 
miles  from  the  sea.  It  is  well  built,  has  a  very  excellent  harbour, 
and  a  flourishing  commerce. 

Dover ,  on  Cocheco  river,  12  miles  NNW.  of  Portsmouth,  and 
Exeter,  on  Exeter  river,  14  SW.  of  Portsmouth,  are  flourishing' 
towns,  and  have  considerable  trade  and  manufactures. 

The  other  most  considerable  towns,  besides  the  shire  towns  above 
enumerated,  are  Walpole,  Claremont,  Hanover,  Hopkinton,  Salis^ 
bury,  Londonderry,  and  Durham. 

Education.  Dartmouth  College,  in  Hanover,  is  a  respectable  and 
flourishing  institution,  and  has  connected  with  it  a  medical  school. 
Upwards  of  20  academies  have  been  incorporated  in  the  state. 
Among  these  is  Phillips  Academy  in  Exeter,  one  of  the  best  endow- 
ed and  most  respectable  seminaries  of  the  kind  in  the  United  States. 

History.  The  first  English  settlement  in  New  Hampshire,  was 
made  near  the  mouth  of  the  Piscataqua  in  1623.  It  was  formed  into 
a  separate  g-overnment  in  1679,  before  which  it  was  under  the  juris- 
diction of  Massachusetts. 


VERMONT. 

Counties. 

Towns. 

Pop. 

Shire  towns. 

Pop. 

Addison 

22 

20,500 

Middlebury 

2,500 

Benning-ton 

17 

16,100 

^  Bennington 
f  Manchester 

2,500 
1,500 

Caledonia 

18 

16,700 

Danville 

2,300 

Chittenden 

16 

16,000 

Burlington 

2,100 

Essex 

12 

3,300 

Guildhall 

500 

Franklin 

19 

17,200 

St.  Albans 

1,600 

Grand  Isle 

5 

3,500 

North  Hero 

500 

Orange 

17 

24,700 

Chelsea 

1,500 

Orleans 

23 

7,000 

Irasburg" 

400 

Rutland 

26 

30,000 

Rutland 

2,400 

Washington 

16 

14,100 

MONTPELIER 

2,300 

Windham 

24 

28,500 

Newfane 

1,500 

Windsor 

23 

38,200 

J  Windsor 
)  Woodstock 

3,000 
2,600 

Total 


238       235,800 


38  VERMONT. 

Rivers.  The  west  bank  of  Connecticut  river  forms  the  eastern 
boundary  of  Vermont.  The  principal  rivers  within  the  state  are 
Lamuile,  Onion,  Otter  Creek,  Misisque,  Deerjield,  Pasumsic,  White, 
and  Black  rivers. 

Mountains.  Vermout  is  a  mountainous  country.  The  Green 
Mountains  extend  throug-h  the  whole  length  of  this  state,  in  a  direc- 
tion nearly  north  and  south.  The  highest  summits  of  this  range,  in 
Vermont,  are  Mansfield  mountain  in  Mansfield  and  Sterling,  CameVs 
Rump  near  the  east  part  of  Huutmgton,  and  Killington  Peak,  about 
10  miles  east  of  Rutland.  Ascutney  mountain  lies  west  of  Conneo 
ticut  river  between  Windsor  and  Wcathcrsfield. '^''i 

Curiosities.  In  Plymouth,  18  miles  west  of  Windsor,  there  is  a 
remarkable  cave,  having  5  apartments,  the  largest  of  which  is  30 
feet  long,  20  broad,  and  20  high.  Other  caves,  some  of  them  equal- 
ly interesting,  are  found  in  Clarendon,  Bennington,  Danby,  and 
JDorset. 

Minerals.  Iron  ore  is  found  in  several  places,  and  there  are  some 
lead  and  copperas  mines.  Porcelain  earth  is  found  at  Monktou,  and 
there  are  quarries  of  marble  at  Middle  bury,  Bennington,  Swan  ton, 
Arlington,  Shaftsbury,  and  Pittsford. 

Chief  towns.  Montpelier  is  the  seat  of  government.  It  is  situat- 
ed on  the  Onion  river,  within  10  miles  of  the  centre  of  the  statC) 
and  is  a  flourishing  town. 

Burlington,  on  lake  Champlain,  38  miles  WNW.  of  Montpelier* 
is  the  most  commercial  town  in  the  state,  and  remarkable  for  its  de 
lightful  situation,  and  magnificent  landscapes. 

Windsor  and  Brattlehorough,  on  Connecticut  river,  are  very 
pleasant  and  flourishing  towns,  and  places  of  considerable  business. 
The  former  contains  the  state  prison. 

Middlebury,  on  the  Otter  Creek,  at  the  falls,  32  miles  south  of 
Burlington,    has  extensive   manufactures  and    considerable  trade 
Here  is  a  quarry  of  excellent  marble. 

Bennington,  situated  in  the  SW.  corner  of  Vermont,  is  a  consid- 
erable town,  and  the  oldest  in  the  state.  It  is  famous  for  a  battle 
fought  here,  in  August  1777,  between  the  British  and  Americans. 

Some  of  the  other  most  important  towns,  besides  the  shire  towns 
above  enumerated,  are  Vergtnnes,  Js^wbury,  Westminster,  Royalton, 
Randolph,  Arlington,  and  Shajlsbury. 

Education.  There  is  an  institution,  styled  the  Vermont  Universi 
ty  at  Burlington,  and  a  respectable  and  flourishing  college  at  Mid- 
dlebury. About  twenty  academies  have  been  established  in  the 
state. 

History.  Vermont  was  settled  much  later  than  the  other  New 
England  states.  The  township  first  granted  was  Benniuyton,  of 
which  the  grant  was  made  in  1749.  Vermont  was  erected  into  an 
independent  Etate  in  1791. 


MASSACHUSETTS. 


39 


MASSACHUSETTS. 


Counties. 

Tovms. 

Pop. 

Shire  towns. 

rop. 

Barnstable 

14 

24,000 

Barnstable 

S,400 

Berkshire 

32 

35,700 

Lenox 

1,300 

Bristol 

19 

41,000 

Taunton 

4,500 

Dukes 

3 

3,300 

Edgartown 
C  Salem 

1,400 
i2,700 

Essex 

26 

74,600 

^  JNewburyporf 
^  Ipswich 

6,900 
2,600 

Franklin 

25 

29,300 

Greenfield 

1,400 

Hampden 

18 

28,000 

Spring-field 

3,900 

Hampshire 

22 

26,500 

Northampton 

2,900 

Middlesex 

44 

61,500 

{  Cambridge 
\  Concoi*d 

3,300 
1,800 

Nantucket 

1 

7,300 

Nantucket 

7,300 

Norfolk 

22 

36,500 

Dedham 

2,500 

Plymouth 

18 

38,100 

Plymouth 

4,300 

Suffolk 

2 

43,900 

Boston 

43,300 

Worcester 

54 

73,600 

Worcester 

3,000 

Total  300  523,300 

Rivers.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Connecticut^  Men  imackj 
Concord,  Charles,  Jifystic,  J^ashua,  Taunton,  ChickapeCy  Jjc^rjieldf 
Westfieldy  J\IiUer''s,  and  housatonic. 

Bays.  Massachusetts  bay  lies  between  Cape  Cod  and  Cap^)  Ann. 
Barnstable  Bay  comprises  the  southern  part  of  Massachusetts  bay. 
Buzzard'^s  hay  lies  on  the  southwest  side  of  the  peninsula  of  Cape 
Cod. 

Peninsula.  The  peninsula  of  Cape  Cod  comprises  the  county 
of  Barnstable,  the  most  easterly  part  of  the  state.  It  is  mostly 
sandy  and  barren,  and  the  inhabitants  obtain  their  subsistence  chiefly 
from  the  sea. 

Islands.  The  most  considerable  islands  are  JsTantucTcet,  Martha^s 
Vineyard,  the  Elizabeth  islands,  and  Plumb  island. 

Mountains.  The  range  of  the  Green  Mountains  extends  from 
N.  to  S.  through  the  western  part  of  the  state.  The  most  noted 
mountains  in  Massachusetts  are  Saddle  mountain,  in  Williamstown 
and  Adams,  Taconic  near  Sheffield,  Wachusett  in  Princeton,  Mount 
Tom  and  Mount  Holyoke  near  Northampton.  From  the  top  of  Mount 
Holyoke  is  presented  a  ver}-^  extensive  and  most  delightful  view  of 
the  country  bordering  on  Connecticut  river. 

Curiosities.  Lynn  Beach,  which  is  a  mile  and  a  half  long,  and 
connects  the  peninsula  of  JsTahant  with  the  main  land,  is  regarded 
as  a  curiosity.  Nahant  is  a  place  of  resort  in  the  hot  season  on  ac- 
count of  its  refreshing  sea-breezes.  In  ,^dams  there  is  a  singular 
chasm  formed  by  a  branch  of  the  river  Hoosac,  and  over  it  there  is  a 
natural  bridge,  composed  of  a  huge  mass  of  limestone.  In  Dighton 
on  Taunton  river,  there  is  a  rock  containing  a  hieroglyphic  inscrip- 
tion, of  which  no  satisfactory  explanation  has  been  given. 


40  MASSACHUSEITS. 

Commerce.  Massachusetts  is  the  most  commercial  state  in  the 
Union,  and  owns  the  principal  part  of  the  fisheries. 

Manufactures,  This  state  ranks  as  the?  third  in  the  Union  with 
reg-ard  to  manufactures. 

Chief  toicns.  Boston  is  not  only  the  capital  of  Massachusetts,  but 
is  the  literary  and  commercial  metropolis  of  New  England.  It  is 
very  pleasantly  situated  on  a  peninsula  at  the  head  of  Massachusetts 
bay,  has  an  excellent  harbour,  and  is  surrounded  by  a  populous  and 
beautiful  country.  It  contains  a  state  house,  30  houses  of  public 
worship,  various  other  public  building-s,  and  numerous  literary  and 
benevolent  institutions.  It  is  a  place  of  great  trade  and  opulence, 
and  owns  more  shipping-  than  any  town  in  the  United  States,  except 
New  York. 

Salem,  14  miles  NE.  of  Boston,  is  a  pleasant  and  handsome  town, 
the  second  in  New  England  in  population,  wealth,  and  commerce,  and 
is  largely  concerned  in  the  East  India  trade. 

J^ewburyport,  on  the  Merrimack,  3  miles  from  the  sea,  and  24  N. 
of  Salem,  is  a  handsome  town,  delightfully  situated,  and  has  consid- 
erable commerce. 

JMarhlehead,  4  miles  SE.  of  Salem,  is  more  largely  concerned  in 
the  Bank  fisheries  than  any  other  town  in  the  United  States.  Pop- 
ulation 5,600. 

Beverly,  connected  with  Salem  by  a  bridge,  and  Gloucester,  16 
miles  NE.  of  Salem,  are  also  largely  concerned  in  the  fisheries. 

Charls'toion,  connected  with  Tioston  by  Charles  river  bridge, 
has  considerable  trade. _^l<i  Ihanufactures,  and  contains  the  U.  S. 
navy  yard,  the  stats  prison,  and  the  Massachusetts  Insane  Hospital. 
Population  6,600. 

Cambridge,  3  miles  WNW.  of  Boston,  is  a  considerable  town, 
and  famous  for  its  university. 

Plymouth,  36  miles  SSE.  of  Boston,  is  remarkable  for  being  the 
oldest  town  in  New  England,  and  has  considerable  trade. 

JN'antucket,  on  an  Island  of  the  same  name,  carries  on  more  trade 
in  the  whale  fishery  than  any  other  town  in  the  Union. 

J^ew  Bedford,  on  an  arm  of  the  sea  which  makes  up  from  Buz- 
zard's bay,  has  considerable  commerce,  and  is  also  largely  concern- 
ed in  the*  whale  fishery.     Population  4,000^ 

Worcester,  39  miles  W.  by  S.  of  Boston,^frhandsome  town,  and 
nas  an  extensive  inland  trade. 

Springfeld,  on  Connecticut  river,  88  miles  W.  by  S.  of  Boston, 
is  a  considerable  and  flourishing  town,  and  contains  a  large  United 
States  armory. 

Northampton,  Greenfield,  PHtsfield,  Taunton,  Dedham,  Haverhill, 
Concord,  Roxbury,  Medford,  and  many  others,  are  pleasant  inland 
to^vns.  .. 

Education.  The  literary  institutions  of  Massachusetts  arc  well 
supported  and  flourishing.  The  University  in  Cambridge  is  the 
most  ancient,  best  endowed,  and  most  extensive  literary  institution 
in  the  United  States.  It  comprises  4  departments,  one  for  un- 
dergraduates, and  one  for  students  preparing  for  the  professions  of 
theology,  law,  and  medicine.     There  are,  including  aU  the  depart- 


RHODE  ISLAND. 


41 


ments,  20  professors ;  and  the  library,  which  is  the  largest  in  tho 
United  States,  contains  about  26,000  volumes. 

Williams  College  is  a  respectable  seminary,  at  Williamstown,  in 
the  N  VV.  corner  of  the  state.  At  Amherst  there  is  a  flourishing 
seminary,  styled  the  CoUegiate  Charity  Institution. 

At  Andover,  20  miles  N.  of  Boston,  there  is  a  richly  endowed 
theological  seminary^  which  has  4  professors  and  about  140  students. 
Phillips  Academy^  at  the  same  place,  is  one  of  the  best  endowed  and 
most  respectable  institutions  of  the  kind  in  the  Union.  There  are 
about  30  other  academies  in  the  state. 

History.  Massachusetts  originally  formed  two  colonies,  Plymouth 
and  Massachusetts  bay^  which  were  tmited  under  one  government  in 
1692.  The  first  English  settlement  in  New  England  was  made  at 
Plymouth,  in  this  state,  by  101  Puritans^  who  fled  from  persecution 
in  England  on  account  of  religion.  They  landed  on  the  22d  of 
December  1620;  the  anniversary  is  still  observed.  Salem  was  set- 
tled in  1628  ;  Boston  in  1630. 

Massachusetts  took  a  forward  part  in  the  revolution,  and  the  first 
battles  were  fought  at  Lexington  and  Charlestown  in  this  state. 

RHODE  ISLAND. 


Counties. 

Towns. 

Pop. 

Shire  towns. 

Pop. 

Bristol 

3 

5,600 

Bristol 

3,200 

Kent 

4 

10,200 

East  Greenwich 

1,500 

Newport 

7 

15,800 

Newport 

7,300 

Providence 

10 

35,700 

Providence 

11,800 

Washington 

7 

15,700 

South  Kingston 

3,700 

Total 


31 


83,000 


Rivers.  The  principal  rivers  arc  Pawtucket,  Providence,  Paw- 
luxet,  Pawcatuck,  and  Wood  river. 

Bay.  JVarraganset  bay  extends  up  from  S.  to  N.  about  28  miles, 
intersecting  the  state.     It  is  about  10  miles  wide. 

Islands.  Rhode  Island,  from  which  the  state  takes  its  name,  is 
the  most  considerable,  and  on  account  of  its  salubrity,  fertility,  and 
beauty,  has  been  stjded  the  Eden  of  America.  Other  islands  are 
Connanicut,  Prudence,  Patience,  Hope,  Dyer^s,  and  Hog  islands,  all 
included  within  Narraganset  bay  ;  and  Block  islands  off  the  coast  m 
the  Atlantic. 

Soil.  The  country  bordering  on  Narraganset  bay,  is  moderately 
uneven,  and  has  a  very  fertile  soil.  The  northern  and  western 
parts  are  hilly  and  rocky,  and  the  soil  thin  and  lean. 

Curiosities.  The  F'aPs  of  Paictucket,  at  the  village  of  that  name, 
are  much  admired.  The  descent  is  about  50  feet.  Drum  Rock,  ia 
Warwick,  10  miles  SW.  of  Providence,  is  a  huge  rock  so  completely 
balanced  upon  another  rock,  as  to  be  easily  put  in  motion. 

Manufactures.     Rhode  Island,  in   proporlion   to  its  population,  is 
the  most  considerable  manufacturing  state  in  the  Union.     TJ«e  prin 
cipal  article  is  cotton  goods. 


42 


CONNECTICUT. 


Chief  towns.  Providence^  situated  on  Providence  river,  a  little 
above  the  head  of  Narrag-anset  bay,  35  miles  from  the  ocean, 
and  40  SW.  of  Boston,  is  the  largest  town  in  the  state,  and  the 
third  in  size  in  New  England.  It  is  a  handsome  and  flourishing- 
town,  has  an  extensive  trade,  and  is  distinguished  for  its  manufac- 
tures. 

JSTewport,  situated  on  the  southwest  end  of  the  island  of  Rhode  Island, 
30  miles  S.  of  Providence,  is  celebrated  for  the  beauty  of  its  situa- 
tion, the  salubrity  of  its  climate,  for  the  great  variety  of  its  fine 
fish,  and  the  excellence  of  its  harbour,  which  is  one  of  the  best  in 
the  world. 

Bristol^  15  miles  S.  of  Providence,  is  a  pleasant,  wealthy,  and 
commercial  town. 

Warren^  4  miles  N.  of  Bristol,  is  a  pleasant  town,  and  has  some 
commerce. 

Pawtucket,  at  the  falls  so  called,  4  miles  NE.  of  Providence,  is  a 
flourishing  manufacturing  village. 

Pawtuxet,  5  miles  S.  of  Providence,  has  considerable  trade  and 
manufactures. 

Education.  Brown  University^  a  respectable  and  flourishing 
seminary,  is  at  Providence.  At  the  same  place  the  Friends  have  a 
large  boarding  school.     There  are  9  academical  schools  in  the  state. 

History.  The  first  settlement  in  this  state  was  made  at  Provi- 
dence, in  1G36,  by  Roger  Williams^  a  minister,  who  was  banished 
from  Massachusetts,  on  account  of  his  religious  opinions.  To  him  is 
ascribed  the  honour  of  having  established  the  first  political  commu- 
nity, in  which  perfect  religious  toleration  was  admitted. 


CONNECTICUT. 


Counties. 

Towns. 

Pop. 

Fairfield 

17 

42,700 

Hartford 
Litchfield 
Middlesex 
New  Haven 

18 

22 

7 

17 

47,300 
41,300 
22.400 
39,600 

New  London 

15 

35,900 

Tolland 
Windham 

10 
15 

14,300 
31,700 

Total 


121       ■  275,200 


Shire  toicns. 

Pop. 

<  Fairfield 
)  Dan  bury 

4,200 

3,900 

Hartford 

6,900 

Litchfield 

4,600 

Middletown 

6,500 

New  Haven 

8,300 

^  New  London 
/  Norwich 

3,300 

3,600 

Tolhiud 

1,600 

Brooklyn 

1,300 

Rivers.     The  principal  rivers  are  the  Connecticut^  Housatonic, 
TJmmes.,  Farmington,  and  JSTavg'Juck. 

Mineral  Waters.     At  Stafford,  25  miles  NE.  of  Hartford,  there  is 
a  chalybeate  spring,  whichis  the  most  celebrated  fountain  of  min- 
eral waters  in  the  Eastern  States. 
-  Curiosity,     On  the  Housatonic,  between  Salisbury  and  Canaan, 


MIDDLE  STATES.  43 

are  the  most  considerable  falls  in  New  England.  The  principal 
cataract  is  60  feet  in  perpendicular  height. 

Manufactures.  Connecticut  is  distinguished  for  manufactures, 
particularly  of  tin  icare,  which  is  sent  to»  all  parts  of  the  United 
States.  Other  articles  are  cotton  goods,  clocks,  nails,  glass,  hats, 
buttons,  B.nd  Jire  arms. 

Chief  towns.  There  are  5  incorporated  cities,  Hartford,  JSTew 
Haven,  J^ew  London,  Jliddletoicn,  and  JM^orwich. 

Hartford,  pleasantly  situated  on  the  Connecticut,  50  miles  from 
its  mouth,  at  the  head  of  sloop  navigation,  is  well  built,  and  has 
flourishing  manufactures  and  considerable  trade. 

Mew  Haven,  situated  on  a  bay  which  extends  up  from  Long 
Island  Sound,  34  miles  SW.  of  Hartford,  is  a  remarkably  pleasant 
town,  and  has  considerable  commerce.  The  sessions  of  the  legisla- 
ture are  held  alternately  at  Hartford  and  New  Haven. 

JVeio  London,  near  the  mouth  of  the  Thames,  has  the  best  har- 
bour in  the  state.  JsTorwicK  on  the  Thames,  at  the  head  of  naviga- 
tion, 14  miles  north  of  New  London,  and  JSIiddletown,  on  Connecti- 
cut river,  14  miles  below  Hartford,  are  both  places  of  some  impor- 
tance for  trade  and  manufactures. 

Bridgeport,  Stonington,  Litchjield,  ^'airfield,  Hanbury,  Windham, 
Wethersfield,  Farmington,  Windsor,  East  Windsor,  SuJJield,  East 
Hartford,  Haddarn,  Guilford,  Derby,  Stamford,  and  several  others, 
are  pleasant  towns. 

Education.  Connecticut  is  distinguished  for  its  attention  to  edu- 
cation. Yale  College,  in  New  Haven,  is  one  of  the  most  eminent 
and  flourishing  literary  institutions  in  the  United  States.  There  are 
connected  with    it    respectable  medical  and  theological  schools. 

In  Hartford  there  is  an  interesting  institution  styled  the  "  Ameri- 
can Asylum  for  the  education  of  the  JDeafand  Dumb. 

At  Litchfield,  30  miles  west  of  Hartford,  there  is  a  respectable 
law  school.  At  Cornwall,  10  miles  NW.  of  Litchfield,  there  is  a 
school  for  the  education  of  heathen  youth. 

There  are  in  the  state  about  30  academies ;  of  which  those  at 
Cheshire  and  Colchester  are  the  most  important. 

The  state  has  a  fund  of  nearly  2,000,000  dollars,  iixc  interest  of 
which  is  appropriated  to  the  support  of  schools. 

History.  Connecticut  colony  and  New  Haven  colony  were  ori- 
ginally under  separate  governments,  but  were  united  in  1663, 
Hartford  was  settled  in  1635 ;  New  Haven  in  1638.  The  present 
Etate  constitution  was  formed  in  1818. 


MIDDLE  STATES. 

Divisions.  The  Middle  States  consist  of  JVeto  York,  J^ew  Jersey^ 
Pennsylvania,  and  Delauare. 

Rivers.  The  three  principal  rivers  are  the  Hudson,  Delaware^ 
and  Susquehanna. 

The  Hudson,  the  great  river  of  New  York,  rises  in  the  mountains 
west  of  lake  Champlain,  and  flows  into  the  Atlantic  below  New 


44  MIDDLE  STATES. 

York  city.  It  is  navig-able  for  the  larg-cst  ships  to  Hudson,  130 
miles,  and  for  sloops  to  Troy  166  miles.  It  is  remarkably  straight 
for  the  distance  of  200  miles,  and  upon  its  banks  are  many  flourish- 
ing towns.  The  pass-ig-e  of  the  Hudson  through  the  Highlands  is 
celebrated  for  its  romantic  and  sublime  sccnerj. 

The  Delaware  rises  in  the  Catskili  mountains  in  New  York, 
separates  New  York  and  New  Jersey  from  Pennsylvania,  and  flows 
into  Delaware  bay.  It  is  navigable  for  74  gun  ships  to  Philadel- 
phia, 55  miles,  and  for  sloops  to  Trenton. 

The  Susquehanna^  the  largest  river  in  Pennsylvania,  is  formed  of 
two  branches  ;  the  eastern  branch  rises  in  ISew  York,  and  the  wes- 
tern in  Pennsylvania.  They  unite  at  Northumberland,  and  the  river 
flows  into  the  head  of  Chesapeake  bay.  Its  navigation  is  much  ob- 
structed by  falls  and  rapids. 

Climate.  The  climate  is  healthy.  The  east  winds  in  the  spring 
are  not  so  piercing  and  disagreeable  as  in  New  England  ;  and  the 
winters  are  milder,  but  more  liable  to  sudden  and  frequent  changes. 

Productions.  The  most  important  prodt;ction  is  wheat.  Rye^ 
barley^  oats,  buck-wheat,  hemp,  flax,  beans,  and  pease,  are  extensively 
cultivated.  Many  parts  arc  good  for  grazing,  and  beef,  pork,  but- 
ter, and  cheese,  are  important  articles  of  produce.  Various  kinds  of 
excellent  fruit,  particularly  apples,  peaches,  and  pears,  are  abun- 
dant. 

Religion.  The  Presbyterians  are  the  most  numerous  denomina- 
tion of  Christians.  The  otlier  principal  sects  are  Episcopalians^ 
J^Iethodists,  Baptists,  Lutherans,  and  Quakers.  There  are  also  some 
JSIoravians,  Catholics,  JMennonists,  &,c. 

Commerce.  The  commerce  of  the  Middle  States  centres  chiefly 
in  the  cities  of  JVeio  York  and  Philadelphia.  Baltimore,  however, 
fwssesses  the  trade  of  a  part  of  Delaware  and  Pennsylvania. 


NEW  YORK. 


45 


NEW  YORK. 


Division.     New  York  is  formed  into  4  districts,  which  are  divid 
ed  into  counties.     The  counties  are   subdivided  into  560  townships 

Counties.  Chief  tou-ns. 

Southern  District. 
Kings  Brooklyn 


New  York 

New  York 

Queens 

N.  Hempstead 

Richmond 

Southfield 

Suffolk 

Riverhead 

West  Chester 

Bedford 

Middle  District. 

Columbia 

Hudson 

Delaware 

Delhi 

Dutchess 

Poughkeepsie 

Greene 

CatskiU 

Orange 

Newburgh 

Putnam 

Carmel 

Rockland 

Clarkstown 

Sullivan 

Thompson 

Ulster 

Kingston 

East  District. 

Albany 

Albany 

Clinton 

Plattsburg 

Essex 

Eiizabethtown 

Franklin 

M  alone 

Hamilton 

Lake  Pleasant 

Montgomery 

Johnstown 

Rensselaer 

Troy 

Saratoga 

Ballston 

Schenectady 

Schenectady 

Warren 

Caldwell 

Washington 

Salem 

Counties. 

Chief  towns. 

Western  District. 

Allegany 

Angelica 

Broome 

Binghampton 

Cataraugus 

Ellicottsviile 

Cayuga 

Auburn 

Chatauque 

Mayville 

Chenango 

Norwich 

Courtland 

Homer 

Erie 

Buffalo 

Genesee 

Batavia 

Herkimer 

Herkimer 

Jefferson 

Watertown 

Lewis 

Martinsburg 

Livingston 

Geneseo 

Madison 

Morrisville 

Monroe 

Rochester 

Niagara 

Lockport 

OB^ida 

Utica 

Onondaga 

Onondaga 

Ontario 

Canandaigua 

Oswego 

Oswego 

Otsego 

CooperstowTi 

Schoharie 

Schoharie 

Seneca 

Waterloo 

Steuben 

Bath 

St.  Lawrence 

Ogdensburg 

Tioga 

Spencer 

Tompkina 

Ithaca 

Wayne 

Lyons 

Yates 

Penn-Yan 

Rivers.  The  largest  rivers  are  the  Hudson,  Mohawk,  St.  Law 
rence,  Delaware,  Susquehanna,  Tioga,  Allegany,  Genesee,  Oswego, 
J^iagara,  Tonnewania,  Black,  Oswegatchie,  St.  Regis,  Racket,  Sal 
mon,  and  Saranac. 

Lakes.  The  lakes  Erie,  Ontario,  and  Champlain,  lie  partly  in 
New  York.  Others  in  this  state  arc  lakes  George,  Cayuga,  Seneca, 
Oneida,  Oswegatchie,  Canandaigua,  Chatauque,  Skeneatiles.  Onondaga, 
and  several  smaller  ones. 

Lake  George  is  a  body  of  transparent  water,  36  miles  long,  envi- 
roned by  mountains,  with  very  romantic  scenery,  and  is  accounted 
the  most  beautiful  lake  in  the  Union. 

Islands.  The  principal  islands  are  Long  Island,  extending  east 
of  the  city  of  New  York,  about  140  miles  long,  and  about  10,  on  an 
average,  broad ;    Staten  Island,  18  miles    long,  lying  west  of  New 


46  NEW  YORK. 

York  bay  ;   ^Manhattan.,  or  York  Island^  on  which  the  city  of  New 
York  stands;  and  Grand  Island  in  ISiag-ara  river. 

Canal.f.  The  Erie  Canal  is  by  far  the  most  magnificent  work  of 
the  kind  ever  undertaken  in  America,  and  is  much  iong-er  than  any 
canal  in  Europe.  It  extends  from  Buffalo  to  Albany,  forming-  a  com- 
munication between  iake  Erie  and  the  Hudson,  and  is  365  miles  in 
length.  It  is  40  feet  wide  on  the  surface,  28  at  the  bottom,  and  4 
deep. 

The  JSTorthern  Canal  extends  from  Whitehall,  at  the  south  end  of 
lake  Champlain,  to  Fort  Edward  on  the  Hudson  ;  and  it  is  continu- 
ed on  the  west  side  of  the  Hudson  till  it  unites  with  the  Erie  canal 
a  few  miles  above  Albany.     The  whole  length  is  62  miles. 

*Mounlains.  The  Catskill  mountains,  which  are  the  principal 
range,  present  verj'  interesting  scenery.  From  a  small  lake,  ele- 
vated upwards  of  2,000  feet,  issues  a  mill  stream,  which  has  a  cata- 
ract of  nearly  300  feet. 

Face  of  the  country.  The  surface  of  the  eastern  part  of  New  York, 
is  greatly  diversified  ;  there  are  some  level  tracts  ;  but  it  is  general- 
ly hilly  or  mountainous.  The  western  part  is  mostly  a  level  or 
moderately  uneven  country. 

Soil.  A  great  part  of  the  state  has  a  good  soil,  and  a  considerable 
proportion  is  very  fertile.  It  is  well  adapted  to  the  various  purposes 
of  agriculture ;  and  much  of  it  is  excellent  for  grazing. 

Minerals.  Iron  ore  is  found  in  great  abundance  in  various  places. 
Crypsum^  limestone^  marble, filate^  Itad^  &c.,  occur  in  different  parts. 

Mineral  Waters.  The  Saratoga  and  Ballslon  springs  are  the  most 
celebrated  in  America.  Ballston  is  26  miles  N.  of  Albany,  and 
Saratoga  7  miles  NNE.  of  Ballslon.  These  springs,  during  the  hot 
season,  are  visited  from  all  parts  of  the  United  States,  by  gay  and 
fashionable  people,  as  well  as  by  invalids. 

At  JV'cio  Lebanon^  27  miles  SE.  of  Albany,  are  warm  springs, 
which  are  visited  for  bathing. 

There  are  besides  several  other  mineral  and  sulphur  springs;  and 
in  the  western  part  are  injlammahle  springs^  from  which  streams  of 
air  issue,  which  on  the  application  of  a  torch,  take  fire  and  burn 
till  the  flame  is  extinguished  by  water. 

Salt  Springs.  There  are  several  salt  springs,  but  the  most  im- 
portant are  those  of  Salina.^  on  Onondaga  lake,  50  miles  W.  of  Uti- 
ca.  The  salt  works  here  produce  upwards  of  600,000  bushels  ot 
salt  in  a  year. 

Curiosities.  The  Falls  of  J^iagara  are  esteemed  the  grandest 
object  of  the  kind  in  the  world.  Though  there  arc  other  cataracts 
which  have  a  greater  perpendicular  descent,  yet  there  is  no  one 
where  so  great  a  mass  of  water  is  precipitated  from  so  great  a 
height. 

The  width  of  the  river  at  the  falls  is  three  quarters  of  a  mile,  and 
the  perpendicular  descent  on  the  Canada  side  is  151  feet,  and  on  the 
American  side  162  feet.  The  cataract  is  divided  into  two  parts  bv 
Goat  island,  the  principal  channel,  called  the  Horseshoe  fall,  from 
Its  shape,  being  on  the  western  side. 

The  cloud  of  vapour  ascending  from  the  falls,  is  sometimes  visible 


NEW  YORK.  47 

60  or  70  miles,  and  the  spray  serves  as  a  medium  for  forming-,  by  the 
Sim's  rays,  the  most  brilliant  rainbows.  These  falls  are  much  visit- 
ed, and  are  calculated  to  excite  in  the  beholder  the  most  sublime 
emotions. 

Trenton  Falls^  on  West  Canada  Creek,  12  miles  N.  of  Utica,  are 
a  succession  of  beautiful  cataracts,  accompanied  with  very  interest- 
ing- scenery. 

On  the  Mohawk,  2  miles  from  its  mouth,  are  the  falls  called  the 
Cohoes.  The  river  descends  in  one  sheet  nearly  70  feet,  forming  a 
beautiful  cataract. 

On  Salmon  river,  about  ten  miles  above  its  entrance  into  Lake 
Ontario,  is  a  cataract  of  110  feet  perpendicular. 

There  are  4  great  cataracts  on  the  Genesee.  The  largest  is  be- 
low Rochester,  5  miles  above  its  entrance  into  Lake  Ontario,  and 
is  96  feet  perpendicular. 

Baker^s  and  Glen's  falls  on  the  Hudson^  Adgate'^s  falls  on  Sahle 
river,  the  falls  on  Black  river,  and  Fq^U  Creek,  are  all  objects  of 
interest. 

The  stone  bridge  in  Chester,  Split  Rock  on  Lake  Champlain,  the 
Ridge  Road  extending  from  the  Genesee  to  Lewiston,  and  an  extra 
ordinary  cavern  in  Watertown,  are  all  regarded  as  curiosities. 

Commerce,  &c.  New  York  exceeds  all  the  other  states  in  the 
advantages  of  its  situation,  in  its  resources  from  agriculture  and 
commerce,  in  amount  of  its  exports,  and  the  number  of  its  inhabi- 
tants.    It  is  rapidly  increasing-  in  wealth  and  population. 

Chief  towns.  There  arc  5  incorporated  cities  in  this  state,  JVew 
York,  Albany,  Hudson,  Troy,  and  Schenectady. 

Population  of  the  cities  and  villages  in  1820. 


New  York 

123,700 

Canandaigua 

2,100 

Albany 

12,600 

Auburn 

2,000 

Troy 

6,300 

Lansingburgh 

1,700 

Brooklyn 

L,200 

Rochester 

1,500 

Schenectady 

4,000 

Catskill 

1,500 

Poughkeepsie 

3,000 

Sacket's  Harbour 

1,400 

Utica 

3,000 

Geneva 

1,400 

Hudson 

2,900 

Kingston 

1,200 

Newburgh 

2,900 

Buffalo 

1,100 

Albany  is  the  seat  of  government.  It  is  pleasantly  situated  on 
the  Hudson,  160  miles  above  the  city  of  New  York,  near  the  head 
of  sloop  navigation,  and  at  the  point  where  the  Erie  canal  unites 
with  the  rivei.  It  is  the  second  city  in  the  state  with  regard  to 
population  and  commerce,  and  contains  a  handsome  state  house  of 
stone,  and  other  public  buildings. 

JVew)  York  is  situated  on  an  island  formed  by  Hudson  and  East 
rivers,  at  their  entrance  into  New  York  bay.  It  is  the  most  popu- 
lous city  in  the  United  States,  the  first  commercial  city  in  America, 
and  one  of  the  first  in  the  world.  It  is  admirably  situated  for  trade, 
being  at  the  mouth  of  a  noble  river,  with  an  excellent  harbour,  and 


4«  NEW  YORK. 

having-  a  very  extensive,  populous,  and  fertile  back  country,  with 
which  it  is  connected  by  navig-able  rivers,  canals,  and  lakes.  It 
contains  a  magnificent  city  hall  built  of  marble,  100  houses  of  pub 
lie  worship,  numerous  other  public  building-s,  and  various  literary 
and  humane  institutions. 

Troy^  at  the  head  of  sloop  navigation  on  the  Hudson,  6  miles 
above  Albany,  is  the  third  city  in  the  state  in  trade  and  manufac- 
tures. 

Hudson,  at  the  head  of  ship  navig-ation,  on  Hudson  river,  30 
miles  below  Albany,  has  considerable  trade  and  manufactures. 

JSTewburgh,  Poughkeepsie,  Catskill,  Athens,  Lansingburgh,  and 
Waterford,  all  on  the  Hudson,  are  considerable  towns. 

Schenectady,  on  the  Mohawk,  15  miles  NW.  of  Albany,  is  cele- 
brated for  its  college. 

Utica,  near  the  centre  of  the  state,  on  the  Mohawk  river  and  the 
Erie  canal,  93  miles  W.  by  N.  of  Albany,  is  a  handsome  and  flour 
ishing-  town,  and  has  an  extensive  trade. 

Rochester,  at  the  falls  of  the  Genesee,  where  the  Erie  canal  cross- 
es the  river,  is  a  very  thriving  town,  and  has  a  brisk  trade. 

Auburn,  a  flourishing-  town  at  the  north  end  of  Owasco  lake,  con- 
tains a  state  prison. 

Buffalo  is  a  thriving"  town  at  the  point  where  the  canal  meets  the 
east  end  of  lake  Erie. 

There  are  many  other  flourishing  towns,  among  which  are  Brook' 
lyn  and  Sag  Harbour  on  Long  Island,  Plattsburgh  and  Whitehall 
on  Lake  Champlain ;  Sackett^s  Harbour  on  Lake  Ontario,  Geneva 
on  Seneca  lake,  Ithaca  on  Cayuga  lake,  Canandaigua  on  Canandai 
g-ua  lake,  Cooperstown  on  Otsego  lake,  and  Lockport  toward  the 
west  end  of  the  Erie  canal. 

Education.  Literary  institutions  have  been  liberally  patronized 
by  this  state.  The  University  of  Jfew  York,  in  New  York  city, 
is  composed  of  Columbia  College,  a  respectable  seminary,  and  a 
flourishing-  medical  institution. 

Union  College,  at  Schenectady,  with  regard  to  endowments  and 
number  of  students,  is  one  of  the  most  considerable  institutions  in 
the  United  States. 

Hamilton  College,  at  Clinton,  9  miles  W.  by  S.  of  Utica,  is  a  flour 
ishing  seminary. 

At  West  Point  on  the  Hudson,  58  miles  N.  of  ^ew  York,  is  a 
military  academy  under  the  direction  of  the  national  government. 

There  is  a  theological  seminary  supported  by  Episcopalians,  in  the 
city  of  New  York,  another  by  Presbyterians  at  Auburn,  and  another 
by  the  Baptists  at  Hamilton.  About  40  academies  have  been  incor 
porated.  The  state  has  a  fund  of  upwards  of  1,200,000  dollars,  and 
80,000  acres  of  land,  the  income  of  which  is  appropriated  to  the 
support  of  common  schools. 

History.  New  York  was  first  discovered  by  Henry  Hudson,  an 
Englishman,  in  1609.  The  first  settlement  was  made  by  the  Dutch, 
on  Manhattan  island,  in  1614.  The  town  was  called  Mew  Amsttt' 
dam,  and  the  country  Xew  J^etherlands.  It  was  taken  by  the  Eng- 
lish in  1664. 


NEW  JERSEY 


NEW  JERSEY. 


Counties, 

Chief  towns. 

Counties. 

Chief  tow7is. 

Bergen 

Hackinsack 

Hunterdon 

Trenton 

Burling-ton 

i  Burlington 
I  Mount  Holly 

Middlesex 

i  N.  Brunswick 
)  Amboy 

Cape  May 

Monmouth 

Freehold 

Cumberland 

Bridgetown 

Morris 

Morristown 

Essex 

Newark 
Elizabeth  town 

Salem 

Salem 

Somerset 

Boundbrook 

Gloucester 

Woodbury 

Sussex 

Newton 

Rivers.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Delaware,  which  divides 
New  Jersey  from  Pennsylvania,  the  Hudson,  which  separates  the 
NE.  part  from  New  York ,    the  Raritan,  Passaic,  and  Hackinsack. 

Face  of  the  country.  The  southern  part  of  the  country  is  very 
level ;  farther  north  it  becomes  diversified,  and  the  northern  partis 
mountainous. 

Soil.  The  level  country  is  mostly  sandy  and  barren  ;  but  a  great 
proportion  of  the  other  part  has  a  good  soil,  excellent  for  grazing, 
and  the  various  purposes  of  agriculture.  Orchards  abound  in  the 
northern  division,  and  New  Jersey  is  famous  for  its  excellent  cider 
and  fruit. 

Minerals.  Iron  ore  is  found  in  great  abundance,  and  iron  in 
large  quantities  is  manufactured. 

Curiosity.  At  Patterson  are  falls  on  the  Passaic,  of  72  feet  per- 
pendicular, much  visited  and  admired  on  account  of  their  beauty 
and  grandeur. 

Chief  toivns.  Trenton  is  the  seat  of  government.  It  is  a  pleas- 
ant town,  situated  at  the  falls  of  the  Delaware,  30  miles  TSiE.  of 
Philadelphia,  and  contains  a  handsome  state  house.  Population 
4,000. 

J^ewark,  on  the  Passaic,  9  miles  W.  of  New  York,  is  a  remarka- 
bly pleasant  town,  and  has  considerable  manufactures  and  trade. 
Population  6,500. 

jYew  Brunswick,  on  the  Raritan,  33  miles  SW.  of  New  York,  is 
one  of  the  most  commercial  towns  in  the  state.     Population  6,700. 

Elizabethtown,  near  Newark  bay,  5  miles  S.  of  Newark,  is  a  pleas- 
ant town.     Population  3,500. 

Burlington  is  situated  on  the  Delaware,  17  miles  NE.  of  Phila- 
delphia.    Population  2,700. 

Patterson,  on  the  Passaic,  near  the  falls,  15  miles  NW.  of  New 
York,  is  a  flourishing  manufacturing  town.     Population  2,200. 

The  other  most  considerable  towns  are  Amboy,  Princeton,  Bridge- 
town, and  Salem. 

Education.  At  Princeton',  10  miles  NE.  of  Trenton,  is  the  College 
of  JVeto  Jersey,  one  of  the  most  respectable  in  the  United  States. 
At  the  same  place  there  is  also  a  flourishing  theological  seminary^ 
S 


50 


PENNSYLVANIA. 


under  the  direction  of  the  General  Assembly  of  the  Presbyterian 
church.  •' 

At  New  Bninswick  there  is  a  theological  seminary  of  the  Dutch 
Reformed  church.     Thorc  arc  in  the  state  about  20  academies. 

History.  Elizabethtown,  the  oldest  town  in  the  state,  was  settled 
in  1664.  The  country  was  divided  into  two  parts,  i:ast  and  West 
Jersey,  which  were  united  in  1702  under  the  name  of  New  Jcrse5\ 
This  state  suffered  much  during-  the  revolutionary  war.  Trenton, 
Princeton,  Monmouth,  and  other  places  were  rendered  famous  by 
warlike  achievements. 


PENNSYLVANIA. 


Counties. 

Chief  totcns. 

Adams 

Gettysburg 

Alleg^hany 

Pittsburg 

Armstrong 

Kitaning 

Bea\  °r 

Beavertown 

Bedford 

Bedford 

Berks 

Reading 

Bradford 

Athens 

Bucks 

Doylestown 

Butler 

Butler 

Cambria 

Ebensburg 

Centre 

Bellefonte 

Chester 

West  Chester 

Clearfield 

Clearfield 

Columbia 

Danville 

Crawford 

Meadville 

Cumberland 

Carlisle 

Dauphin 

Harrisburg 

Delaware 

Chester 

Erie 

Erie 

Fayette 

Union 

Franklin 

Chambersburg 

Greene 

Waynesborough 

Hunting'don 

Huntingdon 

Indiana 

Indiana 

JefFerson 

Jefierson 

Lancaster 

Lancaster 

'    Counties. 

Chief  towns. 

Lebanon 

Lebanon 

Lehigh 

Northampton 

Luzerne 

Wilkesbarre 

Lycoming 

Williamsport 

M'Kean 

Smethport 

Mercer 

Mercer 

Mifflin 

Lewistowa 

Montgomery 

Norristown 

Northampton 

Easton 

Northumberland 

Sunbury 

Perry 

Tyrone 

Philadelphia 

Philadelphia 

Potter 

Cowdersport 

Pike 

Milford 

Schuylkill 

Orwigsburg 

Somerset 

Somerset 

Susquehanna 

Montrose 

Tioga 

W^ellsborough 

Union 

New  Berlin 

Venango 

Franklin 

Warren 

Warren 

Washington 

W^ashington 

Wayne 

Bethany 

Westmoreland 

Greensburg 

York 

York 

Rivers.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Delaware,  Schuylkill,  Sus- 
quthanna,  Lehigh,  Juniatta,  Alleghany,  Monongahela,  Ohio,  and 
Youghiugeny. 

JSIouniains.  Pennsylvania  is  intersected  by  various  mountains. 
The  principal  ridges  of  the  Alleghany  mountains  in  this  state,  are  the 
Kittatinny,  or  Blue  mountains. 

Face  of  the  country.  The  southeastern  part  of  the  state  is  level, 
or  moderately  uneven ;  the  middle  is  mountainous  ;  and  the  north- 
ern and  western  parts  are  elevated,  and  diversified  with  hills  and 
valleys 


PENNSYLVANIA.  51 

Soil.  Much  of  the  soil  of  the  mountainous  part  is  poor ;  east  and 
west  of  the  mountains,  a  large  part  of  it  is  excellent.  It  is  generally 
better  adapted  to  tillage  than  grazing. 

Minerals.  Coal  is  found  around  Wilkesbarre,  and  in  great  abun- 
dance in  the  country  around  Pittsburg.  lro7i  ore  is  distributed 
in  large  quantities  in  many  parts,  also  marble  and  other  minerals. 

Mineral  vcaters.  Bedford  springs  near  the  town  of  Bedford,  and 
York  springs  15  miles  from  Carlisle,  are  foimd  useful  in  various  com- 
plaints, and  are  much  visited.  Eleven  miles  NE.  of  Franklin  are 
celebrated  oil  springs. 

Canal.  The  principal  canal  is  Union  Canal,  forming  a  commu- 
nication between  the  Schuylkill  and  the  Susquehanna. 

Manufactures.  Pennsylvania  exceeds  all  the  other  states  in  the 
variety  and  extent  of  her  manufactures. 

The  principal  seats  of  the  manufactures  are  Philadelphia  and 
Pittsburg. 

Chief  towns.  There  are  three  incorporated  cities  in  this  state, 
Philadelphia,  Pittsburg,  and  Lancaster 

Population  of  the  principal  towns. 
Philadelphia  108,000  Harrisburg  3,000 

Pittsburg  7,200  Carlisle  2,900 

Lancaster  6.600  Easton  2,400 

Reading  4,300  Chambersburg  2,300 

York  3,600  Columbia  1,900 

Jfarnsftwrg- is  the  scat  of  government.  It  is  pleasantly  situated 
on  the  Susquehanna,  98  miles  west  of  Philadelphia.  It  is  a  hand- 
some town,  and  contains  a  magnificent  state  house. 

Philadelphia  is  pleasantly  situated  between  the  Delaware  and 
Schuylkill,  6  miles  above  their  confluence,  and  126  miles  from  the 
Atlantic,  by  the  course  of  the  river  and  bay.  It  is  one  of  the  most 
regular  cities  in  the  world,  handsomely  built  of  brick,  and  is  a  place 
of  great  trade  and  opulence,  and  with  regard  to  manufactures,  ex- 
ceed- all  other  cities  in  the  United  States.  It  contains  60  houses  of 
public  worship,  many  other  public  buildings,  and  numerous  literary 
and  humane  institutions. 

Pittsburg  is  situated  in.  the  western  part  of  the  state,  at  the  con- 
fluence of  the  Alleghany  with  the  Monongahela,  which  unite  to 
form  the  Ohio.  It  has  great  advantages  by  its  situation,  having  a 
communication  \Ai\\  the  western  states,  and  with  New  Orleans  by 
the  Ohio  and  Mississippi ;  and  the  country  around  abounds  in  coal. 
It  is  the  centre  of  an  extensive  trade,  and  one  of  tlie  greatest  man- 
ufacturing towns  in  the  Union. 

Lancaster  is  situated  in  a  very  pleasant  and  highly  cultivated 
countr}',  62  miles  W.  of  Philadelphia.  It  is  a  beautiful  town,  and 
has  an  extensive  inland  trade. 

Reading,  on  the  Schuylkill,  54  miles  NW.  of  Philadelphia,  is  a 
pleasant  town,  and  has  considerable  trade  and  manufactures. 

Carlisle^  15  miles  W.  of  Harrisburg  ;  York,  22  miles  WSW.  of 
Lancaster ;  and  Chambersburg  52  miles  W.  of  York  are  all  con- 
siderable and  flourishing  towns. 


5f  DELAWARE. 

Among  the  other  principal  towns  are  Columbia,  Marietta,  Sun- 
bury,  JVorthumberland,  Milton,  and  Wilkesbarre,  on  the  Susquehan- 
na ;  Gtrmantown,  Easton,  and  Bethlehem,  in  the  eastern  part  of  the 
state ;  Brownsville,  Washington,  Union,  Cannonsburg,  and  Mead- 
ville  in  the  western. 

Education.  The  University  of  Pennsylvania,  in  Philadelphia, 
consists  of  4  departments,  of  arts,  medicine,  natural  science,  and 
law.  The  medical  department  of  the  university  is  the  most  dis- 
tinguished and  flourishing-  institution  of  the  kind  in  the  Union. 

The  other  colleg-es  are  Dickinson  College  at  Carlisle,  Washington 
College  at  Washing-ton,  Jefferson  College  at  Cannonsburg-,  and  Al- 
legJuiny  College  at  Meadville. 

The  Moravians  have  flourishing  schools  at  Bethlehem,  Js'^azareth, 
and  Liliz.  Provision  has  been  made  for  establishing  an  academy  in 
every  county. 

Inhabitants.  About  one  half  of  tht  inhabitants  are  of  English 
origin  ;  one  fourth  German  ;  and  one  eighth  Irish.  The  remainder 
are  Scotch,  Welsh,  Swedes,  and  Dutch.  The  English  is  the  prevail 
ing  language ;  but  the  German  is  extensively  spoken. 

History.  Pennsylvania  was  granted  by  Charles  II.,  in  1681,  to 
the  celebrated  William  Penn,  a  Quaker;  and  in  1682  the  city  of 
Philadelphia  was  laid  out.  Penn  commenced  a  friendly  intercourse 
with  the  natives,  which  was  not  interrupted  for  more  than  70  years. 
This  affords  evidence  of  the  good  effect  of  a  pacific  policy. 

DELAWARE. 

Counties.  Chief  toicns. 

Kent  ...        -         -        Dover 

TVT  .^  S  Wilmington 

^ewcastie  -  -  -  j  Newcastle 

Sussex  -  -  .  -  Georgetown 

Rivers.  The  largest  rivers  besides  the  Delaware,  which  forms  a 
part  of  the  boundary,  are  Brandywine  Creek,  Christiana  Creek, 
Duck  Creek,  Mispillion  Creek,  Indian  River,  Choptank,  and  .hTanti- 
coke. 

Face  of  the  country.  In  the  northern  and  western  part  of  Dela- 
ware there  is  some  hilly  and  broken  land ;  but  the  general  aspect 
of  the  state  is  that  of  an  extended  plain. 

Soil.  The  soil  in  the  northern  part  and  along  Delaware  river, 
is  generally  a  rich  clay,  well  adapted  to  purposes  of  agriculture  ;  in 
the  middle  it  is  mixed  with  sand ;  in  the  southern  part  the  sand 
greatly  predominates. 

Chief  towns.  Dover  is  the  seat  of  government.  It  is  situated  on 
Jones'  Creek,  7  miles  above  its  entrance  into  DelaAvare  ba}-,  and 
40  S.  of  Wilmington,  and  contains  a  handsome  stale  house. 

Wilmington,  situated  between  the  Brandywine  and  Christiana 
creeks,  2  miles  west  of  Delaware  river,  and  28  SW.  of  Philadelphia, 
is  much  the  largest  town,  and  has  considerable  trade  and  manufac 
tures.     Population  5,300. 


SOUTHERN  STATES.  53 

J^ewcastle^  5  miles  S.  of  Wilming-ton,  has  some  trade ;  and  at 
Lewistown,  near  Cape  Hcniopen,  are  large  salt  works,  where  salt  is 
manufactured  from  sea  water  by  the  sun. 

Georgetown^  Smyrna,  and  Jlilford,  are  the  other  most  considerable 
towns. 

Manufactures.  On  the  Brandywine,  bordering  on  Wilmington, 
is  the  finest  collection  of  Jlour  mills  in  the  United  States.  Cotton 
and  woollen  goods,  gun  powder,  and  paper,  are  also  manufactured 
extensively  in  the  same  neighbourhood. 

History.  Delaware  was  first  settled  at  Cape  Henlopen,  by  a 
colony  of  Swedes  and  Finns,  in  1627. 


SOUTHERN  STATES. 

Divisions.  The  southern  States  consist  of  Maryland,  Virginia, 
Jforth  Carolina,  Soidk  Carolina,  Georgia,  Alabama,  Mississippi, 
and  Louisiana.  These  states  are  divided  into  counties,  but  not, 
like  the  northern  states,  subdivided  into  townships. 

Rivers.  Tlie  principal  rivers  are  tiie  Potomac,  James,  Roanoke^ 
Pedee,  Santee,  Savannah,  Alatamaha,  Appalachicola,  Alabama,  Tom- 
beckbe,  and  Mississippi.  All  these  rivers,  except  the  Tombeckbe 
and  Mississippi,  rise  in  the  Alleghany  mountains. 

The  Potomac  separates  Maryland  from  Virginia,  and  flows  into 
Chesapeake  bay.  It  is  navigable  for  large  ships  to  Washington, 
295  miles  by  the  river  and  bay  from  the  Atlantic  ;  and  for  boats  to 
Cumberland,  nearly  200  miles  above  Washington. 

James  River  is  navigable  for  vessels  of  120  tons  to  the  falls  at 
Richmond  ;  and  for  batteaux  220  miles  further. 

The  Savannah  separates  South  Carolina  from  Georgia.  It  is 
navigable  for  large  vessels  to  Savannah,  17  miles;  and  for  boats  to 
Augusta. 

Mountains.  The  Alleghany  mountains  extend  through  all  the 
southern  states,  which  border  on  the  Atlantic.  They  terminate  in 
the  northeast  part  of  Alabama. 

Face  of  the  country.  In  the  Southern  States,  the  tract  of  country 
bordering  on  the  Atlantic  and  extending,  in  some  places,  130  miles 
inland,  is,  for  the  most  part,  a  flat  sandy  plain,  elevated  but  little 
above  the  level  of  the  sea.  Furtlier  in  the  interior  the  country  be- 
comes uneven  and  hilly,  and  afterwards  mountainous.  The  part 
bordering  on  the  ocean  is  called  the  Low  country  ;  and  the  interior, 
the  Upper  or  Upland  country. 

Soil.  The  low  country  is  generally  covered  with  pitch  pines, 
and  is  called  pine  barrens,  being  mostly  sandy  and  barren,  except 
the  tracts  on  the  streams  of  water,  which  are  often  very  fertile. 
Much  of  the  soil  in  the  upland  country  is  excellent. 

Productions.     In   the  northern  parts  of  this  division,  the  staple 
productions  are  wheat,  tobacco,  and  Indian  corn;  in  the  southern 
51 


54 


MARYI.AND. 


part,  cotton^  Hce,  and  sugar.  The  pitch  pine  of  the  low  country, 
grows  in  great  perfection,  and  yields  pitch,  tar,  turpentine,  hoardt, 
and  other  timber.     These  form  important  articles  of  export. 

Climate.  The  wintei  s  are  mild,  but  in  the  low  country  the  summers 
are  hot  and  sultry,  and  from  July  to  the  latter  part  of' October,  the 
climate  is  unhealthy.  The  upper  countrj-  has  a  mild  and  healthy 
climate. 

Slaves.  The  principal  part  of  the  slaves  in  the  United  States  are 
in  this  division.  They  are  found  chiefly  in  the  low  countr}',  where 
labour  is  performed  almost  whollj^  by  negroes. 

Manners  and  Customs.  Tl»e  low  country  is  inhabited  by  planters, 
who  live  at  considerable  distance  from  each  other,  having  generally 
large  plantations,  with  many  slaves.  They  are  distinguished  for 
hospitality,  and  for  charity  to  Ce  distressed.  Tliey  are  fond  of 
pleasure,  and  hunting  is  one  of  their  favourite  amusements.  The 
upper  country  is  inhabited  by  farmers,  who  have  generally  small 
estates  with  few  slaves,  and  depend  chiefly  on  their  own  labour  for 
support. 

(Jommercial  /outi*.  The  principal  emporiums  of  foreign  commerce 
in  the  southern  states,  are  Baltimore,  J>l'orJolk,  Charleston,  Savannah 
and  JVet/?  Orleans. 

Religion.  The  most  numerous  denominations  are  Methodists^ 
Baptists,  Presbyterians,  Episcopalians,  and  Catholics.  There  are 
some  Lutherans,  Congregationalists,  Quakers,  Moravians,  and  Jews 
The  Catholics  are  most  nxunerous  in  Maryland  and  Louisiana. 

MARYLAND. 

Chesapeake  bay  extends  up  throug-h  tlie  state  from  north  to  south, 
dividing  it  into  two  parts.  The  part  east  of  the  bay  is  called  the 
eastern  shore ;  the  part  west,  the  xcestern  shore. 


Western  Shore. 

Eastern  Shore. 

Counties. 

Chief  towns. 

Counties. 

Chief  toums. 

Alleghany 

Cumberland 

Caroline 

Denton 

Ann  Arundel 

Annapolis 

Coecil 

Elkton 

Baltimore 

Baltimore 

Dorchester 

Cambridge 

Calvert 

St.  Leonard's 

Kent 

Chestertown 

Charles 

Port  Tobacco 

Queen  Ann 

Centreville 

Frederick 

Fredericktown 

Somerset 

Princess  Ann 

Harford 

Bel-Air 

Talbot 

Easton 

Montgomery 

Unity 

Worcester 

SnowhiU 

Prince  George 

Marlborough 

Washington 

Hagcrstown 

St.  Mark's 

Leonardtown 

Rivers.  The  Potomac  forms  the  boundary  on  the  southwest  The 
other  principal  rivers  are  the  Susquehanna,  Patapsco,  Patuxentf  Elk 
Sassafras,  Chester,  Chopiank,  J^anticoke,  and  Pocomoke, 


DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA.  5b 

Face  of  the  coutttry.  The  eastern  shore  is  low,  level,  and  sandy  , 
on  the  western  sliore  below  the  falls  of  the  rivers,  it  is  similar.  Be- 
yond ttie  falls  it  becomes  variegated  and  hilly ;  and  the  western  part 
is  mountainous. 

Chief  towns.  Annapolis  is  the  seat  of  g-overnment.  It  is  situ- 
ated on  the  Severn,  2  miles  above  its  entrance  into  the  Chesapeake, 
28  miles  SSE.  of  Baltimore,  and  contains  a  handsome  state  house, 
and  2,300  inhabitants. 

Baltimore  is  much  the  largest  town  in  the  state,  and  is  the  third 
in  size  in  the  Union.  It  is  pleasantly  situated  on  the  Patapsco,  14 
miles  above  its  entrance  into  the  Chesapeake,  and  is  a  place  of 
great  commerce.  The  city  is  regularly  laid  out ;  the  houses  aro 
mostly  of  brick,  and  several  of  its  public  edifices  are  magnificent. 
The  Washtno;ton  J\Ionument  is  a  superb  structure  of  stone,  163  feet 
high.     Population  62,700. 

Fredericktown,  situated  in  the  interior,  in  a  fertile  tract  of  coun- 
try, 45  miles  west  of  Baltimore,  is  a  pleasant  and  handsome  town, 
and  has  an  extensive  inland  trade.     Population  3,600. 

Hagerstown,  26  miles  NW.  of  Fredericktown,  situated  in  a  fer- 
tile country,  is  a  flourishing  town. 

Among  the  other  most  considerable  towns  are  Cumberland  on 
the  Potomac,  Elkton^  Chestertoion,  Snowhill,  and  Cambridge,  on  the 
eastern  shore. 

Education.  In  Baltimore  is  an  institution,  styled  the  University 
of  Maryland.  The  medical  department  is  one  of  the  most  flourish- 
ing medical  schools  in  the  United  States. 

There  are  two  other  seminaries  in  the  city,  styled  St,  Mary^s 
College,  and  Baltimore  College. 

There  are  17  academies,  which  are  supported,  in  part,  by  the  state. 

Commerce.  Maryland  holds  a  high  rank  as  a  commercial  state. 
The  most  important  article  of  export  is  Jtour  ;  next  to  this,  tobacco. 

History.  This  country  was  granted  by  Charles  I.,  in  1632,  to 
Lord  Baltimore,  a  Catholic,  who  commenced  a  settlement  with  about 
200  Catholics,  in  1634. 

DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA. 

Counties.  Chief  towns.  Pop, 

Alexandria  Alexandria  8,200 

«r    ,  .      .  S  Washington  13,200 

Washmgton  <  ^  ,  r-  Ann 

°  I  Georgetown  7,400 

Washington,  the  scat  of  government  of  the  United  States,  is 
situated  on  the  Maryland  side  of  the  Potomac,  at  the  junction  of 
the  Eastern  Branch,  295  miles  by  the  course  of  the  river  and  bay 
from  the  Atlantic,  and  37  SW.*of  Baltimore.  Its  natural  situa- 
tion is  pleasant  and  health)'^,  and  it  is  laid  out  on  a  plan,  which,  when 
completed,  will  render  it  one  of  the  handsomest  and  most  commo- 
dious cities  in  the  world.  But  a  very  small  part  of  the  plan  is  yet 
completed.     Among  the  public  edifices  of  the  city  are  the  Capitol^ 


54 


MARYLAND. 


part,  cotton,  rice,  and  sugar.  The  pitch  pine  of  the  low  country, 
g-rows  in  great  perfection,  and  yields  pitch,  tar,  turpentine,  hoards, 
and  other  timber.     These  form  important  articles  of  export. 

Climate.  The  wintei  s  are  mild,  but  in  the  low  country-  the  summers 
are  hot  and  sultry,  and  from  July  to  the  latter  part  of  October,  the 
climate  is  unhealthy.  The  upper  country  has  a  mild  and  healthy 
climate. 

Slaves.  The  principal  part  of  the  slaves  in  the  United  States  are 
in  this  division.  They  are  found  chiefly  in  the  low  country,  where 
labour  is  performed  almost  wholly  by  negroes. 

Manners  and  Customs.  The  low  country  is  inhabited  by  planters, 
who  live  at  considerable  distance  from  each  other,  having  generally 
large  plantations,  with  many  slaves.  They  are  distinguished  for 
hospitality,  and  for  charity  to  t'lC  distressed.  They  are  fond  of 
pleasure,  and  hunting  is  one  of  their  favourite  amusements.  The 
upper  country  is  inhabited  by  farmers,  who  have  generally  small 
estates  with  few  slaves,  and  depend  chiefly  on  their  own  labour  for 
support. 

Commercial  lovms.  The  principal  emporiums  of  foreign  commerce 
in  the  southern  states,  are  Baltimore,  J\/'orfolk,  Charleston,  Savannah 
and  JVeio  Orleans. 

Religion.  The  most  numerous  denominations  are  Methodists, 
Baptists,  Presbyterians,  Episcopalians,  and  Catholics.  There  are 
some  Lutherans,  Congregationalists,  Quakers,  Moravians,  and  Jews 
The  Catholics  are  most  nimnerous  in  Maryland  and  Louisiana. 

MARYLAND. 

Chesapeake  bay  extends  up  through  the  state  from  north  to  south, 
dividing  it  into  two  parts.  The  part  east  of  the  bay  is  called  the 
eastern  shore ;  the  part  west,  the  xcestern  shore. 


Western  Shore. 

^Eastern  Shore. 

Counties. 

Chief  totons. 

Counties. 

Chief  towni. 

Alleghany 

Cumberland 

Caroline 

Denton 

Ann  Arundel 

A^^•APOLIS 

Coecil 

Eikton 

Baltimore 

Baltimore 

Dorchester 

Cambridge 

Calvert 

St.  Leonard's 

Kent 

Chestcrtown 

Charles 

Port  Tobacco 

Queen  Ann 

Centreville 

Frederick 

Fredericktown 

Somerset 

Princess  Ann 

Harford 

Bel-Air 

Talbot 

Easton 

Montgomery 

Unity 

Worcester 

Snowhill 

Prince  George 

Marlborough 

Washington 

Hagerstown 

St.  Mar^^'s      * 

Leonardtown 

Rivers.  The  Potomac  forms  the  boundary  on  the  southwest.  Tho 
other  principal  rivers  are  the  Susquehanna,  Patapsco,  Patuxent,  Elk 
Sassafras,  Chester,  Chopiank,  J^anticoke,  and  Pocomoke. 


DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA.  65 

Face  of  the  country.  The  eastern  shore  is  low,  level,  and  sandy , 
on  the  western  shore  below  the  falls  of  the  rivers,  it  is  similar.  Be- 
yond the  falls  it  becomes  varicg-atcd  and  hilly ;  and  the  western  part 
is  moimtainous. 

Chief  towns.  Annapolis  is  the  seat  of  g-overnment.  It  is  situ- 
ated on  the  Severn,  2  miles  above  its  entrance  into  the  Chesapeake, 
28  miles  SSE.  of  Baltimore,  and  contains  a  handsome  state  house, 
and  2,300  inhabitants. 

Baltimore  is  much  the  larg-est  town  in  the  state,  and  is  the  third 
in  size  in  the  Union.  It  is  pleasantly  situated  on  the  Patapsco,  14 
miles  above  its  entrance  into  the  Chesapeake,  and  is  a  place  of 
great  commerce.  The  city  is  regularly  laid  out ;  the  houses  are 
mostly  of  brick,  and  several  of  its  public  edifices  are  magnificent 
The  Washington  Monument  is  a  superb  structure  of  stone,  163  feet 
high.     Population  62,700. 

Fredericktown^  situated  in  the  interior,  in  a  fertile  tract  of  coun- 
try, 45  miles  west  of  Baltimore,  is  a  pleasant  and  handsome  town, 
and  has  an  extensive  inland  trade.     Population  3,600. 

Hager stolen,  26  miles  NW.  of  Fredericktown,  situated  in  a  fer- 
tile country,  is  a  flourishing  town. 

Among  the  other  most  considerable  towns  are  Cumberland  on 
the  Potomac,  Elkton,  Chestertown,  Snowhill,  and  Cambridge,  on  the 
eastern  shore. 

Education.  In  Baltimore  is  an  institution,  styled  the  University 
of  Maryland.  The  medical  department  is  one  of  the  most  flourish- 
ing medical  schools  in  the  United  States. 

There  are  two  other  seminaries  in  the  city,  styled  St.  Mary*s 
College,  and  Baltimore  College. 

There  are  17  academies,  which  are  supported,  in  part,  by  the  state. 

Commerce.  Maryland  holds  a  high  rank  as  a  commercial  state. 
The  most  important  article  of  export  is  flour  ;  next  to  this,  tobacco. 

History.  This  country  was  granted  by  Charles  I.,  in  1632,  to 
Lord  Baltimore,  a  Catholic,  wlio  commenced  a  settlement  witli  about 
200  Catholics,  in  1634. 

DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA. 

Counties.  Chief  towns.  Pop. 

Alexandria  Alexandria  8,200 

Washington  \  WASH^^^GTON  13,200 

°  (  Georgetown  7,400 

Washington,  the  scat  of  government  of  the  United  States,  is 
situated  on  the  Maryland  side  of  the  Potomac,  at  the  junction  of 
the  Eastern  Branch,  295  miles  by  the  course  of  the  river  and  bay 
from  the  Atlantic,  and  37  SW.  of  Baltimore.  Its  natural  situa- 
tion is  pleasant  and  healthy,  and  it  is  laid  out  on  a  plan,  which,  when 
completed,  will  render  it  one  of  the  handsomest  and  most  commo- 
dious cities  in  the  world.  But  a  very  small  part  of  the  plan  is  yet 
completed.     Among  the  public  edifices  of  the  city  are  the  Capitol^ 


56 


VIRGINIA. 


of^wl.  to  n-ce  stone,  and  is  .,  Tar  L  mosTr.oil^L^ScVla^ ^^ 

6  ^itrs'r^lTCg^^^^  ^/n^'  of  the  Potcac, 

Georo^^ou-.,  on  the  Poton^ac  sen  "  .t'.T  '' w'  "v^""^^' '"  ^°"'-- 
Creek,  3  n.iles  west  of  the  CaJitoM?    k      T  ^^'^^"^Ston  by  Rock 
siderable  trade.  ^'*''^' ''  ^  handsome  town,  and  has  con- 

has^rt;cL\le?nrtntf^^^^^^^^^  "^'^'^^^  '^  ^-^^^town,  which 

C^Tnnl  -:S^Ctr:?^i:?^.r;7  V--«%  ^^tuated  on 
braces,  in  connexion  with  the  colWr  .  "  ^'°'"^'  ^^  P^^"  ^"»- 
logical  and  a  medical  department  ^'      P""P^''^t°0'  ^<^h«°l.  a  theo- 

VIRGINIA. 


Counties 

Accomack 

Albemarls 

Amelia 

Amherst 

Augusta 


Natural  Bridge  of  Virginia. 
Covnttes. 
Bath 
Bedford 
Berkley 


Chief  towns. 

Drummondlown 
Charloaesville 
Amelia  C.  H. 
New  Glasgow 
Staunton 


Botetourt 
Brooke 


Chief  totnu, 

^'arm  Spring! 

Liberty 

Martinsburg 

Fincastle 

Wfillsburg 


VIRGINIA. 


67 


Brunswick 

Bucking^ham 

Cabell 

Chesterfield 

Culpepper 

Cumberland 

Campbell 

Caroline 

Charles  City 

Charlotte 

Dinwiddie 

Elizabeth  City 

Essex 

Fauquier 

Fairfax 

Fluvanna 

Frederick 

Franklin 

Greensville 

Giles 

Gloucester 

Goochland 

Grayson 

Greenbriar 

Halifax 

Hampshire 

Hanover 

Hardy 

Harrison 

Henrico 

Henry 

Isle  of  Wight 

James  City 

Jefferson 

Kenawha 

Kin;g&  Queen 

King  George 

King  William 

Lancaster 

Lee 

Lewis 

Loudoun 

Louisa 

Lunenburg 

Madison 

Matthews 


Brunswick  C.  H. 

New  Canton 

Cabell  C.  H. 

Manchester 

Fairfax 

Cartersville 

Lynchburg 

Port  Royal 

Charles  City  C.  H 

Marysville 

Petersburg 

Hampton 

Rappahannock 

Warrentown 

Centreville 

Columbia 

Winchester 

Rocky  Mount 

Hicks  ford 

Davisburg 

Gloucester  C.  H. 

Goochland  C.  H. 

Greensville 

Lewisburg 

South  Boston 

Romney 

Hanover 

Moorfields 

Clarksburg 

Richmond 

Martinsville 

Smithfield 

Williamsburg 

Charlestown 

Charlestown 

Dunkirk 

King  George  C.H. 

Delaware 

Kilmarnock 

Jonesville 


Mecklinburg 

Middlesex 

Monongalia 

Monroe 

Montgomery 

Mason 

Nansemond 

Nelson 

New  Kent 

Nicholas 

Norfolk 

Northampton 


St.  Tammany 

Urbanna 

Morgantown 

Union 

Christiansburg 

Point  Pleasant 

Suffolk 

Lovington 

Cumberland 

Nicholas 

Norfolk  [H. 

Northampton  C. 


Northumberland  Bridgetown 
Nottaway  NottaAvay 


Leesburg 
Louisa 
Hungary 
Madison 
Matthews  C.  H. 


Ohio 

Orange 

Patrick 

Pendleton 

Pittsylvania 

Powhatan 

Preston 

Prince  Edward 

Princess  Anne 

Prince  William 

Prince  George 

Randolph 

Richmond 

Rockbridge 

Rockingham 

Russell 

Scott 

Shenandoah 

Southampton 

Spotsylvania 

Stafford 

Surry 

Sussex 

Tazewell 

Tyler 

Warwick 

Washington 

Westmoreland 

Wood 

Wythe 

York 


H. 


Wheeling 

Stannardsville 

Patrick  C.  H. 

Franklin 

Danville 

Powhafan  C 

Kingwood 

Jamestown 

Kempsviile 

Haymarket 

Pr.  George  C.H. 

Beverly 

Richmond  C.  H. 

Lexington 

Harrisburgh 

Franklin 

Mockason  Gap 

Woodstock 

Jerusalem 

Fredericksburg 

Falmouth 

Cobham 

Sussex  C.  H. 

Jeffersonville 

Tyler  C.  H. 

Warwick  C.  H. 

Abingdon 
Leeds 
Newport 
Evan  sham 
Yorktown 


Rivers.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Potomuc^  Shenandoah^  Rap- 
pahannock, York,  James,  Appomattox,  Elizabeth,  Staunton,  Kena- 
toha,  Ohio,  Sandy,  and  J^onongahela. 

Capes.  Cape  Charles  and  Cape  Henry,  sometimes  called  the 
Capes  of  Virginia. 

Mountains.  The  Blue  Ridge  extends  from  SW.  to  NE.  through 
the  central  part  of  the  state.     West  of  this  are  other  ranges  of  the 


58  VIRGINIA. 

Alleghany  mountains^  as  J^orlh  mountain,  Inurel  mouniatn,  and 
Jackson'ji  mountain.  The  Cumberland  mountains  are  in  the  south- 
western part  of  the  state.  The  Peaks  of  Otter.,  summits  of  the 
Blue  Ridg-e,  are  accounted  the  most  elevated  mountains  in  Virg-inia. 

JSIinerals.  Excellent  coal  is  found  in  abundance  on  James  river, 
20  miles  above  Richmond.  Iron  mines  occur  in  great  abimdance 
W.  of  the  Blue  Ridge  ;  limestone^  lead.,  and  chalk,  arc  found. 

Mineral  Springs.  There  are  several  mineral  spring-s  of  some 
celebrit}.  Berkley  Sp?^ings,  near  the  Potomac,  35  miles  N.  by  W. 
of  Winchester,  and  Sweet  Springs  about  70  W.  of  Lcxing-ton,  are 
much  resorted  to.  The  Warm  and  the  Hot  Springs,  are  near  Bath. 
The  water  of  the  latter  is  hot  enough,  at  some  seasons,  to  boil  an 

Curiosities.  The  J^atural  Bridge,  over  Cedar  Creek,  in  Rock- 
bridg-e  county,  14  miles  SW.  of  Lexing-ton,  is  one  of  the  greatest 
natural  curiosities  in  the  world.  The  rock,  which  forms  the  bridge, 
is  60  feet  wide  in  the  middle,  and  extends  over  a  chasm,  which  is 
about  250  feet  deep,  45  wide  at  the  bottom,  and  90  at  the  top.  This 
beautiful  and  magnificent  arch  is  viewed  with  emotions  of  delight 
and  astonishment. 

Falling  Spring.,  about  50  miles  W.  by  N  of  Lexington,  has  a 
cataract  of  200  feet  perpendicular. 

Near  the  Great  Kenawlia  there  is  a  small  cavKy  in  the  earth,  from 
which  issues  a  stream  of  air,  which,  on  applying  a  torch,  takes  fire, 
and  sometimes  burns  several  days. 

There  are  several  caves,  of  which  the  most  extraordinary  is 
Wier^s  Cave,  which  is  on  the  north  side  of  tlie  Blue  Ridge,  and 
is  between  2,000  and  3,000  feet  in  length.  It  comprises  various 
apartments,  containing  the  most  beautiful  stalactites  and  incrusta- 
tions, which  display  the  most  sparkling  brilliancy,  when  surveyed  by 
the  light  of  a  torch. 

Within  about  100  yards  of  this,  is  another  singular  cavern,  but 
much  inferior,  called  Madison's  Cave. 

Near  Panther  Gap  is  Blowing  Cave,  from  which  a  strong  current 
of  air  continually  issues. 

Near  the  Ohio,  12  miles  below  Wheeling,  is  a  vast  mound,  300  feet 
in  diameter  at  the  base,  and  90  high,  containing  thousands  of  hu- 
man skeletons. 

The  passage  of  the  Potomac,  through  the  Blue  Ridge,  at  Harper^s 
Ferry,  "  is  perhaps,"  says  Mr.  Jefferson,  "  one  of  the  most  stupen- 
dous scenes  in  nature." 

Population  of  the  principal  towns. 
Richmond  12,000       Lynchburg  5,500     Portsmouth         1,700 

Norfolk          8,500       Fredericksburg     3,300     Williamsburg     1,400 
Petersburg   6,700       Winchester  2,900     Shepherdstown  1,400 

Chiff  towns.  Richmond  is  the  largest  town,  and  the  seat  of  gov- 
ernment. It  has  a  beautiful  and  picturesque  situation  at  the  falls  of 
James  river,  about  150  miles  from  its  mouth.  It  contains  a  capitol, 
or  state  house,  and  various  other  public  buildings,  and  has  an  exten- 
sive trade. 


VIRGINIA.  59 

j^orfolky  on  Elizabeth  river,  8  miles  above  its  entrance  into  Hamp- 
ton road,  has  a  g-ood  harbour,  and  more  foreign  commeroe  than  any 
other  town  in  tlic  state. 

Petersburg,  on  the  Appomattox,  24  miles  S.  by  E.  of  Richmond, 
has  considerable  trade  in  tobacco  and  flour. 

Lynchburg,  on  James  river,  near  the  head  of  boat  navig-ation,  120 
miles  W.  of  Richmond,  is  a  thriving-  town,  and  has  a  flourishing 
trade. 

Fredericksburg,  on  the  Rappahannock,  near  the  head  of  navig-a- 
tion, is  a  place  of  considerable  trade. 

Williamsburg,  55  miles  E.  by  S.  of  Richmond,  was  formerly  the 
seat  of  government. 

Winchester,  70  miles  WNW.  of  Washing-ton  city,  is  a  pleasant 
and  flourishing  inland  town.  It  has  a  healthy  situation,  with  sever- 
al mineral  springs  in  its  vicinity,  and  is  a  place  of  considerable  re- 
sort in  the  hot  season. 

Yorktown,  on  York  river,  29  miles  NW.  of  Norfolk,  has  a  good 
harbour,  and  is  famous  for  the  surrender  of  the  British  army  under 
Lord  Cornwallis  in  1781. 

Among  the  other  most  considerable  towns,  are  Charlottesville, 
Staunton,  Lexington,  Fincastle,  and  Union,  in  the  central  part  of  the 
state  ;  Wheeling  on  the  Ohio,  Sheperdstown  on  the  Potomac  ;  PortS' 
mouth  near  Norfolk ;  and  Danville  near  the  border  of  North  Caro- 
lina. 

Mount  Vernon,  the  celebrated  scat  of  general  Washington,  is 
pleasantly  situated  on  the  Potomac,  9  miles  below  Alexandria. 

Monticello,  the  seat  of  Mr.  Jefferson,  is  2  miles  from  Charlottes- 
ville. 

Education.  The  University  of  Virginia  is  established  at  Chai 
lottesville.  The  buildings  are  on  a  large  scale,  and  were  erected  at 
great  expense.  There  are  besides  3  colleges,  William  and  Mary 
College  at  Williamsburg ;  Washington  College  at  Lexington  ;  and 
Hampden  Sidney  College  in  Prince  Edward  county,  85  miles  SW.  of 
Richmond. 

Academies  have  been  established  m  various  places.  The  state  has 
a  fund  of  upwards  of  1,100,000  dollars,  the  interest  of  which  is  ap- 
propriated to  the  support  of  schools  and  literary  purposes. 

History.  The  first  English  settlement  in  the  United  States,  was 
made  in  1607,  at  Jamestown  in  Vir'^i,tM,  on  James  river,  32  miles 
above  its  mouth.  Capt.  ^,z\ii\  Smith,  who  has  been  styled  the  father 
of  the  colony,  was  one  of  the  first  settlers. 

Four  of  the  presidents  of  the  United  States,  have  been  Virginians. 


NORTH  CAROLINA 


NORTH  CAROLINA. 


Counties.  Chief  towns.  Counties.  Chief  towns 

Anson  Wade  sbo  rough  Jones  Trenton 

Ashe  Ashe  Lenoir  Kingston 

Beaufort  Washington  Lincoln  Lincolnton 

Bertie  Windsor  Martin  Williamston 

Bladen  Elizabethtown  Mecklinburg  Charlotte 

Brunswick  Brunswick  Montgomery  Henderson 

Buncombe  Ashville  Moore  Alfordstown 

Burke  Morgantown  Nash  C.  K^ 

Cabarras  Concord  New  Hanover  Wilmington 

Camden  Jonesburg  Northampton  C.  H. 

Carteret  Beaufort  Onslow  Swansborough 

Caswell  Leasburg  Orange  Hillsborough 

Chatham  Pittsborough  Pasquotank  Nixonton 

Chowan  Edenton  Pitt  Greenville 

Columbus  Whitesville  Perquimans  Hartford 

Craven  Newbem  Person  Roxborough 

Cumberland  Fayetteyille  Randolph  C.  H. 

Currituck  Indiantown  Richmond  Rockingham 

Duplin  Sarecto  Robeson  Lumberton 

Edgecombe  Tarborough  Rockingham  Danbury 

Fianklin  Louisburg  Rowan  Salisbury 

Gates  C.  H.  Rutherford  Rutherfordton 

Granville  Williamsboro'  Sampson  C.  H. 

Greene  Snow  Hill  Stokes  C.  H. 

Guilford  Martiuville  Surry  Salem 

Halifax  Halifax  Tyrrel  Columbia 

Haywood  C.  H.  Wake  Rai.eigh 

Hertford  Winton  Warren  Warrenton 

Hyde  Germantown  Washington  Plymouth 

Iredell  Statesville  Wayne  Waynesborough 

Johnson  Smithfield  Wilkes  Wilkesborough 

Rivers.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Roanoke.^  Chowan^  J^'ettse^ 
Pamlico,  or  Tar,  Cape  Fear,  Yadkin,  and  Catawba. 

Sounds.  Albemarle,  Pamlico,  and  Core  sount/s,  all  communicate 
with  each  other.  The  inlets  are  Currituck,  Roanoke,  Grant,  and 
Ocra£oke ;  the  last  only  is  navigable. 

Capes,  Cape  Haileras  is  the  most  dangerous  cape  on  the 
American  coast.  The  shoals  are  extensive,  and  the  weather  fre- 
quently tempestuous.  Cape  Lookout  and  Cape  Fear,  are  also  for- 
midable to  seamen. 

Harbours.  North  Carolina  has  no  good  harbours,  and  the  mouths 
of  the  rivers  are  obstructed  by  sand  bars.  The  best  harbours  are 
those  of  Wilmington,  J^'ewbem,  and  Edenton. 

Swamps.  Great  Dismal  swamp  lies  partly  in  this  state,  and  part- 
ly in  Virginia.  It  is  30  miles  long,  and  10  broad,  and  is  a  marshy 
tract,  covered  with  trees,  and  brushwood,  in  many  parts,  so  thick 
as  to  be  impenetrable.  Little  Dismal  twamp  is  between  Albemarle 
and  Pamlico  sounds. 


NORTH  CAROLINA.  61 

Mineral  Springs.  There  are  several  valuable  mineral  springg, 
but  the  most  celebrated  are  the  Warm  Springs,  on  French  Broad 
river,  near  the  borders  of  Tennessee. 

Curiosities.  Ararat  or  Pilot  mountain.^  is  regarded  as  a  great  curi 
osity.  It  rises  in  the  form  of  a  pyramid,  nearly  a  mile  high.  On  the 
area  at  the  top,  which  contains  only  about  an  acre,  a  stupendous 
rock  rises  to  the  height  of  300  feet,  and  terminates  with  a  flat  sur 
face  at  the  top,  which  affords  an  extensive  and  delightful  prospect 

In  the  vicinity  of  Salisbury,  there  is  a  remarkable  stone  icall,  the 
top  of  which  approaches  within  one  foot  of  the  surface  of  the  ground. 
It  is  laid  in  cement,  plastered  on  both  sides,  22  inches  thick,  and 
12  or  13  feet  high.  The  length  of  what  has  been  discovered,  is  300 
feet. 

Chief  towns.  There  are  no  large  towns  in  this  state.  Raleigh  is 
the  seat  of  government.  It  is  pleasantly  situated  in  the  central  part 
of  the  state,  and  contains  a  handsome  brick  state  house,  in  which  i3 
an  elegant  marble  statue  of  Washington.     Population  2,700. 

JS''ewhern,  situated  on  the  Neuse,  is  the  largest  town  in  the  state 
It  is  well  built,  and  has  considerable  commerce,  and  3,700  inhabi 
tants. 

Fayetteville,  on  Cape  Fear  river,  near  the  head  of  steamboat  navi 
gation,  60  miles  S.  of  Raleigh,  is  a  flourishing  town,  and  has  a  brisk 
trade,  in  tobacco,  cotton,  and  flour.     Population  3,600. 

Wilmington,  on  Cape  Fear  river,  36  miles  from  its  mouth,  and 
90  SE.  of  Fayetteville,  contains  2,600  inhabitants.  The  exporto  of 
this  town  are  much  greater  than  those  of  any  other  in  the  state. 

Edenton,  on  a  bay  of  Albemarle  sound,  contains  1 ,600  inhabitants 
Washington,  on  Pamlico  river,  1,000. 

The  other  principal  towns  are  Salem  100  miles  W.  of  Raleigh  , 
Salisbury  33  miles  SW.  of  Salem ;  Hillsborough  30  miles  NW.  of 
Raleigh  ;    Warrenton  56  miles  NNE.  of  Raleigh. 

Education.  There  is  a  respectable  and  flourishing  institution,  styl- 
ed the  University  of  JVorth  Carolina,  at  Chapel  Hill,  28  miles  WNW. 
of  Raleigh. 

There  is  an  excellent  Moravian  seminary  for  females,  at  Salem, 
and  academies  are  established  in  various  places. 

History.  In  1650,  a  settlement  was  made  near  Albemarle  sound 
by  some  planters  from  Virginia.  North  and  South  Carolina  were 
originally  included  under  one  government,  but  were  separated  in 
1729. 

0 


62 


SOUTH  CAROLINA. 


SOUTH  CAROLINA. 


Chief  totons, 

Lancaster 

Laurens 

Granby 

Gilesborough 

Marlborough 

Newbury 

Orangeburgh 

Pendleton 

Columbia 

Spartanburgh 

Statesville 

Union 

Williamsburgh 

York 


Counties.  Chief  towns.  Counties. 

Abbeville  Abbeville  Lancaster 

Barnwell  Barnwell  Laurens 

Beaufort  Beaufort  Lexington 

Charleston  Charleston         -  Marion 

Chester  Chester  Marlborough 

Chesterfield  Chesterfield  Newbury 

Colleton  Dorchester  Orangeburgh 

Darlington  Darlington  Pendleton 

Edgefield  Edgefield  Richland 

Fairfield  Winnsborough  Spartanburgh 

Georgetown  Georgetown  Sumter 

Greenville  Greenville  Union 

Horry  Conwayborough   Williamsburgh 

Kershaw  Camden  York 

Rivers.     The  Savannah  separates  this  state  from  Georgia. 

The  Santee  is  the  largest  river  in  South  Carolina.  It  is  formed 
by  the  Congaree  and  Wateree.  Steamboats  go  up  to  Columbia  on 
the  Congaree,  and  boats  to  Camden  on  the  Wateree. 

The  Pedee  is  navigable  for  boatsabout  200  miles. 

Some  of  the  other  rivers  are  the  Waccamaw^  Cooper^  Ashleyy 
Edisto,  and  Cambahee. 

Canal.  A  canal  22  miles  long  connects  Cooper  river  with  the 
Santee. 

Islands.  Among  the  islands  on  the  coast  are  Sullivan^Sy  James^y 
John's^  EdistOy  St.  Helena^  Port  Royal. 

Mountains.  The  Alleghany  mountains  extend  through  the  west- 
ern part  of  the  state.  The  principal  summit  in  S.  Carolina  is  Tahh 
mountain^  which  has  been  estimated  at  about  4,000  feet  in  height. 
On  one  side  of  it  is  a  tremendous  precipice,  nearly  perpendicular, 
styled  the  Lover^s  Leap,  which  is  regarded  as  an  interesting  cu- 
riosity. 

Chief  tovms.  Columbia  \s  ihe  seat  of  government.  It  is  pleas- 
antly situated  on  the  Congaree;  120  miles  NNW.  of  Charleston. 
It  is  a  flourishing  town,  regularly  laid  out,  and  handsomely  built, 
and  contains  a  state  house  and  a  number  of  other  elegant  public 
edifices,     ropulation  3,000. 

Charleston  is  much  the  largest  town,  and  the  principal  emporium, 
not  only  of  South  Carolina,  but  also  of  a  considerable  part  of  North 
Carolina.  It  is  situated  on  a  tongue  of  land  formed  by  the  conflu- 
ence of  Cooper  and  Ashley  rivers,  7  miles  from  the  ocean.  It  is 
regularly  laid  out,  well  built,  and  contains  various  public  buildings, 
and  is  a  place  of  much  wealth  and  commerce.  The  houses  are 
mostly  of  brick,  many  of  them  elegant,  and  furnished  with  piazzas. 
Population  24,800. 

Georgtioxniy  on  Winyaw  bay,  12  miles  from  the  sea,  60  NNE.  of 
Charleston,  has  considerable  trade.     Population  2,000. 


GEORGIA. 


63 


Camden  is  situated  at  the  head  of  boat  navigation  on  the  Watcree, 
25  miles  NE.  of  Columbia ;  Beavfort,  on  an  island,  72  miles  SW.  of 
Charleston. 

Education.  South  Carolina  College^  at  Columbia,  a  well  endowed 
and  respectable  institution,  is  liberally  patronised  by  the  state. 

Academies  have  been  established  in  various  places.  The  state 
has  appropriated  30,000  dollars  annually  for  the  support  of  free 
schools. 

History.  This  state,  tog'cther  with  North  Carolina  and  Georgia, 
was  first  g-ranted  to  the  Earl  of  Clarendon  and  others,  in  1663  It 
was  formed  into  a  separate  government  in  1729 


GEORGIA. 

Counties. 

Chief  towns. 

Counties. 

Chief  toions. 

Baldwin 

MiLi.EDGEViLLE  Burke 

Waynesborough 

Bryan 

C.  H. 

Camden 

St.  Mary's 

Bullock 

Statesburgh 

Chatham 

Savannah 

Clarke 

Watkinsville 

MMntosh 

Darien 

Columbia 

Applington 

Montgomery 

Vernon 

Effingham 

Springfield 

Morgan 

Madison 

Elbert 

Elberton 

Oglethorpe 

Lexington 

Emanuel 

C.H. 

Pulaski 

Hartford 

Franklin 

Carnesville 

Putnam 

Eatonton 

Glynn 

Brunswick 

Richmond 

Augusta 

Greene 

Greensborough 

Scriven 

Jacksonborough 

Hancock 

Sparta 

Tattnall 

C.  H. 

Jackson 

Jefferson 

Telfair 

Telfairton 

Jasper 

Monticello 

Twiggs 

Marion 

Jefferson 

Louisville 

Warren 

Warrenton 

Jones 

Clinton 

Washington 

Sandersville 

Laurens 

Dublin 

Wayne 

C.  H. 

Liberty 

Riceborough 

Wilkes 

Washington 

Lincoln 

Lincolton 

Wilkinson 

Irwinton. 

Madison 

Danielsville 

Rivers.  The  largest  rivers  are  the  Savannah^  Ogeechee^  Alatama- 
ha,  Satilla,  Oakmulgee,  Oconee,  St.  Mary^s,  Flint,  Chatahoochee,  Tal- 
lapoosa, and  Coosa. 

Islands.  The  principal  islands  are  Tybee,  Wassaw,  Ossahaw,  St. 
Catherine'^s,  Sapello,  St.  Simon'^s,  Jekyl,  and  Cumberland. 

Mineral  waters.  There  are  several  valuable  mineral  springs,  but 
the  most  celebrated  are  Indian  Springs,  16  miles  from  Monticello. 
These  springs  are  much  resorted  to  in  summer. 

Curiosities.  Tuccoa  Falls,  towards  the  north-west  corner  of  the 
state,  form  a  very  beautiful  cataract  of  133  feet  in  perpendicular 
height. 

In  the  Cherokee  country,  in  the  north-west  corner  of  Georgia,  is 
a  remarkable  cave  called  J^icojack  Cave,  out  of  which  a  stream 
of  water  issues.  It  forms  a  walled  and  vaulted  passage,  through 
which  a  canoe  has  ascended  to  the  distance  of  3  miles. 

Chief  towns.    Jililiedgeville  is  the  seat  of  government.     It  is  a 


64 


ALABAMA. 


flourishing-  town,  pleasantly  situated  on  the  Oconee,  300  miles  hj  the 
river  from  the  sea,  160  WNW.  of  Savannah,  and  contains  an  elegant 
state  house,  a  penitentiary,  and  an  arsenal,  all  of  brick.  Population 
2,100. 

Savannah,  on  the  river  Savannah,  17  miles  from  its  mouth,  is  the 
emporium  of  the  state,  and  a  place  of  extensive  commerce.  It  is 
built  on  a  sandy  plain,  elevated  about  40  feet  above  low  tide.  The 
streets  are  regularly  laid  out,  and  planted  with  trees,  called  the 
pride  of  China.     Population  7,500. 

Augusta,  on  the  Savannah,  340  miles  above  the  city  of  Savannah, 
by  the  river,  and  123  by  land,  is  a  flourishing  town.  Immense 
quantities  of  cotton,  also  tobacco,  and  other  produce,  are  collected 
here  and  conveyed  down  the  river  to  Savannali.  Population  about 
4,000. 

Darien  is  a  flourishing  commercial  town  near  the  mouth  of  the 
Alalamaha. 

Among  the  other  towns  are  Petersburg  on  the  Savannah,  53  miles 
above  Augusta;  Washington  50  WNW.  of  Augusta  ;  Louisville,  110 
NW.  of  Savannah  ;  Sparta,  25  NE.  of  Milledgeville  ;  Monticdlo,  35 
NW.  of  Milledgeville  ;  Greensborough,  38  N.  of  Milledgeville  ;  SL 
J\Iary''s,  in  the  south-east  corner  of  the  state. 

Education.  There  is  a  respectable  college  at  Athens,  94  miles 
WNW.  of  Augusta,  styled  Franklin  College,  and  provision  is  made 
for  an  academy  in  each  county 

Indians.  The  Creek  Indians  inhabit  the  western  and  southwest- 
ern parts  of  the  state  ;  and  the  northwestern  part  is  included  in  the 
Cherokee  country. 

History.  The  first  settlement  by  the  English  in  Georgia,  was 
made  at  Savannah,  in  1733,  by  160  persons,  under  the  superinten- 
dence of  James  Oglethorpe. 


ALABAMA. 

Counties. 

Chief  toums. 

Counties. 

Chief  toicns. 

Autauo^ 

Washington 

Limestone 

Athens 

Baldwin 

Blakely 

Madison 

Huntsville 

Bibb 

Centreville 

Marengo 

White  Bluff 

Blount 

Blountsville 

Marion 

Butler 

Montgomery 

Montgomery 

Clark 

Woods  town 

Morgan 

Somerville 

Conecuh 

Sparta 

Mobile 

Mobile 

Covington 

Monroe 

Claiborne 

Dallas 

Cahawba 

Perry 

Decatur 

Pickens 

Tranklin 

Russelville 

Pike 

Green 

Erie 

St.  Clair 

Ashville 

Henry 

Shelby 

ShelbyA'ille 

Jackson 

Tuscaloosa 

Tuscaloosa 

Jefferson 

Elyton 

Washington 

St.  Stephens 

Lauderdale 

Ilorence 

Wilcox 

Canton 

Lawrence 

Moulton 

ALABAMA  65 

Rivers.  The  two  most  important  rivers  are  the  Alabama  and 
Tombeckbe,  which  unite  45  miles  above  Mobile  bay,  to  form  Mobile 
river.  The  Alabama  and  Tornbeckbe  afibrd  a  schooner  navigation 
upwards  of  100  miles  from  the  gulf  of  Mexico,  and  a  boat  navigation 
far  into  the  interior. 

The  Tennessee  intersects  the  northern  part  of  the  state.  The 
other  principal  rivers  are-,thc  Black  Warrior,  Coosa,  Tallapoosa, 
Chatahoochee,  Cahawba,  and  Conecuh. 

Face  of  the  country.  The  southern  part  is  low  and  level ;  the 
northern  is  elevated  and  diversified  ;  in  some  parts  mountainous. 
The  Alleghany  mountains  terminate  in  the  northeast  part. 

Soil  and  produce.  A  large  portion  of  the  soil  is  very  fertile,  and 
adapted  to  the  various  purposes  of  agriculture,  but  the  staple  pro- 
duction is  cotton. 

Minerals.  Great  quantities  of  excellent  coal  are  found  in  several 
places  ;  also  iron  ore.  Petrifactions  are  very  common  in  the  north 
ern  parts. 

Chief  towns.  Cahawba,  the  seat  of  government,  is  situated  on 
the  Alabama  at  the  junction  of  the  river  Cahawba,  150  N.  by  E.  of 
Mobile.  It  was  laid  out  in  1819,  and  in  1821,  contained  1,200  in- 
habitants. 

Mobile  and  Blakely  are  the  principal  ports.  Mobile  is  situated 
at  the  head  of  Mobile  bay,  33  miles  north  of  its  entrance  into  the 
gulf  of  Mexico.     Population  2,500. 

Blakely  is  situated  on  the  east  channel  of  the  Mobile,  12  miles 
ENE.  of  Mobile. 

Huntsville  in  the  northern  part  of  the  state,  10  miles  north  of  the 
river  Tennessee,  and  about  220  N.  of  Cahawba,  is  a  flourishing  town, 
situated  in  a  very  fertile  district.     Population  1,500. 

Tuscaloosa  is  a  thriving  town,  at  the  head  of  navigation,  on  the 
Black  Warrior  or  Tuscaloosa  river,  97  miles  N.  of  Cahawba. 

Some  of  tiie  other  principal  towns  are  St.  Stephen's  at  the  head  of 
schooner  navigation,  on  the  Tombeckbe  ;  Claiborne  at  the  head  of 
schooner  navigation,  on  the  Alabama ;  Florence  on  the  Tennessee, 
at  the  lower  end  of  the  Muscle  shoals. 

Indians.  The  Cherokees  occupy  the  northeast  corner  of  the 
state ;  the  Creeks  the  eastern  part ;  the  Choctaws  and  Chickasaws 
the  western. 

History.     Alabama  was  erected  into  a  territorial  government  in 
1817  ;  and  into  a  state  in  1820.     Its  increase  in  population  has  been 
Tery  rapid :  in  1810  it  contained  less  than   10,000   inhabitants;  in 
1820  more  than  140,000. 
6* 


€0 

MISSISSIPPI, 

MISSISSIPPI. 

Countits. 

Chief  ioicns. 

Counties. 

Adams 

Natchez 

Lawrence 

Amite 

Liberty- 

Marion 

Claiborne 

Port  Gibson 

Monroe 

Covington 

C.  H. 

Perry 

Franklin 

C.  H. 

Pike 

Green 

C.  H. 

Warren 

Hancock 

C.  H. 

Wayne 

Jackson 

Jacksonville 

Wilkinson 

Jefferson 

Greenville 

Chief  totCTU, 

Monticello 

Columbia 

Jacksonville 

C.  H. 

Holmesville 

\\  arren 

Winchester 

Woodville 


Rivers.  The  Mississippi  forms  the  western  boundary.  The  other 
principal  rivers  are  the  Jrearl,  Pascagoula,  Yazoo,  YcUo  Busha,  and 
Black  river. 

Face  of  the  country.  The  southern  half  is  level  and  much  of  it 
sandy,  interspersed  with  cypress  swamps  and  marshes;  towards  the 
northv  the  country  is  agreeably  diversified,  but  there  are  no  moun- 
tains. 

Soil.  A  considerable  portion  of  the  southern  part  is  unproduc- 
tive ;  the  rest  has  generally  a  very  fertile  soil. — Cotton  is  the  staple 
production. 

Chief  towns.  J^''atchez,  on  the  Mississippi,  320  miles  by  the  river 
and  156  hy  land,  above  New  Orleans,  is  much  the  largest  town.  It 
is  situated  on  a  bluff  or  bank,  elevated  about  150  feet  above  the 
river,  and  has  a  flourishing  trade.  Pcpulaticn  2,200.  The  country 
around  is  fertile,  producing  abundant  crops  of  cotton. 

All  the  other  towns  are  small.  Jackson^  the  seat  of  government, 
is  a  new  town  on  Pearl  river,  towards  the  head.  Some  of  the  other 
most  considerable  places  are  Washington^  6  miles  N.  by  E.  of 
Natchez  ;  Woodville,  37  miles  S.  of  Natchez ;  Fort  Gibson,  35  N.  by 
E.  of  Natchez ;  Monticello  on  Pearl  river,  90  E.  of  Natchez  ;  Shields- 
borough  on  the  bay  of  St.  Louis,  40  NE.  of  New  Orleans. — Elliot,  on 
the  Yalo  Busha,  130  miles  above  Natchez,  is  a  missionary  station 
among  the  Choctaws. 

Education.  Two  colleges  have  been  incorporated  in  this  state ; 
Tefftrson  College  at  Washington,  and  one  at  Shieldsborough. 

Indians.  The  Chickasaws  inhabit  the  northern  parts,  and  the 
Choctaws  the  central  and  eastern  parts,  embracing  some  very  fine 
tracts  of  country,  abounding  in  beautiful  prairies.  These  tribes 
have  made  considerable  advancement  in  agriculture  and  other  arts 
of  civilized  life. 

History.  Settlements  were  commenced  about  Natchez  in  1779 
In  1800,  the  territory  was  erected  into  a  separate  government,  and 
in  1817,  it  was  admitted  into  the  Union  as  an  independent  state. 


LOUISIANA.  C7 


LOUISIANA. 

Louisiana  is  formed  into  3  divisions  ;  the  1st  includes  the  parishes 
east  of  the  Mississippi ;  the  2d  the  parishes  bordering-  on  the  west 
side  of  the  Mississippi,  and  on  the  Lafourche ;  the  3d  the  western 
parishes. 

First  Division.  Plaquemine  St.  Bernard 

E.  Baton  Ruug^e     St.  Helena  Point  Coupee  St.  Jaques 

Feliciana                St.  Tammany  St.  Charles  St.  John  Baptist 

New  Orleans          Washington                              Third  Division. 

Second  Div^ision.  Avoyelles  Natchitoches 

Ascension               Iberville  St.  Martin's  Opelousas 

Assumption             Interior  Lafourche  St.  Mary"'s  Ouachitta 

Concordia  Catahoola  Rapide 

Rivers.  The  Mississippi  is  the  great  river  of  Louisiana ;  the 
3  other  principal  rivers  are  Red  river,  Washita,  or  Ouachitta,  and  Sa- 
line river. 

Red  river  rises  in  Mexico  in  the  Rocky  mountains,  and  joins 
the  Mississippi,  240  miles  above  New  Orleans.  It  is  navig-able  8 
months  in  a  year  for  larg-e  steam  boats  to  Alexandria,  and  for  small 
boats  to  Natchitoches. 

Among  the  other  rivers  are  Pear/,  Tensaw^  Lafourche,  Atchafalaya^ 
Teche,  Vermillion^  Mermcntau,  and  Calcasiu. 

Lakes.  The  principal  lakes  o.rc  Ponchartrain,Maurepas,Borgney 
JSIermentau,  Bistineau,  and  Sabine. 

Face  of  the  country.  All  the  southern  part  of  the  state  is  low 
and  level,  consisting-  of  marshes  and  low  prairie  land.  This  exten- 
sive tract  is  intersected  by  numerous  bays,  lakes,  and  rivers. 

Around  the  mouths  of  the  Mississippi,  the  country  is  one  continu- 
ed swamp,  destitute  of  trees,  and  covered  with  a  species  of  coarse 
reeds.  Nothing-  can  be  more  dreary  than  a  prospect  from  a  ship's 
mast  while  sailing-  up  this  immense  waste.  The  northwest  part  is 
moderately  uneven.  More  than  one  fifth  of  the  whole  surface  is 
liable  to  be  inundated  by  the  overflowing-  of  the  rivers. 

Soil.  The  lands,  which  are  cultivated,  lie  upon  the  rivers,  and 
are  extremely  rich. 

Productions.  Cotton,  sugar,  and  rice,  are  the  most  important  pro- 
ductions. 

Chief  towns.  JVew  Orleans,  the  capital,  is  the  only  larg-e  town. 
It  is  built  on  the  E.  bank  of  the  Mississippi,  100  miles  by  the  river, 
from  its  mouth.  It  is  admirably  situated  for  commerce,  on  one  of 
the  larg-est  rivers  in  the  world,  whose  numerous  branches,  extend- 
ing- many  hundred  miles  in  different  directions,  waft  to  this  port  the 
products  of  various  climes.  Since  it  has  belong-ed  to  the  United 
States,  It  has  become  one  of  the  greatest  emporiums  of  commerce 
in  America. 

New  Orleans  is  built  on  ground  lower  than  the  surface  of  the 
river,  and  is  protected  from  inundation  by  an  embankment,  called 


68  WESTERN  STATES. 

the  Levee,  which  extends  160  miles  in  length.  The  city  is  subject 
to  great  ravages  from  the  yellow  fever. 

Baton  Rouge  is  situated  on  the  east  bank  of  the  Mississippi,  150 
miles  by  the  river  abr  ve  New  Orleans.  It  is  built  on  the  first  emi- 
nence that  is  seen  in  ascending  the  Mississippi,  and  is  elevated  25 
or  30  feet  above  high  water  mark.     Population  1,100. 

Alexandria  is  situated  on  Red  river,  346  miles  by  water  WNAV.  of 
New  Orleans,  180  in  a  right  line.  It  has  considerable  trade,  and 
employs  several  steam  boats.     Population  500. 

J^^atchitoches,  on  Red  river,  80  miles  NW.  of  Alexandria,  is  a 
town  of  some  note. 

The  other  principal  towns  are  St.  FrancisvUIe,  on  the  Mississippi, 
<0  miles  above  Baton  Rouge;  Donaldsonville  on  the  Mississippi  be- 
low Baton  Rouge  ;  Madisonville  on  the  north  side  of  lake  Ponchar- 
Ir'iin ;  and  St.  Martinsville  on  the  Teche. 

Education.  There  is  a  Catholic  college  in  New  Orleans,  and 
Academies  have  been  established  in  several  places,  bui  education 
kas  heretofore  been  much  neglected. 

History.  This  country  was  explored  by  La  Salle,  a  Frenchman, 
»n  1682,  and  named  Louisiana,  in  honour  of  Louis  XIV.  A  French 
settlement  was  begun  at  Iberville,  in  1699.  It  was  ceded  to  Spain, 
in  1762,  and  restored  to  France,  in  1795.  In  1803,  it  was  purchased 
of  France  by  the  United  States  for  $15,000,000. 

•The  state  of  Louisiaim  was  admitted  into  the  Union  in  1812.  It 
comprises  but  a  small  part  of  the  country  purchased  of  France. 
The  other  parts  are  the  state  of  Missouri,  the  territory  of  Arkan- 
sas^ the  vast  unsettled  territory  of  Missouri,  and  the  Western  terri- 
tory. 


WESTERN  STATES. 

The  Western  States  are  Tennessee,  Kentucky,  Ohio,  Indiana,  Iltt 
noisy  and  Missouri.  « 

Rivers.  These  states  are  watered  by  the  great  river  Mississippi 
and  its  numerous  branches.  The  principal  tributary  rivers  on  the 
eastern  side  are  the  Ohio,  Tennessee,  Cumberland,  and  Illinois. 

The  Ohio  is  a  most  beautiful  river,  formed  by  the  confluence  of  the 
Monongahela  and  Alleghany,  at  Pittsburg.  After  a  course  of  about 
950  miles,  it  flows  into  the' Mississippi.  Its  current  is  gentle,  and 
no  where  broken  by  falls,  except  at  Louisville.  At  some  seasons, 
vessels  of  200  or  300  tons  descend  the  river  from  Pittsburg. 

The  Tennessee  is  upwards  of  1,000  miles  long,  and  is  navigable  for 
boats  throughout  nearly  its  whole  extent. 

The  Cumberland  is  navigable  for  small  vessels  to  Nashville,  200 
miles,  and  for  boats  of  15  tons,  500  miles,  at  some  seasons. 

The  Ihinois  has  a  gentle,  unbroken  current,  and  affords  a  boat 
navigation  from  the  Mississippi  almost  to  lake  Michigan. 

Face  of  the  country.     The  eastern  parts  of  Tennessee  and  Ken- 


WESTERN  STATES.  CO 

tucky  are  mountainous ;  the  rest  of  the  country  is,  for  the  most  part, 
but  moderately  uneven.     The  soil  is  g-eneraiiy  very  fertile. 

Prairies.  One  of  the  most  remarkable  features  of  the  western 
country,  consists  in  its  prairies,  which  comprise  the  g-reatest  part  of 
the  extensive  region  between  the  great  lakes,  the  Ohio,  and  the  Mis- 
sissippi, on  the  east,  and  the  Rocky  mountains  on  the  west.  These 
prairies  are  tracts  of  land  entirely  destitute  of  trees,  and  covered 
with  rank  grass,  in  some  parts,  more  than  6  feet  high.  Some  of 
them  are  not  larger  than  a  common  field,  while  others  extend  farther 
than  the  eye  can  reach.  Their  surface  is  generally  level,  and  the 
soil  of  a  great  part  of  them  very  rich. 

Climate.  The  climate  is  generally  temperate  and  healthy.  It  is 
milder  than  in  the  ?ame  parallels  of  latitude  east  of  the  Alleghany 
mountains. 

Productions.  The  productions  are  various.  Some  of  the  most 
important  are  wheat,  Indian  corn,  rye,  barley,  and  hemp.  Various 
kinds  of  fruit  are  cultivated.  Cattle  are  numerous.  In  the  south- 
ern parts  cotton  and  tobacco  are  important  productions. 

Commerce.  The  commerce  of  the  Western  States  centres  chiefly 
at  New  Orleans  The  northern  and  eastern  parts  have  consider- 
able trade  with  New  York,  Philadelphia,  and  Baltimore. 

Towns.  The  principal  towns  are  Cincinnati^  St.  Louis,  Lexington^ 
Louisville,  and  JS'ashville. 

jyjanvfactures.  Manufactures  have  of  late  been  introduced  to  a 
considerable  extent,  particularly  in  Ohio  and  Kentuck3\  The  most 
important  manufacturing  towns,  west  of  Pittsburg,  are  Cincinnati 
and  Lexington. 

Religion.  There  are  various  denominations,  but  the  most  numer- 
ous are  Presbyterians,  Methodists,  and  Baptists. 

Settlement.  But  a  few  years  since,  this  part  of  the  Union  was  a 
wilderness,  inhabited  only  by  Indians  and  wild  beasts.  It  has  been 
very  rapidly  settled,  chiefly  by  emigrants  from  the  Atlantic  states. 
The  population  of  these  5  states,  in  1790,  was  only  110,000;  in  1820, 
1.750,000. 

Antiquities.  Throughout  the  western  parts  of  America  are  to  be 
seen  monuments  of  the  ancient  inhabitants.  They  extend  from  the 
great  lakes  to  the  gulf  of  Mexico,  and  from  the  Alleghany  moun- 
tains to  the  Pacific  ocean.  They  consist  of  mounds  of  earth,  forti- 
fications, and  walls,  of  various  forms  and  dimensions.  No  hewn 
stone  is  to  be  seen. 

They  are  found  on  the  valleys  of  large  streams,  on  elevated  plains, 
and  sometimes  on  hills.  They  indicate  great  labour,  and  were  evi- 
dently the  work  of  a  people  far  more  civilized  than  the  present  In 
dians,  but  far  less  so  than  Europeans.  Trees  several  hundred  years 
old,  are  seen,  in  many  instances,  growing-  out  of  them.  Their  ori 
gin  and  history  are  entirely  unknown. 


70 


TENNESSEE. 


TENNESSEE. 

IHvision.     The  Cumberland  mountains  divide  this  state   into  2 
parts,  East  and  West  Tennessee.  ^' 

East  Tennessee. 


Counties. 

Chief  towns. 

Counties, 

Chief  toicns. 

Anderson 

Clinton 

Jefferson 

Dandridge 

Bledsoe 

Pikeville 

Knox 

KnoxviUe 

Blount 

Maryville 

Marion 

Marion 

Campbell 

Jacksonborough 

M\Minn 

Calhoun 

Carter 

Elizabethtown 

Monroe 

Tellico  Plains 

Claiborne 

Tazewell 

Morgan 

Cocke 

Newport 

Rhea 

Washington 

Granger 

Rutledge 

Roane 

Kingston 

Greene 

Greenville 

Sevier 

Sevierville 

Hamilton 

Sullivan 

Blountsville 

Hawkins 

Rogersville 

Washington 

Jonesborough 

West  Tennessee. 

Counties, 

Chief  tovms. 

Counties. 

aUef  towns. 

Bedford 

Shelbyville 

Overton 

Monroe 

Davidson 

Nashville 

Perry 

Dickson 

Charlotte 

Robertson 

Springfield 

Franklin 

Winchester 

Rutherford 

MURFREESBORO 

Giles 

Pulaski 

Shelby 

Hardin 

Sumner 

Gallatin 

Hickman 

Vernon 

Smith 

Carthage 

Humphries 

Reynoldsburg 

Stuart 

Dover 

Jackson 

Williamsburg 

Wayne 

Lawrence 

Lawrenceburg 

Wilson 

Lebanon 

Lincoln 

Fayette  ville 

Williamson 

Franklin 

Montgomery 

Clarke  sville 

White 

Sparta 

Maury 

Columbia 

Warren 

M\Minnville 

Rivers.  The  ^Mississippi  forms  the  western  boundary  of  this  state. 
The  two  other  great  rivers  are  the  Tennessee  and  Cumberland.  Some 
of  the  smaller  ones  are  the  Holston,  Clinch^  French  Broad,  JSTota- 
hacky,  Hiwassee^  and  Duck. 

J\Iountains.  The  Cumberland  mountains  run  from  SW.  to  NE. 
through  the  middle  of  the  state,  and  the  Alleghanies  extend  along 
the  eastern  parts. 

Face  of  the  country.  The  western  part  is  level  or  undulating  ;  the 
middle  hilly  ;  and  the  eastern  part,  called  East  Tennessee,  abounds 
in  mountains,  many  of  them  lofty,  and  presenting  a  grand  and  pic- 
turesque scenery. 

Soil.     The  western  part  has  generally  a  bl^ack,  rich  soil ;  in  the 


KENTUCKY 


71 


middle  thexe  is  much  excellent  land ;  the  mountains  in  the  eastern 
part  arl^lean,  but  there  are  many  fertile  valleys. 

Curiosities.  The  WTiirl^  or  Suck,  in  the  Tennessee,  where  it 
breaks  throug-h  the  Cumberland  mountains,  is  a  great  curiosity.  It 
is  near  the  :;.outhcrn  border  of  the  state.  The  river  is  here  com- 
pressed to  about  70  yards.  Just  as  it  enters  the  mountain,  there 
projects  from  the  northern  shore,  a  large  rock,  against  which  the 
water  is  thrown  with  great  violence,  and  rebounds  around  the  point 
of  the  rock,  and  produces  the  whirl. — There  are  several  remarkable 
caves.  ' 

Chief  towns.  Mur/reesborough^ihe  late  seat  ofgovernment,  is  pleas- 
antly situated,  32  miles  SE.  of  Nashville,  and  is  a  thriving  town, 
containing  about  1,200  inhabitants. 

JSTashville  is  the  capital  town,  and  the  largest  in  the  state.  It 
is  situated  on  the  Cumberland,  in  a  fertile  and  populous  country, 
and  contains  upwards  of  5,000  inhabitants.  The  other  most  con- 
siderable towns,  in  West  Tennessee,  are  Franklin,  Fayetteville,  Shel' 
byville,  Columbia,  Clarkesville,  Carthage,  and  Gallatin. 

Knoxville,  the  largest  town  in  East  Tennessee,  is  pleasantly  situ- 
ated on  the  Holston.  Population  about  2,000.  The  other  principal 
towns,  in  East  Tennessee,  are  Jonesborough,  Greenville^  and  Rogers- 
ville. 

Education.  Greenville  College,  75  miles  E.  of  Knoxville,  is  the 
most  respectable  seminary  in  the  state.  Colleges  have  also  been 
incorporated  at  Knoxville,  J^ashville,  and  in  Washington  county. 

Indians.  The  Chickasaws  possess  the  western  part  of  the  state, 
lying  between  the  Mississippi  and  the  Tennessee.  The  Cherokees 
own  a  large  tract  near  the  southeast  part,  on  both  sides  of  the  Hi- 
wassee  river.  They  are  considerably  advanced  in  civilization. 
Brainerd,  140  miles  WSW.  of  Knoxville,  is  a  missionary  station. 

History.  Some  settlements  in  Tennessee  were  formed  about 
1775.  It  constituted  a  part  of  North  Carolina  till  1790  ;  and  in  1796, 
it  was  erected  into  a  state. 

KENTUCKY. 


Counties. 

Adair 

Allen 

Barren 

Bath 

Boone 

Bracken 

Bracken  bridg 

Bourbon 

Butler 

Bullet 

Clarke 

Casey 

Campbell 

Christian 

Cumberland 


Chief  toions. 

Columbia 

Scottsville 

Glasgow 

Owingsville 

Burlington 

Augusta 

Hardensburg 

Paris 

Morgan  town 

Shepherdsville 

Winchester 

Liberty 

Newport 

Hopkins  ville 

Burkesville 


Counties. 
Clay 
Caldwell 
Davies 
Estill 
Fayette 
Franklin 
Fleming 
Floyd 
Gallatin 
Grant 
Greenup 
Green 
Grayson 
Garrard 
Harlan 


Chief  tovms. 
Manchester 
Eddyville 
Owensborough 
Ervine 
Lexington 
Frankfort 
Flemingsburg 
Prestonville 
Port  William 

Greenupsburg 
Greensburgh 
Litchfield 
Lancaster 


72 

KENT,UCKY. 

Harden 

Elizabethtown 

Nicholas 

Carlisle 

Hopkins 

Madisonville 

Nelson 

Bairdstovtlf"*^ 

Jessamine 

Nicholasville 

Ohio 

Hartford 

Jefferson 

Louis-  ille 

Owen 

Knox 

Barboursville 

Pulaski 

Summerset 

Livingston 

Smithland 

Pendleton 

Falmouth 

Lewis 

Clarksburg 

Rockcastle 

Mount  Vemoa 

Lincoln 

Stanford 

Scott 

Georgetown 

Logan 

Russellville 

Shelby 

Shelbyville 

Mason 

Washington 

Simpson 

Mercer 

Danville 

Todd 

Madison 

Richmond 

Trigg 

Monroe 

Union 

Morganfield 

Muhlenburgh 

Greenville 

Wayne 

Monticello 

Montgomery 

Mount  Sterling 

Washington 

Springfield 

Hart 

Warren 

Bowling  Green 

Henry 

Newcastle 

Whitley 

Harrison 

Cynthiana 

Woodford 

Versailles 

Henderson 

Henderson 

Rivers.  The  Ohio  bounds  the  state  on  the  north,  the  Jlississippi 
on  the  west,  and  the  Big^  Sandy  on  the  east.  The  Tennessee  and 
Cumberland  flow  through  the  western  part.  The  other  principal 
rivers  are  the  Kentucky^  Green,  Barren,  and  Licking. 

Face  of  the  country.  The  eastern  counties  are  mountainous,  those 
on  the  Ohio  are  hilly,  the  rest  of  the  country  is  partly  level,  and 
partly  undulating. 

Soil.  Much  of  the  soil  is  very  excellent ;  particularly  in  the 
country  for  50  miles  around  Lexington  ;  also  a  district  in  the  south- 
west, between  Green  and  Cumberland  rivers. — All  the  level  and 
undulating  parts  lie  upon  an  immense  bed  of  limestone,  usually 
about  8  ieet  below  the  surface.  In  dry  seasons  the  inhabitants,  in 
many  parts,  suffer  inconvenience  from  the  scarcit}^  of  water. 

Salt  Springs.  Tliere  are  several  valuable  salt  springs,  from 
which  salt  is  manufactured,  for  the  supply  not  only  of  Kentucky, 
but  also  of  a  great  part  of  Ohio  and  Tennessee. — At  Harrodsburgh, 
30  miles  SW.  of  Lexington,  there  is  a  mineral  spring,  from  which 
Epsom  salt  iS  obtained. 

Curiosities.  The  caves  in  the  SW.  part  of  the  state  are  great 
curiosities.  One  stjled  JSIammoth  cave,  or  the  great  cave  of  Ken- 
tucky, is  situated  in  Warren  count}%  in  a  country  broken,  but  not 
mountainous,  130  miles  SW.  of  Lexington.  It  has  been  explored 
to  the  extraordinary  distance  of  10  miles.  It  contains  numerous 
avenues  and  apartments,  one  of  which  comprises  an  area  of  8  acres, 
without  a  single  pillar  to  support  the  arch,  which  is  from  60  to  100 
feet  high. 

In  some  parts  of  the  cavern  are  the  most  beautiful  and  splendid 
columns  of  brilliant  spar,  60  or  70  feet  in  height.  The  cavern 
abounds  in  nitre,  and  the  air  within  is  pure  and  salubrious. 

Cumberland,  Kentucky,  and  Dick's  rivers  have  excavated  the 
earth  so  as  to  form  abrupt  precipices  and  deep  gulfs.  The  preci- 
Dices  formed  by  Kentucky  river  are,  in  many  places,  awfully  8ub» 


OHIO. 


lime,  presenting-  perpendicular  banks  of  300  feet  of  solid  limesl  jne, 
uurmounted  with  a  steep  and  difficult  ascent,  four  times  as  hijjh 

Chief  towns.  Frankfort^  the  seat  of  government,  is  situateu  in  a 
hilly  couutr}',  on  Kentucky  river,  60  miles  above  its  confluence;  with 
the  Ohio.     Population  1,700. 

Lexing-ton,  the  larg-est  town,  is  pleasantly  situated  on  a  branch  of 
the  Elkhorn,  22  miles  ESE.  of  Frankfort.  It  is  handsomely  built, 
chiefly  of  brick,  and  is  one  of  the  greatest  manufacturing-  towns  in 
the  western  states.  The  country  around  is  level  and  extremely  fer- 
tile, and  the  vicinity  is  much  admired  for  its  rich  and  beautiful 
scenery.     Population  5,300. 

Jjoiiisville,  situated  at  the  rapids  of  the  Ohio,  52  miles  W.  of 
Frankfort,  is  the  second  town  in  size,  and  has  an  extensive  com- 
merce, but  is  unhealthy.     Population  4,000. 

Russellville,  190  miles  SW.  of  Lexington,  is  situated  in  a  very  fer- 
tile country.  Population  1,700.  The  other  most  considerable  towns 
are  J\Iaysville^  Washington^  Bairdstown,  Paris,  Danville,  George 
town,  JWwport,  Winchester,  and  Ilopkinsville. 

Education.  Transylvania  University,  at  Lexington,  is  a  flourish 
ing  institution,  and  has  a  law  school,  and  a  medical  school  connect 
ed  with  it. 

History.  The  first  settlement  was  made  in  Kentucky,  in  1773, 
by  Col.  Daniel  Boone.  It  formed  a  part  of  Virginia  till  1790;  and 
in  1792,  was  admitted  into  the  Union  as  an  independent  state. 


OHIO. 


Counties. 

Chief  towns. 

Adams 

West  Union 

Ashtabula 

Jefferson 

Athens 

Athens 

Belmont 

St.  Clairsville 

Brown 

Georgetown 

Butler 

Hamilton 

Champaign 

Ur.iana 

Clark 

Springfield 

Clermont 

Batavia 

Clinton 

Wilmington 

Columbiana 

New  Lisbon 

Coshocton 

Coshocton 

Cuyahoga 

Cleveland 

Dark 

Greenville 

DelaAvare 

Delaware 

Fairfield 

New  Lancaster 

Fayette 

Washington 

Franklin 

<  Franklinton 

(  COLUMBCS 

Gallia 

Gallipolis 

Geauga 

Chardon 

Guernsey 

Cambridge 

Green 

Xenia 

Hamilton 

Cincinnati 

Harrison 

Cadiz 
7 

Counties. 

Highland 

Hocking 

Huron 

Jackson 

Jefferson 

Knox 

Lawrence 

Licking 

Logan 

Madison 

Medina 

Meigs 

Miami 

Monroe 

Montgomery 

Morgan 

Muskingum 

Perry 

Pickaway 

Pike 

Portage 

Preble 

Richland 

Ross 

Sandusky 


Chief  toions. 
Hillsborough 
Logan 

Norwalk 

Jackson 

Steubenville 

Mount  Vernon 

Burlington 

Newark 

Bellfontaine 

New  London 

Medina 

Chester 

Troy 

Woodsfield 

Dayton 

M'  Connellsville 

Zanesville 

Somerset 

Circle  ville 

Piketon 

Ravenna 

Eaton 

Mansfield 

Chillicothe 

Sandusky 


Cwunties. 

Chief  towns. 

Counties. 

Scioto 

Shelby 

Stark 

Trumbull 

Tuscarawas 

Portsmouth 

Sidney 

Canton 

Warren 

N.  Philadelphia 

Union 

Warren 

Washington 

Wayne 

Wood 

74  OHIO. 

Chief  toicns. 

Marysville 

Lebanon 

Marietta 

Wooster 

Perrysturg 

Rivers.  The  Ohto  forms  the  southern  boundary.  The  principal 
rivers  flowing  into  the  Ohio,  in  this  state,  are  the  Muskingum,  Hock- 
hocking,  Scioto,  and  Miami. 

The  largest  that  flow  into  lake  Erie  are  the  Maumee,  Sandusky, 
and  CuyaJioga. 

Face  of  the  country.  The  eastern  and  south-eastern  parts  are 
hilly  and  broken,  but  there  are  no  high  mountains.  Along  the  Ohio, 
it  is  also  in  some  parts  hilly ;  the  rest  of  the  state  is  generally  level 
or  moderately  uneven  ;  in  some  parts  marshy. 

Soil.  A  large  proportion  of  the  soil  is  very  fertile.  The  country 
watered  by  the  Scioto  and  the  Great  and  Little  Miamies,  is  account- 
ed the  best 

Minerals.  Iron  ore,  coal,  limesime,  and  freestone,  are  abimdant. 
There  are  valuable  salt  springs,  near  the  Scioto  and  Muskingum. 

Chief  towns.  Columbus,  the  seat  of  government,  was  first  laid 
out  in  1812,  and  contained,  in  1820,  about  1,600  inhabitants.  It  is 
situated  on  the  Scioto,  in  the  central  part  of  the  state,  45  miles  N. 
q£  Chillicothe,  and  contains  a  handsome  state  house. 

Cincinnati  is  the  largest  town  in  the  Western  States.  It  is  plea- 
•antly  situated  on  the  Ohio,  465  miles  below  Pittsburg  by  water, 
300  by  land.  It  is  a  very  flourishing  town,  regularly  laid  out,  hand- 
somely built  of  brick,  and  has  a  flourishing  trade,  and  extensive 
manufactures.     Population  9,600. 

Chillicothe,  on  the  Scioto,  90  miles  E.  by  N.  of  Cincinnati,  is  the 
second  town  in  size,  and  has  considerable  trade  and  manufactures. 
Population  2,400. 

Steubenville,  on  the  Ohio,  38  miles  by  land  below  Pittsburg,  and 
Zanesville,  on  the  Muskingum,  60  miles  E.  of  Columbus,  have  flour- 
ishing manufactures,  and  contain  each  upwards  of  2,000  inhabitants. 

Circleville,  on  the  Scioto,  24  miles  S.  of  Columbus,  is  remarkable 
on  account  of  its  site.  It  is  built  on  two  large  ancient  forts,  one  a  cir- 
cle, the  other  a  square.  The  other  principal  towns  are  Marietta,  Day- 
ion,  J^ew  Lancaster,  J^ew  Lisbon,  St.  Clairsville,  Urbana,  Lebanon, 
GcUlipolis ;  and  on  Lake  Erie,  Painsville,  Cleveland,  and  Sandusky, 

Education.  The  principal  literary  institutions  are  the  Ohio  Uni- 
versity at  Athens,  and  a  College  at  Cincinnati. 

Antiquities.  Ohio  contains  many  of  those  remarkable  forts  and 
mounds,  which  are  found  throughout  the  western  country.  Some  of 
the  most  considerable  of  these  memorials  of  the  ancient  inhabitants, 
are  at  Marietta,  Worthington,  Circleville,  Granville,  and  on  PairU 
Ireek,  18  miles  SW.  of  Chillicothe. 

History.  Ohio  has  h.ad  a  very  rapid  growth.  The  first  regular 
BCttlement  was  made  at  Marietta  in  1788,  but  it  did  not  increase 
rapidly  till  1795.  It  was  erected  into  a  state  in  1802,  and  in  1820, 
contained  a  population  of  581,000. 


INDIANA. 
INDIANA. 

Counties, 

Chief  towns. 

Counties. 

Chief  towns. 

Clark 

Charlestown 

Owen 

Spencer 

Crawford 

Mount  Sterling 

Orange 

Paoli 

Davies 

Washington 

Perry 

Rome 

Dearborn 

Lawrenceburg 

Pike 

Petersburg^ 

Decatur 

Parke 

Delaware 

Posey 

Springfield 

Dubois 

Portersville 

Putnam 

Fayette 

Connersville 

Randolph 

Winchester 

Franklin 

Brookville 

Ripley 

Versailles 

Gibson 

Princeton 

Scott 

Lexington 

Green 

Spencer 

Rockport 

Harrison 

Corydon 

Sullivan 

Carlisle 

Henry- 

Shelby 

Jackson 

Brownstown 

Switzerland 

Vevay 

Jefferson 

Madison 

Vanderburg 

Evansville 

Jennings 

Vernon 

Union 

Knox 

Vincennes 

Vigo 

Terre  Haute 

Lawrence 

Palestine 

Wabash 

Marion 

Indiajvopolis 

Warwick 

Brookville 

Martin 

Hindoostan 

Washington 

Salem 

Monroe 

V/ayne 

Centreville 

Morgan 

Bloomington 

75 


Rivers.  The  Ohio  forms  the  southern  boundary.  The  other  ^argc 
river  is  the  Wabash^  which  is  navigable  for  boats  400  miles.  Other 
rivers  are  White  river,  Whitewater,  Tippecanoe,  Illinois,  and  St. 
Joseph^s. 

Face  of  the  country.  Near  the  Ohio  the  country  is  hilly,  further 
north  generally  level,  and  abounding  in  extensive  prairies ;  some  of 
which  are  dry,  others  wet  and  marshy.  The  soil  and  productions  are 
similar  to  those  of  Illinois  and  Ohio. 

Curiosity.  In  the  southern  part,  is  the  Indiana  cave,  which  is  very 
extensive,  comprising  several  apartments,  variously  decorated.  It 
is  remarkable  for  the  great  abundance  of  Epsom  salts  which  it  af- 
fords. 

Towns.  The  towns  in  Indiana  are  small,  and  all  of  them,  except 
Vincennes,  have  been  recently  settled. 

Indianopolis,  the  seat  of  government,  is  about  1 10  miles  N.  of 
Louisville,  Kentucky.     It  was  first  laid  out  in  1821. 

Vincennes,  on  the  Wabash,  about  100  miles  from  the  Ohio,  is  the 
oldest  town,  and  a  place  of  considerable  trade. 

Madison,  on  the  Ohio,  65  miles  SW.  of  Cincinnati,  is  one  of  the 
largest  and  most  flourishing  towns. 

Vevay,  on  the  Ohio,  22  miles  E.  of  Madison,  was  settled  by  Swiss. 
Here  are  vineyards  which  yield  annually  from  5,  to  8,000  gallons  of 
wine. 

Some  of  the  other  principal  towns  are  Corydon,  the  late  seat  of 


16 


ILLINOIS. 


g-ovcrnment ,  Harmony,  on  the  Wabash,  the  seat  of  a  sect  called 
Harmonists  ;  and  Princeton, -80  miles  S.  of  Vincennes. 

History.  Vincennes  was  settled,  in  1730,  by  the  French  from 
Lower  Canada;  but  few  settlements,  however,  were  made  in  titt> 
country  till  since  1800.     In  1816,  it  was  erected  into  a  state. 


Counties. 

Chief  towns. 

.1  vyikj. 
Counties. 

aiief  towns. 

Alexander 

America 

Lawrence 

Lawrenceville 

Bend 

Greenville 

Madison 

Edwards  ville 

Clark 

Aurora 

Monroe 

Harrisonville 

Crawfor-" 

Palestine 

Montgomery 

Hamilton 

Edwards 

Albion 

Pike 

Coles  Grove 

Fayette 

Vandalia 

Pope 

Golconda 

Franklin 

Frankfort 

Randolph 

Kaskaskia 

Gallatin 

Shawneetown 

Bt.  Clair 

Bellville 

Green 

Carrolton 

Sangamon 

Springfield 

Hamilton 

M'Leanborough 

Union 

J  ones  borough 

Jackson 

Brownsville 

"Washington 

Covington 

Jefferson 

Mount  Vernon 

"Wayne 

Fairfield 

Johnson 

Vienna 

White 

Carmi 

Rivers.  The  Mississippi^  Ohio,  and  Wabash^  form  about  two 
thirds  of  the  whole  boundary  of  the  state. 

The  Illinois  is  a  fine  river,  lying  chiefly  within  the  state,  and  flows 
into  the  Mississippi,  21  miles  above  the  junction  of  the  Missouri.  It 
has  a  very  g^entle  current,  and  affords  boat  navigation  to  within  a 
few  miles  of  lake  Michigan.  A  canal  of  a  few  miles  in  length, 
would  open  a  water  communication  between  the  Mississippi  and  the 
great  lakes. 

The  other  principal  rivers  are  the  Kaskaskia,  Big  Muddy,  Little 
Wabash,  Sangamo,  and  Rock  Hver. 

Face  of  the  country.  Illinois  contains  no  mountains.  The  face 
of  the  country  is  generally  level,  or  moderately  uneven.  More  than 
one  half  of  the  state  consists  of  prairies. 

Soil  and  productions.  The  soil  is  very  fertile.  Indian  corn  is 
one  of  the  staple  productions,  and  sometimes  yields  upwards  of  100 
bushels  to  an  acre.  The  soil  is  well  adapted  to  other  kinds  of  grain, 
hemp,  flax,  tobacco,  &c. 

Minerals.  Coal  is  found  in  great  abundance  ;  also  lead  and  iron. 
Salt  springs  occur  in  almost  every  county,  and  arc  of  great  value 
The  most  important  salt  works  are  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Shaw- 
neetown. 

JSTatural  curiosities.  On  the  banks  of  the  Ohio  and  Illinois  arc 
sleep,  high,  and  picturesque  cliffs,  in  wliich  are  found  caverns  of  dif- 
ferent dimensions.  The  most  remarkable  of  these  is  Cave  in  Rock, 
which  is  situated  on  the  Ohio,  30  miles  below  the  mouth  of  the  Wa- 
bash, and  was  formerly  a  rendezvous  of  robbers. 

In  one  of  the  head  branches  of  the  Illinois,  there  is  a  singular^*- 


MISSOURI. 


77 


stl  or  petrified  tree,  lying  in  a  horizontal  position.  It  is  2§  feet  in 
diameter,  and  the  part  of  the  trunk  now  visible,  is  51  feet  long-. 

Chief  towns.  Vandalia^  the  seat  of  government,  is  pleasantly  situ- 
ated on  the  Kaskaskia,  65  miles  NE.  of  St.  Louis.  It  was  hand- 
somely laid  out  in  1819,  and  is  a  flourishing  place. 

Some  of  the  other  most  considerable  towns  are  Kaskaskia,  on  the 
river  Kaskaskia,  6  miles  east  of  the  Mississippi ;  Cahokia  and  Alton, 
on  the  Mississippi ;  Edwardsville,  20^  miles  NE.  of  St.  Louis  ;  SJiaw- 
neetoim,  on  the  Ohio;  Brownsville,  on  the  Big  Muddy,  SE.  of  Kas- 
kaskia ;  and  Albion,  a  few  miles  from  the  Wabash. 

Education.  A  portion  of  land  in  every  township  is  appropriated 
to  the  support  of  schools  ;  and  provision  has  also  been  made  for  a 
college. 

History.  Kaskaskia  and  Cahokia  were  settled  by  the  French 
about  1756.  Almost  all  the  settlements,  made  by  the  citizens  of 
the  United  States,  have  been  formed  since  1800.  In  1818,  Illinois 
was  erected  into  a  state. 


MISSOURI. 

Counties. 

Chief  tovms. 

Counties. 

Chief  towns. 

Boone 

Columbia 

Montgomery 

Pinckney 

Callaway 

Elizabeth 

New  Madrid 

Winchester 

Cape  Girardeau    Jackson 

Perry 

Perryville 

Chariton 

Chariton 

Pike 

Louisiana 

Clay 

Ralls 

New  London 

Cole 

i  Jefferson 
{  Howard's  Bluff 

Ray 

Bluffton 

Saline 

Jefferson 

Cooper 

Boonville 

Scott 

Franklin 

Newport 

St.  Charles 

St.  Charles 

Gasconade 

Gasconade 

St.  Francois 

Howard 

Franklin 

St.  Genevieve 

St.  Genevieve 

Jefferson 

Herculaneum 

St.  Louis 

St.  Louis 

Lillard 

Mount  Vernon 

Washington 

Potosi 

Lincoln 

Alexandria 

Wayne 

Greenville 

Madison 

Fredericktown 

Rivers.  The  Mississippi  forms  the  eastern  boundary ;  the  Mis' 
souri  flows  through  the  state ;  and  the  Osage  is  a  large  navigable  riv- 
er, flowing  into  the  Missouri.  The  other  principal  rivers  are  the 
Charletan,  Grande,  Salt,  Merrimack,  and  St.  Francis. 

Face  of  the  country.  The  face  of  the  country  is  greatly  diversi- 
fied with  plains,  prairies,  forests,  and  barren  and  rocky  hills.  The 
lands  bordering  on  the  rivers  are  low,  and  subject  to  inundation.  In 
the  south-east  part  are  the  Ozark  mountains,  some  peaks  of  which  are 
about  3,000  feet  high. 

Soil  and  productions.  The  land  on  the  rivers  is  generally  very 
rich.  At  a  distance  from  them  much  of  it  is  poor.  The  productions 
are  similar  to  those  of  Illinois. 

Mines.  The  famous  lead  mines  of  Missouri,  lie  about  40  mfles  to 
the  west  of  the  Mississippi.  They  are  among  the  richest  and  most 
extensive  in  the  world.  The  Mine  District  contains  upwards  of  3,000 
7* 


7S  FLOHtDA 

square  miles.  The  soil  is  poor,  and  the  surface  rolling-,  like  a  body 
of  water  in  gentle  ag-itation.  There  are  45  mines,  which  employ 
1,100  persons,  and  yielu  annually  3,  or  4,000,000  pounds  of  lead. 

Rich  iron  ure,  iti  vast  quantities,  is  found  in  the  state. 

Chief  towns.  Jefferson,  a  new  town,  on  the  Missouri,  a  few  miles 
above  the  mouth  of  the  Osa^e,  was  laid  out  in  1822,  and  made  the 
seat  of  government. 

St.  Louis,  on  the  Mississippi,  18  miles  below  the  junction  of  the 
Missouri,  is  much  the  larg-cst  town.  It  is  a  flourishing-  place,  admi- 
rably situated  for  trade,  near  the  junction  of  the  three  great  rivers, 
the  Mississippi,  Missouri,  and  the  Illinois.     Population  4,600. 

The  other  principal  towns  are  St.  Charles,  on  the  Missouri,  18 
miles  NW.  of  St.  Louis;  Franklin,  on  the  Missouri,  175  miles  W.  of 
St.  Louis ;  St.  Genevieve  and  Herculaneum,  on  the  Mississippi,  the 
principal  depots  of  the  lead  mines ;  and  Potosi  and  St.  Michael 
the  chief  towns  in  the  mining  district. 

Education.  A  portion  of  the  land  in  every  township  is  appropri- 
ated to  the  support  of  schools,  and  provision  has  also  been  made  for 
endowing  a  college. 

FLORIDA.    * 

Florida  was  divided,  in  1 763,  into  East  and  West  Florida,  but  is 
now  formed  into  one  government. 

Rivers.  The  principal  river  is  the  St.  John's,  which  is  large,  and 
navigable  about  200  miles.  Some  of  the  other  rivers  are  the  ^Ip- 
palachicola,  St.  JSIark\s,  Suuaney,  Conecuh,  and  Perdido. — The  Oke- 
fonoco  swa7np  lies  partly  in  Florida  and  partly  in  Georgia. 

Pace  of  the  country,  &.c.  Florida  in  its  general  aspect  and  climate 
resembles  tholow  country  of  the  southern  states.  It  is  mostly  level 
or  moderately  uneven,  and  a  considerable  proportion  of  the  soil  is 
fertile. 

It  is  remarkable  for  the  majestic  appearance  of  its  forest  trees, 
and  the  brilliant  colours  of  its  flowenng  shrubs.  The  live  oak,  much 
valued  for  its  timber,  grows  here  to  a  large  size.  The  magnolias 
are  uncommonly  striking  objects.  They  rise  with  an  erect  trunk 
to  the  height  of  100  feet,  having  a  top  in  the  form  of  a  cone,  silver- 
ed ovei-  with  milk  white  flowers,  8  or  9  inches  in  diameter. 

But  a  very  small  part  of  the  country  has  been  cultivated.  It  is 
adapted  to  cotton,  rice,  sugar,  indigo,  oranges,  olives,  Jigs,  and  other 
fruits 

Chief  towns.  Pensacola,  on  Pensacola  bay,  50  miles  E.  of  Mobile, 
's  the  principal  town  in  West  Florida.  It  has  a  pleasant  s  tuation, 
r.nd  is  celebrated  for  its  excellent  harbour.     Populatio-i  about  2,000. 

St.  Augustine,  on  the  Atlantic,  is  the  chief  town  in  East  Florida, 
and  contains  about  500  houses,  built  of  stone  formed  by  the  concre 
tion  of  shells.    Tallahassee,  a  new  town,  is  now  the  capital. 

Indians.  The  Seminole  Indians  are  the  principal  tribe,  and  pos- 
sess some  of  the  finest  districts. 

History.  Florida  was  conquered  by  Spain  as  early  as  1539.  In 
■^821,  it  w-^     ^cded  bv  Snain  to  the  United  States. 


NORTH  WESl'  TERRITORY. 


79 


MICHIGAN  TERRITORY. 


Counties. 

Chief  iotons. 

Oakland 
Crawford 
Monroe 

Bloorafield 
Monroe 

Countiis  Chief  towns. 

Wayne  Detroit 

Macomb  '     Mount  Clemens 

Michilimackmack  Michilimackinack 
Brown 

Rivers.  No  part  of  the  United  States  is  better  watered  than  the 
peninsula  of  Michig-an,  being-  surrounded  on  all  sides  by  lakes  and 
rivers,  except  the  south  end.  The  rivers  within  the  territory  are 
numerous  but  small.  Some  of  the  principal  ones  arc  the  Raisin, 
Huron^  St.  Joseph's,  and  Grand  rivers.  They  abound  in  white  Jish, 
and  the  fisheries  are  very  valuable. 

Face  of  the  country.  There  are  no  mountains.  The  country  is 
g-enerally  level,  or  moderately  uneven  ;  in  the  central  parts  some- 
what elevated,  but  level  and  marshy  ;  descending-  in  all  directions 
towards  the  waters. 

Soil.  A  great  part  of  the  country  has  an  extremely  fertile  soil ; 
but  that  part  bordering  on  lake  Michigan,  is  generally  sandy  and 
barren. 

Chief  towns.  Detroit^  the  chief  town,  is  delightfully  situated  on 
Detroit  river,  between  lakes  St.  Clair  and  Erie,  and  has  considera- 
ble trade,  particularly  in  furs  and  peltry.     Population  1,400. 

Michilimackinack^  pronounced  JIackinaic,  is  a  village  and  military 
post,  on  an  island  in  the  straits  of  Michilimackinack,  300  miles 
NNW.  of  Detroit,  and  contains  upwards  of  100  houses. 


NORTH-WEST  TERRITORY. 


Rivers.  The  J\fississippi  hounds  this  country  on  the  west.  The 
other  chief  rivers  are  the  Ouisconsin,  Fox^  Menomonie,  Chippewayy 
Coppermine^  Rocky ^  Montreal^  St.  Louis^  and  St.  Croix. 

Face  of  the  country.  The  northern  part  bordering  on  lake  Supe- 
rior is  wild,  rough,  sometimes  mountainous,  and  generally  barren  ; 
but  the  most  of  the  country  is  but  moderately  uneven,  and  a  g-reat 
part  of  it  consists  of  prairies. 

Soil.  There  are  excellent  alluvial  tracts  on  many  of  the  rivers, 
and  much  of  the  upland  has  a  good  soil. 

JJinerals.  The  mineral  productions  are  important,  particularly 
those  of  copper^  lead^  and  iron. 

Settlements.  Very  few  settlements  have  yet  been  made  in  this 
country.  The  principal  ones  are  Prairie  du  Chien,  and  another  at 
the  head  of  Green  bay. 

Indians.  Menomonies.,  Winnehagoes,  Fox  Indians^  and  some  other 
tribes  inhabit  this  country. 


MISSOURI  TERRITORY. 


ARK.^J^SAS  TERRITORY. 


Counties. 

Chief  towns. 

Counties. 

Chieftovms. 

Arkansas 

Arkansas 

Lawrence 

Davidsonville 

Clark 

Miller 

Crawford 

Phillips 

Helena 

Hempstead 

Pulaski 

Arkopolis 

Independence 

BatesTille 

Rivers.  The  Arkansas  rises  from  the  Rocky  mountains,  and 
flows  through  the  whole  extent  of  this  country.  It  is  navigable  for 
boats,  at  some  seasons,  nearly  2,000  miles. 

The  Mississippi  and  Red  river  form  a  part  of  the  boundary.  The 
other  principal  rivers  are  White,  St.  Francis,  and  Washita. 

Face  of  the  country,  &c.  For  the  space  of  about  150  miles  west  of 
the  Mississippi,  the  country  is  very  level ;  afterwards  it  becomes 
hilly,  rocky,  and  broken.  The  Ozark  mountains  extend  in  a  SW. 
direction ;  beyond  them  the  country  is  elevated,  and  much  of  it 
sandy  and  barren.  Prairies  are  common,  some  of  them  of  great  ex- 
tent. Much  of  the  soil,  in  the  eastern  part,  particularly  that  on  the 
rivers,  is  fertile. 

Hot  Springs.  The  hot  springs,  about  150  miles  NW.  of  Arkansas, 
are  about  70  in  number,  and  much  visited  by  invalids,  and  are  use- 
ful in  various  complaints.  The  water  is  limpid  and  colourless,  and 
so  hot,  at  some  seasons,  as  to  boil  eggs  in  a  few  minutes.  The  steam 
rising  from  the  springs  is  condensed  into  a  white  vapour,  which  is 
often  visible  at  a  great  distance. 

There  are  several  Salt  Springs ;  and  about  1,300  miles  up  the 
Arkansas,  is  a  tract  of  several  miles  in  extent,  called  the  salt  prairie, 
which  is  covered  to  the  depth  of  4  or  6  inches  with  pure  white  salt. 

Towns.  The  towns  are  all  small.  Arkopolis,  formerly  called 
Little  Rock,  is  the  seat  of  government.  It  is  pleasantly  situated  on 
the  Arkansas,  300  miles  by  the  river  above  the  Mississippi. 

Dwight  is  a  missionary  station,  among  the  Cherokees,  near  the 
Arkansas,  about  400  miles  by  the  stream,  above  its  mouth. 

Indians.  The  principal  tribes  of  Indians  are  the  Osages,  Cher^ 
kees,  Quapas,  and  Choctaws. 


MISSOURI  TERRITORY- 

Rivers.  The  Missouri  is  the  principal  river.  The  three  largest 
branches  of  the  Missouri  are  the  Yellow  Stone,  the  Platte,  and  the 
Kamas. 

Face  of  the  country.  The  Missouri  Territory  comprises  a  vast 
country  lying  between  the  Mississippi  and  the  Rocky  mountains. 
The  eastern  parts  are  level,  moderately  uneven,  or  hilly ;  towards 
the  west  the  countrj-  becomes  elevated  and  mountainous. 


^ 


WESTERN  TERRITORY.  8i 

Soil.  The  soil  in  the  eastern  and  southeastern  parts  is  g-enerally 
fertile,  and  also  on  the  margin  of  tlie  rivers,  in  the  central  and  west- 
ern parts,  except  on  the  border  of  the  rivers,  the  country  is,  for  the 
most  part,  destitute  of  timber  and  of  veg'etation.  It  is  a  vast,  ele- 
vated, barren  waste,  resembling-  the  steppes  of  Central  Asia. 

Mountains.  The  Rocky  mountains,  tiie  most  elevated  rang-e  within 
the  territory  of  the  United  8tatos,  extend  throug-h  the  western  part. 
They  rise  abruptly  from  the  plains  on  the  eastern  side,  towering 
into  peaks,  some  of  which  are  11,000  or  12,000  feet  in  height,  and 
always  covered  with  snow. 

Inhabitants.  The  United  States  have  military  posts  at  Council 
Bluffs,  and  at  St.  Peter  s  River. 

The  country  is  inhabited  by  various  tribes  oi  Indians,  whose  num- 
bers are  estimated  at  nearly  150,000.  Buffaloes  are  numerous,  and 
are  sometimes  seen  in  herds,  supposed  to  amount  to  10,000. 

Curiosities.  The  Great  Falls  of  the  Missouri  are  2,570  miles  by 
the  river  above  the  junction  with  the  Mississippi.  They  consist  of 
a  succession  of  cataracts  and  rapids,  and  present  scenes  of  great 
beauty  and  grandeur.  The  largest  cataract  is  JH  feet  perpendicular, 
and  the  whole  descent  of  the  river  is  upwards  of  350  feet. 

The  place  where  the  river  makes  its  escape  from  the  mountains, 
called  tlie  Gates  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  is  a  scene  of  singular 
grandeur.  For  a  distance  of  more  than  5  miles,  the  rocks  rise  perpen- 
dicularly from  the  water's  edge  nearly  1,200  feet.  The  river  is  com- 
pressed to  the  width  of  150  yards,  and  for  3  miles  there  is  but  one 
spot  on  which  a  man  can  stand  between  the  water  and  the  per- 
pendicular ascent  of  the  mountainous  bank. 

On  the  Missouri,  about  100  miles  below  the  Great  Falls,  there  are 
natural  stone  walls,  rising  in  some  places  to  the  height  of  nearly  300 
feet.  They  are  almost  perpendicular,  exhibiting  a  great  variety  of 
forms,  sometimes  resembling  different  kinds  of  ruins,  and  often  so 
regular  as  to  seem  the  work  of  art. 

Near  the  foot  of  the  Rocky  mountains  are  seen  lofty  eminences, 
rising  with  perpendicular  sides,  and  level,  table-like  summits.  One 
of  these  singular  hills  is  called  Castle  Rock,  and  has  columns,  porti- 
coes, and  arches ;  and  when  seen  at  a  distance,  it  exhibits  an  as- 
tonishingly regular  and  artificial  appearance. 


WESTERN  TERRITORY. 

This  extensive  country  lies  between  the  Rocky  mountains  and  the 
Pacific  Ocean,  and  is  but  little  known.  The  eastern  part  is  ele- 
vated, mountainous,  and  barren  ;  but  on  the  rivers,  the  soil  is  fertile. 

This  country  is  watered  by  the  Columbia  and  its  branches,  the 
principal  of  which  are  Lewis'*s  river,  Clark''s  river,  and  the  Multno- 
mah. 

The  country  bordering  on  the  Cobimbia  has  a  fertile  soil,  covered 
with  heavy  timber,  consisting  chiefly  of  various  species  of  fir.  Here 
are  often  seen  fir  trees  200  or  250  feet  in  height. 

The  climate  is  severe  in  the  mountainous  parts,  but  milder  near  the 


82 


MEXICO  OR  NEW  SPAIN. 


shores  of  the  Pacific  than  in  similar  latitudes  on  the  Atlantic ;  there 
is,  however,  much  rain  in  the  winter. 

Astoria^  a  settlement  on  the  Columbia,  18  miles  from  its  mouth, 
was  established  on  account  of  the  fur  trade. 


MEXICO,  OR  NEW  SPAIN. 


Pyramid  of  Cholula. 

IHvinons.  This  country  is  divided  into  15  intendancies  or  prov- 
inces. 

Provinces.  Chief  cities.  Provinces.  Chief  citiu. 

Old  California       Loretto  Guanaxuato  Guanaxuato 

New  California     Monterey  Valladolid  Mechoacan 

New  Mexico          Santa  Fe  Mexico  Mexico 

New  Biscay  Durango  Puebla  Puebla 

Sonera  Arispe  Vera  Cruz  Vera  Cruz 

St.  Luis  Potosi       St.  Luis  Potosi       Oaxaca  Oaxaca 

Zacatecas  Zacatecas  Yucatan  Merida 

Guadalaxara         Guadalaxara 

Rivers.  Mexico  suffers  in  many  parts  for  the  want  of  water  and 
navigable  rivers.  The  larg-est  rivers  are  the  del  J^srte^  which  flows 
into  the  gulf  of  Mexico,  and  the  Colorado  and  Gila^  which  flow  into 
the  Pacific  ocean. 

Face  of  the  country.  A  remarkable  peculiarity  of  the  country  is 
its  great  elevation.  The  lands  on  both  coasts  are  low.  Thence 
fbere  is  a  gradual  ascent  till  the  country  attains  the  elevation  of 
6,000  or  8,000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  ocean,  when  it  spreads  out 
into  extensive  plains,  called  table  land.     This  elevated  land  is  esti- 


MEXICO.  83 

mated  to  comprise  three  fifths  of  the  whole  country.  On  these  plains, 
mountains  occasionally  rise,  whose  tops  are  covered  with  perpetual 
snow. 

Mountains.  The  Cordilleras  of  Mexico  are,  next  to  Mount  St.  Elias, 
the  highest  mountains  in  North  America.  Popocatepetl,  the  most 
elevated  summit,  is  a  volcanic  mountain,  always  covered  with  snow, 
rising-  to  the  height  of  17,716  feet.  Orizaba,  another  volcano,  is 
almost  as  high.  . 

Climate.  The  climate  on  the  sea  coafet  is  hot,  and  in  general  un- 
healthy. On  the  table  land,  at  the  elevation  of  4,  or  5,000  feet,  the 
air  is  very  mild  and  salubrious  ;  at  the  elevation  of  upwards  of  7,000 
feet,  it  becomes  cold. 

Soil  and  productions.  Much  of  the  soil  is  very  fertile.  The 
productions  consist  of  maize,  wheat,  sugar,  indigo,  tobacco,  agave, 
fruits  of  diiFerent  kinds,  bananas,  mojnioc,  vanilla,  cocoa,  cochineal, 
logwood,  and  mahogany. 

Mines.  Mexico  is  celebrated  for  its  silver  mines,  which  are 
said  to  yield  ten  times  as  much  silver,  as  is  obtained  from  all  the 
mines  in  Europe.  The  3  principal  mines  are  Guanaxtiato,  Caiorce, 
and  Zacatecas.  The  whole  annual  produce  of  the  gold  and  silver 
mines,  has  averaged  for  many  years,  about  20,000,000  dollars. 

Curiosities.  The  Pyramid  of  Cholula,  situated  on  the  east  side 
of  the  city  of  Cholula,  70  miles  E.  of  Mexico,  is  the  most  celebrated 
of  the  i-eligious  monuments  of  the  ancient  Mexicans.  It  is  composed 
of  4  stories  or  terraces,  and  is  constructed  of  unburnt  bricks  with 
layers  of  clay.     It  is  1,423  feet  broad  at  the  base,  and  177  feet  high. 

Jorullo,  a  celebrated  volcano,  rose,  in  1759,  from  the  bosom  of  the 
plain.  Its  height  above  the  level  of  the  plain,  is  1,695  feet.  Many 
other  smaller  volcanoes  burst  forth  at  the  same  time. 

The  mines  of  Mexico  are  curiosities.  One  of  them  is  8  miles  in 
length,  and  its  lowest  pit  is  1,640  feet  deep. 

Population  of  the  chief  cities. 


Mexico 

137,000 

Zacatecas 

33,000 

Vera  Cruz 

16,000 

Puebla 

70,000 

Oaxaca 

24,000 

Cholula 

16,000 

Guanaxuato 

60,000 

Guadalaxara 

20,000 

Xalapa 

13,000 

Queretaro 

35,000 

Mechoacan 

18,000 

Durango 

12,000 

Mexico,  the  capital,  is  the  most  populous  city  in  America.  It  is 
situated  in  a  beautiful  valley,  elevated  more  than  7,000  feet  above 
the  ocean,  near  the  lake  Tezcuco,  and  the  houses  are  mostly  found 
ed  on  piles.  The  scenery  around  it  is  majestic,  the  valley  is  in  a  high 
state  of  cultivation,  and  finely  contrasted  with  the  naked  moun- 
tains  by  which  it  is  inclosed.  Few  cities  in  the  world  will  bear  a 
comparison  with  this  for  the  width  and  regularity  of  its  streets, 
and  the  splendour  of  its  edifices.  It  contains  upwards  of  100 
churches,  and  various  other  public  buildings,  which  are  richly  dec- 
orated ;  and  it  has  the  richest  mint  in  the  world. 

Puebla,  70  miles  ESE.  of  Mexico,  is  situated  on  a  plain,  elevated 
upwards  of  7,000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  The  streets  are 
wide  and  straight,  and  the  houses  mostly  of  stone,  elegant  and  lofty. 


C4  GUATEMALA. 

GuanaxuaiOy  140  miles  NW.  of  Mexico,  is  famous  for  its  silver 
mines,  which  are  the  richest  in  the  world. 

Zucatecas,  240  miles  jN  IS  W.  of  Mexico,  is  situated  in  a  very  moun- 
tainous country,  and  has  very  rich  silver  mines. 

Vera  Crvzy  on  the  g-ulf  of  Mexico,  has  a  very  inconvenient  har- 
bour, and  is  extremely  unhealthy ;  but  it  is  a  place  of  g-reat  trade, 
being-  the  port  throug-h  which  almost  all  the  commerce  between 
Europe  and  Mexico  is  carried  on. 

Acapulco^  240  miles  S.  of  Mexico,  is  a  small  and  miserable  town, 
but  celebrated  for  its  excellent  harbour  and  its  trade,  being-  the 
principal  port  in  Mexico  on  the  Pacific  ocean. 

Xalapa  is  remarkable  for  giving  name  to  a  purgative  root,  called 
jalap  or  xalap. 

Inhabitants.  Less  than  one  qiiarter  of  the  inhabitants  are  whites^ 
more  than  one  third  consists  of  subdued  Indians^  and  nearly  as  many 
of  mixed  races. 

Religion.  The  religion  is  Roman  Catholic.  The  higher  clergy- 
are  rich.  The  archbishop  of  Mexico  formerly  had  an  annual  income 
of  upwards  of  100,000  dollars. 

Education.  There  is  a  university  in  the  city  of  Mexico,  composed 
of  150  doctors  in  all  the  faculties.  There  are  also  colleges  in  seve- 
ral places. 

History.  Mexico  was  subdued  by  the  Spaniards  under  Cortez,  in 
1521,  and  it  has  since  been  a  province  of  Spain,  governed  bj  a  vice- 
roy.    In  1821,  it  declared  itself  independent. 

GUATIMALA. 

Guatimala  is  divided  into  the  six  following  provinces. 
Provinces.  Chief  tovms.         Provinces.  Chief  towru. 

Chiapa  Chiapa  Honduras  Valladolid 

Vera  Paz  Vera  Paz  Nicaragua  Leon 

Guatimala  Guatimala  Costa  Rica  Carthage 

Rivers  and  Lakes.     The  rivers  are  numerous,  but  small. 

The  lakes  arc  those  of  J^icaragua  and  Leon. 

Fact,  of  the  country.  The  country  is  mountainous,  and  there  sje 
as  many  as  20  volcanoes,  some  of  them  terrific.  Eruptions  J/ad 
earthquakes  are  common. 

Soil  and  productions.  The  soil  is  generally  very  fertile,  anj-  the 
productions  are  similar  to  those  of  Mexico.  In  some  parts  .hree 
crops  of  maize  are  produced  in  a  year.  The  bay  of  Hondi/as  is 
celebrated  for  log-wood  and  mahogany. 

Climate.  The  climate  is,  in  some  parts,  sultrj-,  ho%  and  unlrealthy : 
in  others  agreeable  and  salubrious.  It  is  better  in  the  western  parts 
than  in  the  eastern. 

Gualimala,  the  capital  of  the  country,  is  situated  near  tne  Pacific 
ocean,  and  has  a  good  harbour.  It  is  a  magnifir.ent  place,  adorned 
with  churches  and  monasteries,  and  contains  nniverei'.y,  and  about 
20,000  inhabitants. 


WEST  INDIES. 


86 


WEST  INDIES. 


The  "West  India  Islands  are  divided  into  a  number  of  groups,  and 
belong-  mostly  to  several  European  nations,  chiefly  to  Great  Britain^ 
Spain,  and  France.  The  principal  islands  are  exhibted  in  the  fol- 
lowing table. 


M 

,  Bahama           ) 

Belonging  to 

Sq.  m.. 

Fop. 

Chief  towns. 

Providence     \ 

Britain 

5,500 

15,000 

Nassau 

li 

|Abaco,&c.      ) 

1 

St.  Domingo 
or  Hayti 

i  Independent 

28,000 

650,000 

Cape  Henry 

^^ 

Cuba 

Spain 

50,000 

620,000 

Havannah 

■s 

Jamaica 

Britain 

6,400 

360,000 

Kingston 

1 

Porto  Rico 

Spain 

4,000 

225,000 

St.  Juan 

Leeward  Islands 

'  Guadaloupe 

France 

675 

115,000 

Basse  Terre 

Antigua 

Britain 

93 

36,000 

St.  John's 

Santa  Cruz 

Denmark 

100 

31,000 

Santa  Cruz 

St.  Christopher      Britain 

70 

28,000 

Basse  Terre 

Dominica 

do. 

29 

26,000 

Roseau 

St.  Eustatia 

Netherlands 

22 

20,000 

The  Bay 

Mariegalante 

France 

90 

12,000 

Basse  Terre 

Montserrat 

Britain 

78 

11,000 

Plymouth 

Tortola 

do. 

90 

11,000 

Road  Harbour 

«^ 

Nevis 

do. 

20 

10,000 

Charlestown 

St.  Bartholomew  Sweden 

60 

8,000 

Gustavia 

"5 

Virgin  Gorda 

Britain 

80 

8,000 

S  ' 

St.  Martin 

Netherlands 

90 

6,100 

1 

St.  Thomas 

Denmark 

40 

5,000 

5^ 

Anguilla 

Britain 

30 

800 

Windward  Islands. 

Martinique 

France. 

370 

95,000 

St.  Pierre 

Barbadoes 

Britain 

166 

93,000 

Bridgetown 

Grenada 

do. 

110 

31,000 

St.  George 

Trinidad 

do. 

1,700 

25,000 

Port  of  Spain 

St.  Vincent 

do. 

130 

23,000 

Kingston 

St.  Lucia 

do. 

225 

16,000 

Carenage 

Tobago 

do. 

140 

16,000 

Scarborough 

Margarita 

Colombia 

350 

14,000 

Ascension 

Curacjoa 

Netherlands 

600 

8,500 

Williamstadt 

Questions,  To  what  three  European  nations  do  the  West  India 
islands  chiefly  belong  ?  To  whom  do  the  Bahamas  belong  ?  St.  Do- 
mingo ?  Cuba  ?  Jamaica  ?  Porto  Rico  ?  Guadaloupe,  and  Mar- 
tinique ? 

8 


86  WEST,  INDIES. 

Into  what  groups  or  classes  are  the  islands  divided  ?  Which  foHjr 
are  called  the  Great  Antilles  ? 

Which  has  the  greatest  population  ? 

Which  has  the  greatest  number  of  square  miles  ? 

Into  what  two  divisions  are  the  Caribbean  islands  divided  ? 

Which  are  the  four  Leeward  islands  that  contain  the  most  inhabi- 
tants ? 

Which  four  Windward  islands  contain  the  greatest  population  ? 

Principal  Islands.  The  most  considerable  islands  are  the  4  Great 
Antilles,  Cuha^  St.  Domingo^  Jamaica^  and  Porto  Rico. 

St.  Domingo,  or  Hispaniola,  now  called  by  the  blacks  Hayti,  was 
formerly  divided  between  France  and  Spain ;  but  the  blacks  have 
driven  out  the  white  inhabitants,  and  established  an  independent 
government. 

Climate.  The  climate  is  generally  hot  and  unhealthy  ;  but  the 
heat  is  much  tempered  by  sea  and  land  breezes. 

Seasons.  The  seasons  are  divided  into  wet  and  dry.  The  wet  or 
rainy  seasons  are  two  ;  one  in  the  spring,  but  the  principal  one  is  in 
autumn,  when  the  quantity  of  rain  is  very  great.  Snow  and  ice  are 
unknown. 

Hurricanes.  From  the  beginning  of  August  to  the  latter  end  of 
September,  these  islands  are  subject  to  dreadful  hurricanes,  which 
rage  with  great  fury,  and  often  do  extensive  injury. — Earthquakes  and 
violent  thunder  and  lightning  are  also  common. 

Soil.     The  soil  of  most  of  the  islands  is  very  fertile. 

Productions.  The  most  important  production  is  the  sugar  cane, 
which  affords  great  quantities  of  sugar,  also  rM7n,  and  molasses.  Other 
productions  are  coffee,  cotton,  ginger,  indigo,  pimento,  cocoa,  tobacco, 
tc. ;  also  excellent  fruits,  as  oranges,  lemons,  limes,  pomegranates, 
pine  apples,  melons,  &c.  The  mountains  abound  in  valuable  trees,  ag 
cedars,  lignumvitce,  and  mahogany. 

Inhabitants.  More  than  three  fouHhs  of  the  whole  population  of 
ihe  West  Indies,  are  blacks,  and  chiefly  slaves.  More  than  half  of 
ihe  population  of  the  two  Spanish  islands,  Cuba  and  Porto  Rico, 
are  whites  ;  but  in  the  other  islands,  taken  together,  as  many  as 
seven  eighths  are  blacks. 

The  white  inhabitants  are  mostly  planters,  many  of  them  wealthy, 
having  large  plantations  cultivated  by  slaves. 

Chief  towns.  Havannah,  or  Havana,  the  capital  of  Cuba,  is  situat- 
ed on  the  north  coast.  It  has  one  of  the  best  harbours  in  the  world, 
and  is  a  place  of  great  trade  and  opulence.     Population  70,000. 

St.  Jago,  in  Cuba,  and  St.  Juan,  in  Porto  Rico,  are  large  towns. 

Kingston,  in  Jamaica,  is  the  principal  town  in  the  British  West 
Indies.  It  has  an  excellent  harbour,  and  a  great  commerce.  Popu- 
lation 33,000. 

St.  Pierre,  in  Martinique,  is  the  most  considerable  town  in  the 
French  Islands,  and  has  an  extensive  commerce.  Population  about 
30,000. 

Cape  Henry,  St.  Domingo,  and  Port  au  Prince,  are  the  principal 
towns  in  St  Domingo. 


SOUTH  AMERICA. 


8^ 


SOUTH  AMERICA. 


(  niojpaxi. 

Divisions.  South  America  includes  Colombia  (formerly  JVcic 
Grenada  and  Venezuela^)  Peru,  Chili,  Buenos  Ay  res,  Guiana^Bra- 
zil  and  Patagonia. 

Political  condition.  J^few  Grenada,  Venezuela,  Peru,  Chili,  and 
Buenos  Ayres,  were  formerly  provinces  of  Spain,  but  they  have  de- 
clared themselves  independent. 

Brazil,  which  includes  Amazonia,  is  claimed  by  Portugal. 

A  part  of  Guiana,  is  included  in  Colombia,  and  a  part  in  Brazil ; 
the  remainder  is  divided  between  the  Dutch,  English,  and  French, 

Patagonia  is  inhabited  by  independent  Indians. 

Inhabitants.  The  inhabitants  are  composed  of  various  races,  as 
whites,  civilized  Indians,  JsTegroes,  Mestizoes,  Mulattoes,  Samboes,  and 
independent  Indians. 

The  civilized,  or  subdued  Indians,  are  numerous ;  and  many  of  them 
slaves.  The  Mestizoes  are  descendants  of  the  whites  and  Indians, 
and  the  Samboes  of  tlie  Indians  and  negroes.  In  all  Spanish  Ameri- 
ca the  whites  are  divided  into  two  classes,  the  first  those  born  m  old 
Spain,  the  second  those  born  in  America.  The  former  are  called 
Chapetones ;  the  latter  Creoles. 

The  independent  Indians  inhabit  Patag-onia  and  the  interior  parts 
of  the  continent. 

Religion.  The  religion  of  all  South  America,  with  the  exception 
of  the  independent  Indians,  and  that  part  of  Guiana  which  belongs 
to  the  English  and  Dutch,  is  Roman  Catholic. 


88  SOUTH  ^AMER1CA. 

Mountains.  The  Andes  are  the  most  elevated  mountains  on  this 
continent.  They  extend  through  South  America,  towards  the  west- 
ern side,  from  north  to  south.  Chimhorazo  is  the  highest  summit, 
and  Cotopaxi  the  most  remarkable  volcano. 

Islands,  The  principal  islands  are  the  Falkland  islands.  Terra 
del  Fuego,  the  Gallipagoes,  Chiloe,  and  Juan  Fernandez. 

Lakes.     The  3  largest  lakes  are  Maracaybo,  Parima,  and  Titicaca. 

Rivers.  The  3  great  rivers  are  the  Anwuon,  La  Plata,  and  Ori- 
noco. 

The  Amazon  is  the  largest  river  in  the  world.  It  is  4,000  miles 
long,  180  wide  at  its  mouth,  and  the  tide  flows  up  more  than  500 
miles.  It  is  navigable  throughout  most  of  its  course  for  vessels  of 
400  tons.  It  drains,  a  vast  extent  of  country,  and  receives  the  wa- 
ters of  upwards  of  200  rivers,  several  of  which  are  as  large  as  the 
Danube. 

The  La  Plata  is  about  2,000  miles  long,  and  30  miles  wide,  at  Bue- 
nos Ayres,  200  miles  above  its  entrance  into  the  ocean. 

The  Orinoco  is  about  1,500  miles  long,  and  navigable  upwards  of 
700  miles.  It  flows  into  the  ocean  by  about  50  mouths.  It  is  a  re- 
markable fact  that  this  river  and  the  Amazons  are  connected  by  their 
tributary  streams.  The  cataracts  of  the  Orinoco  are  represented  as 
among  the  most  tremendous  that  have  ever  been  observed. 

Among  the  other  large  rivers  are  the  Parana,  Paraguay,  Madei- 
ra, Tocantins,  St.  Francisco,  and  Magdalena.  Some  of  these  are 
as  large  as  the  Danube. 

dimaie.  The  climate  in  the  south  is  cold  ;  in  other  parts,  on  the 
low  plains,  it  is  hot,  and  in  many  places  unhealthy.  The  high  moun- 
tains are  covered  with  perpetual  snow.  On  the  elevated  plains  the 
climate  is  healthy,  mild,  and  delightful.  Here  the  heat  of  summer 
and  cold  of  winter,  are  unknown. 

Many  parts  of  South  America  are  extremely  subject  to  earth- 
quakes, and  for  the  sake  of  greater  security,  in  these  parts,  the  houses 
are  commonly  built  with  only  one  story. 

Productions.  South  America  is  distinguished  for  its  mineral,  ani- 
mal, and  vegetable  productions. 

It  yields  almost  all  the  varieties  of  metals  and  minerals,  but  is  par- 
ticularly distinguished  for  its  mines  of  gold  and  silver,  which  are 
exceedingly  valuable.  It  also  affords  platina,  the  heaviest  of  metals, 
and  diamonds,  the  most  precious  of  gems.  Jesuits'  bark,  a  valuable 
medicine,  is  peculiar  to  South  America. 

Some  of  the  remarkable  animals  are  the  jaguar,  or  American  tiger, 
wl  ich  is  very  ferocious  ;  the  llama,  or  Peruvian  camel,  and  vicuna, 
or  Peruvian  sheep.  The  Uanui  resembles  the  camel,  though  much 
smaller ;  it  is  a  most  useful  beast  of  burden. 

The  Andes  are  a  great  nursery  of  birds.  Among  these  the  con- 
dor is  the  most  remarkable,  and  is  the  largest  bird  that  has  the  pow- 
er of  supporting  itself  in  the  air.  It  soars  to  the  height  of  upwards 
of  20,000  feet  Its  wings,  when  extended,  measure  from  12  to  16 
feet ;  and  the  greater  quills  are  2  feet  9  inches  long.  It  preys  upon 
calves,  sheep,  and  goats,  and  has  been  known  to  carry  off  children 
10  years  of  age. 


COLOMBIA.  89 

The  American  ostrich  has  a  stature  equal  to  that  of  a  man,  and 
will  outstrip  the  fleetest  horse  in  running-.  Its  feathers  are  very 
beautiful  and  highly  valued. 

COLOMBIA. 

J^ames.  The  republic  of  Colombia  comprises  all  the  northwest 
em  part  of  South  America,  and  is  composed  of  the  countries  for 
merly  known  by  the  names  of  J^ew  Grenada  and  Venezuela  or  Ca 
raccas.  It  was  also  once  styled  Terra  Firma.  Quito,  a  large 
country,  forms  the  south-western  part  of  Colombia. 

Rivers.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Orinoco  with  its  branches, 
and  the  Magdalena. 

The  Magdalena  flows  northerly  between  two  ridges  of  the  An- 
des, and  runs  into  the  Caribbean  gea.  It  is  about  1,000  miles  in 
length,  and  navigable  for  boats  ab'jut  600. 

Lakes.  The  principal  lakes  are  those  of  Maracaybo  and  Valen 
da. 

Face  of  the  country.  The  western  parts  abound  in  the  most  sub- 
lime mountain  scenery.  Stupendous  ranges  traverse  the  country, 
between  which  are  elevated  and  fertile  valleys.  In  the  south-west 
part  are  the  most  elevated  summits  of  the  Andes.  On  the  Orinoco 
and  its  branches  are  immense  plains,  which,  in  the  rainy  season,  are 
liable  to  be  inundated. 

Mountains.  Some  of  tlie  most  remarkable  summits  are  Chimbo- 
razo,  Cotopaxi,  Antisana,  and  Pichinca. 

Climate.  In  the  low  plains  the  climate  is  very  hot,  and  in  some 
parts  unhealthy.  The  elevated  plains  enjoy  a  mild,  spring  tempera- 
ture, varying  but  little  throughout  the  year. 

Soil  and  productions.  The  soil  of  the  plains  and  valleys  is  fertile, 
producing  cotton,  tobacco,  com,  coffee,  and  various  tropical  fruits. 
The  plains  on  the  Orinoco  afford  rich  pasture  for  great  numbers  of 
cattle. 

The  mountains  are  rich  in  gold  and  silver,  and  have  also  mines  of 
platina,  copper,  lead,  and  emeralds. 

J^aturcd  curiosities.  Chimhorazo,  the  most  elevated  summit  of 
the  Andes,  is  situated  about  100  miles  S.  by  W.  of  Quito.  It  rises 
to  the  height  of  21,440  feet,  or  a  little  upwards  of  4  miles,  above 
the  level  of  the  sea,  and  being  covered  with  perpetual  snow,  pre- 
sents a  most  magnificent  spectacle,  when  seen  from  the  shores  of 
the  Pacific  ocean.  Humboldt  ascended  this  mountain  to  the  height 
of  19,300  feet,  which  is  a  greater  elevation  than  was  ever  before  at- 
tained by  man. 

Cotopaxi,  the  most  remarkable  volcano  of  the  Andes,  and  the 
highest  in  the  world,  is  35  miles  SSE.  of  Quito.  The  summit  is  in 
the  rorm  of  a  perfect  cone,  and  being  always  covered  with  snow, 
shines  at  the  setting  of  the  sun  with  the  most  dazzling  splendour. 
Its  flames  have  been  known  to  rise  nearly  3,000  feet  above  the  cra- 
ter, and  its  roarings  have  been  heard  at  the  distance  of  600  miles. 

The  cataract  of  Tequendama,  on  the  river  Bogota,  15  miles  SW. 
of  Santa  Fe,  is  one  of  the  most  extraordinary  in  the  world.     The 
8* 


90  COLOMBIA.  j 

river  just  aboye  the  falls,  is  compressed  from  140  to  35  feet  in  width,  ■ 
and  rushes  down  a  perpendicular  rock  at  two  bounds,  to  the  astonish-  \ 
ing  depth  of  600  feet,  into  an  unfathomable  g-ulf.  The  river  again  ' 
issues  out  of  this  gulf  under  the  name  of  the  Meta,  and  continues  '■ 
its  course,  with  an  immense  descent,  till  it  joins  the  Magdalena  i 
This  cataract  forms  an  assemblage  of  sublime  and  beautiful  objects,  ! 
and  is  one  of  the  wildest  and  most  picturesque  scenes  in  the  Andes.  | 

The  natural  "bridges  of  Icononzo  are  on  tlie  route  from  Santa  Fe  i 
to  Popayan.  The  crevice  appears  to  have  been  formed  by  some  : 
great  convulsion,  which  has  rent  asunder  the  mountain.  A  small  ' 
river  flows  through  this  crevice,  and  over  it  are  two  very  singular  I 
natural  arches,  or  bridges,  one  of  which  is  upwards  of  300  feet  above  . 
the  surface  of  the  water. 

At  some  distance  from  the  city  of  Cumana,  is  the  remarkable  cav-  ' 
em  of  Guacharo,  several  leagues  in  length.  It  gives  rise  to  a  river,  ' 
and  is  inhabited  by  thousands  of  nocturnal  birds.  • 

The  Andes  abound  in  natural  wonders,  as  stupendous  precipices^  -j 
impetuous  torrents,  romantic  cataracts,  3.nd  f rightful  crevices  of  great  | 
depth,  which  are  crossed  by  rope  bridges. 

The  traveller  upon  the  mountains  rises,  in  some  places,  to  an  ele-  ■ 
vation  above  the  region  of  the  clouds,  and  hears  the  thunder  roll,  I 
and  sees  the  lightning  dart  beneath  bis  feet. 

Population  of  the  principal  towns.  { 


Quito 

70,000 

Maracaybo 

22,000 

Barcelona 

14,000 

Santa  Fe 

40,000 

Carthagena 

20,000 

Guayaquil 

12,000 

Caraccas 

30,000 

Cuen^a 

20,000 

Merida 

11,000 

Popayan 

25,000 

Riobamba 

20,000 

Panama 

10,000 

Cumana 

24,000 

Otabalo 

15,000 

St.  Thomas 

10,000 

Quito,  the  largest  city  of  Colombia,  is  famous  for  its  great  eleva-  i 
tion.  It  is  built  on  the  skirt  of  the  volcanic  mountain  Pichinca,  at  I 
the  height  of  upwards  of  9,500  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  ; 
about  one  third  higher  than  the  most  elevated  summit  of  the  White  j 
mountains  of  New  Hampshire.  ^ 

Though  situated  but  a  few  miles  to  the  south  of  the  equator,  yet 
owing  to  its  great  elevation,  the  climate  is  verj^  mild  throughout  the  . 
year,  but  it  is  subject  to  dreadful  tempests  and  earthquakes. — The  ] 
houses  are  of  only  one  storj^  and  are  built  of   unburnt  bricks  and  ; 
clay.  j 

Santa  Fi,  or  Santa  Fe  de  Bogota,  was  the  seat  of  government  of  ] 
New  Grenada,  and  is  handsomely  built.  It  is  situated  in  a  fertile  j 
plain,  elevated  nearly  8,700  feet  above  the  level  of  the  ocean. 

Caraccas  is  situated  7  miles  from  La  Guayra,  its  port,  on  an  ele-  ^ 
ration  of  2,900  feet.  In  1812,  12,000  of  the  inhabitants  were  de-  ; 
stroyed  by  an  earthquake. .  j 

The  principal  seaports  are  Carthagena,  Panama,  Guayaquil,  SL  I 
Martha,  Porto  Bello,  La  Guayra,  and  Cumana.  | 

Government.     In  1819,  New  Grenada  and  Venezuela  were  united  | 
under  one  government,  styled  the  Rep  vblic  of  Colombia,.     The  con- 
stitution resembles  that  of  the  United  States.  ; 


PERU.  91 


GUIANA. 


Spanish  Guiana  forms  a  part  of  Colombia ;  Portuguese  Chiiana^  a 
part  of  Brazil ;  the  rest  of  the  country  belongs  to  the  English, 
Dutch,  and  French. 

The  face  of  the  country  is,  generally,  very  level ;  the  climate  hot 
and  unhealthy ;  the  soil  very  fertile  ;  the  productions,  sugar,  coffee, 
cotton,  cocoa,  maize,  and  indigo. 

English  Guiana.  English  Guiana  comprises  three  colonies, 
Demerara,  Essequibo,  and  Berbice.  Stohroek,  the  chief  town,  con- 
tains about  8,000  inhabitants. 

Dutch  Guiana  is  also  called  Surinam,  from  the  principal  river 
by  which  it  is  watered.  Paramaribo,  the  capital,  is  delightfully 
situated  on  the  Surinam,  18  miles  from  the  sea.  The  streets  are 
straight,  and  beautifully  ornamented  with  orange,  lemon,  and  othei 
trees,  which  appear  in  perennial  bloom.     Population  20,000. 

French  Guiana  is  also  called  Cayenne,  The  chief  town  is  Cay- 
snne,  situated  on  an  island. 

PERU. 

Divisions.  Peru  is  divided  into  7  intendancies,  viz.,  Liijja,  Trui- 
illo,  Tarma,  Guanca  Velica,  Guamanga,  Arequipa,  and  Cusco.  The 
capitals  of  each  are  of  the  same  name. 

Rivers.  Several  of  the  head  branches  of  the  Amazons,  as  the 
Ucayale,  Apurimac,  Tunguragua,  and  Gallagua,  rise  in  Peru. 

Face  of  the  country,  &c.  This  country  is  divided  into  High  and 
Low  Peru.  Low  Peru  lies  between  the  shore  of  the  Pacific  ocean 
and  a  range  of  mountains.  It  consists  chiefly  of  sandy  plains  and 
deserts,  and  has  little  or  no  rain. 

High  Peru  lies  chiefly  between  two  ranges  of  the  Andes,  and  con- 
sists of  barren  mountains,  interspersed  with  fertile  valleys.  The 
country  suffers  for  the  want  of  roads,  bridges,  and  canals ;  and  the 
only  way  of  transporting  goods  is  on  the  backs  of  mules  and  llamas. 

Productions.  Peru  is  famous  for  its  rich  mines  of  gold  and  silver, 
and  has  also  mines  of  quicksilver,  copper,  lead,  &c.  Among  its  pro- 
ductions are  cotton,  sugar,  pimento,  and  Jesuifs  or  Peruvian  bark. 

Chief  towns.  Lima,,  the  capital,  is  situated  in  a  spacious  and  de- 
lightful valley,  7  miles  from  Callao,  its  port.  The  streets  are 
straight  and  broad  ;  the  houses  of  only  one  story,  but  handsome  ;  and 
the  churches  are  decorated  in  a  splendid  style.  The  inhabitants  are 
remarkable  for  their  splendid  equipage  and  expensive  dress.  Popu- 
lation 53,000. 

Cusco,  550  milesESE.  of  Lima,  was  anciently  the  capital  of  the  Pe- 
ruvian empire,  and  the  seat  of  the  Incas.  It  contained  a  magnificent 
temple  of  the  sun,  and  other  edifices,  and  has  still  many  monuments 
of  its  ancient  grandeur.     Population  30,000. 

Arequipa  and  Guum/inga  are  nearly  as  large  as  Cusco. — Some  of 
the  principal  ports  are  Callao,  Arica,  Aranta,  Truxillo^  and  Pisco. 


92  BRAZIL.  J 

Guanca  Velica  is  more  than  12,000  feet  high,  and  is  famous  for  its 
mines  of  quicksilver. 

History.  Peru  was  conquered  by  the  Spaniards  under  Pizarro 
and  Arnalgro,  about  the  year  1532.  It  was  then  g-overned  by  the 
Inca,  Manco  Capac,  and  the  inhabitants  had  made  considerable  pro- 
gress in  civilization. 


BRAZIL. 

i 

Captanias. 

Chief  toims. 

Captanias. 

Chief  tovma. 

Rio  Janeiro 

Rio  Janeiro 

Rio  Grande 

Portalagre             j 

Bahia 

St.  Salvador 

Maranham 

St.  Luis                 ) 

Pernambuco 

Pernambuco 

Para 

Para                       \ 

Minas  Geraes 

Villa  Rica 

Matto  Grosso 

Cuyaba 

St.  Paul 

St.  Paul 

Goyas 

Villa  Boa              ' 

Rivers.     Brazil  is  watered 

by  a  number  of 

large  rivers.     The 

principal  ones  are  the  Amazons^  J\Tadeira,  Topayas^  Xingu,  TocarU 
tins,  St.  Francisco,  Paraguay,  and  Parana.  i 

Face  of  the  country.  Brazil  is  naturally  a  fine  country.  Its  sur- 
face is  agreeabl}^  diversified  with  hills,  mountains,  valleys,  and  plains^ 
and  in  many  parts  it  is  highly  picturesque.  It  is  clothed  with  a, 
luxuriant  vegetation,  and  covered,  in  many  parts,  with  an  almost 
impenetrable  forest.  i 

Clima^.  The  climate  in  the  north  is  hot,  in  the  southern  parts^ 
temperate  and  healthy.  1 

Soil  and  productions.  A  great  part  of  the  country  has  a  verjn 
ertile  soil,  producing  cotton,  sugar,  coffee,  grain,  and  tropical  fruits,^ 

Mines.     Brazil  is  celebrated  for  its  mines  of  gold  and  diamonds.  \ 

Population  of  the  chief  towns. 

rao  Janeiro         100,000     Cuyaba  30,000     Para  15,00(J 

St.  Salvador        100,000     St.  Luis  20,000     St.  Paul  15,00q| 

Pernambuco         32,000     Villa  Rica  20,000     Tejuco  6,00dF 

Rio  Janeiro,  the  capital,  has  a  very  excellent  harbour,  and  a  grea^ 
trade.  The  streets  are  very  dirty,  the  churches  are  loaded  withj 
ornaments,  and  the  inhabitants  are  famous  for  parade  in  religious, 
ceremonies.  i 

St.  Salvador,  or  BaJiia^  the  second  city  in  importance,  has  som^. 
splendid  churches,  and  other  fine  houses,  but  the  streets  are  exces*j 
sively  dirty,  and  the  houses  of  the  lower  classes  extremely  mean. 

Pernambuco  has  a  large  trade  in  cotton.  j 

Cuyaba,  Villa  Rica,  and  Villa  Boa,  situated  in  the  interior,  are. 
celebrated  for  their  gold  mines.  \ 

Tejuco,  the  capital  of  the  Diamond  District,  is  400  miles  N.  of  RiOj 
Janeiro.  These  are  the  principal  diamond  mines  in  America,  andjj 
belong  to  the  government.  The  country  around  is  mountainouti 
and  extremely  barren.  ] 

i 

Amazonia.  The  western  part  of  Brazil  is  known  by  the  name  o^ 
Amazonia,  which  comprises  the  central  part  of  South  Ameri^  It 
has  scarcely  any  inhabitants,  except  Indians.  t-  ^^    j 


BUENOS  AYRES. 


93 


BUENOS  AYRES. 

Proirincts.  Chief  tovms.         Provinces.  Chief  totcns. 

Buenos  Ayres        Buenos  Atres     Tucuman  St.  Miguel 

Banda  Oriental     Monte  Video         Salta  Salta 

Entre  Rios  Santa  Fe  Jujuy  St.  Salvador 

Cordora  Cordova     [PuntaChicas  Tupiza 

Punta  St.  Luis      St.  Luis  de   la     Potosi  Potosi 

St.  Juan  Mendoza  Misque  Pomabamba 

Rioja  Rioja  Charcas  Charcas 

Catamarca  Catamarca  Cochabamba  Oropesa 

St.  Ja^o  del  Es-  St.  Jago  del  Es-  La  Paz  La  Paz 

tero  tero  Paraguay  Assumption 


Rivers.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  La  Plata,  Parana,  Ura^ 
guay,  Paraguay,  Pilcomayo,  Salado,  J^egro,  and  Madeira. 

Lake.  Titicaca,  the  largest  lake,  is  about  240  miles  in  circum- 
ference. 

Climate.  The  climate  is  various,  but  generally  healthy.  On  the 
plains  the  heat  in  summer  is  excessive. 

Face  of  the  country.  The  southern  portion  of  the  country  is  com- 
posed chiefly  of  vast  plains,  called  Pampas,  which  stretch  south  into 
Patagonia,  extending  in  their  greatest  length  about  1,500  miles,  and 
about  500  in  breadth.  They  are  bare  of  trees,  and  covered  with  high 
grass,  which  affords  pasture  to  innumerable  herds  of  cattle  and  wild 
horses.  The  northern  and  westetn  parts  of  the  country  are  moun- 
tainous. 

Soil.  Much  of  the  soil  of  the  Pampas  is  very  rich.  The  province 
of  Paraguay  and  many  other  parts  have  an  exceedingly  fertile  soil. 

Productions.  A  great  portion  of  the  wealth  of  the  country  con- 
siista  ill  ijie  immense  herds  of  cattle,  horses,  and  mules,  which  graze 
on  its  plains.  Hides,  tallow,  and  "jcggI,  are  abundant ;  also  wheats 
Indian  corn,  barley,  tobacco,  sugar,  wine,  st.nd  fruits. 

Paraguay  tea,  or  matte,  is  a  celebrated  production  of  Paraguay, 
and  is  much  used  in  South  America. 

Mines.  Buenos  Ayres  has  rich  mines  of  silver,  gold,  copper,  and 
lead. 

Population  of  the  chief  towns. 


Buenos  Ayres 

50,000 

La  Paz 

20,000 

La  Plata 

14,000 

Potosi 

40,000 

Mendoza 

20,000 

Assumption 

12,000 

Charcas 

30,000 

St.  Juan 

19,000 

St.  Jago 

12,000 

Oropesa 

25^00 

Monte  Video 

15,000 

Cordova 

10,000 

Buenos  Ayres,  the  capital,  is  situated  on  the  La  Plata,  66  leagues 
from  its  mouth.     The  streets  are  broad  and  straight,  the  edifices  and 
.  houses  are  generally  built  of  brick,  covered  over  with  plaster.    The 
^;  city  is  celebrated  for  the  pleasantness  and  salubrity  of  its  climate. 

Potosi  is  situated  in  the  northwest  part   of  the  country,  on  th« 


04  CHILI.  1 

skirt  of  a  mountain  which  rises  to  the  height  of  16,250  feet ;  and  thej 
city  itself  has  an  elevation  of  nearly  11,000  feet  above  the  ocean.; 
It  is  famous  for  its  silver  mines,  the  richest  in  South  America.  The! 
population  once  amounted  to  160,000,  but  it  is  now  much  reduced.    ; 

Monte  Video  is  an  important  place,  having-  the  best  harbour  on  \ 
the  La  Plata.  Assumption  is  a  noted  place,  more  than  1,000  miles' 
higher  up  the  La  Plata.  La  Paz  has  a  large  trade  in  Paraguayl 
tea  ,•  Salta  in  mules  and  grain.  j 

History.  This  country,  called  La  Plata,  or  Buenos  Ayres,  was 
formerly  a  viceroyalty  of  Spain  ;  but  in  1816,  the  inhabitants  made| 
a  declaration  of  independence,  and  assumed  the  name  of  the  United] 
Provinces  of  South  America. 

CHILI.  ; 

J 

Divisions.  Chili  is  divided  into  two  intendancies.  St.  Jago  and' 
Conception,  which  are  subdivided  into  13  provinces.  j 

Face  of  the  country,  &c.  The  Andes  extend  throughout  along| 
the  eastern  side,  presenting  many  very  elevated  summits,  14  of  which' 
are  volcanoes.  The  general  aspect  of  Chili  is  that  of  a  plain  rising' 
gradually  from  the  ocean  to  the  Andes.  The  soil  is  generally  fer-1 
tile,  and  is  watered  by  numerous  small  rivers,  which  have  rapid  cur-^ 
rents.  i 

Climate.  The  climate  is  remarkably  salubrious,  and  the  weather; 
serene.  In  the  northern  provinces  it  rarely  rains,  in  some  part8<^ 
never,  but  dews  are  abundant :  in  the  south,  rains  are  very  frequent.; 
Snow  is  never  seen  on  the  coast  1 

Productions.  Chili  is  rich  in  mines  of  gold,  silver,  copper,  tin,\ 
and  iron.  It  produces  an  abundance  of  grain,  sugar,  cotton,  wine,\ 
oil,  and  fruits,  and  has  luxuriant  pastures,  which  feed  numerous  • 
herds  of  cattle. 

Chief  towns.  St.  Jago,  the  capital,  is  situated  on  an  extensive  and: 
beautiful  plain,  about  90  miles  from  Valparaiso,  its  nearest  port.  ■ 
The  houses  are  neatly  built  of  unburnt  brick,  and  are  of  only  one^ 
story,  as  is  the  fact  with  regard  to  all  the  towns  in  Chili.  Popula-j 
tion  40,000.  I 

Conception,  the  second  city  in  rank,  is  situated  near  a  beautiful ; 
bay.  which  affords  a  commodious  harbour.     Population  15,000.  i 

Valparaiso  is  the  port  of  St.  Jago,  and  the  most  frequented  in ! 
Chili.  It  has  a  capacious  harbour,  but  an  inconvenient  situation,  at.; 
the  foot  of  a  mountain.     Population  7,000.  '^ 

Valdivia  has  a  very  safe  and  capacious  harbour,  and  contains  abou^ 
13,000  inhabitants.    "  '  .      % 

The  other  most  important  towns  are  Chilian,  Coquimbo,  Copiapo,l 
St.  Fernando,  and  Petorca.  \ 

Indians.  The  Araucanians,  a  celebrated  tribe  of  independent  In- ! 
dians,  possess  a  large  tract  of  country,  in  the  southern  part  of  Chili. 

Islands.  The  principal  islands  are  the  Archipelago  of  Chiloe  and) 
Juan  Fernandez.  Alexander  Selkirk,  a  Scotch  sailor,  lived  on  the! 
desert  island  of  Juan  Fernandez  4  years.  This  circumstance  gave^ 
rise  to  the  celebrated  romance  of  Robinson  Crusoe. 


EUROPE.  93 


PATAGONIA. 


Patagonia  is  a  large  country,  comprising  the  southern  part  of 
South  America,  and  is  but  little  known.  The  climate  is  cold.  The 
country  in  the  northeast  consists  of  immense  plains ;  in  the  west  it 
is  mountainous. 

It  is  inhabited  by  native  tribes,  who  are  represented  as  very  fero- 
cious, and  some  of  them  of  great  stature. 

The  island  of  Terra  del  Fuego  is  separated  from  the  southern 
extremity  of  South  America  by  the  straits  of  Magellan.  The  as- 
pect of  the  country  is  dreary,  abounding  in  mountains,  which  are 
covered  with  perpetual  snow. 


EUROPE. 

Divisions  by  countries.  Europe  includes  the  following  countries ; 
Lapland,  J^orway,  Sweden,  and  Russia,  in  the  north ;  Great  Britaitiy 
France,  Netherlands,  Denmark,  Prussia,  Poland,  Germany,  Switzer- 
land,  and  Austria,  with  Hungary,  in  the  middle  ;  Portugal,  Spaiut 
Italy,  and  Turkey,  in  the  south. 

Political  divisions  and  government.  Europe  contains  3  sovereign- 
ties styled  empires,  14  kingdoms,  3  republics,  and  38  small  states, 
styled  grand  duchies,  duchies,  principalities,  &;c.  They  are  here  ar 
ranged  according  to  the  number  of  inhabitants. 


1.  Russia,  2.  Austria,  3.  Turkey. 

KINGDOMS. 

1.  France,  2.  Great  Britain,  3.  Spain,  4.  Prussia,  5.  Naples,  6. 
Netherlands,  7.  Sardinia,  8.  Sweden,  9.  Bavaria,  10.  Portugal,  11. 
Denmark,  12.  Wurtemberg,  13.  Hanover,  14.  Saxony. 

REPUBLICS. 

1.  Switzerland,  2.  Ionian  Islands,  3.  St.  Marino. 

Limited  monarchy  is  the  prevailing  government  in  Europe.  The 
4  most  important  of  the  European  states  are  Russia,  Great  Britain, 
France,  znd  Austria. 

Religion.  Christianity  is  the  religion  of  all  Europe,  except  Tur- 
key. The  Greek  Church  is  the  religion  of  Russia  and  of  the  Chris- 
tian inhabitants  of  Turkey.  The  Protestant  religion  prevails  in  the 
north  of  Europe,  and  the  Roman  Catholic  in  the  south.  The  Turks 
are  Mahometans.  Jews  are  found  in  almost  all  parts,  but  chieflr  in 
Poland,  ^  ^ 


96  LAPLAND.  ) 

Character.  Europe  greatly  excels  the  other  parts  of  the  globe  in  ' 
civilization,  literature,  and  science.  The  countries  most  distinguish-  j 
ed  in  these  respects,  are  Great  Britain,  France,  and  Germany.  ; 

Climate  Europe  is  situated  almost  wholly  in  the  temperate  zone,  ' 
ind  enjoys  a  favourable  climate. 

Seas.  The  principal  seas  are  the  Mediterranean,  Archipelago,] 
Marmora,  Black,  Azof,  J^orth,  Baltic,  and  TFhite.  The  Mediterra-^ 
nean  is  2,000  miles  long,  and  is  the  largest  and  most  celebrated ! 
sea  in  the  world.     The  eastern  part  of  it  is  styled  the  Levant.  ' 

Bays  and  Gulfs.     These  are  the  bay  of  Biscay,  the  gulfs  of  Ven- 
ice,  Bothnia,  Finland,  and  Rig-a.  \ 

Lakes.  Some  of  the  principal  lakes  are  Ladoga,  Onega,  Wenner, ' 
Wetter^  Constance,  and  Geneva.  i 

Rivers.  The  5  largest  rivers  are  the  Wolga,  Danube,  DniepeVyi 
Don,  and  Rhine.  ; 

The  Wolga,  the  largest  river,  is  about  2,500  miles  long.  It  has '' 
its  whole  course  in  Russia,  and  flows  into  the  Caspian  sea  by  sever- 1 
al  mouths.  It  is  connected  with  the  Neva  by  a  canal,  and  thus  forms  j 
a  communication  between  the  Caspian  and  Baltic  seas ;  and  also  with  1 
the  Dwina,  forming  communication  with  the  Frozen  ocean. 

The  Dnieper  and  Don  are  also  rivers  of  Russia.  The  Dnieper  j 
flows  into  the  black  sea,  and  the  Don  into  the  sea  of  Azof.  ; 

The  Danube,  the  second  river  in  size,  is  about  1,800  miles  long  5 
It  rises  in  Baden,  and  flows  through  Austria,  Hungary,  and  Turkey  1 
and  runs  into  the  Black  sea.  ; 

The  Rhine  rises  in  the  mountains  of  Switzerland,  separates  France  i 
from  Germany,  and  flows  into  the  North  sea  in  the  Netherlands.  It 
is  navigable  from  the  falls  at  SchafFhausen  in  Switzerland.  These  J 
falls,  though  far  from  being  the  highest,  are  the  most  celebrated  ^ 
cataract  in  Europe.  ' 

Islands.  The  largest  islands  are  Sicily,  Sardinia,  Corsica,  and: 
Candia,  in  the  Mediterranean  ;  Great  Britain,  Ireland,  and  Iceland^' 
in  the  Atlantic ;  Spitzbergen  and  JN'ova  Zembla,  in  the  Arctic  ocean.  < 

Mountains.  The  6  principal  ranges  of  mountains  are  the  Alps,^ 
which  separate  Switzerland  and  Germany  from  Italy  ;  the  Pyrenees\ 
between  France  and  Spain ;  the  Apennines,  which  extend  through^ 
Italy;  the  Carpathian  mountains  on  tlie  north  and  east  of  Hunga-i 
ry ;  the  Dofrefeld  mountains  between  Norway  and  Sweden;  and  the^ 
Ural  moimtains  in  Russia,  between  Europe  and  Asia. 

Mont  Blanc,  a  summit  of  the  Alps,  in  Savoy,  on  the  borders  of; 
Switzerland,  is  the  highest  mountain  in  Europe.  « 

Volcanoes.  The  3  most  celebrated  vrlcanoes  are  Etna  in  Sicily,., 
Vesuvius  in  Naples,  and  Hecla  in  Iceland. 


LAPLAND. 


Divisions  Lapland,  the  most  northerly  country  in  Europe,  is  di- ; 
vided  into  tliree  parts  Korth  Lapland,  belonging  to  Norway ;  South  | 
Lapland,  belonging  to  Sweden ;  and  East  Lapland,  belonging  Xa ; 
Russia.  S 


NORWAY.  97 

Descnptton  The  country  is  generally  rough  and  mountainous ;  the 
soil  mostly  barren,  and  the  climate  intensely  cold.  There  are  no 
towns  larger  than  a  small  village,  and  the  country  is  very  thinly  in- 
habited. 

Inhabitants.  The  Laplanders  are  only  about  4  feet  high,  and  of 
swarthy  complexion.  They  are  illiterate,  enjoy  few  of  the  com- 
forts of  life,  yet  are  remarkably  attached  to  their  country.  They 
are  clothed  chiefly  with  skins  and  fur. 

Their  principal  wealth  consists  in  the  rein^deer,  which  supplies 
them  with  food  and  clothing.  In  winter  they  perform  journeys  with 
sledges  drawn  by  rein-deer,  at  the  rate  of  10  miles  an  hour 


NORWAY. 

Dioceses.  Chief  towns.  Dioceses.  Chief  towns. 

Aggerhuus  Christiania  Bergen  Bergen 

Christiansand  Christiansand  Drontheim  Drontheim 

Jforrland  and  Finniark,  or  JsTorwegian  Lapland^  comprise  the 
northern  part  of  Norway,  and  are  cold,  dreary,  and  very  thinly  in- 
habited. 

Rivers.  The  rivers  are  numerous,  but  partake  frequently  of  the 
nature  of  torrents,  and  have  numerous  cataracts.  The  largest 
rivers  are  the  Glornme,  Louven,  and  J^yd. 

Face  of  the  country.  Norway  is,  next  to  Switzerland,  the  most 
mountainous  country  in  Europe,  and  abounds  in  sublime  and  pic- 
turesque scenery. 

^Mountains.  The  Dofrajield  mountains  are  a  long  range,  extend- 
ing between  Norway  and  Sweden.  Some  of  the  summits  are  real 
glaciers,  covered  with  perpetual  snow  and  ice. 

Climate.  The  summers  are  short  and  hot ;  the  winters  long,  and 
excessively  cold. 

Soil.  A  great  proportion  of  the  soil  is  barren,  particularly  in  the 
northern  parts.  In  the  south,  it  is  better ;  though  but  little  of  it  is 
well  adapted  to  raising  grain,  but  it  affords  good  pasture. 

Productions.  The  wealth  of  Norway  consists  chiefly  in  its  timber 
and  cattle,  its  fisheries,  and  its  mines  of  iron,  copper,  and  silver. 

Curiosity.  The  Maelstroom  is  a  dreadful  vortex  or  whirlpool,  on 
the  coast  of  Norway,  near  the  island  of  Moskoe.  It  is  so  violent  as 
to  draw  in  and  overwhelm  ships,  also  whales  and  other  animals,  that 
come  near  it. 

Population  of  the  chief  towns. 
Bergen  18,000     Drontheim  9,000       Christiansand       5,000 

Christiania        11,000     Kongsberg  9,000       Frederickshall      4,000 

Christiania  is  the  seat  of  government,  and  contains  a  univertity. 
It  has  an  excellent  harbour,  with  a  flourishing  commerce. 

Bergen  and  Drontheim  have  considerable  trade.     The  latter  is 
remarkable  for  its  picturesque  views. 
9 


08  SWEDEN. 

Kongsbtrg  is  famous  for  its  mines  of  silver,  and  Rorcuu  for  those 
of  copper. 

Education  is  in  a  backward  state.  The  Norwegfian  language  is  a 
dialect  of  the  Gothic, 

Inhabitants.  The  Norwegians  are  accustomed  to  a  plain  style  of 
living-,  and  have  few  luxuries.  In  the  remote  parts,  they  are  ac- 
customed, in  seasons  of  scarcity,  to  mix  the  inside  of  the  hark  of 
trees  with  oat  meal  for  their  bread. 

History.  Norway  was  once  an  independent  kingdom,  but  was 
annexed  to  Denmark  in  1397.     In  1814,  it  was  ceded  to  Sweden. 


SWEDEN. 

Divisions.  Sweden  comprises  three  general  divisions,  which  are 
subdivided  into  provinces. 

Chief  towns.  Chief  towns. 

Norrland  Gefle  „   .,,      ,  ( Gottenburg 

Sweden  Proper     Stockholm  ixotmand  Jcarlscrona 

Fa^e  of  the  country.  Sweden  is  inclosed  by  mountains  on  the 
west  and  north,  but  is  generally  a  very  level  country. 

Lakes.  The  most  striking  feature  in  the  appearance  of  the  coun- 
try, consists  in  the  number  and  extent  of  its  lakes.  Some  of  the 
largest  ones  are  lakes  Wenner,  Wetter,  and  Malar. 

Rivers.  The  rivers  are  numerous,  but  mostly  small.  Some  of 
the  principal  are  the  Gotha,  Dahl,  and  Motala.  On  the  Gotha  are 
the  celebrated  falls  of  Trolhceta,  a  little  below  the  place  where  the 
river  issues  from  lake  Wcnner.  They  consist  of  four  principal 
cataracts,  the  whole  descent  being  about  100  feet. 

Climate.  The  winters  are  long,  dry,  and  cold  ;  the  summers  short 
and  hot.  The  transition  from  one  to  the  other,  is  so  sudden  that 
spring  and  autumn  are  scarcely  known. 

Soil.  Sweden  is  one  of  the  least  populous  and  least  fertile  coun- 
tries in  Europe.  The  greatest  part  of  the  country  is  a  forest,  and 
incapable  of  cultivation.  The  southern  parts  are  the  most  fertile 
and  populous. 

Productions.  A  great  part  of  the  wealth  of  Sweden  is  derived 
from  its  mines  of  iron  and  copper,  and  its  forests.  The  principal 
exports  are  iron,  copper,  alum,  timber,  and  tar.  The  Swedish  iron 
is  esteemed  the  best  in  Europe.  The  most  celebrated  iron  mine  is 
that  of  Dannemora,  60  miles  NNW.  of  Stockholm. 

Islands.  The  Swedish  islands  in  the  Baltic  are  Oeland,  Gothland^ 
and  Faro. 

Population  of  the  chief  towns. 

Stockholm  73,000       Nordkioping      9,300      Calmar  4,500 

Gottenburg        22,000       Malmo  6,700      Upsal  4,500 

Carlscrona  12,000      Gefle  6,600      Fahlun  4,200 

Stockholnii  the  capital,  is  built  on  seyeral  islands,  at  the  junction 


DENMARK.  99 

of  lake  Malar  with  the  Baltic.  The  ground  on  which  it  is  situated, 
is  uneven,  and  the  views  of  the  city  are  uncommonly  picturesque. 
The  royal  palace  is  one  of  the  finest  in  Europe. 

Gottenhurg^  on  the  Cattegat,  in  the  southwest  part  of  Sweden,  has 
an  extensive  trade,  particularij'^  in  iron. 

Carlscrona  is  noted  for  being-  the  chief  station  of  the  Swedish 
navy  ;  Upsal  for  its  university  ;  and  Fahlun  for  its  copper  mines. 
J^ordkioping,  Malmo,  Gejle^  and  Calmar^  are  commercial  towns. 

Education.  Much  attention  is  paid  to  education,  and  the  Swedes 
have  cultivated  the  sciences  with  great  success.  There  are  two 
universities,  those  of  Upsal  and  Lund.  The  former  is  one  of  the 
most  distinguished  in  Europe. 

Religion.  The  Swedes  are  almost  all  Lutherans.  There  is  one 
archbishop,  that  of  Upsal,  and  1 1  bishops. 

Inhabitants.  The  Swedes,  on  account  of  their  vivacity  and  ad- 
dress, have  been  styled  the  French  of  the  north.  They  have  gene- 
rally a  fair  complexion,  a  ruddy  countenance,  and  light  flaxen 
hair.  They  are  honest  and  hospitable,  accustomed  to  a  plain  diet 
and  few  indulgences. 

History.  The  Swedes  embraced  Christianity  in  the  11th  century, 
and  the  Reformation  in  the  16th.  In  1808,  Sweden  lost  Finland^ 
which  was  ceded  to  Russia ;  and  in  1814,  acquired  J^orway, 

DENMARK. 

Denmark  is  composed  chiefly  of  a  peninsula,  and  several  islands 
in  the  Baltic.     The  following  are  the  principal  divisions. 


Chief  towns. 

Chief  towns. 

Zealand 

CoPErfHAGEjy 

Sleswick 

Sleswick 

Funen 

Odensee 

Holstein 

Kiel 

Jutland 

Aalborg 

Lauenburg 

Lauenburg 

Islands.  The  principal  islands  in  the  Baltic  belonging  to  Den 
mark,  are  Zealand,  Funen,  Laaland,  Falster,  and  Langeland. — Ice 
land  and  the  Faroe  Islands  also  belong  to  Denmark. 

Face  of  the  country.  The  continental  part  is  very  level  It  is 
watered  by  no  large  rivers,  but  has  numerous  small  lakes. 

Climate.  The  climate  is  healthy,  and  uniformly  temperate  ;  though 
the  atmosphere,  during  the  greater  part  of  the  year,  is  thick  and 
cloudy. 

Soil  and  Productions.  The  soil  is  generally  sandy,  but  a  large 
proportion  is  fertile,  and  produces  oats,  barley,  beans,  pease,  potatoes, 
and  madder,  and  much  of  it  is  excellent  for  grazing. 

Commerce.  Denmark  is  remarkably  well  situated  for  trade,  and 
its  commerce  is  very  considerable.  The  exports  consist  of  grain, 
horses,  cattle,  beef  pork,  butter,  and  cheese. 

Canal.  The  Canal  of  Kiel  is  22  miles  long.  It  extends  from  the 
Baltic  to  the  Eyder,  and  thus  forms  a  communication  between  tbe 
Baltic  and  North  sea.  It  is  about  100  feet  wide  at  the  surface,  54 
at  the  bottom,  and  10  deep. 


100  ICELAND 


Population  of  the  chief  towns. 


1 

Copenhagen         100,000      Kiel  7,000      Elsinore  7,000    ■ 

Altona  23,000       Flensborg       7,000       A^rhuus  6,000    j 

Rendsburg  8,000      Odensee         7,000      Slsswick  6,000  j 

Copenhagen,  the  metropolis  of  the  Danish  monarchy,  is  situated  on  ] 

the  east  coast  of  the  island  of  Zealand,  and  presents  a  magnificent  | 

view  when  approached  from  the  sea.     It  is  one  of  the  best  built  '' 

cities  in  the  north  of  Europe,  and  is  not  only  the  residence  of  the  < 

court,  but  is  the  seat  of  all  the  g-reat  public  establishments  of  the  j 

kingdom.     It  has  a  good  harbour,  and  an  extensive  commerce.  '. 

Altona,  situated  in  Holstein  on  the  Elbe,  2  miles  west  of  Hamburg,  i 

has  considerable  commerce  and  manufactures.  ] 

Elsinore,  20  miles  N.  of  Copenhagen,  is  a  well  known  seaport,  at  \ 

which  all  foreign  ships  that  trade  to  the  Baltic,  pay  toll.  ■ 

Education.     Considerable  attention  is  paid  to  education.     There  \ 

are  2  universities,  one  at  Copenhagen,  and  the  other  at  Kiel.     The  > 

former  is  on  a  large  scale,  having  ample  funds,  and  one  of  the  best  • 
botanic  gardens  in  Europe. 

Inhabitants.     The  Danes  have  a  florid  complexion,  and  hair  of  ' 

a  flaxen  or  reddish  colour.  They  are  much  addicted  to  excess.  The  ; 
peasantry  are  poor,  and  held  in  a  state  of  bondage. 

*  -; 

ICELAND.  1 

Iceland  is  a  large  island,  about  280  miles  in  length,  belonging  to 
Denmark.     It  lies  partly  in  the  frigid  zone,  and  the  climate  is  ex-  ^ 
tremely  severe. 

The  surface  is  in  the  highest  degree  rugged  and  mountainous.     A  \ 
range  of  mountains  extends  from  east  to  west,  with  10  or  12  sum- 
mits covered  with  perpetual  snow  and  ice.     Sncefiel  is  nearly  7,000  '\ 
feet  high ;  Hecla,  the  most  celebrated  volcano,  about  5,000  feet. 

The  soil  is  mostly  barren,  and  produces  no  grain,  and  but  few  of  ] 
the  necessaries  of  life.  No  woods  are  seen,  except  a  few  birch  trees,  . 
seldom  more  than  6  feet  high.  There  are  tolerable  pastures,  and  I 
some  potatoes  are  raised.  The  island  is  thinly  inhabited,  and  has  no  \ 
considerable  towns.  Reikiavik,  the  capital,  contains  only  about  ' 
500  inhabitants.  Jj 

The  inhabitants  are  Lutherans,  of  simple  manners,  \noral  and  re-  -' 
ligious.  They  enjoy  few  of  the  comforts  of  life,  and  subsist  almost  t 
wholly  on  animal  food,  chiefly  fish.  -■ 

Curiosities.  No  part  of  Europe  more  abounds  in  natural  wonders  ^ 
than  Iceland.  Mount  Hecla  is  one  of  the  most  celebrated  volcanoes  "; 
on  the  globe,  and  has  had  numerous  and  dreadful  eruptions.  Matter  ' 
is  said  to  have  been  thrown  to  the  distance  of  150  miles.  ■ 

The  Geysers,  or  hot  springs  of  Iceland,  are  reckoned  among  the 
greatest  wonders  of  the  world.  They  throw  into  the  air  jets  of  boil-  j 
ing  water,  sometimes  to  the  height  of  200  feet,  accompanied  %vith  a  ; 
noise  like  that  of  a  cannon,  and  a  trembling  of  the  adjacent  ground.  | 
Stones  of  considerable  size  are  also  thrown  up  much  higher  than  the  ' 
water 


RUSSIA. 


101 


Sulphur  mountain  exhibits  the  phenomenon  of  a  number  of  rMrfwraZ 
cauldrons  of  black  boiling  mud,  which  are  in  constant  action,  emit 
ting  a  loud  noise,  and  sending  forth  immense  columns  of  vapour. 


RUSSIA. 

Extent.     Russia  includes  most  of  the  north  of  Europe,  and  all  the 
north  of  Asia,  and  is  the  most  extensive  empire  on  the  globe. 

Divisions.  Russia  is  divided  into  54  governments,  47  of  which  aro 
included  chiefly  in  Europe.  The  Asiatic  part  is  far  the  most  exten 
give,  but  the  European  portion  is  much  the  most  populous. 


RUSSIA  IN  EUROPE. 
In  the  JSTorth  and  J^orth-West. 


Governments. 

Chief  cities. 

Governments. 

Chief  cities. 

Archangel 

Archangel 

Petersburg 

St.  Petkrsburo 

Vologda 

Vologda 

Esthonia 

Revel 

Olonetz 

Petrozavodsk 

Livonia 

Riga 

Finland 

Helsingfors 

Courland 

Mittau 

Novgorod 

Novgorod 

Wilna 

W^ilna 

Pskov 

Pskov 

In  the  centre. 

Moscow 

Moscow 

Voronez 

Voronez 

Vladimir 

Vladimir 

Kursk 

Kursk 

Jaroslav 

Jaroslav 

Orel 

Orel 

Kostroma 

Kostroma 

Tula 

Tula 

Nizntiei-Novgorod 

[  Nisnei-Novgorod 

I  Kaluga 

Kaluga 

Riazan 

Riazan 

Smolensk 

Smolensk 

Tambov 

Tambov 

Tver 

Tver 

In  the  West. 

In  the  East. 

Vitepsk 

Vitepsk 

Saratov 

SaratoT 

Mohilev 

Mohilev 

Penza 

Penza 

Minsk 

Minsk 

Simbirsk 

Simbirsk 

Grodno 

Grodno 

Kazan 

Kazan 

Bialystock 

Bialystock 

Viatka 

Viatka 

Volhynia 

Zytomiers 

Perm 

Perm 

In  the  South. 

Podolia 

Kaminiec 

Slobodsk-Ukraine    Charkov 

Bessarabia  &c. 

Bender 

Ekaterinoslav 

Ekaterinoslar 

Kiev 

Kiev 

Cherson 

Cherson 

Tchernigov 

Tchernigov 

Taurida 

Simpheropol 

Poltava 

Poltava 

Don  Cosacs 

Tcherkask 

lOS  RUSSIA. 

'  Rivers.  Russia  is  watered  by  some  of  the  largest  rivers  of  Eu- 
rope. The  principal  ones  are  the  Volga^  I>nieper,  I>rii€ster,  Don^ 
Onega,  Z)u:irm,  Petchora,  JS'eva,  and  JMemen. 

Lakes.    The  largest  lakes  are  Ladoga,  On€ga,Tchudskoe,aind  flmen. 

Face  of  the  country.  Russia  is,  in  general,  a  very  level  country, 
and  has  plains  of  vast  extent. 

J\Ioxintains.  The  only  large  mountains,  are  those  of  Crimea  in 
the  south,  and  the  Uralian  mountains,  which  form  the  boundary  be- 
tween Europe  and  Asia,  and  are  about  1,400  miles  in  length. 

Soil.  The  soil  in  the  southern  provinces  is  generally  very  fen>le, 
but  in  advancing  to  the  north,  it  becomes  less  so. 

Productions.  Rye,  barley,  and  oats,  are  the  principal  kinds  of 
grain  cultivated  in  the  northern  provinces  ;  wheat  in  the  southern. 
Agriculture  is  in  a  backward  state.  Russia  has  valuable  mines  of 
silver,  copper,  and  especially  iron. 

Climate.  The  climate  in  this  vast  empire  is  various ;  in  the  south- 
cm  parts  it  is  temperate  and  agreeable ;  in  the  northern,  extremely 
severe. 

Inland  navigation.  Russia  has  great  facilities  for  inland  naviga- 
tion, by  means  of  rivers  and  canals.  An  inland  navigation  is  open- 
ed from  the  Baltic  to  the  Black  and  Caspian  seas ;  and  also  from 
the  Black  and  Caspian  seas  to  the  Frozen  ocean. 

Commerce.  Russia  has  an  extensive  commerce,  which  is  carried 
on  through  the  Baltic,  Black,  Caspian,  and  White  seas. 

PopulaUon  of  tkt  chief  cities. 


St.  Petersburg 

285,000 

Wilaa 

25,000 

Moscow 

250,000 

Kiev 

20,000 

Cronstadt 

40,000 

Tver 

20,000 

Odessa 

40,000 

Jaroslav 

19,000 

Riga 

36,000 

Kaluga 

17,000 

Tula 

30,000 

Cherson 

15,000 

SL  Petersburg,  the  metropolis  of  the  Russian  empire,  is  situated 
on  the  Neva,  near  its  entrance  into  the  gulf  of  Finland.  It  was 
founded,  in  1703,  by  Peter  the  Great,  and  it  has  now  become  a  very 
large  commercial  city.  In  the  width  and  regularity  of  its  streets, 
and  the  general  magnificence  of  its  buildings,  it  surpasses  every 
other  city  in  Europe. 

J^Ioscow,  the  ancient  capital,  is  situated  on  the  Moskwa,  and  is 
24  miles  in  circumference.  The  part  of  the  city  called  the  Krem- 
lin, contains  an  assemblage  of  magnificent  public  edifices.  One  of 
the  towers  formerly  had  the  largest  bell  in  the  world.  The  weig^ht 
of  it  was  upwards  of  200  tons.  The  city  exhibits  a  singular  con- 
trast of  splendid  edifices,  and  miserable  hovels. 

Moscow  was  set  on  fire,  in  1812,  by  the  direction  of  the  Russian 
government,  in  order  to  prevent  the  French  from  deriving  any  im- 
portant advantage  from  possessing  it.  This  is  the  most  extraordi- 
nary transaction  of  the  kind  recorded  in  history.  Nearly  three 
fourths  of  the  city  were  burnt,  but  it  has  since  been  rebuilt. 


PRUSSIA.  103 

Cronstadt,  situated  on  an  island,  20  miles  west  of  St.  Petersburg-, 
IS  the  principal  station  for  the  Russian  navy. 

Odessa,  on  the  Black  sea,  is  a  new  and  flourishing*  city,  and  has 
an  extensive  commerce,  particularly  in  wheat. 

Riga,  situated  near  the  mouth  of  the  Dwina,  is  next  to  'St.  Pe 
tersburg-  and  Odessa  in  commerce. 

Archangel,  a  commercial  port  on  the  White  sea,  is  remarkable  for 
being-  the  most  northerly  considerable  town  in  Europe. 

Tula  is  famous  for  its  hardware ;  Kiev  for  having  anciently  been 
the  capital  of  the  Russian  monarchy ;  Wilna  is  a  place  of  note  in 
Russian  Poland  ;  and  Aho  in  Finland. 

Smolensk  is  famous  for  its  siege  and  bombardment  by  the  French ; 
and  Borodino,  a  village  between  Smolensk  and  Moscow,  for  a  tre- 
mendous battle  between  the  French  and  Russians. 

Religion.  The  established  religion  is  the  Greek  Church,  and  about 
three  fourths  of  the  inhabitants  are  of  this  religion.  The  rest  are 
Catholics,  Lutherans,  Mahometans,  Jews,  and  Pagans ;  all  religions 
are  tolerated. 

Universities.  There  are  8  universities,  at  St.  Petersburg,  Jifoscow, 
Dorpat,  Abo,  Wilna,  Charkov,  Kiev,  and  Kazan. 

Education.  Russia  has  some  learned  men,  but  literature  is  in  a 
backward  state. — Education  has  been  heretofore  almost  entirely  neg- 
lected ;  but  an  increasing  attention  is  now  paid  to  it. 

Bible  Societies  are  now  extensively  instituted  throughout  Russia, 
for  the  benevolent  purpose  of  distributing  the  Scriptures,  in  the  va- 
rious languages  of  the  inhabitants. 

Inhabitants.  The  Russians  are  one  of  the  most  illiterate  nations 
in  Europe.  The  great  mass  of  the  people  are  in  a  state  of  miserable 
servitude,  and  are  bought  and  sold  with  the  land  which  they  culti- 
vate. 

History.  At  the  beginning  of  the  18th  century,  Russia  was  gen- 
erally in  a  state  of  barbarism.  Since  that  time  it  has  advanced 
much  in  civilization,  and  increased  greatly  in  territory  and  power. 
It  has  had  3  great  sovereigns,  Peter  the  Great,  Catharine  II.,  and 
Alexander,  the  present  emperor. 


PRUSSIA. 

Divisions.  The  Prussian  dominions  consist  chiefly  of  two  parts, 
entirely  separated  from  each  other,  one  lying  in  the  east,  the  other 
in  the  west  of  Germany.  The  provinces  of  East  and  West  Prussia 
and  Posen,  comprise  Prussia  Proper  and  a  part  of  Poland.  All  the 
other  provinces  are  included  within  the  limits  of  the  late  German 
empire. 

The  whole  kingdom  is  divided  into  10  provinces,  and  subdivided 
into  28  governments.  The  eastern  part  forms  the  main  body  of  the 
kingdom,  and  comprises  the  first  seven  provinces  in  the  following^ 
table.  The  towns  in  the  table  are  all  capitals  of  governments  of 
tUe  same  name. 


104 


PRUSSIA. 


Provinces. 
East  Prussia 
West  Prussia 


Brandenburg 


Pomerania 


Silesia 


Capitals. 

<  Konigsberw 
\  Gumhinnen 
k  Dantzic 

\  Marieawerder 
I  Berlix 

<  Potsdam 
(  Frankfort 
(  Stettin 

<  Stralsund 
(  Cosslin 

I  Breslau 
1  Liegnitz 
j  Reichenbach 
(  Oppeki 


Provinces. 
Posen 


Saxony 


Westphalia 


Juliers-Cleves- 


Lower  Rhine 


Capitals, 
i  Posen 
(  Bromberg 
C  Magdeburg 

<  Merseburg 
(  Erfurt 

(  Munster 

<  Minden 

(  Arensberg 
'  Cologne 
.  Dusseldorf 

Cleves 

Aix  la  Chapellc 

Coblentz 

Treves 


Rivers.  Prussia  is  a  favoured  country  with  regard  to  navigable 
rivers.  Some  of  these  are  the  Elbe,  Oder,  Vistula,  Memel,  Pregel, 
Spree,  Havel,  Rhine,  and  Jyioselle. 

Lakes.  Small  lakes  are  numerous ;  Spirding-See  and  Maur-See 
are  among  the  largest.  Curish  Hajf,  Frish  Haff,  and  Grass  Haff, 
are  inland  sheets  of  water,  or  gulfs. 

Islands.     The  principal  islands  are  Rugen  and  Usedom. 

Face  of  the  country.  Prussia  is  mostly  a  very  level  country, 
abounding  in  lakes  and  streams,  and  has  many  marshy  tracts.  Silesia 
is  agreeably  diversified,  and  has  considerable  mountains,  called  the 
Sudetic  Mountains. 

Soil.  The  soil  in  some  parts  is  good,  but  in  general  by  no  meant 
fertile,  being  often  sandy  and  covered  with  heath. 

Productions.  Prussia  produces  grain,  Jlax,  hemp,  &c. ;  and  abounds 
in  cattle. 

Minerals.  The  most  distinguished  mineral  production  is  ambers 
found  on  the  shores  of  the  Baltic. 

Climate.  The  climate  is  cold  and  piercing  in  the  winter,  warm 
and  pleasant  in  the  summer ;  but  the  autumn  is  generally  wet. 


Population  of  the  chief  tovms. 


Berlin 

188,000 

Aix  la  Chapelk 

!  32,000 

Breslau 

76,000 

Potsdam 

23,000 

Konigsberg 

59,000 

Stettin 

22,000 

Dantzic 

49,000 

Elberfeld 

22,000 

Cologne 

49,000 

Dusseldorf 

20,000 

Magdeburg 

35,000 

Posen 

20,000 

Halle 

20,000 

Munster 

17,000 

Erfurt 

17,000 

Elbing    ^ 
Stralsund 

17,000 

16,000 

Coblentz 

15,000 

Berlin,  the  capital  of  the  Prussian  dominions,  is  situated  on  the 
Spree.  It  is  the  second  city  in  Germany  in  population,  and  one  of 
most  beautiful  in  Europe.  The  streets  are  generally  broad  and 
straight,  and  the  houses  large,  built  of  white  free  stone,  or  brick 
covered  with  stucco.     The  city  contains  many  magnificent  edifices, 


POLAND.  105 

and  numerous  literary  institutions,  and  is  the  seat  of  luxury  and  a 
splendid  court.     The  country  around  is  level  and  sandy. 

Breslau^  the  capital  of  Silesia,  situated  on  the  Oder,  carries  on  a 
great  trade,  and  is  celebrated  for  its  fairs. 

Dantzic,  situated  on  the  Vistula,  5  miles  from  its  mouth,  is  an 
opulent  commercial  city,  disting-uished  for  its  exports  of  g-rain. 

Konigsherg^  on  the  Pregel,  was  formerly  the  capital  of  Prussia. 
It  is  a  large  and  handsome  city,  well  situated  for  commerce. 

Cologne^  an  old  and  rather  decayed  town,  on  the  Rhine,  is  noted 
for  commerce,  and  has  long  held  a  conspicuous  rank  in  Catholic 
Germany. 

The  chief  commercial  ports  are  Konigsberg,  Danizic,  Stettitiy 
Stralsund,  EWing,  and  Jdemei. 

Magdeburg,  on  the  Elbe,  is  noted  for  its  commerce,  and  the 
strength  of  its  fortifications ;  Aix  la  Chape.lle  for  its  warm  baths ; 
Potsdam  for  its  splendid  edifices ;  Halle  for  its  university  and  salt 
works  ;  Tlioy^n  as  the  birthplace  of  Copernicus  ;  Eisleben  of  Luther. 

Eylau  and  Friedland,  small  towns,  are  famous  for  great  battles 
between  the  French,  Russians,  and  Prussians.  Posen  is  the  chief 
town  of  Prussian  Poland.  Gnesna  was  the  seat  of  an  archbishop  who 
was  primate  of  all  Poland. 

Religion.  Nearly  two  thirds  of  the  inhabitants  are  Protestants^ 
and  one  third  Catholics. 

Universities,  &c.  The  universities  of  the  Prussian  states  are 
those  of  Konigsberg,  Breslau,  Berlin,  Halle,  Bonn,  and  Greifswalde. 
In  some  parts,  particularly  in  the  provinces  of  Brandenburg"  and 
Saxony,  much  attention  is  paid  to  education. 

Language.     The  prevailing  language  is  the  German. 

History.  Prussia  was  first  erected  into  a  kingdom  in  1701.  It 
has  since  gained  various  additions  to  its  territory,  and  now  ranks 
among  the  most  powerful  states  of  Europe. 


POLAND. 

Poland  was  formerly  one  of  the  largest  king-doms  in  Europe,  con- 
taining- about  15  millions  of  inhabitants,  but  since  1772,  it  has  been 
divided  between  Russia,  Austria,  and  Prussia. 

Russia  has  acquired  nearly  one  half  of  the  population,  Austria  one 
quarter,  and  Prussia  one  eighth.  The  remainder  of  the  country, 
comprising  less  than  3  millions  of  inhabitants,  is  formed  into  a  king-- 
dom,  and  is  governed  by  a  viceroy  appointed  by  the  emperor  of 
Russia. 

Rivers.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Vistula,  JSTiemen,  Dwina, 
Dnieper,  and  Dniester. 

The  Vistula,  the  great  river  of  Poland,  rises  at  the  foot  of  the 
Carpathian  mountains,  passes  by  Cracow,  Warsaw,  and  Thorn,  and 
flows  into  the  Baltic,  at  Dantzic.  It  is  navigable  throughout  most 
of  its  course. 


106  POEiAND 

Face  of  the  country.  Poland  is  generally  a  very  level  country,  in 
Bome  parts  marshy. 

Soil  and  produce.  A  larg-e  part  of  the  soil  is  very  fertile,  but  bad 
ly  cultivated.  The  most  important  production  is  grain,  of  which 
larg-e  quantities  are  exported. 

Salt  mines.  At  Wielicza,  in  Austrian  Poland,  7  miles  SE.  of  Cra- 
covr,  are  the  most  celebrated  salt  mines  in  the  world.  The  princi- 
pal mine  is  8,000  feet  long,  2,000  broad,  and  800  deep.  Many  of  the 
persons  employed  here,  were  born  in  the  mines,  and  never  go  out. 

Inhabitants.  The  Poles  were  originally  a  tribe  of  Sclavonians, 
and  are  one  of  the  most  illiterate  nations  in  Europe.  They  are 
mostly  Catholics.  The  peasantry  are  in  a  state  of  miserable  servi- 
tude. 

Jew*.  There  are  more  Jews  in  the  Polish  territories  than  in  all 
the  rest  of  Europe.  Almost  all  the  trade  of  the  country  is  in  their 
hands. 

Towns.  Warsaw,  the  capital,  and  the  only  large  town  in  the 
kingdom  of  Poland,  is  favourably  situated  on  the  Vistula.  It  con- 
tains a  university,  and  has  an  extensive  inland  trade.  It  exhibits  a 
singular  contrast  of  splendid  mansions  and  miserable  hovels. 

Pultusk,  a  small  town,  is  famous  for  a  great  battle  between  the 
French  and  Russians  ;  and  Rakow  for  having  once  been  the  chief 
settlement  of  the  Polish  Unitarians. 

Cracow,  on  the  Vistula,  in  the  softthwest  part  of  Poland,  is  a  free 
city.  It  is  very  ancient,  and  looks  like  a  great  capital  in  ruins. 
Population  26,000. 

Some  of  the  other  principal  Polish  towns  are  Dantzic  and  Posen, 
belonging  to  Prussia ;  Lemherg  and  Brody,  to  Austria ;  and  Wilna 
to  Russia. 


ENGLAND. 


107 


BRITISH  DOMINIONS. 


B^::^^M 

=— 

mm 

K^it^  v,  .iff^w,^^ 

|llf|lE 

[—            -^ 

^3 

w^^s,^^^^ 

T@]c 

^rfi 

i 

f  nj 

1 

II 

% 

^^•■'■'^ 

ip^-; 

m 

1  i 

11 

|.3l 

ii- 

i 

II 

1 

Jj^^^HiiH 

[^■■■i 

liii 

iiiiii 

■ 

■ 

St.  PauVs  Church. 

The  United  King-dom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  possesses  Crib' 
raltar,  and  the  islands  of  Malta  and  Heligoland,  in  Europe,  and  ha« 
extensive  dominions  in  Asia,  Africa,  and  America. 

Great  Britain  is.  divided  into  England,  Wales,  and  Scotland, 


ENGLAND  AND  WALES. 

England  contains  40  counties  ;    Wales  12. 
Six  northern  counties. 

Counties.  Chief  towns.  Counties. 

Northumberland    Newcastle  ,  Yorkshire 

Cumberland  Carlisle  Westmoreland 

Durham  Durham  Lancashire 


Chief  towns* 
York 
Appleby 
Lancaster 


Four  bordering  on  Wales. 


Cheshire 
Shropshire 


Chester 
Shrewsbury 


Herefordshire 
Monmouthshire 


Hereford 
Monmouth 


108 


ENGLAND. 


Counties. 
Nottinghamshire 
Derbyshire 
Staffordshire 
Leicestershire 
Rutlandshire 
Northampton- 
shire 


Twelve  Midland. 

Chief  totcns.  Counties, 


Nottin§;haLm 

Derby 

Stafford 

Leicester 

Okeham 

Northampton 


Warwickshire 
Worcestershire 
Gloucestershire 

Oxfordshire  

Buckinghamshire  Aylesbury 
Bedfordshire  Bedford 


Chief  lovytu. 
Warwick 
Worcester 
Gloucester 
Oxford 


Eight  Eastern, 
Lincolnshire  Lincoln  Suffolk 

Huntingdonshire   Huntingdon  Essex 

Cambridgeshire     Cambridge  Hertfordshire 

Norfolk  Norwich  Middlesex 


Surry 
Kent 


Berkshire 
Wiltshire 


Somersetshire 
Devonshire 


Flintshire 
Denbighshire 
C  aernarvonshire 


Radnorshire 

Cardiganshire 
Pembrokeshire 


Three  South-Eastern. 
Guildford  Sussex 

Canterbury 

Four  Southern. 
Reading  Hampshire 

Salisbury  Dorsetshire 

Three  South-Western. 
Bath  Cornwall 

Exeter 


Ipswich 
Chelmsford 
Hertford 
LoNDoir 


Chichester 


Winchester 
Dorchester 


Launceston 


Six  in  JsTorth  Wales. 
Flint 
Denbigh 
Caernarvon 


Anglesea 

Merionethshire 

Montgomeryshire 


Sir  in  South  Wales. 

Radnor  Caermarthenshire 

Cardigan  Brecknockshire 

Pembroke  Glamorganshire 


Beaumaris 

Dolgelly 

Montgomery 


Caermarthen 

Brecon 

Caerdiff 


Rivers.  The  3  principal  rivers  are  the  Thames,  Severn,  and  : 
Trent.  Some  of  the  smaller  ones  are  the  Medway,  Ouse,  Tyne,  i 
Tees,  Mersey,  Dee,  Avon,  and  Derwent.  \ 

Islands.  The  principal  islands  are  the  Isle  of  Wight,  Isle  of\ 
Man,  Guernsey,  Jersey,  Anglesea,  and  the  Scilly  isles.  J 

Face  of  the  country.     The  face  of  the  country  is  beautifully  diver-  ' 
sified  wiUi  hiils  and  verdant  plains.     Wales  is  mountainous,  and  the  , 
northern  counties  of  England  somewhat  so.     Snowdon,  in  Wales, 
is  the  most  elevated  mountain. 

Climate.  The  climate  is  healthy,  though  moist,  and  liable  to  fre- 
quent and  sudden  changes.  The  extremes  of  heat  and  cold  are  muck ' 
less  than  in  most  other  countries,  in  the  same  parallel  of  latitude. 

Soil.  The  soil  is  various,  but  a  great  proportion  of  it  is  good,  and 
it  is  under  excellent  cultivation 


ENGLAND.  109 

Productions,  The  4  principal  productions  of  agriculture,  are 
grain,  wool,  horned  cattle^  and  horses. 

Minerals.  The  mineral  productions  are  very  valuable,  particu- 
larly coal,  copper,  tin,  iron,  and  lead. 

Mineral  waters.  The  most  celebrated  mineral  waters  are  those 
of  Bath,  Cheltenham,  Bristol,  Tunhridge,  Buxton,  Scarborough,  Ep- 
som, and  Harrowgate.     These  are  famous  watering-  places. 

Curiosities.  The  Peak  of  Derbyshire  is  famous  for  its  Seven  Won- 
ders, which  consist  of  singular  caverns  and  subterraneous  curiosi- 
ties. 

Stonehenge  is  a  remarkable  ancient  monument,  situated  in  the 
middle  of  Salisbury  Plain.  It  consists  of  a  great  collection  of  stones 
of  immense  size,  which  seem  to  have  once  formed  an  entire  build- 
ing. 

Canals.  The  inland  navigation  of  England  is  rendered  very  com- 
plete by  means  of  navigable  rivers  and  canals.  The  canals  are  nu- 
merous, and  have  been  executed  at  great  expense.  The  two  longest 
are  each  130  miles  in  length. 

Population  of  the  principal  towns. 


London 

1,225,000 

Norwich 

50,000 

Leicester 

23,000 

Manchester 

134,000 

Portsmouth 

46,000 

Deptford 

20,000 

Liverpool 

119,000 

Sheffield 

36,000 

Exeter 

19,000 

Birmingham 

107,000 

Newcastle 

36,000 

York 

18,000 

Bristol 

88,0i?0 

Nottingham 

34,000 

Yarmouth 

18,000 

Leeds 

84,000 

Bath 

31,000 

Coventry 

18,000 

Plymouth 

61,000 

Hull 

27,000 

Wigan 

18,000 

London,  the  metropolis  of  England,  is  the  most  populous  city  in 
Europe  ;  and  with  respect  to  commerce,  wealth,  arts,  literature,  and 
charitable  institutions,  it  surpasses  all  other  cities  on  the  globe.  It  is 
situated  on  the  Thames,  60  miles  above  its  mouth,  and  including  the 
suburbs,  is  7  miles  long,  and  5  broad.  The  streets  are  wider  than 
those  of  most  other  European  cities.  The  houses  are  built  almost 
wholly  of  brick  of  a  pale  colour,  and  disposed  with  great  uniformity. 

Some  of  the  most  interesting  public  buildings,  are  the  royal  pala- 
ces, Westminster  Abbey,  and  particularly  St.  PauVs  Cathedral,  which 
is  esteemed  the  chief  ornament  of  the  city,  and  next  to  St.  Peter's  at 
Rome,  the  finest  church  in  the  world.  It  is  510  feet  in  length,  282 
in  breadth,  and  340  in  height,  to  the  top  of  the  cross. 

Liveiyool,  on  the  Mersey,  is  next  to  London  in  commerce,  and  has 
a  great  trade  with  the  United  States,  the  West  Indies,  and  Ireland. 

Bristol,  on  the  Avon,  and  Hull,  on  the  Humber,  rank  next  to 
Liverpool  in  commerce. 

Portsmouth  and  Plymouth,  in  the  south  of  England,  on  the  Eng- 
lish channel,  are  famous  for  their  harbours,  and  for  being  the  prin- 
cipal stations  of  the  navy. 

Newcastle,  on  the  Tyne,  and  Sunderland,  on  the  Wear,  are  famous 
for  trade  in  coals. 

The  other  principal  ports  are  Whitby,  Whitehaven,  Yarmouth,  and 
Falmouth. 

Manchester  is  the  grand  centre  of  the  cotton  manufactures. 
10 


HO                                        ENGI^ND.  i 

Birmingham  is  the  most  noted  seat  of  hardware  manufactures  in  ' 

the  world.  < 

Leeds,  Wakejield,  Huddersfield,  JN'orwich,  and  Exeter,  are  famous  \ 

for  woollens;  Sheffield  for  cutlery  ;  Kidderminster  for  carpets;  J^ot-  \ 

tingham  and  Leicester  for  stockings ;  Coventry  for  ribands  ;  Glou-  '■ 

ce*<er  for  pins ;   Worcester  for  porcelain;  jXewcastle  under  Line  for  , 

potteries.  ; 

Bath  is  the  most  eleg-ant  city  in   England,  and  is  famous  for  its  \ 

mineral  waters.     It  is  a  place  of  great  resort  for  gay  and  fashion-  ' 

able  people  as  well  as  invalids.  i 

York  is  noted  for  its  minster,  or  cathedral ;  Canterbury  for  being  \ 

the  first  archbishopric  ;  Oxford  and  Cambridge  for  their  universities,  ' 
and  the  latter  particularly  for  its  magnificent  edifices  ;  Greenwich 

for   its  hospital  and  observatory ;   Woolwich,  Beptford,  and  Chat-  \ 

ham,  for  their  dockyards  and  arsenals ;  Dover  for  packets  to  France ;  ; 

Harwich  for  packets  to  Holland ;  Colchester  for  oysters ;  Maidstone  ; 

for  hops;  JSTewmarket  for  horse  races;    Windsor  and   Warwick  for  • 

their  castles.  i 

Brighton,  Margate,  B£Lm^gaie,JVeymouth,  and  Swansea,  are  noted  <^ 

as  fashionable  places  for  sea  bathing.  \ 

Commerce.     The  English  are  the  most  commercial  nation  in  the  ^ 

world.     Their  commerce  extends  to  almost  every  country  on  the  ' 

globe  ;  but  the  trade  to  the  East  and  West  Indies,  J\''orth  America,  \ 

the  Baltic,  and  Portugal,  is  the  most  considerable.  \ 

Manufactures.     The  manufactures  of  England  are  very  extensive. 

The  six  principal  articles  are  woollens,  cotton,  silk,  hardware,  earth-  i 
enware,  and  glass. 

J\''avy.     The  British  navy  exceeds  that  of  all  the  other  nations  of  ; 

Europe  put  together.     It  consisted,  in  1814,  of  1,022  vessels  of  war,  'i 

of  which  250  were  ships  of  the  line.  \ 

J^obility.     The  nobility  of  England  is  composed  of  five  ranks,  1.  ■ 

dukes,  2.  marquises,  3.  earls,  4.  viscounts,  5.  barons.  \ 

Occupations.     The  number  of  families,  in  1811,  was  2,142,000,  of  "! 

which  770,000  were  engaged  in  agriculture,  and  959,000  in  trade  * 
and  manufactures. 

Paupers.     The  number  of  persons,  who  received  relief  in  and  out  . 

of  work  houses,  in  1811,  was  upwards  of  1,000,000;  about  oneninih  ■ 

of  the  inhabitants.  j 

Governvient.     The  government  is  a  limited  monarchy,  the  supreme  i 

power  being  vested  in  a  king  and  parliament.     The  parliament  is  \ 

composed  of  2  houses,  Lords  and  Commons  ;  the  former  are  heredi-  i 

tary  peers,  and  the  latter,  representatives  chosen  by  the  people.  i 

Religion.     The  established  religion  is  episcopacy,  comprising  2  ^ 
archbishops  and  25  bisliops,  and  upwards  of  10,000  clergy. 

Dissenters  from  the  establishment  are  very  numerous,  consisting  ; 

of  Catholics,  Independents,  Presbyterians,  Baptists,  Methodists,  Qua-  '] 
kers.  Unitarians,  and  Swedenborgians  ;  there  are  also  some  Jews. 

Bible  Society.     "  The  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society"  is  the  ; 

most  important  institution  of  the  kind  in  the  world.     It  has  distribut-  j 

ed  about  4,000,000  of  Bibles  and  Testaments.  j 

Universities^  &c.     There  are  two  universities,  Oxford  and  Cam-  , 


SCOTLAND. 


Ill 


bridge,  the  most  richly  endowed  institutions  in  the  world.  Both  are 
disting-uished  for  literature  and  science  ;  Oxford  more  especially  for 
classical  learning-,  and  Cambridg-e  for  mathematical.  The  most 
celebrated  public  schools  are  those  of  Eton,  Westminster,  JVinchedeVy 
St.  PauVs,  Hat^row,  and  Rugby. 

Education.  Among-  the  hig-her  and  middle  classes,  much  attention 
is  paid  to  education  ;  but  till  the  institution  of  Sunday  and  Lancas- 
terian  schools,  the  education  of  the  lower  classes  was  much  neglect- 
ed. 

History.  Julius  Caesar  invaded  Britain  55  years  before  the  Chris- 
tian era.  The  SaxOns  became  masters  of  Eng-land  in  the  5th  cen 
tury;  the  Danes  in  the  8th;  and  in  the  11th  century,  William  of 
J^ormandy,  styled  the  Conqueror,  posses.ced  himself  of  the  country. 
The  English  are  descended  from  the  ancient  Britons,  with  a  mixture 
of  the  Saxons,  Danes,  and  J^ormans.  The  present  royal  family  are 
descendants  from  William  the  Conqueror. 


SCOTLAND. 


Fingafs  Cave. 

Scotland  is  divided  by  the  Grampian  Mountains  into  two  parts, 
Highlands  and  Lowlands.  The  Highlands  comprise  the  north  and 
northwest  parts.  Scotland  contains  33  counties,  16  of  which  lie 
chiefly  in  the  Highlands. 


Counties. 

Orkney  (Isles) 

Caithness 

Sutherland 


Highland  Cbunties 
Chief  loums. 


Kirkwall 

Wick 

Dornock 


Counties. 
Nairn 
Murray 
Banf 


Chief  towns 
Nairn 
Elgin 
Banf 


-  1 


112 

Counties. 
Ross 

Cromarty 
Inverness 
Argyle 
Bute 


Kinross 
Clackmannan 
Stirling 
Dumbarton 
West  Lothian 
Mid  Lothian 
East  Lothian 
Berwick 
Renfrew 


SCOT 

Chief  towns. 

rLAND. 

Counties. 

Chief  towns. 

Dingwall 

Aberdeen 

Aberdeen 

Cromarty 

Kincardine 

Bervie 

Inverness 

Angus 

Montrose 

Inverary 

Perth 

Perth 

Rothsay 

Fife 

St.  Andrews 

Lowland  Counties. 

Kinross 

Ayr 

Ayr 

Clackmannan 

Wigton 

Wigton 

Stirling 

Lanark 

Glasgow 

Dumbarton 

Peebles 

Peebles 

Linlithgow 

Selkirk 

Selkirk 

Edinburgh 

Roxburgh 

Jedburgh 

Haddington 

Dumfries 

Dumfries 

Dunse 

Kircudbright 

Kircudbright 

Renfrew 

Rivers.  The  three  largest  rivers  are  the  Forth,  the  Twu,  and 
the  Clyde. 

Lakes.  Scotland  abounds  with  fine  lakes,  called  lochs.  Loch 
Lomond^  the  largest,  is  30  miles  long,  and  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful 
and  picturesque  pieces  of  water  in  Europe.  ,  Some  of  the  others  are 
JLoc/t  Tay,  Loch  Awe,  and  Loch  Fine. 

Islands,  &c.  The  islands  are  the  Hebrides  or  Western  Islands 
Shetland  Island"",  and  Orkney  Islands. 

Staffa,  a  small  island  of  the  Hebrides,  is  remarkable  for  its  basaltic 
columns,  and  for  FingaVs  Cave.  This  cave  is  esteemed  one  of  the 
most  splendid  works  of  nature,  and  is  celebrated  by  travellers  who 
have  visited  it,  in  terms  of  unbounded  admiration.  The  sides  are 
formed  of  perpendicular  ranges  of  columns. 

lona,  another  small  island  of  the  Hebrides,  was  a  celebrated  seat 
of  learning  and  religion,  during  the  middle  ages. 

Face  of  the  country  and  soil.  The  northern  division  consists 
mostly  of  an  assemblage  of  barren  and  dreary  mountains,  with  some 
fertile  valleys.  The  southern  part  is  agreeably  diversified  with  hills 
and  fertile  plains. 

Mountains.  The  Grampian  Mountains  are  the  loftiest  chain. 
Ben  J^evis,  one  of  the  summits,  is  4,387  feet  high,  and  is  the  most 
elevated  mountain  in  Great  Britain. 

The  Trosachs  are  rugged  mountains,  bordering  on  Loch  Katrine, 
and  are  celebrated  as  the  scene  of  the  adventures  of  the  "  Lady  of 
the  Lake." 

Climate.  The  climate  in  the  northern  part  is  very  cold ;  but  in 
the  south  temperate.  The  western  part  is  subject  to  very  frequent 
rains. 

Productions.  The  principal  natural  productions  are  coal,  iron, 
lead,  cattle,  sheep,  fish,  and  grain. 

Canals.  The  two  principal  canals  are  the  Caledonian  Canal  and 
the  Forih  and  Clyde  Canal,  each  of  which  intersects  the  island. 


SCOTLAND.  113 

Population  of  the  chief  towns. 

Glasgow         147,000         Dundee             31,000         Inverness  11,000 

Edinburgh      138,000         Greenock         22,000         Falkirk  10,000 

Paisley             47,000         Perth                 19,000         Kilmarnock  10,000 

Aberdeen         45,000         Dunfermline     14,000         Montrose  9,000 

Chief  cities.  Edinburgh^  the  metropolis  of  Scotland,  is  situated 
a  mile  and  a  half  from  the  Frith  of  Forth.  It  is  surrounded  on  all 
sides,  except  the  north,  by  lofty  hills,  and  there  are  in  the  vicinity 
many  fine  walks  and  interesting-  views.  The  houses  in  the  Old 
Town  in  some  parts  rise  to  the  height  of  1 1  stories,  and  in  some  in- 
stances, on  one  side,  to  14  stories.  Those  of  the  New  Town  are  built 
entirely  of  freestone,  and  with  great  elegance. 

This  city  is  not  distinguished  for  trade  or  manufactures,  but  is 
famous  as  a  seat  of  learning.  It  is  supported  chiefly  by  its  courts  of 
justice,  of  which  the  jurisdiction  extends  all  over  Scotland,  and  by 
its  celebrated  university  and  other  seminaries. 

Glasgow^  situated  on  the  Clyde,  is  the  first  city  in  Scotland,  with 
regard  to  commerce  and  manufactures.  It  is  handsomely  built,  and 
contains  many  splendid  structures,  the  principal  of  which  is  the  ca- 
thedral, which  is  the  most  magnificent  church  in  Scotland. 

The  principal  ports  are  Greenock  and  Port  Glasgow,  which  are 
the  ports  of  Glasgow  ;  Leith,  the  port  of  Edinburgh  ;  also  Aberdeeny 
Dundee,  Inverness,  and  Montrose. 

Paisley,  Perth,  and  Dunfermline  are  distingxushed  for  their  linen 
and  cotton  manufactures ;  Falkirk  for  its  cattle  fairs;  Melrose  for 
its  abbej'^ ;  and  Carron  for  its  iron  works,  which  are  the  most  ex 
tensive  in  Europe. 

Gretna  Green,  a  village  on  the  borders  of  England,  is  famous  for 
being  the  place  of  celebrating  marriages  of  fugitive  lovers  from 
England. 

Manufactures.  The  4  principal  manufactures  arc  cotton,  lineUj 
woollen,  and  iron. 

Religion.  The  established  religion  is  Presbyterianism,  which  is 
the  religion  of  more  than  4-5ths  of  the  inhabitants. 

Universities.  There  are  four  universities,  those  of  Edinburgh^ 
Glasgow,  St.  Andrew'^s,  and  Aberdeen.  The  university  of  Edinburgh 
is  much  celebrated  as  a  medical  school. 

Education.  Parish  schools  are  common  throughout  the  country, 
and  afford  the  means  of  common  education  to  all  classes.  In  gen- 
eral diffusion  of  knowledge,  Scotland  excels  all  other  countries  in 
Europe. 

History     Scotland  was  united  with  England  in  1603 
10* 


It4 


IRELAND 


IRELAND. 


The  GianVs  Causeway. 

Divisions.  Ireland  is  divided  into  4  provinces,  viz.  Ulster^  Lein- 
steTi  Connaught^  and  Munster ;  which  are  subdivided  into  32  coun- 
ties. 

Rivers.  The  principal  river  is  the  Shannon.  Some  of  the  others 
are  the  Barrow,  Ban,  Boyne,  and  Liffey. — Lough  jsTeagh  is  the  larg- 
est lake. 

Climate.  The  climate  is  temperate ;  cooler  in  summer  and 
warmer  in  winter,  than  that   of  England,  but  humid,  and  often 

Face  of  the  country.  Ireland  is  a  pleasant  and  fertile  island,  with 
a  surface  agreeably  diversified.  It  is  comparatively  level,  having 
but  few  mountains.  One  of  the  most  striking  features  is  the  im- 
mense extent  of  the  bogs,  which  disfigure  the  country. 

Productions.  The  productions  are  grass,  potatoes,  oats,  flax,  &c. 
Ireland  is  famous  for  its  abundance  of  excellent  potatoes,  the  com- 
mon food  of  the  inhabitants.  Oats  are  much  the  most  common  kind 
of  grain,  and  are  also  extensively  used  for  food. 

Exports.     The  principal  exports  are  linen  and  provisions. 

Manufactures.     The  principal  manufacture  is  linen. 

Curiosities.  The  Gianfs  Causeway,  situated  on  the  north  coast, 
is  esteemed  a  great  curiosity.  It  consists  of  many  hundred  thousand 
columns  of  basaltic  rock,  of  a  dark  iron  gray  colour,  rising  from 
200  to  400  feet  perpendicularly  from  the  water's  edge.  The  most 
extraordinary  circumstance  respecting  these  columns,  is,  that  they 
consist  of  lengths  or  joints,  from  8  inches  to  2  feet  long,  curiously 
articulated  into  each  other,  as  a  ball  in  a  socket. 


IRELAND.  115 

The  lake  of  Killarney,  in  the  southwest  part  of  Ireland,  is  g-reatly 
admired  for  its  picturesque  beauty  and  romantic  prospects. 


Population  of  the  chief  towns. 

Dublin 

Cork 

Limerick 

Belfast 

Waterford 

188,000 
70,000 
66,000 
35,000 
26,000 

Galway 

Londonderry 

Drogheda 

Dundalk 

Kilkenny 

25,000 
18,000 
16,000 
15,000 
15,000 

Newry 

Bandonbrjdge 

Carrick 

Kinsale 

Wexford 

15,000 
14,000 
11,000 
10,000 
9,000 

Dublin,  the  metropolis  of  Ireland,  is  reckoned  the  second  city  in 
the  British  dominions.  It  is  finely  situated  near  the  head  of  a 
spacious  bay,  and  the  entrance  into  the  harbour  is  one  of  the  most 
beautiful  in  Europe.  The  public  structures  are  of  stone ;  and  the 
houses  mostly  of  brick,  of  from  3  to  5  stories.  Few  cities  in  propor- 
tion to  the  size,  can  boast  of  a  greater  number  of  magnificent 
edifices. 

Cork  is  the  most  commercial  city  in  Ireland,  and  the  grand  mar- 
ket of  Irish  provisions. 

Limerick,  Belfast,  Waterford,  and  Galway,  are  large  commercial 
towns,  and  have  extensive  linen  manufactures.  Kildare  is  noted 
for  horse  races ;  Ballinasloe  for  cattle  fairs. 

Religion.  The  established  religion  of  Ireland  is  the  same  as  that 
of  England ;  but  more  than  3-4ths  of  the  inhabitants  are  Catholics. 
In  the  establishment  there  are  4  archbishoprics,  viz.  Armagh,  Dub- 
lin, Ca^hel,  and  Tuam  ;  and  18  bishoprics.  In  the  northern  counties 
the  Presbyterians  are  numerous. 

University.  The  university  of  Dublin,  an  extensive  and  well  en- 
dowed institution,  is  the  only  one  in  Ireland.  At  Maynooth  there  is 
a  Catholic  college,  with  9  professors,  supported  by  government. 

Education.  Ireland  has  produced  many  men  distinguished  for 
learning  and  talents ;  but  education  among  the  people  at  large, 
has  heretofore  been  lamentably  neglected.  Of  late  more  attention 
has  been  paid  to  it. 

Inhabitants.  The  great  mass  of  the  people  are  sunk  in  ignorance 
and  poverty.  Their  common  food  consists  of  potatoes  and  milk. 
They  live  in  miserable  cabins,  constructed  of  mud  walls.  Their  fuel 
is  turf,  and  their  fires  are  in  the  middle  of  the  floor,  with  an  opening" 
through  the  roof  for  the  chimney. 

History.  Ireland  was  conquered  by  England  in  the  12th  century, 
but  not  completely  subjected  till  the  17th.  The  legislative  union 
took  place  in  1801. 


lie 


NETHERLANDS. 


NETHERLANDS. 

The  kingdom  of  Neiherlands  consists  of  18  provinces.  The  first 
7  in  the  table  are  Dutch,  and  constitute  the  country-  formerly  called 
Holland,  or  the  Seven  United  Provinces.  The  next  10  are  Belgic ; 
and  Luxemburg^  is  German. 


Provinces. 

Capitals. 

Provinces. 

Capitals. 

1. 

Holland 

Amsterdam 

10. 

Antwerp 

Antwerp 

2. 

Groning'en 

Groningen 

11. 

East  Flanders 

Ghent 

3. 

Overyssel 

Zwol 

12. 

West  Flanders 

Bruges 

4. 

Guelderland 

Arnheim 

13. 

Hainault 

Mens 

5. 

Utrecht 

Utrecht 

14. 

Liege 

Liege 

6. 

Zealand 

Middleburg 

15. 

Limburg 

Maestricht 

7. 

Frifcsland 

Lewarden 

16. 

Namur 

Namur 

8. 

N.  Brabant 

Bois  le  Due. 

17. 

Drenthe 

Assen 

9. 

S.  Brabant 

Brussels 

18. 

Luxemburg 

Luxemburg 

Rivers.  The  three  largest  rivers  are  the  Rhine,  Scheldt,  and 
JHeuse. 

Climate.  The  air  is  damp,  foggy,  and  rather  unhealthy  near  the 
sea,  but  more  clear  and  pleasant  in  the  interior. 

Face  of  the  country.  This  is  the  most  level  country  in  Europe. 
Holland  resembles  a  large  marsh  that  has  been  drained.  It  lies  so 
low  as  to  be  under  the  level  of  the  sea  at  high  water,  and  is  protect- 
ed from  being  overflowed,  by  high  mounds  or  dikes. 

Soil  and  productions.  Much  of  the  soil  is  rich  and  highly  culti- 
vated, and  produces  com,  Jiax,  madder,  and  rich  pasture.  Cattle 
are  numerous,  and  butter  and  cheese  are  important  articles  of  pro- 
duce. 

Islands.  The  principal  islands  are  Walcheren,  South  Beveland, 
J^orth  Beveland,  and  Texel. 

Canals.  Canals  are  numerous,  and  serve  the  same  purpose  as 
roads  in  other  countries.  The  common  mode  of  travelling  is  along 
a  canal  in  a  covered  boat  drawn  by  horses.  In  Avinter  the  inhabi- 
tants travel  on  the  canals  on  skates. 

Trade,  &c.  The  Dutch  were,  at  one  time,  the  most  commercial 
nation  in  the  world ;  but  their  commerce  declined  after  the  French 
revolution ;  it  has,  however,  of  late  revived  again.  They  are  also 
distinguished  for  their  agriculture  and  manufactures. 

Population  of  the  chief  towns. 


Amsterdam  220,000 

Bruges 

45,000 

Toumay 

21,000 

Brussels 

80,000 

Hague 

43,000 

Haerlem 

20,000 

Antwerp 

62,000 

Utrecht 

35,000 

Mechlin 

19,000 

Ghent 

61,000 

Leyden 

29,000 

Dort 

18,000 

Rotterdam 

56,000 

Groningen  26,000 

Mens 

18,000 

Liege 

45,000 

Louvain 

25,000 

Maestricht 

18,000 

Amsterdam,  the  capital  of  North   Holland,  and  the  largest,  rich-     ; 
est,  and  most  populous  city  of  the  Netherlands,  is  situated  on  an  arm     j 


GERMANY.  117 

of  the  Zuyder  Zee.  It  ranked,  before  the  French  revolution,  as  the 
second  city  in  Europe  in  point  of  commerce.  The  houses  are  neatly 
built  of  brick  or  stone,  and  the  foundation  of  the  whole  is  laid  on  piles 
of  timber.  The  city  contains  many  mag-nificent  edifices,  of  which  the 
stadthouse  is  the  most  distinguished,  and  is  esteemed  as  one  of  the 
finest  structures  in  the  world.     It  is  built  on  upwards  of  13,000  piles. 

Bi^ussels,  the  capital  of  the  southern  provinces,  and  The  Hague^ 
the  capital  of  South  Holland,  are  the  two  residences  of  the  king  and 
his  court.  They  both  rank  among  the  most  elegant  towns  in  Europe. 
Brussels  is  famous  for  its  lace,  camlets,  and  carpets. 

Antwerp^  on  the  Scheldt,  had,  250  years  ago,  more  commerce  than 
any  other  city  in  Europe.  The  navigation  of  the  Scheldt  was  after- 
wards closed,  and  the  trade  destroyed.  The  river  has  been  again 
opened,  and  the  city  has  now  a  fine  harbour,  and  an  extensive  com- 
merce. 

Rotterdam,  on  the  Meuse,  has  an  excellent  harbour,  and  has  long 
been  distinguished  for  commerce.  It  is  famous  for  being  the  birth- 
place of  Erasmus. 

Ghent,  Liege,  Bruges,  and  Tournay,  are  noted  for  trade  and  manu- 
factures ;  Haerlem  for  its  trade  in  flowers  and  its  celebrated  org'an  ; 
Dort  for  its  synod  and  for  trade ;  Delft  for  earthen  or  Delft  ware  ; 
Schiedam  for  gin ;  Spa  for  mineral  waters  ;  Maestricht,  Mons,  Lux- 
emburg, and  Berg-Op-Zoom,  for  their  strong  fortresses. 

Many  towns  in  the  Netherlands  are  celebrated  for  warlike 
achievements,  particularly  Waterloo,  a  village  9  miles  S.  of  Brus- 
sels, which  was  the  scene  of  the  most  famous  battle  of  modern  times. 

Religion.  The  inhabitants  of  the  Seven  Provinces  of  Holland 
are  mostly  Calvinists ;  those  of  the  Netherlands,  chiefly  Catholics. 

Universities.  The  universities  are  those  of  Leyden,  Utrecht,  Gro- 
ningen,  Louvain,  Ghent,  and  Liege.  Those  of  Leyden  and  Louvain 
have  been  the  most  famous.  Much  attention  is  paid  by  the  Dutch 
to  education. 

Language.  The  language  is  a  dialect  of  the  German,  called  Low 
Dutch. 

History.  Holland,  or  the  Dutch  Provinces,  were  formerly  a  re- 
public ;  and  the  Belgic  Provinces  have  been  possessed  by  various 
powers.     In  1814,  they  were  united  under  one  monarchy. 


GERMANY. 

Former  divisions,     Germany  was  formerly  divided  into  9  circles 
viz. 

Austria,  Bavar'ia,  and  Swabia,  in  the  South ;  h' 

Franconia,  in  the  centre  ; 

Upper  and  Lower  Saxony  and  Westphalia,  in  the  North ; 
Upper  and  Lower  Rhine,  in  the  West. 

Other  countries  not  included  in  the  circles,  belonging  to  Germa- 
ny ;  viz.  Bohemia,  Moravia..  Silesia,  and  Lusatia. 


113 


GERMANY 


The  number  of  princes,  civil  and  ecclesiastical,  was  upwards  of] 
300,  each  independent  in  his  own  territorj',  but  subject  to  an  empe  ' 
ror  as  head  of  the  empire. — The  above  division  was  discontinued  in 
1806.  \ 

Present  IHvisions.  Germany  now  comprises  the  following ;  viz.  ^ 
about  one  third  part  of  the  empire  of  Austria^  the  greatest  part  of 
Prussia :  Holstein  and  Lauenburg^  belong-ing-  to  Denmark  ;  Luxem-  \ 
burg,  belong-ing  to  Netherlands ;  the  kingdoms  of  Bavaria,  Wurtem-  \ 
berg,  Hanover,  and  Saxomj  ;  29  smaller  states,  and  4  free  cities. — i 
The  states  are  as  follows  ;  • 

Pop.  \ 

Austrian  dominions  in  Germany  -         -         9,482,000  ' 

Prussian         do.  do.         -         -         -          7,923,000  i 

Kingdom  of  Bavaria         -  .         _         .         3,525,000  ! 

Do.  "Wurtemberg  ...         1,395,000  ' 

Do.  Hanover  ...         1,305,000  , 

Do.  Saxony  -         -        -         1,233,000  i 


Total  population  in  Grermany 


24.863,000 
30,150,000 


Baden,  grand  duchy 
Hes.e  Cassel,  electorate 

Hesse  Darmstadt,  grand  duchy 


Smaller  German  states. 
Pop. 
1,004,000 
538,000 


619,000 

HoHein  and  Lauenburg,  duchy  360,000 

Luxembarg,  arand  duchy  214,000 

Brunswi.k,  rfucAy  210,000 

Mecklcnburg-Schwerin,  gr.  duchy  358,000 

Mecklenburg-Strelitz,  gr.  duchy  72,000 

Nassau,  duchy  303,000 

Saxe-Weimar,  grand  duchy  20 1 ,000 

Saxe-Gotha,  duchy  184,000 

Saxe-Coburg,  duchy  80,000 

Saxe-Meiningen,  duchy  45,000 

Saxe-Hildburghausen,  duchy  28,000 

Oldenburg,  granrf  rfuc/iy  218,000 

Anhalt-Dessau,  duchy  53,000 

Anhalt-Bernburg,  duchy  37,000 

Anhalt-Cothen,  duchy  32,000 
Swartsburg-Sondershausen,  prtncip''ty.  45,000 

Swartzburg-Rudolstadt,  priruipalily  54,000 
Hohenzollern-Hechingen,  principality  15,000 
HohenzoUem-Sigmaringen,  principHy.  35,000 

Lichtenstein,  principality  6,000 

Waldeck,  principality  52,000 

Reuss-Greitz,  principality  22,000 

Reuss-Lobenstein,  principality  52,000 

Schauenburg-Lippe,  principality  24,000 

Lippe-Detmold,  principality  69,000 

Hesse-Homburg,  principality  20,000 


Chief  toums. 

Carlsruhe 

Cassel 

Darmstadt 

Mentz 

Kiel 

Luxemburg 

Brunswick 

Schwerin 

Strelitz 

Wisbadcn 

Weimar 

Gotha 

Coburg 

Meiningen 

Hildburghausen 

Oldenburg 

Dessau 

Bernburg 

Cothen 

Sondershausen 

Rudolstadt 

Hechingen 

Sigmaringen 

Vadutz 

Corbach 

Greitz 

Lobenstein 

Buckeburg 

Delmold 

Homburff 


Pop.  ' 

15,000  ( 

19,000  ^ 

12,000  ' 

25,000  ] 

7,000  i 

9,000  i 

.30,000  : 

9,000  \ 

4,000  i 

5,000  ^ 

10,000  ' 

12,000  : 

8,000  ; 

4,000  ] 

2,500  I 

5,000  , 

9,000  ■ 

5,000  ' 

5,000  ; 

3,000  ^ 

4,000  ■ 

2,600  ; 

800  ; 

600  j 

1,600  ! 

6,000  i 

3,000  1 

2,000  ! 

2,000  ' 
3,000 


GERMANY.  119 

Free  Cities. 

^«occk                                                      46,000  Lubeck  26,000 

Frankfort                                                   73,000  Frankfort  40,000 

Bremen                                                        48,000  Bremen  37,000 

Hamburg                                                 130,000  Hamburg  107,000 

Rivers.  The  6  largest  rivers  are  the  Danube^  Rhinef  Elbe,  Oder 
Weser,  and  Maine. 

Lake.  The  beautiful  lake  of  Constance^  on  the  borders  of  Swit- 
zerland, is  the  largest  lake  in  Germany. 

Mineral  Waters.  The  most  celebrated  mineral  waters  are  those 
of  Carlsbad  in  Bohemia  ;  Toplitz  in  Austria ;  Seltzer^  Pyrmont,  and 
Aix  la  Chapelle  in  the  north-west. 

Face  of  the  country,  The  northern  division,  sometimes  called 
Lower  Germany,  is  mostly  level.  The  central  and  southern  parts, 
styled  Upper  Germany,  are  greatly  diversified  with  plains  and  ranges 
of  mountains. 

Mountains.  The  principal  mountains  are  the  Alps  in  the  south. 
The  Sudetic  mountains  extend  through  tlie  central  part,  dividing  the 
country  into  Upper  and  Lower  Germany.  The  Hartz  mountains 
are  towards  the  north. 

Soil.  Much  of  the  soil  is  fertile,  but  sandy  plains,  barren  heaths, 
and  marshes,  abound  in  the  north. 

Climate.  The  climate  is  severe  in  the  north,  but  mild  in  the 
south  ;  and  the  air  salubrious. 

Govei'nment.  The  German  states  are  united  under  the  Germanic 
Confederation,  whose  concerns  are  confided  to  a  Federative  Diet, 
composed  of  17  plenipotentiaries,  and  a  General  Assembly  consisting 
of  70  members.  The  sessions  are  held  at  Frankfort  on  the  Maine, 
and  Austria  presides. 

Religion.  The  Protestant  religion  prevails  in  the  north  of  Ger- 
many, and  the  Catholic  in  the  south.  The  Catholics  comprise  rather 
more  than  half  of  the  population. 

The  religion  of  Austria  and  Bavaria,  and  of  the  small  states  of 
Hohenzollern-Hechingen,  Ilohenzollern-Sigmaringen,  and  Lichten- 
stein,  is  the  Catholic :  the  prevailing  religion  of  all  the  other  Ger- 
man states  is  the  Protestant. 

Literature.  The  Germans  are  distinguished  for  their  attainments 
in  literature,  science,  and  the  arts.  They  excel  in  critical  learning, 
statistics,  maihematics,  philosophy,  and  mechanics.  In  no  other 
country  is  authorship  so  extensively  made  a  business  for  life.  In 
some  branches  tliey  are  unrivalled  by  any  other  nation. 

Librarieg  and  books.  The  number  of  books  published  in  Germany 
is  much  greater  than  in  any  other  country,  and  no  where  else  are 
there  so  many  large  libraries  open  to  the  public. 

Universities.  Germany  is  famous  for  its  universities,  several  of 
which  have  a  high  reputation,  and  are  resorted  to  from  other  coun- 
tries. The  present  number  of  the  universities  is  20.  Among  the 
most  distinguished  are  Gottingen,  Leipsic,  Halle,  and  Jena.  That  of 
Vienna  is  the  most  eminent  as  a  medical  school.  There  are  numerous 
public  seminaries,  styled  gymnasia,  many  of  which  are  celebrated 
schools  of  learning. 


120  SAXrONY. 

Inventions.  A  great  part  of  the  modern  inventions  originate  in 
Germany.  The  city  of  Mentz  claims  the  invention  of  'printings 
Cologne  of  guwpowder ,  and  Nuremberg  of  watches. 

Language.  The  German  language  is  a  dialect  of  the  Teutonic, 
and  is  often  called  High  Butch.  It  is  spoken  with  the  greatest 
purity  in  the  kingdom  and  circles  of  Saxony.  The  German  and  the 
French  are  the  two  most  extensively  spoken  languages  in  Europe. 
The  latter  is  more  the  language  of  courts,  but  the  former  is  suppos- 
ed to  be  spoken  by  a  greater  number  of  people. 


SAXONY. 

Saxony,  in  the  central  part  of  Germany,  is  the  smallest  kingdom 
in  Europe,  and  comprises  only  about  a.  sixth  part  of  the  territory  of 
the  late  German  circle  of  Upper  Saxony.  It  was  erected  into  a 
kingdom  in  1806. 

Circles. 

Meissen 
Leipsic 

FcLce  of  the  country,  &c.  Saxony  is  watered  by  the  Elbe ;  the  sur- 
face is  finely  diversified,  and  much  of  it  is  fertile.  It  is  one  of  the 
best  cultivated  portions  of  Germany,  and  is  distinguished  for  its  man- 
ufactures. 

The  Erzgehirg  mountains,  a  branch  of  the  Sudetic  chain,  which 
separates  Saxony  from  Bohemia,  contain  valuable  mines  of  silver, 
tin,  lead,  and  copper. 

Population  of  the  chief  towns. 

Dresden  56,000       Chemnitz         11,000       Freyberg         9,000 

Leipsic  34,000       Bautzen  10,000       Zittau  8,000 

Dresden,  the  capital  of  Saxony,  is  finely  situated  on  the  Elbe,  and 
IS  one  of  the  finest  towns  in  Europe.  It  is  noted  for  its  collections 
of  the  fine  arts,  and  for  its  manufacture  of  porcelain. 

Leipsic,  on  the  Pleisse,  is  a  handsome  town.  It  is  celebrated  for 
its  university,  its  commerce,  its  3  great  annual  fairs,  and  for  being 
the  great  mart  of  German  literature. 

Freyberg  is  a  famous  mining  town,  and  has  a  celebrated  minera- 
logical  academy,  which  is  esteemed  the  leading  school  of  that  science. 

Bautzen,  also  Dresden  and  Leipsic  are  remarkable  for  great  bat 
ties ;  Meissen  for  its  porcelain ;  and  Herrnhut  for  being  the  princi- 
pal settlement  of  the  Moravians. 

Religion.  The  religion  of  the  royal  family  is  CatholiCf  but  the 
great  majority  of  the  inhabitants  are  Lutherans. 


CapitaU. 

Circles. 

Capitals. 

i  Dresden 

I  Meissen 

Leipsic 

Erzgehirg 
Vogtland 
Upper  Lusatia 

Freyberg 

Plauen 

Bautzen 

HANOVER. 


151 


Literature.  The  German  language  is  spoken  here  in  its  greatest 
purity.  Saxony  is  distinguished  for  its  literature,  and  is  one  of  the 
best  educated  kingdoms  in  Europe. 


HANOVER. 


Hanover,  situated  in  the  northwest  of  Germany,  and  comprising  a 
part  of  the  late  circles  of  Lower  Saxony  and  Westphalia,  was  erected 
into  a  kingdom  in  1815. 


Provinces. 

Capitals. 

Provinces. 

Capitals. 

Calenberg 

Hanover 

Diepholz 

Diepholz 

Gottingen 

Gottingen 

Osnaburg 

Osnaburg 

Luneburg 

Luneburg 

East  Friesland 

Aurich 

Hildesheim 

Hildesheim 

Lingen 

Lingen 

Bremen 

Stade 

Bentheim 

Bentheim 

Verden 

Verden 

Meppen 

Meppen 

Hoya 

Nienburg 

Rivers.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Elhe^  Weser,  Leine,  and 
Ems. 

Face  of  the  country.  The  Hartz  mountains  lie  in  the  southern 
part ;  the  rest  of  the  country  consists,  for  the  most  part,  of  an  im- 
mense plain.  The  soil  of  a  great  part  is  sandy  and  poor ;  in  the 
north  are  many  barren  heaths  and  moors. 

Mountains.  The  Hartz  mountains  are  remarkable  for  their  pic- 
turesque scenery,  and  abound  in  natural  curiosities,  among  which 
are  several  interesting  caverns.  Brocken,  the  most  celebrated 
summit,  is  much  visited  by  travellers. 

The  Hartz  mountains  afford  great  quantities  of  wood,  and  valuable 
mines  of  silver,  iron,  copper,  lead,  &c. 

Population  of  the  chief  towns. 

Hanover         25,000         Hildesheim         11,000         Gottingen       10,000 
Emden  11,000        Luneburg  10,000        Osnaburg  9^000 


Hanover,  the  capital,  is  an  old  town,  pleasantly  situated  on  the 
Leine,  and  is  supported  chiefly  by  the  residence  of  the  court. 

Gottingen  is  remarkable  for  its  university,  the  most  eminent  in 
Germany ;  Emden  for  being  the  principal  port ;  Osnaburg  tor  its 
coarse  linens,  called  Osnaburgs ;  Luneburg  for  its  trade  in  horses 
and  its  salt  works. 

Government.     Hanover  is  subject  to  the  king  of  Great  Britain 
who  is  also  styled  king  of  Hanover.     The  government  is  conducted 
by  a  viceroy  appointed  by  the  king. 
11 


1»  BAVARIA. 


BAVARIA. 

Divisions.     Bavaria,  situated  towards  tte  southwest  of  Germany, 

18  composed  of  most  of  the  late  circles  of  Bavaria  and  JF'ranconia  and  '. 

part  of  Swabia  ;  and  also  on  the  west  side  of  the  Rhine,  of  part  of  ; 

the  circle  of  the  Upper  Rhine.     It  is  divided  into  8  circles.  i 

f 

Circles                  Capitals.              Circles.                Capitals.  \ 

Iser                         Mfjvich                 Regen                    Ratisbon  ^ 

Lower  Danube      Passau                    Upper  Maine         Wurzburg  :• 
Upper  Danube      Augsburg               Lower  Maine        Bamberg 

Rezat                      Anspach                 Rhine                     Spire  ' 

Rivers.     The  rivers  are  the  Danube,  Inn,  Iser^Regen,  lller,  Maine,  j 

'  and  Rhine.                      •  ^ 

Face  of  the  country.     On  the  south  Bavaria  is  separated  from  1 

Tyrol,  by  rugged  mountains,  and  on  the  northeast  there  is  another  '- 

range,  between  Bavaria  and  Bohemia.     The  rest  of  the  country  is  j 

generally  level,  or  moderately  uneven.     Much  of  the  soil  is  fertile,  j 

Curiosity.     The  caves  of  Gaylenreuth   are  remarkable  for  con- 
taining great  quantities  of  fossil  bones  and  numerous  stalactites. 

Population  of  the  principal  towns.  j 

Munich           60,000         Wurzburg         21,000         Anspach           13,000  ' 

Augsburg         29,000         Ratisbon           19,000         Furth               13,0©O  ' 

Nuremberg      28,000         Bamberg          16,000         Bayreuth         11,000  ' 

Jftumchj  the  capital,  is  si+uated  on  the  Iser,   and  is  one  of  the  | 

handsomest  cities  in  Europe.     It  contains  many  splendid  edifices,  : 

and  a  museum  of  antiquities,  reputed  the  most  complete  in  Germany,  j 

J^uremberg  and  Augsburg  hav^e  long  ranlied  among  the  principal 

trading  towns  in  Germany,  and  both  have  extensive  manufactures.  ! 

J^uremherg  is  remarkable  for  its  icatches,  toys,  &c.     Augsburg  is  , 

famous  in  the  history  of  the  Reformation  for  the  confession  formed  I 

here  in  1530.  \ 

Ratisbon,  an  old  town,  is  noted  for  having  long  been  the  place  of 
meeting  for  the  diet  of  the  German  empire. 

Spire  is  remarkable  as  the  place  where  the  Reformers  made  a  | 

protest  against  certain  proceedings  of  the  emperor,  which  procured  ■ 

them  the  name  of  Protestants.  i 

Pawawjon  the  Danube,  is  famous  in  the  history  of  the  Reforma-  \ 

tion ;  Deux  Ponts  for  its   editions  of  the  classics  ;  and  Blenheim,  a  : 

small  village,  for  a  great  battle  between  the  English,  and  the  French  | 

and  Bavarians.  j 

Religion.     The  prevailing  religion  is  Roman  Catholic,  about  one  | 

fourth  only  of  the  inhabitants  being  Protestants.     There  are   two  ^ 

archbishoprics,  Munich  and  Bamberg ;  and  6  bishoprics.  " 

Education.     Education  has  lately   been   widely  diffused  in  this 

country.     There  are  3  universities,  those  of  Landshut,  Erlangen  j 

and  Wurzburg.  ; 


WURTEMBERG.  123 


WURTEMBERG. 


Divisions.  The  kingdom  of  Wurtemberg"  lies  in  the  southwest 
of  Germany,  comprising  a  part  of  the  late  circle  of  Swabia,  and  is 
divided  into  4  circles.     It  was  erected  into  a  kingdom  in  1806. 


Circles. 

Capitals. 

Circles. 

Capitals. 

Neckar 

Stuttgard 

Jaxt 

Elwangen 

Schwarzwald 

Reutlingen 

Danube 

Ulm 

Rivers.     The  principal  rivers  are  the  Danube  and  iN'eckar. 

Face  of  the  country.     Wurtemberg  has  two  ranges  of  rugged  moun 
tains,  the  Black  Forest^  or  Schwarzwald,  and  the  Swabian,  or  Wur- 
temberg Alps.     The  rest  of  the  country  is  agreeably  diversified. 

Soil,  &c.  Wurtemberg  is  one  of  the  most  fertile,  populous,  and  best 
cultivated  parts  of  Germany.     The  JSTeckar  wine  is  in  good  repute. 

Population  of  the  chief  towns. 
Stuttgard     24,000  Reutlingen     9,000  Hall  5,000 

Ulm  11,000  Tubingen        6,000  Ludwigsburg  5,000 

Chief  towns.  Stuttgard^  the  capital,  is  very  pleasantly  situated  2 
miles  from  the  Neckar,  and  contains  a  magnificent  palace  and  some 
other  fine  buildings. 

Ulm,  an  ancient  town  on  the  Danube,  is  famous  for  its  strong  for 
tress  ;  Tubingen  for  its  university  ;  Hall  for  its  salt  works. 

BADEN. 

The  grand  duchy  of  Baden  lies  in  the  southwest  of  Germany,  be 
tween  Wurtemberg  and  the  Rhine ;  and  is  divided  into  8  circles. 

Circles.  Capitals.  Circles.  Capitals. 

Pfinz  and  Enz  Carlsruhe  Kinzig  OfFenburg 

Lake  of  Constance  Constance  Murg  Rastadt 

Danube  Villingen  Neckar  Manheim 

Treisam  Freyburg  Maine  and  Tauber  Wertheim 

The  country  is  watered  by  the  Rhine  and  JVeckar.  The  soil  is 
tolerably  fertile.  The  inhabitants  are  chiefly  employed  in  agricul- 
ture and  the  raising  of  cattle. 

Population  of  the  chief  towns. 
Manheim        18,000         Freyburg         10,000         Constance     4,500 
Carlsruhe        15,000         Heidelberg      10,000         Rastadt  4,000 

Chief  towns.  Carlsruhe,  the  capital,  is  a  handsome  town,  with 
regular  streets,  built  in  the  form  of  an  open  fan.  The  buildings  are 
of  stone,  and  mostly  of  uniform  height. 


liM  BADEN. 

Jifanheim,  situated  at  the  confluence  of  the  Neckar  with  the 
Khine,  is  one  of  the  most  eleg-ant  towns  in  Germany. 

Heidelberg  and  Freyburg  contain  flourishing-  universities. 

Constance,  on  the  lake  of  the  same  name,  is  famous  for  the  coun- 
cil which  condemned  John  Huss  and  Jerome  of  Prague. 

THE  SMALLER  GERMAIS'  STATES. 

The  smaller  states  of  Germany  lie  chiefly  north  of  the  centre  of 
the  country.  The  religion  of  most  of  them  is  Protestantism ;  and 
the  government,  for  the  most  part,  limited  monarchy. 

Population  of  the  principal  towns. 

Brunswick  30,000             Rostock     13,000            Darmstadt  12,000 

Mentz          25,000             Gotha        12,000            Weimar  10,000 

Cassel           19,000             Hanau       12,000             Dessau  9,000 

Cassel,  the  capital  of  the  electorate  of  Hesse  Cassel,  is  an  ancient 
and  handsome  town. 

Mentz,  an  old  town,  with  beautiful  environs,  situated  at  the  con 
fluence  of  the  Maine  with  the  Rhine,  is  the  strongest  town  in  Ger 
many. 

Brunswick,  the  capital  of  the  duchy  of  the  same  name,  is  a  con- 
siderable trading  town,  famous  for  its  fairs. 

Weimnr,  the  capital  of  the  duchy  of  Saxe-Weimar,  is  a  town  of 
literary  distinction,  and  has  been  styled  the  Germain  Athens,  being  a 
noted  residence  of  German  literati. 

Jena,  Marburg,  Giessen,  and  Rostock,  are  remarkable  for  their 
universities ;  Jena  also  for  a  great  battle  between  the  French  and 
Prussians.  Smalkalden  and  Worms  are  noted  in  the  history  of  the 
Reformation  ;  Hochheim  for  its  wine  called  Hock. 

FREE  CITIES. 

Hamburg,  situated  on  the  Elbe,  about  70  miles  from  its  mouth,  is 
the  first  commercial  city  in  Germany,  and  has  been  reckoned  the 
third  in  Europe. 

Lubeck,  on  the  Trave,  8  miles  from  the  Baltic,  and  38  NE.  of  Ham 
burg,  was  once  of  more  importance  than  at  present,  and  is  famous 
for  having  been  the  head  of  the  confederation  of  ,the  Hanse  Towns 

Bremen,  on  the  Weser,  about  50  miles  above  its  mouth,  and  54  SW 
of  Hamburg,  has  considerable  commerce. 

Frankfort,  on  the  Maine,  20  miles  above  the  entrance  of  that 
river  into  the  Rhine,  is  one  of  the  principal  trading  towns  of  Ger 
many,  and  celebrated  for  its  fairs.  The  emperors  of  Germany  were 
usually  crowned  in  this  city,  and  it  is  now  the  seat  of  the  Germanic 
Diet 


AUSTRIA.  125 


AUSTRIA. 

Divisions,  Austria  is  composed  of  various  states,  situated  in  the 
central  part  of  Europe.  It  was  erected  into  an  empire  in  1804,  and 
is  divided  into  14  provinces. 

Ttie  first  8  of  the  following-  provinces  are  formed  from  the  Austrian 
part  of  Germany.  The  first  two  comprise  the  Archduchy  of  Austria. 
Laybach  and  Trieste  are  Illyrian  provinces,  formed  of  Carinthia, 
Camiola,  &c.  Moravia  includes  Austrian  Silesia. 

Galicia  comprises  the  Austrian  part  of  Poland. 

With  Hungary  are  also  included  Sclavonia  and  Croatia. 

Milan  and  Venice  comprise  Austrian  Italy,  styled  the  Lomhardo- 
Venetian  kingdom. 

Provinces.      Capitals.  Provinces.  Capitals. 

1.  Below  the  Ens  Vienna  8.  Trieste  Trieste 

2.  Above  the  Ens  Lintz  9.  Galicia  Lemberg 

3.  Stiria                 Gratz  10.  Hungary  Buda 

4.  Tyrol                 Inspruck  11.  Transylvania  Hermanstadt 

5.  Bohemia           Prague  12.  Dalmatia  Zara 

6.  Moravia            Brunn  13.  Milan  Milan 

7.  Laybach            Laybach  14.  Venice  Venice 

Rivers.  The  Danube  flows  through  the  central  part  of  the  em 
pire.  The  Drave  and  the  Save  water  the  southern  part.  The  Theiss 
is  a  large  river  of  Hungary.  Austrian  Italy  is  watered  by  the  Pa 
and  the  Adige. 

Lakes.  The  principal  lakes  are  Platten-see  and  J^Teusidl-see  in 
Hungary ;  Cirknitz  in  Carinthia,  a  lake  which  exhibits  singular  phe- 
nomena ;  Garda,  Como,  and  Iseo,  beautiful  lakes  in  Austrian  Italy. 

Face  of  the  country.  The  German  part  is  generally  mountainous, 
or  greatly  diversified.  There  are  extensive  plains  in  Hungary,  Ga- 
licia, and  Lombardy. 

Mountains.  The  Carpathian  m,ountains  lie  on  the  north-east  of 
Hungary.  Lofty  ranges  of  the  Alps  traverse  the  south-west  part  of 
the  German  territories.  Bohemia  and  Moravia  are  almost  encircled 
by  mountains. 

Soil,  &c.  The  Austrian  dominions  are  favoured  with  regard  to 
soil  and  climate.  Austrian  Italy,  on  account  of  its  fertility  and  high 
cultivation,  has  been  styled  the  garden  of  Europe.  Hungary  has 
much  excellent  soil  ;  but  it  has  also  large  tracts  that  are  unproduc- 
tive, some  covered  with  heath,  some  with  moving  sand,  and  others 
with  sterile  mountains.  Of  the  German  territories,  a  large  part  is 
fertile,  a  large  part  also  is  mountainous  and  unproductive. 

Productions.     The  Austrian  territories  abound  in  various  articles 
both  of  necessity  and  luxury.     Hungary  is  distinguished  for  its  mines 
of  goldy  silver,  copper,  and  iron;  and  also  for  its  wine  and  cattle  ;  Ga- 
licia for  salt ;  and  Illyria  for  mercury. 
11* 


If6 

AUSTRL 

\. 

Population  of  the  chief  towns. 

In  Germany. 

In  Hungary,  Galu 

:ia,  8fc. 

In  Italy. 

Vienna 

264,000 

Lemberg 

41,000 

Milan 

Prague 

80,000 

Pest 

32,000 

Venice 

Trieste 

36,000 

Buda 

29,000 

Verona 

Gratz 

34,000 

Debretzin 

28,000 

Padua 

Brunn 

21,000 

Cronstadt 

25,000 

Brescia 

Lintz 

19,000 

Zegedin 

25,000 

Vicenza 

Trent 

14,000 

Ketskemet 

25,000 

Cremona 

Roveredo 

12,000 

Theresienstadt 

22,000 

Mantua 

Laybach 

11,000 

Schemnitz 

17,000 

Bergamo 

Iglau 

11, ©00 

Brody 

17,000 

Pavia 

Inspruck 

10,000 

Clausenburg 

14,000 

Lodi 

Salzburg 

10,000 

Hermanstadt 

12,000 

Udina 

130,000  I 
110,000 
48,000  i 
42,000  l 
31,000 
30,000, 
26,000  ' 
25,000  . 
24,000  . 
23,000  '■ 
18,000  '■: 
16,000  j 


Towns  in  Germany.  Vienna,  the  metropolis  of  the  Austrian  empire, 
is  the  largest  city  in  Germany.  It  is  pleasantly  situated  on  the  Dan- 
ube, and  is  the  centre  of  an  extensive  trade,  but  is  unhealthy.  It  con- 
tains many  elegant  palaces,  and  is  the  seat  of  a  splendid  courts  The 
Prater,  in  the  vicinity,  is  a  celebrated  place  of  amusement 

Prague,  on  the  Muldau,  the  capital  of  Bohemia,  is  an  old  town, 
less  flourishing  than  formerly. 

Trieste,  on  a  gulf  of  the  Adriatic,  is  the  most  important  seaport 
in  the  Austrian  dominions. 

Gratz,  the  capital  of  Stiria,  and  Brunn,  the  capital  of  Moravia,  are 
places  of  note,  and  have  strong  citadels. 

Lintz  is  remarkable  for  its  woollen  manufactures ;  Roveredo  for 
silks ;  Hallein  for  salt  works  ;  Bolzano  for  fairs ;  Trent  for  a  cele- 
brated council  ;  Schoenhrun,  near  Vienna,  for  its  palace  ;  Austerlitz 
for  a  great  battle. 

Towns  in  Hungary,  &c.  Buda,  the  capital,  pleasantly  situated  on 
the  Danube,  is  remarkable  for  its  palaces  and  baths ;  Pest,  on  the 
Danube,  opposite  to  Buda,  for  its  commerce  and  university  ;  Debret- 
zin for  trade  and  manufactures ;  Preshurg  for  being  once  the  capi- 
tal ;  Schemnitz  and  Crcmnitz  for  mines  of  gold  and  silver  ;  J/'eusohl 
for  those  of  copper ;  Tokay  for  wine. 

Lemberg  and  Brody,  in  Galicia,  are  noted  for  trade ;  Wielicza 
for  salt  mines. 

Towns  in  Austrian  Italy.  Milan,  the  capital  of  Austrian  Italy,  is 
situated  in  a  beautiful  plain,  and  surrounded  with  walls.  The  city 
is  generally  well  built,  and  the  public  edifices  display  all  the  magni- 
ficence of  Italian  architecture.  The  cathedral  is  the  noblest  speci- 
men of  Gothic  architecture  existing,  and  is,  next  to  St.  Peter's  at 
Rome  and  St.  Paul's  at  London,  the  finest  church  in  Europe. 

Venice  is  built  on  72  little  islands,  near  the  head  of  the  gulf  of 
Venice.  Its  buildings  are  of  stone,  but  not  elegant.  Yet  it  makes 
a  grand  appearance  at  a  distance,  seeming  to  float  on  the  sea.  It 
was  once  the  most  commercial  city  in  the  world,  but  it  is  now  de- 
clined. 

Verona,  on  the  Adige,  60  miles  W.  of  Venice,  is  celebrated  for  its 


SWITZERLAND. 


127 


ancient  Roman  amphitheatre,  capable  of  holding"  22,000  spectators. 
The  steps  or  seats  are  still  entire. 

Padua  and  Pavia  are  noted  for  their  universities ;  Brescia^  Vicen- 
za^  and  Bergamo^  for  silk ;  Mantua  for  its  strong  fortifications ;  Lodi 
for  Parmesan  cheese. 

Literature.  The  principal  universities  are  those  of  Vienna^  Prague^ 
Pest,  Lemberg,  Padua,  and  Pavia.  Austria,  though  inferior  in  re- 
gard to  literature  to  the  north  of  Germany,  has  produced  some  emi- 
nent scholars.  The  Austrians  are  greatly  distinguished  for  their  ex- 
cellence in  music. 

Religion.  The  estahlished  religion  is  the  Roman  Catholic,  but  all 
others  are  tolerated.  In  Hungary,  Transylvania,  and  Sclavonia,  the 
members  of  the  Protestant  and  Greek  churches  are  numerous,  and 
have  long  enjoyed  considerable  privileges. 

Government.  The  government  is  a  hereditary  monarchy,  nearly 
absolute,  except  in  Hungary  and  Transylvania,  where  it  is  limited 
by  constitutional  provisions. 

Inhabitants.  Exclusive  of  small  tribes,  this  vast  empire  is  com- 
posed of  four  great  races,  Sclavonians,  Germans,  Hungarians,  or 
Maggarians,  and  Italians  ;  all  differing  in  language  and  habits.  In 
Hungary  Gypsies  are  numerous. 


SWITZERLAND. 


The  Glaciers. 


Switzerland  is  divided  into  the  22  following  cantons. 
Cantons.  Capitals.  Cantons.  Capitals. 

Zurich  Zurich  Schaffhausen         Schaffhausen 

Berne  Berne  Appenzell  Appenzell 

Lucerne  Lucerne  St.  Gall  St.  Gall 


128 


SWITZERLAND. 


Cantons. 

Capitals. 

Cantons. 

Capitali. 

Uri 

Altorf 

Grisons 

Coire 

Schweitz 

Schweitz 

Aargau 

Araw 

Underwalden 

Stantz 

Thurgau 

Fraunenfeld 

Claris 

Glaris 

Tesin 

Bellinzona 

Zug 

Zug 

Vaud 

Lausanne 

Friburg 

Friburg 

Valais 

Sion 

Soleure 

Soleure 

Neufchatel 

Neufchatel 

Bale 

Bale 

Geneva 

Geneva 

Rivers.  The  4  principal  rivers  are  the  Rhine,  Rhone,  Aar,  and 
Reuss. 

Features  of  the  country.  Switzerland,  together  with  Savoy,  is  by 
far  the  most  mountainous  and  romantic  country  in  Europe.  It  is 
much  visited  by  travellers,  and  to  the  lovers  of  nature,  it  offers 
scenes  almost  unrivalled.  Stupendous  mountains,  picturesque  val- 
leys, shining  glaciers,  frightful  precipices,  beautiful  cataracts,  and 
romantic  lakes,  are  its  characteristic  features. 

Mountains.  Switzerland  is  traversed  by  three  ranges  of  Aljps^ 
the  Pennine,  Helvetian,  and  Rhcetian  Alps. 

Mont  Blanc,  in  Savoy,  on  the  borders  of  Switzerland,  is  the 
highest  mountain  in  Europe.  It  receives  its  name,  Mont  Blanc,  that 
is,  White  Mountain,  from  the  immense  mantle  of  snow  of  glaring 
whiteness,  with  which  its  summit  and  sides  are  always  covered. 

Some  of  the  other  celebrated  summits  are  Mont  Rosa,  Mont  Cer- 
vin,  Jungfrau-Jwm,  St.  Bernard,  and  St.  Gothard. 

Chamouni,  a  celebrated  vale  on  the  north  side  of  Mont  Blanc,  is 
greatly  admired  for  the  beauty  and  grandeur  of  its  scenery. 

Cataracts.  Every  mountain  has  its  rivulets  which  dash  from 
rock  to  rock,  and  frequently  form  beautiful  cascades. 

In  the  canton  of  Berne  is  the  cataract  of  the  Staubbach,  nearly 
1,000  feet  in  perpendicular  height. 

In  Savoy  is  the  cataract  of  Arpenas,  near  Salanche.  Here  the 
river  Arve  falls  from  the  height  of  upwards  of  800  feet.  The  streams 
which  form  these  cataracts,  are  both  small. 

The  celebrated  cataract  of  the  Rhine,  about  a  league  below  Schaff- 
hausen,  is  much  visited  by  travellers.  The  river  dashes  headlong 
from  the  height  of  about  50  feet. 

Lakes.  The  lake  of  Geneva  is  the  largest  in  Switzerland,  and  is 
esteemed  the  most  beautiful  lake  in  Europe.  Some  of  the  others  are 
JVeufchiitel,  Thun,  Lucerne,  Zurich,  and  Wallenstadt. 

Glaciers.  The  Glaciers  are  lakes  or  fields  of  glittering  ice  and 
snow.  They  occupy  the  elevated  hollows,  between  the  peaks  of  the 
hio-hest  mountains,  extending  sometimes  15  or  20  miles  in  length. 
Some  of  the  glaciers  have  a  tolerably  smooth  surface  ;  others  present 
deep  chasms,  together  with  elevated  masses  of  glittering  ice,  rising 
in  fantastic  forms,  presenting  the  appearance  of  icy  spires,  domes, 
and  turrets. 

Avalanches.  The  avalanches  are  immense  masses  of  snow  and  ice, 
which  occasionally  detach  themselves  from  the  glaciers,  and  are 
precipitated  down  the  Alps,  as  sheets  of  snow  slide  down  the  roof  of 


SWITZERLAIVD.  Ift^ 

a  house.  They  make  a  frightful  noise,  levelling-  forests,  and  some- 
times overwhelming  villages  in  their  destructive  course. 

Soil,  &c.  A  large  part  of  Switzerland  is  rugged  and  sterile  ;  but 
the  productive  parts  are  cultivated  with  great  care.  The  breeding  of 
cattle  forms  the  principal  source  of  national  subsistence. 

Climate.  The  climate  is  generally  salubrious,  but  severe  in  the 
elevated  regions. 

Population  of  the  chief  towns. 
Geneva  22.000        Berne  13,000         Lausanne         10,000 

Bale  15^000         Zurich  10,000         St.  Gall  9,000 

Geneva  is  remarkable  for  its  beautiful  and  romantic  situation  on 
the  southern  extremity  of  the  lake  of  Geneva,  at  the  efflux  of  the 
Rhone.  The  views  from  it  embrace  the  most  magnificent  mountain 
scenery,  including  the  summit  of  Mont  Blanc.  Geneva  is  famous 
for  having  once  been  the  centre  and  asylum  of  the  reformed  religion ; 
also  as  a  seat  of  learning,  and  for  the  manufacture  of  watches. 

Bale,  on  the  Rhine,  is  noted  for  trade  and  its  university  ;  Bernt,  on 
the  Aar,  as  the  most  beautiful  town  in  Switzerland ;  Zurich  and  St. 
Gall  for  trade  ;  Lausanne  for  its  delightful  situation  on  the  lake  of 
Geneva;  Schaffhausen  for  its  situation  near  the  celebrated  cataract 
of  the  Rhine  ;  and  Gruyeres  for  cheese. 

Government.  Each  canton  is  an  independent  republic  ;  but  for 
general  security,  the  cantons  are  united  in  a  confederacy,  governed 
by  a  general  diet.  The  diet  meets  alternately  at  Berne,  Zurich,  and 
Lucerne. 

Religion.  Nearly  two  thirds  of  the  inhabitants  are  Protestants  ; 
the  rest  Catholics. 

Education.  There  are  universities,  at  Bale  and  Geneva.  Educa- 
tion igs-well  provided  for  by  the  support  of  common  schools  ;  and  the 
Protestant  cantons  rank  among  the  best  educated  parts  of  Europe. 

Language.  The  prevailing  language  is  German,  but  French  is 
spoken  on  the  borders  of  France,  and  Italian  on  the  borders  of  Italy. 

Inhabitants.  The  Swiss  are  hardy,  industrious,  and  temperate ;  of 
simple  manners,  and  ardently  attached  to  liberty. 

History.  The  Swiss  are  descendants  of  the  ancient  Helvetii. 
The  foundation  of  their  liberty  was  laid  about  the  year  1300,  by 
William  Tell,  the  celebrated  Swiss  patriot. 


ISO 


FRANCE. 


FRANCE. 


JDivisions,    Before  the  revolution,  France  was  divided  into  3£ 
provinces ;  it  is  at  present  divided  into  86  departments. 


Departments. 

Chief  towns. 

North 

Lille 

Pas  de  Calais 

Arras 

Somme 

Amiens 

Lower  Seine 

Rouen 

Calvados 

Caen 

La  Manche 

St.  Lo 

Ome 

Alen9on 

Eure 

Evreux 

Seine 

Paris 

Seine  and  Oise 

Versailles 

Oise 

Beauvais 

Seme  and  Mame  Melun 

Aisne 

Laon 

Marne 

Chalons 

Ardennes 

Mezieres 

Aube 

Troyes 

Upper  Mame 

Chaumont 

Meuse 

Bar-siu:-Ornain 

Moselle 

Metz 

Meurthe 

Nancy 

Vosges 

Epinal 

Upper  Rhine 

Colmar 

Lower  Rhine 

Strasburg 

Ille  and  Villaine 

Rennes 

Cotes  du  Nord 

St.  Brieux 

Finisterre 

Quimper 

Morbihan 

Vannes 

Lower  Loire 

Nantes 

Mayenne 

Laval 

Sarthe 

LeMans 

Maine  and  Loirt 

i  Angers 

Indre  and  Loire 

Tours 

Loiret 

Orleans 

Eure  and  Loir 

Chartres 

Loir  and  Cher 

Blois 

Indre 

Chateauroux 

Cher 

Bourges 

Nievre 

Nevers 

Herault 

Montpellier 

Gard 

Nismes 

Lozere 

Mende 

Upper  Loire 

Le  Puy 

Ardeche 

Privas 

Lower  Alps 

Digne 

Departments. 

Yonne 

Cote  D'Or 

Saone  and  Loire 

Ain 

Upper  Saone 

Doubs 

Jura 

Vendee 

Two  Sevres 

Vienne 

Creuse 

Upper  Vienne 

Correze 

Allier 

Charente 

Lower  Charente 

Puy  de  Dome 

Cantal 

Rhone 

Loire 

Isere 

Upper  Alps 

Drome 

Dordogne 

Gironde 

Lot  and  Garonne 

Lot 

Tarn  &  Garonne 

Ave  iron 

Gers 

Landes 

Upper  Pyrenees 

Lower  Pyrenees 

Arriege 

East  Pyrenees 

Upper  Garonne 

Aude 

Tarn 

Mouths  of  the 

Rhone 
Var 

Vaucluse 
Corsica 


Chief  towns 

Auxerre 

Dijon 

Macon 

Bourg-en  Bresse 

Vesoul 

Besangon 

Lons  le  Saunier 

Bourbon  Vendee 

Niort 

Poitiers 

Gueret 

Limoges 

Tulle 

Moulins 

Angouleme 

Rochelle 

Clermont 

Aurillac 

Lyons 

Montbrison 

Grenoble 

Gap 

Valence 

Perigueux 

Bourdeaux 

Agen 

Cahors 

Montauban 

Rhodez 

Auch 

Mont-de  Marsan 

Tarbe 

Pau 

Foix 

Perpignan 

Toulouse 

Carcassonne 

Alby 

Marseilles 

Draguinan 

Avignon 

Ajaccio 


FRANCE. 


131 


Rivers.  The  5  largest  rivers  are  the  Loire,  Rhone,  Garonne, 
Seine,  and  Rhine. 

The  Rhone  is  the  most  rapid  of  the  great  rivers  of  Europe,  and 
IS  nearly  500  miles  in  length. 

The  Loire  is  somewhat  longer  than  the  Rhone,  but  of  not  quite  so 
large  a  size.  It  is  remarkable  for  its  Levees,  which  are  causeways, 
30  or  40  feet  in  breadth  and  25  in  height,  constructed  to  confine  ihe 
river  within  its  banks,  and  exclude  the  water  from  a  tract  of  coun- 
try about  100  miles  in  length. 

Islands.  The  islands  are  Ushant,  Belleisle,  J^oirmotUier,  Isle  of 
Rhe,  and  Isle  of  Oleron.  Corsica,  an  Italian  island,  belongs  to 
France. 

Canal.  The  famous  canal  of  Languedoc  extends  from  the  Medi- 
terranean to  the  Garonne,  near  Toulouse.  It  is  140  miles  long,  60 
feet  wide,  and  6  deep.  It  forms  a  communication  between  the  Med- 
iterranean and  the  bay  of  Biscay. 

Face  of  the  country.  France  is  mountainous  towards  the  south 
and  east,  very  level  in  the  north ;  agreeably  diversified  in  the  cen- 
tral part. 

Mountains.  The  Pyrenees  lie  on  the  south,  and  the  Alps  in  the 
southeast.  Other  ridges  are  Jura,  Cevennes,  Puy  de  Dome,  Cantal, 
and  P'osges. 

Climate.  The  climate  is  very  fine  ;  it  is  warmer,  drier,  and  less 
changeable  than  that  of  England. 

Soil.     The  country  is  well  watered,  and  the  soil  generally  fertile. 

Productions.  The  productions  in  the  northern  part  consist  of 
wheat,  barley,  oats,  pulse,  and  potatoes ;  in  the  southern  half,  vines, 
mulberries,  olives,  and  corn,  particularly  maize. 


Population  of  the  chief  cities. 

Paris 

714,000 

Montpellier 

33,000 

Grenoble 

22,000 

Lyons 

115,000 

Caen 

31,000 

Dunkirk 

22,000 

Marseilles 

110,000 

Ciermont 

30,000 

Aix 

21,000 

Bourdeaux 

91,000 

Rheims 

30,000 

Avignon 

21,000 

Rouen 

87,000 

Angers 

29,000 

Havre  de  Grace 

21,000 

Nantes 

77,000 

Besan§on 

28,000 

St.  Omer 

20,000 

Lille 

55,000 

Nancy 

28,000 

Tours 

20,000 

Toulouse 

50,000 

Versailles 

28,000 

Limoges 

20,000 

Strasburg 

49,000 

Toulon 

27,000 

Arras 

20,000 

Orleans 

42,000 

Brest 

26,000 

Dijon 

19,000 

Metz 

41,000 

Rennes 

26,000 

Poitiers 

18,000 

Amiens 

40,000 

Troyes 

24,000 

L'Orient 

18,000 

Nismes 

40,000 

Montauban 

22,000 

Rochelle 

17,000 

i 


Paris,  the  capital  of  France,  is  situated  on  the  Seine,  and  includ- 
ing its  suburbs,  is  18  miles  in  circumference.  It  is  one  of  the  finest 
cities  in  the  world,  and  much  superior  to  London  in  palaces  and  pub- 
lic edifices.  It  is  greatly  distinguished  for  its  eminence  in  science 
and  the  arts,  and  abounds  in  grand  public  institutions ;  and  it  is 
ikewise  one  of  the  gayest  and  most  luxurious  cities  in  the  world. 

The  houses  are  generally  from  4  to  7  stories,  built  of  freestone 


132  FRANCE. 

♦  ..  ' 

taken  from  quarries,  which  run  in  various  directions  under  the  city 

TRie  three  royal  palaces  are  the  Louvre,  Tuikries,  and  the  Luxem-  \ 

bourg.     The  quarries  beneath  the  city,  are  used  as  catacombs,  where  : 

vast  numbers  of  human  bones  have  been  collected.  | 

Lyons,  situated  at  the  conflux  of  the  Rhone  and  Saone,  is  account-  ] 

ed  the  second  city  in  France,  and  is  superior  to  Paris  in  trade  and  i 

manufactures.     It  is  celebrated  for  its  rich  silks  and  ffold  and  silver  i 

stuffs.  ^  i 

Marseilles,  situated  on  the  Mediterranean,  is  the  greatest  seaport  ' 
in  France. 

Bourdeaux,  on  the  Garonne,  47  miles  from  its  mouth,  is  next  to  J 

Marseilles  in  commerce,  and  is  famous  for  its  wines.  i 

Kantes,  situated  on  the  Loire,  has  an  extensive  commerce,  and  is  j 

celebrated  for  its  fine  brandy,  also  for  a  famous  edict  respecting"  the  \ 
Protestants. 

Brest  and  Toulon  are  the  principal  stations  for  the  navy.    The  other 

principal  seaports  are  Havre  de  Grace,  which  is  the  port  of  Pai-is  ;  '. 

L' Orient,   Rochelle,  Rochefort,  Bayonne,  Dunkirk,  St.  JIalo,   and  i 

Cherhurg.  \ 

Montpellier,  finely  situated  5  miles  from  the  Mediterranean,  is  \ 

celebrated  for  the  salubrity  of  its  air,  and  much  visited  by  invalids  ] 

from  foreig-n  countries.  ; 

Rouen  is  remarkable  for  its  cotton  manufactures  and  magnificent 

cathedral ;  Lille  for  its  cotton,  woollen,  and  linen  manufactures,  and  \ 

strong  citadel ;  Amiens  for  its  woollens ;  Tours  for  its  silks  ;  Stras-  \ 

burg  for  the  elegant  and  lofty  spire  of  its  cathedral ;  JsTismes  for  its  j 

amphitheatre  and  other  Roman  antiquities  ;  Versailles  for  the  most  . 

magnificent  royal  palace  in  Europe ;  Rheims  for  being  the  place  i 

where  the  kings  of  France  were  formerly  crowned ;  Fontainebleau  for  ! 

its  royal  castle ;  Calais  for  packets  to  England ;  Toulouse  for  being  ! 

once  the  capital  of  the  Goths  ;  Avignon  for  being  once  the  residence  \ 

of  the  pope  ;  Alby  for  the  Albigenses  ;  Poitiers,  and  the  villages  of  i 

Crecy  and  Agincourt,  for  famous  battles  between  the  French  and  ' 

English.  ; 

Education.     The  university  of  Paris  is  at  the  head  of  the  semina-  i^ 

ries  of  education.     There  are  26  provincial  seminaries,  styled  acade-  ' 

mies,  but  constituted  like  universities  in  other  counties.     The  2  j 

principal  Protestant  seminaries  are  at  Stra^burg  and  Montauban.  j 

The  French  excel  in  belles  lettres,  maihematics,  astronomy,  and  ; 
chemistry.     Literary  associations  are  very  numerous ;  at  the  head 

of  these  stands  the  Institute  in  Paris,  the  most  celebrated  scientific  , 

body  in  the  world.  j 

Language.     The  French  Languag-e  is  derived  from  the  Latin      It  ! 

is  esteemed  the  most  polished,  the  best  adapted  to  conversation,  and  j 

is  the  most  common  language  among  the  European  courts.  . 

Religion.     The  established  religion  is  the  Roman  Catholic,  but  ! 
all  others  are  tolerated.     Seven  eighths  of  the  inhabitants  are  Caiho' 

lies,  the  remainder  chiefly  Calvinists  and  Lutherans.  j 

Government.     The  government  is  a  limited  monarchy,  resembling 

that  of  Great  Britain.     The  legislative  power  is  vested  in  tl^e  king,  . 

a  house  of  peers,  composed  of  upwards  of  200  members,  whose  dig-  ' 


SPAIN.  13.: 

nity  is  hereditary,  and  a  house  of  deleg-ates   consisting  of  not  less 
than  256  members,  chosen  by  the  people. 

Army  and  JVavy.  The  French  army  under  Bonaparte,  was  com- 
posed in  war  of  nearly  600,000  men ;  but  the  peace  establishment 
is  now  reduced  to  about  90,000  men.  The  navy  consists  of  nearly  70 
ships  of  the  line,  and  about  40  frig-ates. 

Trade.  The  French  navig-ation  is  not  extensive.  The  chief  ex- 
ports consist  of  silks,  woollens,  linens,  wine,  and  brandy.  There  is 
very  little  paper  money  in  this  country ;  almost  all  the  business  be- 
ing transacted  by  g-old  and  silver. 

Manufactures .  In  manufactures  the  French  have  been  long"  noted 
for  their  silks,  and  woollen  and  linen  g'oods. 

History.  The  French  derive  their  name  from  the  Franks,  who 
invaded  the  country  in  the  3d  century. 

Since  1792,  France  has  been  the  theatre  of  wonderful  revolutions. 
The  national  convention  abolished  the  regal  government,  and  con 
demned  and  executed  Louis  XVI.,  the  king,  in  1793.  The  FrencV 
then  became  a  nation  of  soldiers.  In  1804,  Bonaparte  was  croAvneo 
emperor,  and  by  a  series  of  conquests,  the  limits  of  France  were 
greatly  enlarged. 

In  1815,  the  reign  of  Bonaparte  was  overthrown  by  the  battle  oi 
Waterloo,  and  he  was  sent  a  prisoner  to  St.  Helena.  Louis  XVIII. 
was  placed  on  the  throne,  and  France  was  reduced  to  nearly  the 
same  limits  as  before  the  revolution. 


SPAIN. 


Bull-Fight. 
JHvisions.     Spain  is  divided  into  14  parts,  most  of  them  styled 
kingdoms,  and  subdivided  into  30  provinces. 
12 


^4 


SPAIN. 


Divisions. 

Capitals. 

JDivisions. 

Galicia 

Compc  atella 

Old  Castile 

Asturia 

Oviedo 

New  Castile 

Biscay 

Bilboa 

Estremadura 

Navarre 

Pampelona 

Andalusia 

Aragon 

Sarag;ossa 

Granada 

Catalonia 

Barcelona 

Murcia 

Leon 

Leon 

Valencia 

Capitals . 

Burgos 

Madrid 

Badajos 

Seville 

Granada 

Murcia 

Valencia 

Rivers.  The  Tagus,  the  largest  river,  is  about  450  miles  long 
and  navigable  50  or  60  miles.  It  flows  through  a  mountainous  coui>- 
try,  and  its  current  is  much  broken  by  cataracts  and  rapids. 

Other  rivers  are  the  Minho^  Duero,  Guadiana,  Guadalquivir, 
Xucar,  and  Ebro. 

Islands.     The  islands  are  Majorca^  Ivica,  and  Minorca. 

Face  of  the  country.  Spain  is  a  mountainous  country,  and  a  large 
proportion  of  it  has  an  elevated  surface  ;  but  it  is  finely  variegated 
with  rivers,  streams,  and  plains. 

Mountains.  The  Pyrenees  separate  Spain  from  France.  Some 
of  the  other  mountains  are  Sierra  Morena,  Sierra  Mevada^  and 
Mont-serrat. 

Montserrat,  20  miles  NW.  of  Barcelona,  is  nearly  4,000  feet 
high.  It  is  remarkable  for  its  singular  form,  its  hermitages  and 
monastery,  and  for  an  image  of  the  Virgin  Mary,  much  visited  by 
pilgrims. 

Climate.  The  climate  is  remarkably  pleasant,  and  the  air  is  much 
refreshed  by  sea  breezes.  In  the  southern  provinces  the  heat  is 
great,  and  the  climate,  at  some  seasons,  unhealthy. 

Soil.  The  soil,  where  well  watered,  is  generally  fertile.  In  the 
central  parts,  much  of  it  is  dry  and  unproductive.  The  country  is 
thinly  peopled,  and  badly  cultivated. 

Productions.  The  productions  are  trzne,  sugar  cane^maize,  wheats 
barley^  millet^  rice^  hemp^  silk,  oil,  and  fruits.  The  wool  of  Spain, 
from  the  Merino  sheep,  is  the  finest  in  Europe. 

Minerals.     There  are  mines  of  ii^on,  copper,  lead,  &c. 

Population  of  the  cliief  cities. 

Madrid         180,000        Saragossa        55,000        Carthagena  29,000 

Barcelona       111,000         Malaga  52,000        Ecija  28,000 

Seville  90,000         Granada  52,000        Jaen  27,000 

Valencia  80,000         Isla  de  Leon  45.000         Valladolid  25,000 

Cadiz  70,000         Murcia  34,000         Toledo  25,000 

Madrid,  the  capital  of  Spain,*is  situated  on  the  small  river  Man- 
zanares.  It  is  the  most  elevated  capital  in  Europe,  being  upwards  of 
2,000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  The  streets  are  straight  and 
clean,  the  houses  of  brick,  and  the  royal  palace  magnificent.  The 
surrounding  country  is  barren,  and  exhibits  few  marks  of  improve- 
ment. 

Cadiz,  situated  on  a  sandy  peninsula,  called  the  island  of  Leon, 
Las  an  excellent  harbour,  and  is  the  first  commercial  city  in  Spain, 
and  the  centre  of  the  trade  of  the  West  Indies  and  America. 


SPAIN.  13S 

Barcelona  and  Malaga  rank  next  to  Cadiz  in  commerce.  Barce- 
lona is  very  favourably  situated  on  the  Mediterranean,  in  the  north- 
east part  of  Spain,  and  exports  wine,  brandy,  and  manufactures. 
Malaga,  situated  in  the  southern  part  of  the  country-,  is  celebrated 
for  its  wines  and  fruits. 

The  other  most  considerable  ports  are  Alicant,  Carthagena,  Bilboa^ 
and  Ferrol. 

Seville,  on  the  Guadalquivir,  was  anciently  the  residence  of  the 
Gothic  king-s,  and  formerly  a  place  of  g-reat  wealth,  commerce, 
and  manufactures,  and  is  said  to  have  contained  600,000  inhabi- 
tants. 

Saragossa,  on  the  Ebro,  is  remarkable  for  two  memorable  sieges  ; 
Granada  for  being-  styled  the  paradise  of  Spain,  and  for  its  impor- 
tance in  the  time  of  the  Moors  ;  Toledo  for  being-  the  first  archbish- 
opric, and  for  sword- blades  ;  Cordova  for  leather;  Valencia  for  silk; 
Segovia  for  wool ;  Almaden  for  mercury ;  Xeres  for  wine,  called 
Sherry;  Salamanca  for  its  imiversity ;  FaUadolid  for  being  once  a 
royal  residence  ;  Tarragona  for  its  ancient  greatness. 

Palaces.  The  royal  palaces  in  Spain  are  those  of  Madrid,  Escu- 
rial,  Aranjuez,  St.  Ildefonso,  and  Pardo.  The  Escurial  palace, 
about  20  miles  N.  of  Madrid,  is  the  pride  of  Spain.  It  is  built  in  the 
sing-ular  form  of  a  gridiron,  and  is  said  to  have  cost  more  than  any 
other  palace  in  Europe. 

Religion.     The  Spaniards  are  big-oted  Catholics. 

Education.  Education  is  in  a  backward  state.  There  are  11 
universities.     That  of  Salamanca  is  the  most  famous. 

Bull-Fights.  Bull-fighting  is  a  national  amusement,  to  wliich  the 
Spaniards  are  passionately  addicted.  In  the  principal  towns  there 
are  amphitheatres  appropriated  to  these  barbarous  exhibitions,  which 
are  attended  by  great  multitudes  of  both  sexes. 

Gibraltar  is  a  celebrated  promontory,  more  than  1,400  feet  high, 
at  the  southern  extremity  of  Spain,  belonging  to  Great  Britain.  It 
has  a  remarkable  fortress,  so  defended  by  nature  and  art,  as  to  be 
accounted  the  strongest  in  the  world. 

History.  Spain  was  subdued  by  the  Romans  under  Augustus,  and 
early  in  the  8th  century  invaded  by  the  Moors,  who  possessed  them- 
selves of  a  large  part  of  the  country  ;  but  were  completely  expelled 
early  in  the  17th  century. 

In  the  16th  century,  Spain  was  esteemed  the  most  formidable  pow- 
er in  Europe,  but  has  since  been  comparatively  weak.  She  has  been 
remarkable  for  the  despotic  character  of  her  government,  and  her 
extensive  and  rich  possessions  in  America. 


IS*  PORTUGAL. 

PORTUGAL. 

JHvisiotis.     Portugafis  divided  into  6  provinces. 

Provinces.  Capitals.  Provinces.  Capitals. 

Entre-Duero-e-  )  Braga  Estremadura  Lisbojt 

Minho  ^  Oporto  Alentejo  Evora 

Tras  OS  Montes      Braganza  Algarva  Lagos 
Beira                       Coimbra 

Rivers.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Tagus,  J\Iinho,  Mondego, 
and  Duero. 

Face  of  the  country.  The  face  of  the  country  is,  for  the  naost 
part,  agreeably  diversified  ;  some  parts  are  mountainous,  others 
level. 

Climate.     The  climate  is  pleasant  and  healthy. 

Soil.     The  soil  is  light,  yet  fertile,  but  badly  cultivated. 

Productions.  Portugal  abounds  in  wines,  honey,  olives,  orangesy 
Jigs,  and  other  fruits ;  but  there  is  a  deficiency  of  grain. 

Population  of  the  chief  t&wns. 
Lisbon  240,000         Braga  18,000         St.  Ubes  12,000 

Oporto  70,000         Elvas  16,000         Coimbra  12,000 

Lisbon,  the  capital,  is  finely  situated  on  the  north  side  of  the  mouth 
of  the  Tagus.  It  has  a  capacious  and  excellent  harbour,  and  is  one 
of  the  most  commercial  cities  in  Europe.  The  appearance  at  a 
distance  is  extremely  fine,  but  the  interior  of  the  city  ill  corresponds 
with  its  external  beauty.  In  1755,  a  great  part  of  Lisbon  was  laid 
in  ruins  by  the  most  remarkable  earthquake  of  modern  times. 

Oporto,  situated  near  the  mouth  of  the  Duero,  is  next  to  Lisbon 
in  population  and  commerce,  and  is  famous  for  its  strong  wines, 
called  Port. 

Religion.  The  Portuguese  are  among  the  most  superstitious  and 
intolerant  Catholics  in  Europe. 

Education.  Education  is  in  a  very  backward  state.  The  univer- 
sity of  Coimbra  is  the  only  one  in  the  kingdom. 


«^ 


ITALY. 

ITALY. 


137 


Tke  Coliseum. 

Italy  is  a  long-  peninsula  in  the  south  of  Europe,  in  the  form  of  a 
boot. 

Divisions.  In  the  northeast,  Austrian  Italy^  or  the  Lomhardo- 
Venetian  kingdom : 

In  the  northwest,  the  Sardinian  territories,  viz.  Savoy,  Piedmont, 
and  Genoa :  . 

In  the  middle,  Parma,  Modena,  Tuscany,  Lucca.^^^  dominions  of 
the  Pope,  and  St.  Marino  :  ^^• 

In  the  south,  Maples,  or  the  kingdom  of  the  Two  Sicilies,  com- 
prising- J^aples  and  the  island  of  Sicily.  The  2  other  principal 
Italian  islands  are  Sardinia  and  Corsica.  Some  of  the  smaller  ones 
are  Malta,  the  Lipari  islands,  and  Elba.  Sicily  is  the  larg-est  island 
in  the  Mediterranean,  and  celebrated  for  its  fertility,  producing- 
grain,  wine,  silk,  fruits,  &c.  Malta,  remarkable  for  the  strength 
of  its  fortifications,  belongs  to  Great  Britain  ;  Corsica  to  France. 

Rivers.  The  Po,  the  principal  river  of  Italy,  is  one  of  the  largest 
in  Europe,  and  is  about  500  miles  in  length.  The  current  is  so 
rapid  as  to  render  the  navigation  difficult.  The  three  other  princi- 
pal rivers  are  the  Tiber,  Adige,  and  Arno.  The  Tiber  is  celebrated, 
not  for  its  size,  but  on  account  of  its  watering  the  city  of  Rome. 

Lakes.  The  principal  lakes  are  Maggiore,  Garda,  and  Como,  in 
the  north ;  Perugia,  Bolsena,  and  Celano,  in  the  middle.  Maggiore 
and  Garda  are  celebrated  for  their  beauty. 

Face  of  the  country.  The  face  of  the  country  is  finely  diversified, 
but  for  the  most  part  mountainous.  Nothing  can  exceed  the  beauty 
a»A  diversity  of  the  natural  scenery.  The  mountains  are  exceed- 
ingly picturesque,  presenting  every  variety  of  form  ,  and  the  valleys 
12* 


J3S  ITALY. 

are  uncommonly  delightful.  Austrian  Italy  consists  chiefly  of  a 
fertile  and  beautiful  plain. 

Mountains.  The  Alps  lie  on  the  north,  and  the  Apennines  extend 
through  the  peninsula. 

Volcanoes.  The  volcanoes  are  Mount  Etna,  in  Sicily ;  VesvKXUs^ 
7  miles  E.  of  Naples,  and  Stromholi,  on  one  of  the  Lipari  islands. 

Etna  and  Vesuvius  are  two  of  the  most  celebrated  volcanoes  on 
the  globe,  and  have  been  subject  to  tremendous  eruptions  from  the 
remotest  antiquity.  Etna  is  about  11,000  feet  high,  and  its  lava  is 
frequently  thrown  30  miles.  Large  stones  have  sometimes  been 
thrown  upwards  to  the  height  of  7,000  feet  Vesuvius  is  less  than 
4,000  feet  high,  and  its  lava  is  sometimes  thrown  7  miles.  It  has  had 
many  tremendous  eruptions.  Stromboli  emits  flames  that  are  visible 
in  the  night  100  miles,  and  it  has  been  styled  the  Light-house  of  the 
Mediterranean. 

Climate.  The  climate  is  esteemed  the  finest  in  Europe,  but  dif- 
fers in  difierent  parts. 

Soil.  A  large  part  of  the  soil  is  very  fertile.  Cultivation  is  very 
backward  in  the  southern  and  middle  parts  ;  but  good  in  the  north. 

Productions.  The  most  important  productions  are  grain,  wine, 
vHve    oil.     silk,    cattle,    cheese,  delicious  fruits,  ^nd  Jine  marble. 

Curiosities.  Italy  abounds  in  objects  of  interest,  both  of  nature 
and  art     Savoy  presents  the  most  sublime  mountain  scenery. 

A  few  miles  from  Terni,  the  river  Velino  has  three  fine  cataracts, 
ene  of  which  is  about  300  feet  perpendicular,  and  the  aggregate 
height  of  the  three  is  about  750  feet. 

At  Tivoli,  the  river  Teverone,  anciently  called  Anio,  falls  over 
the  brink  of  a  rock,  nearly  100  feet,  in  one  mass.  The  water  has 
hollowed  out  grottoes  of  the  most  picturesque  appearance. 

Italy  contains  the  most  splendid  specimens  of  architecture,  sculp- 
ture, and  painting,  at  Rome,  Milan,  Genoa,  Florence,  Naples,  Bolog- 
na, Venice,  Verona,  Benevento,  &c.  Remains  of  ancient  monu- 
ments, as  amphitheatres,  triumphal  arches,  ruins  of  temples,  bridges, 
&c,,  are  to  be  seen  in  various  places. 

Pompeii  and  Herculaneum,  two  cities  near  Naples,  were  over- 
whelmed by  an  ^eruption  of  Mount  Vesuvius,  A.  D.  79,  and  remain- 
ed buried  under  the  lava  more  than  16  centuries.  Whole  streets 
have  lately  been  opened,  and  various  works  of  art  have  been  found 
in  a  surprising  state  of  preservation. 

Pesti,  ancient  Pcestum,  is  noted  for  its  magnificent  ruins. 

Universities.  There  are  18  universities  ;  some  of  the  principal 
ones  are  Padua,  Pavia,  Pisa,  Parma,  Bologna,  and  Turin.  Educa- 
tion is  much  better  attended  to  in  the  north  than  in  the  south  of  Italy. 
The  15th  century  was  the  brilliant  period  of  Italian  literature. 

Fine  Arts.  The  Italians  excel  chiefly  in  the  fine  arts,  as  paini- 
ing,  sculpture,  architecture,  and  music. 

Language.  The  Italian  language  is  derived  from  the  Latin,  and 
is  harmonious  and  highly  polished. 

Inhabitants.  The  Italians  are  efi"eminate  and  superstitious.  The 
common  people  in  Naples  are  the  most  bigoted ;  those  in  the  uortk 
are  more  enlig-htcned. 


Kaples 

330,000 

Messina 

80,000 

Palermo 

140,000 

Florence 

75,000 

Rome 

131,000 

Bologna 

64,000 

Milan 

130,000 

Leghorn 

51,000 

Venice 

110,000 

Verona 

48,000 

Turin 

89,000 

Catania 

45,000 

ITALY.  139 

Population  of  the  principal  Italian  cities. 

--                        Padua  42,000 

Brescia  31,000 

Alexandria  30,000 

Parma  30,000 

Vicenza  30,000 

Cagliari  25,000 

Cities  in  Austrian  Italy.     The  largest  are  Milan,  Venice,  Vera 
na,  Brescia,  and  Padua.     See  Austria. 

Cities  in  the  king  of  Sardinia's  territories.  Turin,  the  capital 
of  Piedmont  and  of  the  Sardinian  monarchy,  is  finely  situated  on 
the  Po.  It  is  a  regular  and  handsome  city,  and  the  country  around 
is  fertile  and  delightful. 

Genoa,  on  a  gulf  of  the  same  name,  was  once  the  capital  of  a 
celebrated  republic.  It  is  built  on  the  declivity  of  a  hill,  and  is  a 
place  of  great  strength.  It  contains  many  splendid  edifices,  and  no 
city  in  Europe,  except  Naples,  presents  on  approaching  it,  a  more 
magnificent  view. 

The  other  principal  towns  are  Alexandria,  Mondovi,  and  Asti  in 
Piedmont ;  JVice,  capital  of  the  county  of  Nice ;  Chamberry,  capi- 
tal of  Savoy  ;  Cagliari  and  Sassari  in  the  island  of  Sardinia. 

Cities  in  Tuscany.  Florence,  the  capital  of  Tuscany,  is  situated 
in  a  delightful  vale  on  the  Arno.  It  is  one  of  the  finest  cities  in 
Europe,  and  is  famous  for  its  cathedral  and  other  edifices.  It  is  dis- 
tinguished for  the  fine  arts,  and  has  the  most  celebrated  academy  of 
painting  in  the  world. 

The  other  principal  towns  in  Tuscany,  are  Leghorn,  the  most  com- 
mercial town  in  Italy  ;  Pisa,  once  large  and  commercial,  now  noted 
for  its  university  and  leaning  tower;  and  Sienna  famous  for  its  cathe- 
dral and  marble. 

Parma,  Modena,  and  Lucca,  capitals  of  duchies  of  the  same  name, 
are  considerable  towns.     Carrara  is  noted  for  its  fine  marble. 

Cities  in  the  States  of  the  Church.  Rome,  the  capital  of  the  States 
of  the  Church,  is  situated  on  the  Tiber,  15  miles  from  its  mouth.  It 
is  a  city  of  great  renown,  once  the  mistress  of  the  world,  and  in 
modern  times  the  residence  of  the  Pope.  Though  greatly  reduced, 
yet  it  still  retains  many  of  its  ancient  features,  and  has  a  great 
number  of  remarkable  monuments  and  splendid  edifices. 

St.  Peter''s  church  is  the  largest  and  most  beautiful  church  in  the 
world,  and  the  most  superb  edifice  of  modern  times.  It  is  720  feet 
long,  510  broad,  and  500  high,  to  the  top  of  the  cross.  It  was  finish- 
ed in  1620,  having^  been  upwards  of  100  years  in  building.  The 
principal  palaces  are^he  Vatican  and  Lateran. 

Some  of  the  most  celebrated  ancient  monuments,  are  the  Coliseum, 
the  Pantheon,  and  Trajan'' s  Pillar.  But  the  most  imposing  of  all 
is  the  Coliseum,  or  Amphitheatre  of  Vespasian,  constructed  for  the 
combats  of  gladiators  and  wild  beasts,  and  other  spectacles.  It  oc- 
cupied a  space  of  5^  acres,  and  was  calculated  to  accommodate 
100,000  spectators.  About  one  half  of  its  external  surface  still  re- 
mains, and  it  is  beheld  with  astonishment. 

The  other  principal  towns  in  the  Pope's  dominions,  are  Bologna, 


141)  TURKEY  IN  EUROPE. 

celebrated  for  its  university,  tower,  and  painting-s ;  Benevento  for  its 
antiquities ;  Loretto  for  its  Holy  House  ;  Tivoli  for  its  fine  situation 
at  the  falls  of  the  Teverone ;  Ancona  and  Civita  Vecchia,  the  prin- 
cipal seaports. 

Cities  in  Kaples.  J<'aples,  the  capital,  is  the  largest  city  in  Italy. 
It  has  a  most  delightful  situation,  on  one  of  the  finest  bays  in  the 
world.  Its  approach  from  the  sea  is  esteemed  more  beautiful  than 
that  of  any  other  city  in  Europe. 

Palermo^  the  capital  of  Sicily,  is  a  large  and  beautiful  city,  finely 
situated,  and  presenting  a  delightful  view  at  a  distance. 

Messina  and  Catania  are  large  and  handsome  cities.  Messina  has 
an  extensive  commerce,  and  Catania  is  remarkable  for  earthquakes. 

Syracuse  and  Girgenti,  places  of  ancient  greatness,  now  exhibit  in 
terestingf  remains  of  former  splendour. 

IONIAN  REPUBLIC. 

The  Ionian  Republic,  or  Republic  of  the  Seven  Islands,  comprises 
the  7  following  small  islands,  lying-  near  the  west  coast  of  Greece, 
viz.  Corfu^  Cephalonia^  Zante,  St.  Maura,  Cerigo,  Ithaca,  and  Paru, 
They  are  under  the  protection  of  Great  Britain.  The  islands  have 
an  uneven  surface,  with  rugged  coasts  ;  and  a  mild  climate.  The 
inhabitants  are  mostly  Greeks,  and  of  the  Greek  church.  The 
town  of  Corfu  is  the  capital. 

TURKEY  IN  EUROPE. 

JDivisions.  The  Turkish  civil  divisions  of  this  country  consist  of 
two  beglerbeg'-ships,  Romania,  and  JBo^nta, which  are  subdivided  into 
34  sangiacats. 

The  more  common  divisions  are  Moldavia^  Walachia,  Bulgaria, 
Romania,  Servia,  and  Bosnia,  in  the  north ;  Macedonia,  Albania, 
Thessaly,  Livadia,  Morea,  with  Candia,  and  other  Greek  islands,  in 
the  south.     The  southern  parts  comprise  the  country  of  Greece. 

Rivers.  The  principal  river  is  the  Danube.  Some  of  the  smaller 
ones  are  the  Pruth,  Marizza,  and  Drino. 

Face  of  the  country.  The  northern  part  is  mostly  level ;  but  the 
southern  part  is  greatly  diversified,  abounding  in  bold  and  lofty 
mountains. 

Mountains.  The  principal  ranges  of  mountains  are  Hcemus  and 
Rhodope.     In  the  south  are  the  mountains  of  Greece. 

Climate  The  climate  is  generally  mild  and  delicious,  the  air 
pure,  and  the  seasons  regular.  ♦ 

Soil  and  agriculture.  The  soil  is  generally  fertile,  yielding  great 
quantities  of  wheat,  mxiize,  rice,  cotton,  silk,  wine,  and  fruits,  and  it 
afibrds  also  rich  pasture  ;  but  the  country  is  miserably  cultivated. 

Population  of  some  of  the  principal  towns. 
Constantinople  500,000     Sophia  50,000     Serrae  30,000 

Adrianople         100.000     Joannina  35,000     Belgrade  20,000 

Baloniki  70,000     Philippopoli       30,000     Larissa  20,000 

Bucharest  60,000     Brahilow  30,000     Silistria  20,000 


TURKEY  IN  EUROPE.  141 

Constantinople,  the  metropolis  of  the  Turkish  empire,  is  delight 
fiiUy  situated  on  the  west  side  of  the  Bosphorus,  between  the  Black 
sea  and  the  sea  of  Marmora.  It  is  surrounded  by  walls,  and  has  one 
of  the  finest  harbours  in  the  world.  It  contains  many  splendid  pal- 
aces, other  edifices,  and  upwards  of  200  mosques,  the  most  remark- 
able of  which  is  that  of  Si.  Sophia. 

The  Seraglio  includes  a  vast  assemblag-e  of  palaces,  inhabited  by 
the  sultan,  his  court,  and  the  officers  of  g-overnment.  That  part  of 
it  occupied  by  the  women,  is  called  the  Harem,  and  in  it  are  confin- 
ed upwards  of  500  unfortunate  females.  The  streets  of  the  city  are 
generally  narrow,  gloomy,  and  badly  paved  ;  and  most  of  the  private 
houses  are  meanly  built  of  earth  and  wood,  and  none  exceed  two 
stories. 

Adrianople,  pleasantly  situated  on  the  Marizza,  is  a  favourite  re- 
treat for  the  sultans,  and  remarkable  for  its  mosque  ;  Saloniki,  cap- 
ital of  Macedonia,  is  famous  for  its  commerce  ;  Bucharest,  capital 
of  Walachia,  and  Joannina,  capital  of  Albania,  are  places  of  note. 

Sophia  is  noted  for  its  warm  baths ;  Belgrade  for  its  fortress ; 
Gallipoli  as  the  residence  of  the  Capudan  Pacha. 

Government.  The  government  is  despotic.  The  emperor  is  styled 
Sultan,  or  Grand  Seignor.  The  court  of  the  sultan  is  called  the 
Ottoman  Porte,  or  the  Sublime  Porte.  Next  to  the  sultan  in  power  is 
the  Grand  Vizier,  who  presides  at  the  council,  which  is  styled  the 
JDivan. 

Religion.  The  Turks  are  Mahometans  of  the  sect  of  Omar.  The 
Mufti,  who  is  at  the  head  of  the  religious  establishment,  is  the 
second  subject  in  the  empire.  About  one  third  of  the  inhabitants  of 
Turkey  are  Mahometans.  The  other  two  thirds  are  mostly  chris- 
tians of  the  Greek  church,  at  the  head  of  which  is  the  patriarch  of 
Constantinople. 

Education.     The  state  of  education  among  the  Turks  is  very  low. 

Language.  The  Turkish  language  is  a  mixture  of  several  dia- 
lects, but  is  greatly  inferior  to  the  Persian  and  Arabic  in  strength 
and  elegance. 

Caravansaries.  A  striking  mark  of  Turkish  hospitality  is  seen  in 
the  caravansaries,  or  public  inns,  which  are  to  be  met  with  in  almost 
every  village.     In  these,  travellers  may  remain  3  days  gratis. 

Inhabitants.  The  Turks  differ  widely  from  other  European  na- 
tions in  religion,  dress,  and  manners.  They  are  dressed  in  loose  robes, 
and  wear  turbans  instead  of  hats.  They  are  ignorant,  haughty,  in- 
tolerant, and  indolent. 

History.  This  country  was,  in  ancient  times,  the  seat  of  learning 
and  the  ar^s,  and  highly  renowned  in  histoiy,  but  is  now  debased  by 
despotism  and  superstition. 

The  Turks  are  a  Tartar  nation  from  Asia.  They  took  possession 
of  Constantinople,  and  put  an  end  to  the  eastern  empire,  in  1453. 


141 


GREECE. 


GREECE. 


The  Parthenon. 

AXvisions.  The  modern  divisions  of  Greece  are  Macedonia^  AU 
hernia^  Thessaly^  Livadia,  and  the  Morea. 

Islands.  The  principal  Greek  islands  in  Europe,  are  Candia^ 
J^egropontf  Stalimene,  S-^^a,  Tino^  Andro,  Santorin,  JVaxia,  JlilOf 
J^yconi,  and  Hydra. 

JRivers.  The  rivers  are  all  small.  Some  of  the  largest  are  the 
Peneo,  Basiliy  Pimazza,  and  Aspropofamo. 

Face  of  the  country.  The  general  aspect  of  Greece  is  rugged 
and  mountainous,  yet  abounding  in  beautiful  scenery. 

Mountains.  The  mountains  are  Pindus^  Olympus^  Athos,  Par- 
nassus^ Pelion^  Ossa,  (Eta,  and  Helicon.  Athos  is  famous  in  modem 
times  for  its  monasteries. 

Soil  and  productions.  The  climate  is  excellent,  and  much  of  the 
soil  fertile,  but  miserably  cultivated.  The  productions  are  com, 
vyine,  oil^  tobacco^  silk^  cotton,  wool,  rice,  honey,  SLnd  fruits. 

State  of  the  country.  Instead  of  the  cultivated  plains,  the  flourish- 
ing cities,  and  the  magnificent  edifices  of  ancient  Greece,  little  else 
is  seen  than  a  series  of  villages,  composed  of  wretched  cottages,  or 
dwellings  of  only  one  story,  and  without  chimneys,  scattered  over  a 
thinly  peopled,  and  ill  cultivated  country. 

Chief  towns.  The  principal  towns  are  Saloniki,  Joannina,  Serrae^ 
Larissa,  Athens,  J\''egropont,  Livadia,  Salona,  Tripolizza,  Calamata, 
and  tMisitra.  The  chief  seaports  are  Saloniki,  Aria,  Prevesa,  Athens, 
Patras,  Volo,  Lepanto,  J^apoli  de  Romania,  Malvasia,  Coron,  Modon, 
and  Hydra. 

Athens,  now  called  Athiniah  or  Seiines,  once  a  splendid  city,  and 


ASIA.  143 

one  of  the  most  celebrated  in  the  world,  is  now  greatly  reduced,  and 
contains  only  about  10,000  inhabitants.  Here  are  still  to  be  seen 
many  monuments  of  ancient  splendour,  among  which  is  the  citadel 
including-  the  Parthenon  or  Temple  of  Minerva,  the  grand  display 
of  Athenian  magnificence,  and  one  of  the  most  interesting  remains 
of  antiquity  in  the  world. 

J^apoli  de  Romania  is  noted  for  its  strong"  citadel ;  Malvasia  for 
Malmsey  wine  ;  Hydra  for  commerce  ;  Lepanto  for  a  famous  battle, 
in  which  Cervantes  had  his  hand  shot  oflf;  Ambelachia,  in  Thessaly, 
for  red  twist. 

Antiquities.  Almost  every  part  of  Greece  presents  remains  of 
ancient  magnificence  and  refinement,  as  ruins  of  temples,  theatres, 
aqueducts,  columns,  arches,  walls,  &c. 

The  most  interesting  monuments  are  found  at  Athens.  Some  of 
the  other  places  which  exhibit  ruins,  are  Corinth,  Sparta,  Thebes, 
Argos,  Eleusis,  Mycence,  and  J^emcea. 

Inhabitants.  The  modern  Greeks  are  a  handsome  people  ;  active, 
lively,  and  courteous  ;  generally  possessed  of  little  information,  yet 
having  much  native  genius.  They  are  accused  of  avarice,  treachery, 
and  insincerity,  vices  which  have  been  generated  by  a  long  course 
of  political  oppression.     Their  chief  employment  is  commerce. 

Language.  The  modern  Greek  is  styled  the  Romaic.  It  is  found- 
ed on  the  basis  of  the  ancient  language. 


ASIA. 

Divisions.  The  principal  countries  of  Asia  are  Russia  in  Asia,  or 
Siberia,  in  the  north  ; 

Georgia,  Tartary,  Chinese  Tartary,  Thibet,  Corea,  and  Japan,  in 
the  central  part ; 

Turkey  in  Asia,  Arabia,  Persia,  Hindoostan,  Burmah,  China, 
Siam,  and  some  smaller  countries,  in  the  south. 

Islands.  The  Asiatic  islands  are  very  numerous  and  important. 
Some  of  the  principal  are  Borneo,  Sumatra,  Java,  Celebes,  the  Ma- 
nillas, Moluccas,  and  Japan  islands ;  Ceylon,  Cyprus,  Rhodes,  and 
Samos. 

Oceans.  Asia  is  bordered  by  the  Arctic  ocean.  Pacific  ocean,  and 
the  Indian  ocean. 

Seas  and  gulfs.  The  Black  sea,  Mediterranean,  and  Red  sea  lie 
on  the  west;  tlie  Arabian  sea,  Persian  gulf,  and  bay  of  Bengal  on 
the  syuth ;  the  sea  of  China,  Yellow  sea,  gulf  of  Corea,  sea  of  Ochotsk^ 
and  sea  of  Kamtschatka  on  the  east. 

Straits.  The  most  noted  straits  are  those  of  Babelmandel,Ormuz, 
Sunda,  Malacca,  and  Beering^s. 

Inland  seas  or  lakes.  The  three  largest  are  the  Caspian,  Aral, 
and  Baikal 


144  ASIA. 

Rivers.  The  great  rivers  of  Asia  are  the  Oby^  Enisei^  and  Lena, 
which  flow  north  into  the  Arctic  ocean ;  the  Amur,  Kian-ku,  and 
Hoang-ho,  which  empty  themselves  on  the  eastern  side  ;  and  the 
Cambodia,  Irrawaddy,  Ganges,  Burrampooter,  Indus,  Euphrates,  and 
Tigris,  in  the  south. 

Mountains.  The  two  greatest  ranges  of  mountains  are  the  Him' 
maleh  and  Altai.  The  Himmaleh  mountains  he  on  the  north  eft 
Hindoostan,  and  are  reputed  the  highest  mountains  on  the  globs. 
The  Altai  mountains  extend  along  the  southern  border  of  Siberia, 
and  are  about  5,000  miles  in  length. — Other  ranges  of  mountains 
are  the  Ural  between  Asia  and  Europe,  Caucasus  between  the 
Black  and  Caspian  seas,  Taurus  in  Turkey,  and  the  Gkauts  in  Hin- 
doostan. 

Climaie.  In  the  southern  part,  the  climate  is  hot ;  in  the  north, 
cold.  The  climate  of  tlie  central  parts  is  rendered  cold  by  their 
great  elevation,  and  the  transition  from  a  hot  to  a  cold  climate  is 
very  sudden. 

Soil.  The  soil  in  the  south  is  generally  very  fertile,  in  the  north, 
barren. 

Productions.  Asia  is  celebrated  for  its  various  articles  of  luxury, 
with  which  it  supplies  other  parts  of  the  world.  The  tea-plant  is 
peculiar  to  this  quarter  of  the  globe.  The  breadfruit  and  bamboo, 
very  useful  vegetables,  are  widely  diffused.  Asia  also  abounds  in 
metals  and  precious  stones. 

Commerce.  Foreign  commerce  is  almost  wholly  in  the  hands  of 
European  nations  and  the  United  States.  The  internal  trade  is  ex- 
tensive, and  is  conducted  mostly  by  caravans,  and  chiefly  by  means 
of  the  camel ;  except  in  China,  where  there  are  great  facilities  for 
inland  navigation. 

Government.  Despotism  is  the  prevailing  government  in  Asia. 
In  some  parts,  particularly  among  the  Arabs,  and  other  wandering 
tribes,  the  patriarchal  form  of  government  is  in  use. 

Religion.  The  two  prevailing  religions  are  Paganism  and  Mor- 
hometanism.  Mahometanism  is  the  prevailing  religion  of  Arabia, 
Turkey,  and  Persia ;  and  is  also  widely  diffused  in  Hindoostan,  Tar- 
tary,  and  many  of  the  islands. 

Paganism  exists  in  various  forms.  Some  of  the  principal  are 
Shamanism,  which  is  found  in  China  and  Japan,  under  the  title  of 
the  religion  of  Fo ;  and  of  wMch  in  Thibet  the  Grand  Lama  is  the 
head ;  Bramanism,  which  prevails  in  Hindoestan  and  some  other 
countries  ;  and  the  worship  of  Buddhu  or  Boodh,  which  exists  in  the 
Birman  empire  and  other  parts. 

Christianity,  under  the  form  of  the  Greek  and  Armenian  churches, 
exists,  to  a  considerable  extent,  in  the  Russian  and  Turkish  domin- 
ions. The  Christian  religion  has  also  been  introduced  into  the 
European  settlements ;  and  great  exertions  have  of  late  been  jnade 
to  extend  its  blessings  to  the  natives,  by  means  of  missionaries  and 
the  diffusion  of  the  scriptures. 

Manners  and  Customs.  The  manners  and  customs  of  the  Asiatics 
differ  widely,  in  many  particulars,  from  those  of  Europeans. 

The  Orientals  are  remarkable  for  a  warm  imagination,  and  for  a 


ASIA.  146 

highly  fig-urative  style  of  writing-.  They  are  much  given  to  the 
use  of  hyperbolical  language,  and  indulge  much  in  self  commenda- 
tion and  tlattery. 

Instead  of  a  close  dress,  they  generally  wear  loose  and  flowing 
garments. 

The  southern  Asiatics  live  very  much  upon  rice.  When  animal 
food  is  used,  it  is  commonly  boiled  or  stewed  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
be  easily  separated,  without  the  aid  of  a  carving  knife. 

Most  of  the  Oriental  nations  make  no  use  of  chairs,  but  sit  cross- 
legged  upon  their  heels,  on  the  ground  or  floor,  or  on  carpets,  some- 
times on  pillows  or  sofas. 

In  eating,  they  make  little  or  no  use  of  knives  and  forks.  Their 
food  is  placed  upon  the  floor,  or  upon  something  less  elevated  than  a 
table,  in  large  vessels,  and  the  guests  sit  round  it  upon  their  heels, 
or  recline  upon  sofas  or  couches.  They  feed  themselves  chiefly  by 
the  use  of  their  fingers,  which  are  sometimes  assisted  by  some  simple 
instrument. 

Among  Mahometans  and  Pagans,  the  condition  of  lyomcn  is  far  less 
favourable,  than  among  Christian  nations.  In  eastern  countries 
females  are  very  much  confined.  They  are  permitted  to  see  little 
or  no  company  except  their  own  relations,  and  are  not  allowed  to 
go  abroad  without  having  their  faces  covered. 

Polygamy  is  generally  permitted  among  the  Asiatics,  and  mar- 
riages among  them  are  seldom  founded  on  the  mutual  affection  of  the 
parties.  Women  are  commonly  sold  in  marriage,  and  not  permitted 
to  exercise  any  choice  of  their  own.  They  are  treated  rather  as 
the  slaves,  than  the  companions  of  their  husbands. 

At  funerals  among  eastern  nations,  it  is  common  now,  as  it  was 
axso  in  ancient  times,  to  employ  mourning  women,  for  the  purpose 
of  making  lamentation,  and  showing  various  outward  expressions  of 
gnef  and  sorrow. 

13 


i 


146 


TURKEY  IN  ASIA. 


TURKEY  IN  ASIA. 


m 

r 

'1  1 
il 

->  - ==           zn^^^ 

The  Ruins  of  Palmyra, 


Divisions.  Turkey  in  Asia  comprehends  many  countries  of  great 
celebrity  in  ancient  history,  both  sacred  and  profane;  among- which 
were  the  countries  of  Asia  JIinoi\  Syria^  Phoeniciu,  Judcea,  Arme- 
nia^ Mesopotamia,  Assyria,  and  Chaldcm. 

Asia  Minor,  now  called  Js'atolia,  is  a  large  peninsula  between  the 
Mediterranean,  Archipelago,  and  Black  seas.  It  forms  a  large  and 
important  part  of  Asiatic  Turkey.  It  has  a  finely  diversified  sur 
face,  and  a  fertile  soil. 

Syi-ia  is  a  fine  country  lying  east  of  the  Mediterranean.  It  in 
eludes  the  famous  cities  of  Aleppo  and  Damascus.  In  the  southern 
part  is  Palestine,  or  ancient  Judcea. 

Armenia  is  a  mountainous  country  in  the  northeast. 

Mesopotamia,  Assyria,  and  Chaldcea  or  Babylonia,  were  names  of 
countries  watered  by  the  Euphrates  and  Tigris.  The  principal 
modern  names  or  divisions  of  these  countries,  are  Diarbekir,  Cur- 
distan,  and  Irak  Arabi,  or  Bagdad. 

Turkey  in  Asia  is  now  divided  into  17  pachalicks. 

Rivers.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Euphrates  and  Tigris  in 
the  east ;  Kizil-ermak,  Meinder,  and  Sarabat  in  Natolia  ;  and  Oron- 
tes  and  Jordan  in  Syria. 

The  Euphrates  ranks  among  the  great  rivers  of  Asia,  and  has  been 
celebrated  from  the  earliest  ages.  It  is  1,500  miles  long,  and  navi- 
gable for  ships  of  500  tons,  to  Bassora,  70  miles. 

The  Tigris  joins  the  Euphrates  at  Coma,  about  60  miles  above 
Bassora      It  is  navigable  for  boats  to  Bagdad. 


TURKEY  IN  ASIA. 


14' 


Lakes.  The  principal  lakes  are  Lake  Van  and  Asphaltites  oj 
Dead  Sea.  \ 

Face  of  the  country.  Natolia  and  Syria  are  greatly  diversified 
with  hills,  mountains,  and  plains.  Much  of  the  country  on  the  Eu- 
phrates and  Tig-ris,  is  level.  On  the  south,  bordering  on  Arabia, 
are  vast  sandy  deserts. 

Mountains.  The  chain  of  Taurus  commences  in  the  south-west- 
ern part  of  Natolia,  and  extends  thence  to  tlie  eastern  side  of  Asia. 
Mount  Ida  and  Olympus  are  in  the  NW.  part  of  Natolia.  Ararat 
is  in  Armenia,  and  in  Syria  are  Mounts  Lebanon,  or  Libanus,  Anti- 
Libantcs,  Hermon,  Carmel,  and  Tabor. 

Climate.  The  climate  of  Asiatic  Turkey  is  generally  very  excel- 
lent, equally  favourable  to  health  and  vegetation.  The  air  of  Na- 
tolia is  celebrated  for  its  balmy  softness. 

Soil.  The  'soil  of  a  great  portion  of  the  country  is  very  fertile, 
but  generally  under  bad  cultivation. 

Productions.  The  productions  are  wheal,  barley,  cotton,  tobacco, 
olives,  wine,  and  silk. 

Manufactures.  The  most  noted  manufactures  are  carpets  and 
leaiher. 

Islands.  The  principal  Asiatic  islands  in  the  Archipelago,  are 
Metelin.  Scio,  Samos,  Cos,  and  Rhodes. 

Cyprus,  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  Mediterranean,  which  is  call- 
ed the  Levant,  is  about  150  miles  long,  and  70  broad.  It  was,  in  an- 
cient times,  very  populous,  and  celebrated  for  its  fertility  and  wine, 
and  as  the  abode  of  pleasure. 

Scio,  a  beautiful  island,  containing  about  100,000  Greeks,  was 
utterly  laid  waste  by  the  Turks,  in  1822. 


^Population  of  the  principal  cities. 


Aleppo 

Damascus 

Smyrna 

Erzerum 

Bagdad 

Bursa 


250,000 
200,000 
130,000 
130,000 
80,000 
60,000 


Tocat 

Mosul 

Diarbekir 

Hamah 

Aphiom 

Sinob 


60,000 
60,000 
60,000 
60,000 
60,000 
50,000 


Bassora 

Kiutaja 

Angora 

Amasia 

Guzel-hisar 

Scutari 


50,000 
50,000 
50,000 
50,000 
50,000 
50,000 


Turkish  cities,  by  means  of  their  public  buildings,  and  particular 
ly  the  domes  and  minarets  of  the  mosques,  often  have  a  splendid  ap 
pearance  at  a  distance,  but  their  interior  generally  disappoints  ex 
pectation.  The  streets  are  usually  narrow  and  dirty,  and  most  ot 
the  houses  meanly  built. 

Aleppo,  in  Syria,  situated  70  miles  from  the  sea,  is  the  largest  city 
in  Asiatic  Turkey,  and  is  accounted  the  most  regular  and  best  built. 
It  is  famous  for  its  manufactures  of  silk  and  cotton,  and  carries  on  a 
great  commerce.     In  1822,  about  two  thirds  of  this  city  were  de 
stroyed  by  an  earthquake. 


*  The  population  of  several  of  these  cities  is  variously  stated  by  ge 
ographers  and  travellers. 


148  RUSSIA  IN  ASIA 

Damascus^  in  Syria,  is  situated  50  miles  from  the  sea,  and  is  one 
of  the  most  ancient  cities  in  the  world.  It  is  now  one  of  the  finest 
cities  in  Turkey,  and  the  centre  of  the  commerce  of  Syria.  It  is 
celebrated  for  its  silks,  called  Damask,  and  was  formerly  for  its  elas- 
tic sword  blades. 

Smyrna,  the  largest  city  in  Natolia,  has  an  excellent  harbour,  on 
the  east  side  of  the  Archipelago,  and  is  the  seat  of  European  com- 
merce, and  the  chief  mart  of  the  Levant  trade. 

Bagdad,  on  the  Tigris,  300  miles  NNW.  of  Bassora,  once  the  re- 
nowned seat  of  the  Caliphs,  and  one  of  the  most  populous  and  splen- 
did cities  in  the  world,  is  said  to  have  contained  2,000,000  inhabi- 
tants. It  is  now  greatly  reduced  from  its  ancient  grandeur,  but  is 
still  a  city  of  considerable  trade. 

Bursa,  finely  situated  at  the  foot  of  mount  Olympus,  is  remark- 
able for  its  hot  baths ;  Angora  for  its  goat's  hair  and  shawls  ;  Kiu- 
taja,  as  the  residence  of  the  beglerbeg  of  Natolia ;  Erzerum  for  its 
antiquity  and  singular  construction ;  Bassora  for  its  commerce ;  Diar- 
bekir  for  its  lofty  stone  walls ;  Mosul  for  muslins  named  from  the 
place  ;  Tocat  for  trade  ;  Jerusalem  for  its  ancient  renown,  and  in 
modem  times  for  pilgrimage. 

Ancient  cities.  Within  the  limits  of  Asiatic  Turkey,  were  an- 
ciently many  cities  of  great  celebrity  ;  among  which  were  JN'ineveh, 
the  capital  of  Assyria ;  Babylon,  the  capital  of  Babylonia ;  Troy, 
Ephesus,  Miletus,  and  Halicai'na^sus,  in  the  western  part  of  Asia 
Minor ;  Tarsus,  the  capital  of  Cilicia ;  Tyre,  Sidon,  and  Caesarea, 
on  the  coast  of  Syria ;  Antiock,  on  the  Orontes ;  and  Balbec  and 
Palmyra  in  the  interior.  These  have  all  been  long  since  destroyed  ; 
most  of  them  are  now  nearly  or  quite  desolate  ;  and  some  of  them 
exhibit  magnificent  ruins. 

Palmyra  and  Balbec  are  celebrated  for  their  ancient  monuments. 
The  most  remarkable  ruins  found  in  each,  are  the  remains  of  magni- 
ficent temples  of  the  sun. 


RUSSIA  IN  ASIA. 

This  is  a  vast  country,  including  all  the  north  of  Asia,  and  is 
about  twice  as  large  as  all  Europe. 

Siberia  forms  the  principal  part.  The  othet  portions,  which  are 
much  the  most  fertile  and  populous,  lie  on  the  Wolga,  and  on  the 
Caspian  and  Black  seas.  Between  these  seas  are  Georgia  and  Cir 
cassia. 

Siberia  is  one  of  the  most  forlorn  and  desolate  regions  on  the 
globe.  The  climate  is  very  cold,  the  soil  mostly  barren,  and  it  is 
very  thinly  inhabited.  Its  principal  productions  consist  in  mines  of 
gold,  silver,  copper,  lead,  and  iron  ;  also  in  furs  and  the  rein-deer. 
A  large  part  of  it  is  composed  of  immense  steppes  or  vast  elevated 
plains. 

Rivers.  The  Oby,  Lena,  and  Enisei,  in  Siberia,  are  among  the 
largest  rivers  in  Asia.  They  flow  into  the  Arctic  ocean,  and  are 
closed  most  of  the  year  by  ice. 


ARABIA.  149 

Lake.  Baikal,  in  the  southern  part  of  Siberia,  is  the  largest  lake. 
It  is  enclosed  by  rugged  mountains,  and  surrounded  by  the  most  sub- 
lime scenery. 

Mountains.  The  Ural  mountains  are  on  the  western  border,  be- 
tween Asia  and  Europe.  On  the  southern  border  are  the  Altaian 
mountains,  which  form  a  part  of  an  immense  range,  extending  from 
the  lake  of  Aral  to  the  Pacific  ocean,  about  5,000  miles.  The  Cau- 
casian mountains  are  between  the  Black  and  Caspian  seas. 

Peninsula.  Kamtschatka,  on  the  east  of  Siberia,  is  a  large  penin- 
sula, about  600  miles  long.  It  is  a  cold,  dreary  region,  producing 
few  vegetables,  and  is  very  thinly  inhabited. 

Population  of  the  chief  towns. 
Astrachan       70,000  Tobolsk      16,000  Teflis         15,000 

Orenburg        24,000  Irkutsk       15,000  Tomsk       12,000 

Astrachan,  near  the  mouth  of  the  Wolga,  is  the  largest  city  in 
Asiatic  Russia.  It  carries  on  an  extensive  commerce  by  means  of 
the  Wolga  and  the  Caspian  sea. 

Tobolsk,  the  capital  of  Siberia,  is  noted  for  its  fur  trade,  and  as  a 
place  of  banishment  for  Russian  state  prisoners  and  criminals  ;  Oren- 
burg, Irkutsk,  Tomsk,  and  Kiachta  for  trade  ;  Tejlis  for  warm  baths ; 
Kolivan  and  J^ertchinsk  for  mines  of  silver ;  Ekaterinburg  for  cop- 
per. 

Inhabitants.  The  principal  part  of  the  inhabitants  of  Siberia 
consists  of  native  barbarous  tribes.  Some  of  the  principal  ones  are 
the  Burats,  Yakoutes,  Samoides,  and  Monguls.  They  are  mostly 
pagans. 

The  Circasians  and  Georgians,  particularly  the  females,  are  cel- 
ebrated for  their  beauty,  and  are  esteemed  the  brightest  ornaments 
of  an  eastern  seraglio.  They  are  purchased  by  Jewish  merchants, 
with  a  view  of  selling  them  again. 

ARABIA. 

Divisions.  The  ancients  divided  Arabia  into  3  parts,  viz.  Arabia 
Felix,  in  the  south,  the  most  fertile  part;  Arabia  Petra:a,  in  the 
north-west,  some  parts  of  which  are  rocky  and  mountainous :  and 
Arabia  Deserta,  in  the  north  and  north-east,  consisting  mostly  of 
barren  sandy  deserts.  The  present  civil  divisions  are  six  ;  Hedsjas, 
Yemen,  Hadramaut,  Oman,  Lachsa,  and  J^edsjed. 

Face  of  the  country  and  soil.  The  general  aspect  of  j^rabia  is  a 
vast,  dry,  and  barren  desert,  interspersed  with  spots  of  fertile  ground ; 
and  intersected  with  some  mountains  of  moderate  elevation.  Wa- 
ter is  generally  scarce,  and  there  are  no  large  rivers  or  lakes. 

Mountains.  Mounts  Sinai  and  Horeb  are  considered  as  two  sum- 
mits of  the  same  range,  and  are  situated  between  the  two  north 
branches  of  the  Red  sea.  Sinai  is  held  in  great  veneration  on  ac- 
count of  its  being  the  place  where  the  Ten  Commandments  were 
given  to  the  Israelites.  It  is  composed  of  red  granite,  in  which  the 
Greeks  have  cut  steps  to  the  top. 
13* 


150  ARABIA. 

Climate.  In  the  mountainous  parts  the  climate  is  temperate,  but 
in  unsheltered  situations  the  heat  is  excessive. 

Winds.  A  pestiferous  wind,  called  the  Siinoon  or  Samiel^  fre- 
quentl}''  surprises  the  traveller  in  the  desert,  and  occasions  instant 
suffocation.  Whole  caravans  are  sometimes  buried  by  moving 
clouds  of  sand  agitated  by  wind. 

Productions.  Some  of  the  most  celebrated  productions  are  coffee^ 
gum-arabic^  myrrh,  and  frankincense. 

Animals.  The  most  noted  animals  are  the  camel  and  horse.  The 
chief  dependence  of  the  Arab  is  on  the  camel,  an  animal  peculiarly 
fitted  for  the  inhabitants  of  a  desert.  It  can  travel  6  or  8  days 
without  water,  and  carries  about  800  pounds  weight  upon  its  back. 
The  Arabian  horses  have  been  celebrated  in  all  ages  for  their  swift- 
ness and  beauty. 

Chief  cities.  Mecca  and  Medina  are  regarded  by  Mahometans  as 
holy  cities,  and  are  celebrated  places  of  pilgrimage.  They  are 
situated  in  a  dry  and  barren  country,  about  a  day's  journey  from  the 
Red  sea.  Mecca  is  celebrated  as  the  birthplace  of  Mahomet,  and 
contains  what  the  Mahometans  esteem  the  three  holiest  things  in  the 
world,  viz.  the  Kaaba,  or  House  of  God,  the  well  Zemzem,  and  the 
Black  Stone.  It  is  supported  chiefly  by  the  resort  of  pilgrims. 
None  but  Mahometans  are  permitted  to  visit  it  Population  20,000. 
Medina,  180  miles  N.  by  W.  of  Mecca,  is  the  place  where  Ma- 
homet was  buried.     Population  6,000. 

Sana,  in  the  interior,  is  reputed  the  chief  city  of  Arabia. 
Mocha,  near  the  straits  of  Babelmandel,  is  a  port  of  considerable 
trade,  and  is  famous  for  its  excellent  coffee. 

Mascot  is  a  considerable  seaport  near  the  straits  of  Ormuz.  Jid- 
da is  the  port  of  Mecca,  and  Jamba  of  Medina. 

Religion.  Arabia  was  the  birthplace  of  the  celebrated  impostor 
Mahomet,  and  is  still  the  centre  of  his  religion.  The  Mahometans 
compute  their  time  from  the  Hegira,  or  Flight  of  Mahomet  from 
Mecca  to  Medina,  which  happened  A.  D.  622. 

Government.  The  government  is  patriarchal.  The  chiefs  are 
styled  sheiks,  sheriffes,  caliphs,  imans,  and  emirs.  The  authority-  of 
a  sheik  over  his  tribe,  is  that  of  a  father  over  his  family. 

Literature.  The  Arabians  were,  in  the  middle  ages,  eminent  for 
literature  and  science,  but  at  present  education  is  generally  neglect- 
ed.    Few  of  the  inhabitants  are  able  to  read  and  write. 

Language.  The  Arabic  is  a  copious  and  expressive  language, 
abounding  in  synonymes.  It  is  one  of  the  most  extensively  diffused 
languages  in  the  world,  and  is  spoken  in  a  large  part  of  Asia  and 
Africa. 

Inhabitants.  The  inhabitants  are  styled  Arabs.  They  boast  of 
their  descent  from  Ishmael,  son  of  Abraham  and  Hagar,  and  have 
been  called  Ishmaelites  and  Hagareneans,  also  Scenites,  Saracens,  and 
Bedouins.  They  generally  dwell  in  tents,  and  lead  a  wandering 
life.  They  are  a  rude,  superstitious,  and  ignorant  people.  They 
are  of  middle  stature  and  brown  complexion ;  have  always  a  grave 
a  ad  melancholy  air ;  and  they  seldom  laugh  or  weep. 


INDEPENDENT  TARTARY. 


151 


INDEPENDENT  TARTARY. 

Divisions.  Independent  Tartary  is  a  large  country,  comprising 
Great  and  Little  Bukharia,  Turkestan^  and  Charasm.  A  part  of  the 
country  is  now  included  in  the  kingdom  of  Cabulistan. 

Rivers.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Jihon  and  Szr,  both  of 
which  flow  into  lake  Aral. 

Lake.  Lake  Aral  is  250  miles  long.  Its  waters  are  salt,  like 
those  of  the  Caspian,  and  it  has  no  communication  with  the  ocean. 

Mountains.  The  Altaian  mountains  lie  on  the  north,  and  Belur 
Tagley,  a  branch  of  the  Himraaleh  mountains,  on  the  south. 

Soil.  The  surface  and  soil  are  various,  in  some  parts  fertile,  in 
others,  particularly  in  the  north,  there  are  extensive  sandy  deserts. 

Towns.  Samarcand,  an  ancient  and  celebrated  city,  is  situated 
on  the  Sogd.  It  was  the  capital  of  a  powerful  empire,  under  the 
great  conqueror  Tamerlane  or  Timur  Bee  ;  and  is  famous  as  a  Ma- 
hometan seat  of  learning.  * 

Bukharia,  capital  of  Great  Bukharia^  is  situated  on  the  Sogd, 
100  miles  west  of  Samarcand,  and  is  said  to  contain  100,000  inhab- 
itants. It  is  celebrated  for  the  study  of  Mahometan  theology  and 
law. 

Other  towns  are  Kashgar,  Gaur,  Badakshan,  Anderab,  Termed^ 
and  Yarkan. 

Inhabitants.  The  Tartars  consist  of  various  tribes ;  among  the 
principal  are  the  Usbecks,  Kirguses,  or  Kirghises,  and  Calmuca. 
They  are  Mahometans. 


PERSIA. 

Extent.  The  limits  of  Persia  have  been  very  various  at  different 
periods.  In  its  most  extensive  sense,  Persia  embraces  all  the  region 
between  Turkey  and  Hindoostan ;  but  this  includes  large  districts  not 
subject  to  the  present  sovereign.  The  eastern  part  of  Persia  is  now 
included  in  the  kingdom  of  Cabulistan. 


Provinces. 

Chief  tovms. 

Provinces. 

Chief  town*. 

Adirbeitzan 
Ghilan 

Tauris 
Reshd 

Irak-Agemi 

1 ;  Ispahan 
i  Teheran 

Erivan 

Erivan 

Chusistan 

Shuster 

Mazanderan 

Fehrabad 

Farsistan 

Schiraz 

Chorasan 

Meschid 

Kerman 

Kerman 

Face  of  the  country  and  soil.  Persia  abounds  m  mountains  and 
sandy  deserts.  It  has  few  rivers,  and  much  of  it  suffers  for  want  ot 
water.  The  interior  consists  chiefly  of  an  immense,  dry,  salt  plain. 
One  third  of  the  country  consists  of  arid  deserts,  salt  lakes,  and 


162  PERSIA. 

marshes  covered  with  jvngle ;  another   third  of  naked  mountaiDS 
The  plains,  when  well  watered,  are  of  great  fertility. 

Climate.  In  the  southern  parts  the  climate  is  very  hot,  and  in  the 
northern  parts  cool. 

Curiosity.  On  the  western  coast  of  the  Caspian  sea,  near  Baku, 
are  fountains  of  naptha,  or  pure  rock  oil.  Here  is  seen  a  singular 
phenomenon,  called  the  everlasting  Jire,  before  which  the  Guebres 
offer  up  their  supplications.  The  earth  here  readily  takes  fire,  on 
applying  to  it  a  live  coal. 

Productions.  Persia  produces  excellent  wine,  silk,  com,  rice,  to- 
bacco, fruits,  and  drugs. 

Manufactures.  The  manufactures  are  considerable,  consisting  of 
beautiful  carpets,  silk,  brocade,  sJiawls,  porcelain,  &,c. 

Commerce.  The  foreign  commerce  of  Persia  is  chiefly  in  the 
hands  of  foreigners.  The  principal  exports  are  carpets,  wine,  silk, 
cotton,  pearls,  and  drugs. 

Cities.  The  cities  of  Persia  are  generally  surrounded  by  a  high 
mud  wall.  The  streets,  for  the  most  part,  are  merely  lanes,  very 
narrow  and  dirty.  The  houses  are  low,  built  with  flat  roofs,  and 
without  windows.  Those  of  the  common  people  are  usually  formed 
of  mud  ;  those  of  the  higher  orders  of  brick,  but  seldom  of  more  than 
one  story.  Most  of  the  celebrated  towns  are  now  in  a  state  of 
decay. 

Ispahan  was  formerly  the  capital  of  Persia,  and  one  of  the  most 
splendid  cities  in  the  east.  The  population,  more  than  a  century 
ago,  was  estimated  at  upwards  of  600,000,  but  it  is  now  greatly  re- 
duced, and  a  large  part  of  the  city  is  in  ruins.  It  has,  however,  still 
considerable  trade  and  manufactures. 

Teheran,  the  present  seat  of  government,  is  65  miles  S.  of  the 
Caspian  sea,  and  300  N.  of  Ispahan.  Its  situation  is  low,  and  its  ap- 
pearance mean.  The  population  in  the  winter,  is  about  60,000,  but 
much  less  in  the  summer. 

Tauris,  400  miles  NNW.  of  Ispahan,  was  formerly  the  capital  of 
the  empire,  and  150  years  ago,  was  reckoned  to  contain  upwards  of 
500,000  inhabitants ;  but  it  is  now  mostly  in  ruins. 

Schiraz,  160  miles  S.  of  Ispahan,  is  situated  on  a  plain,  unrivalled 
in  beauty  and  fertility.  The  environs  are  laid  out  in  magnificent 
gardens,  the  flowers  and  fruits  of  which  form  a  favourite  theme  of 
eastern  poetry.  It  is  celebrated  for  its  wine,  which  is  esteemed  the 
best  in  Asia.     Population  40,000. 

Other  cities  of  note  are  Hamadan,  Casbin,  Kaui,  and  Meschid. 
The  principal  seaport  was  formerly  Gombroon  ;  latterly  Bushire. 

Religion.  The  Persians  are  Mahometans  of  the  sect  of  Ali,  or 
Sunnites,  and  are  more  tolerant  than  other  Mahometans. 

Language.  The  Persian  language  is  celebrated  for  its  strength, 
beauty,  and  melody. 

Inhabitants.  The  Persians  are  the  most  polite,  and  most  learned 
nation  in  the  east.  They  are  greatly  addicted  to  flattery  and  dis- 
simulation ;  and  are  treacherous  and  avaricious. 

Antiquities.  There  are  now  found  in  Persia  many  monuments 
of  ancient  magnificence,  and  splendid  ruins  of  a  number  of  cities. 


CABULISTAN.  SS 

Among-  these  are  Susa,  PersepoUs,  and  Rai^  each  of  which  was 
once  the  capital  of  Persia. 

The  ruins  of  Persepolis  are  among  the  most  interesting-  remains 
of  early  magnificence.  Tliey  consist  of  vast  walls,  columns,  and 
other  remains  of  the  great  palace  of  Darius,  which  is  said  to  have 
been  set  on  fire  by  Alexander. 


CABULISTAN,  or  AFGHANISTAN. 

This  is  a  modern  kingdom  of  Asia,  comprising  the  western  part  of 
Hindoostan,  the  eastern  part  of  Persia,  and  the  southern  part  of 
Tartary. 

Divisions.  It  contains  the  provinces  of  Cabul,  Candahar,  Cash- 
mere, Balk,  Herat,  and  Segestan,  and  the  country  of  Beloochistan. 

Pace  of  the  country.  The  face  of  the  country  is  greatly  diver- 
sified with  mountains,  valleys,  and  sandy  deserts.  The  summits  of 
the  Himmaleh  mountains,  on  the  north,  are  always  covered  with 
snow. 

Soil.  In  well  watered  valleys,  the  soil  is  very  fertile ;  but  there 
are  extensive  barren  wastes.  The  desert  of  Beloochistan  is  300 
miles  long,  and  200  broad. 

Cities.  Cabul,  the  capital,  is  situated  on  the  river  Cabul,  and 
carries  on  a  great  trade.  The  houses  are  meanly  built  Population 
estimated  at  200,000. 

Cashmere  is  situated  in  a  delightful  country  of  the  same  name, 
styled  the  paradise  of  India.  It  is  celebrated  for  the  manufacture  ot 
beautiful  shawls,  made  of  the  wool  or  hair  of  a  kind  of  goat,  found 
only  in  Thibet.     Population  upwards  of  150,000. 

Candahar,  Herat,  and  Peshawer  are  said  to  contain  each  a  popu- 
lation of  100,000.  Other  towns  of  note  are  Moultan,  Balk,  Zareng, 
and  Kelat. 

Bamian,  on  the  north  side  of  the  Hindoo-Kho  mountain,  100  miles 
west  of  Cabul,  is  styled  the  Thebes  of  the  east.  It  is  carved  out  of 
a  mountain,  and  said  to  consist  of  12,000  apartments  and  recesses 
cut  out  of  the  rock.  In  its  vicinity  are  two  colossal  statues,  50 
cubits  high. 

Inhabitants.  The  inhabitants  consist  of  Hindoos,  Afghans,  Par- 
sees,  Belooches,  and  Tartars.     They  are  chiefly  ^Mahometans. 

Afghani.  The  Afghans  are  a  fierce,  untractable,  and  warlike 
people,  who  pretend  to  deduce  their  origin  from  Afghan,  a  son  of 
Japhet. 


154 


HINDOOSTAN 


HINDOOSTAN. 


Banian  Tree. 


Divisions.  Hindoostan,  is  often  styled  India  within,  or  on  thu 
stde  of,  the  Ganges.  In  its  most  extensive  sense,  it  comprises  4 
large  divisions. 

1.  J^orthem  Hindoostan.  This  comprises  Cashmere  on  the  west, 
and  Bootan  on  the  east,  with  the  intermediate  provinces.  JSTepaul, 
with  its  tributary  districts,  comprehends  the  most  of  this  division. 

2.  Hindoostan  Proper.  This  comprises  1 1  snbahs  or  provinces, 
viz.  Lahore,  Moultan  including"  Sindy,  Agimere,  Delhi,  Agra,  Alla- 
habad, Bahar,  Oude,  Bengal,  JMaluca,  and  Guzerat. 

3.  The  Deccan.  This  division  includes  the  provinces  of  Aurun- 
gahad,  Candeish,  Golconda,  Berar,  J^orthem  Circars,  Orissa,  and  a 
great  part  of  Bejapour. 

4.  The  South  of  India.  This  division  extends  from  the  river 
Kistnah  to  the  ocean,  and  comprises  the  Carnatic,  Mysore,  Canara, 
Malabar,  &c. 

Extent  and  population.  The  following  is  a  statement  of  the  esti- 
mated extent  and  population  of  the  parts  of  Hindoostan  possessed  by 
Great  Britain,  of  the  British  Allies,  and  the  Independent  States,  ac- 
cording to  Hamilton: 


HINDOOSTAN.  la5 

Gaog.  sq.  m.         Pop. 

Under  the  Bengal  Presidency                               220,000  29,000,000 

do.          Madras  Presidency                              125,000  12,000,000 

do.          Bombay  Presidency                                10,000  2,500,000 

Acquisitions  in  Hindoostan  Proper  and  Oris-  )    g^  qqq  ^q  q^q  qqq 

*a,  since  1799                                              S        '  '      ' 

TotoZ  of  British  Hindoostan                      415,000  53,500,000 

Brituh  Allies  and  Tributaries                              169,000  17,500,000 


Total  under  British  jurisdiction  and  in-  )  ^04  qqq     71  qqq  qqq 
Jiuence  ^        '  '       ' 

Independent  States  495,000     30,000,000' 

Total  of  Hindoostan  1,079,000     101,000,000 

Rivers.  The  Ganges,  Burrampooter,  and  Indus,  are  among  the 
largest  rivers  in  Asia.  The  other  considerable  rivers  are  the  Kist- 
nah,  Jumna,  J^erbuddah,  Godavery,  Chunaub,  Puddar,  Setledge,  Tap- 
tee,  and  Chumbull. 

The  Ganges,  the  largest  river  of  Hindoostan,  rises  in  the  Himma- 
leh  mountains,  and  flows  into  the  bay  of  Beng-al  by  many  mouths.  It 
is  upwards  of  2,000  miles  in  length,  and  esteemed  by  the  Hindoos 
as  very  sacred. 

Face  of  the  country.  Northern  Hindoostan  is  mountainous.  Hin- 
doostan Proper  is,  for  the  most  part,  a  champaign  country,  with  oc- 
casional hills  of  no  great  elevation.  In  the  Deccan  and  South  of 
India,  the  country  is  flat  on  the  sea  coasts  on  both  sides,  and  moun- 
tainous in  the  interior. 

Mountains.  The  Himmaleh  mountains,  which  lie  on  the  north 
side  of  Northern  Hindoostan,  are  reputed  the  highest  in  the  world. 
The  Eastern  and  Western  Gauts  are  the  most  remarkable  mountains 
in  India.  The  Western  Gauts,  the  highest  and  longest  range,  extend 
from  Cape  Comorin  to  Surat,  generally  about  40  miles  from  the  sea 
coast. 

Climate.  The  climate  of  the  northern  parts  is  temperate,  bu1  '  a 
all  the  southern  parts,  heat  predominates ;  and  during  a  part  of  the 
year  it  is  very  great.  The  monsoons  prevail  south  of  the  tropics. 
The  seasons  in  Hindoostan  Proper  are  divided  into  cold,  hot,  and  dry. 

Soil.  A  large  proportion  of  the  soil  is  exceedingly  fertile.  There 
are  two  harvests  in  a  year,  the  former  in  September  and  October ; 
the  latter  in  March  and  April. 

Banian  Tree.  The  Banian  or  Burr  tree  is  one  of  the  most  cu- 
rious and  beautiful  of  nature's  productions.  The  branches  strike 
down  roots,  and  thus  form  stems  or  trunks,  so  that  each  tree  is  itself 
a  grove.  The  most  celebrated  of  these  trees  is  one  on  an  island  ia 
the  Nerbuddah.  It  has  more  than  3,000  trunks,  measuring  about 
2,000  feet  in  circumference  ;  and  7,000  people  may  repose  under  its 
shade. 

Productions.  The  article  of  produce  more  extensively  cultivat- 
ed than  any  other,  is  rice  ;  cotton  in  abundance,  wheat  in  some  parts ; 
also  sugar,  indigo^  tobacco^  opium^  millet,  and  various  kinds  of  fruii* 


156  HINDOOSTAN. 

Cocoa-nut  and  bamboo  trees  are  of  great  importance  to  the  infaabi 
tants  ;  and  betel  is  a  plant  very  extensively  used  for  luxury  or  health 

Minerals.  The  metals  are  not  abundant.  The  diamond  mines 
have  been  long  celebrated,  but  have  now  ceased  to  be  very  valuable. 
They  are  found  in  Golconda,  near  Pannah,  Sumbulpour,  &c. 

Jtlanufactures.  The  staple  manufacture  is  that  of  cotton.  The 
other  principal  manufactures  are  those  of  silk^  wool^  leather^  and  salt- 
petre. 

Commerce.  The  commerce  is  very  great,  and  is  carried  on  chiefly 
by  Great  Britain. 

Exports.  The  exports  consist  of  cotton,  piece  goods^  rice,  indigo^ 
saltpetre,  opium,  silk,  sugar,  precious  stones,  &c. 

Population  of  some  chief  cities  of  Hindoostan  which  are  in  the 
.possession  of  Great  Britain. 


Calcutta 

650,000 

Lucknow  300,000 

Moorshedabad 

150,000 

Benares 

582,000 

Patna         250,000 

Delhi 

100,000 

Surat 

500,000 

Bombay     200,000 

Hyderabad 

100,000 

Madras 

300,000 

Dacca        200,000 

Poonah 

100,000 

Cities.  The  cities  of  India  are,  in  general,  built  on  one  plan,  with 
very  narrow,  confined,  and  crooked  streets,  a  great  number  of  tanks 
and  reservoirs  for  water,  with  numerous  gardens  interspersed.  The 
houses  are  variously  built,  some  of  brick,  others  of  mud,  and  still 
more  of  bamboos  and  mats. 

Calcutta  is  the  capital  of  all  the  British  possessions  in  Hindoos- 
tan.  It  is  situated  on  the  Hoogly,  about  100  miles  from  the  sea,  and 
has  an  immense  commerce.  The  houses  belonging  to  the  English 
are  very  elegantly  built  of  brick,  but  the  houses  of  the  natives  are 
mostly  mud  cottages. 

Benares,  the  famous  seat  of  Braminical  learning",  is  regarded  by 
the  Hindoos  as  a  holy  city.  It  is  a  place  of  g-reat  wealth  and  trade, 
and  is  the  grand  mart  for  diamonds  and  other  gems  brought  from 
Bundelcund. 

Bombay  is  situated  on  an  island  10  miles  in  length,  near  the  west 
coast,  and  commands  the  whole  trade  of  the  north-west  coast  of  the 
country. 

Madras,  in  the  Carnatic,  is  the  chief  commercial  city  in  the 
south-east  part  of  Hindoostan. 

Delhi,  formerly  the  capital  of  Hindoostan  and  the  seat  of  the  Mogul 
empire,  is  said  once  to  have  contained  2,000,000  inliabitants,  but  is 
now  greatly  reduced  from  its  former  grandeur. 

Agra,  on  the  Jumna,  91  miles  SSE.  of  Delhi,  is  remarkable  for 
its  former  greatness,  and  the  Taje  Mahal,  a  most  superb  mausoleum ; 
Allahabad,  at  the  confluence  of  the  Gang-es  and  Jumna,  as  the  most 
celebrated  place  of  Hindoo  ablution ;  Dacca,  on  a  branch  of  the 
Ganges,  for  its  muslins  ;  Seringapatam,  in  the  south,  for  the  mauso- 
leum of  Hyder  Ally ;  Serampore,  12  miles  N.  of  Calcutta,  as  the 
head  quarters  of  the  Baptist  missionaries. 

Juggemauth,  or  Jagamaut,  situated  on  the  eastern  coast,  42  milea 
S.  of  Cattack,  is  a  celebrated  place  of  Hindoo  worship.    The  num 


HINDOOSTAN.  16^ 

ber  of  pilgrims  that  annually  visit  this  temple  or  pagoda,  has  been  esti- 
mated to  amount  to  upwards  of  1,000,000,  most  of  whom  never  return. 

Inhabitants.  The  Hindoos  constitute  the  great  mass  of  the  popu- 
lation ;  the  Mahometans  are  supposed  to  form  one  eig-hth  of  the  in- 
habitants ;  besides  these  there  are  Parsees^  Jews,  and  Cht^istians. 

Hindoos.  The  most  striking-  feature  in  the  character  of  the  Hin- 
doos, is  the  permanency  of  their  relig-ion  and  customs.  In  these 
there  has  been  scarce  any  alteration  since  the  state  of  India  was 
first  known.     Their  food  consists  of  rice,  milk,  vegetables,  and  ghee. 

Castes.  The  Hindoos  are  divided  into  four  castes.  1.  The  Brah- 
mins; 2.  Soldiers ;  3.  Those  devoted  to  agriculture  and  commerce; 
4.  Labourers.  These  castes  arc  all  kept  entirely  distinct,  and  are 
not  permitted  to  intermarry. 

Parsees.  The  Parsess  are  descendants  of  the  followers  of  Zoroas- 
ter, and  are  numerous  in  Guzerat  and  in  Bombay.  They  are  a  hardy 
and  enterprising  people. 

Religion.  The  religion  of  the  Hindoos  is  a  cruel  and  degrading 
superstition,  which  is  artfully  interwoven  with  almost  every  action 
of  daily  life.  There  are  more  than  30  rivers  which  are  regarded  as 
holy,  and  a  great  number  of  holy  places,  which  are  much  visited  by 
pilgrims.  The  most  sacred  books  among  the  Hindoos,  are  the  Ve- 
das,  the  Shastres,  and  two  great  poems.  The  most  excruciating  self- 
torture  is  practised.  It  is  a  common  custom  for  widows  to  bura 
themselves  to  death  on  the  funeral  pile  of  their  husbands. 

Pagodas.  There  is,  perhaps,  no  country  in  the  world  where 
buildings,  destined  for  religious  uses,  are  more  common  than  in  Hia- 
doostan.  These  houses,  styled  pagodas  or  temples,  have  generally  a 
miserable  appearance,  but  some  are  large  and  splendid.  Those  on 
the  coast  of  Coromandel,  are  built  in  the  form  of  pyramids;  those  on 
the  coast  of  Malabar,  are  generally  circular. 

Language.  The  most  ancient  language  is  the  Sanscrit,  which  is 
esteemed  sacred. 

Christianity.  Christianity  was  very  early  established  on  the  Mala- 
bar coast.  Before  the  arrival  of  Vasco  de  Gama  there  were  200,000 
Nestorian  Christians.  Within  a  few  years  numerous  missionary  sta- 
tions have  been  formed  in  India ;  the  most  important  is  that  of 
the  Baptist  missionaries  at  Serampore.  These  worthy  men,  since 
1800,  have  translated  the  New  Testament  into  more  than  20  of  the 
different  languages  of  the  natives. 

Ceylon  is  a  valuable  island,  belongmg  to  Great  Britain. 

The  soil  is  very  fertile,  and  the  climate  healthy,  and  much  more 
temperate  than  that  of  Hindoostan. 

Ceylon  is  noted  for  its  cinnamon,  which  is  esteemed  the  best  in 
-ne  world.  Other  productions  are  ginger,  pepper,  sugar,  cotton,  &c. 
Here  are  valuable  pearl  fisheries. 

Candi,  a  country  in  the  interior,  is  very  mountainous.  Its  chief 
town  is  of  the  same  name. 

Columho,  the  capital  of  the  island,  contains  about  50,000  inhabi- 
tants. Other  places  of  importance  are  Trinkomaly  and  Point  de 
Galle 

14 


168  BURMAH. 


FARTHER  INDIA,  or  INDIA  BEYOND  THE  GANGES, 

includes  the  Birman  empire,  Malacca,  Siam,  Laos,  Cambodia,  CfU- 
0mpa,  Cochin-China,  Tonquin,  and  Assam. 

BURMAH,  OR  BIRMAN  EMPIRE. 

Divisions.  This  extensive  empire  includes  the  ancient  kingdoms 
of  Ava,  Pegu,  Arracan,  and  Cassay,  or  Meckley. 

Rivers.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Irrawaddy,  Arracan,  and 
Pegu.  The  Irrawaddy  is  a  large  river,  upwards  of  1,000  miles  in 
length. 

The  face  of  the  country,  in  the  northern  part,  is  mountainous,  but 
the  southern  consists  chiefly  of  extensive  valleys  and  plains. 

Climate.  The  climate  is  generally  healthy  and  agreeable,  not 
subject  to  great  extremes  of  heat  and  cold. 

Soil.  In  the  southern  parts,  the  soil  is  fertile,  and  produces  abun- 
dant crops  of  rice. 

Productions.  The  productions  are  rice,  wheat,  tobacco,  sugar,  in- 
digo,  cotton,  and  various  tropical  fruits. 

Minerals.  Iron,  lead,  tin,  antimony,  arsenic,  and  sulphur,  are 
abundant.  There  are  also  rich  mines  of  gold,  silver,  and  precious 
stones. 

Chief  towns.  Ummerapoora,  the  modem  capital  of  the  Birman 
empire,  is  situated  on  the  Irrawaddy,  400  miles  above  its  mouth,  on 
a  peninsula  between  the  river  and  a  lake.  Its  growth  has  been  very 
rapid.     Population  175,000. 

Rangoon,  on  a  branch  of  the  Irrawaddy,  30  miles  from  the  sea,  is 
the  principal  port,  and  contains  upwards  of  30,000  inhabitants. 

Ava,  Pegu,  and  Arracan,  formerly  important  cities,  are  now 
much  reduced. 

Religion.  The  Birmans  are  worshippers  of  the  Buddhu,  but  the 
image  which  represents  him  is  called  Godama. 

Inhabitants.  The  Birmans  are  lively  and  intelligent,  fond  of 
poetry  and  music  ;  but  are  impatient  and  irascible.  They  resemble 
the  Chinese  rather  than  the  Hindoo 


MALACCA,  SIAM,  LAOS,  &c.  59 


MALACCA,    SIAM,  LAOS,   CAMBODIA,  CHIAMPA, 
COCHIN-CHINA,  TONqUIN,  and  ASSAM. 

Situation.  These  countries  are  situated  south  and  east  of  the 
Birman  empire,  and  south  of  China.  Malacca,  or  Malaya,  is  a  long- 
peninsula,  forming  the  most  southern  part  of  Asia. 

Rivers.  The  two  great  rivers,  which  water  these  countries,  are 
the  Meinam  and  Cambodia,  which  are  among  the  largest  rivers  of 
Asia.  The  Cambodia  is  called  also,  in  parts  of  its  course,  Mecon 
and  Japanese  river. 

Face  of  the  country.  Tile  country  on  the  rivers  is  level,  and  at 
some  seasons  overflowed,  but  at  a  distance  from  the  rivers,  it  is 
mountainous. 

Productions.  These  countries  are  not  so  well  cultivated  as  Hin- 
doostan.  Rice  is  the  most  important  production,  and  the  principal 
food  of  the  inhabitants.  Other  productions  are  cotton,  sugar,  ginger, 
cinnamon,  betel,  pepper,  a  variety  of  fruits,  precious  stones,  and  drugs. 

Towns.  There  are  few  large  towns.  Malacca,  the  chief  town  of 
the  country  of  Malacca,  was  formerly  a  place  of  importance  for 
commerce. — Siam,  or  Juthia,  the  capital  of  Siam,  is  situated  on  the 
Meinam.  Kesho,  or  Cachao,  the  capital  of  Tonquin,  is  a  large  town, 
situated  on  a  great  river,  80  miles  from  the  sea.  Saigon,  a  populous 
ttown  in  Cochin-China,  is  situated  on  the  large  river  Donnai,  60 
miles  from  its  mouth. 

Inhabitants.  The  inhabitants  are  mostly  idolaters,  of  the  religion 
of  Buddhu ;  of  dark  or  olive  complexion,  and  generally  but  little 
improved  by  education.  The  Malays  are  much  addicted  to  sea-far- 
ing and  piratical  habits.  The  Cochin-Chinese  are  barbarous  and 
treacherous.  Both  they  and  the  Tonquinese  resemble  the  Chinese, 
but  are  ruder.  The  Siamese  are  the  most  distinguished  for  litera- 
ture 


rdd 


CHINA 


CHINA. 


Porcelain  Tower 
China  Proper  is  divided  into  15  provinces. 


CHINA. 

Provinces. 

Chief  cities. 

Provinces. 

Chief  cities. 

Pe-tche-li 

Pekin 

Quang-tong 

Canton 

Kiang-nan 

Nankin 

Quan-si 

Quei-ling 

Kiang-si 

Nan-tchang 

Hou-quang 

Vou-tchang 

Tche-kiang 

Hang-tcheou 

Ho-nan 

Cai-fong 

Fo-kieu 

Fou-tcheou 

Chan-tong 

Tci^an 

Chan-si 

Tai-yuen 

Yun-nan 

Yun-nan 

Chen-si 

Sin-gan 

Koei-tcheou 

Koei 

Se-tchuen 

Tching-tou 

161 


Rivers.  The  two  great  rivers  of  China,  are  the  Kian-Ku  or 
Yang-tse^  and  the  Hoang-Ho  or  Yellow  River. 

The  Kian-Ku  is  the  largest  river  of  Asia,  and  is  upwards  of  2,500 
miles  long.  It  rises  in  the  mountains  of  Thibet,  passes  by  Nankin, 
and  is  of  great  use  for  navigation. 

The  Hoang-Ho  rises  also  from  the  mountains  of  Thibet,  and  is 
nearly  as  long  as  the  Kian-Ku. 

Islands.  The  principal  islands  belonging  to  China,  are  Formosa^ 
and  Hainan. 

Face  of  the  country.  The  face  of  the  country  is  diversified, 
though  much  of  it  is  level,  intersected  by  numerous  rivers,  lakes,  and 
swamps,  with  occasional  mountains.  The  principal  mountainous 
tracts  are  in  the  northern  and  western  provinces. 

Climate.  The  northern  parts  are  said  to  be  colder  than  countries 
under  the  same  parallel  in  Europe ;  bat  in  the  south  the  climate  is 
hot ;  the  air,  however,  is  generally  healthy,  and  the  people  commonly 
live  to  a  great  age. 

Soil  and  'productions.  A  great  part  of  China  has  a  fertile  soil 
The  prevailing  crop  in  the  southern  provinces,  is  rice.  Tea,  harley^ 
millet,  wheat,  buck-wheat,  maize,  pease,  and  beans,  are  common. 

Tea  is  the  most  celebrated  v^egetable  product  of  China.  It  is  the 
leaf  of  a  shrub,  which  grows  both  in  mountainous  and  level  dis- 
tricts, but  flourishes  best  in  a  light  rocky  soil.  The  shrubs  grow  to 
the  height  of  from  8  to  12  feet,  and  yield  crops  of  leaves  three  years 
after  being  sown,  but  require  to  be  renewed  every  5  or  6  years. 

Exports.  The  most  important  exports  are  tea,  silk,  nankins,  por^ 
celain,  sugar,  cinnamon,  and  camphor. 

Agriculture.  The  land  is  under  very  excellent  cultivation,  and 
agriculture  is  held  m  high  estimation.  The  emperor,  yearly,  at  the 
vernal  equinox,  performs  the  ceremony  of  holding  the  plough  ;  an 
example  in  which  he  is  followed  by  all  the  great  officers  throughout 
the  empire. 

Canals.  The  inland  navigation,  by  means  of  rivers  and  canals, 
which  every  where  abound,  is  unparalleled.  The  Imperial  Canal  is 
the  greatest  work  of  the  kind  in  the  world.  It  extends  from  Pekin 
to  the  Kian-ku,  nearly  600  miles  in  length.  It  is  said  to  have  em- 
ployed 30,000  men  upwards  of  40  years  in  its  construction. 

The  Chinese  Wall.     The  great  wall,  which  bounds  China  on  the 

north,  is  the  most  enormous  fabric  in  the  world.     It  is  1,500  miles 

long,  passing  over  a  vast  chain  of  mountains ;  30  feet  high  on  the 

plain,  15  or  20  when  carried  over  rocks  and  elevated  grounds.     It 

14* 


162  CHINA. 

IS  so  thiciS  that  six  horsemen  can  easily  ride  abreast  upon  it.     It  k 
said  to  have  been  completed  214  years  before  the  Christian  era. 

Population.  China  .s  the  most  populous  empire  on  the  g-lobe 
The  population  is  variously  stated  at  from  145,  to  333  millions. 

Cities.  This  empire  contains  a  great  number  of  larg-e  and  popu- 
lous cities.  Some  of  the  largest  and  the  most  celebrated  are  Pefctn, 
J^ankin,  and  Canton.  The  population  of  Pekin  has  been  estimated 
at  3,000,000,  that  of  Nankin  at  2,000,000,  and  that  of  Canton  at 
1,500,000  ;  but  these  estimates  are  probably  much  too  high. 

Pekin,  the  capital  of  the  empire,  is  14  miles  in  circumference.  It 
is  surrounded  by  a  wall  about  30  ieet  high,  having  9  gates.  The 
streets  are  straight  and  wide,  and  constantly  thronged  with*  people. 
The  houses  are  of  only  one  story.  The  emperor's  palace  compre- 
hends a  vast  assemblage  of  buildings,  courts,  and  gardens. 

jSTankin  was  formerly  the  residence  of  the  emperor,  and  is  said  to 
have  been  one  of  the  most  splendid  and  flourishing  cities  in  the  world, 
but  it  is  now  in  a  state  of  decay.  It  is,  however,  the  first  city  in 
China,  with  regard  to  manufactures,  which  consist  principally  of 
silks,  crapes,  and  nankeens.  Nankin  is  famous  for  its  Porcelain 
Tower,  which  may  be  regarded  as  a  fine  specimen  of  oriental  pago- 
das. It  is  of  octagonal  form,  about  200  feet  high,  and  40  in  diam- 
eter.    It  is  composed  of  9  stories,  and  ascended  by  884  steps. 

Canton  is  the  only  port  to  which  European  and  American  vessels 
are  admitted.  The  principal  article  of  export  is  tea.  As  many  as 
300,000  of  the  inhabitants  live  in  barks,  regularly  ranged  in  the  form 
of  streets,  upon  the  water. 

Sin-gan  is  said  to  be  inferior  only  to  Pekin  in  beauty  and  extent. 

Hang-tcheou,  is  called  by  the  Chinese  the  Terrestrial  Paradise, 
and  is  said  to  contain  1 ,000,000  inhabitants. 

Government.     The  government  is  patriarchal  and  despotic,  watch 
ful  and  jealous,  though  not  violent.     The  emperor  is  styled,  "  Holy 
Son  of  heaven,  sole  Governor  of  the  earth,  and  great  Father  of  his 
people." 

Religion.     The  prevailing  religion  of  China  is  a  species  of  Sha- 
manism, or  the  religion  of  Fo.     But  no  religion  is  established  or 
supported.     Temples  and  pagodas,  however,  are  every  where  com 
mon,  and  daily  open  for  the  visits  of  devotees. 

Language.  The  Chinese  language  is  very  peculiar.  The  art  of 
writing  is  a  modification  of  the  hieroglyphical  mode.  The  number 
of  the  characters  made  use  of,  is  stated  at  35,000,  or  40,000,  one  third 
3f  which  is  more  than  suflBcient  for  the  common  purposes  of  life. 

Education.  Education  to  a  certain  degree,  is  much  attended  to, 
and  men  of  letters  are  greatly  respected.  Nobility  and  qualifica 
tion  for  office,  depend  solely  on  literary  distinction. 

Inhabitants.  The  Chinese  are  represented  as  remarkably  vain, 
timid,  artful,  jealous,  and  vindictive.  Drunkenness  is  very  uncom- 
mon. 

Manners  and  customs.  The  Chinese  are  allowed  to  have  several 
wives.  Women  are  in  a  state  of  the  most  abject  degradation. 
They  are  uniformly  sold  in  marriage,  and  are  not  permitted  to  ex 
ercise  any  choice  of  their  own. 


THIBET.  63 

According'  to  the  ideas  of  the  Chinese,  the  chief  beauty  of  the  fe- 
males consists  in  the  smallness  of  their  feet,  which  are  swathed  from 
earliest  infancy,  in  ord'er  to  prevent  their  growing  to  the  natural 
size  ;  and  on  account  of  the  diminutive  size  of  their  feet,  females  can 
walk  with  only  feeble  tottering  steps. — Dress  is  regulated  by  law. 
White  is  worn  for  mourning.  Parents  who  are  unable  to  support 
their  female  children,  are  allowed  to  throw  them  into  the  river. 

COREA,  CHINESE  TARTARY,  and  THIBET, 

ARE  COUNTRIES  TRIBUTARY  TO  ChINA. 

CoREA  is  a  peninsula  lying  NE.  of  China,  but  is  little  known 
The  southern  part  is  fertile  and  populous ;  the  northern  mountain 
ous,  and  thinly  inhabited.  The  religion  is  that  of  Buddhu  or  Fo 
King-kitao  is  the  chief  town. 

CHINESE  TARTARY. 

This  extensive  and  thinly  inhabited  coyntry  lies  in  the  central 
part  of  Asia,  north  of  China  and  Thibet. 

Rivers.     The  great  river  Amur,  or  Saghalien,  is  the  chief  river. 

Face  of  the  country.  The  most  remarkable  feature  of  the  coun- 
try is  its  great  elevation.  It  consists  chiefly  of  a  vast  elevated  plain, 
supported  like  a  table  by  the  Altai  mountains  on  the  north,  and  the 
Himmaleh  range  on  the  south-west.  It  is  generally  barren,  des- 
titute of  plants  and  water.  The  desert  of  Cohi,  or  Shamo,  extends 
from  east  to  west  neai-ly  2,000  miles,  and  is  generally  covered  with 
black  sand. 

Climate.     The  elevation  of  the  country  renders  the  climate  cold* 

Inhabitants.  The  inhabitants  consist  of  various  tribes  of  Moiigolsy 
Manshurs,  or  Mantchoos,  Kalkas,  Eluths,  &c.  A  great  part  of  them 
lead  a  wandering  and  pastoral  life.  They  are  mostly  devoted  to  Shor- 
munism  or  the  religion  of  tlie  lamas. 

THIBET,  OR  TIBET. 

Features  of  the  country.  Thibet  is  remarkable  for  its  great  and 
general  elevation.  It  is  the  region  in  which  rise  the  great  rivers 
of  Asia.  In  the  southern  part  are  the  Himmaleh  rnountains,  which 
are  always  covered  with  snow.  The  aspect  is  in  the  highest  degree 
rugged  and  forbidding,  the  greatest  part  of  the  country  being  cov- 
ered with  stupendous  mountains,  rocky  hills,  or  extensive  arid  plains. 
The  climate  is  cold,  and  soil  of  a  great  part  is  unproductive.  But 
the  country  abounds  in  a  variety  of  animals,  some  of  the  most  re- 
markable of  which  are  the  musk  deer,  the  yak,  or  bushy-tailed  bull, 
and  the  fine  goat,  which  produces  the  material  for  the  manufacture  of 
Cashmere  shawls. 

Chief  towns.  Lassa,  the  capital,  500  miles  N.  by  E.  of  Calcutta, 
is  celebrated  chiefly  as  the  residence  of  the  Grand  Lama,  who  is 
held  in  great  veneration  throughout  Thibet  and  Tartary. 


164  ASIATIC  ISLANDS. 

Religion.  The  relip-ion  of  Thibet  is  the  worship  of  the  Grand 
Lama^  who  is  esteemed  as  the  viceg-erent  of  God,  and  regarded  as 
hoth  king-  and  priest. 

Inhabitants.  The  Thibetians  are  rude  and  ignorant,  and  like  the 
Savoyards,  are  troubled  with  the  goitre  or  glandular  swelling  in  the 
throat. 

'  JAPAN. 

The  empire  of  Japan  is  composed  of  a  cluster  of  islands,  of  which 
JSTiphon,  the  largest,  is  700  miles  long.  The  other  most  consider- 
able ones  are  Ximo  and  Xicoco. 

The  face  of  the  country  is  agreeably  diversified  by  mountains,  hills, 
and  valleys,  and  is  well  watered  by  rivers  and  lakes. 

Climate.  The  climate  is  variable  throughout  the  year.  The  heat  in 
summer  would  be  very  severe,  were  it  not  moderated  by  sea  breezes. 

Soil,  &c.  The  soil,  which  is  not  naturally  the  most  fertile,  is 
imder  excellent  cultivation,  and  rendered  very  productive.  Rice  is 
the  most  important  article  of  produce.  The  country  is  rich  in  mine- 
rals. 

Animals.  Neither  sheep  nor  goats  are  found  in  Japan,  and  there 
are  but  iew  horses,  swine,  or  cattle. 

Chief  cities.  Jeddo,  the  capital,  is  situated  in  a  bay  on  the  south- 
east side  of  the  island  of  Niphon.  It  contains  the  emperor's  palace, 
and  is  a  large,  populous,  rich,  and  commercial  city.  The  popula- 
tion is  estimated  at  upwards  of  1,000,000. 

tMeaco,  the  second  city  and  ecclesiastical  capital  of  the  empire,  is 
situated  on  the  island  of  Niphon,  160  miles  SW.  of  Jeddo,  and  con- 
tains upwards  of  500,000  inhabitants.  It  is  the  grand  storehouse  of 
all  the  manufactures  of  Japan,  but  is  said  to  be  somewhat  decayed. 

J^angasaki,  on  the  island  of  Ximo,  has  an  excellent  harbour,  and 
is  the  only  port  visited  by  foreigners. 

Population.  Japaji  is  very  populous,  but  the  number  of  inhabi- 
tants is  variously  estimated  at  from  15,000,000  to  50,000,000. 

Literature.  In  the  sciences  and  literature,  the  Japanese  are 
among  the  most  advanced  of  the  Asiatic  nations. 

Mamfactures.  The  Japanese  excel  in  the  manufacture  of  silk, 
cotton,  so[id  porcelain,  and  japanned  ware.  Their  varnish  is  unrival- 
led. 

ASIATIC  ISLANDS. 

The  Asiatic  islands  are  very  numerous  and  important.  The  islands 
of  the  Eastern  Archipelago  are  classed  in  five  divisions. 

1    The  Isles  of  Sunda,  or  Sumatra  Islands. 

This  division  include*  Sumatra,  Java,  Banca,  Timor^  and  several 
others. 

Sumatra  is  about  900  miles  long,  and  200  broad.     A  chain  of 


ASIATIC  ISLANDS.  165 

mountains  extends  through  the  whole  length  of  it.  Mount  Ophir, the 
highest  summit,  is  13,843  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 

The  soil  is  generally  fertile ;  but  more  than  half  of  the  island  is 
an  impenetrable  forest. 

Though  Sumatra  lies  in  the  centre  of  the  torrid  zone,  the  climate 
is  not  very  hot,  the  thermometer  seldom  rising  above  85°. 

The  most  important  production  is  irice;  but  the  principal  article 
of  commerce  is  pepper,  which  grows  on  a  climbing  plant,  resembling 
a  vine.  Other  productions  are  camphor,  gum  benzoin,  cassia,  cotton, 
and  coff'ee. 

The  inhabitants  on  the  coast  are  Malays  ;  in  the  interior  different 
native  tribes,  who  are  cannibals,  and  very  barbarous. 

Bencoolen,  an  inconsiderable  town,  is  the  only  settlement  of  the 
British  on  the  island. 

Acheen  is  the  capital  of  a  kingdom  of  the  same  name. 

Java,  belonging  to  the  Dutch,  is  680  miles  long,  and  nearly  100 
broad.  The  coasts  are  low  and  marshy,  and  the  climate  very  un- 
healthy.    The  interior  is  mountainous  and  the  air  more  salubrious. 

Java  produces  rice  in  such  abundance  that  it  has  been  called  the 
granary  of  the  east.  Other  important  productions  are  sugar,  coffee, 
pepper,  and  cotton.  Edible  bird's  nests,  which  are  esteemed  a  great 
luxury  in  China,  are  a  singular  production  of  Java  and  several  other 
Asiatic  islands,  and  maritime  parts.  Mahometanism,  is  the  prevail- 
ing religion. 

Batavia^  in  the  north-west  part  of  Java,  is  the  capital  of  all  the 
Dutch  East  India  possessions.  On  account  of  its  immense  trade  and 
the  splendour  of  its  buildings,  it  has  been  styled  the  Queen  of  the 
East.  It  is  extremely  unhealthy  ;  and  within  a  few  years  it  has 
greatly  declined.     Population  less  than_50,000. 

Banc  A  belongs  to  the  Dutch,  and  is  celebrated  for  its  rich  tin 
mines,  which  are  said  to  be  inexhaustible. 

2.  Borneo. 

Borneo,  an  island,  next  to  New  Holland,  the  largesl  in  the  world, 
is  about  800  miles  long,  and  700  broad. 

The  climate  is  generally  temperate.  The  coasts  are  marshy  and 
unhealthy,  but  the  interior  is  mountainous.  The  country  is  but  lit- 
tle known  ;  and  there  is  no  European  settlement. 

Considerable  commerce  is  carried  on  between  Borneo  and  various 
parts  of  the  East.  Here  are  found  the  beautiful  birds  of  Paradise, 
and  the  swallow  that  constructs  an  edible  nest ;  but  the  mo^t  remark- 
able animal  found  in  Borneo,  is  the  orang-outang,  which  bears  a 
strong  resemblance  to  the  human  species. 

3.  The  Manillas,  or  Philippine  Islands. 

These  islands  are  in  the  possession  of  the  Spaniards.  Lu^ON,  the 
principal  island,  is  about  400  miles  long,  and  100  broad. 


166  AUSTRALASIA  ■ 

It  has  a  rich  soil  and  very  valuable  productions,  consisting  of  cotton  I 
•f  the  finest  quality,  rice,  sugar,  cocoa,  gold,  copper,  and  iron.  \ 

Manilla,  the  chief  town,  is  the  capital  of  the  Spanish  East  India  j 
possessions.  Population  38,000.  An  important  commerce  has  long-  ■ 
been  carried  on  between  Manilla  and  Acapulco  in  Mexico.  I 

Mindanao,  a  fertile  island,  is  next  to  Lu^on  in  size.  1 

The  Loo-cHoo,  or  Leeoo-keeoo  Islands,  lying  between  the  Ma-  i 
nillas,  and  the  Japan  islands,  are  inhabited  by  an  uncommonly  inter-  \ 
esting  and  amiable  people.  i 

4.  Celebes. 

! 
I 

Celebes  is  about  500  miles  in  length,  b*it  of  very  irregular  form.  ■ 
It  is  mountainous,  and  presents  beautiful  scenery,  but  has  been  but   : 

little  explored.  ; 

The  Dutch  have  several  settlements  on  this  island,  the  principal   ; 

CI  which  is  at  JMacassar,  which  is  the  capital  of  a  kingdom,  and  a 

considerable  town. 

5.  The  Moluccas,  or  Spice  Islands.  ; 

Crilolo,  the  largest  of  the  Moluccas,  is  about  230  miles  in  length,  ■ 
and  produces  sago  and  bread  fruit  in  great  abundance.      Ceram^ 

the  second  in  size,  produces  great  quantities  of  sago.  j 

Amboyna  and   Ternate  are  the  most  important  of  the  Moluccas.  ' 

Their  chief  production  is  cloves.  \ 

Banda  island  gives  name  to  a  cluster  of  10  small  islands.  They  j 
are  celebrated  solely  for  the  production  of  the  nutmeg. 

i 

AUSTRALASIA.  1 


Australasia  includes  JVeio  Holland^  Van  Diemen's  Land,  J^eto 
Chiinea,  Mew  BHtain,  J^ew  Ireland,  J^ew  Caledonia,  JSTew  Hebrides^ 
and  JVetc  Zealand,  and  all  other  islands  lying  between  3°  N.  and  50° 
S.  Lat,  and  from  85°  to  195°  E.  Lon. 

New  Holland  is  about  three  fourths  as  large  as  Europe,  and  is 
by  some  styled  a  continent.  It  is  2,600  miles  in  length,  and  2,000  in 
breadth. 

This  immense  region  is  almost  wholly  unexplored,  and  but  little 
known.  The  coasts  are  extremely  diversified,  in  some  parts  high 
and  inaccessible ;  in  others  flat  and  sandy. 

The  native  inhabitants  are  destitute  of  all  the  comforts  of  civilized 
life.  Their  habits  are  as  barbarous  as  can  be  imagined,  and  exhibit 
human  nature  in  its  lowest  state  of  degradation.  Their  complexion 
is  nearly  black;  their  appearance  disgusting;  and  they  wear  no 
clothing. 

Botany  Bay,  or  Port  Jackson,  is  an  important  English  settlement, 


POLYNESIA.  t67 

formed  for  the  transportation  of  convicts  from  England.  Sydney^ 
the  chief  town,  is  finely  situated  on  the  bay  of  Port  Jackson,  and 
contains  upwards  of  7,000  inhabitants. 

Van  Diemen's  Land  is  a  larg-e  island,  separated  from  New  Hol- 
land by  Bass's  straits,  which  are  about  90  miles  wide.  The  country 
is  but  little  known,  but  its  productions  and  inhabitants  are  said  to 
resemble  those  of  New  Holland. 

New  Guinea,  or  Papua,  is  about  1,200  miles  long-,  and  300  broad. 

It  is  very  fertile,  producing-  the  cocoa  nut,  bread  fruit,  plantain 
trees,  and  other  valuable  articles.  Some  of  the  most  beautiful  spe- 
cies of  the  feathered  creation  are  found  here,  particularly  the  birds 
of  paradise.     The  inhabitants  are  extremely  barbarous. 

New  Britain,  New  Ireland,  and  New  Caledonia,  are  but  little 
known.  New  Britain  and  New  Ireland  are  said  to  be  populous 
The  latter  produces  bread  fruit  and  cocoa,  and  the  nutmeg-  is  found 
in  the  former.     JVew  Caledonia  is  rough  and  barren. 

New  Zealand  consists  of  two  large  islands.  The  country  is  de- 
scribed as  very  mountainous ;  some  of  the  summits  are  always  cov- 
ered with  snow.  Of  the  productions  a  beautiful  species  efjlax,  re- 
aembling  silk,  has  excited  the  most  attention. 

The  inhabitants  are  cannibals,  warlike,  and  ferocious  ;  but  Chris- 
tian missionaries  have  been  lately  introduced  among  them  with  fa 
vourable  prospects. 

POLYNESIA. 

Polynesia  comprehends  various  collections  of  islands,  widely  dis- 
persed in  the  Pacific  ocean. 

1.  The  Pelew  Islands  are  numerous,  but  small.  They  produce 
ebony,  cocoa,  bread  fruit,  sugar  cane,  and  bamboo.  The  natives  aie 
mild  and  friendly,  stout,  and  well  made.  Both  sexes  are  nearly 
naked,  have  their  teeth  dyed  black,  and  are  tatlooed. 

2.  The  Ladrones  are  12  or  14  in  number.  The  climate  is  tem- 
perate and  healthy,  and  the  productions  are  similar  to  those  of  the 
Pelew  islands. 

3.  The  Carolines  are  supposed  to  be  about  30  in  numl)er.  They 
are  but  little  known. 

4.  The  Sandwich  Islands  are  11  in  number.  The  population  has 
been  estimated  at  400,000. 

The  climate  is  similar  to  that  of  the  West  Indies,  though  more 
temperate. 

The  productions  are  bread  fruity  sugar  canes,  cocoa  nuts,  tarrowy 
tweet  potatoes,  yams,  &c.    The  bread  fruit  tree  grows  to  the  height 


168  POLYNESIA. 

of  from  40  to  60  feet.  The  fruit  is  about  the  size  of  a  child's  head, 
and  affords  a  nourishiag-  food,  which  is  of  the  greatest  utility  to  the 
inhabitants  of  the  islands  which  produce  it. 

The  inhabitants  are  of  olive  complexion,  well  formed,  and  often 
handsome.  They  are  ing-enious,  and  have  made  considerable  pro- 
gress in  the  arts  of  civilized  life.  Several  missionaries  have  been 
gent  among  them  from  this  country,  who  have  been  favourably  re- 
ceived. 

Owhyee,  the  largest  island  in  Polynesia,  is  85  miles  long,  and  72 
broad.  It  has  very  high  mountains ;  some  of  the  sunmiits  are  always 
covered  with  snow.  Owhyee  is  remarkable  for  the  death  of  cap- 
tain Cook. 

6.  The  Marq,uesas  are  5  in  number.  The  inhabitants  are  said 
to  surpass  all  other  nations  in  symmetry  of  shape,  and  regularity  of 
features. 

6.  The  Society  Islands  are  60  or  70  in  number. — Otaheitej  which 
is  much  the  lai^est  of  them,  has  attracted  much  attention. 

The  soil  is  very  fertile,  and  produces  bread  fruit  trees,  sugar 
canes,  cocoa  nuts,  plantains,  and  bananas. 

The  natives  are  of  a  pale  mahogany  colour,  with  fine  black  hair 
and  eyes,  and  a  pleasing  open  countenance  They  have  renounced 
idolatry,  and  embraced  Christianity. 

To  the  south-east  of  this  cluster  is  Pitcatrn's  island,  a  small  island 
settled  by  the  mutineers  of  the  English  ship  Bounty.  Their  de- 
scendants are  an  uncommonly  amiable  and  interesting  people. 

7.  The  Friendly  Islands  and  Fejee  Islands.  Tongataboo,  the 
largest  of  the  Friendly  Islands,  is  about  60  miles  in  circumference- 
It  is  very  fertile,  and  under  excellent  cultivation. 

8.  Navigator's  Islands  are  fertile.  The  natives  are  stout  and 
very  ferocious.     The  principal  island  is  JHfoouna. 

The  natives  of  most  of  the  above  islands  are  generally  tall,  well 
formed,  and  of  a  dark  olive  or  brown  complexion.  They  are  gen- 
erally tattooed,  and  many  of  them  wear  little  or  no  clothing.  The 
barbarous  custom  of  eating  human  flesh,  is  more  or  less  common 
among  them. 


AFRICA. 


It. 


AFRICA, 


The  Pyramids. 

Extent.     Africa,  one  of  the    four   great  quarters  of  the  world, 
the  third  in  extent,  and  probably  in  population.     It  is    1,980  mil    > 
long-,  and  4,500,  where  widest,  broad. 

Dimsions.     Africa  may  be  comprised  under  6  general  divisions. 

1.  J^orthern  Afnca,  comprehending"  Egypt  and  the  Barbary  States 

2.  Western  Africa^  comprising-  the  countries  between  Sahara  and 
Benguela. 

3.  Southern  Africa^  extending-  from  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  to  the 
frontier  of  Benguela  and  Mozambique. 

4.  Eastern  Africa^  extending  from  Mozambique  to  Nubia,  inclu- 
sive. 

5.  Central  Africa,  comprising  extensive  regions  but  little  known 

6.  African  Islands. 

Africa  is  the  least  civilized,  and  the  least  known,  of  the  four  quar- 
ters of  the  globe.  The  most  of  the  interior  remains  unexplored ; 
and  our  knowledge  is,  in  a  great  degree,  confined  to  the  countries 
lying  on  the  coast. 

Deserts.  A  remarkable  feature  of  this  part  of  the  globe  consists 
in  its  immense,  sandy,  and  barren  deserts.  Sahara  is  the  greatest 
desert  on  the  globe.  Its  utmost  extent  is  from  the  Atlantic  to  the 
Nile,  about  3,000  miles  ;  but  the  main  body  of  it  lies  to  the  west  of 
Fezzan,  and  is  2,000  miles  long,  and  about  1,000  broad.  It  appears 
like  an  immense  ocean  of  scorching*  sand,  interspersed  with  some  fer- 
tile spots,  called  oases,  which  serve  as  resting  and  watering  place* 
for  caravans,  that  travel  over  it. 
15 


no  AFRICA. 

Isthmus.  The  isthmus  of  Suez^  between  the  Mediterranean  and 
Red  sea,  connects  Africa  with  Asia.     It  is  about  60  miles  wide. 

Seas  and  straits.  The  Mediterranean  sea  and  straits  of  Gibraltar 
separate  Africa  from  Europe  ;  and  the  Red  sea  and  straits  of  Babel- 
mundel  divide  it  from  Asia. 

Capes.  There  are  4  remarkable  capes ;  Cape  Bon  in  the  north, 
Cape  Guardafan  in  the  east,  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  in  the  south, 
and  Cape  Verd  in  tht  west. 

Lakes.  Africa  has  few  large  lakes.  The  most  noted  are  Maran^i 
and  Dembea. 

Rivers.  There  are  few  great  rivers.  The  largest  are  the  JVtZe, 
JSTiger,  Senegal,  Gambia,  and  Congo. 

The  JS/'ile  is  the  most  celebrated  river  on  the  globe.  It  rises  in 
two  principal  branches,  one  coming  from  the  mountains  of  Abyssinia, 
the  other,  and  largest  one,  from  the  Mountains  of  the  Moon,  or  Don- 
ga, south-west  of  Abyssinia.  After  passing  through  Nubia  and  Up- 
per Egypt,  it  separates  into  branches,  and  flows  into  the  Mediter- 
ranean by  twro  principal  mouths.  Its  course  is  upwards  of  2,000 
miles  long,  but  it  is  narrow  in  proportioij  to  its  length,  being  only 
about  one  third  of  a  mile  wide. 

The  JSlger,  the  great  river  of  Central  Africa,  has  in  modern  times 
excited  extraordinary  interest,  by  reason  of  the  contradictory  ac- 
counts respecting  its  course  and  termination.  To  ascertain  these 
lias  long  been  a  grand  geographical  problem. 

It  rises  in  the  western  part  of  Africa,  near  the  sources  of  Ihe  Sene- 
gal and  Gambia,  and  flows  for  a  great  distance  to  the  eastwara,  passing 
by  Sego  and  near  Tombuctoo.  With  regard  to  its  subsequent  course, 
some  suppose  that  it  flows  into  a  large  lake  or  sea,  in  the  centre  of 
Africa ;  others  that  it  turns  to  the  south-west  and  discharges  itself 
into  the  gulf  of  Guinea ;  others  that  it  is  the  same  river  as  the  Zaire 
or  Congo ;  and  others  that  it  unites  with  the  Nile. 

Mountains.  The  most  noted  mountains  are  the  Atlas  mountains  in 
the  north,  the  Mountains  of  the  Moon  in  the  central  part,  and  the 
Peak  of  Teneriffe  on  one  of  the  Canary  islands. 

Climate.  The  greater  part  of  Africa  is  situated  within  the  torrid 
Eone,  and  the  climate  is  ver}'-  hot. 

Soil.  The  soil,  when  well  watered,  is  exceedingly  luxuriant;  but 
much  of  it  is  destitute  of  water,  and  entirely  barren. 

Commerce.  The  articles  of  commerce  most  extensively  obtained 
from  Africa,  are  ^oZJ,  ivory,  and  above  all,  slaves.  The  article  in 
most  demand  in  the  central  parts,  is  salt.  The  leading  object  of 
Europeans,  in  their  commercial  connexion  with  Africa  for  more  than 
three  centuries,  has  been  the  prosecution  of  that  iniquitous  and 
cruel  traflic,  the  slave  trade. 

Animals.  Africa  is  distinguished  for  the  multitude  of  its  wild 
animals.  Lions  and  elephants  are  numerous.  The  tiger,  panther^ 
hyccna,  rhinoceros,  giraffa,  antelope,  and  various  kinds  of  monkeys, 
are  found.  The  rivers  are  crowded  with  crocodiles  and  hippopotami. 
Serpents  of  vanrious  descriptions  are  common. — Of  the  tame  animals, 
the  camel  is  the  most  remarkable. 

InJvabitants,     The  natives  are  composed  of  various  tribes,  but  may 


EGYPT 


171 


be  divided  into  two  g-eneral  classes,  Moors  and  JSTegroes.  The 
Moors  are  Mahometans,  and  are  intolerant,  perfidious,  and  sang'uin- 
ar}".  The  Negroes  possess  less  activity,  information,  and  vigour  of 
mind ;  but  with  the  usual  habits  of  barbarous  life,  they  are  simple, 
gentle,  hospitable,  and  affectionate. 

Religion.  The  religion  of  Abyssinia  is  a  corrupt  form  of  Chris- 
tianity. The  Christian  religion  has  also  been  introduced  into  some 
parts  by  European  settlements. 

,^he  prevailing  religion  of  Egypt,  the  Barbary  states,  and  the  na- 
aons  in  the  interior  as  far  south  as  the  Niger,  is  Mahometanism. 

The  remainder  of  the  inhabitants,  so  far  as  known,  are  generally 
pagans. 

EGYPT. 


Cleopatra^s  J^eedle,  and  Pompey''s  Pillar.  .• 

Divisions.  Egypt  is  divided  into  Upper  and  Lower ;  the  formei 
extending  from  Syene  to  Cairo ;  the  latter  from  Cairo  to  the  Medi 
terranean,  and  is  styled  the  Delta. 

Extent.  Egypt  is  about  500  miles  long-  from  N.  to  S.,  and  its  nomi- 
nal breadth  is  from  200  to  300  :  but  the  only  valuable  part  is  the 
tract  watered  by  the  Nile  and  its  branches.  The  cultivated  part  of 
Upper  Egypt  is  a  narrow  belt  of  land,  whose  greatest  breadth  is  not 
more  than  27  miles,  inclosed  between  two  ridges  of  mountains.  The 
breadth  of  the  Delta  is  from  50  to  100  miles. 

The  J^ile.  This  great  river,  the  only  one  in  Egypt,  forms  the 
most  remarkable  feature  of  the  country.  It  annually  passes  its 
banks  and  overspreads  the  country  like  a  sea,  carrying  with  it  a 
mud  or  slime  that  is  peculiarly  fertilizing-.  The  rise  commonly  com- 
mences about  the  middle  of  June,  and  increases  till  the  last  of  Au 
gust. 


72  EGYPT. 

Climate.  The  climate  is  peculiarly  characterized  by  an  aln*  st 
entire  absence  of  rain.  The  falling  of  a  few  drops  is  a  rare  occur- 
rence. The  summers  are  very  hot,  and  the  ravages  of  the  plague 
are  frequent.  The  ophthalmia,  a  severe  disease  affecting  the  eyes,  is 
common  in  Egypt. 

The  Simoon.  For  about  50  days,  in  the  spring,  Egypt  is  liable  to 
this  terrible  wind  from  the  deserts,  which  is  intensely  hot  and  dry, 
threatening  almost  tlie  extinction  of  animal  life.  It  seldom  con- 
tinues more  than  3  days. 

Soil.  The  lands  inundated  by  the  Nile  are  exceedingly  fertile, 
and  are  cultivated  with  very  little  labour.  The  ground,  softened  by 
long  moisture,  requires  only  to  be  slightly  stirred,  and  the  seed,  be- 
ing thrown  in,  sinks  by  its  weight. 

Productions.  Egypt  produces  the  fruits  both  of  the  tropics  and 
the  temperate  zone  ;  corn  and  rice  grow  in  equal  perfection.  Wheat, 
barley,  sugar  cane,  indigo,  cotton,  Jlax,  and  a  variety  of  excellent 
fruits,,  are  cultivated.  Palm,  or  date  trees,  are  numerous,  and  a  con- 
siderable part  of  the  inhabitants  subsist  chiefly  on  their  fruit. 

Chief  cities.  Cairo,  the  metropolis  of  modern  Egypt,  is  said  to 
contain  a  population  of  300,000  or  400,000.  It  has  a  very  extensive 
commerce,  and  maintains  a  communication  with  the  interior  of 
Africa  by  means  of  the  great  caravans,  which  go  to  Sennaar,  Dar 
Fur,  and  Mourzouk.  The  city  contains  upwards  of  700  mosques, 
adorned  with  lofty  minarets ;  but  the  houses  of  the  common  people 
are  mean  buildings,  of  only  one  story.  The  view  from  the  ramparts 
is  described  as  exceedingly  magnificent.  One  of  the  greatest  curi- 
osities, is  the  well  in  the  castle,  called  Joseph's  Well,  which  is  sunk 
276  feet  in  a  solid  but  soft  rock,  with  a  winding  staircase  descending 
to  the  bottom. 

Alexandria,  once  the  seat  of  learning,  commerce,  and  royal  mag- 
nificence, is  now  almost  in  ruins.  Among  the  celebrated  remains  of 
its  ancient  grandeur,  are  Pompei/s  Pillar,  Cleopatra's  JVeedles,  the 
Cisterns,  and  the  Catacombs.  The  famous  Alexandrian  Library,  con- 
taining, according  to  some,  700,000  manuscript  volumes,  was  burnt 
here  in  the  year  638.  The  city  is  said  to  have  once  contained 
700,000  inhabitants ;  but  at  present  it  has  less  than  20,000.  Its  com 
merce  is  still  considerable. 

Damietta  is  the  great  emporium  of  commerce  between  Egypt  and 
Syria,  and  contains  about  40,000  inhabitants. 

Eosetta  has  considerable  commerce,  and  contains  from  10,  to 
20,000  inhabitants. 

Suez,  a  small  town,  situated  in  a  desert  region,  at  the  northern 
end  of  the  Red  sea,  is  a  place  of  note,  and  much  resorted  to. 

The  principal  towns  in  Upper  Egypt  are  Girge,  Siut,  Asna,  and 
Syene.  * 

Government.  Egypt  has  long  been  subject  to  Turkey,  and  gov- 
erned by  a  pacha,  who  has  lately  set  up  an  independent  govern- 
ment. 

Inhabitants.  The  inhabitants  are  Copts,  Arabs,  Turks,  and  Jews 
The  Copts  are  the  original  race,  descended  from  the  most  ancient 
inhabitants,  and  have  been  estimated  at  200,000.     The  Arabs  cod 


BARBARY  STATES.  175 

stitute  two  thirds  of  the  population.  The  Mamelukes,  a  race  com- 
posed of  Georgian  and  Circassian  slaves,  and  heretofore  possessed  of 
great  power,  have  been  driven  out  of  the  country. 

Religion.  The  Copts  profess  Christianity,  and  are  of  the  Euty- 
chean  sect  The  other  inhabitants,  except  the  Jews,  are  Mahome- 
tans. 

Language.  The  Arabic  is  the  prevailing  language.  The  Coptic 
is  no  longer  spoken. 

Antiquities.  Egypt  abounds  with  the  most  stupendous  monuments 
of  antiquity,  as  pyramids,  obelisks,  temples,  and  catacombs. 

The  pyramids  were  accounted  by  the  ancients  one  of  the  seven 
wonders  of  the  world.  They  are  alike  famous  for  their  vast  size 
and  remote  antiquity.  History  furnishes  no  authentic  information 
respecting  the  time  or  the  object  of  their  erection.  They  continue 
to  be  objects  of  admiration,  as  specimens  of  ancient  art  and  power. 

Near  one  of  the  pyramids,  is  the  celebrated  sphinx,  a  statue  of  a 
huge  monster,  cut  in  the  solid  rock,  having  the  face  of  a  virgin,  and 
the  body  of  a  lion.  The  largest  pyramid  is  that  of  Cheops,  not  far 
from  Cairo.     It  is  499  feet  high,  and  has  a  square  base  of  693  feet. 

The  catacombs  are  subterraneous  galleries,  appropriated  to  the  re- 
ception of  the  dead.  Mummies,  or  embalmed  bodies,  are  obtained 
from  them,  which  were  deposited  there  3,  or  4,000  years  since. 

The  site  of  the  ancient  city  of  Thebes  exhibits  a  space  of  three 
leagues,  almost  entirely  covered  with  the  ruins  of  splendid  temples 
and  other  buildings.  At  Dendera,  Edfu,  and  other  places,  are  found 
magnificent  ruins  of  temples. 


BARBARY  STATES. 

Divisions.  The  Barbary  States  are  Morocco,  Algiers,  Tunis,  and 
Tripoli.  Fez,  formerly  a  distinct  kingdom,  is  now  annexed  to  Mo- 
rocco. 

Mountains.  The  Atlas  mountains,  an  elevated  and  extensive 
range,  form  the  most  striking  feature  of  this  country.  They  ex- 
tend through  the  southern  part  of  Morocco,  Algiers,  and  Tunis.  The 
most  lofty  summits  are  in  the  western  part.  According  to  ancient 
fable,  the  world  was  supported  by  the  shoulders  of  Atlas,  and  the 
heavens  rested  on  the  top. 

Face  of  the  country  and  soil.  The  space  between  the  Atlas  range 
and  the  sea,  is  from  50  to  200  miles  wide,  and  is  mostly  level,  watered 
by  streams  from  the  mountains,  and  the  soil  exceedingly  fertile 
The  country  south  of  the  mountains  is  mostly  barren. 

Climate.  The  climate  is  temperate  and  pleasant.  The  country  is, 
however,  subject  to  destructive  ravages  by  the  plague.  The  ther- 
mometer seldom  sinks  more  than  5  degrees  below  the  freezing 
point. 

Productions.  The  productions  are  maize,  rice,  millet,  pease,  beans, 
lentils,  and  various  kinds  of  excellent  fruit.  Dates  form  an  impor- 
tant article  of  produce  in  the  interior. 

Water.    Salt  springs  are  more  numerous  than  fresh      In  the  terri- 
15* 


174  BARBARY  STATES. 

tory  of  Tunis  there  is  no  water  fit  for  drinking',  except  what  falls 
in  the  form  of  rai^j. 

Animals.  The  domestic  animals  are  nearly  the  same  as  in  Europe. 
The  lion^  panther^  and  hyctna,  and  other  ferocious  animals,  are  very 
numerous  in  the  mountainous  and  desert  tracts. 

Insects.  There  is  a  great  variety  of  insects  in  Barbary  The 
most  formidable  is  the  locust,  which  often  appears  in  immense  swarms, 
and  commits  the  most  destructive  ravag-es. 

Inhabitants.  The  people  of  Barbary  are  rapacious  and  cruel,  and 
the  towns  on  the  coast  have  been  long-  noted  for  piracy. 

The  inhabitants  are  divided  into  four  classes ;  1.  Moors;  2.  Jews; 
3.  Arabs ;  4.  Brebers. 

The  Moots  are  the  ruling  people,  and  form  the  chief  inhabitants 
of  all  the  cities.  They  are  ignorant,  superstitious,  indolent,  rapa- 
cious, and  vindictive. 

The  Jews  reside  in  the  cities,  and  have  the  whole  manag^ement  of 
trade. 

The  Arabs,  with  their  flocks  and  herds,  occupy  the  interior  and 
pastoral  districts. 

The  Brebers,  or  Berheri,  are  a  strong  athletic  race,  supposed  to 
be  descended  from  the  original  inhabitants.  They  occupy  the  moun- 
tainous parts,  and  cultivate  the  ground. 

Religion.  The  religion  of  all  classes,  except  the  Jews,  is  Mahom- 
etanism. 

MOROCCO. 

Divisions.  The  empire  of  Morocco  comprises  the  north-west 
part  of  Africa.  The  2  most  important  divisions  are  Morocco  Proper 
and  Fez. 

Chief  cities.  Morocco,  Fez,  and  Mequinez  are  situated  in  the  in- 
terior ;  Mogadore,  Sallee,  Tangier,  Tetuan,  and  Ceuta,  are  seaports. 

Morocco  is  situated  in  a  pleasant  plain,  upwards  of  100  miles 
from  the  sea.  It  contains  a  royal  palace  and  numerous  mosques, 
but  is  much  decayed.  It  is  said  to  have  once  contained  700,000  in- 
habitants, now  less  than  50,000. 

Fez,  the  capital  of  the  ancient  kingdom  of  that  name,  is  situated 
in  a  beautiful  valley,  and  is  one  of  the  most  agreeable  cities  in  the 
empire.  It  contains  200  caravansaries,  and  formerly  had  700  mosques, 
and  was  once  very  famous  for  its  learned  institutions.  Population 
about  100,000. 

Mogadore,  about  120  miles  W.  by  S.  of  Morocco,  is  a  seaport 
through  which  most  of  the  commerce  between  the  empire  and  Eu- 
rope is  carried  on.     Population  about  30,000. 

Ceuta,  a  seaport  opposite  to  Gibraltar,  belongs  to  Spain. 

Manufactures.  The  most  celebrated  article  of  manufacture  is 
Morocco  leather. 

ALGIERS. 

Divisions.  Algiers  is  divided  into  three  provinces,  Tremecm 
Titterie,  and  Constantina. 


BARBARY  STATES.  175 

Chief  cities.  Algiers^  the  capital,  is  300  miles  W.  of  Tunis.  It 
is  built  on  the  side  of  a  hill,  the  houses  rising  in  the  form  of  an 
amphitheatre,  and  it  presents  a  magnificent  spectacle  from  the  sea. 
The  most  of  the  streets  are  so  narrow  that  two  persons  can  scarcely 
walk  abreast.  The  houses  have  flat  roofs,  and  ^re  so  accommodated 
that  visits,  to  a  considerable  distance,  can  be  performed  on  the  tops 
of  them.  Algiers  is  celebrated  as  a  naval  and  piratical  town.  Popu- 
lation upwards  of  100,000. 

Constantina,  on  the  Rummel,  160  miles  E.  of  Algiers,  is  a  strong 
city,  built  on  a  rock,  and  said  to  contain  100,000  inhabitants.  It  oc- 
cupies the  site  of  ancient  Cirta,  celebrated  as  the  bulwark  of  Nu- 
midia. 

The  other  principal  towns  are  Orauy  Tremecen,  Boujeiah,  and 
Bo7ia. 


Divisions,  &c.  Tunis  is  divided  into  two  circuits,  the  northern 
and  southern.  It  is  watered  by  the  large  river  Mejerdah,  which 
flows  through  a  very  fertile  country ;  and  on  its  banks  are  many  towns, 
and  large  villages. 

Chief  cities.  Tunis,  the  capital,  is  situated  on  a  plain,  about  6 
miles  from  the  head  of  the  gulf  of  Tunis,  and  has  considerable  trade 
The  streets  are  narrow  and  dirty,  and  the  houses  mostly  of  only  one 
story,  and  built  of  mud  ;  yet  there  are  some  good  buildings.  Popu- 
lation 120,000. 

Among  the  other  principal  towns  are  Gafsa,  Cabes,  and  Bizerta. 

Antiquities.  The  country  abounds  in  magnificent  ruins.  Vari- 
ous monuments  of  ancient  grandeur  are  to  be  seen  on  the  site  of 
ancient  Carthage,  10  miles  NE.  of  Tunis.  There  are  also  magnifi- 
cent ruins  at  Spaitla  and  other  places. 


Tripoli  is  the  most  easterly  of  the  Barbary  states.  The  habit- 
able part  is  confined  chiefly  to  the  coast,  which,  for  a  few  miles  in- 
land, is  extremely  fertile.  Dates  are  the  principal  production  of  the 
interior. 

Tripoli,  the  capital,  is  situated  on  the  coast  of  the  Mediterranean, 
and  has  an  excellent  harbour.  The  streets  are  narrow,  and  the 
houses  mean.     Population  25,000. 


Barca  is  subject  to  Tripoli,  and  is  an  extensive  tract  lying  be 
tween  Tripoli  and  Egypt. 

Soil.  The  western  part  is  tolerably  fertile,  but  the  interior  and 
the  whole  region  bordering  on  Egypt,  is  a  desert  of  sand.' 

Chief  towns.  The  chief  towns  are  Derne  and  Bingazi.  Derne, 
the  capital,  is  situated  near  the  coast  of  the  Mediterranean,  and  is 
famous  for  the  exploits  of  Gen.  Eaton,  who  took  it  in  1805. 


176  WESTERN  AFRICA. 

BILEOULGERID. 

Biledulgerid,  which  signifies  a  Country  of  Dates^  is  situated  on 
the  south  of  Algiers  and  Tunis. 

The  soil  is  mostly  dry  and  barren,  producing-  scarcely  any  food  ex- 
cept dates. 

The  inJiabitants  are  L'rebers  and  Arabs,  who  are  under  a  kind  of 
subjection  to  Algiers  and  Tunis. 

WESTERN  AFRICA. 

Western  Africa  comprises  all  the  countries  on  the  coast  betw  een 
the  desert  of  Sahara  and  Benguela.  These  countries  are  but  little 
known. 

InJiabitants.  The  inhabitants  are  Negroes.  Some  of  the  most 
numerous  tribes  are  the  Jalqffs,  Foulahs^  and  Mandingoes. 

The  Negroes  are  ignorant,  superstitious,  indolent,  and  passionately 
fond  of  music  and  dancing.  They  possess  but  few  of  the  arts  of  civil- 
ized life.  They  are,  however,  a  simple,  mild,  and  generous  race, 
and  need  only  to  be  enlightened  and  directed  by  the  gentle  spirit  of 
the  Gospel,  in  order  to  render  them  the  most  happy  and  amiable  of 
mankind. 

Divisions.  Guinea  is  an  extensive  country  north  of  the  gulf  of 
Guinea.  The  coast  of  Guinea  is  divided  into  the  Grain  coast,  Ivory 
coast,  and  Gold  coast.  Ashantee,  back  of  the  Gold  coast,  is  one  of 
the  most  powerful  states  in  Western  Africa.  Dahomey  and  Benin 
are  east  of  Ashantee.  South  of  Benin  are  Biafra,  Loango,  Congo, 
Angola,  and  Benguela. 

Towns.  Teemboo  is  the  chief  town  of  the  Foulahs  ;  Coomassie  of 
Ashantee;  Abomey  of  Dahomey;  Benin  of  the  country  of  Benin. 

Climate.     The  climate  is  very  hot  and  unhealthy  to  Europeans. 

Rivers.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Senegal,  Gambia,  Grande, 
and  Congo  or  Zaire. 

Commerce.  The  inhuman  traffic  of  the  slave  trade  has,  for  many 
years,  formed  the  principal  part  of  the  commerce  of  the  western 
coast  of  Africa.  Other  articles  of  commerce,  besides  slaves,  are 
gold,  ivory,  Guinea  'pepper,  dye-wood,  wax,  and  hides. 

Sierra  Leone.  The  river  Sierra  Leone  gives  name  to  a  countrj', 
and  to  an  English  colony,  containing  about  13,000  inhabitants.  This 
settlement  was  formed  with  a  design  to  colonize  free  negroes,  and 
promote  the  civilization  of  Africa.  Here  are  about  20  missionaries 
engaged  in  the  benevolent  emploj  ment  of  teaching  the  Africans  the 
elements  of  learning  and  religion,  and  the  arts  of  civilized  life ; 
and  their  labours  have  been  attended  with  encouraging  success. 

Freetown,  the  chief  town  in  the  settlement,  is  situated  on  the  river, 
about  6  miles  above  its  mouth,  has  an  excellent  harbour,  and  about 
4,000  inhabitants. 

Near  Cape  Mesurado,  about  300  miles  SE.  of  Sierra  Leone,  the 
American  Colozination  Society  have  formed  a  colony  of  free  people 
of  colour,  named  Liberia. 


EASTERN  AFRICA.  177 


SOUTHERN  AFRICA, 


Colony  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope, 

Extent.  This  is  the  most  important  colony  that  the  Eng'lish  pos- 
sess in  Africa.  It  embraces  a  territory  about  550  miles  long-,  and 
230  broad,  having-  a  population  of  upwards  of  60,000. 

Chief  town.  Cape  Town.,  the  capital,  is  pleasantly  situated  up- 
wards of  30  miles  from  the  C3ape,  and  is  a  commercial  town  contain- 
ing' about  18,000-iahabitants. 

Face  of  the  country.  The  leading-  feature  of  the  territory  con- 
sists in  three  ranges  of  mountains,  running  parallel  to  each  other, 
and  to  the  southern  coast  of  Africa.  The  elevation  of  the  third  and 
highest  range,  is  estimated  at  10,000  feet.  It  is  always  covered  with 
snow. 

Soil.  A  large  pcfrtion  of  the  country  is  barren  and  unfit  for  cul- 
tivation ;  but  there  are  many  tracts  that  are  fertile. 

Produce.     Wine  and  brandy  are  the  staple  commodities. 

Caffraria  is  the  name  applied  to  a  large  country,  extending  from 
Mozambique  and  Benguelaon  the  north,  to  the  colony  of  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope  on  the  south. 

Some  parts  of  the  country,  particularly  towards  the  eastern  side, 
are  fertile  ;  but  towards  the  west  there  are  extensive  deserts. 

This  country  is  occupied  by  various  savage  tribes  •  the  principal 
of  which  are  styled  Hottentots  and  Caffres. 

Two  of  the  principal  towns  in  this  part  of  Africa,  are  Kurreechane 
and  Leetakoo,  or  Latakoo. 

Kurreechane  is  the  capital  of  the  Marootze  tribe,  and  contains 
about  15,000  inhabitants,  who  are  considerably  civilized,  and  have 
some  manufactures. 

Leetakoo  is  the  capital  of  the  Booshuanas,  or  Bushmen,  and  con- 
tains about  10,000  inhabitants.  The  houses  are  built  in  a  circular 
form,  and  thatched  with  reeds. 

Missionaries.  About  20  missionary  stations  have  been  formed  in 
this  part  of  Africa,  occupied  by  missionaries  of  different  denomina 
tions; 

EASTERN  AFRICA. 

Divisions.  This  division  extends  from  Caffraria  to  Egypt,  and  in- 
cludes the  countries  of  JSTatal,  Monomotopa,  J\Iocaranga,  Sofala, 
JHozamhique.,  Quiloa,  Zanguehar,  Magadoxa.,  and  Adel ;  also  AbyS' 
sinia,  J^ubia,  &c. 

Character.  The  countries  on  the  eastern  coast,  from  Caffraria  to 
the  Straits  of  Babelmandel,  are  less  known  than  those  on  the  west- 
ern coast ;  but  they  are  very  similar  with  regard  to  soil,  climate,  the 
objects  of  trade,  and  inhabitants. 


178  ABYSSINIA. 

These  countries  ha-^e  been  colonized  only  by  the  Portuguese. 

Rivers.  The  principal  rivers  which- flow  into  the  Indian  ocean, 
are  the  Manicay  Sofala,  Zambese  or  Cuama,  and  Magadoxa. 

Towns.  There  are  few  towns  of  much  importance.  Some  of  the 
most  considerable  are  Mozambique^  Sofala,  Melinda,  Mombaza,  Ma- 
gadoxa, and  Berber  a. 

Commerce.  The  commerce  of  these  countries  consists  in  gold, 
ivoryy  and  slaves. 


ABYSSINIA. 

Divisions.  Abyssinia  is  formed  into  three  great  divisions ;  1. 
Tigre  ;  2.  Amhara ;  3.  Shoa  and  Efat.  These  are  subdivided  into 
▼arious  smaller  districts. 

Rivers.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Abyssinian  branch  of  the 
?file,  and  the  Tacazze. 

Lake.  Dembea  is  the  principal  lake,  and  is  supposed  to  be  about 
450  miles  in  circumference. 

Face  of  the  country.  Abyssinia  is  a  very  mountainous  country. 
The  principal  ranges  are  the  mountains  of  Geesh,  Amid-Amid,  La- 
tnalmxm,  and  a  branch  of  the  Mountains  of  the  Moon. 

Climate.     The  climate  is  generally  fine,  but  subject  to  great  rains. 

Soil.  The  country  is  generally  well  watered  and  very  fertile,  and 
vegetable  and  animal  productions  are  abundant. 

Chief  towns.  Gondar,  the  chief  town,  is  situated  on  a  hill,  near 
the  lake  of  Dembea,  and  contains,  in  time  of  peace,  about  50,000 
inhabitants.     The  houses  are  built  of  clay,  and  are  of  only  one  story. 

Axum,  the  former  capital,  exhibits  extensive  ruins,  and  has  about 
600  houses. 

Adowa,  the  capital  of  Tigre,  contains  about  8,000  inhabitants,  and 
has  considerable  manufactures  of  cotton  cloths. 

Antalo  contains  about  10,000  inhabitants.  Massuah  and  Arkiko, 
on  the  Red  sea,  are  the  principal  ports.  Among  the  other  towns 
are  Dixan,  Siri,  Emfras,  Chelicut,  and  Tegulet. 

Government.  The  government  is  despotic,  but  the  political  con- 
dition of  the  people  is  extremely  disordered,  and  civil  wars  are  very 
frequent. 

Religion.  The  Abyssinians  profess  Christianity,  and  are  of  the 
Eutychian  sect.  As  the  art  of  printing  is  not  in  use  among  them, 
copies  of  the  bible  are  extremely  rare  ;  and  they  are  lamentably  ig- 
norant of  the  religion  which  they  profess. 

Inhabitants.  The  inhabitants  are  of  a  dark  olive  colour.  They 
are  in  a  low  state  of  civilization,  and  many  of  their  customs  are  ex 
tremely  barbarous.  Human  life  is  but  little  more  respected  than 
that  of  brutes.  Marriage  is  a  slight  connexion,  formed  and  dissolved 
at  pleasure.  The  houses  are  mere  hovels,  of  a  conical  form,  with 
thatched  roofs.  Their  food  consists  of  bread  made  of  small  grain 
called  tefF  and  tocusso,  and  sometimes  of  wheat,  with  raw  meat  at 
festivals. 


CENTRAL  AFRICA.  173 


NUBIA. 

» 

Nubia  is  an  extensive  country  comprising  several  kingdoms,  of 
which  Sermaar  and  Dongola  are  the  principal.  It  is  watered  by 
the  J^ile  and  its  branches. 

Features  of  the  country.  With  the  exception  of  the  banks  of 
the  river,  it  consists  almost  wholly  of  sandy  and  rocky  deserts. 

One  of  the  most  remarkable  features  consists  in  the  magnificent 
remains  of  antiquity,  some  of  which  rival  the  monuments  of  Thebes. 
The  temple  of  Ebsambul,  which  is  cut  out  of  the  solid  rock,  is  in 
complete  preservation.  The  front  is  very  magnificent,  being  117 
feet  wide,  and  86  high. 

Soil.  The  country  consists  chiefly  of  sandy  deserts,  but  on  the 
rivers  the  soil  is  very  fertile. 

Sermaar,  the  capital  of  the  kingdom  of  the  same  name,  is  situated 
on  the  eastern  branch  of  the  Nile.  It  was  formerly  large  and  popu- 
lous, but  now  in  a  ruinous  state. 

StujJcem,  a  port  on  the  Red  sea,  was  formerly  a  large,  populous, 
and  commercial  city,  but  is  now  almost  in  ruins.  It  is  supported  by 
being  the  channel  of  communication  between  Arabia  and  the  inte- 
rior of  Africa. 

The  kingdom  of  Sennaar  is  of  considerable  extent,  though  but 
little  known. 

Dongola,  capital  of  the  kingdom  so  called,  is  a  meanly  built  town, 
situated  on  the  Nile. 


CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

The  greater  part  of  this  vast  division  is  wholly  unexplored ;  but 
it  is  known  to  contain  some- populous  kingdoms. 

Some  of  the  principal  kingdoms  that  have  been  visited  by  F,v.r-> 
pean  travellers,  are  Darfur,  Bornou,  Fezzan,  Kassina.  Hom^u, 
Tombudoo,  and  Bambarra, 

Commerce.  The  commerce  of  these  countries  is  carried  on  with 
Cairo  and  the  towns  of  Barbary.  The  exports  consist  of  slaves, 
gold  diist,  ivory,  &c. 

The  climate  is  hot,  and  the  soil  in  many  parts  fertile. 

The  inhabitants  are  JVegroes,  Moors,  and  Arabs,  living  in  a  bar- 
barous state.     They  are  mostly  Mahometans. 
,  The  nations  situated  further  south  are  entirely  unknown. 

Darfur  is  situated  west  of  Sennaar.     The  chief  town  is  CohbS. 

BoRNou  is  represented  as  the  most  powerful  kingdom  in  the  in- 
terior of  Africa.     The  capital  is  a  large  town  of  the  same  name. 

Fezzan  lies  south  of  Barbary  and  east  of  Sahara.  Monrzouk, 
the  capital,  is  the  centre  of  the  trade  carried  on  between  Northern 
and  Central  Africa. 


180  AFRICAN  ISLANDS. 

Kassina,  or  Cashna,  is  an  extensive  kingdom  west  of  Bornou 
with  a  capital  of  the  same  name. 

ToMBUCTOo,  a  largo  commercial  city,  10  miles  from  the  Niger,  is 
the  capital  of  a  populous  kingdom  of  the  same  name.  It  is  a  noted 
centre  of  trade  in  the  interior  of  Africa,  and  the  point  to  which  car 
avans  proceed  from  the  north. 

HoussA  is  a  large  city,  capital  of  a  kingdom  on  the  Niger. 

Bambarra,  situated  on  both  sides  of  the  Niger,  is  one  of  the  most 
powerful  kingdoms  in  the  interior  of  Africa. 

Sego,  on  the  Niger,  is  the  capital,  and  contains  about  30,000  in- 
habitants. 

AFRICAN  ISLANDS. 

The  principal  islands  west  of  the  coast  are  the  Azores,  Madeira^ 
and  Cape  Verd  Islands,  belonging  to  Portugal ;  the  Canaries,  be- 
longing to  Spain ;  and  St.  Helena,  belonging  to  Great  Britain. 

On  the  eastern  coast  are  Madagascar,  the  Comoro  islands,  and  So- 
cotra,  in  the  possession  of  the  natives ;  Bourbon  belonging  to  France, 
and  Mauritius  belonging  to  Great  Britain. 

The  Azores  or  Western  Islands  are  9  in  number,  and  are  situated 
about  midway  between  Europe  and  America.  The  principal  ones 
are  St.  Michael,  Fayal,  and  Tercera. 

These  islands  have  the  marks  of  recent  and  volcanic  origin. 

The  soil  is  very  fertile,  and  the  climate  healthy  and  pleasant,  but 
extremely  subject  to  violent  earthquakes.  They  produce  great 
quantities  of  oranges  and  lemons,  also  corn  and  wine.  The  chief 
towns  are  Angra,  the  capital  of  Tercera ;  and  Ponta  del  Gada,  the 
capital  of  St.  Michael. 

Madeira  is  a  fertile  island,  and  is  celebrated  for  its  wine,  which 
is  highly  esteemed,  and  exported  to  various  parts  of  the  world.  The 
population  is  about  80,000.  Funchal,  the  capital,  contains  about 
15,000  inhabitants. 

Canaries  or  Fortunate  Islands.  These  islands  are  13  in  number, 
very  fertile  and  valuable,  producing  wine,  grain,  and  ft^iti.  The 
largest  are  Teneriffe,  Grand  Canary,  and  Palma.  Teneriffe  is  fa- 
mous for  its  peak,  which  may  be  seen  at  sea,  120  miles  distant. 

St.  Helena  is  a  remarkable  island,  28  mij^s  in  circuit,  surrounded 
by  high  precipices  of  basaltic  rock.  It  is  regarded  as  a  great 
natural  curiosity  on  account  of  its  form  and  appearance.  Upon  ap 
preaching  near  it,  nothing  is  to  be  seen  but  a  girdle  of  inaccessi 
ble  precipices,  overhanging  the  ocean,  some  of  them  exhibiting  the 
most  fantastic  shapes*  The  rocks  rise,  in  some  parts,  almost  perpen- 
dicularly, to  the  height  of  1,600  ieet.  It  is  famous  for  having  been 
the  prison  of  Bonaparte,  after  his  defeat  at  Waterloo. 

Madagascar  is  one  of  the  largest  islands  in  the  world,  and  is  about 
900  miles  in  length.  It  has  a  very  diversified  surface,  and  a  fertile 
soil  and  is  inhabited  by  various  native  tribes 


COMPARATIVE  GEOGRAPHY, 

OR 

TABULAR  VIEWS. 


16 


AMERICA. 


Table.  I.     Extent  and  population  of  the  principal  divisions  of 
America. 


North  America 

Sq.  miles. 

Pop.  Pop.  to 

Greenland 
Russian  America 

Undefined 
Undefined 

aq 
15,000 
1,000 

•  f<f. 

'upper  Canada                                290,000  150,000 
Lower  Canada                                280,000  364,000 
Nova  Scotia                                      15,000  100,000 
New  Brunswick                               30,000  100,000 
Newfoundland  Island                        31,000     50,000 
St.  John 's  &  Cape  Breton  Islands                  10,000 
Bermuda  Islands                                                10,000  _ 

•   784,000 

h 

H 
6§ 
3 

United  States 

Mexico 

Guatimala 

America. 

2,000,000 

1,000,000 

330,000 

1 

9,708,000 
7,000,000 
1,500,000 

4f 

7 
4i 

Total  in  J^orth 

9,008,000 

South  America. 

Colombia 

Peru 

Chili 

Buenos  Ayres 

Brazil 

Guiana 

Imerica 

1,100,000 

450,000 

200,000 
1,200,000 
2,100,000 

160,000 

1 

103,000 

2,642,000 
1,500,000 
1,100,000 
2,000,000 
3,000,000 
250,000 

2i 
3i 

H 

Total  in  South  ^ 
West  Indies 

0,492,000 
2,400,000 

231 

Total  in  America,  31,900,000 

Note  1.  The  extent  and  population  of  most  of  the  above  divisions, 
are  not  ascertained  with  accuracy. 

Note  2.  A  large  part  of  most  of  the  divisions  is  uninhabited,  except 
by  independent  Indians.  More  than  half  of  the  United  States'  territory 
has  no  white  inhabitants. 

Note  3.  In  the  above  estimate  of  the  population  of  America,  the 
independent  Indians  are  not  included.  Their  numbers  are  not  known. 
The  number  within  the  limits  of  the  territory  of  the  United  States,  is 
estimated  at  upwards  of  400,000. 

Note  4.  The  population  of  America  is  not  accurately  known,  and 
has  been  variously  estimated ;  but  it  probably,  including  the  indepen- 
dent Indians,  does  not  vary  greatly  from  35,000,000. 

Table  II.     Population  of  the  principal  cities. 

North  America. 


Mexico 

137,000 

Guanaxuato 

60,000 

Charleston 

25,000 

New  York 

124,000 

Boston 

43,000 

Oaxaca 

24,000 

Philadelphia 

108,000 

Queretaro 

35,000 

Guatimala 

20,000 

Puebla 

70,000 

Zacatecas 

33,000 

Montreal 

18,000 

Baltimore 

64,000 

New  Orleans 

29,000 

Quebec 

15,000 

184        TABULAR  VIEWS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

South  America.  West  Indies. 

Rio  Janeiro  100,000 
St.  Salvador  100,000 
Quito  70,000 

Lima  53,000 

Buenos  Ayres  50,000 


St.  Jago 

40,000 

Havannah             70,000 

Santa  Fe 

40,000 

St.  Jago  de  Cuba  40,000 

Potosi 

40,000 

Kingston                33,000 

Cusco 

32,000 

St.  Pierre               30,000 

Caraccas 

30,000 

St.  Juan               30,000 

UNITED  STATES. 


Table  I.  Diriding  the  United  States  into  the  4  sections  of  Eastern, 
Middle,  SoiUhem,  and  Westeiyi  States ;  and  showing  the  square 
miles ;  the  'population  in  1800  and  1820  ;  the  increase  in  20  years, 
from  1800  to  1820;  the  increase  per  cent,  for  10  years,  from  1810 
to  1820 ;  and  the  number  of  slaves  in  the  several  states,  and  also 
in  each  of  the  4  sections. 


Sq.  miles.  Pop.  in 
1800. 


Pop.  in    Incr.  in  Increase 
1820.     20  years,    per  ct. 


2     I' 

"^     2. 

5^ 


Maine  32,600 

N.  Hampshire  9,500 
Vermont  10,200 

Massachusetts  7,500 
Rhode  Island  1,340 
Connecticut       4,700 


151,719 
183,858 
153,908 
422,845 
69,122 
251,002 


298,335 
244,161 
235,764 
523,^87 
83,059 
275,248 


146,616 
60,303 
81,856 

100,4^2 
13,937 
24,246 


30,4 
13,8 
8,2 
10,9 
7,9 
5,1 


Slaves 
in  1820. 
0 


0 

48 
97 


Totals      65,800  1,232,454    1,659,854     427,400        12,7  145 


o  7.  New  York  46,000 
^  J  8.  New  Jersey  8,300 
:S  S  9.  Pennsylvania  44,000 
:«      10.  Delaware  2,100 


586,050  1,372,812  786,762 

211,149  277.575  66,426 

602,545  1,049,398  446,853 

64,272  72,749  8,477 


43,1  10,088 

13  7,555 

29,5  211 

0,1  4.509 


Totals  100,400 


'11.  Maryland 

14,000 

4S 

12.  Virginia 

64,000 

.s 

13.  N.  Carolina 

48,000 

I'j 

14.  S.  Carolina 

28,000 

15.  Georgia 

62,000 

16.  Alabama 

46,000 

i 

17.  Mississippi 

46,000 

^j 

^18.  Louisiana 

Totals 

48,000 

356,000 

2 

19.  Tennessee 

40,000 

.2 

20.  Kentucky 

42,000 

21.  Ohio 

39,000 

22.  Indiana 

37,000 

^ 

23.  Illinois 

55,000 

C 

24.  Missouri 

60,000 

1,464,016 
349,692 
880,200 
478,103 
345,591 
162,682 

I    8,850  j 


2,772,534  1,308,518 

407,350   57,658 
1,065.366 

638,829 

502,741 

340,989 


185,166 
160,726 
157,150 
178.307 


153,407  153,407 


32,8 
7 

9,3 
15 
21,1 
35,1 

442 

100 


22,363 

107,398 

425,153 

205,017 

258,475 

149,642 

(  47,439 

I   32,814 

69,064 


3,328,447  1,203,328   23,5  1,305,858 


105,602 

220,959 

45,365 

4,875 

215 


420,813 
564,317 
581,434 
147,434 
55,212 
66,586 


315,211 
343,358 
536,069 
142,559 
54,997 
66,586 


61 

38,1 
152 
500 
351 
236 


80,107 

126,732 

0 

190 

917 

10,222 


Totals         273,000  377,016  1,835,796  1,458,780    92   223,728 


TABULAR  VIEWS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.       185 

JVb/e  1.  More  than  half  of  the  country  belonging  to  the  United  States, 
consists  of  territory  but  little  settled,  and  not  yet  formed  into  states 

Note  2.  The  states  oi  Alabama  ^nd  Mississippi  were  united,  till  1817, 
forming  together  the  territory  of  Mississippi. 

J^ote  3.  The  states  of  Louisiana  and  Missouri  have  been  formed  from 
a  part  of  the  country  of  Louisiana,  which  was  acquired  by  purchase  in 
1803. 

JVo/e  4.  The  population  of  Alabama  according  to  the  returns  of  1820, 
was  127,904 ;  but  the  census  was  imperfect.  The  additional  returns  of 
1822  increased  the  population  to  144,317. 

Table  II.  Showing  in  how  many  years  the  population  of  the  dif- 
ferent sections,  and  also  the  slaves,  would  double,  at  the  rate  of 
increase,  from  1810  to  1820. 


Rate  of  increase 

Years 

per  ct,  10  years. 

in  doubling. 

Eastern  States 

12,7 

58 

Middle  States 

32,8 

25 

Southern  States 

23,5 

33 

Western  States 

92 

11 

Total  population 

34 

24 

Slaves  of  the  Southern  States 

27,2 

29 

Slaves  of  the  Western  States 

62 

15 

Total  of  the  slaves 

29,5 

27 

JVb/e  1.     The  slaves  in  the  Eastern  and  Middle  Statea 

,  'iecreased  from 

1810  to  1820,  at  the  rate  of  nearly  28  per  cent. 

JVb/e  2.  From  the  above  table  it  will  be  seen,  that  th-*  whole  popula- 
tion of  the  United  States  increases  faster  than  the  whole  nt-mber  of  slaves  ; 
but  that  in  the  Southern  States^  the  slaves  increase  faster  <  ban  the  whol« 
population  of  those  states. 

JSTote  3.     In  1790  J  (  10  t-   46 

In  1800  f  the  proportion  of  the  slaves  ^  10  to  49 
In  1810  ^  to  the  free  persons,  was  as  j  10  to  5i 
In  1820  )  (  10  to  53 

Table  III.  Showing  the  total  population  of  the  United  States  at 
each  of  the  four  enumerations  ;  the  increase  in  each  period  of  10 
years,  from  1790  to  1820,  and  the  rate  per  cent.;  also  the  numbe/ 
of  slaves,  with  their  increase. 


Total  pop. 

Increase  in 
10  years. 

Rate  I 
cent. 

In  1790 

3,929,000 

In  1800 

5,310,000 

1790  to  1800 

1,381,000 

35,1 

In  1810 

7,240,000 

1800  to  1810 

1,930,000 

36,3 

In  1820 

9,708,000 
Slaves. 

1810  to  1820 

2,414,000 

34 

In  1790 

698,000 

In  1800 

897,000 

1790  to  1800 

199,000 

28,7 

In  1810 

1,191,000 

1800  to  1810 

294,000 

32,1 

la  1820 

1,543,000 
16* 

1810  to  1820 

352,000 

29,5 

1«6        TABULAR  VIEWS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

Table  IV.  Showing-  what  the  populaiton  of  the  United  States  will 
amount  to,  at  several  successive  periods,  provided  it  should  continue 
to  increase  at  the  rate  of  34  per  cent,  for  each  10  years. 

Year.  Population.  Year.  Population. 

1830  13,008,000  1870  41,749,000 

1840  17,431,000  1880  55,944,000 

1850  23,258,000  1890  74,957,000 

1860  31,156,000  1900  100,432,000 

Note  1.  It  is  not  probable,  that,  as  the  country  grows  older,  the  popa- 
Jation  will  continue  to  increase  at  so  great  a  ratio,  even  if  its  prosperity 
should  not  be  checked  by  war  or  other  special  calamities. 

Note  2.  A  newly  settled  country  has  peculiar  advantages  for  a  rapid 
increase,  while  there  is  an  abundance  of  fertile  land  unoccupied,  pro- 
visions plentiful  and  cheap,  and  the  means  of  supporting  a  family  easily 
procured.  These  circumstances  tend  to  encourage  early  marriages.  The 
inhabitants  of  this  country  generally  marry  at  an  earlier  age,  than  is 
common  in  the  old  countries  of  Europe,  on  account  of  the  comparative 
ease  with  which  a  young  man,  without  property,  can  procure  the  means 
<rf  supporting  a  family. 

Table  V.     IHfferent  classes  of  the  population. 
Free  white  males  4,000,964 

Free  white  females  3,871,540 


Total  free  whites  7,872,504 

Free  coloured  males  112,809 

Free  coloured  females  120,783 


Total  free  people  of  coloitr  233,592 

Male  slaves  790,965 

Female  slaves  752,723 


Total  slaves  1,543,688 

All  other  persons,  except  Indians  not  taxed  4,631 


Total  9,654,415 

Foreigners  not  naturalized  53,720 


Total  population  according  to  the  census  9,708,135 

Note  1.     In  the  whole  population  there  are  100  males  to  97  females. 

Note  2.  In  some  of  the  old  states,  as  New  Hampshire,  Massachusetts, 
Rhode  Island,  and  Connecticut,  and  also  in  most  of  the  large  towns,  the 
number  of  females  exceeds  that  of  the  males.  But  in  some  of  the  newly 
settled  states,  there  are  nearly  100  males  to  80  females.  The  principal 
cause  of  this  difference,  with  regard  to  the  new  and  old  states,  is,  that 
among  the  emigrants  from  the  old  to  the  new  states,  there  are  many  more 
males  than  females. 

Note  3.  The  number  of  free  people  of  colour,  at  the  several  enumer- 
ations, v/as  as  follows  : 

In  1790,  59,512 ;  in  1800.  104,880  ;  in  1810,  186,446  ;  in  1820^ 
«23  510 


TABULAR  VIEWS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


187 


Table  VI 

Jf umber  employed 

Table  VH. 

in  agriculture  ; 

in  manufactures  ;\ 

in  commerce. 

Slaves 

in  1820. 

Va. 

276,422 

Pa. 

60,215 

Mass. 

13,102 

Va. 

425,153 

N.Y. 

247,648 

N.Y. 

60,038 

N.  Y. 

9,113 

S.C. 

258,475 

N.  C. 

174,196 

Mass. 

33,464 

Pa. 

7,083 

N.  C. 

205,017 

S.C. 

161,560 

Va. 

32,336 

La. 

6,251 

Geo. 

149,642 

Pa. 

140,801 

Ohio 

18,956 

Md. 

4,771 

Ken. 

126,732 

Ken. 

132,161 

x\.  C. 

18,844 

Va. 

4,509 

Md. 

107,398 

Ohio 

110,991 

Md. 

18,640 

Me. 

4,297 

Ten. 

80,107 

Ten. 

101,919 

Ct. 

17,514 

Ct. 

3,581 

La. 

69,064 

Geo. 

101,185 

N.J. 

15,941 

S.C. 

2,588 

Ala. 

47,439 

Md. 

79,135 

Ken. 

1 1,779 

N.  C. 

2,551 

Mis. 

32,814 

Mass. 

63,460 

N.  H. 

8,699 

Geo. 

2,139 

Mo. 

10,222 

In. 

61,315 

Vt. 

8,484 

N.J. 

1,830 

NT. 

10,088 

Me. 

55,031 

Ten. 

7,860 

Ken. 

1,617 

N.J. 

7,555 

La. 

53,941 

Me. 

7,643 

Ohio 

1,459 

Del. 

4,509 

N.  H. 

52,384 

S.C. 

6,488 

R.I. 

1,162 

11. 

917 

Vt. 

50,951 

R.I. 

6,091 

N.H. 

1,068 

Pa. 

211 

Ct.- 

50,518 

La. 

6,041 

Ten. 

882 

In. 

190 

N..J. 

40,812 

Geo. 

3,557 

Vt. 

776 

Ct. 

97 

Ala. 

35,359 

In. 

3,229 

Mis. 

650 

R.I. 

48 

Mis. 

22,033 

Del. 

2,821 

Del. 

533 

Me. 

0 

Mo. 

14,247 

Mo. 

1,952 

Ala. 

517 

N.H. 

0 

Del. 

13,259 

Ala. 

1,569 

Mo. 

495 

Vt. 

0 

R.I. 

12,559 

11. 

1,007 

In. 

429 

Mass. 

0 

11. 

12,395 

xMis. 

294 

n. 

233 

Ohio 

0 

J^ote  1.     The 

^tates  which  have 

the  greatest  propo 

rtion  of  their  pop- 

ulation  employed  in  commerce,  are  Louisiana^  Massachusetts^  Maine, 
and  Rhode  Island. 

Note  2.  The  states  that  hare  the  greatest  proportion  employed  in 
manufactures,  are  Rhode  Island.,  Massachusetts^  Connecticut,  PennsylvO' 
nia^  and  New  Jersey. 

Note  3.  According  to  the  census,  the  number  of  persons  employed  in 
agriculture,  is  to  that  employed  in  manufactures,  nearly  6  to  1  ;  and  to 
the  number  employed  in  commerce,  as  28  to  1  ;  and  the  number  employ- 
ed in  agriculture  is  to  the  sum  of  those  employed  in  trade  and  manu- 
factures, as  5  to  1, 

Note  4.  In  England  the  number  of  persons  employed  in  commerce  and 
manufactures,  exceeds  that  employed  in  agriculture,  in  the  proportion  ot 
about  5  to  4. 

Note  5.  The  exports  of  the  U.  States  consist  chiefly  of  the  products  of 
agriculture,  (see  table  XXlI ;)  those  of  England  chiefly  of  manufactures. 

Table  VIII.     The  original   number   of    states  was  13 ;  since    the 
declaration  of  independence,  11  new  ones  have  been  admitted 


into  the  Union. 

The  thirteen  original  States. 


New  Hampshire 
Massachusetts 
Rhode  Island 
Connecticut 
New  York 
New  Jersey 
Pennsylvania 


Delaware 

Maryland 

Virginia 

N.  Carolina 

S.  Carolina 

Georgie 


Neto  States  ivith  the  date  of  admission. 
Vermont      1791       Mississippi  1817 


Kentucky  1792 
Tennessee  1796 
Ohio  1802 

Louisiana  1811 
Indiana      1816 


Illinois  1818 

Alabama  1819 

Maine  1820 

Missouri  1820 


188       TABULAR  VIEWS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATED 


Table  IX. 


Table  X.   Table  XI.  Table  XII.  Table  XIII. 


Sq.  miles.  Population. 


Pop.  to  a 
sq.  mile. 


Represent.  Incr.  pr.  ct.  in 


to  Con. 


10  yrs.  from 
1810  to  1820. 
In. 

Ala.   ) 
Mis.   \ 


500 
442 


Va.  64,000  N.  Y.  1,373,000  Mass.  70 
Geo.  62,000  Va.  1,065,000  R.I.  61 
Mo.       60,000    Pa.       1,049,000    Ct.  58 

II.          55,000    N.  C.      639.000    Del.        35      Ohio    14     [I.  351 

La.        48,000    Ohio       581.000    X.  J.       34      N.  C.   13     Mo.  236 

N.  C.    48,000    Ken.       564,000    N.  Y.      30      Mass.  13     Ohio  152 

N.Y.    46,000    Mass.      523,000    Md.        29      Ken.    12     La.  100 

Ala.      46,000    S.  C.       503,000    N.  H.     26      S.  C.      9    Ten.  61 

Mis.      46,000    Ten.       421,000    Pa.         24      Ten.      9     N.  Y.  43,1 

Pa.       44,000    JVId.        407,000    Vt.          23      xMd.        9     Ken.  38,8 

Ken.     42,000    Geo.      341,000    S.  C.       18      Me.        7     Geo.  35,1 

Ten.     40,000    Me.        298,000    Va.         17      Geo.      7     Me.  30,4 

Ohio     39,000    N.J.       278.000    Ohio       15      Ct.         6      Pa.  29,5 

In.        37,000    Ct.          275,000    N.  C.     13      X.  J.      6     S.  C.  21,1 

Me.       32,000    N.  H.      244,000    Ken.      13      N.  H      6     N.  C  15 

S.  C.     28,000    Vt.         236,000    Me.          9      Vt.         5     N.  H.  13,8 

Md.       14,000    La.         153.000    Ten.        9      In.          3     N.  J.  13 

Vt.        10,200    In.           147,000    Geo.        6      La.        3     Mass.  10,9 

N.H.      9,500    Ala.        144,000    In.            4      Ala.       3     Va.  9,3 

N.  J.      8,300    R.  I.         83,000    Ala.         3      R.  I.      2     Vt.  8,2 

Mass.      7,500    Mis.          75,000    La.          3      Del.       1      R.  I.  7,9 

Ct.          4,700    Del.          73,000    Mis.         2      Mis.       2     Md.  7 

Del.        2,100    Mo.          67,000    Mo.          1      Mis.       1     Ct.  5,1 

R.  I.       1,340  111.              55,000    11.             1     |I1.           1     Del.  0,1 
J\''oie.     By  Table  XIII,  it   appears  that  the  states  which  have  had' the 

most  rapid  increase,  are  those  which  have  been  recently  settled.  These 
states  have  been  settled  chiefly  by  emig^rants  from  the  old  states.  Their 
ratio  of  increase  will  undoubtedly  diminish  as  they  grow  older. 

Table  XIV.     Showing  how  far  some  of  the  principal  rivers  are  navi- 
g-able  for  sloops 


Rivers. 
Penobscot 
Kennebec 
Merrimack 
Connecticut 
Hxidson 
Delaware 
Cape  Fear 
Savannah 
Alabama 


Miles.  Place. 

35  to  Banffor. 


Rivers. 
Tombeckbe 


Miles. 
120  to 


42 
18 
50 
166 
90 
35 
17 
60 


Auo^usta. 

Haverhill. 

Hartford. 

Troy. 

Trenton. 


Mississippi  2,200 

Ohio  949 

Tennessee       250 

Wilmington.  Cumberland  200 
Savannah.  Red  River  135 
Claiborne.      Missouri      2,570 


Place. 

St.  Stephens. 
St.  Anthony's 

FaUs. 
Pittsburg. 
Muscle 
Shoals. 
Nashville. 
Alexandria. 
Great  Falls. 


Mountains. 
Rocky  mountains,  highest, 
Mount  Washington,  high 

est  of  the  White  m,oun 

tains,  N.  H. 
Moose  Hillock,  N.  H. 
Mansfield  mountain,  Vt. 
Camera  Rump,  Vt. 


Table  XV.     Heights  of  Mountains. 


Feet.  Mountains  Feeti. 

12,000     Saddleback,  Mass.  4.000 

Otter  Peak,  Va.  3,955 

6,234    KUlington  Peak,  Vt.  3,924 

Catskill      )  Round  Top,  3,804 

4,636     mts.  N.  Y.  S  High  Peak,  3,718 

4,279     Ascutney,  Vt.  3,306 

4,188    Monadnock,  N.  H.  3,254 


TABULAR  VIEWS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.      189 


Table  XVI. 


Brunswick, 

Cambridge, 

Philadelphia, 

Cincinnati, 

St.  Louis, 

Williamsburg', 

Charleston 


Showing  the  difference  of  the  temperature  of  sereral 
places. 


Me. 

Mass. 

Pa. 

Ohio 

Mo. 

Va. 

S.  C. 


jyiean  heat. 
o 

41  7 
48  6 

53  4 

54  7 
56  15 
60  8 


Greatest  heat, 
o 

98  5 
101 

97 
101 

98 
101 


Greatest  cold, 
o 

30  below  0 
17  below  0 

11  below  0 
8  below  0 
5  above  0 

17  above  0 


Table  XVII.       Table  XVIII.       Table  XIX. 


Exports  in  1822. 


N.  Y. 

Mass. 

Pa. 

La. 

S.  C. 

Geo. 

Md. 

Va. 

Me. 

R.  I. 

N.  C. 

Ct. 

Vt. 

N.  H. 

Mis. 

Deh 

N.J. 

Ala. 


$17,100,000 

12,599,000 

9,048,000 

7,979,000 

7,260,000 

5,485,000 

4,537,000 

3,217,000 

1,037,000 

862,000 

586,000 

485,000 

257,000 

200,000 

192,000 

169,000 

83,000 

18,000 


Shipping  in  1821, 
Tons. 


Revenue  in  1815. 


Mass. 

335,000 

N.  Y. 

249,000 

Me 

137.000 

Md. 

127,000 

Pa. 

84,000 

Va. 

57,000 

La. 

49,000 

Ct. 

45,000 

R.  L 

39.000 

N.J. 

35,000 

N.  H. 

34,000 

S.  C. 

33,000 

N.  C. 

33,000 

Col. 

19,000 

Geo. 

14,000 

Del. 

11,000 

Ala. 

5,000 

N.  Y. 

Pa. 

Mass. 

Md. 

S.  C. 

La. 

Geo. 

N.  C. 

Ct. 

R.  I. 

Vt. 

Del. 

N.  J. 

Ala. 


$14,492,000 

7,142,000 

5,772,000 

4,151,000 

1,429,000 

985,000 

882,000 

344,000 

234,000 

233,000 

229,000 

32,000 

14,000 

12,000 


Pa. 

N.  Y. 

Mass. 

Va. 

Md. 

Ct. 

N.J. 

N.  C. 

Ken. 

Vt. 

N.H. 

R.  L 

Me. 

S.  C. 

Ten. 

Ohio 

Del. 

La. 


Table  XX. 

Manufactures 

in  1810. 

$33,700,000 

25,400,000 

21,900,000 

15,300,000 

11,500,000 

7,800,000 

7,100,000 

6,700,000 

6,200,000 

5,400,000 

5,200,000 

4,100,000 

3,700,000 

3,600,000 

3,600,000 

2,900,000 

1,700,000 

1,200,000 


JVote  1.  The  exports  of  Massachusetts  comprise  the  produce  of  Mas- 
sachusetts, and  part  of  that  of  New  Hampshire  and  Vermont. 

JVb/e  2.  The  produce  not  only  of  the  state  of  New  York,  but  a  large 
portion  of  that  of  the  western  part  of  New  England,  also  of  a  part  of 
New  Jersey,  &c.   is  exported  from  the  city  of  New  York. 

J^ote  3.  The  produce  of  the  Western  States  is  exported  principally 
from  New  Orleans. 

JVote  4.  The  United  States  own  more  shipping  than  any  other  country, 
except  England.     The  total  amount,  in  1822,  was  1,299,000  tons. 

JVote  5.  New  England  and  New  York  own  considerably  more  than 
two  thirds  of  all  the  shipping  of  the  United  States ;  and  Massachusetts 
owns  more  than  all  the  states  south  of  Pennsylvania. 

JVote  6.  As  the  revenue  is  derived  chiefly  from  duties  on  foreign  goods, 
it  "fe  collected  in  the  ports  into  which  foreign  goods  are  imported. 

JVote  7.  The  revenue  from  the  customs  for  the  year  ending  Sept.  30, 
1823,  amounted  to  $23,932,000.  The  proportion  collected  in  the  prin- 
cipal ports,  was  as  follows  : 

New  York  9,958,000  Baltimore  1,256,000 

Boston  4,588,000  New  Orleans  905,000 

Philadelphia        3,595,000  Charleston  786,000 


190        TABULAR  VIEWS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


Table  XXI.  Showing-  to  what 
countries  the  exports  of  the  Unit- 
ed States  were  carried  in  1822. 

To  the  dominion*  of 
England  "     30,041,000 

France  9,195,000 

Spain  8,438,000 

China  5,935,000 

*'  Holland  5,802,000 

The  Hanse  Towns         2,505,000 
Denmark  2.434,000 

Portugal  1,892,000 

Italy  and  Malta  1,450,000 

Asia,  g-enerally,  1,162,000 

Sweden  922,000 

Russia  529,000 

All  others  1,855,000 

$72,160,000 


Table  XXH. 


Classification  of  exports  for  1822. 


Domestic  articles 
Foreign  articles 


49,874,000 
22,286,000 


Totml  $72,160,000 

Domestic  articles. 

1.  Produce  of  agricul.  41,272,000 

2.  Produce  of  the  forest    3,816,000 

3.  Produce  of  manufac.  2,483,000 

4.  Produce  of  the  sea       1,385,000 

5.  Uncertain  918,000 


$49,874,000 


Total 


Table  XXIII.     Showing  the  value  of  the  principal  exports  in  1817. 


$22,628,000  Skins  &  furs  $638,000 

18,432,000  Rye,  &  rye  meal  627,000 

9,230,000  Pork,  bacon,  &c.  537,000 

3,196,000  Horses  &  mules  432,000 

2,379,000  Naval  stores  345,000 

1,967,000  Flaxseed  278,000 

1,329,000  Whale  oil  &  bone  231,000 
1,328,000  Spermaceti  oil  &  candles    112,t)00 


Cotton 

Wheat,  flour,  biscuit 

Tobacco 

Lumber 

Rice 

Pot  &  pearl  ashes 

Indian  corn,  &  meal 

Dried  &  pickled  fish 

Beef,  tallow,  hides,  cattle    845,000  Butter  &  cheese 


213,000 


Table  XXIV.      Revenue  and  expenditure  of  the  United  States,  for 
26  years,  from  March  1789  to  March  1815. 


Receiptsfrom 
Customs 

Internal  revenue 
Sales  of  public  lands 
Direct  taxes 
Postage  of  letters 
Miscellaneous 


222,531,000 
9,016,000 
8,658,000 
4,477,000 
747,000 
1,590,000 


Total 


$  247,019,000 


Expenditures. 

Military  department  97,629,000 

Naval  department  47,818,000 

Civil  List  14,941,000 

Foreign  intercourse  10,678,000 

Miscellaneous  civil  9,910,000 

Barbary  powers  2,405,000 

Indian  department  1,338,000 


$184,719,000 

M'ote  1.  From  this  table  it  appears  that  more  than  9-lOths  of  the  rev 
enue  is  derived  from  customs,  that  is,  from  duties  paid  on  foreign 
goods  imported  into  this  country. 

J^ote  2.  The  expenses  of  the  military  department  include  the  pay 
and  subsistence  of  the  army,  erecting  fortifications,  purchase  of  arms,  &;c. 


TABULAR  VIEWS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.        191 


The  expenses  of  the  civil  list  include  the  salaries  of  the  oflficers  of 
the  different  departments  of  government,  &c. 

J^oie  3.  From  this  table  it  is  seen,  that  during  the  period  of  26  years, 
more  than  4-5ths  of  the  public  expenditure  has  been  appropriated  to 
the  military  and  naval  departments. 

Note  4.  The  total  number  of  the  militia  in  1822-3,  was  969,000. 


Table  XXV.     Public  debt  at  several  periods. 


In 


1791 
1812 


74,186,000 
45,154,000 


In 


1816 
1824 


112,107,000 
90,177,000 


Table  XXVI.     Number  of  Post  Offices  in  the  United  States  at  seve- 
ral  periods. 


No.  in  1790, 
75; 


in  1800, 
903; 


in  1810, 
2,300 ; 


in  1816, 
3,260 ; 


in  1823, 
5,242 


Note.  The  lengih  of  the  roads  over  which  the  mail  was  carried  in  1793, 
was  only  5,642  miles  ;  in  1823,  88,600.  This  is  an  extraordinary  increase, 
and  indicates  how  extensively  the  means  of  information,  and  of  com- 
mercial and  friendly  intercourse  are  enjoyed  by  the  people  in  all  parts 
of  the  country.  • 

Table  XXVII.     Population  of  the  principal  tovma. 


New  York 

123,700 

Norfolk 

Philadelphia 

108,100 

Alexandria 

Baltimore 

62,700 

SavannaJi 

Boston 

43,300 

Georgetown 

New  Orleans 

27,200 

Portsmouth 

Charleston 

24,800 

Newport 

Washington 

13,200 

Pittsburg 

Salem 

12,700 

New  Haven 

Albany 

12,600 

Newburyport 

Richmond 

12,000 

Lancaster 

Providence 

11,800 

Newark 

Cincinnati 

9,600 

Lexington 

Portland 

8,600 

Wilmington 

Table  XXVIII. 

The  shipping  of  the  14,  prii 

Tons. 

New  York 

236,000 

Portland 

Boston 

144,000 

Charleston 

Philadelphia 

84,000 

Nantucket 

Baltimore 

71,000 

Portsmouth 

New  Orleans 

49,000 

Norfolk 

Salem 

35,000 

Newburyport 

New  Bedford 

35,000 

Providenc© 

8,500 
8,200 
7,500 
7,400 
7,300 
7,300 
7,200 
7,100 
6,900 
6,700 
6,500 
6,300 
6,300 


Tons. 
34,000 
32,000 
30,000 
24,000 
22,000 
21,000 
20,000 


198        TABULAR  VIEWS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

Table  XXIX.     Showing-  the  number  of  congregations  of  the  prin* 
oipal  religious  denominations. 
Congregations.  Congregations, 

Baptists  3,298     German  Calvinists  400 

Methodists  1,875     Dutch  Reformed  150 

Presbyterians  1,414     Associate,  and  other    )  ^-^ 

Congregationalists  1,200         Presbyterians  $ 

German  Lutherans  650     Universalists  200 

Friends,  or  Quakers  525     Roman  Catholics  90 

Episcopalians  500     Moravians  50 

J^ote  1.  There  are  some  Shakers^  Tunkersy  Mennonists^  members  ol 
the  JVew  Jerusalem  churchy  and  Jews. 

Jfote  2.  The  Baptists  and  Methodists  are  found  in  all  parts  of  the 
union ;  the  Congregationalists  chiefly  in  New  England ;  the  Presbyte- 
rians mostly  in  the  middle,  southern,  and  western  states ;  the  Catholics 
chiefly  in  Maryland  and  Louisiana ;  the  German  Lutherans^  Dutch  Re 
formed^  Associate  Presbyterians^  German  Calvinists^  ^uakers^  and  Mo 
ravians^  principally  in  the  middle  states. 

JVb/e  3.  The  Congregationalists  have  theological  seminaries  at  Bangor^ 
Me.,  Andover  and  Cambridge^  Mass.,  and  JVez^jFZai'en,  Ct.  \  the  Presby- 
terians at  Auburn.,  N.  Y.,  Princeton.,  N.  J.,  and  in  Tennessee  ;  the  Bap- 
tists at  Waterville.,  Me.,  Hamilton.,  N.  Y.,  and  W'ashinglon.,  Col. ;  the 
Dutch  Reformed  at  New  Brunswick-^  N.  J.  ;  the  Episcopalians  in  JVcw 
York  city. 

Kott  4.  The  above  statements  have  been  derived  principally  from 
official  reports,  some  of  which,  however,  are  imperfect. 

Table  XXX.  Showing-  the  dale  of  incorporation,  number  of  pro- 
fessors, number  of  students  or  under-graduates  in  1823-4,  and  the 
number  of  volumes  contained  in  the  libraries  of  the  principal  Col- 
leges in  the  United  States. 


Colleges 

Place. 

Incor. 

Prof. 

Stud. 

Vols. 

Harvard, 

Cambridge,  Mass. 

1638 

15 

267 

25,000 

Yale, 

Jfew  Haven,  Ct. 

1700 

6 

374 

7,000 

New  Jersey, 

Princeton,  N.  J. 

1738 

3 

127 

8,000 

Columbia, 

New  York,  N.  Y. 

1754 

4 

123 

4,000 

Brown, 

Providence,  R.  1 

1764 

4 

154 

6,000 

Dartmouth, 

Hanover,  JV*.  H. 

1769 

5 

141 

6,000 

Hampden  Sidney,  Virginia. 

1774 

2 

104 

1,000 

Dickinson, 

Carlisle,  Pa. 

1783 

3 

75 

3,000 

Franklin, 

Athens,  Geo. 

1784 

3 

120 

2,000 

Vermont, 

Burlington,  Vt. 

1791 

2 

53 

1,000 

Williams, 

Williamstown,  Mass. 

1793 

2 

118 

1,500 

North  Carolina, 

Chapel  Hill,  JV.  C. 

1793 

4 

160 

2,000 

Union, 

Schenectady,  JV.  Y. 

1794 

4 

209 

5,000 

Bowdoin, 

Brunswick,  Me. 

1794 

2 

123 

6,000 

Transylvania, 

Lexington,  Ken. 

1798 

5 

138 

«,000 

Middlebury, 

Middlebury,  Ft. 

X800 

4 

85 

1,200 

S.  Carolina, 

Columbia,  S.  C. 

1802 

4 

120 

5,000 

Hamilton, 

Clinton,  JV.  Y. 

1812 

3 

107 

2,000 

Washington, 

Lexington,  Va. 

1813 

2 

60 

2,000 

Columbian, 

Washington,  Col. 

1821 

5 

62 

Amherst, 

Amherst,  Mass. 

3 

126 

1,000 

TABULAR  VIEWS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.         193 


JVo/e  1.  There  are  fnedical  schools  connected  with  the  colleges  at  Cam-' 
bridge,  New  Haven,  New  York,  Hanover,  Burling-ton,  Brunswick,  and 
Lexington,  Ken.  but  the  medical  professors  and  students  are  not  included 
in  the  table.  There  are  also  flourishing  medical  schools  in  Philadelphia 
and  Baltimore,  and  in  Fairfield,  N.  Y. 

JVo/e  2.  There  are  theological  schools  connected  with  the  colleges  at 
Cambridge,  New  Haven,  and  Washington. 

jYo/e  3.  About  30  more  colleges  in  addition  to  those  above  enumerated, 
have  been  incorporated  in  the  United  States ;  some  of  them  flourishing 


Table  XXXI.     The  principal  Libraries. 


Cambridge  University  25,000 

Philadelphia  Library  22,000 

Boston  Athenaeum  16,000 

New  York  Library  16,000 

Charleston  Library  13,000 

Baltimore  10,000 

Washington,  National  8,000 

Princeton  College  8,000 

Boston  Library  8,000 

Yale  College  7,000 
Am.  Antiquarian,  Worcester  7,000 

Georgetown  College  6,000 
17 


Transylvania  University 
Bowdoin  College 
Dartmouth  College 
Appren.  Library,  N.  Y. 
Lexington  Library 
Princeton  Theo.  Sem. 
Brown  University 
Salem  Athenaeum 
Andover  Theo.  Sem. 
Union  College 
New  York  Hist.  Soc. 
S.  C.  CoL  Columbia 


6,000 
6,000 
6,000 
6,000 
6,000 
6,000 
5,000 
6,000 
5,000 
5,000 
6,000 
5,000 


«*«4 


TABULAR  VIEWS  OF  EUROPE. 


EUROPE. 


Table  I. 


Religion. 

Government.         Capitals. 

Greek  Church 

Monarchy            St.  Petersburg 

Lutheran 

Lim.  Monarchy  Stockholm 

Lutheran 

Monarchy            Copenhagen 

Protestant 

Monarchy            Berlin 

Protestant 

Lim.  Monarchy  London 

Prot.  &  Cath. 

Lim.  Monarchy  Amsterdam 

Prot.  &  Cath. 

Republic              Berne 

Lutheran 

Lira.  Monarchy  Hanover 

Lutheran 

Lim.  Monarchy  Dresden 

Lutheran 
-J 

Lim.  Monarchy  Stuttgard 

i  Protestant 

Lim.  Monarchy   Frankfort 

Catholic 

Lim.  Monarchy  Munich 

Catholic 

Monarchy            Vienna 

Catholic 

Lim.  Monarchy  Paris 

Catholic 

Monarchy            Madrid 

Catholic 

Monarchy            Lisbon 

Catholic 

Monarchy            Turin 

Catholic 

Monarchy            Naples 

i  Catholic 

Monarchy            Rome 

I  Catholic 

Monarchy             Parma 

Greek  Church 

Republic               Corfu 

Mahometan 

Despotism            Constantinople 

Russia 

Sweden 

Denmark 

Prussia 

Great  Britain 

Netherlands 

Switzerland 

Hanover 

Saxony 

Wurtemberg 

German  Small 

States 
Bavaria 
Austria 
France 
Spain 
Portugal 
Sardinia 
Naples 
Rtates   of    the 

Church 
Italian  Small 

States 
Ionian  Islands 
Turkey 

J^ote  1.  The  'prevailing^  or  established  religion  in  each  of  the 
countries  of  Europe,  is  the  one  above  specified  in  the  table ;  but  in 
some  of  the  Protestant  countries,  especially  Prussia  and  the  British 
dominions^  particularly  in  Ireland^  there  are  many  Catholics ;  and 
in  several  of  the  Catholic  countries,  especially  Bavaria^  France^ 
and  the  Austrian  dominions^  particularly  in  Hungary^  there  are  many 
Protestants.  In  Russia  there  is  a  considerable  number  of  Catholics 
and  Protestants.  In  Turkey,  though  the  established  religion  is  J\Ia- 
hometanism,  yet  about  two  thirds  of  the  people  are  christians  of  the 
Greek  churrJi. 

jSTote  2.  The  small  states  of  Germany  are  mostly  Protestant. 
See  page  119.     The  Lutherans  form  one  class  of  Protestants. 

J^ote  3.  The  most  despotic  government  in  Europe  is  that  of 
Turkey.  In  almost  all  the  other  countries,  the  power  of  the  mon- 
arch is  more  or  less  limited  by  constitutional  provisions.  Among 
the  monarchies  under  which  the  subjects  enjoy  the  most  freedom, 
are  Great  Britain,  France,  and  the  Netherlands. 


TABULAR  VIEWS  OF  EUROPE. 


19% 


J^ote  4.  The  political  condition  of  a  great  part  of  the  inhabi- 
tants of  Europe,  has  been  improved  since  the  French  revolution.  In 
several  countries  the  g^overnment  has  been  changed  from  absolute, 
to  limited  or  constitutional  monarchy.  Relig-ious  toleration  is  also 
much  more  extensively  admitted  than  formerly.  Ecclesiastical  es- 
tablishments have,  in  several  instances,  been  rendered  less  oppres- 
sive ;  the  number  of  Catholic  clerg-y  diminished,  and  their  income 
reduced. 

J^ote  5.  The  peasantry  or  labouring-  class  of  most  countries  of 
Europe,  are  still  in  an  oppressed  condition,  living  in  ignorance  and 
poverty,  without  political  privileges.  In  Russia  and  Poland  es- 
pecially, they  are  in  a  state  of  miserable  servitude,  being  bought 
and  sold  with  the  land  which  they  cultivate. 


Table  II.     Showing  the  population^  square  miles,  and  population 
to  a  square  mile  of  the  European  States. 


Population. 

Square  miles. 

Pop.  to  sq.  m. 

Russia 

40,000,000 

Russia 

1,500,000 

Netherlands 

226 

France 

29,200,000 

Sweden 

342,000 

Great  Britain 

180 

Austria 

28,200,000 

Austria 

255,000 

Wurtemberg 

179 

Great  Britain 

21,300,000 

France 

215,000 

Baden 

172 

Spain 

11,200,000 

Turkey 

190,000 

States  of  the  ) 
Church      \ 

171 

Prussia 

10,300,000 

Spain 

180,000 

Turkey 

9,600,000 

Great  Britain 

118,000 

Saxony 

160 

Naples 

6,700,000 

Prussia 

108,000 

Naples 

156 

Netherlands 

5,200,000 

Denmark 

61,000 

Tuscany 

150 

Sardinia 

4,000,000 

Naples 

43,000 

Sardinia 

143 

Bavaria 

3,500,000 

Portugal 

35,000 

France 

137 

Sweden 

3,500,000 

Bavaria 

30,000 

Bavaria 

117 

Portugal 

3,200,000 

Sardinia 

28,000 

Austria 

110 

State.3  of  the 

I  2,400,000 

Netherlands 

23,000 

Prussia 

95 

Church 

Switzerland 

18,000 

Switzerland 

94 

Denmark 

1,700,000 

Hanover 

15,000 

Portugal 

91 

Switzerland 

1,700,000 

States  of  the ; 
Church        , 

14,000 

Hanover 

83 

Wurtemberg 

1,400,000 

Spain 

62 

Hanover 

1,300,000 

Tuscany 

8,000 

Turkey 

60 

Saxony 

1,200,000 

Wqftemberg 

7,800 

Denmark 

28 

Tuscanj 

1,200,000 

Saxony 

7,500 

Russia 

26 

Baden 

1,000,000 

Baden 

5,800 

Sweden 

10 

Ionian  Island 

5       200,000 

German 
Small  States 

I  4,300,000 

Italian  Sm.  States  900,000 

J^^ole.  In  the  table  are  included  the  population  and  square  miles  con- 
tained m  the  European  dominions  of  the  several  states  of  Europe  :  for 
example,  Sweden  includes  Norway,  and  Russia  the  kingdom  of  Poland, 
but  not  Asiatic  Russia. 


196 


TABULAR  VIEWS  OF  EUROPE. 


Table  m.     Showinpr  the  extent  and  population  of  the  different  divit 
ions  of  several  of  the  European  States. 


Sweden 
Norway 


Sweden. 

Sq.  m.  Populaiion. 
182,000  2,558,000 
160,000  905,000 


Total 


Denmark,  Danish 

Islands,  Holstein 
Iceland 


342,000         3,463,000 
Denmark. 


40,000 


1,670,000 
49,000 


Total 


61,000         1,719,000 
Great  Brftain. 


Eng^land 
Wales 
Scotland 
Ireland 


50,000 

8,000 

30,000 

30,000 


11,261,000 

717,000 

2,092,000 

6,847,000 


Total 


118,000        20,917,000 
Austria. 


German  dominions 
Polish  dominions 
Hungary,  &c. 
Transylvania 
Italian  dominions 


81,000 
33,000 
100,000 
22,000 
18,000 


9,482,000 
3,750,000 
9,000,000 
1,797,000 
4,121,000 


Total 


254,000       28,150,000 
Sardinia. 


Piedmont,  &c. 
Genoa 
Savoy 
Sardinia,  island 


Naples 
Sicily 


12,100 
2,400 
3,800 
9,100 


2,396,000 

%34,000 

450,000 

520,000 


Total        27,400        4,000,000 
Naples,  or  the  Two  Sicilies. 


31,000 
12,000 


5,050,000 
1,713,000 


Pop.  to  sq.  m 
14 

5,6 


76 
1 


225 
89,6 
70 

228 


116 
113 
90 
81 


200 

264 

118 

56 


160 
143 


Total        33,000         6,763,000 


TABULAR  VIEWS  OF  EUROPE. 


193 


JSTote.  1.     The  population  of  the  British  dominions  is  given,  exclu 
siyely  of  the  arinj'  and  navy. 

JVbfe  2.  In  the  extent  and  population  of  Hungary  are  included 
also  those  of  Sclavonia,  Croatia,  Austrian  Dalmatia,  and  some  mill 
tary  districts.  There  are  military  districts  also  attached  to  Tran 
sylvan  ia. 


Table  IV.     The  revenue^  public  debt  and  military  force  of  the  Eu 
ropean  States. 


Revenue 

Public  Debt 

in  Dolls. 

in  Dolls. 

Great  Britain  240,000,000 

Great  Britain 

3,716,000,000 

France 

159,000,000 

F' ranee 

680,000,000 

Russia 

114,000,000 

Netherlands 

621,000,000 

Austria 

85,000,000 

Austria 

363,000,000 

Spain 

37,000,000 

Russia 

349,000,000 

Netherlands 

31,450,000 

Spain 

320,000,000 

Prussia 

30,300,000 

Prussia 

230,000,000 

Turkey 

14,000,000 

Portug;al 

55,000,000 

Naples 

11,200,000 

States"  CHurch 

55,000,000 

Bavaria 

9,300,000 

Denmark 

49,700,000 

Sardinia 

8,400,000 

Bavaria 

46,000,000 

Wurteraberg 

7,450,000 

Sweden 

28,000,000 

Sweden 

7,000,000 

Saxony 

20,400,000 

Denmark 

7,000,000 

VVurtemberg 

14,000,000 

Portugal 

7,000,000 

Baden 

10,250,000 

Saxony 

6,000,000 

Hanover 

9,300,000 

Hanover 

4,500,000 

Switzerland 

580,000 

states  Church 

3,700,000 

Turkey 

None 

Baden 

2,630,000 

Tuscany 

2,230,000 

Switzerland 

100,000 

Russia 

Austria 

France 

Turkey 

Spain 

Great  Britain 

Prussia 

Netherlands 

Naples 

Portugal 

Sweden 

Bavaria 

Denmark 

Sardinia 

Switzerland 

Saxony 

Hanover 

Wurtemberg 

Baden 

States  Church 

Tuscany 


Army. 

630,000 

290,000 

250,000 

200,000 

153,000 

133,000 

120,000 

60,000 

60,000 

49,000 

48,000 

46,000 

38,000 

33,000 

32,000 

20,000 

20,000 

14,000 

10,(M)0 

4,000 

3,000 


iKote.  The  debt  of  England  is  equal  to  upwards  of  15  times  its  rev- 
enue, and  is  greater  than  that  of  all  the  other  countries  of  Europe  put 
together.  The  debt  of  the  Netherlands  is  also  very  great  for  a  coun- 
try of  so  small  extent. 


Table  V. 


Population  of  those  cities  in  Europe,  which  contain 
100,000  inhabitants,  or  upwards. 


London 

Paris 

Constantinople 

Naples 

St.  Petersburg 

Vienna 

Moscov 

Lisbon 

Amsterdam 


1,225,000 

Dublin 

188,000 

Liverpool       1 1 9,000 

714,000 

Berlin 

188,000 

Lyons              115,000 

500,000 

Madrid 

180,000 

Barcelona      111,000 

330,000 

Glasgow 

147,000 

Venice             110,000 

285,000 

Palermo 

140,000 

Marseilles       110,000 

264,000 

Edinburgh 

137,000 

Hamburgh      107,000 

250,000 

Manchester 

134,000 

Birmingham  107,000 

240,000 

Rome 

131,000 

Copenhagen  100,000 

220,000 

Milan 

130,000 

Adrianople     100,000 

17* 

198  TABULAR  VIEWS  OF  EUROPE. 

Table  VI.     ShoTving-  the  foreign  possessions  of  European  nations. 

Population. 
'In  Europe;  Malta,  Gibraltar,  Heligoland  107,000 

In  J^''orth  America  /  Canada,  New  Britain,  Nova  Sco-  >      ^^4  qqa 

tia,  New  Brunswick,  Newfoundland,  Bermudas  \  ' 

In  the  West  Indies  ;  Jamaica,  Barbadoes,  Antigua,         )      -gQ  qqq 

Dominica,  Grenada,  Trinidad,  Bahamas,  &c.  S  ' 

In  South  America  ;  Part  of  Guiana  100,000 

In  Africa  ;  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  Sierra  Leone,  Ba-  )  ,  on  (\c\r\ 

thurst,  Mauritius,  St.  Helena  \  1«".""" 

In  Asia  ;  Hindoostan,  Ceylon,  part  of  Sumatra,  and  >     rr  nnn  c\f\(\ 

part  of  New  Holland  \     ^^-^^^^^^^^ 


Total  56,931,000 

rin  the  West  Indies  ;  Cuba  and  Porto  Rico  750,00a 

.   I  In  Africa ;  Canary  islands  180,000 

£    S  In  Asia  ;  Philippine  and  Marian  islands  1,750,000 

^   I  Formerly  in  North  America  ;  Mexico,  Guatimala  8,500,000 

^      Formerly  in  South  America  ;  New  Grenada,  Carac-  )     «  « .^  c\c\c\ 

y     cas,  Peru,  Chili,  Buenos  Ayres^  \     7,^4U,UUU 

Total  18,420,000 

:j  f  In  South  America  ;  Brazil  3,000,000 

g  J  In  Africa  ;  Madeira,  Azores,  Cape  Verd  islands,  )  .^^  ^^ 

H  j      Guinea  islands,  Angola,  Mozambique                  \  ou,uuu 

o  (  In  Asia  ;  Goa,  Macao,  &c.  150,000 


u* 


Total  3,610,000 

i    .  (  In  the  West  Indies  ;  St.  Eustatia,  Curocoa,  St.  )  q^.  ^^.^ 

K  S  )      Martin                                                                     S  ^'^^ 

£  5  j  In  South  America  ;  Surinam  110,000 

£  »5  (  In  Asia  ;  Java,  Moluccas  or  Spice  islands  1,376,000 

Total  1,521,000 

.  the  West  Indies  ;  Martinique,  Guadaloupe,  Ma-  )  -,<,„  ,^- 

riegalante                                                                    5  -2^xl,00U 

^  J  In  N.  America  ;  St.  Pierre  and  Miquelon  islands  2,000 

<   \\h  S.  America  ;  Cayenne,  or  French  Guiana  35,000 

^   j  In  Africa  ;  Bourbon,  Senegal,  Goree,  &c.  92,000 

(^  In  Asia  ;  Pondicherry,  Mahe,  Karikal,  Chandernagore  50,000 


Total  401,000 

In  the  West  Indies  ;  Santa  Cruz,  St.  Thomas  34,000 

DEif  MARK.  { In  JV.  America  ;  Greenland  20,000 

Asia  ;  Tranquebar,  Serampore,  &c.  30,000 


CIn 
\\n 
(In 


Total  84,000 

Sweden.     In  the  West  Indies  ;  St.  Bartholomew  8,000 


TABULAR  VIEWS  OF  EUROPE. 


199 


J^ote  1.  Russia  and  Turkey  lie  partly  in  Europe  and  partly  in  Asia. 
Russia  has  some  settlements  in  the  north-west  part  of  America,  and 
Turkey  claims  the  sovereignty  of  Egypt. 

JV*o/e  2.  All  the  Spanish  provinces  on  the  continent  of  America,  and 
Brazil  also,  have  declared  themselves  independent. 


Table  VII.     Showing  the  number  of  volumes  contained  in  some 
of  the  principal  libraries  in  Europe. 


rols. 

Rome,  Vatican  500,000 

Paris,  Royal  370,000 

Vienna,  Imperial  300,000 

Petersburg,  Imperial  300,000 

Oxford,  Bodleian  300,000 

Munich,  Royal  300,000 

Gotting-en,  Univ.  280,000 

Copenhagen,  Royal  270,000 

Dresden,  Royal  250,000 

Berlin,  Royal  200,000 

Wolfenbuttel  200,000 

London,  British  Jtfw.  180,000 

Stuttgard  170,000 

Bologna  160,000 

Paris,  Arsenal  150,000 

Prague,  Univ.  130,000 

Madrid,  Royal  130,000 


Vols. 


Escurial 

130,000 

Brussels 

120,000 

Paris,  St.  Genevieve 

110,000 

Vienna,  University 

108,000 

Lyons 

106,000 

Bourdeaux 

105,000 

Gratz 

105,000 

Paris,  Pantheon 

102,000 

Milan,  Ambrosian 

100,000 

Hamburg 

100,000 

Cambridge,  Univ 

100,000 

Frankfort 

100,000 

Weimar 

100,000 

Breslau 

100,000 

Erlangen 

100,000 

Padua 

100,000 

Table   VIII.     Universities.     Europe    contains   about  60  Catholic 
universities ;  30  Protestant,  and  6  of  the  Greek  church. 

The  following  are  some  of  the  principal  Protestant  universities. 


Upsal 

Copenhagen 

Oxford 

Cambridge 

Edinburgh 

Glasgow 


Sweden. 
Denmark. 

England. 
Scotland. 


Dublin 

Leyden,  Utrecht, 
Gottingen,  Halle, 
Jena,  Leipsic, 
Heidelberg,  Marburg, 
Tubingen,  Berlin 


Ireland. 
Holland. 


Germany, 


The  following  are  some  of  the  principal  Cathaiia  universities. 


Paris 
Vienna 
Prague 
Frey  burgh 
Landshut 


France. 
>  Germany. 


Louvain 
Salamanca 
Padua,  Pavia, 
Bologna,  Pisa, 
Turin,  Parma 


Netherlands, 
Spain. 

Italy. 


200 


ASIA. 


Table  IX. 


The  inhabitants  of  Europe  classed  according-  to  their 
race  or  descent. 


Pohs^  \ 
I,  Sola-  f 
'hians^  r 


1.  Roman  nations,  comprising-  the  French^  Italians^  ) 

Spaniards^  Portuguese^  and  Walachians  \ 

2.  Teutonic  or    German  nations,  consisting^  of  the 

Germans^  Dutch^  Walloons^  English^  Danes, 
Norwegians,  and  Suedes 

3.  Sclavonian  nations,  comprising-  the  Russians,  Pohs, 

Lithuanians,  Livonians,Wendish,Tschecktn, 
vonians,  Croats,  Rasciam,  Servians,  Morlachians, 
Bosnians,  &c. 

4.  Caledonians  or  Celts 

5.  Tartars,  comprising  the  Turks  and  Bulgarians 

6.  Magg^arians,  Magyars,  or  Hungarians 

7.  Greeks 

8.  Finnish  nations,  FirUanders  and  Esthomans 

9.  Kimri  or  Low  Bretons 

10.  Jews 

11.  Basques 

12.  Gypsies 

13.  Arnauts 

14.  Armenians 

15.  Maltese 


66,600,000 
55,000,000 

45,200,000 

3,518,000 

3,500,000 

3,100,000 

2,022,000 

1,761,000 

1,610,000 

1,780,000 

622,000 

313,000 

294,000 

132,000 

88,000 


JVo/e.  The  languages  spoken  by  the  first  class,  viz.  the  French,  Ital- 
ians, Spanish,  and  Portuguese,  are  derived  from  the  ancient  Latin. 
Those  spoken  by  the  second  class,  viz.  the  Oerman,  Dutch,  English, 
Danish,  J\''orwegian,  and  Swedish,  are  derived  from  the  Teutonic  ;  and 
those  spoken  by  the  third  class,  viz.  the  Russian,  Polish,  Bohemian, 
Wendish^  &c.  are  derived  from  the  Sclavonic. 


ASIA. 


Table  I. 


Population  and  extent  of  some  of  the  principal  countries 
of  Asia. 


Pop. 

Population. 

Sq.  miles. 

to  sq.  m. 

Chief  cities. 

China  Proper 

160,000,000 

1,300,000 

123 

Pekin 

Hindoostan 

100,000,000 

1,350,000 

74 

Calcutta 

Farther  India 

30,000,000 

800,000 

37i 

Ummerapoora 

Japan 

20,000,000 

182,000 

109 

Jeddo 

Persia 

15,000,000 

500,000 

30 

Ispahan 

Turkey  in  Asia 

10,000,000 

500,000 

20 

Aleppo 

Russia  in  Asia 

10,000,000 

6,000,000 

n 

Astrachan 

Arabia 

10,000,000 

1,000,000 

10 

Mecca 

J^ote.    The  population  of  Asia  is  very  uncertain,  and  is  variously  esti- 
mated from  240  to  600  millions.     Some  state  the  population  of  China  at 


AFRICA. 


201 


333,000,000.     In  the  table  the  population  of  Chinese  Tartary,  Indepen* 
dent  Tartary,  &c.,  and  of  most  of  the  Asiatic  islands,  is  not  included 


Table  II.     PopukUion  of  some  of  the  principal  cities  of  Asia, 


Cities. 

Pekin 

Nankin 

Canton 


Pop. 
2,000,000 
1,500,000 
1,000,000 


Cities. 

Jeddo 

Calcutta 

Benares 


Pop. 
1,000,000 
650,000 
580,000 


Cities. 

Surat 

Madras 

Aleppo 


Pop^ 

500,000 
300,000 
250,000 


J^ote.     The  population  of  most  of  the  large  cities  of  Asia  has  never 
been  correctly  ascertained.     The  estimates  of  travellers  arc  uncertain, 
and  often  exaggerated.     Some  state  the  population  of  Pekin  at  3  mil 
lions,  but  others  think  it  less  populous  than  London. 


AFRICA. 

Table  1.    Population  and  extent  of  some  of  the  countries  of  Africa. 


Country. 

>>  ^  (  Morocco 

e  2  ^Algiers 
'11  )  Tunis 
f§^  (Tripoli 
Egypt 
Abyssinia 


Population. 
5,000,000 
2,000,000 
1,500,000 
1,500,000 
2,500,000 
2,000,000 


Sq.  miles. 
290,000 
90,000 
72,000 
180,000 
120,000 
450,000 


Pop. 
to  sq.  m. 

17 

22 
21 

78 
21 

4i 


Capitals, 
Morocco 
Algiers 
Tunis 
Tripoli 
Cairo 
Gondar 


Table  II.     Population  of  some  of  the  ciiiefi  of  Africa. 


Cities. 

Cairo 

Algiers 

Tunis 

Fez 


Pop. 
300,000 
120,000 
120,000 
100,000 


Cities. 

Constantina 
Gondar 
Morocco 
Tripoli 


Pop. 

100,000 
50,000 
50,000 
25,000 


JVo<e.  The  above  statements  of  the  population  of  several  of  the 
countries  and  cities  of  Africa,  are  founded  mostly  on  the  doubtful 
estimates  of  travellers.  A  great  part  of  Africa  is  entirely  unknown, 
and  the  total  amount  of  its  population  is  very  uncertain.  Some  esti- 
mate it  as  high  as  150  millions ;  and  some  reduce  it  to  30  millions. 


tm 


TABULAR  VIEWS  OF  THE  EARTH. 


THE  EARTH. 


Table  I.     Temperature. 

The  second  column  exhibits  the  mean  temperature  at  the  level  of 
the  sea  in  the  successive  latitudes ;  the  third  shows  the  height  of 
perpetual  congelation,  or  the  elevation  at  which  water  freezes 
throughout  the  year. 


iMiitude.        Mean  temperature. 


Perpetual  congelation. 


0 

84  2 

15,207 

10 

82  6 

14,764 

20 

78  1 

13,478 

30 

71   1 

11,484 

40 

62  6 

9,001 

50 

53  6 

6,334 

60 

45  0 

3,818 

70 

38  1 

1,778 

80 

33  6 

457 

90 

32  0 

0 

J^ote.     Mountains  which  rise  above  the  point  of  perpetual  con- 
gelation, are  covered  with  snow  and  ice  throughout  the  year. 


Table  n.    Mean  temperature  of  several  places. 
Eastern  Continent.  America. 


Lat. 

Tern. 

Lai. 

Tern. 

o 

o 

o 

o 

North  Cape 

71 

32 

Fort  Churchill 

59  02 

25 

Drontheim 

63  24 

39  9 

Nain 

47  0 

26  4 

St.  Petersburg 

54  56 

38  8 

Quebec 

46  47 

41  9 

Edinburgh 

55  67 

47  8 

Brunswick,  Me. 

43  53 

41  7 

London 

51  30 

50  3 

Cambridge 

42  23 

48  6 

Paris 

48  50 

51 

New  York 

40  43 

53  7 

Rome 

41  53 

60  4 

Philadelphia 

39  57 

53  4 

Pekin 

39  54 

54 

Cincinnati 

39  06 

54  2 

Algiers 

36  48 

70 

Natchez 

31  28 

64  7 

Cairo 

30  02 

72  3 

Havannah 

23  10 

78 

Canton 

23  19 

75 

Vera  Cruz 

19  11 

77  7 

Madras 

13  05 

80  4 

Cumana 

10  27 

81  8 

Batavia 

6  12  S. 

80  4 

Quito 

0  13  S. 

62 

J^ote.  By  comparing  the  statements  in  this  table,  it  will  be  seen  that 
places  on  the  eastern  continent  are  warmer,  that  is,  have  a  higher  tem- 
perature, than  places  in  similar  latitudes  in  America. 


TABULAR  VIEWS  OF  THE  EARTH. 
Tasle  III.     Heights  of  Mountains  in  America. 
Mountains. 


Chimborazo,  highest  peak  of  the  Andes^ 

Miste,  near  Arequipa^ 

Cotopaxi,  hightst  volcano^ 

Mount  St.  Ellas,  highest  in  JV.  America, 

Popocatepetl,  highest  mountain  in 

Fairweather  mountain,  JV.  America, 

Rocky  mountains,  highest  in  U.  S. 

Blue  mountain 

White  mountains,  highest  in  Eastern  States, 

Mansfield  mt.  highest  of  the  Green  mts. 

Saddle  mountain,  highest  in 

Otter  Peak,  highest  in  the  Blue  Ridge, 

Round  Top,  highest  of  the  Catskill  mountains, 


203 


Table  IV.     Mountains  in  Europe 


Mont  Blanc,  highest  sum^mit  of  the  Alps, 

Mont  Rosa,  second  highest  of  the  Alps, 

Ortler,  highest  in  the  Austrian  empire, 

Mulahacen,  highest  of  Sierra  Nevada 

Mont  Perdu,  highest  of  the  Pyrenees, 

Etna,  highest  volcano  in  Europe, 

Gran  Sasso,  highest  of  the  Apennines, 

Lomnitz,  highest  of  the  Carpathians, 

Sneehatta,  highest  of  the  Dofrefield  mts. 

Parnassus,  highest  in  Greece, 

Ural,  highest  sum,m,it, 

Olympus,  famous  in  ancient  fable, 

Hecla,  a  volcano, 

Ben  Nevis,  highest  in  Great  Britain, 

Montserrat, 

Vesuvius,  a  volcano, 

Snowdon,  highest  in  Wales, 

Brocken,  one  of  the  Hartz  mountains, 

Stromboli,  a  volcano, 

Table  V.     Mountaim 

Dholagir,  highest  of  the  Himmaleh  mis. 

Mouna  Kaah, 

Elburus,  highest  of  the  Caucasian  mts. 

Mount  Ophir, 

Kalitzkoi,  one  of  the  highest  of  the  Altai, 

Lebanon 

Ararat 

Hermon 

Olympus 

Gargarus,  a  summit  of  Ida, 

Ghauts 


Country. 

Height 

in  feet. 

Colombia 

21,440 

Peru 

20,328 

Colombia 

18,891 

N.  W.  Coast 

17,850 

Mexico 

17,710 

N.  W.  Coast 

14,900 

Missouri  Ter. 

12,000 

Jamaica 

7,271 

New  Hampshire 

6,234 

Vermont 

4,279 

Massachusetts 

4,000 

Virginia 

3,950 

New  York 

3,804 

Europe. 

Savoy 

15,680 

Piedmont 

15,552 

Tyrol 

15,430 

Spain 

11,801 

France 

11,283 

Sicily 

10,950 

Italy 

8,791 

Hungary 

8,640 

Norway 

8,115 

Greece 

7,000 

Russia 

6,780 

Greece 

6,522 

Iceland 

5,000 

Scotland 

4,387 

Spain 

3,937 

Naples 

3,731 

Wales 

3,571 

-Germany 

3,486 

Mediterranean 

2,684 

I  Asia. 

Thibet 

25,669 

Owhyhee 

18,400 

Georgia 

17,786 

Sumatra 

13,842 

Tartary 

10,730 

Syria 

9,535 

Armenia 

9,500 

Syria 

8,949 

Natolia 

6,500 

Natolia 

4,960 

Hiudoostan 

4  000 

204  TABULAR  VIEWS  OF  THE  EARl*H. 

J^ote.     Dhdlagir  or  Dhawala-giri  is  supposed  to  be  the  highest  moun- 
tain on  the  globe.     Oae  measurement  maikes  its  elevation  28,015  feet 


Table  VI.  Mountains  in  Africa. 

Mountains,  Country.            Height 

in  feet. 

Atlas  Barbary                  13,200 

Teneriffe  Canary  Islands       12,358 

Pico  Azores  Islands          7,016 

Table  Mountain  C.  of  Good  Hope     4,000 


Table  VII.     Heights  of  inhabited  places. 


Feet, 

...      ^   i  hamlet  or  farm  house^  the  highest 
Antisana  J      inhabited  spot  on  the  globe, 

Colombia 

13,434 

Guanca  Velica,  town, 

Peru 

12,308 

Quito,  city, 

Colombia 

9,514 

Santa  F^  de  Bogota,  city, 

Colombia 

8,694 

Monastery  or  hospital  of  St.  Bernard,  high- 
est inhabited  spot  in  Europe, 

'  \   Switzerland 

8,038 

Arequipa,  city, 

Peru 

7,775 

Mexico,  city, 

Mexico 

7,470 

Puebla  de  los  Angelos,  city. 

Mexi'^o 

7,198 

Monastery  or  hospital  of  St.  Gothard, 

Switzerland 

6,807 

Brian9on,  town. 

France 

4,260 

St.  Ildefonso,  palace. 

Spain 

3,789 

Madrid,  city. 

Spain 

2,276 

Munich,  city, 

Bavaria 

1,765 

Geneva,  city, 

Switzerland 

1,220 

Table  VIH.    Heights  of  remarkable  edifices. 

Feet. 

Strasburg  cathedral,  France,  height  of  the  spire  574 

St.  Peter''s,  at  Rome,  height  to  the  top  of  the  cross  500 

Pyramid,  Cheops,  the  highest  one  499 

Antwerp  cathedral,  tower  466 

Vienna  cathedral,  tower  452 

St.  MichaePs  church,  Hamburg,  spire  425 

Salisbury  cathedral,  England,  spire  410 

Rouen  cathedral,  steeple  410 

Milan  cathedral,  dome  400 

Hotel  de  Ville  of  Brussels,  turret  364 

Florence  cathedral,  steeple  363 

St.  Paul's  cathedral,  London,  top  of  the  cross  340 

Jfofe.     St.  Peter^s  church  in  Rome,  St.  PauVs  in  London,  and  the  ca- 
thedral of  Milan,  are  accounted  the  three  finest  churches  in  Europe 


SCALE  OF  THE  HEIGHTS  OF  MOUNTAINS,  CITIES,  &c.  20fi( 


5 

4 
3 

2 
1 

Feet. 

26,000 

£ 

f 

51 

25,000 

0 

24,000 

•A 

23,000 

22,000 

4 

21,000 

Antisana 

20,000 

19,000 

/~i_i.-_    — • 

18,000 

St.  Elias 
Popocatepetl 

Antisana  Farm  House 

Guanca  Velica,  town 

17,000 

Mont  Blanc 

3 

16,000 

15,000 

Mont  Rosa 

14,000 

13,000 

12,000 

Teneriffe                S 

Mulahacen           ~ 

Pyrenees 

; 

Rocky  Mountains 
Lebanon 

11,000 

10,000 

Etna 

St.  Gothard 
Ararat 

9,000 

C^uito,   city 

Apennines 

8,000 

Dofrefield 
Parnassus 

7,000 

White  Mta. 

6,000 

llr^il 

~ 

Olympus 

.....      HrrK 

5,000 

4,000 

.    .     Ben  Nevis 

Cn.t3kill  MtT 

3,000 

Madrid,  city 

Wachusett 

Hin-hlandi    IV    Y 

2,000 

1,000 

...    Geneva,  city 
St.Peter's  church 

Pyramid 

500 

18 


206 


TABULAR  VIEWS  OF  THE  EARTH. 


Table  IX.     Length  of  some  of  the  largest  rivers. 
Rivers  of  America. 


Missouri 
Amazons 
Mississippi 
St.  Lawrence 
La  Plata 


Wolga 

Danube 

Dnieper 

Don 

Rhine 


Kian-Ku 

Hoang-Ho 

Mecon 

Oby 

Lena 

Ganges 


Miles. 
4,500 
4,000 
3,000 
2,000 
2,000 


Mackenzie. 
Del  Norte 
Orinoco 
Columbia 


Rivers  of  Europe^ 


2,500 
3,800 
1,000 
1,000 
700 


Dniester 
Elbe 
Dwina 
Rhone 


Rivers  of  Asia. 


2,500 
2,200 
2,000 
2,000 
2,000 
2,000 


Amur 

Enisei 

Burrampooter 

Euphrates 

Indus 

Irravraddj 


Miles. 
2,000 
2,000 
2,000 
1,500 


600 
500 
500 
500 


1,800 
1,700 
1,600 
1,500 
1,200 
1,000 


J^Tote.  The  length  of  most  of  these  rivers  has  never  been  ac- 
curately ascertained.  The  measurements  have  not  all  been  made 
on  uniform  principles ;  in  some  cases  following  more  nearly  the 
windings  of  the  streams  than  in  others.  The  real  length  of  the 
Kian-Ku^  following  its  windings,  is  almost  as  great  as  that  of  the 
Amazons. 


Table  X.     Length  of  some  of  the  largest  Lakes. 
Lakes  of  America* 


Superior 
Michigan 

490 
260 

Huron                2>8 
Erie                   230 

Lakes  of  Europe. 

Ontario 
Champlain 

190 
128 

liadoga 
Onega 

140 
130 

Wenner              80 
Wetter               70 

Geneva 
Constance 

46 
35 

Caspian 


650 


Inland  Seas  of  Asia,. 
Baikal  360 


Aral 


250 


TABULAR  VIEWS  OF  THE  EARTH. 


207 


Table  XI.     Showing  the  principal  exports  of  various  countries. 


Countries. 
J^ew  Britain  and 
Korth  West  Coast 
Canada^  J^ova  Scotia, 
JV*.  Brunswick 
J^Tewfoundland 
Hew  England 
Middle  States 
Southern  States 
Mexico 

Bay  of  Honduras 
West  Indies 

South  America 

Sweden  and  JSTorway 

Russia 
Germany 

Great  Britain 

Ireland 

J^etherlands 

France 

Spain  and  Portugal 

Italy 

Turkey 

Arabia 
Persia 
Hindoostan 

Asiatic  Islands 

China 
Japan 

Barbary  States 

Egypt 

Central,   Eastern,  Sf 

Western  Africa 
Medeira  Island 


Exports 
V  Furs,  peltry 

(  Timber,  fish,  furs,  grain,  pot  and  pearl  ashes. 

Cod-fish, 

Timber,  beef,  pork,  fish,  pot  and  pearl  ashes. 

Flour. 

Cotton,  also  rice  and  tobacco. 

Gold  and  silver. 

Logwood  and  mahogany. 

Sugar,  rum,  molasses,  coffee. 
C  Gold  and    silver  ;    also  sugar,  coffee,  cocoa, 
•?      cotton,  hides,  beef,  tallow,  copper ;   like- 
^      wise  diamonds  from  Brazil. 

Iron,  copper,  timber,  furs. 

Hemp,  iron,  linen,  timber,  furs,  tallow. 

Linens,  grain,  manufactures. 

<  Various  manufactures,  woollens,  cottons,  lin- 
\      ens,  hardware,  earthen  ware,  &c. 

Linens  and  provisions. 

Manufactures  of  linen,  wool,  &c. 

Silks,  woollens,  linens,  wine,  brandy. 

Silks,  wool,  wine,  oil,  fruits,  salt. 

Silks,  grain,  wine,  oil,  fruits,  marble. 
S  Carpets,  leather,  grain,  fruits,  cotton,  wine, 
\      oil. 

Coffee,  gum-arabic,  myrrh,  frankincense. 

Carpets,  wine,  silk, 

Cotton  goods,  silk,  rice,  indigo,  saltpetre,  &c. 

<  Pepper,   cloves,    nutmegs,  camphor,  coffee, 
(      ginger,  cinnamon. 

Tea,  silk,  nankins,  porcelain. 

Silks,  cottons,  Japan  ware,  porcelain. 
^  Leather,  gums,  fruits,  wax,  ostrich  feathers, 
\      hides. 

Grain,  fruits. 

<  Slaves,  gold,  ivory. 
Wine. 


Table  XII.     Showing  the  number  of  ships  of  the  line  of  the  princi 
pal  navies  in  the  world. 


Great  Britain  250 

France  68 

Spain  42 

Russia  32 


Netherlands 
Turkey 
Sweden 
United  States 


20 

18 

15 

9 


Portugal  8 

Denmark         3 
Naples  3 


fX)8  TABULAR  VIEWS  OF  THE  EARTH. 

JVbfe  1.  Ships  o^  the  line  carry  as  many  as  74  guns.  These  na 
vies  contain  also  many  frigates  and  smaller  vessels,  but  their  com- 
parative strength  is  nearly  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  the  ships 
of  the  line.  The  navy  of  Great  Britain  is  superior  to  all  the  other 
navies  of  the  world  taken  together. 

J^ote  2.  All  the  principal  navies  of  the  world  belong  to  Europe. 
The  navy  of  the  United  States  is  the  principal  one  in  America,  and 
the  small  navy  of  Algiers  is  the  principal  one  in  Africa.  The  Asiatic 
nations  have  fto  navies  of  importance. 

Table  XIII.     Language. 

Number  of  the  different  languages  and  dialects  spoken  on  the  globe, 
according  to  Adelung,  as  far  as  known. 

In  America                     ...  -          1,214 

—  Europe     -             -             -            -  -        -         545 

—  Asia  and  the  South  sea  islands             -  -           991 

—  Africa        -             -                          .  .        -       276 

Total  number  of  languages.  3,026 

J>fote.  The  languages  most  extensively  spoken  in  Europe  are  di- 
vided into  3  classes:  1.  Those  derived  from  the  Latin,  viz.  the 
French^  Italian,  Spanish^  and  Portuguese^  spoken  by  more  than  60 
millions  :  2.  Teutonic  languages,  viz.  the  German^  Dutch,  English, 
Danish,  Swedish,  and  JsTorwegian,  spoken  by  upwards  of  50  millions : 
3.  The  Sclavonic  languages,  viz.  the  Russian,  Polish,  &c.,  spoken  by 
more  than  40  millions. 

Table  XIV.     Human  Life. 

It  is  computed  that  the  number  of  deaths  throughout  the  globe, 
in  proportion  to  the  number  of  inhabitants,  is  nearly  as  1  to  33 ;  or 
that  the  number  of  deaths  in  33  years  is  equal  to  the  whole  number 
of  inhabitants.  If  we  compute  the  population  of  the  earth  at  700 
millions,  and  the  number  of  births  in  proportion  to  the  number  of 
inhabitants  as  1  to  29i,  and  deaths  as  1  to  33,  we  shall  have  the  fol- 
lowing results  nearly : 

Births.  Deaths. 

In  a  year  23,729,000  21,212,000 

In  a  day  65,000  58,000 

In  an  hour  2,700  2,400 

In  a  minute  45  40 

JVofe.  1.  According  to  this  calculation,  the  total  annual  increase 
of  the  population  of  the  globe,  were  it  not  checked  by  war  and  epi- 
demics, would  amount  to  2,517,000. 

J^^ote  2.  It  is  computed  that  tlie  proportion  of  male  children,  born 
m  Europe,  is  to  that  of  female,  as  21  to  20,  or  26  to  25  •  the  mor- 


TABULAR  VIEWS  OF  THE  EARTH.  209 

tality  is  also  greater  among"  male  children,  computed  in  the  propor- 
tion of  nearly  as  27  to  26  :  hence  it  follows,  that  at  the  age  of  15 
years,  the  equality  in  numbers  between  the  sexes  is  nearlj^  establish 
ed.  Afterwards  war  and  other  causes  of  the  destruction  of  human 
life,  which  fall  most  heavily  on  the  males,  occasion  the  difference  to 
be  reversed,  and  the  females  to  out-number  the  males. 

J^ote  3.  Such  are  the  frailty  and  uncertainty  of  human  life,  that 
nearly  one  quarter  of  those  who  are  born,  die  the  first  jear,  as 
many  as  one  third  the  first  3  years ,  and  only  about  one  in  ten  ar- 
rives at  the  age  of  70  years. 


Table  XV.  Showing  what  proportion  the  number  of  births, 
deaths^  and  marriages,  in  one  year,  in  several  countries,  bears  to 
the  number  of  inhabitants. 


Nurriber  of  persons  to  one 


Birth, 

Death, 

Marriage* 

Russia                                                      26 

58 

92 

Sweden                                                    30 

39 

Norway                                                 35 

49 

130 

Prussia                                                   20 

32 

England                                               33 

49 

120 

Wales                                                    37 

60 

136 

France                                                   25 

30 

110 

Mexico                                                    17 

30 

London 

201 

Vienna 

15  to  20 

Boston  and  Philadelphia 

40 

Agricultural  townships  in  New  Engbad 

80 

JVb/e  1.  The  above  statements  have  been  derived  from  goodauthoi- 
ities.  Some  of  them,  however,  have  not  been  formed  from  such  data, 
that  they  can  be  safely  considered  as  the  general  average  for  a  succes- 
sion of  years. 

JVb^e  2.  Dr.  Price  estimated  the  mortality  of  London  as  1  to  20f 
and  that  of  large  cities  generally,  as  1  to  19  or  1  to  22  or  23.  But  since 
the  time  of  Dr.  Price,  their  mortality  has  been,  in  a  degree,  diminished  by 
some  modern  improvements,  and  particularly  by  the  introduction  of  vac- 
cination. 

Note  3.  The  proportion  of  deaths  to  the  number  of  inhabitants,  is 
much  less  in  agricultural  districts,  than  in  the  crowded  population  of 
cities. 

Note  4.  From  the  table  it  appears  that  the  mortality  of  the  town- 
ships in  New  England  is  much  smaller  than  in  European  countries.  The 
statement  in  the  table  is  the  annual  average  of  40  townships  in  New 
Hampshire  and  Massachusetts,  the  observations  of  all  of  them  be:ng 
continued  for  several  years,  and  of  some  of  them  for  30  or  40  years. 

Note  5.  With  regard  to  Boston  and  Philadelphia,  the  average  of  5 
years  was  taken  relating  to  the  former,  and  of  7  years  with  respect  to 
the  latter. 

Note,  6.     In  every  country  the  annual  number  of  births  exceeds  that 
of  deaths,  unless  the  country  suffers  from  war  or  epidemics. 
18* 


210  TABULAR  VIEWS  OF  THE  EARTH 

J^ote  7.  If  we  suppose  the  population  of  England  to  be  11,261,000, 
and  the  births  and  deaths  in  the  proportions  stated  in  the  table,  the  an- 
nual number  of  births  will  be  241,242,  deaths  229,816  ;  annual  increase 
111,426.  The  annual  increase  of  Europe  is  estimated  at  upwards  of 
1,000,000 


Table  XVI.  Extent  and  -population  of  the  globe,  with  the  populalior 
to  a  square  mile. 


Sg.  m. 

Pofulaiton.           Pop.  to  sq.  m. 

America 

15,500,000 

35,000,000 

2 

Europe 

3,250,000 

192,000,000 

90 

Asia 

15,250,000 

400,000,000 

«6 

Africa 

11,000,000 

50,000,000 

4i 

Australasia,  &c. 

4,500,000 

3,000,000 

Total 

49,500,000 

680,000,000 

Sq.  miles. 

Land  on 

the  globe  about 

50,000,000 

Water 

148,000,000 

Total  surface 

198,000,000 

J^ote.  The  amount  of  the  population  of  the  globe  is  uncertain ; 
some  estimate  it  upwards  of  1,000,000,000,  and  some  reduce  it  to 
less  than  half  that  number. 

Table  XVII.     The  numbers  attached  to  the  different  religions 

Pagans  -             -                   320,000,000 

Christians  -               -            235,000,000 

Mahometans  -             -         120,000,000 

Jews         -  -             -                  5,000,000 


Total  680,000,000 

J^ote.  1.  Christians  are  distributed  into  three  general  divisiong, 
Roman  Catholics,  Protestants,  and  the  Greek  Church.  There  are 
also  Eutychian  Christians,  who  are  found  in  Armenia,  and  some 
other  parts  of  Asia,  likewise  in  Abyssinia  and  Egypt. — The  chief 
divisions  are  estimated  in  the  following  proportion  : 

Roman  Catholics  -  125,000,000 

Protestants  -  -  60,000,000 

Greek  Church,  &c.         -  50,000,000 

J^ote  2.  From  this  view,  it  appears  that  nearly  one  half  of  the 
mhabitants  of  the  globe,  are  still  in  the  darkness  of  Paganism;  more 
than  one  sixth  in  the  delusions  of  Mahometanism ;  and  but  a  little 
more  than  one  third  enjoy,  in  any  considerable  degree,  the  light  of 
the  Gospel. 


TABULAR  VIEWS  OF  THE  EARTH.  211 

Table  XVIII.  Exhibiting  a  view  of  the  Protestant  societies  en- 
gag-ed  in  supporting  missions  to  the  heathen,  with  the  date  of 
their  establishment. 

Country,  Ytar. 

Corporation  for  the  propagation  of  the  Gospel  )  Eng-land  1649 

in  New  England,  &c.  S 

Society  for  promoting  Christian  knowledge 
Society  for  propagating  the  Gospel 
Danish  Mission  College 
Moravian  Missionary  Society 
Wesleyan  Missionary  Society 
Baptist  Missionary  Society 
London  Missionary  Society 
Scottish  Missionary  Society 
Church  Missionary  Society 
Society  for  conversion  of  Jews 
American  Board  for  Foreign  Missions 
Baptist  Board  for  Foreign  Missions 
United  Foreign  Missionary  Society 

JVb/e  1.  These  societies  support  about  500  missionaries,  of  whom 
about  200  are  in  jisia^  70  in  ^Africa^  100  in  the  West  Indies  and  Guiana^ 
100  in  North  America^  and  30  in  the  islands  of  the  Pacific  ocean. 

Note  2.  Among  the  institutions  by  which  the  present  age  is  so  hon- 
ourably distinguished,  Bible  Societies  hold  an  important  place.  The 
British,  and  Foreign  Bible  Society^  the  parent  institution,  was  established 
in  1804,  and  has  aided  in  translating  or  printing  parts  of  the  bible  in  140 
languages  or  dialects.  Since  its  institution  about  2,000  other  bible  so- 
cieties have  been  established  in  various  parts  of  the  world. 

Note  3.  Among  the  other  benevolent  institutions  which  have  been 
formed  within  a  few  years,  are  societies  for  disseminating  religious  tracts^ 
for  educating  indigent  and  pious  young  men^  for  supporting  Sunday 
schools,  for  promoting  peace,  and  for  colonising  and  civilizing  the  negroes 


do. 

1698 

do. 

1701 

Denmark 

1715 

Germany 

1732 

England 

1786 

do. 

1792 

do. 

1795 

Scotland 

1796 

England 

1799 

do. 

1809 

United  States 

1810 

do. 

1814 

do. 

1817 

212  QUESTIONS  ON  THE 

QUESTIONS 


ON  THE  TABULAR  VIEWS. 


The  above  tables  being-  mostly  formed  on  a  graduated  scale,  pre- 
sent to  the  eye  a  comparative  view  of  the  matters  contained  in  each. 
This  form  will  render  their  use  easy  both  to  the  instructer  and  the 
pupil. 

A  few  questions  are  here  inserted  in  order  to  facilitate  the  use  of 
the  tables.  Their  numbers  might  be  increased,  but  it  is  deemed 
unnecessary,  as  the  teacher  will  find  it  easy  to  frame  others,  and  to 
examine  his  pupils  on  the  tables  with  as  much  particularity  as  he 
may  think  proper,  without  confining  himself  to  the  questions  inserted 
in  tbc  book. 


AMERICA. 

Table  I.  1.  What  is  the  population  of  North  America  ?  2.  Of 
South  America  ?  3.  The  West  Indies  ?  4.  The  whole  of  Ameri- 
ca ?  5.  Greenland  ?  6.  The  British  possessions  ?  7.  The  United 
States?  8.  Mexico?  9.  Guatimala  ?  10.  Colombia,  &c.  ?  11 
What  number  of  square  miles  does  the  teiritory  ot  the  United  States 
comprise  ?     12.  Mexico  ? 

Table  H.  1.  Which  is  the  most  populous  city  in  America? 
2.  Which  next  ?  3.  What  cities  in  America  have  as  many  as  100,000 
inhabitants?  4.  What  cities  have  between  50,000  and  100,000  ? 
5.  What  is  the  population  of  Philadelphia  ?  6.  Boston  ?  7.  Que- 
bec ?     8.  Quito  ?     9.  Havannah  ? 


UNITED  STATES. 

Table  I.  1.  Into  what  4  parts  are  the  United  States  divided? 
2.  How  many  square  miles  are  in  the  Eastern  States  ?  3.  The  Mid- 
dle States  ?  4.  The  Southern  States  ?  5.  The  Western  States  ?  6. 
What  is  the  population  of  the  Eastern  States  ?  7.  The  Middle 
States  ?  8.  The  Southern  States  ?  9.  The  Western  States  ?  10. 
How  many  slaves  are  there  in  the  Eastern  States?  11.  The  Mid- 
dle States?  12.  The  Southern  States?  13.  The  Western  States? 
14.  W^hich  of  the  4  divisions  of  the  states  increased  most  from  1800 
to  1 820  ?     1 5.  Which  next  ? 

Table  II.  1.  At  what  rate  per  cent  in  10  years,  from  1810  to 
1820,  did  the  Eastern  States  increase  ?     2.  The  Middle  States  ?    3. 


TABULAR  VIEWS.  213 

The  Southern  States  ?  4.  The  Western  States  ?  5.  The  total  pop- 
ulation ?  6.  The  total  of  the  slaves  ?  7.  In  how  many  years  would 
the  population  of  the  Eastern  States,  at  the  same  rate  of  increase, 
double?  8.  The  Middle  States?  9.  The  Southern  States?  10. 
The  Western  States?  11.  Which  increases  the  fastest,  the  total 
population  or  the  slaves  ?  12.  Which  increases  fastest  in  the  South- 
ern states,  the  slaves,  or  the  whole  population  of  those  states  ? 

Table  III.  1.  What  was  the  population  of  the  United  States  in 
1790?  2.  What  in  1820?  3.  How  many  slaves  in  1790?  4.  In 
1820  ?  5.  At  what  rate  per  cent,  did  the  United  States  increase 
from  1790  to  1800  ?  6.  From  1800  to  1810  ?  7.  From  1810  to  1820? 
8.  At  what  rate  did  the  slaves  increase  from  1790  to  1800  ?  9. 
From  1800  to  1810  ?     10.  From  1810  to  1820  ? 

Table  IV.  1.  What  will  the  population  of  the  United  States 
amount  to  in  1830,  at  the  same  ratio  of  increase  as  from  1810  to 
1820?     2.  In  1850?     3.  In  1900? 

Table  V.  1.  Which  are  the  most  numerous,  the  males  or  the 
females  ?  2.  In  what  proportion  do  the  males  exceed  the  females, 
in  the  whole  population  ?  3.  At  what  rate  in  some  of  the  newly 
settled  states  ?  4.  Which  are  the  most  numerous  in  some  of  the 
oldest  states,  and  also  in  the  larg-e  towns  ? 

Tables  VI.  &  VII.  1.  Which  5  states  rank  first  in  number  em- 
ployed in  agriculture  ?  2.  Which  5  in  manufactures  ?  3.  Which  5 
in  commerce  ?  4.  Which  5  in  number  of  slaves  ?  5.  Which  5 
states  have  no  slaves  ? 

Table  VIII.  1.  Which  were  the  thirteen  orig-inal  states?  2.  lOr 
what  order  have  the  1 1  new  states  been  admitted  ? 

Tables  IX.,  X.,  XL,  XII.,  &  XIII.  1.  Which  3  states  rank  first 
with  reg-ard  to  extent,  or  number  of  square  miles  ?  2.  Which  3 
with  regard  to  population  ?  3.  Which  3  are  the  most  thickly  in- 
habited, or  have  the  most  inhabitants  to  a  square  mile  ?  4.  Which 
3  rank  first  in  number  of  representatives  ?  5.  Which  in  rapid  in- 
crease ?     6.  Which  three  rank  lowest  in  extent  ?  &c. 

Table  XIV.  1.  Which  2  rivers  are  navig-able  more  than  2,000 
miles  ?  2.  How  far  is  the  Penobscot  navigable  ?  3.  And  to  what 
place  ?     4.  The  Kennebec  ?  &c. 

Table  XV.  1.  What  are  the  highest  mountains  within  the  ter- 
ritory of  the  United  States  ?  2.  What  is  the  height  of  the  Rocky 
mountains  ?     3.  The  White  mountains  ? 

Table  XVI.  1.  What  is  the  mean  heat  at  Brunswick  ?  2.  Cam- 
bridge? 3.  St.  Louis?  4.  What  is  the  greatest  cold  at  Brunswick? 
5.  Cambridge  ?     6.  St.  Louis  ?     7.  Charleston  ? 

Tables  XVII.,  XVIII.,  XIX.,  &  XX.  1.  Which  states  rank  first 
in  exports  ?     2.  In  shipping?     3.  In  revenue?     4.  In  manufactures ? 

Table  XXI.  1.  To  what  country  is  the  greatest  quantity  of  the 
exports  carried  ?  2.  To  what  other  countries  are  the  exports  carried  * 

Table  XXII.  1.  How  many  millions  of  the  exports,  in  1822,  con- 
sisted of  domestic  materials?  2.  How  many  of  foreign?  3.  Hoi? 
many  of  the  produce  of  agriculture  ?     4.  Of  manufactures  ? 

Table  XXIII.  1.  What  article  of  export  is  first  in  importaoce' 
2.     What  second  ?     3.  Third  ?     4.  Fourth  ? 


214  QUESTIONS  ON  THE 

Table  XXIV.  1.  How  many  millions  of  revenue  were  received 
into  the  treasury  frjm  1789  to  1815?  2.  How  many  millions  were 
derived  from  customs  ?  3.  How  many  millions  have  been  expended 
m  the  military  department?  4.  The  naval  department?  5.  The 
civil  list  ? 

Table  XXV.  1.  What  did  the  public  debt  amount  to  in  1791  ? 
2.  In  1812?     3.  In  1816?     4.  In  1824? 

Table  XXVI.  1.  How  many  post  offices  were  there  in  1790  ?  2. 
In  1800?     3.  In  1823? 

Table  XXVII.  1.  Which  is  the  most  populous  city  ?  2.  Which 
next  ? 

Table  XXVIII.  1.  Which  port  has  the  most  shipping  ?  2.  Which 
next? 

Table  XXIX.  1.  What  are  the  principal  denominations  of  Chris- 
tians in  the  United  States  ?  2.  How  many  cong-regations  of  Bap- 
tists ?  3.  Methodists  ?  4.  Presbyterians  ?  &c.  5.  Where  are  the 
Congregationalists  chiefly  found?  6.  The  Presbyterians'*  7.  The 
Catholics?  &c. 

Table  XXX.  1.  Which  are  the  oldest  colleges  ?  2.  Which  have 
the  most  professors  ?  3.  Which  the  most  students  ?  4.  Which  the 
largest  libraries  ? 

Table  XXXI.  1.  What  is  the  largest  library  in  the  United 
States  ?    2.  What  libraries  have  upwards  of  10,000  volumes  ? 


EUROPE. 

Table  I.  1.  In  what  countries  of  Europe  does  the  Lutheran  oi 
Protestant  religion  prevail?  2.  The  Catholic?  3.  The  Greek 
church  ?  4.  Mahometanism  ?  5.  Which  are  Protestant  and  Catho- 
lic ?  6.  What  is  the  prevailing  government  of  Europe  ?  7.  What 
the  government  of  Switzerland  ?  8.  Turkey  ?  9.  Under  which  of 
the  European  monarchies  do  the  subjects  enjoy  the  most  freedom  ? 
10.  In  what  countries  are  the  peasantry  bought  and  sold  with  the 
land  ? 

Table  II.  1.  Which  states  in  Europe  have  the  greatest  popula 
tion  ?  2.  Which  are  of  greatest  extent,  or  have  the  greatest  num- 
ber  of  square  miles  ?  3.  Which  are  the  most  thickly  inhabited,  or 
have  the  greatest  number  of  people  to  a  square  mile  ?  4.  What 
countries  in  Europe  have  a  less  dense  population  than  Massachu- 
setts ?  (that  is,  less  than  70  to  a  square  mile.)  5.  What  is  the  popu- 
lation of  Russia  ?     6.  France  ?     7.  Austria  ?  &c. 

Table  III.  1.  What  country  belongs  to  Sweden  ?  2.  Which 
is  the  most  thinly  inhabited,  Sweden  or  Norway  ?  3.  What  large 
island  belongs  to  Denmark  ?  4.  Which  is  the  largest,  Iceland  or 
Denmark  &c.  ?  5.  How  many  inhabitants  in  Iceland  to  a  square 
mile  ?  6.  What  countries  form  the  British  empire  ?  7.  Which  is 
the  most  important  part  ?  8.  Which  the  most  thickly  inhabited  •• 
9.  Which  the  least?  10.  How  does  Scotland  compare  with  Massa- 
to  a  square  mile  ?     1 1.    What  territories 


TABULAR  VIEWS.  215 

compose  the  empire  of  Austria  ?  12.  Which  part  contains  the 
greatest  population  ?  13.  Which  part  is  the  most  thickly  inhabit- 
.d?  14.  Which  the  least  so?  15.  What  are  the  Sardinian  territo- 
ries ?  16.  Which  is  the  most  important  part?  17.  Of  what  is  Na- 
ples or  the  kingdom  of  the  Two  Sicilies  composed  ?  18.  Which  is 
the  most  populous,  Naples  or  Sicily  ? 

Table  IV.  1.  Which  of  the  states  of  Europe  have  the  greatest 
revenue?  2.  Which  the  largest  public  debt  ?  3.  Which  the  great- 
est army  ?  4.  What  is  the  revenue  of  Great  Britain  ?  5.  France  ? 
&c.     6.  What  is  the  debt  of  Great  Britain  ?     7.  France  ?  &c. 

Table  V.  1.  Which  are  the  most  populous  cities  in  Europe  ?  2. 
Which  have  more  than  200,000  inhabitants  ? 

Table  VI.  1.  What  is  the  total  population  of  the  foreign  pos- 
sessions of  Great  Britain  ?  2.  Spain  ?  3.  Portugal  ?  4.  Nether- 
lands ?  5.  France  ?  6.  Denmark  ?  7.  Sweden  ?  8.  What  foreign 
possessions  has  Great  Britain  in  Europe  ?  9.  In  N.  America  ?  10. 
In  the  West  Indies?  11.  In  S-  America?  12.  In  Africa  ?  13.  in 
Asia?  14.  What  possessions  has  Spain  in  the  West  Indies?  15. 
In  Africa?  16.  In  Asia?  17.  What  formerly  in  America?  18. 
What  are  the  foreign  possessions  of  Portugal  ?  19.  Netherlands  ? 
20.  France?     21    Denmark?     22.  Sweden? 

Table  VII.  1.  What  are  some  of  the  principal  libraries  in  Eu- 
rope ?     2.  How  many  volumes  in  the  Vatican  library  ?  &c. 

Table  VIII.  1.  How  many  Catholic  universities  in  Europe? 
2.  How  many  Protestant?  3.  Which  are  some  of  the  principal 
Protestant  universities  ?  4.  Which  are  some  of  the  principal  Cath- 
olic universities  ? 

Table  IX.  1.  What  do  the  Roman  nations  comprise?  2.  The 
Teutonic  or  German  nations  ?  3.  The  Sclavonic  nations  ?  4.  What 
is  the  population  of  the  Roman  nations  ?  5.  The  German  nations  ? 
6.  The  Sclavonic  nations  ?     7.  What  do  the  Tartars  comprise  ? 


ASIA. 

Table  I.  1.  What  countries  in  Asia  contain  the  greatest  j'opu 
lation  ?  2.  What  is  the  population  of  China  ?  3.  Hindoostan  ?  &c. 
4.  What  country  has  the  most  inhabitants  to  a  square  mile  ? 

Table  II.  1.  Which  are  the  most  populous  cities  of  Asia  ?  2 
What  is  the  estimated  population  of  Pekin  ?  &c. 


AFRICA. 

Table  I.     1.  What  is  the  population  of  Morocco  ?     2.  Allien 
8.  Tunis?     4.  Tripoli?     5.  Egypt?     6.  Abyssinia? 

Table  II.     1.  What  is  the  population  of  Cairo  ?    2.  Algiers  ?  &c 


216  QUESTIONS  ON  THE 


I 

THE  EARTH  • 


Table  I.  1.  What  is  the  mean  temperature  at  the  equator,  or* 
in  Lat.  0°  ?  2.  What  is  the  height  of  perpetual  congelation  at  the] 
equator  ?     3.  What  in  Lat  40°  ?     4.  What  in  80°  ?  J 

Table  II.  1.  Which  is  farthest  north,  Quehec  or  Paris?  2,^ 
Which  has  the  warmer  or  higher  temperature  ?  3.  Which  is  far-  : 
thest  north,  Rome  or  Philadelphia  ?  4.  Which  has  the  warmer  tem-  ^ 
perature  ?  ^ 

Table  III.     1.  What  is  the  highest  mountain  in  America?     2.. ^ 
What  is  its  height  ?     3.  What  is  the  highest  volcano  ?     4.  What  isl! 
the  highest  mountain  in  N.  America  ?     5.  In  the  U.  States  ?     6.  In  , 
the  Eastern  States  ?     7.  Which  is  the  highest  of  the  Green  Moun- 
tains ?  ; 

Table  IV.      1.  Which  is  the  highest  mountain  in  Europe  ?    2.  * 
What  is  its  height  ?     3.  Which  is  the  highest  of  the  Pyrenees  ?     4  * 
Of  the  Apennines  ?      5.  Carpathians  ?      6.  Dofrefield  ?      7.  What  , 
is  the  height  of  Mont  Perdu  ?     8.  Parnassus  ?     9.  Olympus  ?     10. 
Hecla?     11.  Ben  Nevis?     12.  Vesuvius?  i 

Table  V.  1.  Which  is  the  highest  mountain  on  the  globe  ?  2  i 
What  is  its  height  ?  3.  Which  is  the  highest  of  the  Caucasian  i 
mountains  ?  4.  How  high  is  it  ?  5.  What  is  the  height  of  Leba-  j 
non  ?     6.  Ararat  ?     7.  Hermon  ?  j 

Table  VI.     1.  What  is  the  height  of  Atlas  ?     2.  Teneriffe  ?     3 
Pico  ?  i 

Table  VII.  1.  What  is  the  highest  inhabited  spot  on  the  globe  ?  | 
2.  How  high  is  it?  3.  What  is  the  height  of  Guanca  Velica?  4.  \ 
Quito  ?  5.  Mexico  ?  6.  What  is  the  highest  inhabited  spot  in  Eu-  : 
rope  ?  I 

Table  VIIL  1.  What  are  some  of  the  highest  edifices  in  Europe  ?  ■ 
2.  What  is  the  height  of  the  highest  of  the  pyramids  ?  i 

Table  IX.  1.  Which  are  the  longest  rivers  in  America  ?  2.  j 
Europe  ?     3.  Asia  ?     4.  Which  are  the  two  longest  in  America  ?        j 

Table  X.  1.  What  are  the  principal  lakes  in  America  ?  2.  Eu-  ' 
rope  ?     3.  Asia  ?     4.  What  is  the  length  of  lake  Superior  ?  | 

Table  XI.  1.  What  are  the  exports  of  New  Britain  and  the  ; 
North- West  Coast  of  America  ?     2.  Newfoundland  ?  &c. 

Table  XII.  1.  What  are  the  principal  navies  in  the  world  ?  2.  \ 
How  many  ships  of  the  line  are  there  in  the  English  navy  ?  3.  - 
What  is  the  principal  navy  in  America  ?     4.  In  Africa  ?  ■ 

Table  XIII.  1.  How  many  languages  are  spoken  in  America?  ' 
2.  Europe  ?  3.  Asia  ?  4.  Africa  ?  5.  What  languages  are  derived  i 
from  the  Latin  ?  6.  By  how  many  people  are  they  spoken  ?  7.  . 
What  are  the  Teutonic  languages  ?     8.  The  Sclavonic  ? 

Table  XIV.  1.  What  is  the  proportion  of  deaths  in  a  year  to  j 
the  number  of  inhabitants  on  the  globe  ?  2.  In  how  many  years  .; 
will  the  number  of  deaths  be  equal  to   the  number  of  inhabitants  i 


TABULAR  VIEWS.  217 

now  on  the  globe  ?  3.  How  many  persons  die  in  a  day  i  4.  In  an 
hour?  5.  Which  are  most  numerous,  the  births  or  deaths?  6. 
Which  are  most  numerous,  males  or  females  ?  7.  What  proportion 
live  only  about  3  years  ?  8.  What  proportion  arrive  at  the  age  of 
70? 

Table  XV.  1.  What  is  the  proportion  in  England  between  the 
number  of  inhabitants  and  the  number  that  die  annually  ?  2.  Lon- 
don ?  3.  In  Boston  and  Philadelphia  "^  4.  In  agricultural  townships 
in  New  England  ? 

Table  XVI.  1.  Which  two  quarters  of  the  globe  have  the  greatest 
number  of  square  miles  ?  2.  Which  has  the  greatest  population  ? 
3.  What  is  the  estimated  population  of  Asia?  4.  Europe?  5.  Af- 
rica ?  6.  America  ?  7.  Australasia  ?  8.  The  globe  ?  9.  How  many 
square  miles  of  land  ?     10.  How  many  of  water  ? 

Table  XVIT.  1.  How  many  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  globe  are 
Pagans?  2.  How  many  Christians?  3.  Mahometans?  4.  Jews? 
5.  How  many  of  the  Christians  are  Roman  Catholics  ?  6.  How  many 
are  Protestants  ?     7.  How  many  of  the  Greek  church  ? 

Table  XVIII.  1.  In-  what  countries  are  there  Protestant  mis- 
sionary societies  ?  2.  How  many  missionaries  are  supported  by 
them  ?  3.  How  many  in  Asia  ?  4.  Africa  ?  &c.  5.  When  was  ih.e 
British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society  instituted?  6.  Into  how  inaiy 
languages  has  it  aided  in  translating  and  printing  the  bible  ? 
19 


ANCIENT  GEOGRAPHY. 


ANCIENT  GEOGRAPHY. 


The  knowledg-e  of  g-eography  possessed  by  the  ancients,  was  con 
fined  chiefly  to  Europe,  the  south-western  part  of  Asia^  and  the 
northern  and  eastern  parts  of  Africa, 

They  had  little  knowledge  of  the  countries  in  Europe  north  of 
Germany.  In  Asia  they  knew  little  of  the  countries  north  of  the 
Euxine  and  Caspian  seas,  and  east  of  the  Ganges.  In  Africa  they 
knevv^  little  beyond  Lat.  10.  N.  America  was  entirely  unknown. 

The  countries  with  which  sacred  and  geaeral  literature  is  mostly 
connected,  are  Egypt^  Palestine,  Greece,  Italy,  and  Asia  Minor. 

Comparative  View  of  Ancient  and  Modern  Geography. 

The  following  view  exhibits  the  names  of  the  principal  countries 
in  ancient  geography,  together  with  the  corresponding  modern 
names. 


EUROPE. 


Ancient. 


Scandinavia 


Cimbria 
European  Sarmatia 

Germano-Sarmatia 

Britannia 
Caledonia 
Hibernia 


Gallia 

or 
Gaul 


Belgica 

Celtica  or  Gallia  ) 
Lugdunensis  ^ 

Aquitania 
Gallia  Narbonensis 
19* 


Modern. 
Sweden  and  J^orway 

Jutland 

I  Russia  in  Europe  and  part  of  Po^ 

land 
Part  of    Russia,  of  Poland,  and 

Prussia 
Great  Britain 
Scotland 
Ireland 
Holland,  JVetherlands,  the  N.  of 

France,    and    the    W.  part   of 

Germany 

Central  part  of  France 

South-west  part  of  France 
South-east  part  of  France 


ASIA. 


Ancient, 

Germany 

He'vetia 

Rhsetia 

Koricura 

Vindehcia 

PaDnoQia 

Dacia 

McBsia 
Thrace 

Illyricum 

Hispania 

or 
Spain 


Modem. 

Germany  north  of  the  Danube 

Switzerland 

Tyrol^  part  of  Bavaria,  and  of  Switzerland 

Part  of  Bavaria  and  of  Austria 

Swabia 
<  Part  of  Austria^  of  Hungary ^  and  of  Sda- 
\      vonia 

S  Transylvania,    Walachia,  Moldavia,  Bes- 
\      sarabia,  and  part  of  Hungary 

Bulgaria  and  part  of  Servia 

Romania 
K  Part   of   Croatia,  Bosnia,  Sclavonia,  and 
\      Dalmatixi 
Tarraconensis  North  part  of  Spain 
Boetica  South  part  of  Spain 

Lusitania  Portugal 


Italy. 

Ancient  divisions. 

Cisalpine  Gaul 

''Etniria 

Picenum,  part  ) 


Umbria, 

of  Latium,  &c. 

Sainniiim,  Apulia,  Cam- 
pania, Lucania,  part 
of  Latium,  Bruttium 


Italy. 

Modern  Divisions. 
C  Savoy,  Piedmont,  Genoa,  Lombar 
\      dy  or  Austrian  Italy 
Tuscany  and  Dacca 

States  of  the  Church 
Kaples 


Greece. 

Macedonia 
£pirus 
Thessaly 
Greece  Proper 
Peloponnesus 


South  Part  of  Turkey  in  Europe. 

Macedonia 

Albania 

Thessaly  or  Joannina 

Livadia 

Morea 


ASIA. 


indent. 

Modem, 

Turkey  in  Asia. 

'Misia,  Lydia, 

TEolia,  Tonia, 

o 

Caria,  Phry^ia, 

J^atolia 

a 

Bithynia,  Galatia, 

i . 

Paphlag-onia,  Lycia,              _ 
Pamphylia,  Pisidia,               ', 
Cilicia,  Lycaonia, 
Cappadocia 

<■  Caramania 

\ 

Pontus 

Sivas,  &c 

AFRICA. 


%iSl 


■\ 


Ancient. 

Syria,  Palmyrenc, 
Phoenicia,  Judca, 
Samaria,  Galilee 

Armenia  , 

Mesopotamia 

Assyria 

Babylonia  or  Chaldea 

Arabia. 


Syria 


Modem. 
Alejypo 
I  Dama.^cus 
I  Tripoli 

AtT". 

Armenia 
Diarhekir,  &c. 
Curdistan 
Bagdad 

Arabia. 


Pachahcsof 
Asiatic  Turkey 


Arabia  Petrasa 
Arabia  Deserta 
Arabia  Felix 


Arabia  Petrcea 
Arabia  Deserta 
Arabia  Felix 


Persia. 


Persia. 


Media 
Parthia 

Hyrcania 

Susiana 

Persis 

Bactria 

Sogdiana 

Drangiana 


Adirbeitzan,  &c. 

Irak  Agemi 
<  Part  of  Chorasan  and  Maxande- 
\      ran 

Chusistan, 

Farsistan 

Cabvlistan 
S  Part  of  Great  Bukharia  and  ©f 
\      Charasm 

Segestan 

Russia  ii*  Asia. 


Colchis,  Iberia,  and  Albania 

Asiatic  Sarmatia 

Scythia  NW.  of  the  Imaus 


Georgia^  Mingrelia^  Imirctta^  Da- 

ghesian^  and  part  of  Circassia 
Astrachan^  &c. 
Siberia,  Tariary,  &c 


AFRICA. 


Libya 

Africa  Pi  ope - 

Numidia 

Mauritania 

Goetuiia 

iBtbiopia 


Egypt 

Barca 

Tripoli  and  part  of  Tunis 

Part  of  Tunis  and  of  Algiers 

Morocco  and  part  of  Algiers 

Biledulgerid 

J^ubia,  Abyssinia^  AbeXf  &c. 


224  GAUL. 


EUROPE.  ! 

\ 

Almost  all  the  countries  of  Europe,  with  the  exception  of  Greece  ^ 
and  Italy,  were  :n  ancient  times  in  a  state   of  barbarism.     A  great 

part  of  the  inhabitants  lived  a  wandering  and  unsettled  life,  and  i 

built  few  larg-e  cities.  j 

BRITAL^^.  ; 

j 

Britain  was  also  anciently  called  Albion,  probably  on  account  of  ; 

its  white  chalky  cliffs  on  the  south-eastern  coast.     The  northern  part  ] 

was  called  Caledonia,  now  Scotland.     Ireland  was  called  Hybtrnia  ! 

and  I  erne.  ; 

Little  is  known  of  it  before  its  conquest  by  the  Romans,  about  55  \ 

years  before  the  Christian  era.     It  was  then  inhabited  by  the  BHU  ■ 

ons,  who  were  a  barbarous  people,  a  tribe  of  the   Gauls  or  Cellos.  J 

Their  priests  were  styled  Druids,  j 

Britain,  after  it  became  a  Roman  province,  was  formed  into  5  di-  i 

visions.     A  g-reat  part  of  it  was  afterwards  conquered  by  the  Saxons  ' 

and  Angli,  who  divided   it  into  seven  king-doms,  called  the  Saxon  ] 

Heptarchy.     The  Scots  and  Picts  were  the  principal  tribes  of  Cale  ] 

donia.  I 

Towns.     Among-  the  towns  of  ancient  note  were  Londinum,  Cam-  j 

elodumim,  Rliidupce,  Portus    Dubris,  Eboracvm^  and  Lvguvalluni  \ 

When  invaded  by  the  Romans,  Britain  had  no  large  towns.  1 

The  Romans  constructed  a  number  of  public  roads  and  other  great  ! 

works,  the  remains  of  which  are  still  visible.     The  greatest  of  these  1 

works  was  Hadrian''s  wall,  which  was  built  by  Hadrian  from  New-  ^ 

castle  to  Carlisle,  68  miles,  to  protect  the  Britons  from  the  incur-  j 

sions  of  the  Caledonians.  ^ 

GAUL.  ; 

I 

Gavl,  called   by  the    Romans   Gallia  Transalpina,  and   by  the  \ 

Greeks  Galatia,  comprehended  France,  Netherlands,  Holland,  Swit-  ; 

zerland,  and  part  of  Germany.  | 

Divisions.     It  was  originally  divided  among  three  great  nations,  j 

the  BelgcE,  Cello:,  and  Aquitani  ;  of  these  the  Celtac  were  the  most  ] 

considerable.  \ 

Principal  rivers,  with  the  ancient  and  modem  nam£s.             .  ' 

Ancient.                       Modern.                       Ancient.                 Modem.  \ 
Rhodanus                     Rhone                           Rhenus                   Rhine 

Liger                           Loire                            Mossella                Moselle  '. 

Sequana                        Seine                             Mosa                       Meuse  \ 

Garumna                     Garonne                      Scaldis                   Scheldt  j 

Under  the  Romans  it  was  divided  into  the  following  4  great  prov  j 


GERMANY.  S^ 

inces.     In  later  ages  these  provinces  were  styled  the  Four  Gauls 
and  were  subdivided  into  17  others. 

Provinces.  Chief  iovons, 

x>  \  '  S  Augusta,  Colonia  Agrippina,  Lugdunum 

^  ^'^^  \      Batavorum,  Divodurnm,  Vciodunura. 

Gallia  Lugdunensis,  >  Lugdunum,  Lutetia,  Bibracte, 

or  Celtica                J  Agidincum. 

Aquitania  Burdigala,  Avaricum,  Limonum,  Alesia. 

GaiJia  Narbonensis,  )  Vienna,  Massiiia,  Aquae  Sextiae,  Nemau- 

or  Provincia            \  sus,  Tolosa,  Narbo,  Arclate. 

Several  interesting  remains  of  Roman  antiquities  are  still  to  be 
seen  in  France,  among  whicn  are  the  celebrated  amphitheatre  of 
Nemausus,  (now  JSlsmes.)  and  the  Pont  du  Gard,  an  aqueduct  bridge 
across  the  river  Gard. 

The  ancient  Gauls  were  warlike,  barbarous,  and  superstitious. 
They  offered  human  victims  in  sacrifice,  and  Iheir  priests,  styled 
Druidsy  were  possessed  of  great  power. 

GERMANY. 

Extent.  Ancient  Germany  extended  from  the  Rhine  to  the  Vis- 
tula, and  from  the  Baltic  to  the  Danube. 

Divisions.  It  was  divided  among  three  principal  nations,  the  Suevi 
in  the  north  ;  the  Htrmiones  in  the  south  ;  and  the  IstcBvones  in  the 
west.  Besides  these  there  were  various  others,  as  the  Findili  or 
Vandals^  the  Frisii  or  Prisons^  the  Frond  or  Franks^  the  Alemanni, 
the  Saxons,  the  Angli,  &c. 

The  principal  rivers  were  the  Ister^  now  Danube,  the  Alhis,  now 
Elbe,  the  Visiirgis,  now  Wese^,  the  Viadrus,  now  Oder.,  and  the 
J\f(snus,  now  Maine.  A  large  part  of  Germany  was  anciently  cov- 
ered by  the  Hercynian  forest,  whicii  was  of  great  extent,  and  in' 
eluded  part  of  Switzerland  and  Transylvania.  The  Thuringian 
forest  now  embraces  a  small  part  of  it. 
^  The  aucient  Germans  were  warlike,  rude,  illiterate,  and  supersti 
tious. 

Countries  south  of  the  Danube. 

Towns. 
Hhaetia  Brigantia,  Curia. 

Vendelicia  Augusta  Vindclicorum. 

Noricum  Boiodurum,  LauriacuiiL 

Pannonia  5  Sirmium,  Carnuntum, 

}  Vindebona. 

niyricum  ^  i^^V"""!-^  ?"?*  o     . 

•'  (  Dalraatia  Epidaurus,  Scodra. 

Moesia  and  Dacia 


5  Vimincum,  Sardica,  Marcianopo- 
)      lis,  Singiduuum,  Naissus. 


226  ITALY.  1 

THRACE.  ■ 

Thrace,  though  a  barbarous  couotry  in  the  interior,  had  many  j 
Greek  colonies  on  its  coast. 

Towns.  Among-  the  towns  were  Byzantium^  Adrianopolisy  Philip'l 
popolis,  Trajanopolis^  Abdera^  CallipoUs,  and  Sestos. 

Byzanliitm  was  fixed  on  by  Constantine  the  Great  as  the  seat  of  ; 
the  Roman  empire  A.  D.  330,  and  'from  him  called  Constantinople.'] 

Sestos  stood  on  the  western  shore  of  the  Hellespont,  opposite  to; 
Ahydos  on  the  eastern  ;  famous  for  the  loves  of  Leander  and  Hero, ! 
and  also  for  the  bridge  of  boats  built  here  by  Xerxes.  • 

SPAIN.  i 

A'awe.  Spain,  in  Latin  Hispania^  was  also  called  Iberia^  and| 
Hesperia  or  Htsperia  Ultima. 

Divisions.  Spain  was  originally  divided  into  two  provinces,  His'l 
pania  Citerior,  or  Hither  Spain,  and  Hispania  Ulterior^  or  Farther  J 
Spain.  It  was  afterwards  divided  into  three  parts,  Tarraconensis, ' 
BcEtica,  and  Lusitania.  The  last  embraced  the  country  now  called  ] 
Portugal.  ■ 


Tarraconensis 
Baetica 


Provinces.  Towns. 

{  Tarraco,  Tlerda,  Sagimtum,  Numantia,*^ 
\  Caesar- Augusta,  Calagurris,  Segovia.  ! 
{  Corduba,  Hispalis,  Malaca,  Italica,  \ 
\      Gades,  Carthago  Nova.  \ 

Lusitania  Olisippo,  Conimbriga,  Calle.  \ 

Rivers.  The  Tagus^  Ihei^us^  now  Ebro,  T>urius,  now  Duero,  ■ 
Bastis,  now  Guadalquivir,  and  Anas,  now  Guadiana.  j 

Towns.  Tarraco,  now  Tarragona,  the  capital  of  Tarraconensis,  j 
was  oace  a  very  large  and  populous  city.  It  has  now  but  few  re-  i 
mains  of  its  ancient  grandeur.  i 

Saguntiwi,  now  J^forr>iedro,  is  famous  for  a  siege  by  Hannibal,  B. '; 
C.  219,  which  was  the  cause  of  the  second  Punic  war.  ' 

J^umantia,  whose  ruins  are  near  the  town  of  Soria,  is  remarkable ' 
for  a  desperate  resistance  against  the  Romans  during  a  siege  of  14  \ 
years.  i 

Calaguris,  now  Cdluhorra,  is  remarkable  for  a  tremendous  siege  ; 
Corduba,  as  the  birthplace  of  the  two  Senecas  and  Lucan ;  Italica  i 
as  that  of  Trajan;  Bilhilis of  Martial. 

Jifount  Calpe,  now  the  rock  of  Gibraltar,  in  Spain,  and  Abyla,  18  '. 
miles  distant  on  the  opposite  shore  in  Africa,  were  celebrated  among  < 
the  ancients  as  the  Pillars  of  Hercules.  ^ 

ITALY.  j 


The  country  usually  known  by  the  name  of  Italy,  was  also  called 
by  the  ancients  Saturnia,  Ausoma,  CEnotria^  and  Hesperia. 


ITALY 


227 


The  northern  part  was  styled  Cisalpine  Gaul,  and  the  lemainder 
Italy  Proper.  At  one  period  the  southern  part  was  called  J\lagna 
Graria,  but  this  name  was  not  long-  retained. 

Inhabitants.  The  inhabitants  took  the  name  of  Romans  from  the 
chief  city  of  Italy,  and  were  for  a  lonjj  time  the  most  powerful  peo- 
ple in  ihe  world.  They  were  distinguished  for  their  warlike  achieve 
ments,  and  for  their  eminence  in  literature  and  the  arts. 


Divisions, 

Lig-uria 

Taurini 

Insubres 

Cenomanni 

Euganei 

Veneti 

Histria 

Ligones 

Bari 


Divisions, 

Etruria 

XJmbria 

Picenum 

Latium 

Campania 

Samnium 

Apulia 

Calabria 

Lucania 

Bruttii 


Cisalpine  Gaul. 
Towns. 
Genua,  Monaecus. 
Augusta  Taurinoram. 
Mediolanum,  Ticinum. 
Brixia,  Cremona,  Mantua. 
Tridentum,  Verona. 
Patavium,  Aquileia. 
Tergeste. 
Ravenna. 
Bononia,  Mutina,  Parma,  Placentia 

Italy  Proper. 

Towns. 
Pisae,  Florentia,  Veii,  Volatcrras. 
Ariminum,  Interamna,  Spoietium. 
Asculum,  Ancona. 
Rome,  Tibur,  Tusculum,  Ardea. 
Capua,  Cumae,  Neapolis,  Nola. 
Beneventum,  Caudium. 
Arpi,  Canusium,  Venusia,  Sipontum. 
Brundusium,  Tarentum,  Hydruntum. 
Pfestum,  Sybaris,  Metapontum. 
Rheg-iura,  Crotona,  Scylacium. 


Ancient. 

J^erbanus 
Benacus 


Lakes,  with  the  ancient  and  modern  names. 

Modem.  Ancient.  Modem. 

Maggiore.         Larius  Como. 

Thrasymenus 


Garda. 


Perugia 


Rivers,  with  the  ancient  and  modern  names. 

Modem,  Ancient.  Modem, 

Po.  Tiber  Tiber. 

Adige.  Vultumtts  Volturno 

Arno.  Aujidus  Ofanto. 

The  Rubicon,  a  small  river  which  separated  Cisalpine  Gaul  from 
Italy  Proper,  is  famous  for  being-  passed  by  Caesar,  in  violation  of  the 
authority  of  the  Roman  government,  when  he  advanced  to  make 
himself  niaster  of  the  Roman  empire. 


Ancient. 

Padanus 

Athesis 

Arnus 


228  ITALY.  j 

Patavium,  now  Padua^  a  large  town,  was  the  birthplace  of  Livy  [ 
Andes^  near  Mantua,  of  Virgil  ;  Verona  of  Nepos,  Catullus,  au4; 
Pliny  the  elder;  Imeramnaoi  Tacitus;  Sulmo  of  Ovid.  "^ 

Aquiltia^  was,  on  account  of  its  grandeur,  called  the  second  Romey  • 
and  was  often  the  residence  of  the  emperors.  It  is  famous  for  anu 
obstinate  resistance  against  Attila,  king  of  the  Huns. 

Ravenna  was,  for  some  time,  the  seat  of  the  Western  Empire,  an^j 
had  an  excellent  harbour.  It  is  now  greatl}-  reduced,  and  the  har-1 
bour  is  so  filled  up  that  the  town  is  left  3  miles  from  the  sea.  i 

Pisce^  now  Pisa^  an  ancient  commercial  city,  was  formerly  very 
flourishing  and  powerful.  ^ 

Rome,  situated  on  the  Tiber,  12  miles  from  its  mouth,  was  built  onfi 
seven  hills,  and  founded  753  B.  C.  It  was  the  capital  of  the  Roman^ 
empire,  the  mistress  of  the  world,  and  the  seat  of  arts  and  arman) 
Ic  was  surrounded  by  walls,  having  27  gates,  and  644  towers.  In  thoj 
time  of  Trajan,  when  the  Roman  empire  was  the  most  extensive^ 
the  city  was  50  miles  in  circumference.  Ostia,  at  the  mouth  of  th«' 
Tiber,  was  the  port  of  Rome.  ' 

Tihur,  now  Tivoli,  was  famous  for  the  villas  in  its  vicinity ;  TuH 
culuMy  now  Frascati,  for  the  villa  of  Cicero ;  Prceneste  and  AntiuTit^ 
(the  latter  capital  of  the  Volsci,)  for  celebrated  temples  of  fortune.; 

Ardea,  the  capital  of  the  Rutuli,  and  Veii,  capital  of  the  Veientes,' 
were  powerful  cities.  : 

Arpinum,  now  ArpinOy  was  the  birthplace  of  Cicero  and  Marius  |U 
Venusia  of  Horace.  1 

Capua,  the  capital  of  Campania,  was  a  luxurious  city,  and  once  sq^ 
opulent  as  to  rival  Rome. 

JsTeapolis,  now  N'aplts,  first  called  Parthenope,  from  the  name  oij 
one  of  the  syrens,  said  to  have  lived  there,  was  the  favourite  resi'«^ 
deuce  of  Virgil ;  and  celebrated  for  its  beautiful  situation  and  bay ; 
CumcB  for  the  residence  of  the  Cumaean  Sybil.  ' 

Puteoli,  now  Pozzuoloy  and  Baice  were  famous  for  hot  baths  andj 
mineral  waters.  j 

Herculaneum  and  Pompeii  are  remarkable  for  having  been  over- 
Tvl.elmed  in  A.  D.  79,  by  an  eruption  of  Mount  Vesuvius.  \ 

Beneventum,  now  Benevento,  is  remarkable  for  its  remains  of  an-; 
*cient  sculpture ;  Pcesfum  anciently  for  roses,  now  for  ruins ;  Canncm 
for  the  fourth  and  greatest  victory  of  Hannibal  over  the  Romans  j^ 
Crolona  and  Melapontum  for  the  schools  of  Pythagoras ;  Salemum^ 
now  Salerno,  for  its  medical  school  in  the  middle  ages  ;  Matinum  fori 
bees ;  Venafrum  for  olives ;  Falernum  for  vineyards ;  Tarentumy 
now  Tarenlo,  for  commerce ;  Sybaris  for  the  effeminacy  of  its  in»^ 
habitants  ;  Brundusium,  now  Brindisi,  for  its  excellent  harbour,  anc^ 
as  the  place  of  embarcation  to  Greece. 

Roads.  The  principal  Roman  roads  were  Via  Appia,  from  Rom«fj 
to  Brundusium;  the  Via  Flaminia,  from  Rome  to  Ariminum;  the; 
Via  Aurelia,  by  the  coast  of  Etruria,  to  Liguria  and  Gaul,  near] 
Nice ;  and  the  Via  Claudia,  which  branched  off  from  the  Via  Fla  • 
minia,  near  Rome,  and  proceeding  through  the  more  inland  part  of 
Etruria,  joined  the  Via  Aurelia  at  Lucca.  : 


ITALIAN  ISLANDS.  220 


ITALIAN  ISLANDS. 

The  Italian  islands  were  Sicily^  Sardinia^  Corsica,  Mehte,  the  »®o- 
H(in  islands,  and  Ilva. 

Sicily,  called  also  Sicania,  the  larg-est  and  most  important  isl?nd 
in  the  Mediterranean,  was,  on  account  of  its  fertility,  esteemed  i  ne 
of  the  granaries  of  the  Roman  empire 

Mount  Etna.  This  great  volcano  has  been  famous  from  he 
earliest  ages.  The  ancients  fabled  that  the  giant  Typhasus  vas 
buried  under  Sicily,  Pelorum  and  Pachinum  being  placed  on  ei-ck 
arm,  Libybasum  on  his  feet,  and  iEtnaon  his  head,  and  that  the  ear  h- 
quakes  and  eruptions  of  the  mountain  were  caused  by  his  attempts  to 
move.     J\Iount  Hybla,  north  of  Syracuse,  was  famous  for  its  honry. 

Each  of  the  promontories  of  Sicily  had  a  celebrated  temple  ;  at 
Pelorum  was  that  of  Neptune ;  at  Pachinum  that  of  Apollo ;  near 
LilybcEum,  on  Mount  Eryx,  that  of  Venus. 

In  the  interior  was  the  celebrated  plain  of  Enna,  from  which 
Proserpine  was  carried  away  by  Pluto,  to  the  shades  below. 

Scylla  and  Charybdis,  ScyiJa  is  a  formidable  rock  on  the  side 
of  Italy ;  and  Charybdis,  a  whirlpool  on  tlie  opposite  coast  of  Sicily. 
The  passage  of  the  straits  between  these,  was  represented  by  the 
ancients  as  very  formidable ;  but  in  modern  times  the  danger  is  tri- 
fling. 

Cities.  Syracuse  was  a  very  opulent  and  powerful  city,  the  me- 
tropolis of  Sicily,  and  one  of  the  most  famous  cities  of  antiquity,  22 
miles  in  circumference.  It  fell  into  the  hands  of  the  Romans  B.  C. 
212,  after  a  siege  of  3  years,  memorable  for  the  exploits  of  Archi- 
medes. 

Agrigentum,  now  Girgeiiti,  famous  for  a  most  magnificent  temple 
of  Jupiter,  is  said  to  have  contained  200,000  inhabitants.  It  now 
exhibits  many  venerable  remains  of  ancient  splendour. 

Lilyboiujn,  now  Marsala,  was  a  strong  town,  famous  for  a  siege  of 
10  years,  which  it  sustained  against  the  Romans  in  the  first  Punic 
war.     Some  ruins  of  temples  and  aqueducts  now  remain. 

The  other  considerable  towns  were  Messana,  Leontini,  Gela,  Drep' 
anum,  Panormus,  and  Catana. 

Sardinia  was  called  by  the  Greeks  Tchnusa,  from  its  fancied  re 
semblance  to  the  print  of  a  foot.  It  was  famous  for  its  bitter  herbs, 
and  its  unwholesome  air.  Calaris,  now  Cagliari,  was  the  capital. — 
Corsica,  called  by  the  Greeks  Cyrnos,  was  noted  for  its  bitter  honey. 

Melite,  or  Melita,  now  Malta^  is  generally  supposed  to  be  the  island 
on  which  St.  Paul  was  wrecked  on  his  journey  to  Rome.  Some, 
however,  suppose  this  took  place  at  Melita,  now  Meleda,  on  the 
coast  of  lUyricum. — Malta  has  been  famous  in  modern  times  as  the 
residence  of  the  Knights  of  St.  John  of  Jerusalem. 

The  JEolian  or  Vulcanian  islands,  now  Lipari,  were  called  J^olian 
from  ^olus,  the  fabled  god  of  the  winds,  who,  on  account  of    the 
20 


230  EPIRUS. 

tempestuous  weather  about  the  islands,  was  said  to  reside  there. 
They  were  styled  Vulcaniun  islands  from  Vulcan,  the  fabled  god  of 
fire,  on  account  of  their  volcanoes. 

GREECE. 

J^ame.  Greece  was  called  by  the  natives  Hellas^  and  the  inhabi- 
tants Hellenes.  By  the  poets,  the  people  are  called  Danai,  Pelasgi, 
Argivi,  Argei^  Achivi,  Achcei^  &c. 

The  Greeks  were  distinguished  above  all  other  nations  of  antiquity 
for  their  attainments  '  i  the  arts.  Their  language  is  esteemed  the 
most  perfect  ever  spoken,  and  their  writings  the  finest  models  of 
laste. 

Divisions.  Greece  in  its  most  extensive  sense,  comprehended 
Macedonia,  Epirus,  Thessaly^  Greece  Proper,  and  Peloponnesus. 
The  Romans,  after  having  conquered  it,  divided  it  into  two  prov- 
inces, Achaia,  including  Peloponnesus  and  Greece  Proper ;  and  J^Ia- 
cedonia,  including  Thessaly,  Epirus,  and  Macedonia. 

Rivers.  The  rivers  of  Greece,  though  much  celebrated  among 
the  ancients,  were  all  small.  Some  of  the  principal  ones  were  Ach&- 
lous,  Peneus,  Pamisos,  Aous,  Ewotas,  and  Alpheus. 

MACEDON,  OR  MACEDONIA. 

Divisions.  The  principal  divisions  of  Macedonia  were  Pierian 
Pceonia  or  Amathia,  JMygdonia,  Pallene,  Chalcidice,  &c. 

Athos,  ft  remarkable  mountain  projecting  into  the  sea  like  a  prom- 
ontory, is  now  famous  for  its  monasteries. 

Towns.  Pella,  the  capital  of  Macedonia,  was  the  birthplace  of 
Philip  and  Alexander.  Edessa  was  the  capital  before  Pella  obtained 
that  rank. 

Thessalonica,  now  Saloniki,  both  in  ancient  and  modern  times  a 
large  commercial  city,  is  well  known  from  the  preaching  and  epis-  * 
ties  of  St.  Paul ;  so  also  is  Philippi,  which  is  likewise  famous  for 
the  defeat  of  Brutus  and  Cassius. 

Stagira  was  famous  as  the  birthplace  of  Aristotle,  hence  called  the 
Stagirite  ;  Pydna  for  a  battle  between  the  Romans  and  king  Per- 
seus ;  Dyrrachium,  now  Durazzo,  as  a  port  much  frequented  by  the 
Romans,  being  nearly  opposite  to  Brundusium  in  Italy  ;  Bercea  for 
the  commendation  bestowed  on  its  inhabitants  by  St.  Paul,  for  exam- 
ining the  scriptures;  Olynthus,  Potidcea,  and  Amphipolis  for  the 
contests  between  Philip  and  the  Athenians. 


Divisions. 

Chief  tovjns. 

Acarnania 
Thesprotia 
Molossis 
Chaonia 

Leucas,  Actium. 
Ambracia,  Buthrotum. 
Dodona. 
•    Oricnm,  Panormus. 

GREECE  PROPER.  «31 

Rivers.  Acheron  and  Cocytus,  classed  by  the  poets  among-  the 
infernal  rivers,  were  in  Epinis. 

Mountains.  Pindus,  an  elevated  range,  between  Epirus,  Macedo 
nia.  and  Thessaly,  was  sacred  to  the  Muses.  The  Ceraunian  moun 
tains  were  in  Chaonia. 

Ambracia  was  noted  as  the  royal  city  of  Pyrrhus ;  Dodona  for  its 
oracle  and  oak  groves;  Actium  for  a  naval  victory  which  Augustus 
obtained  over  Antony  and  Cleopatra,  31  B.  C.  This  battle  put  an 
end  to  the  Roman  commonwealth. — Molossis  was  famous  for  a  race 
of  dogs. 

THESSALY. 

Divisions.  Thessaly,  in  later  times,  was  divided  into  5  parts, 
Phthiotis,  Pelasgiotis^  Thessaliotis^  Esticeotis.  and  Magnesia. 

In  the  plains  of  Thessaly  many  horses  were  bred,  and  the  inhabi- 
tants being  skilful  riders,  gave  rise  to  the  fable  of  the  Centaurs, 
who  were  said  to  be  half  horses,  and  half  men. 

During  the  reign  of  Deucalion,  who  was  anciently  l^ing  of  Thes- 
saly, there  happened  a  celebrated  deluge. 

Mountains.  On  the  west  side  of  Thessaly  was  Pindus.  In 
the  NE.  part  was  Olympus,  the  top  of  which  is  described  by  the 
ancient  poets,  as  reaching  to  the  heavens,  and  as  being-  the  resi- 
dence of  the  gods,  and  the  court  of  Jupiter.  Ossa,  Pelion,  (Eta, 
and  Othrys  were  all  celebrated  in  ancient  fable.  The  giants,  accord- 
ing to  the  poets,  heaped  Ossa  upon  Pelion,  in  order  to  scale  the 
heavens. 

Tempe,  a  vale  on  the  Peneus,  near  its  mouth,  between  Olympus 
and  Ossa,  5  miles  long,  and  of  unequal  breadth,  was  very  famous 
among-  the  ancients  for  its  romantic  and  beautiful  scenery. 

Towns.     Larissa,  on  the  Peneus,  was  among  the  most  consider- 
able towns  in  ancient  Thessaly.     It  still  retains  its  name,  and  is  now 
large  town. 

Pharsalus,  now  Farsa,  was  a  town  of  Thessaly,  in  the  vicinity  of 

ich  were  the  plains  of  Pharsalia,  famous  for  a  battle  in  which 
Julius  Cassar  obtained  a  great  victory  over  Pompey,  48  B.  C. 

Among'  the  other  towns  were  Heraclea,  Lamia,  Demetrias,  Mag- 
nesia, Aphetce  from  which  the  ship  Argo  sailed;  lolcos,  the  city  of 
Jason ;  Hypata  famous  for  magic ;  Melibrea  for  dying  wool ;  Anticy- 
ra  for  hellebore. 

GREECE  PROPER. 

Divisions.  Chief  towns. 

Locris  Amphissa 

Doris  Cytinium. 

Attica  was  remarkable  principally  for  its  chief  city,  Athens.  The 
inhabitants  were  distinguished  for  their  genius  ;  hence  the  proverbial 


Divisions. 

Chief  towns. 

Attica 

Athens. 

Megaris 

Megaris. 

Boeotia 

Thebes. 

Phocis 

Delphi. 

232  GREECE  PROPER 

phrase,  Attic  salt^  or  Attic  wit.  The  air  of  Bceotia  was  thick  and! 
fogg-y  ;  and  the  inhabitants  were  represented  as  phlegmatic  and  dulLJ 
Mountains.  Parnassus^  a  high  mountain  in  Phocis,  was  sacred  tOi 
the  Muses  and  Apollo.  Between  its  two  principal  summits,  rose  the! 
CasUilian fountain,  whose  waters  were  represented  to  have  the  power i 
of  inspiring  those  who  drank  of  them,  with  the  true  fire  of  poetry,      i 

Helicon  and  Pimptu,  in  Boeotia,  were  sacred  to  the  Muses.  JNeari 
the  foot  of  Helicon  was  the  verse-inspiring  fountain  of  Hippocrene,- 
said  to  have  been  made  by  the  hoof  of  Pegasus. 

Cithceron,  in  Bosotia,  was  memorable  as  the  place  where  the  infan^ 
(Edipus  was  exposed,  and  Actaeon  was  torn  in  pieces  by  his  owa" 
dogs.     Hymettus,  in  Attica,  near  Athens,  was  famous  for  its  honey, 
and  Pentelicus  for  its  marble.  j 

Thermopylce  was  a  narrow  pass  between  mount  CEta  and  the  Ma-^ 
lian  gulf,  leading  from  Thessaly  to  Locris  and  Phocis.  It  is  famous^ 
for  the  stand  made  against  the  Persian  army,  during  three  successive  ^ 
days,  by  300  Spartans  under  Leonidas. 

Athens,  now  Athiniah,  or  Setincs,  the  capital  of  Attica,  and  the 
most  famous  city  in  Greece,  was  for  many  years  the  most  celebrated  ] 
school  in  the  world  for  polite  learning,  arts,  and  sciences.  It  gave  . 
birth  to  some  of  the  most  eminent  philosophers,  poets,  and  statesmen  ' 
of  antiquity.  It  stands  on  the  famous,  but  small  rivulets,  Ilissus  and 
Cephissus,  and  it  had  a  few  miles  distant,  three  ports,  Piraeus,  Mu-  \ 
nychia,  and  Phalerus. 

The  remains  of  the  public  edifices  of  the  city,  bear  ample  testi- 
mony to  its  former  grandeur.     A  considerable  portion  of  the  AcrO'  \ 
polis  or  citadel  is  still  existing,  and  is  the  most  interesting  object  of, 
antiquity  in  Greece.   It  includes  the  Parthenon.,  or  temple  of  Minerva, 
the  grandest  display  of  Athenian  magnificence.  \ 

Eleusis,  now  Lepsinn,  was  famous  for  the  Eleusinian  mysteries,  eel-  , 
ebrated  in  honour  of  Ceres  and  Proserpine,  every  fifth  year;  Mara-  i 
ikon,  for  the    memorable  defeat  of  the  Persians  by  the  Athenians  i 
under  Miltiades  ;  Thebes,  the  capital  of  Boeotia,  as  the  birthplace  of  j 
Epaminondas,  Pelopidas,  and  Pindar;  Orchomenus  for  a  temple  of. 
the  Graces,  and  its  wealth  ;  Aulis  for  the  detention  of  the  Grecian  j 
fleet  in  the  expedition  to  Troy ;  Ascra  for  the  birth  of  Hesiod  ;  Leh&- 
dcea  for  the  cave  of  Trophonius  ;  Platcea  for  the  defeat  of  the  Persians 
by  the  Greeks;   Leuctra  for  the  defeat  of  the    Lacedemonians  by  ! 
the  Thebans ;    Cheroncca  for  the  defeat  of  the  Athenians  and  The- 
bans  by  Philip ;  also  for  the  birth  of  Plutarch ;  Coronea  for  the  de-  ' 
feat  of  the  Athenians  and  their  allies,  by  the  Spartans  under  Ages-  J 
ilaus.  j 

Delphi,  now  Castri,  the  capital  of  Phocis,  situated  at  the  foot  of  ! 
mount  Parnassus,  and  near  the  Castalian  fountain,  was  famous  for  the  . 
temple  and  oracle  of  Apollo.     The  Pythian  games  were  celebrated  J 
near  this  temple  in  the  second  year  of  everj^Olympiad,  in  honour  of 
Apollo,  who  slew  the  serpent  Pytho. 

Anticyra,  in  Phocis,  like  the  town  of  the  same  name  in  Thessaly,  i 
was  celebrated  for  hellebore.  * 

J^auprictwi,  in  iEtolia,  was  noted  as  a  naval  station;  Calydoriy  as  . 
the  residence  of  Meleager,  and  the  scene  of  his  boar  hunt.  j 


m 


PELOPONNESUS  «3S 


PELOPONNESUS. 

JOtvtsions  Towns. 

Achaia  Corinth,  Sicyon,  Patrge,  JEgmm. 

Elis  Elis,  Olympia,  Lepreum,  Cyllene. 

Messenia  Messene,  Pylos,  Methone,  CyparissaB 

Laconia  Sparta  or  Lacedaemon,  Amyclae,  Malea. 

Argolis  Argos,  Mycenae,  Epidaurus,  Nemaea. 

Arcadia  Megalopolis,  Tegasa,  Mantinea,  Lycosura 

The  Peloponnesus  was  named  from  Pelops  and  nesos^  the  island  of 
Pelops^  being-  almost  an  island.  It  received  its  modern  name  J\Ioreay 
from  the  mulberry-trees  with  which  it  abounds,  or  from  its  resem- 
blance in  shape  to  the  leaf  of  a  plane-tree. 

Arcadia  occupied  the  central  part,  and  was  the  celebrated  pasto- 
ral country  of  the  poets. 

The  inhabitants  of  Laconia  were  noted  for  expressing-  their  ideas 
in  few  words ;  hence  the  proverbial  phrases,  '  Laconic  style,''  and 
'  Laconic  answer.^ 

Mountains.  On  Mount  Taygetus,  the  Lacedaemonian  women  cel- 
ebrated the  orgies  of  Bacchus.  The  mountains  of  Mcenalus  and 
Lycceus  were  the  residences  of  Pan  and  the  sylvan  deities. 

Rivers  and  lakes.  The  principal  rivers  were  the  Eurotas  and  Al- 
p'heus.  Lema,  a  small  lake  not  far  from  Arg-os,  was  famous  for  the 
hydra  slain  by  Hercules  ;  Stymphalus,  a  fountain  and  lake,  was  the 
fabled  residence  of  the  Harpies. 

Towns.     Corinth,  situated  on  a  narrow  isthmus  of  the  same  name, 
was  celebrated  for  its  commerce,  wealth,  and  the  arts,  and  was  also 
disting-uished  in  the  early  history  of  Christianity.     It  had  two  ports, 
LechcBum  and  Cenchrea.     At  Corinth,  the  Isthmian  games  were  eel 
ebrated  in  honour  of  Neptune. 

Sparta,  or  Lacedaemon,  was  a  powerful  city,  distinguished  for  the 
institutions  of  Lycurg-us,  and  for  the  temperate,  hardy,  and  warlike 
character  of  its  inhabitants. 

Olympia  was  remarkable  for  an  ivory  statue  of  Jupiter,  reckoned 
one  of  the  seven  wonders  of  the  world  ;  also  for  being-  the  place 
where  the  Olympic  games  were  celebrated  during-  5  days,  in  the  fir&t 
month  of  every  fifth  year,  in  honour  of  Jupiter.  These  were  the 
most  celebrated  of  the  Grecian  g-ames,-and  consisted  chiefly  of  ath- 
letic exercises,  as  wrestling-,  boxing-,  leaping-,  and  running-.  No  per- 
son was  allowed  to  enter  the  lists,  unless  he  had  exercised  himself  ten 
months  in  the  g-ymnasium  of  Elis.  The  only  reward  the  conqueror 
obtained,  was  a  crown  of  olive.  From  these  games  the  Greeks  adopt- 
ed their  computation  of  time  by  Olympiads. 

Argos  was  a  renowned  city,  and  the  capital  of  Argolis.  Mycence 
was  noted  as  the  royal  city  of  Agamemnon  ;  JsTemcea  for  the  Nemaean 
games,  in  honour  of  Hercules,  for  slaying  the  lion ;  Epidaurus  for 
the  worship  of  ^sculapius ;  JVauplia  as  a  naval  station  ;  Pylos  as  the 
city  of  Nestor ;  Megalopolis  sls  the  birthplace  of  Polybius ;  Amy^ 
doe,  of  Castor  and  Pollux ;  Mantinea  for  a  great  defeat  of  the  Spar 

ns  by  Epaminondas,  who  was  slain. 
20* 


234                             ISLANDS  OF  GREECE.  ! 

ISLANDS  OF  GREECE.  1 

In  the  Ionian  sea  were  the  islands  of  Corcyra,  Parus,  Leucas^  of 

Lcucadia,  Ithaca^  Cephalema,  and  Zacynthtcs.     On   the  south  of  the  i 
Peloponnesus  was  Cythera^  sacred  to  Venus.     These  now  form  the 

republic  of  the  Seven  Islands.  . 

Corcyra  is  memorable  for  the  shipwreck  of  Ulysses,  and  the  g-ar-  ] 

dens  of  Aicinoiis,  also  in  the  Peloponncsian  wars  ;  Ithaca  as  the  resi-  I 

dence  of  Ulysses.  '• 

On  the  S.  W.  part  of  Leucf\s  was  the  celebrated  promontory,  call-  ' 
ed  the  Lovers'*  Leap^  where  disappointed  lovers  threw  themselves  into 

the  sea.     Among-  these  adventurers  was  the  poetess  Sappho.  '■ 

Salamis,  an  island  in  the  Saronic  gulf,  on  the  coast  of  Attica,  was  j 
famous  for  the  defeat  of  the  Persian  fleet  by  the  Athenians ;  also  aa 
the  birthplace  of  Ajax  and  Teucer. 

The  islands  in  the  iEgean  sea,  between  Crete  and  Tcnedes,  were  ^ 

mostly  comprehended  under  two  divisions,  Cydades  and  Sporades.  ' 

The  Cydades  were  the  islands  lying  in  a  semi-circular  form  round  \ 

JDelos  ;  the  Sporades  were  those  more  distant,  toward  the  eastern  side  ] 

of  the  sea,  and  annexed  to  Asia.  ; 

Cydades.    The  principal  of  these  were  T>elos,  Ceos,  Cinthus^  Seri-  } 

phus,  Melos,  Paros^  JVaxos^  J\fyconus,  Zenos^  and  Andros.  j 

Delos  was  famous  as  the  birthplace  of  Apollo  and  Diana,  and  also  ' 
for  a  celebrated  altar  to  the  former;  J^'^axos  for  the  worship  of  Bac- 
chus ;  Paros  for  beautiful  white  marble  ;  Antiparos  for  a  remark-  i 
able  grotto.  ' 

The  other  most  noted  islands  were  Crete^  Euboea,  and  Scyros^  be-  | 

longing  to    Europe;  Lemnos^  Tenedos^  Leshos^  Chios.  Patm/>s..Cos,  * 

and  Rhodes^  belonging  to  Asia.  I 

Crete,  the  largest  of  the  Grecian  islands,  was  famous  for  the  laws  of 
Minos,  its  labyrinth,  and  for  its  hundred  cities;  the  chief  of  which 

were  Gnossus,  Gortyna,  and  Cydonia.     In  the  middle  of  the  island  j 

was  Mount  Ida.     The  Cretans  were  celebrated  archers.  ; 

The  principal  town  of  Eubcea,  the  island  next  in  size  to  Crete,  i 

was  Chalcis.  { 

Rhodes  was  anciently  famous  for  its  power  by  sea,  and  for  its  bra^ 

zen  colossus,  70  cubits  high,  dedicated  to  the  sun,  and  accounted  one  j 
of  the  seven  wonders  of  the- world.* 

Lesbos  was  celebrated  as  the  birthplace  of  Sappho,  also  for  its  j 
wine,  and  the  luxury  of  its  inhabitants ;  Lemnos  for  its  labyrinth, 
and  as  the  residence  of  Vulcan  ;  Samos  for  the  worship  of  Juno,  i 
and  as  the  birthplace  of  Pythagoras ;  Chios  for  wine ;  Cos  as  the  birth- 
place of  Simonides,  Apellcs,  and  Hippocrates  ;  Tenedos  as  the  place  < 
where  the  Grecian  fleet  was  concealed  in  the  expedition  against  j 
Troy  ;  Patmos  as  the  place  to  which  St.  John  was  banished,  and  j 
where  he  wrote  the  book  of  Revelation. 

*  The  seven    iconders  of  the   ancient   world,   were    the   Colossus  at  j 
Rhodes;  the  Temple  of  Diana^i  Ephesus  ;  the  Mausoleum  2it  Halicar- 

nassus ;  the  Siatue  of  Jupiter  at  Olympia  ;  the  Walls  of  Babylon  ;  the  : 

Piromids  of  E^pt ;  and  the  royal  palace  of  Cyrus.  . 


ASIA  MINOR.  23S 

ASIA. 

ASIA  MINOR. 


The  western  part  of  Asia  Minor  was  occupied  chiefly  by  Grecian 
colonies. 

Division*.  Towns. 

Mysia  Cyzicus,  Perg-amus,  Lampsachus,  Abydos. 

Troas  Troy,  Adramyttium,  Dardania. 

^oiia  Elea,  Cumae,  Phocea. 

Ionia  Ephesus,  Smyrna,  Phocoea,  Miletus. 

Lydia  Sardis,  Philadelphia,  Thyatira,  Magnesia, 

Caria  Halicarnassus,  C nidus,  Ceraraus. 

Lycia  Patara,  Xanthus,  Telmessus. 

Pisidia  and  Pamphylia  Pcrg-a,  Scig-a,  Attalia,  Aspendus. 

Lycaonia  and  Isauria  Iconium,  Derbe,  Lystra,  Isanra. 

Cilicia  Tarsus,  Issus,  Seleucia,  Cclcnderis 

^XMinor"  ^™'-^Mazaca,  Melitcne,  Comana. 

Phryg-ia  Laodicea,  Colossae,  Aparaea,  Hierapolig 

Galatia  Ancyra,  Tavium,  Gordium. 

Pithynia  Nicomedia,  Prusa,  Heraclea,  Nice. 

Paphlagonia  Amastris,  Sinope,  Cimolis. 

Fontus  Amasia,  Trapezus,  Amisus,  Cerasus. 

Rivers,  The  principal  rivers  were  the  Hahjs,  Lycus,  Sangariiteit 
Granicus,  Hermus^  Padolus,  and  J^lceander.  The  Scamander,  or  Xan- 
thus, and  Simois,  were  small  rivulets  flowing'  through  the  plain  of 
Troy. 

On  the  banks  of  the  Granicus  Alexander  obtained  his  first  victory 
over  the  Persians,  B.  C.  334.  The  Mczander  was  famous  for  its  wind- 
ing's. 

The  Pactolus  and  Hermus,  according  to  the  ancients,  flowed  o^  er 
golden  sand. 

Mountains.  Taurus  was  the  principal  chain  of  mountains  in  Asia 
Minor.  Olympus,  Tmolus,  Sipylus,  Corycus,  and  Ida,  were  celebrated 
mountains.  The  highest  summit  of  Mount  Ida,  was  called  Gargarus. 
Sipylus  was  the  residence  of  Niobe,  and  it  was  on  Ida  that  Paris 
adjiiflg-ed  the  prize  of  beauty  to  Venus.  Corycus,  a  lofty  mountain 
in  Cilicia,  was  famous  for  saffron,  and  the  cave  of  Typhon. 

Islands.  The  Greek  islands  in  the  Egaean  sea  have  been  already 
mentioned. 

Cyprus,  a  large  island,  was  celebrated  for  its  fertility,  its  ample 
population,  and  especially  for  the  gayety  of  its  inhabitants.  It  was 
consecrated  to  Venus,  and  represented  by  the  poets  as  the  birthplace 


236  ASIA  MINOR. 

of  that  goddess,  an'!  the  abode  of  the  Graces.     Paphos  and  Salamts  \ 
were  the  chief  towns.     Citiumw&G  the  birthplace  of  Zeno  the  stoic.  1 

Tfoy^  the  capital  of  Troas,  was  situated  on  the  Xanthus,  4  miles  : 
from  the  sea,  and  near  Mount  Ida.  It  was  famous  for  a  memorable  \ 
siege  of  10  years,  which  it  sustained  against  the  Greeks,  who  at  last  i 
took  it  B.  C.  1184.     No  vestiges  of  this  city  are  now  to  be  seen.      ] 

Ephesus  was  one  of  the  most  splendid  cities  of  Asia  Minor,  and  i 
had  a  celebrated  temple  of  Diana,  which  was  accounted  one  of  the  ; 
seven  wonders  of  the  world.  It  was  supported  by  127  marble  pillars,  ■ 
60  feet  high.  Ephesus  is  also  memorable  in  the  wiitings  and  travels  i 
of  St.  Paul.     It  is  now  uninhabited. 

Pergamus  was  the  royal  city  of  Eumenes,  who  here  founded  a  li  j 
brary  of  200,000  volumes,  in  order  to  rival  that  of  Alexandria.  It  ] 
was  the  birthplace  of  Galen.  i 

Smyrna,  anciently  a  rich  and  powerful  city,  is  now  the  most  popu-  ' 
lous  and  commercial  town  in  Natolia.  It  was  the  seat  of  one  of  the  ' 
seven  churches  of  Asia,  and  was  also  one  of  the  seven  cities  that  claimed  j 
the  honour  of  giving  iiirth  to  Homer.  The  whole  seven  are  enumer  '[ 
ated  in  the  following  line  :  ^ 

Smyrna,  Chios,  Colophon,  Salamis,  Rhodus,  Argos,  Athenm.  \ 

Halicarnassus,  the  capital  of  Caria,  was  famous  for  its  Mausoleum,  ; 
the  tomb  of  king  Mausolus,  which  was  reckoned  one  of  the  seven  ■ 
wonders  of  the  world,  and  has  given  to  all  magnificent  sepulchres  i 
the  name  of  mausoleums.  It  is  also  noted  as  the  birthplace  of  Hero-  1 
dotus,  the  father  of  history,  Dionysius  Halicarnassensis,  and  Hera  ' 
clitus  the  weeping  philosopher.  ! 

Miletus,  a  large  and  rich  city,  was  noted  for  a  temple  and  oracle  j 
of  Apollo  ;  as  the  birthplace  of  Thales,  the  philosopher,  and  Anaxi-  j 
mander,  the  inventor  of  dials  and  maps ;  and  for  the  affecting  leave  j 
which  St.  Paul  here  took  of  the  Ephesian  Christians.  1 

J^Tice  is  memorable  for  a  celebrated  council,  held  here  in  the  year  j 
325,  which  framed  the  Nicene  creed ;  Chalcedon  for  a  council  against^ 
the  Eutychian  heresy  ;  J^icoviedia  as  the  residence  of  Constantine  ;  j 
Heraclea  for  its  naval  importance ;  Lihyssa  for  the  tomb  of  Hanni-  , 
bal ;  Lampsachus  for  the  worship  of  Priapus. 

Sardis,  the  capital  of  Lydia,  was  noted  as  the  residence  of  the  \ 
proverbially  rich  king  Croesus ;  Erythroe  as  the  residence  of  one  \ 
of  the  Sybils  ;  Teos  as  the  birthplace  of  Anacreon  ,  Magnesia  for  | 
the  defeat  of  Antiochus  by  Scipio ;  Cnidus  for  a  statue  of  Venus  by  * 
Praxiteles ;  Patara  for  an  oracle  of  Apollo  ;  Hierapolisforhot  baths  ;  < 
Laodicea  for  wool ;  Mycale,  a  promontory,  opposite  to  the  island  of  i 
Samos,  for  the  destruction  of  the  Persian  fleet  by  the  Greeks. 

Tarsus,  the  capital  of  Cilicia,  was  famous  for  its  attainments  in  \ 
the  arts  and  sciences ;  also  as  the  birthplace  of  St.  Paul ;  Issus  for 
the  defeat  of  Darius  by  Alexander ;  Gordium  as  the  place  where  ; 
Alexander  cut  the  gordian  knot ;  Sinope  as  the  birthplace  of  Diog-^ 
enes  ;  Amasia,  of  Mithridates  and  Strabo  ;  Trapezus  for  its  renown  ; 
under  the  emperors  of  the  eastern  empire ;  Comana  for  a  temple  of  j 
Bellona;  Cerasw*  for  giving  name  to  the  cherry-tree,  cherries  having  ' 
first  been  brought  from  this  place  to  Rome  ;  Themiscyra,  on  the  Ther- 
modon,  for  those  warlike  women   the  Amazons;   Zeila  as  the  place  : 


where  ' 


SYRIA.  237 


ere  Caesar  defeated  Pharnaces,  and  wrote  the  account  of  his  vic- 
tory to  the  senate  in  these  three  words,  "  rem,  vidi^  vici^"  I  came,  I 
saw,  I  conquered. 

The  seven  churches  of  Asia,  mentioned  by  St.  John  in  the  Revela- 
tion, viz.  Ephesus,  Smyrna,  Pergamos,  Thyatira,  Sardis,  Philadel- 
phia, and  Laodicea,  were  all  in  the  western  part  of  Asia  Minor. 

Colchis,  Iberia,  and  Albania. 

These  countries  were  situated  between  the  Euxine  and  Caspian 
seas.  Colchis  is  famous  for  the  fable  of  the  Golden  Fleece,  and  the 
expedition  of  Jason  and  the  Arg-onauts,  who  sailed  in  the  ship  Argo 
in  search  of  it.  The  Arg-onauts  broug-ht  away  some  larg-e  birds  taken 
on  the  river  Phasis,  said  from  this  to  be  named  pheasants.  The  chief 
towns  were  ^a  and  Cyta.  The  latter  was  famous  for  poisonous  herbs, 
and  the  birth  of  Medea. 

Iberia  and  Albania  contained  some  very  strong  passes  in  the  Cau- 
casian mountains. 

^^^^  Armenia  and  Mesopotamia. 

^^  Among  the  mountains  of  Armenia  is  the  celebrated  and  dreary 
summit  of  Ararat,  on  which  the  ark  is  supposed  to  have  rested  after 
the  flood. 

Some  of  the  cities  of  Armenia  were  Artaxata,  a  strong  royal  city ; 
Tigranocerta,  where  Lucullus  found  great  treasure;  Arze,  now  Er- 
zerum ;  Amida,  now  Diarbekir. 

Jlesopotamiawiis  situated  between  the  Euphrates  and  Tigris,  south 
of  Armenia,  and  above  Babylonia. 

Some  of  the  towns  were  Edessa,  the  capital,  now  Ourfa  ;  Apamea, 
on  the  Euphrates,  at  the  famous  pass  of  Zeugma  ;  Carres,  called  Ha- 
ran  and  Charran  in  the  scriptures,  from  which  Abraham  departed 
for  the  land  of  Canaan ;  famous  also  for  Sabaism,  or  the  worship  of  the 
host  of  heaven,  and  for  the  death  of  Crassus  ;  J^isibis,  long-  the  fron- 
tier town  of  the  Roman  empire  ;  to  the  south  of  which  was  the  cel- 
ebrated plain  of  Cunaxa,  where  Cyrus  was  defeated  and  slain. 

SYRIA. 

Divisions.  Chief  Tovms, 

Commagene  Samosata. 

Coelo-Syria  Damascus,  Palmyra. 

Phoenicia  Tyre,  Sidon. 

Palestine  Jerusalem,  Samaria. 

Mnuntains.  Lebanon  or  Libanus  and  Anlilibanus  are  two  cele- 
brated ranges  of  mountains,  on  the  north  of  Palestine  ;  celebrated  for 
magnificent  cedars.  Coglo-Syria,  or  the  Hollow  Syria,  occupied 
the  valley  between  the  ranges. 


238  PALESTINE. 

Cities.  Antioch.  situated  on  the  Orontes,  18  miles  above  its  mouth, 
is  famous  in  history.  It  was  for  several  hundred  years  the  residence 
of  the  Macedonian  kings  of  Syria,  and  was  at  one  time  accounted 
the  third  city  in  the  world  in  splendour  and  population.  The  follow- 
ers of  Christ  were  here  first  called  Christians. 

Damascus^  50  miles  from  the  sea,  a  very  ancient  city,  once  the 
capital  of  the  king-dom  of  Syria,  is  celebrated  in  both  sacred  and 
profane  history.  It  gave  name  to  the  plums  called  damascenes  or 
damsons^  and  to  the  silks  called  damasks. — It  is  still  a  large  city. 

Palmyra,  Tadmor  in  the  wilderness,  or  Tadamora,  {the  city  of  palm- 
trees,)  85  miles  west  of  the  Euphrates,  was  the  city  of  the  celebrated   j 
queen  Zenobia,  who  had  for  her  secretary  Longinus,  author  of  the  trea-   ^ 
tise  on  the  sublime.     It  now  exhibits  the  most  magnificent  ruins  of  a    ■ 
temple  of  the  sun,  other  buildings,  towers,  pillars,  obelisks,  and  sep- 
ulchres.    These  ruins  surpass  any  others  found  in  Asia  or  Greece.        i 

Tyre  and  Sidon,  very  ancient  cities  of  Phoenicia,  were  famous  * 
for  their  extensive  commerce  ;  Sarepta  for  Elijah's  miracles ;  Heli- 
opolis,  now  Balbec,  for  the  ruins  of  a  most  magnificent  temple  • 
of  the  sun ;  Hierapolis  for  the  worship  of  the  Syrian  goddess  Atar-  , 
gatis,  having  a  woman's  head  and  a  fish's  tail ;  Epiphaneia  for  a  tem-  ' 
pie  of  Elagabalus  or  the  sun  ;  Samosata  as  the  birthplace  of  Lucian.  ' 
Daphne  was  a  grove  and  fountain,  5  miles  from  Antioch,  noted  for  ' 
the  licentious  worship  of  Venus;  Adonis,  a.  small  river  below  Tripo-  i 
lis,  the  streams  of  which,  at  the  anniversary  of  the  death  of  Adonis 
were  fabled  to  flow  with  blood.  1 


t 


PALESTINE. 


J^ames.  This  country  was  first  called  the  Land  of  Canaan,  after- 
wards the  Land  of  Promise,  or  the  Promised  Land,  the  Land  of  Is- 
rael, Judea,  Palestine,  and  the  Holy  Land.  It  was  named  Palcesti- 
na,  or  Palestine,  from  the  Philistcei,  or  the  Philisti7ies.  It  is  called 
the  Holy  Land,  on  account  of  its  being  the  country  of  the  Israelites', 
and  the  scene  of  a  great  part  of  the  transactions  recorded  in  the 
Bible,  and  particularly  of  the  birth,  sufferings,  and  death  of  our  Re- 
deemer. 

Divisions.  The  country  was  anciently  divided  into  12  parts  or 
tribes,  named  from  the  sons  of  Jacob  ;  afterwards  into  the  two  king-- 
doms  of  Judah  and  Israel ;  and  lastly,  under  the  Romans,  into  three 
provinces,  Galilee,  Samaria,  and  Judea.  Perasa  was  the  name  applied 
to  the  principal  portion  of  that  part  lying  to  the  east  of  the  Jordan. 

Divisions.  Chief  Tovms. 

Galilee  Nazareth,  Tiberias,  Capernaum, 

Samaria  Samaria,  Caesarea,  Shechem. 

Judea  Jerusalem,  Hebron,  Jericho,  Joppa. 

Peraea  Mahanaim,  Amathus,  Heshbon. 

Rivers.     The  celebrated  river  of  Palestine  is  the  Jordan^  whick 


PALESTINE.  239 

rises  in  Mount  Hermon,  passes  through  lakes  Merom  and  Genesareth, 
and  after  a  southerly  course  of  150  miles,  flows  into  the  Dead  Sea. 

Face  of  the  country.  The  face  of  the  country  is  beautifully  varie- 
g-ated  by  mountaius,  hills,  valleys,  and  plains. 

Lakes.  The  Dead  Sea,  called  also  the  Sea  of  Sodom,  Salt  Sea,  and 
Lake  Asphaltites,  is  about  70  miles  long-,  and  10  or  15  broad.  It  oc- 
cupies the  spot  where  the  cities  of  Sodom  and  Gomorrah,  are  suppos- 
ed to  have  once  stood.  It  is  bordered  by  dreary  mountains,  and  the 
immediate  vicinity  is  barren  and  cheerless.  The  water  is  clear  and 
limpid,  but  uncommonly  salt  and  bitter,  and  of  greater  specific  grav 
ity  than  that  of  any  other  lake  that  is  known. 

The  Lake  of  Genesareth,  called  also  the  Sea  of  Tiberias  and  the 
Sea  of  Galilee,is  17  miles  long.  It  is  environed  by  lofty  eminences, 
and  has  a  beautiful  and  picturesque  appearance. 

Mountains.  On»the  north  is  Hermon;  also  Lebanon,  famous  for 
magnificent  cedars.  West  of  the  lake  of  Genesareth  is  Tabor,  sup- 
posed to  have  been  the  scene  of  the  transfiguration  ;  about  10  miles 
to  the  north  is  the  mount  on  wliicli  our  Saviour  delivered  his  memo- 
rable sermon.  Mount  Carmel  on  the  coast  of  the  Mediterranean, 
was  the  retreat  of  the  prophet  Elijah ;  in  modern  times  noted  for 
monks  called  Carmelites.  On  the  north  side  of  Sichem  is  Mount 
Ebal,  and  on  the  south  Mount  Gerizim,  famous  for  the  temple  of 
the  Samaritans.  Mount  Gilboa,  near  Bethshean,  is  noted  for  the  death 
of  Saul  and  Jonathan. 

On  the  south  of  Palestine  is  Mount  Seir,  with  the  summit  oi Mount 
Hor,  where  Aaron  died.  To  the  east  of  the  Jordan,  are  the  moun- 
tains of  Gilead  a.nd  Abarim.  On  JVe6o,  a  mountain  of  the  chain  of 
A-barim,  Moses  died ;  and  from  its  summit,  called  Pisgah,  he  had  a 
view  of  the  Promised  Land. 

Climate.  The  heat  of  summer  is  great,  but  mitigated  by  a  period- 
ical breeze.  The  cold  is  never  excessive.  It  seldom  rains  here, 
but  the  deficiency  is  supplied  by  the  most  abundant  dews. 

Soil.  The  Scriptures,  in  describing  the  fruitftilncss  of  this  coun- 
try, characterize  it  as  a  "  land  flowing  with  milk  and  honey."  In 
modern  times  the  cultivation  of  the  soil  has  been  much  neglected  ^ 
but  where  well  attended  to,  it  is  very  productive. 

Productions.  The  productions  consist  of  wheat,  barley,  pxdsp.  fruity 
loine,  oil,  tobacco,  cotton,  and  silk. 

Toicns.  Jerusalem,  the  chief  city  of  the  ancient  kingdom  of  Ju- 
dah,  and  of  modern  Palestine,  was  built  on  4  hills,  Zion,  Moriah, 
Acra,  and  Bezeta.  Around  it  is  a  plain  encompassed  by  mountains. 
It  is  memorable  for  its  ancient  temple,  for  the  death  and  resurrec- 
tion of  our  Saviour,  and  for  its  signal  destruction.  The  modern 
city  is  built  on  Mount  Moriah,  and  is  noted  chiefly  for  pilgrimage. 

Six  miles  S.  of  Jerusalem  is  Bethlehem,  where  our  Saviour  was 
born  :  to  the  north  of  Mount  Moriah  was  the  fool  of  Bethesda,  where 
he  healed  the  cripple  :  to  the  cast  of  the  city,  beyond  the  brook  Ki- 
dron,  was  the  Mount  of  Olives,  whither  he  resorted  with  his  disci- 
ples after  eating  the  passover  :  between  the  Mount  of  Olives  and  the 
eity,  was  Gethsemane,  where  he  was  betrayed :  on  the  north  side  of 
the  city,  was  Calvary,  where  he  was  crucified  :  7  miles  to  the  N.  W 


240  ARABIA.  i 

was  Emmaus,  where  he  appeared  to  the  disciples  after  his  resflirec*  \ 
tion  :  to  the  N.  E.  was  Bethany^  where  he  raised  Lazarus  from  the  ; 
dead,  and  whence  he  ascended  into  heaven.  I 

Hebron^  22  miles  SSW.  of  Jerusalem,  was  for  7  years  the  royal  ■ 
residence  of  David.  It  stands  on  the  borders  of  the  plain  of  Mamre,  ; 
in  which  was  the  cave  of  Machpelah,  where  Abraham,  Sarah,  and  : 
Isaac  were  buried. 

Beer-sheba^  a  town  of  some  note,  was  situated  on  the  southern  bor-  ' 
der  of  tlie  land  of  Israel ;  and  on  the  north  border,  156  miles  distant,  | 
was  the  city  of  Dan,  afterwards  called  CcBsarea-Philippi.     Hence  ; 
the  phrase  to  express  the  limits  of  the  country,  "  From  Dan  to  Beer 
sheba.^^ 

Jericho,  once  a  large  city,  was  noted  for  palm-trees.     To  the  south  ; 
of  it,  on  the  west  side  of  the  Dead  Sea,  was  the  desert  or  wildemest 
of  Judea.  ^  i 

Joppa,  now  Jaffa,  is  noted  as  the  port  of  Jerusalem  ;  Ccesarea,  as  i 
the  ancient  seat  of  the  Roman  governors,  also  for  the  death  of  Herod 
Agrippa,  and  the  conversion  of  Cornelius;  Samaria,  as  the  capital  ^ 
of  the  kingdom  of  Israel :  Sichem,  Schechem^  or  Sychar,  afterwards  < 
J^eapolis,  now  J^apolose,  between  mounts  Ebal  and  Gerizim,  for  the  .< 
tomb  of  Joshua;  and  3  miles  distant  was  Jacob''s  Well,  memorable  for  ' 
our  Saviour's  conversation  with  the  woman  of  Samaria.  , 

J^azareth,  50  miles  N.  of  Jerusalem,  is  noted  as  the  residence  of  •■ 
our  Saviour  ;  Carta  for  his  miracle  of  turning  water  into  wine  ;  J^Tain  ' 
for  the  restoration  of  the  widow's  son  to  life  ;  Bethsaida  as  the  birth- 
place of  Philip,  Andrew,  and  Peter  ;  Capernaum  and  Chorazin  for  ] 
several  miracles ;  Tiberias  as  the  capital  of  Galilee  ;  Ptolemmsy  now  ■ 
Acre,  for  a  memorable  siege  "by  the  Crusaders.  -, 

Gath,  Ekron,  Ashdod,  or  Azotus,  Askalon,  and  Gaza,  were  places  J 
of  note  in  the  country  of  the  Philistines.  i 


ARABIA.  1 

Divisions.  Towns. 

Arabia  Dcserta  Thapsacus.  j 

Arabia  Petraea  Petra,  Ezion-geber. 

Arabia  Felix  Saba.  j 

The  mountains  Sinai  and  Horeb,  in  Arabia  Petraea,  are  situated  ^ 
between  the  two  northern  branches  of  the  Red  Sea.  i 

On  Mount  Horeb,  God  appeared  to  Moses  in  the  burning  bush;  j 
and  at  the  foot  of  it  Moses  struck  the  rock,  and  drew  water  for  the  , 
Israelites.     On  Mount  Sinai  he  received  the  ten  commandments.        ' 

Ezion-geber  was  the  port  from  which  Solomon's  vessels  sailed  for  ^ 
Ophir.  Midian,  on  the  east  side  of  the  Red  Sea,  was  the  residence  < 
of  Jethro,  the  father-in-law  of  Moses.  ] 

In  Arabia  Felix   was  the   country  of  the  Sabeans,  which  yielded  i 
myrrh  and  frankincense.     Saba  is   supposed  to  have  been  the  resi- 
dence of  the  queen  of  Sheba. 


AFRICA. 
ORIENTAL  KINGDOMS. 


S4« 


Countries. 

Assyria 

Babylonia,  or  Chaldea 

Media 

Parthia 

Persia 


Chief  cities. 
Nineveh,  or  Ninus. 
Babylon. 
Ecbatana. 

Hecatom-pylos,  Ctesiphon. 
Persepolis,  Susa,  Pasargada. 


JSTineveh,  a  very  ancient  and  splendid  city,  situated  on  the  Tigris^ 
capital  of  the  powerful  king-dora  of  Assyria,  was  48  miles  in  circuit, 
surrounded  by  a  wall  100  feethig-h,  on  the  top  of  which  three  chariots 
could  ride  abreast.  Some  of  its  ruins  are  to  be  seen  at  J^unia,  op- 
posite to  Mosul. 

Babylon,  one  of  the  most  renowned  cities  in  the  world,  stood  cm 
both  sides  of  the  Euphrates.  It  was  surrounded  by  a  wall  which  was 
60  miles  in  circuit,  87  feet  thick,  and  350  feet  hig-h,  and  was  account- 
ed one  of  the  seven  wonders  of  the  world. — Extensive  ruins  of  this 
city  are  now  to  be  seen  near  Hellah,  60  miles  S.  of  Bagdad. 

Ecbatana,  the  capital  of  Media,  was  a  city  of  great  splendour,  and 
was  surrounded  by  seven  walls.  Hamadan,  a  considerable  city,  is 
supposed  to  stand  on  the  same  site. 

Hecatom-pylos,  now  Damegan,  was  the  capital  of  Parthia ;  and 
Ctesiphon,  now  Modain,  was  the  winter  residence  of  the  kings.  At 
Ctesiphon  was  a  palace  described  as  the  most  magnificent  work  in 
the  east.     Its  ruins  are  still  to  be  seen. 

Persepolis,  a  splendid  city,  was  destroyed  by  Alexander.  It  now 
exhibits  extensive  ruins  near  Estachar. 

Susa,  in  the  Scriptures  Shushan,  now  Shuster,  or  Shus,  was  a  very 
ancient,  large,  and  splendid  city,  and  the  winter  residence  of  the 
Persian  kings. 

Pasargada,  now  Pasa,  was  a  royal  city,  and  the  burial  place  of 
the  Persian  kings. 

Arbela,  60  miles  N.  E.  of  Nineveh,  now  Erbil,  is  famous  for  a  great 
battle  fought  a  few  miles  from  it,  on  the  plain  of  Gaugamela,  between 
Alexander  and  Darius. 


Divisions. 
Lower  Egypt,  or  Delta 
Heptanomis 
Upper  Egypt,  or  Thebaid 


AFRICA. 

EGYPT. 

Towns, 

Alexandria,  Sais,  Canopus,  HeliopollB. 
Memphis,  Arsinoe,  Hermopolia. 
Thebes,  Abydos,  Coptos. 


Egypt  was  the  cradle  of  science,  and  holds  a  conspicuous  place  in 

21 


5M2  AFRICA. 

history.     It  could   boast  of  its  attainments  in  the  arts  and  sciences 
at  a  period  when  Greece  and  Italy  were  in  a  state  of  barbarism. 

Alexandria  was  at  one  time  the  g-reatest  commercial  city  in  the 
world,  and  before  the  discovery  of  the  passag-e  around  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope,  was  the  great  mart  of  all  the  merchandise  between  Eu 
rope  and  the  East  Indies.  Some  of  the  other  towns  in  Lower  Egypt, 
were  Sais,  noted  as  the  capital  of  the  Delta ;  Pelusium,  as  the  bul- 
wark and  key  of  the  country  ;  On,  or  Hetiopolis,  for  a  temple  of  the 
sun  ;  Canopus  for  its  temple  of  Serapis ;  J\''icopolis  for  a  victory  gain- 
ed by  Augustus  over  Antony.  To  the  east  of  Pelusium  was  the  Pa- 
ins Sirbonis,  or  Sirbonian  Bog^  where  Typhon,  the  murderer  of  Osi 
ris,  is  fabled  to  have  perished. 

Memphis,  once  the  metropolis  of  all  Egypt,  was  a  renowned  city. 
It  was  situated  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Nile,  a  few  miles  southwest 
of  Cairo.  Below  Memphis  was  ArHnoe,  or  Crocodilopolis,  the  city 
of  tlic  crocodile,  near  lake  Mceris,  at  the  south  end  of  which  was 
the  labyrinth. 

Thebes,  the  capital  of  Upper  Egypt,  was  a  magnificent  city,  fa- 
mous for  its  hundred  gates,  the  theme  and  admiration  of  ancient  poets 
and  historians.  The  site,  which  is  27  miles  in  circuit,  is  covered 
with  splendid  ruins,  and  contains  several  villages,  the  principal  of 
which  is  Luxor,  260  miles  S.  of  Cairo. 

At  Syene,  the  extreme  town  of  Upper  Egypt,  there  was  a  celebrat- 
ed well,  the  bottom  of  which  at  the  summer  solstice,  was  exactly 
flluminatcd,  the  sun  being  perpendicular  over  it. 

Some  of  the  other  towni  in  Upper  Egypt  -were  Abydos,  famous  for 
the  temple  of  Osiris  and  palace  of  Memnon  ;  Coptos  as  the  emporium 
of  Arabian  and  Indian  commodities;  Tentyra  for  temples  of  Isis  and 
Venus ;  Cynopolis,  the  city  of  the  Dog ;  Apollinopolis,  the  city  of 
Apollo ;  Heracleopolis,  the  city  of  Hercules ;  Aphroditopolis,  the  city 
of  Venus, 

Antiquities,  Egypt  abounds  with  mag^nificent  monuments,  which 
show  to  what  a  high  state  of  improvement  the  inhabitants,  at  a  remote 
period,  carried  the  arts. 

The  pyramids  are  the  most  celebrated  of  these  monuments,  and 
were  reckoned  by  the  ancients  one  of  the  seven  wonders  of  the 
world.  The  principal  ones  stand  nearly  opposite  to  Cairo.  The  per- 
pendicular height  of  the  largest  one  is  nearly  500  feet.  The  pyra- 
mids are  of  so  remote  antiquity,  that  the  time  of  their  foundation  is 
unknown. 

The  Catacombs,  or  mummy-pits,  are  subterraneous  g-alleries  of  pro- 
digious extent,  appropriated  to  the  reception  of  the  dead.  Embalmed 
bodies,  in  a  good  state  of  preservation,  supposed  to  have  been  deposit- 
ed here  3  or  4,000  years  ago,  are  obtained  from  these  vaults. 

The  Labyrinth  was  a  famous  edifice  near  Arsinoe,  built  of  marble, 
under  ground,  consisting  of  12  palaces  and  3,000  chambers,  commu- 
nicating with  one  another  by  innumerable  windings.  Here  the  kings 
and  sacred  crocodiles  were  buried. 

Lake  J^Tceris,  an  immense  reservoir,  about  220  miles  in  circuit,  is 
said  to  have  been  dug  by  a  king  of  the  same  name,  in  order  to  C0Hr 
tuin  the  superfluous  waters,  during-  the  inundation  of  the  Nile. 


ANCIENT  EMPIRES.  243 

The  Toto&t^  of  Pharos^  near  Alexandria,  was  built  of  white  marble, 
and  could  be  seen  100  miles.  It  was  reckoned  among  the  wonders 
of  the  world. 

The  Land  of  Goshen  was  in  the  eastern  part  of  lower  Egypt 

Other  principal  countries  in  the  north  of  Africa. 

Countries.  Towns. 

Libya  Cyrene,  Ptolcmais,  Berenice. 

Africa  Proper  Carthage,  Utica. 

Numidia  Cirta,  Hippo  Regius,  Vacca. 

Mauretania  Cajsarea,  Tingis,  Siga. 

Carthage,  an  ancient  city,  celebrated  for  its  wealth  and  commerce, 
was  once  the  rival  of  Rome,  and  is  said  to  have  contained,  during 
the  Punic  wars,  700,000  inhabitants.  Its'  site  is  10  miles  NE.  of 
Tunis,  and  is  covered  with  various  ruins.  The  most  splendid  monu- 
ment is  the  great  cistern,  by  which  water  was  conveyed  to  the  city 
from  the  distance  of  50  or  60  miles. 

Cirta,  now  Constantina,  the  capital  of  Numidia,  was  a  large  city, 
built  upon  a  high  rock,  and  celebrated  as  the  ancient  bulwark  of  the 
country. 

Utica  is  memorable  for  the  death  of  Cato ;  Hippo  Regius  as  the 
episcopal  seat  of  St.  Augustine  ;  Zama  for  the  defeat  of  Hannibal 
by  Scipio  Africanus  ;  Vacca  for  its  notoriety  in  the  Jugurthine  war; 
Capsa  as  the  place  where  Jugurtha  deposited  his  treasures;  Thapsus 
for  a  victory  gained  by  Caesar. 

Near  the  river  Bagrada  was  killed  an  enormous  serpent,  which 
impeded  the  Roman  army  under  Regulus.  Not  far  from  the  Syrtis 
Minor  were  two  lakes,  celebrated  in  antiquity  under  the  names  of 
Palus  Tritonis  and  Palus  Libya.  On  the  former,  Minerva  is  said 
first  to  have  appeared,  whence  she  is  called  Tri tenia.  Near  the  latter, 
the  Gorgons  are  feigned  to  have  had  their  abode. 

In  a  beautiful  Oasis,  now  called  Siwah,  in  the  midst  of  the  Libyan 
desert,  was  the  temple  of  Jupiter  Ammon,  with  its  famous  oracle, 
consulted  by  Alexander.  At  Berenice,  or  Hesperis,  according  to 
eome,  was  the  garden  of  the  Hesperides,  containing  the  golden 
apples ;  others  place  it  on  the  Cape  Verde  Islands,  or  Bissagos,  on 
the  west  of  Africa. 

CcBsarea  was  noted  as  the  chief  city  of  Mauretania ;  Siga  as  the 
residence  of  Syphax.  Mount  Abyla,  opposite  to  Calpe^  was  one  of 
the  pillars  of  Hercules. 


Extent  of  some .  of  the  most  considerable  Empires  of  Antiquity,  ac 
cording  to  Tytter. 

The  Empire  of  Assyria,  under  Ninus  and  Semiramis,  about  2,200 
B.  C,  comprehended  Asia  Minor,  Colchis,  Assyria,  Media,  Choi 
dea,  Egypt. 


Eaifin  tf . 


BilkjBiau 


Syria,  ai  an  &e  vest  of 


ANCIENT  EMPIRES.  fUb 

and  Wester:?  ;  and  under  Constantine  each  empire  had  a  distinct 
capital  or  seat  of  g^Temment. 

The  extent  of  each  diyision  was  floctnating-  from  time  to  time , 
hut,  in  general,  the  Western?  Empoie  compFehended  lialy,  lUfria, 
Africa,  Spoui,  the  Gauis,  Britain. 

The  Eastern  Empire  comprehended  Egypt,  TKroee,  Hocto,  JHTa- 
cedonioy  Asia  Minor,  Pantut,  Armenia,  Asayria,  Media,  &c. 

The  Empire  of  Charlemagne,  H.  D.  800,  comprehended  France, 
Marca  Hispanica  (or  Navarre  and  Catalonia,)  Majorca,  JUmorea 
and  Irica,  Corsica,  Italy  as  far  soath  as  Naples,  Istria,  Ubumia. 
Dalmatia,  Rhatia,  Vtndelida,  ^oricum,  Germany,  from  the  Rhine 
to  the  Oder,  and  to  the  shores  of  the  Baltic 

France  contained,  1,  JNetutra,  comprehending-  Britany,  Norman^, 
Isle  of  France,  Orleannois;  2,  Au^ria,  comprehending-  Picardj, 
andT  Champagne ;  3,  Aquitania,  comprehending  Guienne,  and  Gasce- 
nv;  4,  Burg^undia^  comprehending  Buigimdy,  Ljonnois,  L*uigae- 
doc,  Dauphine,  Provence. 
«1* 


246                         CHRONOLOGICAL  TABLE.  ) 

CHRONOLOGICAL  TABLE.  j 

B.  C.  ! 

4004.  The  creation  of  the  world.  ; 

3348.  The  universal  deluge.  \ 

1491.  Moses  bring-s  the  Israelites  out  of  Egypt  " 
1184.  Troy  taken  and  burnt  by  the  Greel^  I 
1004.  Dedication  of  Solomon's  Temple.  ; 

776.  The  first  Olympiad  begins.  ; 
753.  The  foundation  of  Rome  by  Romulus. 

601.  End  of  the  Assyrian  empire  ;  Nineveh  taken  by  Nebuchad    ; 

nezzar.  i 

538.  End  of  the  Babylonian  empire ;  Babylon  taken  by  Cyrus.  i 

490.  Battle  of  Marathon.  i 

400.  Socrates  put  to  death.  i 

324.  Alexander  dies  at  Babylon,  aged  33.  i 

216.  Battle  of  Cannae  ;  the  Romans  defeated  by  Hannibal.  j 

146.  Carthage  destroyed  by  the  Romans.  j 
3^1.  Battle  of  Actium ;  end  of  the  Roman  Commonwealth. 

Birth  of  our  Saviour,  4  years  before  the  vulgar  era.  -( 

A.  D. 

33.  Crucifixion  of  our  Saviour,  on  Friday,  April  3.  | 

70.  Jerusalem  taken  and  destroyed  by  Titus.  \ 

98.  Trajan  emperor  of  Rome. 

329.  Constantine  removes  the  seat  of  empire  to  Constantinople.       j 

476.  Extinction  of  the  Western  Empire  of  the  Romans.  j 

622.  Era  of  the  Hegyra^  or  Flight  of  Mahomet  from  Mecca  to  \ 

Medina.  ! 

800.  New  Empire  of  the  West ;  Charlemagne  crowned  emperor  at  i 

Rome.  j 

827.  Beginning  of  the  kingdom  of  England  under  Egbert  \ 

872.  Alfred  the  Great,  king  of  England.  i 

1066.  William  the  Conqueror,  king  of  England.  \ 

1096.  First  Crusade  to  the  Holy  Land.     Peter  the  Hermit  I 

1340.  Gunpowder  invented  by  Swartz,  a  monk  of  Cologne.  ^ 

1404.  Death  of  Tamerlane.  j 

1440.  The  art  of  printing  invented.  j 

1453.  End  of  the  Eastern  Empire ;    Constantinople  taken  by  the 

Turks.  I 

1492.  America  discovered  by  Columbus. 

1517.  The  Reformation  in  Germany  begun  by  Luther.  , 

1603.  Union  of  the  crowns  of  England  and  Scotland,  under  James  L    < 

1620.  First  English  settlement  in  New  England,  at  Plymouth.  1 
1649.  Charles  I.  of  England  beheaded. 

1660.  Restoration  of  Charles  II.  ' 

1688.  Revolution  in  England  ;  James  abdicates  the  throne.  ! 

1776.  Independence  of  the  United  States  declared  July  4.  J 

1788.  The  constitution  of  the  United  States  adopted.  j 

1793.  The  French  revolution  ;  Louis  XVI.  beheaded.  \ 

1804.  Bonaparte  crowned  emperor  of  France.  I 
1815.  Battle  of  Waterloo  ;  the  empire  of  Bonaparte  orerthrown. 


TABLE 

Exhibiting-  the  ancient  names  of  the  cities,  tovyns,  rivers,  islands,  &.c,, 
together  with  their  pronunciation,  and  the  corresponding  modem 
names ;  also  the  ancient  country  or  province  in  which  the  cities  and 
towns  were  situated. 

Cities  and  Towns. 


Ancient, 

Country  or  Province 

Modem. 

Ab-de'ra 

Thrace 

Astrizza 

Ab-ei-li'num 

Campania 

Avellino 

A-by'dos 

^gypt 

Madfune 

A-by'dos 

Mysia 

J^agara 

Ach-e-run'ti-a 

Apulia 

Acerenza 

Ac'ti-um 

Epirus 

Azio 

Ad-ra-myt'ti-um 

Mysia 

Adramitt 

JE'gi-um 

Achaia 

Vortitza 

Al-ba  Lon'ga 

Latium 

Albano 

Al-ex-an'dri-a 

Syria 

Alexandretta 

Ai-ex-an'dri-a 

JEgypt 

Alexandria 

A-ma'si-a 

Poutus 

Amasia 

A-mas'tris 

Paphlagonia 

Amasrea 

Am-bra'ci-a 

Epirus                 near 

Arta 

A-mi'da 

Mesopotamia 

Diarbekir 

A-mi'sus 

Pontus 

Samsoun 

Am-phip'o-lis 

Macedonia 

Emboli 

Am-phis'sa 

Locris 

Salona 

An-co'na 

Picenum 

Ancona 

An-cy'ra 

Galatia 

Angora 

An-tic'y-ra 

Phocis 

Aspro-Spitia 

An'ti-och 

Syria 

Antioch,  or  Antakia 

An'ti-och 

Pisidia 

Akshehr 

An-tip'a-tris 

Palestine 

An-tip'o-lis 

Gaul 

Antibes 

An'ti-um 

Italy 

Anzio 

Ap-a-me'a,  or  Ce-lce' 

ne  Phrygia 

Aphiom-kara-hissar 

Ap-a-me'a 

Syria 

Famieh 

Ap-a-me'a 

Babylonia 

Coma 

Aph'e-tae 

Thessaly 

Fetio 

Ap-ol-lo'ni-a 

Epirus 

Polonia 

Ap-ol-lo'ni-a 

Macedonia 

Polina 

Ap-ol-lo'ni-a 

Thrace 

Sizeboli 

Ap'pi-i-Fo'rum 

Italy 

Fossa  JNuova 

A-qui-le'i-a 

Venetia 

Aquileia 

A  qui'num 

Latium 

Aquino 

248 


CITIES  AND  TOWXS. 


Ancient. 

Country. 

Modem. 

Ar-be'la 

Assyria 

Erhil 

Ar'de-a 

Latiura 

Ardia 

Ar'gos 

Arg-olis 

Argo 

Ar-i-ma-the'a 

Palestine 

Ramla 

Ar'o-er 

Palestine 

Ar-sin'o-e,  or  Croc-o-  \ 

J 

di-lop'o-Iis 

C^gypt 

Medina  Fan 

Ar-sin'o-e,    or    Cle-  \ 

) 

op'a-tris 

^^gypt 

Suez 

Ar-tax'a-ta 

Armenia 

Ardeth 

Ar-te-mi'ta 

Armenia 

Van 

Ash'dod,  or  A-zo'tus 

Palestine 

Ezdoud 

As'ke-loa 

Palestine 

Ascalon 

As-pa-do'na 

Persia 

Ispahan 

Athens 

Attica 

Athens,  or  Setii 

At-ta'li-a 

Lydia 

Italah 

At-ta'li-a 

Pamphylia 

Satalia 

Au-fi-de'na 

Campania 

Alfidena 

Au'gi-la 

Libya 

Augila 

Au-gus'ta  Tau-ri-no- 
rum 

htaly 

Turin 

Au-gus'ta    Vin-de-li- 
co'rum 

I  Rhaetia 

Augsburg 

A.u'lis 

Boeotia 

Megalo-Vathi 

Av-a-ri'cum 

Gaul 

Bourges 

A-zo'tus,  see  Ashdod 

Bab'y-lon 

Babylonia 

near     Hellah 

Bac'tra,  or  Zar-i-as'pa  Bactriana 

Balk 

Ba'i-ae 

Italy 

Baia 

Ben-e-ven'tum 

Italy 

Benevent0 

Ber-e-nice 

Libya 

Bingazi 

Ber-e-ni'ce 

Arabia 

Accaha 

Be-roe'a 

Syria 

Aleppo 

Bc-rce'a 

Macedonia 

Veria      " 

Be-ri'sa 

Pontus 

Tocat 

Ber'y-tus 

PhcEnicia 

Bairout 

Beth-sa'i-da 

Palestine 

Baitsida 

Bri-gan'ti-a 

Rhaetia 

Bregentz 

Brun-du'si-um 

Italy 

Brindisi 

Bur-dig'a-la 

Aqritainc 

Bourdeaux 

Bu-si'ris 

^gypt 

Abusir 

Buth-ro'tum 

Epirus 

Butrinto 

By-zan'ti-um 

Thrace 

Constantinoph 

Cae'sar-Au-gus'ta 

Spain 

Saragassa 

C^s-a-re'a 

Palestine 

Ccesarea 

Caes-a-re'a 

Cappadocia 

Kaisarieh 

Cses-a-re'a  Phi-lip'pi 

Palestine 

Paneas 

Ca-i-e'ta  ^ 

Italy 

Gaeta 

Cal-a-g-ur'ris 

Spain 

Calahorra 

Cal'a-ris 

Saidinia 

Cagliari 

CITIES  AND  TOWNS. 


249 


Cal'le 

Cal-lip'o-lis 

Cal-lip'o-li& 

Ca-nu'si-um 

Ca-per'na-um 

Cap'sa 

Capu-a 

Cai''che-mish,  or 

Cir-ce'si-um 
Car'di-a,  or  Ljs-i- 

ma'chi-a 
Cat'a-na 
Ce-le'i-a 
Cen'chre-a 
Cen'tum-Cel'lae 
Ceph-a-lae'dis 
Cer'a-mus 
Cer'a-sus 
Chal-ce'don 
Chal'cis 
Cher-o-nae'a 
Cho-ra'zin 
Chry-sopo-li8 
Cib'y-ra 

Cir'ta,  or  Cir  Iha 
Clau-di-op'o-lis 
Cla-zom'e-ua 
Cle-op'a-tris, 
Clu'si-um 
Clyp'e-a 
Cni'dus 
Co-lo'ni-a 
Ag'-rip-pi'na 
Coro-phon 
Co-los'sae 
Co-ma'na 
Com-plu'tum 
Con'da-te 
Con-flu-en'tes 
Co-sen'ti-a 
Cop'tos 

Co-ra-ce'si-um 
Cor'du-ba 
Cor'inth 
Co-ro'ne 
Cro-to'na 
Cu'mae 
Cy-do'ni-a 
Cyl-le'ne 
Cy-re'ne 


Country* 

Modem. 

Spain 

Oporto 

Tlirace 

Gallipoli 

Italy 

Gallipoli 

Italy 

Canosa 

Palestine 

Libya 

Gafsa 

Italy 

Capita 

(  Mesopotamia 

Kerkisia 

I  Thrace 
Sicily 

Hexamilu 

Catania 

Noricum 

alley 

Achaia 

Kenkri 

Italy 

Civita  Vecchia 

Sicily 

Cefatu 

Caria 

Keraino 

Cappadocia 

Keresoun 

Bithynia 

Kadi-Keni 

Euboea 

JSTegropont 

Boeotia 

Palestine 

Tell'oui 

Bithynia 

Scutari 

Phrygia 

Buruz 

Numidia 

Constantina 

Cappadocia 

Eskelib 

Ionia 

Vourla 

3   Arsinoe 

Etruria 

Chiusi 

Africa  Proper 

Clyhea 

Caria 

near     Crio 

i  Germany 

Cologne 

Ionia 

Phry^ia 

Chonos 

Cappadocia 

El  Bostan 

Spain 

Alcala 

Gaul 

Jiennes 

Germany 

Cohlentz 

Italy 

Cosenza 

iEgypt 

Keft 

Pamphylia 

Alanieh 

Spain 

Cordova 

Achaia 

Corinth 

Messenia 

Coron 

Italy 

Crotona 

Campania 

near     Pozzuoh 

Crete 

Canea 

Elis 

Chiarenza 

Libya 

Curen 

250 


CITIES  AND  TOWNS. 


Ancient. 

Cy'ta 

Cjz'i-cus 

Da-mas'cus 

Dar'nis 

Delphi 

Der'be 

Di-o-Caes-a-re'a 

Drep'a-num 

Dyr-rach'i-um 

E-bor'a-cum 

Ec-bat'a-na 

E-des'sa 

E-des'sa 

E'lath,  or  -Sl-la'na 

E-leu'sis 

E-leu-the-rop'o-lis* 

El-y-ma'is 

Em'ma-U8 

Eph'e-sus 

Ep-i-dau'rus 

Ep-i-dau'rus 

Ep-i-dau'rus 

Er'y-thrae 

Eu-pa-to'ri-a 

E'zi-on-ge'ber 

Faes'u4a3 

Fa-ven'ti-a 

Fel'tri-a 

Flo-ren'ti-a 

J'o'rum-Ju'li-i 

Gad'a-ra 

Ga'des 

Gau-g-a-mela 

Gen'u-a 

Gy-the'um 

Ha'dri-a 

Ha-dri-an-op'o-lis 

Hal-i-car-nas'sus 

Ha'ran,  or  Char'ran 

Hec-a-tom'py-los 

He-li-op'o-lis 

He-li-op'o-lis,  or  On 

Her-a-cle'a 

Her-a-cle'a 

Her-cu-la'ne-um 

Her-mi'o-ne 

Her-mop'o-lis 

His'pa-lis 

Hy-drun'tum 

Hyr-ca'ni-a 


Country, 

Modetn. 

Colchis 

Cotatis 

Mysia 

Cyzicus 

Syria 

Damascus 

Libya 

Derne 

Phocis 

Castn 

Lycaonia 

Alah-Dag 

Palestine 

Sephoury 

Sicily 

Trapani 

Macedonia 

Durazzo 

Britain 

York 

Media 

Hamadan 

Macedonia 

Edessa 

Mesopotamia 

Our/a 

Arabia 

Allah 

Attica 

Lepsina 

Palestine 

Persia 

Palestine 

Amoas 

Ionia 

near    Ajasoluc 

Argolis 

Pidaura 

Laconia 

J^lalvasia 

Illyricum 

Ragusa 

Ionia 

Erethri 

Pontus 

Tchernikeh 

Arabia 

Accaba 

Etruria 

Fiesoli 

Italy 

Faenza 

Italy 

FeltH 

Etruria 

Florence 

Gaul 

Frejics 

Syria 

Kedar 

Spain 

Cadiz 

Assyria 

Liguria 

Genoa 

Laconia 

Colokithia 

Italy 

Adria 

Thrace 

Adrianople 

Caria 

Bodrum 

Mesopotamia 

Her  en 

Parthia 

Damegan 

Syria 

Balbec 

iE-ypt 

JSIatarea 

Bithynia 

Erekli 

Thrace 

Herakli 

Italy 

near     Portici 

Argolis 

Castri 

JEgypt 

Ashmunein 

Spain 

Seville 

Italy 

Otranto 

Hyrcania 

Jorjan 

CITIES  AND  TOWNS. 


«51 


Ancient 

I-co'ni-um 

I-cu-lis'raa 

l-re-nop'o-lis 

Is'sus 

Je-ru'sa-lem 

Jez're-el 

Jop'pa 

Lac-e-d8e'mon  see 

Lamp'sa-chus 

La-od-i-ce'a 

La-od-i-ce'a 

La-ris'sa 

La-top'o-lis 

Leb-a-de'a 

Le-on-ti'ni 

Leuc'tra 

Lil-y-bae'um 

Lon-di'num 

Lug--du'num 

^u-gu-val'li-um 

Lu-te'ti-a 

Lys-i-raa'chi-a 

Mag^'da-la 

Ma-co-ra'ba 

Mag-ne'si-a 

Mag-nesia  Meandri 

Magaesia  Sipylia 

Man-ti-ne'a  • 

Man'tu-a 

Mar-a-can'da 

Mar'a-thon 

Mar-ci-a-nop'o-lis 

Ma-ri'a-ba 

Mar-o-ne'a 

Mas-sil'i-a 

Me-di-o-la  num 

Meg--a-lop  o-lis 

Meg^'a-ra 

Mes-se'ne 

Mes-sa'na 

Mi-le'tus 

Mu'ti-na 

Myc'a-le 

My-ce'nae 

My-las'sa 

Myt-i-le'ne 

Nau'cra-tis 

Nau-pac'tus 

Nau'pli-a 

Naz'a-reth 


Country. 

Modem, 

Lycaonia 

Konieh 

Gaul 

Angouleme 

Babylonia 

Bagdad 

Cilicia 

Aias 

Palestine 

Jerusalem 

Palestine 

Esdraelon 

Palestine 

Jaffa 

Sparta 

Mysia 

Lampsaki 

Phryg-ia 

Eski-hissat 

Syria 

Latakia 

Thessaly 

Larissa 

iEgypt 

Asna 

Boeotia 

Liodias 

Sicily 

Lentini 

Boeotia 

Livadosta 

Sicily 

Marsala 

Britain 

London 

Gaul 

Lyons 

Britain 

Carlisle 

Gaul 

Paris 

Thrace 

Hexamila 

Palestine 

Arabia 

Mecca 

Thessaly 

Lydia 

Guzel-hisar 

Lydia 

Magnisa 

Arcadia 

Tripolizza 

Italy 

Mantua 

Sog-diana 

Samarcand 

Attica 

Marathon 

Moesia 

Marcenopoh 

Arabia 

Mareb 

Thrace 

Marogna 

Gaul 

Marseilles 

Italy 

Milan 

Arcadia 

Leontari 

Greece 

Megara 

Messenia 

Maura-masia 

Sicily 

Messina 

Ionia 

Milets 

Italy 

Modena 

Ionia 

Ar^olis 

Caria 

Melasso 

Lesbos 

Castro 

^^ypt 

near    Faoua 

^tolia 

Lepanto 

Arg-olis 

.N'apoli 

Palestine 

Kazareth 

252 


CITIES  AiND  TOWNS. 


Ancient. 

Ne  ap'o-lia 

Ne-mae'a 

Nice 

Ni-co-me'di-a 

Ni-ce-pho'ri-um 

Nin'e-veh 

Nis'i-bis 

No-va'ri-a 

Nu-man'ti-a 

O-des'sus 

Olisipo,  or  Olisipona 

On'o-ba 

Os'ti-a 

Paes'tum 

Pal-my'ra 

Pa-nor'mus 

Pa-nor'mus 

Par-ae-to'ni-um 

Pa-ris'i-i 

Pa-sar'ga-da 

Pat'a-ra 

Pa-taVi-um 

Par-then'o-pe 

Pa'trae 

Pel'la 

Pe-lu'si-um 

Per'ga 

Per'ga-mus 

Per-sep'o-lis 

Pe-ru'si-a 

Pe'tra 

Phar'sa-lus 

Pha-se'lis 

Phil-a-del'phi-a 

Phi-lip'pi 

Phi-ljp-pop'o-lis 

Pho-cae'a 

Pi'sae 

Pis-to'ri-a 

Pla-cen'ti-a 

Prae-nes'te 

Pru'sa 

Ptol-e-ma'is 

Ptol-e-ma'is 

Pu-te'o-li 

Ra'ges  or  Ra'gae 

Ra-ven'na 

Rhe'g-i-tim 

Rhi-no-co-ru'sa 

Sa-guntum 


Country. 

Jilodern. 

Campania 

J^aples 
Cotonna 

Argolis 

Bithynia 

Isnic 

Bithynia 

Is  JSTickmid 

Mesopotamia 

Racca 

Assyria 

JsTunia 

Mesopotamia 

Kisihin 

Italy 

JSTovara 

Spain 

near     Soria 

Moesia 

Varna 

Lusitania 

Lisbon 

Spain 

Moguer 

Italy 

Ostia 

Italy 

Pesti 

Syria 

Palmyra 

Sicily 

Palermo 

Epirus 

Panormo 

Libya 

Bareton 

Gaul 

Paris 

Persia 

Pasa 

Lycia 

Patera 

Italy 

Padua 

Campania 

J^aples 

Achaia 

Patras 

Macedonia 

Jenitza 

^gypt 

near     Tineh 

Pamphylia 

Kara-hissar 

Mysia 

Pergamo    . 

Persia 

near     Estachar 

Etruria 

Perugia 

Arabia 

Krac 

Thessaly 

Farsa 

Pamphylia 

Fionda 

Lydia 

AWi^Shehr 

Macedonia 

Thrace 

FilippopoU 

Ionia 

Fochea 

Etruria 

Pisa 

Etruria 

Pistoya 

Italy 

Piacenza 

Italy 

Palestrina 

Bithynia 

Bursa 

Palestine 

Acre 

Libya 

Tolometo 

Ital;^ 

Pozzuolo 

Media 

Rai 

Italy 

Ravenna 

Italy 

Reggio 

^ypt 

ElArish 

Spain 

Morviedro 

CITIES  AND  TOWNS. 


S&3 


Ancient, 

Country. 

Modern, 

Sal'a-mis 

Cyprus 

Constanza 

Sa-la'pi-a 

Italy 

Saipe 

Sa-ler'num 

Italy 

Salerno 

Sal-man'ti-ca 

Spain 

Salamam 

Sa-lo'na 

lUyricum 

Salona 

Sa-mos'a-ta 

Syria 

Samisai 

Sar'dis 

Lydia 

Sart 

Sa-rep'ta 

Syria 

Sarfend 

Scyl-a-ce'um 

Italy 

Squillace 

Sc-gobri-g-a 

Spain 

Segurbe 

Se-go'vi-a 

Spain 

Segovia 

Sel-cu'cL-a 

Cilicia 

Selefke 

Sel-eu'ci-a 

Syria 

Kepge 

Sel-eu'ci-a 

Assyria 

Bagdad 

Seph'o-ris 

Palestine 

Sep/ioury 

She'chcm,  or  Sychar 

Palestine 

Ji'apolose 

Sic'y-oQ 

Achaia 

Basilica 

Si'don 

Phoenicia 

Saida 

Sin-gi-du  num 

Moesia 

Belgrade 

Si-no'pe 

Pontus 

Sinob 

Smyrna 

Ionia 

Smyrna 

Sol'y-ma                see 

Jerusalem 

Spar'ta,  or  Lac-e-  ) 

Laconia 

Paleo-Chori 

da3  inon               \ 

3po-le'ti-um 

Italy 

Spoleto 

Sta-gi'ra 

Macedonia 

Siauros 

Sy'e-ne 

iEgypt 

Syene 

Syr'a-cuse 

Sicily 

Syracuse 

Ta-ren'tum 

Italy 

Tarento 

Tar'ra-co 

Spain 

Tarragona 

Tarsus 

Cilicia 

Tarso 

Te-ge'a 

Arcadia 

JSloklia 

Ten'ty-ra 

.Egypt 

Dendera 

Ter-gcs'le 

Italy 

Trieste 

Ter-ra-ci'na,  or    ) 
Anx-ur               S 

Italy 

Terracina 

Thap'sa-cus 

Syria 

El  T>eir 

Thebes 

Ji:gypt 

Luxor 

Thebes 

Boeotia 

Thiva 

Thes-sa-lo-ni'ca 

Macedonia 

Saloniki 

Thy-a-ti'ra 

Ljdla 

Akhisar 

Ti-be'ri-as 

Palestine 

Tabaria 

Tig-ran-o-cer'ta 

Armenia 

Sered 

Tingis 

Mauritania 

Tangiers 

To-le'tum 

Spain 

Toledo 

To-ro'ne 

Macedonia 

Toron 

Tra-peV.us 

Pontus 

Trebisond 

Tri-deri'tum 

Italy 

Trent 

Troe-ze'ne 

Argolia 

Damala 

Tus'cu-luin 

Italy 

Frascati 

22 


t54 

AncienL 
Tyre 

Ve-na'frum 

Ve-nu  si-a 

Ver-cel  lae 

Ve-ro'na 

Vi-cen'ti-a 

Vi-cn  na 

Vin-deb'o-na 

Vo-Ia-ter'rae 

Vol-sin'i-um 

Uti-ca 


RIVER& 

Country. 

Modem, 

Phc2nicia 

Sur 

Italy 

Venafro 

Italy 

Vcnosa 

Italy 

Vercelli 

Italy 

Verona 

Italy 

Vicema 

Gaul 

Vienna 

Pannonia 

Vienna 

Etruria 

Vo  later  ra 

Elruria 

Bolsena 

Africa 

Boo  Shatter 

RIVERS. 


Ancient. 

Ach-e-lo'us 

Ad'du-a 

A-do'nis 

A-gri-a'nes 

A I  bis 

Al-phe'us 

A-mar'dus 

A-mi'sus 

A'nas 

A'ni-o 

A-ni'sus 

A-pid'a-nus 

A'rar 

Ar'a-rus 

Ar'nus 

As'pa-pus 

As-trae'us 

Alh'c-sis 

A-tti'rus 

Au'fi-dus 

Ax'i-us 

Bac'trus 

BjE'tis 

Bo-din'cns 

Bo-rys  the-nes 

Bagf'ra-da 

jCa-i'ciis 

Cal-y-cad'nus 

Ca-ram'bu-cis 

Cays'ter 

Chro'nus 

Cy'rns 

Da'ix 

Da-nu'bi-us 


Modem. 

Aspro-Potamo 

Adda 

Ibrahim  Bassa 

Ergene 

Elbe 

Alfeo 

Kezil 

Ems 

Guadiana 

Teverone 

Enns 

Apidano 

Saone 

Siret 

^mo 

Ahawi 

Vistriza 

Adige 

Adour 

Ofanto 

Vardar 

Dehasp 

Guadalquivir 

Po 

Dnieper 

Mejerdah 

Germaisti 

Kdikdoni 

Zhcina 

Minders  care 

Pre  gel 

Kxir 

Ural 

Danube 


AncienL 

Dar'a-dus 
DraVus 
Dri'lo 
Dri'nus 
Dru-en'ti-a 
Dru'na 
Du-ra'ni-us 
Dii'ri-a 
Du'ri-us 
E-leu'the-rus 
E-rid'a-nus 
Et-y-man'der 
Eu-laft'us,    or  ) 
U'la-i  \ 

Eu-phra'tes 
Eu-ro'tas 
E-ve'nus 
Ga-rum'na 
Gra-ni'cus 
Ha-li-ac'mon 
Halys 
He'brus 
Hcr'mus 
Hy-das'pes 
Ilyp'a-nis 
Jax-ar'tes 
I-be'rus 
Jor'dan 
I'ris 
Is'a-ra 
Is'ter 
Li'cus 
Li'erer 
Li'ris 


Modem. 
Senegal 
Drave 
'  Drino 
Drin 
Durance 
Drovie 
Dordogne 
Doria 
Duero 

J^ahar  el  Berd 
Po 
Heermund 

Karasu 

Euphrates 

Basili 

Fidari 

Garonne 

Ousvola 

Jenicoro 

Kizilermak 

Mariza 

Sarabat 

Behat 

Bog 

Sir 

Ebro 

Jordan 

Jekil-ermak 

Isere  and  Oise 

Danube 

Lech 

Loire 

Garigliano 


RIVERS  AND  ISLANDS. 


255 


Ancient. 

Ly  cus 

Ly'cus 

Moe-an'dci 

Mar'i-sus 

Ma-tro'na 

Me-do'a-cus 

Me-tau'rus 

Min'ci-us 

Min'i-us 

Mce'nus 

Mon'da 

Mo'sa 

Mo-sel'la 

Myg--do'ni-us 

Nar 

Na'ro 

Na'va 

Nicer 

Ni'g-er 

Nile 

(Eiius 

CEs'cus 

Ol'lius 

O-ron'tes 

Ox  us 

Pac-to'lus 

Pa'dus 

Pe'ne-us 

Pha'sis 

Pyr'a-mus 

Rha 

Rhe'nus 

Rhe'nus 

Rhod'a-nus 


Modern. 

Tosanlu 

J^akr-e.l-Kelh 

Meinder 

Maros 

Marne 

Brenta 

Metauro 

J\Iincio 

JSIinho 

Maine 

Mondego 

Meuse 

Moselle 

Her  mas 

J\''era 

JsTarenza 

J^ahe 

J^eckar 

JSTijrer 

JVile 

Inn 

Esker 

Oglio 

Ornntes 

Jihon 

Po 

Peneo 

Rione 

Geihoun 

Volga 

Rhine 

Rheno 

Rhone 


Ancient. 

Ru'bi-con 

Rubo 

Sa-bri'na 

Sam'a-ra 

Sa'vus 

Scal'dis 

Seq'ua-na 

Sico-ris 

So'nus 

Son  ti-us 

Stachir 

Stry  mon 

Tain'e-sis 

Ta'g-us 

Tan  a-is 

Tan'a-nis 

Ther-mo'don 

Ti'ber 

Ti-bis'cus 

Ti-ci  nus 

Tigris 

Ti-maVus 

Trc'bi-a 

Tru-en'tns 

Tii-run  tus 

Tyras 

U  la-i 

Varus 

Ve-li  nus 

Vi-a'drus 

Vis'tu-la 

Vi-sur'g-is 

Vul-tur'nus 


Modes^A, 

Luso 

J^isme 

Severn 

Sommt 

Save 

Scheldt 

Seine 

Segra 

Soane 

Lisonzc 

Gambia 

Strimon 

Thames 

Tajo 

Don 

Tanaro 

Termeh 

Tiber 

Teisse 

Tesino 

Tigris 

Timavo 

Trebia 

Tronio 

Dwina. 

Dniester 

Karasu 

Var 

Velino 

Oder 

Vistula 

Weser 

Voltumo 


ISLANDS. 


Ancient.  Modern.  Ancient,  Modem, 

^-g-u'sa  Linosa  Il'va  Elba 

^-na'ri-a  Ischia  I'os  JWo 

^-o'li-an  Islands  Lipari  Islands     Ith'a-ca  Teaki 

A-mor'gos  Amorgo  Lem'nos  Stahmene 

Ar'a-dus  Larek  Les'bos  Metelin 

An'a-phe  JN'amphio  Lip'a-ra  Lipari 

An'dros  Andro  Leu-ca'di-a  St.  Maura 

As-ty-pa-lae'a        Stanpalia  Mel'i-tc  Malta 

C  Majorca  Mel'i-te  Meleda 

Bal-e-a'res  ^  Minorca  Me'los  Milo 

t  Ivica  Mo'na  Anglesea 


266 


LAKES  AND  SEAa 


Ancient 


Modern. 


Ancient. 


Modem, 


Ca-ljm'na 

Calmina 

Mo-na'bi-a 

Man 

Ca-pra'ri-a 

Gomera 

Myc'o-ne 

Myconi 

Ca'pre-ae 

Capri 

Nax'os 

Js'axia 

Car'pa-thus 

Scarpanto 

Ni-sy'rus 

J^isari 

Ceph-a-le'ni-a 

Cefalonia 

O-li'a-ros 

Anii-Paros 

Ceos 

Zia 

Pares 

Paros 

Chios 

Scio 

Pat'mos 

Patina 

Ci-mo'lus 

Argentiera 

Pharos 

Lesina 

Cis'sa 

Pago 

Plio-le-g-an'dros    Policandro 

Cor-cy'ra 

Corfu 

Rhodes 

Rfiodes 

Cor-cy'ra 

Curzola 

Sar-din'i-a 

Sardinia 

Cor'si-ca 

Corsica 

Sa'mos 

Samos 

Cos 

Stanchio 

Sa-mo-thra'ce 

Samoihraki 

Crete 

Candia 

Scy'ros 

Syra 

Crepsa 

Cher so 

Se-ri'phus 

Serpho 

Cyprus 

Cyprus 

Sic'i-]y 

Sicily 

Cyth'nns 

Tliermia 

Si-ci'nus 

Sikino 

Cy-the'ra 

Cerigo 

Siph'nos 

Siphanio 

De'los 

Belos 

Stasch'a-des 

Hiere^ 

Eb'u-sus 

Ivaca 

Stroph'a-des 

Slrivali 

Eu-bcB'a 

JSTegropont 

Ten'e-dos 

Tenedos 

Fortunate  Isles 

Canaries 

Te'nos 

Tino 

Hes-per'i-des 

Bissagos 

Tha-sos 

Thaso 

Hi-ber'ni-a 

Ireland 

The'ra 

Sent  or  in 

Hi'e-ra 

Volcajio 

Tliu'le 

Shetland  TsJes 

Hi'e-ra 

Stratti 

Vec'tis 

Isle  of  WighJt 

I-ca'ri-a 

JSi^icaria 

Za-cyn'thus 

Zanle 

Im'bros 

Imbro 

LAKES. 

Ancient. 

Modern. 

Ancient. 

Modem 

Ar-sis'sa 

Van 

Fu-ci'nus 

Celano 

As-phal-ti'tes  or 

Dead  Sea 

La'ri-us 

Coma 

A-ver'nus 

Artmo 

Le'man 

Genera 

Be-na'cus 

Garda 

Thras-y-me'nus 

Purugia 

Brio--an-ti'au3 

Constance 

Ti-be'ri-as 

Tabaria 

Ce-re 'si-US 

Lugano 

Ver-ba'nus 

MagvioTt 

Co'pi-as 

Limne 

SEAS. 

Ancient. 

Modem. 

Ancient. 

Modem. 

^-grse'an  Sea 

Archipelaso 

Ionian  Sea 

<  South  part  of  the 
\      Gulf  of  Venice 

Aquitanian  OceanBay  of  Biscay 

Atlantic        do. 

Atlantic 

Mediterranean 

Mediterranean 

Caspian 

Caspian 

Pal  us  Moeo'tis 

Sea  of  Azoph 

Euxine 

Black  Sea 

Propontis 

Marmora 

German  Ocean 

German  Ocean 

Tuscan  or 

)  Part  of  the  Med- 
\      ilerrantan 

Hyperborean  do 

.  Frozen  Ocean 

Tyrrhene  Sea 

PRONOUNCING  VOCABULARY. 


257 


GULFS. 


Ancient 
Arabicus  Sinus 
Adriaticus      do. 
Argolicus        do. 
Codanus  do. 

Corinthiacus  do. 
Gallicus          do. 


Modem. 

Red  Sea 
Gulf  of  Venice 
Gulf  of  Napoli 
Baltic  Sea 


Ancient. 
Gangeticus  do. 
Lig'usticus     do. 
Persicus         do. 
Saronicus      do. 


Gulf  of  Lepanto  Tarenticus    do. 
Do.     Lyons  Thcrmaicus  do. 


Modern. 
Bay  of  Bengal 
Do.     Gevoa 
Persian  Gulf 
Gulf  of  Engia 
Do.     Tarento 
Do.     Conttssa 


STRAITS. 


Ancient. 

Gallic  Strait 

Strait  of  Her-  )    Strails  of  Gib 

cules  \        rallar 

Fossa  or  Taphros  Do.     Bonifacio 
Sicilian  Strait       Do.     Messina 


Modem.  Ancient. 

Slraits  of  Dover  Hellespont 

Thracian  Bos- 

phorus 
Cimmerian 
Bosphorus 


Modern. 
Dardanelles 
Straits  of  Constant 
tinople 

Do.  Caff  a 


PRONOUNCING  VOCABULARY. 


In  the  following  words,  Alabama.,  Bale.,  CJnmbordzo^  Cinnnnatt^  Colora- 
do., Cumana^  Dessedda^  Grenada^  Louisiana^  J^tagara^  Nicaragua.,  Otam 
balo^  Panama^  Salddo^  Spd^  and  Verdgua^  the  letter  a  has  the  sound 
of  a  as  in  father. 

With  regard  to  the  following  words,  Alleghany^  Arkansas.,  Cumana^ 
Darien^  Ispahan^  Michigan^  Panama^  Paraguay^  Saranac^  and  Tene- 
riffe^  some  place  the  primary  accent  of  the  first  and  the  secondary  ac- 
cent on  the  third  syllable,  others  reverse  the  order.  There  is  also  a 
diversity  respecting  the  pronunciation  of  a  considerable  number  of  the 
other  words  ;  and  with  regard  to  some  it  is  difficult  to  determine  what 
pronunciation  is  best  authorized. 


Ab'be-ville 

Ab'er-deen 

Ad'ri-an-o'ple 

Al-a-ba'ma 

Al-be- marie' 

Al'le-gha-ny 

Am'a-zons 

An'gle-sea 

An-go'la 

An-go'ra 

An-nap'o-lis 

Ap'en-nines 


Ap-po-mat'tox 

Ar'a-rat 

As-tra-chan' 

A-zo'res 

Ba-ha'ma 

Bale 

Bar-ba'does 

Bar-ce-lo'na 

Bel-fast' 

Bel-grade' 

Bel-ve-de  re 

Be-na'res 

Ber-liix' 


Ber-mu'das 

Blen'heim 

Bom-bay' 

Brus'sels 

Cai'ro 

Ca-naries 

Ca-rac'cas 

Cau'ca-sus 

Cay-enne' 

Ca-yu'ga 

Chil-li-co'the 

Chim-bo-ra'z« 

Cin-cin-uu'ti 


22* 


■'^ 


258 


PRONOUNCING  VOCABULARY. 


Co-hoes' 

Co-im  bra 

Col-o-ra'do 

Co-mo' ra 

Co-03' 

Con  stance 

Cor'do-va 

Co-re 'a 

Cor'inth 

Cri-me'a 

Cu'ma-na 

Dan'ube 

Da'ri-en 

Dar-da-nelles 

Des-e-a'da 

Drog-he'da 

El'si-nore 

Eu-phra'tes 

Fay  ette-ville 

Gal-lip'o-li 

Gen-e-see' 

Gen'o-a 

Gil-o'lo 

Gre-na'da 

Hal'i-fax 

Hal'le 

Hebri-des 

Hen-lo'pea 

Hin-doos'tan 

Hon-du'ras 

Hoii-sa-ton'ic 

In-di-an-op'o-lis 

Is-pa-han' 

Ir-ra-wad  dy 

Ja-pan' 

Kol'i-van 

Kon'igs-berg 

La-do's^a 

La-moile' 

La-drone' 

Lo'mond 

Lou-i-si-a'na 

Lu'bec 

Lu-cerne' 

Ma-dei'ra 

Ma-dras' 

Ma-drid' 

Kamts. 

Acqui 

Aix  la  Chapelle 

Alen^on 

Alentejo 

Algiers 


Magf-da-le'na 

Ma-^el'lan 

Mar-a-cay'bo 

Ma-ri-e-ga-lante 

Mar'mo-ra 

Mau -re-pas' 

Me-a'co 

Me-cho-a-can' 

Me-di'na 

Mem-phre-ma'gogp 

Mi-ami 

Milan 

Mo'de-na 

Mon-de'go 

Mo-non-g^a-hela 

Mont-ser-rat' 

Mo-re'a 

Mo-selle' 

Mus-king'um 

Nau'g-a-tuck 

New'ark 

New'found-land 

New  Or'le-ans 

Ni-a'o^a-ra 

Ni-ca-ra'gua 

O-gee'chee 

O-ne'g'a 

O-ri-uo'co 

Os-we-gatch'ie 

Os-we'go 

Ot-a-balo 

O  ta-hei'te 

Ot-sego 

Ou'ta-was 

Pal-my'ra 

Pan'a-ma 

Par-a-gua/ 

Par-a-inar'i-bo 

Pas-ca-o^ou'la 

Pas-sa'ic 

Pe-dee 

Pe-leV 

Pen-sa-co'la 

Pe-ru' 

Pic'ar-dy 

P  on  t-ch  ar- train' 

Po-pa-yan' 


Po-to'mac 

Po-to'si 

Pon'di-cher-ry 

Py're-neea 

Bat  is-boa 

Rar  i-tan 

Ro-an-oke' 

Sal-a-njan'ca 

Sa-la'do 

Sa-li'na 

Sa-mar'cand 

San-tee' 

Sar-a-nac' 

Sar-a-to'^ 

Sche-nec'ta-dy 

Schuyl'kill 

Sci-o'to 

Sen'a-ar 

Ser-in-gap-a-tam 

Sev'ern 

Se-ville' 

Sbe-nan-do'ah 

Sken-e-at'e-les 

Spa 

St.  Hel'e-na 

Su-rat' 

Sur-i-nam' 

Sus-que-han'na 

Syr'a-cuse 

Tar  a  2^0'na 

'I  en  e  i  Jie 

Ti-pVa 

To-ie  do 

Tri-este' 

Trip-i  dad' 

Tnp'o-li 

Tu-rin' 

Um-me-ra-poo'ra 

Ush'ant 

Vas-sil-i-pot'a-mo 

Ve-ra'gna 

Wa-ter-ee' 

Wilkes'bar-re 

Yu-ca-tan 

Za'a-ra 

Zac-a-te'cas 

Zanes'viile 


Pronounced. 

Ac'que 

Ais-la-shap'pel 

Ah-lan-son' 

Ah-len-ta'ho 

Al-geers' 


J^ames. 

Altamaha 

Antigua 

Angouleme 

Archipelag'o 

Arequipa 


Pronounced. 

Al-ta-raa-haw' 

An-te'ga 

An-goo-lame' 

Ark-e-pel'a-go 

Ar-e-quee'pa 


PRONOUNCING  VOCABULARY. 


2sa 


JVame*. 
Arica 
Arkansas 
Armagh 
Avignon 
Avranches 
Balize 
Beaufort 
Belisle 
Benguela 
Berbice 
Besan^on 
Bilbao 
Blois 
Bologna 
Borodino 
Bourdeaux 
Bourges 
Brazil 
Brian^on 
Buenos  Ayres 
Calais 

Canandalgua 
Cape  Breton 
Carlisle 
Carlsruhe 
Castile 
Castine 
Cerigo 
Chalons 
Champagne 
Cham(  lain 
Chartres 
Chateauroux 
Chaumont 
Cherbiirg 
Chiapa 
Chili 
Cologne 
Cuenca 
Curagoa 
Dieppe 
Digne 
Dijon 
Dnieper 
Dniester 
Draguinan 
Dumfries 

Edinburgh 

Enisei 
Esquimaux 
Essequibo 
Evereux 


Pronounced. 

Ah-ree'ka 

Ar-kan-saw' 

Ar'mah 

Av'in-you 

Av-ransh' 

Ba-leeze' 

Bu'fort 

Bel-ile' 

Ben-gwa'la 

Ber-beese' 

Ba-zan-son' 

Bil-bah'o 

Bloi 

Bo-lone'ya 

Bor-o-dee'no 

Bore-do' 

Boorzh 

Bra-zeel' 

Bre-an-son' 

Bwa'nos  Ay'res 

Cal  is 

Can-an-da'gwa 

Cape  Brc-toon' 

Car-lile' 

Carls-roo'e 

Cas-teel' 

Cas-teen' 

Se-ree'go 

Sha-lone' 

Sham-pane' 

Sham-plain' 

Sharir 

Shah-to-roo' 

Sho-mon 

Sher'burg 

Che-ah  pa 

Che'ly 

Co-lone 

Kwen'ka 

Cur-a-so' 

De-ep' 

Deen 

De-zhon' 

Ne'per 

Nees'ter 

Drah-ghe-nan' 

Dum-freez' 
i  Ed'in-bo-ro,  or 
[      Ed'in-burgh 

En-i-see' 

Es'ke-mo 

Es-se-que'bo 

Ev-roo' 


JS'ames. 

Foix 

Fontainebleau 

Gallipolis 

Gibraltar 

Giesen 

Gloucester 

Gottingen 

Guadalaxara 

Guadaloupe 
Guamanga 

Guanaxuato 

Guanca  Velica 

Guatimala 

Giiaxaco 

Guiana 

Guayaquil 

Gruyeres 

Guebres 

Haerlem 

Hallo  well 

Harwich 

Havre  de  Grace 

Heidelberg 

Illinois 

Iser 

Kenawha 

Kiel 

La  Chine 

La  Guira 

Lago  Maggiore 

Lausanne 

Leicester 

Leipsic 

Leghorn 

Liege 

Liegnitz 

Lima 

Limoges 

LOrient 

Lou  vain 

Maestricht 

Malta     . 

Marseilles 

Martinique 

Meaux 

Meiningen 

Metz 

Merida 

Messina 

Mezieres 


Pronounced. 

Foi 

Fon'ten-blo 
Gal'e-po-leea 
.  Jib-rawl'ter 
Ghe'sen 
Glos'ter 
Got  tin-jen 
\  Gwah-da-lax-ah'- 
I      ra 

Gau-da-loop' 
Gwah-man'ga 
j  Gwah-nax-wah 
f      to 

)  Gwan'ka  Ve-lee'- 
[      ka 
Gwah-te-mah'la 
G  wax-all  ko 
Gwe-ah'ua 
Gwah-ya-keel 
Gru-yaer' 
Gwe'bers 
Har'leni 
Hol'lo-el 
Har-rij' 

Haver  de  Gras 
Hi'dl-berg 
Il-li-noy' 
E'ser 

Ke-naV-wa 
Keel 

La     Sheen 
La    Gwe  ra 
La'go  Ma-jo'ra 
Lo-zan' 
Les'ter 
Lipe'sic 
Le-gorn' 
Leege 
Leeg'ultz 
Le'ma 
Le-mozhe' 
Lo're-on 
Loo- vane' 
Mase'stret 
Mawl'ta 
Mar-sails' 
Mar-te-neek 
Mo 

Mi-nin'jen 
Mess 

Me-ree'da 
Me-see'na 
Mez-e-aer' 


260 


PRONOUNCING  VOCABULARY. 


/J'ames. 

Pronounced. 

JVames. 

Pronounced. 

Michio;an 

Mish-e-gan' 

Rouen 

Roo'en 

Missouri 

Mis-soore 

Russia 

Ru'shia 

Montauban 

Mon-to-ban' 

St.  Augustine 

Saint  Au'gus-tecn 

Montbrisoa 

Mon-bre-zon' 

St.  Louis 

Saint  Loo'e 

Monte  Video 

Mon'te  Ve-da'o 

St.  Lucia 

Saint  Lu-see' 

Monterr.y 

Mon-te-ra/ 

St.  Marino 

Saint  Ma-re'no 

Mozambique 

Mo-zam-beek' 

St.  Pierre 

Saint  Pe-aer' 

Munich 

Mu'nick 

Saco 

Saw'ko 

Nantes 

Nant 

Salisbury 

Sols'be-ry 

Natchitoches 

Nack'e-tosh 

Saloniki 

Sal-o-ne'ke 

Neufchatel 

Noo-sha-tel' 

Santorini 

San-to-ree'ne 

Nice 

Neece 

Saone 

Sone 

Niemen 

Ne'men 

Scheldt 

Shelt 

Nismes 

Necms 

Schweitz 

Swites 

Norwich 

Nor'rij 

Seine 

Seen 

Oaxaca 

0-ax-ah'ka 

Senegal 

Sen-e-gawl' 

Oneida 

O-ni'da 

Soleure 

So-laer' 

Onondaga 

O-non-daw'ga 

Thames 

Perns 

Opelousas 

Op-e-loo'sas 

Tippecanoe 

Tip-pe-ca-noo 

Ouachitta 

Wash-e-taV 

Tivoli 

Tiv'o-le 

Ouisconsin 

Wis-con'sin 

Toulon 

Too-lon' 

Oviedo 

0-ve-a'do 

Toulouse 

Too-looz' 

Pau 

Poh 

Tournay 

Toor-na/ 

Perdido 

Per-de'do 

Trri&am 

Tri'sam 

Perpi^nan 

Pare-peen-yan' 

Utrecht 

U'tret 

Perigueux 

Pa-re-gur' 

Valenciennes 

Val-len-seen 

Piedmont 

Peed'mont 

Venezuela 

Ven-e-zwa'la 

Pisa 

Pe'za 

Venice 

Ven'is 

Poitiers 

Poy'teers 

Vesoul 

Va-zooV 

Porto  Rico 

Porto  Re'ko 

Versailles 

Ver-sails' 

Poughkeepsie 

Po-kep'sy 

Vincennes 

Vin-sens' 

Prussia 

Pru'shia 

Wabash 

Wau  bosh 

Puebla 

Pu-a'bla 

Warwick 

Wor'rick 

Queretaro 

Ka-ra-tah'ro 

Washita 

Wash-e-taw 

Quito 

Ke'to 

Weimar 

Wi'mar 

Raleigh 

Raw'ly 

VS'innipiseogee 

Win'ne-pe-sog-e 

Rheims 

Pumes 

Xalapa 

Za-lah'pa 
Za-rase' 

Rhodez 

Ro-dess' 

Xeres 

Rio  Janeiio 

Re'o  Ja-ne'ro 

Ypres 

F/per 

Rochelle 

Ro-shell' 

Zurich 

Zu'rick 

Rochfort 

Rosb'fort 

QUESTIONS  ON  THE  MODERN  MAPS.  261 

QUESTIONS 

ON  THE  MODERN  MAPS. 


Before  studying"  the  questions,  the  pupil  should  be  taug-ht  to  distin- 
g"uish  the  points  of  compass  on  tljc  maps,  north,  soxtth,  east,  west^ 
northeast,  &c. ;  also  the  lines  of  latitude  and  longitude,  the  equa- 
tor  or  equinoctial  line,  the  tropics,  the  polar  circles,  the  poles,  and 
the  spaces  occupied  by  the  Jive  zones.     Sec  page  14. 

Ih  making-  these  explanations  to  the  pupil,  let  him  sit  with  his  face 
to  the  north,  with  the  map  of  the  world  placed  before  him,  in  a 
direct  position,  the  top  turned  to  the  north. 

After  the  pupil  has  become  familiar  with  the  maps  by  the  use  of  the 
questions,  the  instructer  may  advantag-cously  g-ive  a  course  of  les- 
sons independent  of  the  questions,  embracing  more  g-encral  views 

It  will  be  found  a  useful  exercise,  in  revising-  the  questions  on  the 
maps,  to  require  the  pupil  to  relate  what  is  said  in  the  g-eography 
respecting  the  cities  and  towns,  whose  positions  are  given.  By  this 
means  the  situation  of  the  places,  and  other  important  facts  relat- 
ing to  them,  will  be  associated,  and  better  fixed  in  memory.^Pu- 
pils  should  be  required  to  give  the  bearing  of  places  from  the 
town  in  which  they  live,  or  from  some  town  near  them. 

Map  of  the  World. 

J.  Which  arc  the  two  largest  quarters  of  the  globe  ? 

2.  Which  is  the  smallest  ? 

3.  Which  contains  the  most  land,  the  East,  or  West  Hemisphire? 

4.  On  which  side  of  the  Equator  is  there  the  most  land,  northern 

or  southern  ? 

5.  What  qirarters  of  the  globe  are  crossed  by  the  Equator  ? 

6.  AVhat  quarters  and  islands  are  crossed  by  the  tropic  of  Capri 

corn  ? 

7.  What  countries  are  crossed  by  the  tropic  of  Cancer? 

8.  What  large  islands  does  the  Equator  intersect? 

9.  How  is  America  bounded  ?  10.  Africa?  11.  Europe?  12.  Asia? 
13.  How  is  the  Atlantic  ocean  situated  ?     14.  The  Arctic  oceaa"* 
15.  How  is  the  Pacific  ocean  ?      16.  The  Indian  ocean  ? 

17.  What  parts  of  the  globe  are  included  in  the  torrid  zone? 

18.  What  parts  in  the  northern  temperate  zone? 

19.  What  parts  in  the  northern  frigid  zone  ? 

20.  What  parts  in  the  southern  temperate  zone  ? 


262  QUESTIONS  ON  THE  J 

21.  Is  there  any  land  in  the  southern  frigid  zone  ?  i 

22.  What  countries  lie  between  10  and  20  degrees  N.  Latitude?        ! 

23.  What  countries  between 20  and  30  N.r  24.  Between 30  and 40?  < 
25.  Between  40  and  50  ?     26.  Between  50  and  60  ?  1 

27.  What  countries  north  of  60?  j 

28.  What  sea  lies  between  Europe  and  Africa?  ] 

29.  What  part  of  Europe  approaches  nearest  to  Africa  ?  ] 

30.  W'hat  strait  connects  the  Mediterranean  with  the  Atlantic?  1 

31.  Where  do  the  two  continents  approach  nearest  to  each  other? 

32.  What  strait  separates  America  from  Asia  ?  j 

33.  Which  is  most  northerly,  Hudson's  bay  or  Baffin's  bay?  ] 

34.  How  is  Greenland  situated  ?  ; 

35.  What  is  the  southern  cape  of  Greenland?  < 

36.  W'hat  islands  are  there  in  the  Arctic  ocean  ?  j 

37.  W  hich  is  most  southerly,  Cape  Horn  or  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  \ 

38.  Which  way  is  New  Holland  from  the  southern  part  of  Africa?^ 

39.  Where  is  Madagascar  ?     40.  Where  is  St.  Helena  ?  i 

41.  Which  way  is  Amsterdam  island  from  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope?] 

42.  What  is  the  latitude  of  Kerguelen's  Land  ?  I 

43.  Wljat  is  the  latitude  and  longitude  of  New  Zealand  ? 

44.  What  strait  separates  the  two  islands  of  New  Zealand  ?  j 

45.  W^hich  way  from  New  Zealand  are  New  Caledonia  and  the  New 

Hebrides  ?  < 

46    Which  are  most  easterly,  the  Friendly  islands  or  the  Society  : 

islands  ?  \ 

47.  Which  way  from  Otaheite  is  Pitcairn's  island  ?  3 

48.  On  which  side  of  the  equator  are  the  Marquesas  ? 

49.  Which  way  from  Mexico  are  the  Sandwich  islands  ?  j 

50.  What  islands  are  south  of  Beering's  straits  ?  j 

51.  Where  are  the  Gallipagos  ?  52.  Azores?  53.  Cape  Verd  islands ^^ 

54.  Which  way  from  Cape  Horn  is  the  island  of  Georgia  ?  • 

55.  What  oceans  are  passed  over  in  sailing  from  Boston  to  Calcutta?- 

56.  What  ocean  and  seas  are  passed  over  in  sailing  from  the  United^ 

States  to  Constantinople  ?  ', 

57.  What  ocean  and  seas  are  passed  over  in  sailing  from  the  United] 

States  to  St.  Petersburg  ?  ; 

58.  How  would  one  sail  from  New  York  to  California  ?  i 

59.  Which  is  farthest  north,  Quebec  or  London?  | 
60   Which  is  farthest  north,  Philadelphia  or  Rome? 

Map  of  North  America.  ' 

1.  What  ocean  is  east  of  North  America?  * 

2.  Which  is  most  westerly,  Baffin's  or  Hudson's  bay  ?  i 

3.  W^ith  what  ocean  do  these  bays  communicate  ?  i 

4.  Where  is  James's  bay?     5.  Where  the  gulf  of  St.  Lawrence?  ; 
6.  Where  is  the  gulf  of  Mexico  ?     7.  The  gulf  of  California? 

8.  W^hcre  tiie  Caribbean  sea  ? 

9.  What  great  lakes  are  there  in  North  America  ?  i 
10.  Where  is  lake  Winnipeg?     11.  What  rivers  flow  from  it  into] 

Hudson's  bay  "*  ! 


MODERN  MAPS.  263 

12.  What  other  rivers  flow  into  Hudson's  bay  ? 

13.  la  what  latitude  is  Slave  lake  ? 

14.  What  large  river  flows  into  the  Frozen  ocean  ? 

15.  Where  is  Columbia  river?     16.  What  rivers  flow  into  it? 

17.  Where  does  the  Colorado  empty  ? 

18.  Where  does  the  del  Norte  rise  ?     19.  Into  what  does  it  flow  ? 
20.  Where  are  the  Rocky  mountains  ?     21.  Where  is  Cape  Farewell  ? 

22.  What  strait  separates  Greenland  from  Labrador  ? 

23.  In  what  part  of  North  America  is  Labrador  ? 

24.  Which  way  from  Maine  is  Newfoundland?     25.  By  what  strait 

is  it  separated  from  Labrador  ? 

26.  In  what  direction  is  the  g-reat  bank  from  Newfoundland? 

27.  In  what  part  of  Newfoundland  is  St.  John's  ? 

28.  What  islands  are  there  in  the  g-ulf  of  St.  Lawrence  ? 

29.  Between  what  is  Cape  Breton  situated  ? 

30.  Is  Nova  Scotia  an  island  or  peninsula  ? 

31.  In  what  direction  is  it  from  Boston  ? 

32.  How  is  New  Brunswick  situated  with  regard  to  Nova  Scotia? 

33.  How  is  it  situated  with  regard  to  Maine  ? 

34.  On  which  side  of  Nova  Scotia  is  Halifax  ? 

35.  How  is  the  bay  of  Fundy  situated  ? 

36.  Where  is  Alaska  ?     37.  What  is  its  longitude  ? 

38.  What  is  the  latitude  of  Mount  Elias  ? 

39.  What  is  the  latitude  of  Quadra  and  Vancouver's  island  ? 

40.  Which  is  most  northerly,  Nootka  or  Queen  Charlotte's  sound? 

41.  How  is  Mexico  or  New  Spain  bounded  ? 

42.  In  what  latitude  is  the  city  of  Mexico  ?     43.  How  situated  ? 

44.  Wliich  way  from  Mexico  are  Queretaro  and  Guadalaxara  ? 

45.  Which  way  is  Vera  Cruz  ?     46.  On  what  is  it  situated  ? 

47.  Which  way  Zacatecas  from  Mexico  ? 

48.  Which  way  Acapulco?     49.  And  on  what  situated? 

50.  In  what  part  of  Mexico  is  Santa  Fe  ?     51.  On  what  river? 
52.  In  what  part  of  Mexico  is  Texas  ?  53.  In  what  part  is  Yucatan  f 
54.  Where  is  Campeachy  ?     55.  Where  is  the  bay  of  Tecoantapec  ? 

56.  How  is  Guatimala  bounded  ? 

57.  What  bay  lies  on  the  north  side  of  Guatimala  ? 

58.  In  what  part  is  lake  Nicaragua  ? 

69.  How  is  the  city  of  Guatimala  situated  ? 

60.  Which  way  from  it  is  Chiapa  ?     61.  Leon  ? 

62.  In  what  part  of  Guatimala  is  Honduras  ?     63.  Veragua? 

64.  Which  way  from  Cape  Hatteras  are  the  Bermuda  islands  ? 

65.  What  is  the  most  southerly  cape  of  Florida  ? 

66.  In  what  direction  from  this  cape  are  the  Bahamas  ? 

67.  What  great  island  lies  south  of  Florida  ? 

68.  In  what  part  of  Cuba  is  Havannah  ? 

69.  Which  way  from  Cuba  is  St.  Domingo  ? 

70.  Which  way  from  St.  Domingo  is  Jamaica?     71.  Porto  Rico? 

72.  On  which  side  of  Jamaica  is  Kingston  ? 

73.  Where  are  the  Caribbean  islands  ?     74.  Which  are  the  largest? 
75.  What  islands  are  between  Porto  Rico  and  Caribbean  islands? 
"6.  Which  is  most  northerly,  Guadaloupe  or  Barbadoes  ? 


264  QUESTIONS  ON  THE 

j 

77.  How  is  Trinidad  situated?     78.  In  what  latitude  ?  ; 

79.  How  are  the  United  States  bounded  f  ; 

80.  Between  what  degrees  of  loug^itude  do  they  lie  ?  ! 

*Map  of  the  United  States.  , 

1.  Between  what  parallels  of  latitude  do  the  United  States  lie  ?  ] 

2.  In  what  direction  does  the  coast  of  the  United  States  run  ? 

3.  In  what  direction  the  Alleg-hany  mountains  ?  i 

4.  In  what  direction  the  river  St.  Lawrence  ?  J 

5.  In  what  direction  the  Connecticut,  Hudson,  and  Delaware?  1 

6.  In  wliat  direction  do  the  rivers  of  the  southern  states  flow  into  \ 

the  Atlantic  ?  ; 

7.  In  what  direction  does  the  Mississippi  flow  ?     8.  The  Ohio  ?  ^ 
9.  The  Missouri  ?     10.  The  Arkansas  ?  j 

11.  What  are  the  Jitft  grc&t  lakes  in  the  N.  part  of  the  U.  States^  ' 

12.  Which  is  the  largest  of  them?     13.  Which  is  the  smallest?  ■ 

14.  Which  lies  wholly  within  the  United  States  ?  1 

15.  Which  the  most  westerly?     16.  Easterly?     17.  Southerly?  ] 

18.  Between  which  are  the  falls  of  Niag-ara? 

19.  What  river  forms  the  outlet  of  these  lakes  to  the  ocean  ?  \ 

20.  What  lake  lies  between  Vermont  and  New  York  ? 

21.  Where  is  lake  St.  Clair?     22.  Where  St.  Mary's  falls? 

23.  What  are  the  principal  rivers  that  flow  into  the  Atlantic?  J 

24.  What  large  rivers  flow  into  the  gulf  of  Mexico?  1 

25.  What  large  rivers  flow  into  the  Mississippi  on  the  eastern  side?  ; 

26.  What  on  the  western  side  ?  ■ 

27.  What  are  the  principal  rivers  that  flow  into  the  Missouri?  j 

28.  What  two  rivers  uniting  form  the  Ohio  ?  ^ 

29.  What  are  the  capes  at  the  mouth  of  Delaware  bay  ?  i 

30.  What  capes  at  the  mouth  of  Chesapeake  bay  ? 

31.  Where  are  Capes  Hatteras  and  Lookout?     32.  Cape  Fear?  ; 

•  On  the  map  of  the  United  States  there  are  several  lines  extending  ; 

At  considerable   distance  from  the  coast  in  a  southwesterly  direction,  j 

These  are  geological  lints^  drawn  in  order  to  illustrate  ih^  geology  of  the  i 

United  States,  and  to  accommodate  the  map  to  the  use  of  Prof.  Cleave-  ; 

land's  Mineralogy.  i 

The  line  nearest  to  the  coast  divides  the  upper  from  the  lower  coun-  4 

try.  It  commences  to  the  west  of  New  York  city,  and  passes  near  Philadel-  * 

phia,  Baltimore,  Washington,  Richmond,  Columbia,  Augusta,  Milledge-  i 

ville,  and  Cahawba.     The  tract  of  country  included  between  this  line  1 

and  the  coast,  is  called  by  mineralogists  alluvial  deposi/e.     It  is  gener-  ' 

ally  level,  low,  sandy,  covered  with  pine  trees,  and  is  often  styled  pine  ' 
barrens. 

The  New  England  States  and  the  tracts  included  between  the  lines,  i 

are  characterized  as  primitire  and  transition  countries,  or  countries  in  i 

which  primitire  and  transition  rocks  are  found.  ' 

The  country  lying  to  the  north  and  west  of  the  geological  lines,  is  call-  ! 
ed  secondary^  the  rocks  which  it  contains  being  of  the  secondary  forma-  ' 
tion.     Primitive  rocks  are  more  or  less  crystalline,  and  are  totally  desti- 
tute of  petrifactions  or  organic  remains.     Secondary  rocks  contain  or  j 
f  anic  remains  or  petrifactions  of  animals  and  vegetables.  ? 

\ 


MODERN  MAPS.                                   265  . 

33.  Which  of  them  is  most  northerly  ? 

34.  Which  is  most  northerly,  Albemarle  or  Pamlico  sound?  I 

35.  How  is  Chesapeake  bay  situated  ?  •« 

36.  What  states  border  on  the  Atlantic  ? 

37.  What  states  border  on  the  g-ulf  of  Mexico  ?                       *  j 

38.  What  states  are  bounded  by  the  Mississippi  ?  "• 

39.  What  by  the  Ohio  ?     40.  What  border  on  the  great  lakes  ?  -j 

41.  What  states  are  separated  by  the  Potomac  ?  ; 

42.  What  states  are  separated  by  the  Savannah  ?  1 
43    What  states  are  intersected  by  the  40th  parallel  of  N.  Latitude*  > 

44.  What  states  are  situated  N.  of  the  40th  parallel  r  ^ 

45.  What  states  are  situated  S.  of  the  40th  parallel  ?  J 

46.  What  states  are  intersected  by  the  meridian  of  Washing-toD  .-'  j 

47.  What  states  lie  E.  Lon.  from  Washington  ?     48.  What  W. '  ] 

49.  How  are  the  following-  states  bounded?  : 

50.  Maine                      59.  Delaware                 68.  Kentucky  ; 

51.  N.  Hampshire         60.  Maryland                 69.  Tennessee  ) 

52.  Vermont                  61.  Virginia                   70.  Alabama  ' 

53.  Massachusetts         62.  N.  Carolina             71.  Mississippi  1 

54.  Rhode  Island          63.  S.  Carolina              72.  Louisiana  i 

55.  Connecticut            64.  Georgia                   73.  Missouri  j 
^.  New  York               65.  Ohio                         74.  Michigan  Ter,  ^ 

57.  New  Jersey            66.  Indiana                     75.  North  West.  Ter.  ] 

58.  Pennsylvania          67..  Illinois                      7G.  Arkansas  Ter.  I 
77.  Which  are  the  largest  states  in  extent?     78.  The  smallest?  ' 

79.  Which  extends  farthest  N.,  Maine  or  the  N.  W.  Territory  ?  J 

80.  What  are  the  principal  rivers  of  Maine  ?  , 

81.  In  what  part  of  Maine  is  Katahdin  mountain  ?  j 

82.  What  rivers  empty  into  the  Chesapeake  ? 

83.  What  rivers  are  there  in  the  western  part  of  Virginia  ; 

84.  How  is  Richmond  situated  ?    85.  Norfolk  ?  86.  Petersburg  .''  8T  i 

York?     88.  Fredericksburg?     89.  Wheeling?  I 

90.  In  what  part  of  Virginia  are  Lexington,  Staunton,  and  Char- 

lottesville ?  \ 

91.  What  rivers  empty  into  Albemarle  sound  ?     92.  Into  Pamlictt  j 

sound  ?  : 

93.  How  is  Raleigh   situated  ?     94.  Fayetteville  ?      95.  Newbern  i 

96.  Wilmington?     97.  Salisbury?     98.  Edenton?  ^ 

99.  What  rivers  are  in  South  Carolina  ?  i 

100.  How  is  CAar/e.9for..  situated  ?     101.  Georgetown?    102.  Colum-  .       "i 

bia?     103.  Camden?     104.  Orangeburg?  ; 

105.  Which  way  from  Charleston  is  Beaufort?     106.  Columbia''  j 

107.  What  are  the  principal  towns  on  the  Savannah  river?  *:* 

108.  How  is    Jlilledgeville   situated?       109.    Washington?       110    ^    ' 

Athens?     lll.Darien?     112.  Sparta?  , 

113.  What  rivers  are  there  in  Georgia  ?  < 

114.  What  are  the  principal  rivers  in  Alabama?  .{ 

115.  Plow  is  Ca/iaio6a situated?    116.  Mobile?    117.  Blakely.'    lift.  ! 

St.  Stephens?     119.  Huntsville  ?     120.  Claiborne?  ] 

121      What  are  the  rivers  in  Mississippi  ?     122.     How  is  Natchfiz  i 

situated  ?  j 

23  i 


266  QUESTIONS  ON  THE 

123.  What  towns  are  on  Pearl  river?  124.  Which  way  is  Washing- 
ton from  Natchez  ?  125.  Which  way  is  Port  Gibson  ?  126. 
Elliot  ? 

127.  What  river  forms  part  of  the  W.  boundary  of  Louisiana  ? 

128.  How  is  JVeio  O Wean*  situated  ?  129.  Madisonville  ?  130.  Nach- 

itoches?     131.    Opelousas?      132.  Alexandria?      133.  Lake 
Pontchartrain  ? 

1 34.  What  river  forms  part  of  the  S.  boundary  of  Arkansas  Ter.  ? 

135.  What  are  the  rivers  in  Tennessee?      136.  How  is  Nashville 

situated?     137.  Knoxville?     138.  Murfreesboro  ? 
39.  In  what  part  of  Tennessee  are  Rogersville,  Jonesboroug-h,  and 

Greenville?     140.  In  what  part  Columbia,  Fayette ville,  and 

Shelbyville  ? 
H.  What  rivers  empty  into  the  Ohio  in  Kentucky  ? 
i  ."2.  What  is  the  situation  of  Lexington?     143.   Fi-ankfort?     144. 

Louisville  ?     145.     Maysville  ?     146  Danville  ? 
1«»7.  What  rivers  in  Ohio  empty  iato   the  Ohio  r     148.  What  into 

Lake  Erie  ? 
149.  What  towns  in  Ohio  are  on  the  river  Ohio?     150.  On  Lake 

Erie  ? 
151.  What   is  the  situation  of  Columbus?     152.  Cincinnati?     153. 

Athens  ?     154.  Chillicothe  ?    155.  Zanesville  ?  156.  Dayton  ? 
157.  What  are  the  rivers  of  Indiana  ?     158.  Of  Illinois  ? 
159.  What    lake  bounds  them  on  the  N.?     160.  What  river  on  S.  ? 
161.  In  what  part  of  Indiana  is  Indianopolis  ?     162.  How  is  Vin 

cennes  situated  ? 

163.  What  towns  in  Ohio  are  on  or  near  the  Scioto  ? 

164.  Which  way  from  St.  Louis  is  f^andalial 

165.  What  towns  in  Illinois  on  the  Mississippi? 

166.  Which  way  from  Vandalia  is  Edwardsville  ? 

167.  How  is  Shawneetown  situated? 

168.  By  what  lakes  is  Michig-an  surrounded? 

169.  How  is  Lake  St.  Clair  situated  ?     170.  How  Green  bay  .' 

171.  Between  what  two  lakes  is  tlie  island  and  strait  of  Michili- 

mackinac?  Detroit? 

172.  What  are  the  rivers  of  the  North  W6st  Territory  ? 

173.  What  rivers  are  there  in  Missouri? 

174.  What  towns  in  Missouri  are  on  the  Mississippi? 

175.  What  towns  arc  on  the  Missouri? 

'176.  Which  way  from  St.  Louis  are  Potosi  and  the  Ijead  mines  ? 

177.  What  are  the  rivers  in  Arkansas  Territory  ? 

178.  On  what  river  are  Little  Rock  and  Dwight  ? 

179.  What  is  the  Lat  and  Lon.  of  the  mouth  of  the  Yellow  Stone  ? 
1»0.  Where  is  Fort  Mandan  ?      181.  Council  Bluffs  ? 

1 82.  What  countries  lie  north  of  the  great  lakes  .•' 

183.  What  river  separates  Upper  and  Lower  Canada? 

184.  Where  is  Ncpissing  lake  ?     185.  Where  Lake  Simcoe  ? 
186  Where  does  the  river  Ouse  eraptv  ?     187.  The  Thames? 
188.  How  is  York  situated ?     189.  Kingston?     190.  Maiden? 

ir-1.  What  towns  in  Canada  lie  between  Lakes  Ontario  and  Erie? 
192    Where  does  St  Maurice  river  empty  ?     193.  The  Segnenai  ? 


MODERN  MAPS.  267 

194.  How  IS  Quebec  situated ?  195.  Montreal?  196.  Three  River»r 

197.  In  what  part  of  Florida  is  Pensacola? 

198.  How  is  St.  Augustine  situated  ?     200.  St  Marks  ? 

199.  Where  is  Apalachee  bay  ? 

201.  Which  way  from  St.  Augustine  is  Amelia  island  ? 


Map  of  the  Eastern  and  Middle  States. 


1.  In  what  part  of  N.  Hampshire  are  the  White  mountains 

2.  Where  are  the  Green  mountains  ?    3.  The  Catskill  mountains  C 
4.  How  is  Lake  Winnipiseogee  situated  ?     5.  Umbag-og  ?  6.  Lake 

Champlain  ?     7.  Lake  George  ? 

8.  What  Iftkes  are  towards  the  western  part  of  New  York  ? 

9.  How  is  Portland  situated?     10.  What  towns  in  Maine  are  on 

the  coast  ? 
11.  What  towns  on  the  Kennebec  ?     12.  On  the  Saco  ? 
13.  How  is  Portsmouth  situated  ?     14.  Concord?   15.  Exeter?  16 

Dover?     17.  K^ne  ?     18.  Amherst? 
19.  What  towns  in  N.  Hampshire»on  the  Connecticut?     20.  On 

the  Merrimack? 
21.  How  is  Montpelier  situated  ?     22.  Rutland?     23.  Bennington? 

24.  Danville  ? 
25.  What  towns  in  Vermont  on  the  Connecticut  ?      26.  On  Onion 

river  ?   *27.  Otter  Creek  ?     28.  On  Lake  Champlain  ? 
29.  Between  what  capes  does  Massachusetts  bay  lie  ?     30.     Where 

is  Barnstable  bay  ?    31.  Buzzard's  bay  ?  32.  Where  are  Nan- 
tucket and  Martha's  Vineyard  ? 
33.  How  is  Boston  situated  ?      34.  What  towns  on  the  coast  of 

Massachusetts  are  north  of  Boston  ?     35.  What  south  ? 
36.  In  what  part  of  the  state  is  Worcester  ?     37.  New  Bedford  ? 

38.  Newburyport  ?    39.  Provincetown  ?    40.  Williamstown  t 
41.  What  towns  in  Massachusetts  on  the  Connecticut?     42.  On 

the  Merrimack  ? 
43.  What  towns  near  the  western  side  ?  44.  What  near  the  centre  ? 
45.  What  towns  in  Rhode  Island  lie  on  the  west  side  of  Narragan- 

set  bay  ?  (the  bay  extending  up  into  the  state  near  the  east 

side)    46.  At  which  end  of  it  is  Providence  ?      47.  On  which 

side  are  Bristol  and  Warren  ? 
48    Which  way  from  Providence  is  Newport? 

49.  How  is  Block  Island  situated  ? 

50.  How  is  Hartford  situated?     51.  New  Haven?     52.  New  Lon- 

don ? 
53.  What  towns  in  Connecticut  lie  near  the  coast  ?     54.  On  the 
Connecticut  ?     55.  The  Housatonic  ? 

56.  What  towns  are  in  the  eastern  part  of  Connecticut  ? 

57.  How  is  the  city  of  New  York  situated  ?  In  what  part  of  the 

state,  and  at  the  mouth  of  what  river  ? 

58.  How  is  Albany  situated?     59.  In  what  part  of  New  York  is 

Utica?     60.  Buffalo? 


268  QUESTIONS  ON  THE 

61.  "What  towns  on  the  Hudson  ?  62.  On  the  Mohawk  ?  63.  On 
Black  river  ?  64.  On  the  St.  Lawrence  ?  65.  On  the  Gene- 
see ?  66.  On  the  Niagara?  67.  On  the  Tioga?  68.  On 
the  Susquehanna  in  N.  Y.  ?  69.  On  the  West  side  of  Lake 
Champlain  ?     70.  On  Lake  Ontario  ? 

71.  Which  way  from  Albany  are  Saratoga  and  Ballston?  72.  Which 
way  New  Lebanon?  73.  Cooperstown  ?  74.  Sackett's  har- 
bour ? 

75  On  what  lake  is  Auburn  ?  76.  Skeneateles  ?  77.  Salina  ?  78. 
Geneva  ?     79.  Ithaca  ? 

80.  Which  way  from  Geneva  is  Canandaigua?     81.  Waterloo? 

82.  In  what  part  of  Long  Island  is  Sag  Harbour  ?  83.  In  what 
part  Brooklyn  and  Jamaica  ?     84.  Where  is  Staten  Island  ? 

85.  On  what  river  is  Trenton  ?  86.  Which  way  from  Trenton  are 
Princeton,  N.  Brunswick,  Elizabethtown,  and  Newark  ? 

87.  Which  way  from  Newark  is  Amboy?  88.  Patterson?  89. 
Morristown  and  Newton?  90.  What  towns  in  New  Jersey 
on  the  Delaware  ? 

91.  What  rivers  unite  just  below  Philadelphia?  92.  What  rivers 
unite  at  Pittsburgh?  93.  On  what  river  is  Harrisburg  ?  94. 
Which  way  from  Philadelphia  is  Lancaster  ? 

95.  What  towns  in  Pennsylvania  on  the  Delaware  ?  96.  On  the 
Schuylkill  ?  97.  On  the  Lehigh  ?  98.  The  Susquehanna  ? 
99.  The  Juniatta  ?  100.  The  Alleghany  ?  101.  The  Monon- 
gahela  ? 

102.  Which  way  from  Harrisburg  to  York?  103.  Which  way  to 
Carlisle  and  Chambersburg  ?     104.  Lebanon  ? 

105.  What  towns  are  near  the  S.  W.  corner  of  the  state  ? 

106.  What  ones  near  the  N.  W.  corner  ? 

107.  In  what  part  of  Delaware  is  Wilmington?     108.  Which  way 

from  Wilmington  to   Dover?      109.  What   towns   between 
Wilmington  and  Dover  ? 

110.  Which  side  of  the  Chesapeake  are  Baltimore  and  Annapolis? 

111.  What  towns  in  Maryland  are  east  of  the  Chesapeake?     112. 

Where  is  Havre  de  Grace  ? 

1 13.  What  towns  in  Maryland  are  on  the  Potomac  ? 

114.  Which  way  from  Washington  are  Frederickstown  and  Hagers- 

town  ? 

115.  Which  side  of  the  Potomac  are  Washington  and  Georgetown? 

116.  Which  side  is  Alexandria? 
117.  What   towns  in  Virginia  are  on  the  Potomac  ?     118.  Which 
way  are  Leesburg  and  Winchester  from  Washington  ? 

Map  of  South  America. 

1.  How  is  South  America  bounded 

2.  What  islands  are  near  the  north  coast  ? 

^.  Where  are  the  Falkland  islands  ?    4.  Whei  d  Terra  del  Fuego  ? 

5.  What  strait  separates  Terra  del  Fuego  from  the  main  land  ? 

6.  Where  is  Chiloe  island  ?     7.  Where  Joan  Fernandez  ? 


MODERN  MAPS.  269 

8.  "What  are  the  N.,  E.,  S.,  and  W.  capes  of  S.  America  ? 

9.  In  what  latitude  is  Cape  Horn? 

10.  Into  what  sea  does  the  Magdalena  river  flow  ? 

11.  In  what  latitude  does  the  Orinoco  empty  ? 

12.  What  is  the  general  course  of  the  Amazons  ? 

13.  What  is  the  latitude  of  its  mouth  ? 

14.  What  are  the  principal  rivers  that  flow  into  it? 

15.  In  what  latitude  is  the  mouth  of  the  La  Plata  ? 

16.  Where  is  lake  Maracaybo  ?     17.  Lake  Parima  ?     18.  Lake  Tit 

icaca  ? 

19.  Through  what  part  of  South  America  do  the  Andes  extend? 

20.  In  what  part  of  S.  America  is  Colombia?  21.  How  is  it  bounded? 

22.  What  part  of   Colombia  is  formed  by  New  Grenada?     What 

part  by  Venezuela  ? 

23.  How  is  Guiana  bounded?      24.    Brazil?      25.    Buenos  Ayras? 

26.  Chili  ?     27.  Peru  ? 
28.  In  what  part  of  S.  America  is  Amazonia  ?     29.  In  what  part  Pat- 
agonia ? 

30.  In  what  part  of  Colombia  is  Santa  Fe  de  Bogota  ? 

31.  In  what  direction  from  Santa  Fe  de  Bogota  is  Popayan 

32.  On  which  side  of  the  equator  is  Quito  ? 

33.  How  is  Guayaquil  situated  ?     34.  How  Porto  Bello  ? 

35.  In  what  part  of  Colombia  is  Carthagena  ?     36.  Caraccas?, 

37.  In  what  direction  from  Carthagena  is  St.  Martha  ? 

38.  Where  are  tlie  bay  and  town  of  Panama  ?     39.  Maracaybo  ? 

40.  Which  way  from  Quito  is  Chimborazo  ? 

41.  On  what  river  is  St.  Thomas  or  St.  Thome  situated  ? 

42.  In  what  part  of  Guiana  is  Paramaribo  ? 

43.  In  what  direction  from  Paramaribo  is  Cayenne  ? 

44.  In  what  part  of  Brazil  is  Rio  Janeiro  ?     45.  In  what  latitude  ? 

46.  How  many  degrees  father  north  is  St.  Salvador  ? 

47.  Which  way  from  Rio  Janeiro  is  Tejuco  ?  Which  way  Villa  Rica  ? 

48.  Which  is  most  northerly,  Pernambuco  or  Paraiba  ? 

49.  In  what  part  of  Brazil  are  Maranham  and  Para  ? 

50.  On  which  side  of  the  La  Plata  is  Buenos  Ayres?  Monte  Video? 

51.  In  what  direction  from  Buenos  Ayres  is  Cordova? 

52.  How  is  Assumption  situated  ?     53.  In  what  latitude  is  Potosi? 

54.  In  what  direction  from  Potosi  is  La  Plata  ? 

55.  In  what  part  of  Chili  is  St.  Jago  ?     56.  How  is  Valparaiso  situ- 

ated ? 
57.  In  what  part  of  Chili  is  Valdivia?     58.     In  whatCopiapo  ? 

59.  Which  way  from  Valparaiso  is  Conception  ? 

60.  In  what  part  of  Peru  is  Lima?     61.  Truxillo  ? 

62.  Which  way  from  Lima  are  Guamanga  and  Cuzco  ? 

63.  In  what  part  of  Peru  is  Arica  ? 

64.  How  is  Arequipa  situated  ?     65.     Guanca  Velica  ? 

Map  of  Europe. 

1.  What  seas  lie  between  Europe  and  Asia  ? 
ft.  Which  side  of  Europe  is  the  Mediterranean  ? 

''*      M 


«70                               QUESTIONS  ON  THE  , 

3.  Between  what  countries  is  the  gulf  of  Venice?  ! 

4.  Where  is  the  baj^  of  Biscay?     6.  Where  the  North  sea?  j 

6.  What  connects  the  North  sea  with  the  Baltic  ?  i 

7.  How  is  the  British  channel  situated  ?  ] 

8.  What  country  lies  S.,  what  E.,  and  what  W.,  of  the  Baltic  ' 

9.  What  is  the  eastern,  and  what  the  northern  g-ulf  of  the  Baltic  ?  \ 
10.  Where  is  the  White  sea  ?  11.  What  rivers  flow  into  it  ?  ' 
12.  What  river  flows  into  the  sea  of  Azoph  r     13.  Into  the  Black      * 

sea?    14.  The  Caspian  sea  ?    15.  The  Baltic  ?    16.  The  North      \ 

sea?     17.  The  bay  of  Biscay?  i 

18.  What  rivers  in  Spain  flow  into  the  Mediterranean? 

19.  What  rivei-s  of  Spain  floAv  into  the  Atlantic  ?  < 

20.  What  are  the  5  largest  islands  in  the  Mediterranean  ? 

21.  Which  is  the  most  easterly  of  these  islands  ?  I 

22.  How  is  Sicily  situated  ?     23.  Candia  ?     24.  Corsica?  \ 
25.  Where  is  Elba  ?     26.  Malta  ?     27.  Cerig-o  ?  j 

28.  What  islands  are  near  the  coast  of  Spain  ?  ^ 

29.  What  islands  are  there  in  the  Archipelago  ?  ] 

30.  What  islands  lie  NW.  of  Morea  ? 

31.  Which  way  is  Iceland  from  Scotland?  ,         i 

32.  W^hat  islands  lie  N.  and  what  W.  of  Scotiand  ?  ^ 

33.  What  islands  are  there  in  the  Baltic?  -: 

34.  What  mountains  between  Norway  and  Sweden  ?  j 

35.  What  mountains  on  the  northeast  of  Europe  ?  ^ 

36.  Where  are  the  Carpathian  mountains  ?  ' 

37.  Where  the  Alps  ?     38.  The  Pyrenees  ?  ; 

39.  W^hat  parts  of  Europe  lie  S.  of  the  parallel  of  40  N.  Lat  ?  ', 

40.  What  countries  lie  chiefly  between  40  and  50  N.  Lat.  ?  *  ■ 

41.  What  countries  between  50  and  60  N.  Lat.?     42.  What  N-  of     1 

60?  i 

43.  In  what  part  of  Europe  are  Spain  and  Portugal  ?  \ 

44.  In  what  part  is  Russia  ?     45.  Turkey  ?     46.  Germany  ?  : 
47.  Sweden?      48.  France?     49.  Italv?     50.  England?      51.  Aus       | 

tria? 

How  are  the  following  countries  bounded  \ 

62.  Norway                   57.  Austrian  Domin.    62.  Spain  , 

53.  Sweden                    58.  Scotland                  63.  Portugal  | 

54.  Russia                      59.  England                  64.  Italy  i 

55.  Denmark                60.  Ireland                     65.  Turkey  ] 

56.  Pruss.  Domin.        61.  France  i 

How  are  the  following  cities  situated  ?  j 

66.  London                    71.  Madrid                     76.  Constantinople  j 

67.  Dublin                     72.  Lisbon                     77.  Copenhagen  ; 

68.  Edinburgh               73.  Rome                       78.  Stockholm  i 

69.  Amsterdam             74.  Naples                     79.  St.  Petersburg  ! 

70.  Paris                        75.  Vienna                    80.  Moscow  ' 
81.  Which  way  is  Paris  from  London  ?     82.  Madrid  from  London? 

83.  Rome  ?     84.  Berlin  ?   85.  Vienna  ?     86.  St.  Petersburg  r 

87.  What  towns  arc  situated  on  the  Danube  ?  | 


MODERN  MAPS.  271 

88.  What  towns  on  the  Volga ?     89.  The  Dnieper?     90.  Dwina? 

91.  What  rivers  rise  in  Spain  and  flow  through  Portugal  ? 

92.  Near  the  mouth  of  what  river  is  Oporto  ? 

93.  What  towns  are  between  Oporto  and  Lisbon  ? 

94.  How  is  Cadiz  situated  ?     95.  On  what  river  is  Seville  ? 
96.  How  is  Gibraltar  situated  ?     97.  How  Grenada  ? 

98.  What  towns  in  Spain  are  situated  on  the  Mediterranean  ? 

99.  On  what  river  is  Saragossa  ?     100,  On  what  is  Toledo  ? 

101.  What  towns  in  the  north  of  Spain  ? 

102.  Where  is  Cape  St.  Vincent  ?     103.  Cape  Finisterre  ? 

104.  In  what  part  of  the  Prussian  Dominions  are  Elbing,  Konigsberg, 

and  Tilsit  ? 

105.  Through  what  part  of  the  Austrian  Dominions  does  the  Danube 

flow  ? 

106.  In  what  part  of  the  Austrian  Dominions  is  Lemberg  ? 

107.  Which  way  from  Lemberg  is  Cracow  ? 

108.  Which  way  from  Buda  is  Debretzin? 

109.  Which  side  of  the  Danube  is  Pest? 

110.  Which  way  from  Pest  to  Tokay  ?     111.  Hermanstadt? 
112.  In  what  part  of  Sicily  is  Palermo?     113.  Catania? 

114.  In  what  part  of  Sardinia  is  Cagliari  ? 

115.  What  town  in  the  northern  part  of  Corsica  r 

116.  Which  way  from  Corsica  is  Elba? 

117.  How  is  Constantinople  situated  ? 

118.  Which  way  from  Constantinople  is  Adrianople? 

119.  How  is  Saloniki situated ?    120.  Misitra?     121.  Athens?     122. 

Larissa?     123.  Philippopoli  ?     124.  Belgrade?     125.  Bucha 
rest  ? 
126    What  towns  in  Turkey  are  on  the  Danube? 

127.  What  towns  in  Turkey  on  the  Black  sea? 

128.  What  sea  lies  between  the  Black  sea  and  the  Archipelago  ? 
l||^^Where  are  the  Dardanelles  ? 

I^ST  What  island  lies  south  of  the  Archipelago  ? 

131.  What  islands  lie  NW.  of  the  Morea? 

132.  On  which  side  of  the  Black  sea  is  Crimea? 

133.  What  sea  lies  north  of  the  Black  sea  ? 

134.  What  river  of  Russia  flows  into  the  Caspian  sea  ?     135.   What 

into  the  sea  of  Azoph  ?      136.  The  Black  sea  ?     137.     The 
White  sea? 
138.  On  what  gulf  is  St.  Petersburg  ?     139.  On  what  is  Ri^a? 

140.  Which  way  is  Moscow  from  St.  Petersburg  ? 

141.  How  is  Abo  situated  ?     142.  Warsaw? 

143.  Which  way  from  Riga  to  Wilna? 

144.  Which  way  from  St.  Petersburg  to  Novgorod  ? 

145.  Which  way  from  Moscow  to  Smolensk? 

146.  How  is  Cherson  situated ?     147.  Odessa?      148.  Kiev?      140 

Cazan?     150.  Archangel? 
151.  How  is  Stockholm  situated  ?     152.  Gottenburg  ? 

153.  Which  way  from  Stockholm  is  Upsal  ? 

154.  How  is  Tornea  situated  ?     155.  In  what  Lat.  ? 
156.  Which  is  most  northerly, Tornea  or  Archangel? 


272  QUESTIONS  ON  THE 

157.  "WTiich  is  most  westerly,  lake  Wenner  or  Wetter? 

158.  In  what  part  of  Norway  is  Berg-en? 

159.  Which  way  from  Bergen  is  Christiania? 

160.  Which  way  Drontheim  ?     161.  Where  is  the  Maelstrom? 

Map  of  France,  Germany,*  JSTetherlandsj  and  Switzerland. 

1.  How  are  the  following  countries  bounded  ? 

2.  Netherlands  4.  Bavaria  6.  Switzerland 

3.  Saxony  5.  Wurtemberg-  7.  Baden 

8.  Which  is  the  largest  division  of  Prussia,  the  eastern  or  western 

9.  On  what  sea  are  Holstein  and  Mecklenburg  ? 

10.  What  country  lies  between  Mecklenburg  and  Netherlands? 

11.  What  small  countrj'  is  almost  surrounded  by  Hanover' 
^  12.  In  what  part  of  Netherlands  is  Holland? 

13.  In  what  part  is  Luxemburg  ?     14.  Brabant? 

15.  In  what  part  of  Italy  is  Piedmont  ? 

16.  What  small  country  lies  between  Piedmont  and  France  ? 

17.  Which  is  most  southerly,  Genoa  or  Tuscany  ? 

18.  What  countries  border  on  W.  side  of  the  Austrian  dominions ' 

19.  Which  is  most  northerly,  Bohemia  or  Moravia  ? 

20.  How  is  Tyrol  situated  ?     21.  Which  way  from  Tyrol  is  Stiria? 

22.  On  what  gulf  does  lUyria  border? 

23.  Which  is  most  northerly,  Hesse  Darmstadt  or  Hesse  Cassel  ? 

24.  Which  side  of  the  Rhine  is  Nassau  ? 

25.  Where  are  the  Alps?     26.  The  Apennines?     27.  The  Pyre- 

nees ? 

28.  By  what  is  France  separated  from  England  ? 

29.  What  are  the  four  principal  rivers  of  France  ? 

30.  What  towns  on  the  Seine  ?     31.  What  on  the  Loire  ?     32.  Tlie 

Garonne?     33.  The  Rhone? 

34.  In  what  part  of  France  is  Marseilles  ? 

35.  Which  way  from  Marseilles  is  Montpellier  ? 

36.  In  what  part  is  Bayonne  ?     37.  How  is  it  situated  ? 

38.  In  what  part  are  Brest  and  L'Orient  ? 

39.  In  what  part  are  St.  Omer,  Calais,  Dunkirk,  and  Lille  ? 

40.  What  town  in  England  is  near  Calais  ? 

41.  How  is  Strasburg  situated  ?     42.  Havre  de  Grace  ? 

43.  Which  way  is  Rheims  from  Paris  ?     44.  Which  way  Bourges  ? 

45.  Which  way  is  Amsterdam  from  Paris  ? 

46.  What  towns  lie  between  Amsterdam  and  the  Rhine 

47.  What  town  is  near  the  mouth  of  the  Rhine  ? 

48.  In  what  part  of  Netherlands  is  Groningen  ?     49.  Brussels  ? 
50.  What  towns  are  on  the  Mouse?     51.  What  on  the  Scheldt? 

52.  Through  what  countries  does  the  Rhine  flow  ? 

53.  Where  does  it  empty  ? 

54.  What  towns  of  Prussia  are  on  the  Rhine  ? 

'^-  Germany  comprises  the  country  represented  ou  the  map  lying  south 
of  the  Baltic,  east  of  Tsetherlands  and  France,  and  north  of  Switzer- 
land, Italy,  and  the  gulf  of  Venice.  It  is  divided  into  many  indepen- 
dent states.     For  an  enumeration  of  them  see  page  118. 


MODERN  MAPS.  273 

55.  Which  is  farthest  north,  Aix  la  Chapelle  or  Treves  ? 

56.  What  large  town  is  on  the  Weser  toward  its  mouth  ? 

57.  On  what  river  is  Emden  ?     58.  On  what  is  Hanover? 

59.  What  large  town  is  on  the  Elbe  toward  its  mouth  ? 

60.  Which  waj' is  Gottingen  from  Hanover  ?     61.  Brunswick? 

62.  Which  way  is  Lubec  from  Hamburg? 

63.  How  is  Berlin  situated  ?     64.  Potsdam  ?    65.  Magdeburg  ?    66 

Halle  ? 

67.  What  town  is  near  the  mouth  of  the  Oder  ? 

68.  What  other  towns  in  Prussia  are  on  the  Oder  ? 

69.  What  town  is  near  the  mouth  of  the  Vistula  ? 

70.  Which  way  is  Posen  from  Dantzic  ?     71.  On  what  river  is 

Dresden  ? 

72.  Which  Avay  from  Dresden  is  Leipsic  ? 

73.  Which  way  from  Dresden  are  Weimar,  Jena,  and  Gotha  ? 

74.  Vv'hich  way  from  Cassel    are  Meiningen,  Hilburghausen,  and 

Coburg? 

75.  What  two  rivers  unite  at  Mentz  ? 

76.  Which  way  from  Frankfort  is  Darmstadt  ? 

77.  What  two  rivers  unite  atManheim? 

78.  On  what  river  are  Worms  and  Spire  ? 

79.  Which  way  is  Stuttgard  from  Carlsruhe  ? 

80.  Which  is  most  northerly,  Heidelberg  or  Freyburg? 

81.  Which  way  from  Stuttgard  are  Hechingen  and  Siegmaringen  ? 

82.  How  is  Ulm  situated  ?     83.  On  what  river  is  Munich  ? 

84.  What  towns  ia  Bavaria  are  on  the  Danube  ? 

85.  On  what  river  are  Wurzburg  and  Bamberg  ? 

86.  Which  way  from  Munich  is  Augsburg  ?     87.  Which  way  Land 

shut  ?  88.  Which  way  Nuremberg  and  Erlangen  ? 

89.  What  towns  in  Austria  are  on  the  Danube  ? 

90.  Which  is  most  easterly,  Buda  or  Presburg  ? 

91.  Which  way  from  Vienna  is  Prague? 

92.  Which  way  Gratz?     93.  Which  way  Brunnand  Olmutz? 

94.  On  what  river  is  Inspruck  ?     On  what  is  Clagenfurt  ? 

95.  How  are  Venice,  Trieste,  and  Fiume  situated  ? 

96.  Which  way  from  Venice  is  Padua  ?      97.  Which  way  Udina  ? 
98.  What  towns  are  on  the  Adige  ?     99.  What  on  the  Po  ? 

100.  Which  is  most  westerly,  Cremona  or  Mantua? 

101.  In  what  part  of  the  Austrian  dominions  is  Milan  ? 

102.  Between  what  two  lakes  is  Brescia? 

103.  Which  is  most  westerly,  lake  Maggiore  or  lake  Como  ? 

104.  Between  what  countries  is  the  lake  of  Constance? 

105.  In  what  part  of  Switzerland  is  the  lake  of  Geneva? 

106.  What  towns  are  on  the  lake  of  Geneva? 

107.  In  what  part  of  Switzerland  are  Berne  and  Zurich  ? 

108.  In  what  part  are  Bale  and  Schaffhausen  ?     109.  Nenfchatel  ^ 

110.  What  mountain  lies  south  of  the  lake  of  Geneva  ? 

111.  Which  Avay  isChamberry  from  Turin  ? 

112.  How  is  Genoa  situated  ?     113.  Where  is  Nice?     Lucca? 
114.  On  what  river  are  Florence  and  Pisa? 

11*5.  Which  side  of  the  Arno  is  Lejrhorn  ? 


274  QUESTIONS  ON  THE 

116.  On  what  are  Ancona  and  Ravenna  situated? 

117.  Which  way  froui  Ravenna  are  Bologna,  Modena,  and  Parma.' 

118.  What  city  is  on  the  Tiber? 

vYo/e.  The  German  universities  axe  in  the  following  towns,  Kiel, 
Rostock,  Greifswalde,  Berlin,  Breslaw,  Halle,  Leipsic,  Gottingen,  Jena, 
Bonn,  Marburg,  Giesen,  Wurzburg,  Erlangen,  Landshut,  Tubingen» 
Freyburg,  Heidelberg,  Prague,  and  Vienna. 

Map  of  Great  Britain. 

1.  What  is  the  southernmost  extremity  of  England? 

2.  What  islands  are  near  this  point? 

3.  How  is  the  Isle  of  Wight  situated  ? 

4.  What  sea  and  channel  separate  England  from  Ireland  ' 

5.  What  islands  are  in  the  Irish  sea? 

6.  Which  of  these  is  most  northerly  ? 

7.  What  rivers  run  mto  the  English  channel  ? 

8.  What  is  the  course  of  the  Thames  ?     9.  Of  the  Severn  ? 

10.  Where  does  the  Severn  empty  ? 

11.  What  rivers  in  England  run  into  the  North  sea?     12.  Into  the 

Irish  sea  ? 

13.  Which  is  the  most  northerly,  the  Tyne  or  the  Tees  ? 

14.  The  Dee  or  the  Mersey  ?     15.  How  is  the  Wash  situated 

16.  What  river  and  frith  form  part  of  the  boundary  between  Eng- 

land and  Scotland  ? 

17.  In  what  part  of  England  is  London  ?     18.  On  what  river  ? 
19.  In  what  part  is  Liverpool  ?     20.  On  what  river? 

21.  Which  way  from  Liverpool  is  Manchester? 

22.  Which  way  from  Hull  are  Leeds,  Wakefield,  and  Sheffield? 

23.  Near  what  channel  is  Bristol  ? 

24.  In  what  part  of  England  are  Birmingham  and  Nottingham  ? 

25.  Which  way  is  Cambridge  from  London  ?     26.  Oxford  ?     27. 

Canterbury?     28.  Norwich  ?     29.  Bath?     30.  Winchester? 

31.  On  which  side  of  England  are  Norwich,  Hull,  Whitby,  and 

Newcastle  '* 

32.  In  what  part  are  Portsmouth,  Exeter,  and  Plymouth  ? 

33.  How  is  Wales  bounded  ? 

34.  In  what  part  of  Wales  are  St.  David's  and  Landaff? 

35.  In  what  part  are  Bangor  and  St.  Asaph  ? 

36.  Which  side  of  Scotland  is  indented  by  numerous  lochs  or  bays, 

the  eastern  or  western  ? 

37.  How    are  the  Hebrides  situated  ?     38.   Which  is  the  largest  ? 

39.  How  the  Orkney  Islands  ?     40.  Shetland  islands  ?     Staffa 
island  ? 

41.  In  what  part  of  Scotland  are  the  Friths  of  Forth  and  Clyde  ? 

42.  Where  is  Murray  Frith  ?     43.  Where  do  the  Tay  and  Spey 

empty  ? 

44.  With  what  Frith  does  the  Caledonian  canal  communicate  .•' 

45.  Which  way  from  Glasgow  is  Loch  Lomond  ? 

46.  How  is  Edinburgh  situated  ?     47.  Glasgow  ?      48.  Dundee  ? 


MODERN  MAPS.  275 

49  Aberdeen?     50.  Paisley?     51.  St.  Andrews?     52.  Inverness'* 
Falkirk  ?     Carron  .^    Gretna  Green  ? 

53.  In  what  part  of  Ireland  is  Galway  bay  ? 

54.  What  course  does  the  Shannon  run  ? 

55.  Where  does  the  Boyne  empty  ? 

56.  Which  are  the  two  larg-est  lakes  in  Ireland  ? 

57.  Which  is  the  northern  province  of  Ireland  ?    58.  The  southern  f 
59.  Which  side  of  Ireland  is  Dublin  ?     60.  In  what  sea  ? 

61.  Which  way  is  Dublin  from  London? 

62.  Which  way  from  Dublin  are  Drogheda  and  Armagh  ?  Kildare? 

63.  In  what  part  of  Ireland  is  Cork?     64.  On  what  river? 
65    On  what  is  Waterford  ?     66.  Kinsale  ?     67.  Limerick  ? 

68.  Which  way  from  Cork  is  Killarney  ? 

69.  In  what  part  of  Ireland  is  Londonderry  ? 

70.  Which  is  most  northerly,  Belfast  or  Camckfergus? 

71.  How  is  Gal  way    situated?      72.    Kilkenny?      73.    Wicklow? 

74.  Wexford?     75.  Cashel?     76.  Tuam? 

77.  What  is  the  southern  cape  of  Ireland  ? 

78.  At  which  end  of  Ireland  is  the  Giant's  Causeway  ? 

Map  of  Asia. 

1.  What  is  the  most  northerly  cape  of  Asia  ? 

2.  What  is  the  most  southerly  cape  of  Hindoostan  ? 

3.  How  is  the  sea  of  Okotsk  situated  ? 

4.  How  is  the  gulf  of  Corea  situated  ?     5.  How  the  China  sea  ? 

6.  Sea  of  Bengal?     7.  Sea  of  Arabia? 

8.  What  seas  lie  on  the  west  side  of  Asia  ? 

9.  What  strait  connects  the  Red  sea  with  the  sea  of  Arabia? 

10.  What  gulfs  lie  between  Persia  and  Arabia? 

11.  What  sea  lies  east  of  the  Black  sea  ? 

12.  Where  is  the  sea  of  Aral  r 

13.  In  what  part  of  Siberia  is  lake  Baikal? 

14.  What  mountains  extend  from  the  sea  of  Aral  through  the  ceii 

tral  part  of  Asia? 

15.  Into  what  do  the  Oby,  Enissey,  and  the  Lena  flow? 

16.  Which  is  the  most  easterly  of  these? 

Into  what  do  the  following  rivers  empty  ? 

17.  Amour  21.  Irrawaddy  25.  Indus 

18.  Hoang-Ho  22.  Meinam  26.  Tigris 

19.  Kian-Ku  23.  Borrampooter         27.  Euphrates 

20.  Cambodia  24.  Ganges  28.  Volga 

29.  How  is  Arabia  bounded  ?         32.  Persia  bounded  ? 

30.  Turkey  in  Asia  bounded  ?       33.  Hindoostan  bounded  ? 

31.  Russia  in  Asia  bounded?         34.  China  bounded? 

35.  In  what  part  of  Asia  is  Chinese  Tartary  ? 

36.  Independent  Tartary  ?     37.  Malaya?    38.  Thibet .'    39Coroa 
40    Plow  is  Siam  situated  from  Malaya  ? 

41.  What  countries  lie  cast  of  Siam? 

42.  What  country  is  north  of  Cochin-China  ? 
43    Which  way  is  Bukharia  from  Persia? 


276  QUESTIONS  ON  THE 

44.  What  countries  lie  between  the  Black  and  the  Caspian  seas  ? 

45.  What  countries  in  Asia  lie  between  10  and  20  N.  Lat.  ? 

46.  What  countries  between  20  and  30  N.  Lat.  .'' 

47.  Between  30  and  40  ?     48.  Between  40  and  .50  ?  49.  North  of  50.? 

50.  Between  what  seas   is  Natolia  ? 

51.  What  country  lies  on  the  east  of  the  Mediterranean  ? 

52.  Where  are  the  Uralian  mountains  ?     53.  Where  Kamtchatka  ? 
54.  Nova  Zembla  ?     55.  In  what  part  of  Natolia  is  Smyrna  ? 

56.  On  which  side  of  the  Black  sea  are  SinobandTrebisond  .'* 

57.  What  towns  in  Natolia  are  on  the  Mediterranean  ? 

58.  What  cities  lie  between  Aleppo  and  Suez  ? 

59.  Which  way  is  Medina  from  Mecca  ? 

60.  How  is  Mocha  situated  ?     61.  W^hich  way  from  Mocha  is  Sana? 
62.  How  is  Ispahan  situated  ?     63.  Teheran  ?     64.  Bushire  ? 

65.  What  other  towns  in  Persia  ?  v 

66.  What  towns  in  Asia  lie  near  the  tropic  of  Cancer.? 

67.  What  towns  near  the  parallel  of  30  N.  Lat.  ?  68.  What  near  40  > 

How  are  the  following  towns  situated  ? 

69.  Herat  80.  Calcutta  91.  Astrachan 

70.  Samarcand  81.  Patna  92.  Teflis 

71.  Balk  82.  Allahabad  93.  Orenburg 

72.  Cashgar  83.  Lucknow  94.  Tobolsk 

73.  Cashmere  84.  Lassa  95.  Tomsk 

74.  Cabul  85.  Ummerapoora         96.  Irkutsk 

75.  Delhi  86.  Kesho  97.  Kiachta 

76.  Bombay  87.  Malacca  98.  Obdorskaya 

77.  Goa  88.  Canton  99.  Bagdad 

78.  Madras  89.  Nankin  100.  Bassora 

79.  Pondicherry  90.  Pekin 

101.  What  strait  separates  Sumatra  from  Malaya  ? 

102.  What  strait  separates  Sumatra  from  Java? 

103.  What  strait  is  between  Borneo  and  Celebes.? 

104.  What  strait  separates  New  Guinea  from  New  Holland? 

105.  What  divides  Van  Dicman's  Land  from  New  Holland  ? 

106.  What  separates  the  isles  of  Japan  from  Corea  ? 

107.  On  wliat  island  is  Jeddo  ?     108.  In  what  part  ? 

109.  In  what  part  of  Sumatra  is  Bencoolen  ? 

110.  In  what  part  of  Java  is  Batavia? 

111.  In  what  part  of  Borneo  is  the  town  of  Borneo  ? 

112.  In  what  part  of  Celebes  is  Macassar  ? 

113.  In  what  part  of  N.  Holland  are  Port  Jackson  and  Botany  Bay 

114.  What  part  of  New  Holland  is  New  South  Wales  ? 

115.  What  gulf  lies  on  the  north  of  New  Holland  ? 

1 16.  Through  what  part  of  New  Holland  does,  the  tropic  of  Capricorn 

pass  ? 

117.  What  islands  does  the  equator  cross,  .from  west  to  east  ? 

118.  Which  are  most  northerly,  the  Philippine  isles  or  Borneo? 

119.  Which  are  the  most  easterly,  the  Sund'a  isles  or  the  Moluccas? 

120.  How  is  New  Guinea  situated? 

121.  What  islands  lie  east  of  New  Guinea  ? 

122.  What  island  is  situated  in  the  gulf  of  Tonquin  ? 


MODERN  MAPS.  277 

123.  What  island  lies  east  of  Canton  ? 

124.  What  islands  are  between  Formosa  and  the  isles  of  Japan  ? 

125.  What  island  lies  south  of  the  sea  of  Okotsk  ? 

126.  Which   are  the  most  northerly,  the  Ladrone  isles  or  the  Caro- 

lines? 

127.  What  islands  lie  southwest  of  the  Carolines? 

Map  of  Africa, 

1.  What  are  the  N.,  E,,  S.,  and  W.,  capes-  of  Africa  ? 

2.  How  are  the  Canaries  and  the  island  of  Madeira  situated  ? 

3.  What  islands  are  there  ia  the  g-ulf  of  Guinea? 

4.  How  is  Madag-ascar  situated?     5.  The  Comoro  islands? 

6.  What  channel  separates  Madagascar  from  Africa  ? 

7.  What  separates  Arabia  from  Afiica  ? 

8.  What  isthmus  separates  tbe  Red  sea  from  the  Mediterranean? 

9.  Where  does  the  Nile  rise  ?     10.  What  direction  does  it  run? 
11.  Into  what  docs  it  flow?       12.  Where  does  the  Niger  rise  ?       13. 

Which  way  does  it  flow  ? 
14.  Where  arc  Gambia  and  Senegal  ?     15.  Which  is  most  southei^ 
iy?     16.  What  cape  is  between  them? 

17.  In  about  what  latitude  does  tiie  Congo  empty  ? 

18.  In  what  part  of  Africa  is  Egypt  ? 

19.  In  what  part  is  Barbary  ?     20.   Sahara?      21.  Nigritia  or  Sou- 

dan?    22.  Guinea?     23.   Congo?     24.  Caffraria?     25.  Zan 
guebar  ?     26.  Abyssinia  ? 

27.  Which  way  from  Abyssinia  are  the  mountains  of  the  moon  ? 

28.  What  desert  lies  between  Egypt  and  Tripoli  ? 

29.  What  desert  between  Egypt  and  Berdoa  ? 

30.  What  gulf  lies  on  the  north  of  Tripoli  ? 

31.  Which  is   the  most  easterly  of  the  Barbary  states,  Tripoli  or 

Morocco  ?     32.  What  states  are  between  these  ? 

33.  Which  side  of  Algiers  is  Tunis  ? 

34.  What  coasts  lie  north  of  the  gulf  of  Guinea  ? 

35.  How  is  Dahomy  situated  with  respect  to  Ashantee  and  Benin  ? 

36.  What  countries  lie  between  Benin  and  Benguela  ? 

37.  Which  is  most  northerly,  Congo  or  Angola  ? 

38.  What   countries  lie  between  Monomotopa   and  the  straits  of 

Babelmandel  { 

39.  Which  side  of  Abyssinia  is  Nubia  ? 

40.  In  what  direction  is  Darfur  from  Abyssinia  ? 

41.  In  what  direction  is  Boinou  from  Nubia? 

42.  What  country  lies  between  Bornou  and  Sahara? 

43.  What  country  is  between  Kassina  and  Tripoli  ? 

44.  Which  is  most  easterly,  Tumbuctoo  or  Bambarrar 

45.  Between  what  seas  is  Suez  situated  ? 

46.  On  what  river  is  Cairo  ?     47.   In  what  latitude  ? 

48.  What  cities  are  situated  at  the  mouths  of  the  Nile  ? 

49.  In  what  latitude  is  Syene  ? 

50.  What  towns  are  on  the  Nile  between  Syene  and  Cairo  ? 
51    What  direction  is  Derne  from  Alexandria? 

24 


278  QUESTIONS  ON  THE  MODERN  MAPS. 

52.  How  is  Tripoli  situated  from  Sicily  ? 

53.  What  direction  is  Mourzouk  from  Tripoli  ? 

54.  Which  way  are  Bona  and  Constantina  from  Algiers? 

55.  What  towns  in  Africa  are  near  the  straits  of  Gibraltar  ? 

56.  What  is  the  directicn  of  Fez  and  Mequinez  from  Morocco  ? 

57.  What  is  the  direction  of  Santa  Cruz  from  Morocco  ? 

58.  What  towns  are  on  the  coast  between  Santa  Cruz  and  the  straits 

of  Gibraltar  ? 

59.  In  what  latitude  is  Sierra  Leone  ? 

60.  What  is  the  direction  of  Sherbro  from  Sierra  Leone  ^ 

61.  In  what  latitude  and  long-itude  is  Teembo  .'' 

62.  Which  way  from  Sierra  Leone  is  Cape  Mesurado.*" 

63.  What  is  the  direction  of  Abomey  from  Benin  ? 

64.  What  is  the  direction  of  St.  Paul  de  Loanda  from  Loang-o .'' 

65.  What  town  is  situated  near  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  ? 

66.  Which  way  from  Cape  Town  are  Leetakoo  and  Kurreechane  ? 

67.  What  towns  are  situated  on  the  Cuama.'' 

68.  Near  the  mouth  of  what  river  are  Mombaza  and  Melinda  ? 

69.  What  is  the  direction  from  Mombaza  to  Magadoxa  ? 

70.  What  towns  are  on  the  S.  side  of  the  straits  of  Babelmandel  ? 

71.  Near  what  lake  is  Gondar?     On  what  sea  is  Massuah  ? 

72.  What  is  the  direction  from  Gondar  to  Axum .'' 

73.  How  is  Sennaar  situated  ?     How  Suakem  .? 

74.  What  is  the  direction  from  Sennaar  to  C6bh6  ? 

75.  What  is  the  latitude  of  Dongola  ? 

76.  What  is  the  direction  from  Dong-ola  to  Bornou  and  Agades  f 
"in.  What  is  the  direction  from  Kassina  to  Wang-ara  ? 

78.  Which  is  most  westerly,  Tombuctoo  or  Sego? 

79.  Which  way  from  Tombuctoo  is  Houssa  ? 

80.  Which  way  from  Sego  to  Benown  ? 


QXreSTIONS  ON  THE  ANCIENT  MAPS.  210 


QUESTIONS 

GN  THE  ANCIENT  MAPS.  \ 

i 

i 

MAP  OF   THE  ROMAN  EMPIRE.  i 

1.  What  sea  was  between  Europe  and  Africa  ?  ■ 

2.  How  was  the  jEgssan  sea  situated  ?  || 

3.  Between  what  seas  was  the  Propontis  ?  j 

4.  What  sea  was  situated  on  N.  side  of  Asia  Minor  ?  ; 

5.  Where  was  the  Hellespont  ?     6.  The  Thracian  Bosphorus  ?  \ 

7.  The  Palus  Moeotis  ?  i 

8.  Which  way  from  the  Euxine  was  the  Caspian  ?  \ 

9.  What  seas  were  connected  by  the  Cimmerian  Bosphorus  ?  1 

10.  Between  what  countries  was  the  Adriatic  gulf?  { 

11.  How  was  the  Ionian  sea  situated  ?      12.  The  African  sea?  ; 

13.  What  sea  was  southwest  of  Italy  ?  ^. 

14.  Which  was  most  easterly,  Syrtis  Major  or  Syrtis  Minor  ?  ■> 

15.  What  strait  between  Spain  and  the  west  of  Africa  i  ; 

16.  What  sea  N.  of  Spain  and  W.  of  France  ?                           '  I 

17.  What  sea  or  ocean  east  of  Britain  "i  i 

18.  What  sea  between  Scandinavia  and  Sarmatia  .?  | 

19.  What  strait  between  Britain  and  Gaul  ^ 

20.  What  sea  between  Britain  and  Hiberriia  .•'  '\ 

21.  What  islands  between  Britain  and  Hibernia ,'' 

22.  What  was  the  name  of  the  northern  part  of  Britain.''  ^ 

23.  What  were  some  of  the  principal  towns  of  Britain  ^ 

24.  Where  was  Scandinavia  .'     25.  Germany  ?     26.  The  Cimbri  ?  ] 
27.  What  river  formed  its  eastern  boundary  .''     28.  What  river  its         j 

southern  boundary  ?     29.  What  was  its  western  .''  I 

30.  What  rivers  were  in  Germany  .-' 

31.  What  were  some  of  the  principal  tribes  or  nations  ?  ; 

32.  What  river  divided  Germany  from  Gaul }  -l 

33.  Where  was  Helvetia  ?     34.  Where  Geneva  ?  .1 

35.  What  were  the  principal  rivers  of  Gaul .''  * 

36.  In  what  part  of  Gaul  was  Aquitania  ?     37.  In  what  part  Nar- 

bonensis  ?     38.  Lug-dunensis  .-*     39.  Belg-ae .''  ] 

40.  On  what  river   was  Lug-dunum,  Vienna,  and    A  relate.^     41  '■ 

Burdigala  ?     42.  Lutetia  ?     43.  Colonia  Agrippina  .**  \ 

44.  What  towns  in  Gaul  were  on  the  Mediterranean '(  \ 

45.  What  islands  were  SE.  of  Massilia  ?  .      1 


*80  QUESTIONS  ON  THE 

46.  What  part  of  Spain  was  called  Boetica?  47.  What  part  Tar- 
raconensis  ?  48.  What  part  Lusitania'*  49.  What  islands  on 
the  east  of  Spain  ? 

50.  What  rivers  flowed  into  tlie  Atlantic  ?  51.  Into  the  Mediter- 
ranean ? 

52.  How  was  Tarraco  situated  ?  53.  Sag-untum  ?  54.  Hispalis  ? 
55.  Corduba?     56.  Numantia?     57.  Gades?     58.  Olisippo? 

59.  Bj  what  was  Italy  bounded  on  the  N.  and  NE.  ? 

60.  How  was  Illyricum  situated?      61.  Rhaetia?      62.    Noricum? 

63.  Pannonia  ?     64.  Dacia  ?     65.  Maesia  ?    66.  Thrace  ?     67. 

Macedonia  ? 
68.  What  towns  in  Illyricum  on  the  Adriatic  ? 
.69.  What  towns  were  situated  on  the  Ister  ? 

70.  What  rivers  flowed  into  the  Euxine  sea  ? 

71.  What  river  emptied  into  the  Palus  Moeotis  ?  72.  The  Caspian  ? 
73.  How  was  European  Sarmatia  situated  ?     74.  Asiatic  Sarmatia? 

75.  What  countries  were  situated  between  Euxine  and  Caspian  seas. 

76.  How  was  Armenia  situated ?     77.  Media? 

78.  Between  what  rivers  was  Mesopotamia  ? 

79.  What  country  lay  north  of  the  Caspian  sea  ? 

80.  Between  what  seas  was  Asia  Minor?     81.  How  Syria  situated 

82.  Which  way  from  Syria  was  Arabia? 

83.  What  towns  were  on  the  Euphrates  ?     84.  On  the  Tigris  ? 

85.  Which  way  was  Nineveh  from  Babylon  ? 

86.  Which  way  Arbela  from  Nineveh  ? 

87.  In  what  part  of  Armenia  was  Artaxata  ?     88.  Tigranocerta  ? 

89.  What  towns  on  the  east  end  of  the  Euxine  ? 

90.  Which  way  from  Phacis  was  Cyta  ? 

91.  How  was  Idumsea  situated  ?     92.  Mount  Sinai  f 
93.  How  was  Memphis  situated  ?     94.  Alexandria  ? 
95.  Which  was  most  easterly,  Canopus  or  Pelusium  ? 
9S.  Which  was  farthest  south,  Thebes  or  Tentyra  ? 

97.  Where  was  Heliopolis  ?     98.  Coptos  ?     99.  Arsinoe  ? 

100.  Which  way  from  Alexandria  was  Ammon  ? 

101.  What  country  was  situated  west  of  ^g-ypt? 

102.  How  was  Cyrene  situated  ?       103.    Which  way  from  it  was 

Darnis  ?     104.  Ptolemais?     105.  How  was  Carthag-e  situated.' 
106.  Which  way  from  Carthage  was  Utica  ?       107.-  Zama  ?      108. 
Sufetala  ?     109.  Hippo  Regius  ? 

110.  Which  was  most  westerly,  Numidia  or  Mauritania? 

111.  How  was  Cirta  situated  ?     112.  Cartenna?     113.  CaeSarea? 
114.  What  towns  in  Africa  were  near  the  strait  of  Hercules  ? 

Map  of  Italy. 

1.  In  what  part  of  Italy  was  Cisalpine  Gaul  ?     2.  In  what  Venetia? 
3.  What   were    the  southern  divisions  of  Italy  ?     4.  The  middle 
divisions  ? 

5.  What  gulf  was  situated  SE.  of  Italy  ? 

6.  What  three  large  islands  belonged  to  Italy  ? 

7.  What  rivers  were  there  in  Cisalpine  Gaul? 


ANCIENT  MAPS  281 

8.  What  rivers  in  Etruria  ?     9.  What  rivers  south  of  Etruria  ? 

TO.  What  lakes  were  there  in  Italy  ?  11.  On  what  river  was  Ve- 
rona? 12.  Placentia?  13.  Which  was  most  easterly,  Vicentia 
or  Pataviura  ?  14.  Which  was  most  northerly,  Mantua  or 
Brixia?  15.  Which  way  from  Placentia  was  Cremona: 
16.  Which  way  Parma  ?     17.  Augusta  Taurinorum  ? 

18.  How  was  G^enua  situated ?     19.  Ravenna?     20.  Tergeste  ? 

21.  Which  way  from  Terg-este  was  Aquileia? 

22.  Which  way  from  Ravenna  to  Bononia  ? 

23.  Between  what  towns  was  the  mouth  of  the  Rubicon  ? 

24.  On  what  river  were  Pisae  and  Florentia  ? 

25.  In  what  part  of  Italy  was  Rome  ?     26.  On  what  river  ? 
27.  Which  way  from  Rome  to  Tusculum  ?     28.  To  Praeneste  ? 

29.  To  Veil?     30.  To  Ardea?     31.  To  Alba? 
32.  On  what  river  was  Capua?     33.  Which  way  from  it  to  Arpi- 
num?     34.  Ncapolis?     35.  Beneventum?     36.  Salernum  ? 

37.  Near  what  river  were  Cannas  and  Canusium  ? 

38.  How  was  Brundusium  situated  ?     39.  Tarentum  ?     40.  Crotona  ? 

41.  Regium  ?     42.  Was  Scylla  in  Italy  or  in  Sicily  ? 
43.  In  what  part  of  Sicily  was  Messana  ?     44.  Syracuse  and  Leon- 
tini?      45.  Agrigentum  ?     46.    Drepanum  r    47.  Panormus? 

48.  Which  side  of  Mount  iEtna  was  Catana  ? 

49.  How  were  the  jEolian  islands  situated  ? 

50.  Which  way  from  Sicily  was  Carthage  ? 

Map  of  Greece. 

1.  What  islands  are  on  the  west  side  of  Greece  ? 

2.  Which  is  most  northerly,  Corey ra  or  Zacynthus  ? 

3.  How  is  Paxus  situated  ?     4.  Calypsus  ? 

5.  What  island  between  Leucadia  and  Cephalenia  ? 

6.  What  island  at  the  south  extremity  of  Greece  ? 

7.  What  were  the  principal  islands  around  Delos  ? 

8.  What  large  island  was  east  of  Boeotia  ? 

9.  Where  were  Salamis  and  jEgina  ?      10.  Hydrea?      11.  Scyros? 

12.  Lemnos  ?     13.  Thasus  ? 
14.  What  gulfs  were  on  the  eastern  coast  of  Greece  ?    15.  Southern  ? 

16.  Between  what  gulfs  was  the  isthmus  of  Corinth  ? 

17.  In  what  part  of  Greece   was   Macedonia?     18.  Epirus?      19. 

Thessaly  ?     20.  Peloponnesus  ? 
21.  What  were  the  rivers  of  Macedonia  ?     22.  Of  Epirus  ?     23.  Of 
Thessaly  ?     24.  Of  Peloponnesus  ? 

25.  What  were  the  six  divisions  of  Peloponnesus  ? 

26.  In  what  part  was  Laconia?      27.  Messenia?      28.  Elis?      29 

Achaia?     30.  Argolis  ?     31.  Arcadia? 
32.  How  was  Sparta  or  Lacedasmon  situated  ?     33.  Messene  ?     34. 

Pylos?     35.  Corone?    36.  Olympia?     37.  Elis  ?    38.  Sicyon  ? 

39.    Corinth?      40.  Argos  ?      41.  Mycenae  ?      42.    Nemea.^ 

43.  Megalopolis  ?     44.  Mantinea  ? 
45.  What  was  north,  and  what  west  of  Attica  ? 
24* 


488  QUESTIONS  ON  THE 

46.  How  was  Athens  situated  ?     47.  Eleusis  ?     48.  Megaris  ? 

49.  Which  way  from  Athens  to  Marathon  ?      50.  To  Corinth  ?     51. 

To  Sparta? 
52.  On  which  side  of  Attica  was  Boeotia  ?  53.  What  lake  in  BcEotia  ? 

54.  In  what  part  of  Boeotia  was  Mount  Helicon  ? 

55.  How  was  Thebes  situated  ?     56.  Plataea  ?     57.  Cheronaea  ? 

58.  How  was  Phocis  situated?      59.  What  mountain  in  NW.  part? 
60.  How  was  Delphi  situated  ?     61.     Thermopylse  ? 

62.  Between  what  countries  was  ^Etolia  situated  ? 

63.  Where  was  Actium  ?     64.  Naupactus  ?     65.  Buthrotum  ? 

66.  Which  was  most  northerly,  Mount  Pindus  or  Mount  (Eta  ? 

67.  Which  was  most  northerly,  Mount  Ossa  or  Pelion  ? 

68.  Between  what  two  mountains  was  Tempo  situated  ? 

69.  Near  the  mouth  of  what  river  was  Tempo  ?  70.  Where  Pharsalus  ? 
71.  On  what  river  was  Larissa?      72.  Pella  ?      73.  Edessa  ?      74. 

Beraea  ? 
75.  How  was  Thessalonica  situated  ?  76.  Philippi  ?    77.  Amphipolis  ? 
78.  Potidaea?     79.  Olynthus?      80.  Chalcis  ?      81.  Stagira? 
82.  Mount  Athos? 

83.  In  what  part  of  Crete  was  Mount  Ida  ? 

84.  Which  was  most  easterlj',  Cydonia  or  Gnossus  ? 

Map  of  Asia  Minor. 

What  sea  was  N.  of  Asia  Minor  ?     2.  What  sea  S.  i 
3    What  part  did  the  Propontis  bound  ? 

4.  What  strait  connected  the  Propontis  with  the  Euxine  sea  ?     5. 
What  with  the  ^g-aean  sea  ? 

6.  What  islands  were  west  of  Asia  Minor? 

7.  Which  most  northerly,  Chios  or  Lesbos  ? 

8.  How  was  Rhodes  situated?     9.  Samos?     10.  Patmos?     11.  Cos? 

12.  Carpathiis? 

13.  Which  way  from  Cilicia  was  Cyprus  ? 

14.  In  what  part  of  Cyprus  was  Salamis  ?     15.  Paphos? 

16.  On  which  side  of  Asia  Minor  were  Armenia  and  Mesopotamia? 

17.  What  three  countries  of  Asia  MinoT  bordered  on  the  Euxine  sea? 

18.  What  country  bordered  on  the  Propontis? 

19.  What  countries  were  on  the  western  side  ? 

20.  What  countries  bordered  on  the  Mediterranean  ? 

21.  In  what  part  was  Phryg-ia  ?     22.  Galatia  ?     23.  Cappadociaf 

24.  What  country  between  Cappadocia  and  Phrjgia ? 

25.  What  rivers  flowed  into  the  Euxine  sea  ? 

26.  Which  was  most  ensterhs  the  Halys  or  Sangarius  ? 

27.  What  rivers  flowed  into  "the  Propontis?     28.  The  JEgaean  sea? 

29.  What  mountains  were  in  Asia  Minor  ? 

30.  In  what  part  of  Mysia  was  Troas  ?     31.  Eolia  ? 

32.  Which  was  most  easterly,  the  Granicus  or  ^sepus? 

33.  How  was  Troy  situated  ? 

34.  What  small  island  was  westerly  from  Troy  ? 

35.  What  mountain  was  situated  near  Troy  ? 

36.  What  towns  were  situated  on  the  Hellespont? 


ANCIENT  MAPS. 

37.  How  was  Cyzicus  situated  ?     38.  Adramyttium  ? 

39.  On  what  river  was  Perg-amus  situated  ? 

40.  Which  way  from  Perg-amus  to  Thyatira? 

41.  On  what  river  Sardis  and  Philadelphia  ? 

42.  How  Smyrna  situated  ?      43.  Ephesus  ?     44.  Laodicea? 

45.  Which  way  from  Ephesus  to  Laodicea  ? 

46.  Which  was  most  northerly^  Laodicea  or  Colossae  ? 

47.  Which  way  from  Colossae  was  Hierapclis? 

48.  Which  way  from  Ephesus  was  Miletus? 

49.  W^hich  Avay  from  Samos  was  Mycale  ? 

50.  In  what  part  of  Caria  was  Doris  ? 

51.  Which  was  most  southerly,  Halicarnassus  or  Cnidus? 

52.  In  what  part  of  Lycia  was  Patara? 

53.  Which  was  easterly,  Attalia  or  Perga? 

54.  How  was  Tarsus  situated  ?     55.  Issus  ?     56.  Antioch  ? 

57.  Which  way  from  Tarsus  to  Iconium  ? 

58.  Which  way  from  Iconium  to  Derbe  ?     59.  To  Lystra  ? 
60.  How  was  Ancyra  situated  ?     01.  Gordium  ?     62.  Tavium? 

63.  Which  side  of  Mount  Olympus  was  Prusa  ? 

64.  How  was  Nicomedia  situated  ?     65.  Chalcedon  ?     66.  Nice  ? 

67.  Which  was  most  easterly,  Amastris  or  Sinope  ? 

68.  On  what  river  was  Amasia  ?     69.  How  Amisus  situated  ? 
70.  Which  was  most  easterly,  Cerasus  or  Trapezus .'' 

Map  of  Palestine. 

1.  What  sea  was  situated  west  of  Palestine  ? 

2.  What  country  was  on  the  south  ?     3.  What  east  ? 
4.  Where  were  the  Moabites?     5.  The  Ammonites? 

6.  How  were  Coelo-Syria  and  Damascene  situated  ? 

7.  How  was   Phoenicia   situated?     8.  Abilene?      9.  Peraea?      10. 

Iturasa?     11.  Trachonitis?     12.  Gaulonitis  ?     13.  Philistsea? 

14.  How  were  the  three  divisions  of  Palestine,  Judea,  Samaria,  and 

Galilee,  situated  with  regard  to  each  other  ? 

15.  What  river  formed  their  eastern  boundary  ? 

16.  Where    did  the  Jordan  rise  ?     17.  Through  what  lakes  did  it 

run  ?     18.  Into  what  sea  did  it  flow  ? 
19.  How  was  the  Dead  sea  situated  ?     20.  The  sea  of  Galilee  ?     21. 
Lake  Merom  ? 

22.  Into  what  part  of  the  Dead  sea  did  the  brook  of  Kidron  flow  ? 

23.  Where  did  the  Arnon  empty?     24.  The  Jabok?     25.  The  Le- 

ontes  ?     26.  The  Sorek  ? 

27.  What  mountains  on  the  north  of  Palestine  ? 

28.  Where  was  mount  Hermon  ?     29.  Mount  Gilead? 

30.  How  was  Mount  Carmel  situated?     31.  Mount  Tabor? 

32.  Which  was  most  northerly.  Mount  Elbal  or  Mount  Gerizim  ? 

33.  On  which  side  of  the  Dead  sea  was  Mount  Seir? 

34.  Which  way  from  Jericho  was  Mount  Nebo? 

35.  How  was  Jerusalem  situated  ? 

36.  Which  was  nearest  to  it,  the  Dead  sea  or  the  Mediterranean  ? 


«86  GLOBES. 

1 
53'  north  lat.  ?  "W  hat  place  is  that  whose  longitude  is  nearly  78": 
west,  but  which  has  no  latitude  ?  \ 

\ 

PROBLEM  IV.  ' 

To  Jmd  the  difference  of  Latitude  of  any  two  places. 

If  the  places  are  in  the  same  hemisphere,  bring-  each  to  the  merid- 
ian, and  subtract  the  latitude  of  the  one  from  that  of  the  other :  if 
in  different  hemispheres,  add  the  latitude  of  the  one  to  that  of  the, 
other.  ! 

Thus  the  difference  of  latitude  between  London  and  Madras  is  38®i 
28' :  between  Paris  and  Cape  Horn  is  104°  49'.  What  is  the  differ-j 
ence  of  latitude  between  ^Copenhagen  and  Gibraltar? — between| 
London  and  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  ? — between  Berlin  and  Bristol  ?; 
— between  Bengal  and  St.  Helena  ? — between  Madrid  and  Moscow  }\ 
— between  Leghorn  and  Liverpool  ? — between  Pekin  and  Philadel-^ 
phia  ? — How  many  degrees  colder  is  Petersburg  than  Naples  ?  < 


PROBLEM  V. 

To  Jind  the  difference  of  Longitude  of  any  two  places.  \ 

Bring  one  of  the  places  to  the  brazen  meridian,  and  mark  its^ 
longitude ;  then  bring  the  other  place  to  the  meridian,  and  the  num- ■ 
ber  of  degrees  between  its  longitude  and  the  first  mark  is  the  differ-  ■ 
ence  of  longitude  :  thus  the  difference  of  longitude  between  London! 
and  Constantinople  is  28°  53':  between  Constantinople  and  Madras! 
is  51°  54'.  ] 

What  is  the  difference  of  longitude  between  Athens  and  Batavia?^ 
— between  Brest  and  Cape  Horn  ? — between  Charleston  in  Ameri  \ 
ca  and  Cork  in  Ireland? — between  Rome  and  Cape  Finesterre? — i 
between  Canton  and  the  most  northerly  point  of  the  Orkney  Islands  ?^ 
— ^between  Morocco  and  Thibet  ? — between  Cape  Bojador  in  Africal 
and  Port  Jackson,  New  Holland? — between  the  most  northerly' 
point  of  Madagascar  and  Otaheite? — between  Mecca  and  Calcutta  ?  [ 

PROBLEM  VI. 

I 

To  find  the  distance  of  any  two  places  on  the  Globe.  \ 

Lay  the  graduated  edge  of  the  quadrant  of  altitude  over  both  places,  j 
and  the  degrees  between  them,  multiplied  by  69i  will  give  the  dis-  ' 
tance  in  English  miles.  Thus  the  distance  between  the  Lizard  Point  \ 
and  the  island  of  Bermuda  is  46°,  or  3147  miles ;  between  London  ; 
and  Jamaica  is  4691  miles.  ' 

What  is  the  distance  between  Samarcand  in  Tartary,  and  Pekin?  ' 
— between  Warsaw  and  Ascension  Island  ? — between  North  Cape  ^ 
and  Gibraltar  ? — between  Lisbon  and  Ispahan  ? — between  Rio  Ja-  : 
neiro  and  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  ? — between  Madrid  and  Cairo .? —  1 
between  Boston  and  Cavenne? 


GLOBES.  28T 


PROBLEM  VII. 


The  hour  at  any  place  being  given,  to  Jind  what  hour  it  is  at  any 
other  place.* 

Bring-  the  place,  whence  the  hour  is  g-iven,  to  the  brazen  meridian, 
and  set  the  index  of  the  hour  circle  to  that  hour,  then  turn  the 
g-lobe  till  the  proposed  place  come  under  the  meridian,  and  the  index 
will  point  to  the  present  hour  at  that  place. 

Thus,  when  it  is  twelve  o'clock  at  noon  in  London,  it  is  nearly 
four  in  the  afternoon  at  the  island  of  Mauritius :  but  at  Jamaica  it 
is  only  about  seven  in  the  morning-. 

When  it  is  ten  in  the  forenoon  at  London,  what  is  the  time  at  Cal- 
cutta, Canton,  Pelew  Islands,  Barbadoes,  the  western  side  of  Lake 
Superior,  Owhyhee,  and  Easter  Island? 

What  o'clock  is  it  at  York,  Moscow,  Cape  Horn,  Genoa,  Syracuse, 
and  Leghorn,  when  it  is  midnight  at  Lisbon  ? 

How  much  are  the  clocks  of  Mexico  behind  ours  ? 

When  it  is  twelve  at  noon  at  Port  Jackson,  what  time  is  it  at 
Paris  and  Dublin  ? 


PROBLEM  VIII. 

To  rectify  the  Globe  for  the  Latitude,  Zenith,  and  Sun^s  place. 

1.  For  the  Latitude  :  Elevate  the  pole  above  the  horizon j  accord- 
ing- to  the  latitude  of  the  place. 

2.  For  the  Zenith :  Screw  the  quadrant  of  altitude  on  the  Meridi- 
an at  the  given  degree  of  latitude,  counting  from  the  equator  towards 
the  elevated  pole. 

3.  For  the  Sun's  place  :  Find  the  sun's  place  on  the  horizon,  and 

*  When  the  distance  or  difference  of  longitude  between  any  two 
places  is  known,  it  is  easy  to  ascertain  their  difference  of  time  bv  cal- 
culation. It  is  noon,  or  twelve  o'clock,  when  any  place  on  the  globe 
is  exactly  towards  the  Sun,  and  the  succession  of  day  and  night,  of 
morning,  noon,  and  evening,  may  be  beautifully  shewn  by  turning  the 
Terrestrial  Globe  in  the  sunshine,  or  in  the  light  of  a  fire  or  candle. 
But  to  ascertain  exactly  the  number  of  hours  and  minutes,  in  which, 
at  the  same  moment  of  time,  two  places  differ,  it  is  necessary  to  divide 
the  difference  of  longitude  by  15,  because  every  15  degrees  is  equal 
to  one  hour  of  time  ;  and  consequently,  also,  every  degree  is  equal  to 
four  minutes  of  time. 

For  example,  when  it  is  noon  at  London,  it  will  be  4  o'clock  in  the 
afternoon  at  all  places  which  have  60  degrees  of  longitude  east  of 
London,  and  8  in  the  morning  at  all  places  which  have  60  degrees  west 
of  London. 

At  all  places  which  have  180  degrees  difference  of  longitude,  it  will 
be  12  o'clock  at  night,  when  it  is  noon  at  London.  And  in  this  man- 
ner, the  hour  in  any  part  of  the  world  may  be  calculated,  by  adding  to 
the  given  hour  when  the  place  is  east,  and  oy  subtracting  when  it  is 
west. 


288  GLOBES. 

then  bring-  the  same  place  found  on  the  ecliptic  to  the  meridian,  and  ; 

set  the  hour  index  to  twelve  at  noon.  i 

Thus,  to  rectify  for  the  latitude  of  T^ondon  on  the  10th  day  of  1 

May,  the  globe  must  be  so  placed,  that  the  north  pole  shall  be  51i  \ 

degrees  above  the  north  side  of  the  horizon,  then  5li  will  be  found  i 

on  the  zenitli  of  the  meridian,  on  which  the  quadrant  must  be  screw  J 

ed.     On  the  horizon  the  10th  of  May  answers  to  the  20thof  Tau  ' 

rus,  which  find  on  the  ecliptic,  and  briug  it  to  the  meridian,  and  set  ] 
the  index  to  twelve. 

Rectify  the  globe  for  London,  Petersburg,  Madras,  Pekin,  Oporto,  j 

Venice,  Quebec,  Port  Mahon,  Vienna,  Dantzic,  and  Corinth,  for  the  J 

24th  of  February,  27th  of  June,  and  the  6th  of  August.  i 

■i 

PROBLEM  IX.  ^ 

To  find  at  what  hour  the  Sun  rises  and  sets  any  day  in  the  year,  and  ., 
also  upon  what  point  of  the  Compass  i 

Rectify  for  the  latitude  and  sun's  place,  (Prob.  viii.)  and  turn  the  ; 

sun's  place  to  the  eastern  edge  of  the  horizon,  and  the  index  will  \ 

point  to  the  hour  of  rising ;  then  bring  it  to  the  western  edge  of  the  ; 

horizon,  and  the  index  will  show  the  setting.  j 

Thus,  on  the  16th  of  March  the  sun  rises  a  little  after  six,  and  | 

sets  a  little  before  six  in  the  evening.  j 

What  time  does  the  sun  rise  and  set  at  Petersburg,  Naples,  Can-  \ 

ton,  Dublin,  Gibraltar,  Teneriffe,  Boston,  and  Vienna,  on  the  15th  | 

of  April,  the  4th  of  July,  and  the  20th  of  November  ?  :i 

Note.  On  the  21st  of  March  the  sun  rises  due  east,  and  sets  due  ! 

west ;  between  this  and  the  21st  of  September,  it  rises  and  sets  to  the  \ 

northward  of  these  points,  and  in  the  winter  months  to  the  southward  ^ 

of  them.     When  the  sun's  place  is  brought  to  the  eastern  or  western  i 

edge  of  the  horizon,  it  makes  the  point  of  the  compass  upon  which  ; 

it  rises  or  sets  that  day.  J 

PROBLEM    X.  ^ 

To  find  the  length  of  the  day  and  night  ai  any  time  in  the  year. 

Double  the  time  of  the  sun's  rising,  which  gives  the  length  of  the  i 
night :  double  the  time  of  his  setting,  which  gives  the  length  of  the  1 
day.  ] 

Thus  on  the  25th  of  May,  the  sun  rises  at  London  about  four  ^ 
o'clock,  and  sets  at  eight.  The  length  of  the  night  is  twice  four,  or  j 
eight  hours :  the  length  of  the  day  is  twice  eight,  or  sixteen  hours.  ^ 

PROBLEM  XI.  { 

i 

To  find  all  the  places  to  which  a  Lunar  Eclipse  ts  visible  at  any  i»  '\ 

stant. 

Find  the  place  to  which  the  sun  is  vertical  at  that  time,  and  bring"i 


GLOBES.  28d 

tliat  place  to  the  zenith,  and  set  the  index  to  the  upper  twelve,  then 
turn  the  globe  till  the  index  points  to  the  lower  twelve,  and  the 
eclipse  is  visible  to  every  part  of  the  earth  that  is  now  above  the 
horizon. 


)F  THE  CELESTIAL  GLOBE. 

As  the  terrestrial  globe,  by  turning  on  its  axis,  represents  the  real 
diurnal  motion  of  the  earth  ;  so  the  celestial  globe,  by  turning  on  its 
axis,  represents  the  apparent  motion  of  the  heavens. 

The  nominal  points  of  Aries  and  Libra  are  called  the  equinoctial 
points,  because  when  the  sun  appears  to  be  in  either  of  them,  the 
day  and  night  are  equal. 

The  nominal  points  of  Cancer  and  Capricorn  are  called  solstitial 
points,  because  when  the  sun  arrives  at  citiier  of  them,  he  seems  to 
stand  still,  or  to  be  at  the  same  height  in  the  heavens,  at  twelve 
o'clock,  at  noon,  for  several  days  together. 

Definition.  The  latitude  of  the  heavenly  bodies  is  measured  from 
the  ecliptic  north  and  south.  The  sun,  being  always  in  the  ecliptic, 
has  no  latitude. 

Dbf.  The  longitude  of  the  heavenly  bodies  is  reckoned  on  the 
ecliptic,  from  the  first  point  of  Aries,  eastward  round  the  globe. 
The  longitude  of  the  sun  is  what  is  called,  on  the  terrestrial  globe, 
the  sun's  place. 


PROBLEM  I. 

To  find  the  latitude  and  Longitude  of  any  given  Star. 

Put  the  centre  of  the  quadrant  on  the  pole  of  the  ecliptic,  and  its 
graduated  edge  on  the  given  star ;  then  the  arch  of  the  quadrant, 
intercepted  between  the  star  and  the  ecliptic,  shews  its  latitude  ; 
and  the  degree  which  the  edge  of  the  quadrant  cuts  on  the  ecliptic 
is  the  degree  of  its  longitude. 

Thus  the  latitude  of  Regulus  is  0°  28'  N.  and  its  longitude  nearly 
147°. 

PROBLEM  II. 

To  find  any  place  in  the  heavens^  by  having  its  latitude  and  longitude 

given. 

Fix  the  quadrant,  as  in  the  last  problem ;  let  it  cut  the  longitude 
given  on  the  ecliptic ;  then  seek  the  latitude  on  the  quadrant,  and 
the  place  under  it  is  the  place  sought.  Thus,  if  I  am  asked  what 
part  of  the  heavens  that  is,  whose  longitude  is  66°  30',  and  latitude 
5°  30'  S.,  I  find  it  is  that  space  which  Aldaebaran  occupies. 

JDef.     The  declination  of  any  heavenly  body  is  measured  upon  the 
meridian  from  the  equinoctial. 
25 


«90  CONSTRUCTION  OF  MAPS. 


PROBLEM  HI 

To  find  the  declincUion  of  the  Sun  or  Stars. 

Bring"  the  sun  or  star  to  the  brazen  meridian,  and  then  as  far  as 
it  is  in  degrees  from  the  equinoctial  is  its  declination.  Thus  the 
sun's  declination,  April  19,  is  11°  19'  north.  On  the  first  of  Decem- 
ber it  is  21°  54'  south. 

What  is  the  declination  of  the  sun  on  the  10th  of  February ;  and 
the  15th  of  May? 

Def.  The  right  ascension  of  any  heavenly  body  is  its  distance 
from  the  first  meridian,  or  that  which  passes  through  the  first  point 
of  Aries,  counted  on  the  equinoctial. 


CONSTRUCTION  OF  MAPS.  \ 

There  are  four  methods  of  representing  the  Earth's  surface,  viz.  the  ; 

Orthographic,  the  Stereographic,  the  Globular,  and  Mercator^s  Pro-  \ 

jections  ;  all  of  which  have  their  respective  advantages  and  defects.  ^ 
The  two  latter  methods  approach  nearest  the  truth,  and  are  most 

generally  in  use.  ^ 

Globular  Projection.     The  Globular  Projection  of  the  Sphere  ex-  ^ 

hibits  its  surface  by  means  of  curve  lines  called  Circles  of  Longi-  ^ 

tude,  and  Parallels  of  Latitude.  \ 

Mercator^s  Projection.     Mercator's  Chart  exhibits  the  projection  \ 
of  the  two  hemispheres,  laid  down  upon  a  plane,  with  all  the  circles 

of  latitude  and  longitude  projected  into  straight  lines.     The  lines  of  ^ 

longitude  are  all  equidistant,  and  parallel  to  each  other ;  the  lines  of  1 

latitude  are  also  all  parallel,  but  not  equidistant.  i 


PROBLEMS. 

1.     To  divide  a  given  line  into  two  equal  parts. 

Let  A  B,  fig.  1,  be  the  given  line.  With  the  points  A  and  B 
as  centres,  with  any  distance  in  the  compasses  greater  than  half  A 
B,  describe  the  arcs  intersecting  each  other  in  m  and  n. 

Through  the  points  of  intersection  draw  the  line  m  C  n,  and  it  will 
divide  A  B  into  two  equal  parts. 

2.     To  erect  a  perpendicular  o-i  a  given  point  in  a  line. 

Let  A  B,  fig.  2,  be  the  given  line  and  C  the  given  point. 

On  each  side  of  point  C  measure  off  equal  distances  to  a  and  b. 

From  the  centres  a  and  6,  with  any  distance  greater  than  a  C  or 
b  C,  describe  two  arcs  intersecting  each  other  in  c. 

Through  C  and  c  draw  the  line  C  c,  and  it  will  be  perpendicular 
to  tlie  line  A  B. 


^^^5^--^^^^0/r. 


Fio  3.  ^W 


r,a.  / 


I 

^.'^ 

> 

?<■ 

\ 

Wo 

A  "* 

h 

/•» 

tf    'i 

e*- 


/      A- 


/fi,.  7. 


CONSTRUCTION  OF  MAPS.  Wl 

3.     To  let  fall  a  perpendicular  from  a  given  point. 

This  is  the  2d  problem  reversed,  and  one  figure  may  serve  for  both. 

From  the  given  point  D  at  any  distance  describe  an  arc,  inter- 
secting A  B  in  a  and  b. 

Proceed  exactly  as  in  problem  2d,  only  describing  tlie  arcs  below 
the  line  A  B,  and  the  line  D  C  E  will  be  the  perpendicular  required. 

Projection  of  Maps. 

I.     To  draw  a  map  of  the  world  on  the  globular  projection. 

(See  plate  I.  fig.  3.) 

1st.  Describe  the  circle  N,  E,  S,  W  ;  and  draw  right  lines  cutting 
one  another  at  right  angles  in  the  centre.  N,  S  will  represent  the 
axis  of  the  earth,  and  W,  E  the  equator. 

2d.  Divide  each  quarter  of  these  right  lines  into  nine  equal  parts, 
proceeding  from  the  centre  to  the  circumference  ;  each  division  will 
represent  ten  degrees,  and  may  be  numbered  accordingly.  Those 
on  the  axis  will  represent  the  latitude,  and  are  to  be  numbered 
from  the  equator  towards  the  pole,  10,  20,  &c.  Those  on  the  equa- 
tor will  represent  the  longitude,  and  are  to  be  numbered  so  as  to 
correspond  with  whatever  point  is  fixed  on  as  a  first  meridian.  Fig- 
ure 3  is  supposed  to  be  the  western  hemisphere,  and  London  to  be 
the  first  meridian  ;  and  this,  by  the  usual  method  of  projecting  maps  of 
the  world,  will  fix  the  axis  as  110,  from  whence  the  numbers  are  con- 
tinued westward,  120,  130,  &c. 

3d.  Divide  the  four  quarters  of  the  outward  circle  into  nine  equal 
parts  respectively,  proceeding  from  the  equator  to  the  poles,  and 
number  them  10,  20,  &c. 

To  draw  the  parallels  of  latitude.  The  general  rule  is,  to  guide 
the  compasses  so  that  the  lines  may  pass  through  the  divisions  in 
the  outward  edges  and  axis  respectively,  from  80  to  90.  This  how- 
ever is  attended  with  some  difficulty,  bccawse  the  radius  of  every 
line  being  different,  each  requires  a  new  centre.  The  centres  can 
be  easily  found  by  the  following  process.  Draw  right  lines  from 
the  divisions  on  the  axis  to  those  on  the  circumference  respectively, 
as  a — a,  fig.  3.  Divide  these  right  lines  into  two  equal  parts,  and 
from  the  middle,  6,  let  fall  perpendiculars  to  a  right  line  extending 
from  the  axis  south  or  north,  as  6,  6,  c — the  places  where  they  re- 
spectively cut  will  be  the  centres,  as  c. 

To  draw  the  lines  of  longitude.  Guide  the  compasses  so  that  the 
lines  may  respectively  pass  through  the  divisions  in  the  equator  and 
the  poles.  The  central  points  are  found  exactly  in  the  same  way  as 
the  latitude.     See  fig.  3,  d,  <f,  e,  e^f 

II.     To  draw  a  map  of  the  world  on  the  polar  projection 
(See  plate  I.  fig.  4.) 
In  the  polar  projection,  the  northern  and  southern  hemispheres  are 


292  CONSTRUCTION  OF  MAPS. 

projected  on  the  piano  of  the  equator,  the  poles  being  in  the  centre. 
It  is  but  little  used,  as  it  eiihibits  the  countries  near  the  poles  to  the 
greatest  advantage,  while  those  near  the  Equator,  which  are  of  more 
importance,  are  much  distorted. 

It  is  extremely  simple,  and  is  executed  by  fixing  one  foot  of  the 
compasses  in  the  poles,  describing  nine  circles  equidistant  from  each 
other  to  represent  the  parallels  of  latitude,  the  circles  being  ten  de- 
grees apart. 

Divide  the  outer  circles,  or  equator,  into  thirty-six  equal  parts,  and 
draw  lines  from  the  pole  to  each  point  in  the  equator.  These  will 
represent  the  meridians  of  longitude. 

III.     To  draw  a  map  of  the  world  on  Mercator^s  proijection, 

(See  fig.  5,  plate  II.) 

Lay  out  the  map  in  any  size  that  may  be  wanted.  Draw  the  line 
E  W  to  represent  the  Equator,  and  the  line  N  S  for  a  meridian  of 
longitude.  Draw  right  lines  parallel  to  the  line  N  S,  east  and  west 
of  it,  to  represent  10  degrees  of  longitude  each. 

To  draw  the  parallels  of  latitude,  have  recourse  to  the  table  of 
meridional  parts,  p.  294,  and  graduate  the  scale  between  them  agree- 
ably to  it.  The  principle  on  which  this  table  is  constructed  is  ex- 
plained in  a  note  prefixed  to  it.  Its  practical  application  is  to  add 
the  meridional  parts,  over  60,  to  the  scale  of  every  degree  of  latitude 
as  you  proceed  north  and  south  of  the  equator.  Thus  in  the  first 
10  degrees  there  are  only  3  meridional  parts  over  60.  That  is,  3 
parts  are  to  be  added  to  600.  Between  10  and  20, 22  are  to  be  added 
to  600 ;  between  20  and  30  add  63  ;  between  30  and  40  add  135 ; 
between  40  and  50  add  251  ;  between  50  and  60  add  453  ;  between 
60  and  70  add  837  ;  between  70  and  80  add  1809 ;  the  last  is  9  more 
than  3  times  60,  extending  the  scale  between  70  and  80  to  more  than 
4  times  that  between  1°  and  10°.  The  meridional  parts  increase  so 
fast  above  80  degrees  that  it  is  not  judged  of  importance  to  pursue 
the  subject  farther. 

The  projection  being  made,  the  map  is  to  be  filled  up  with  appro- 
priate matter.  The  few  places  laid  down  in  fig.  5,  will  serve  as  a 
specimen.  Maps  on  this  projection  are  usually  shaded  on  the  land 
side ;  other  maps  on  the  water  side. 

IV.     To  draw  a  map  on  the  compound  projection. 

(See  Plate  II.  fig.  6.— fig.  6.  a.  and  fig.  6.  b.) 

This  is  termed  the  compound  projection,  because  it  is  composed  of 
the  polar  projection,  and  plain  projection. 

Having  fixed  upon  your  scale,  measure  off  the  number  of  miles 
agreeably  to  it  between  the  southern  extremity  (supposing  the  map 
to  be  in  the  northern  hemisphere)  and  the  north  pole.  Take  the  po- 
lar pomt,  as  a  centre,  see  fig.  6.  a,  in  which  fix  one  leg  of  the  com- 
passes, and  with  the  other  sweep  the  circular  lines  in  fig.  6,  30,  35, 


1*1  Jl. 


(Icnir.-  of  th. 

Fig  6Q 


^erc ators        eo^1pou,ud  Bo:"      frojectioa 


W^ 


I 

r 

~ 

n 

.J„i„ 

H 

\ 

I  / 

%/ 

'a. 

a,i..\ 

^ 

' 

'" 

' 

- 

,_ 

c. 

of 

Caod 

Vn,. 

"=1 

1 

anDt 
and 

mans 

\ 

[lap 

HoTX 

1 

> 

li 

~o 

^ 

o 

1 

o 

JJ 

o 

JJ 

0 

1 

o 

.V 

o 

J* 

f 

0 

3o^i< 

< 

,»  E  30        ■ 

Fx^.S 


4£ Compoimd  Rejection 


Fiq.  6. 


H*  loS         loo  qS  po  SS  i»  JS  7#  fS 


Plain 


ProjectioM 


CONSTRUCTION  OF  MAPS.  293 

40,  45.  Lay  off  the  line  M  L  as  your  centre  meridian.  Look  into 
the  table  of' miles  in  a  degree  of  longitude  corresponding"  to  every 
degree  of  latitude,  p.  294,  for  the  distances  at  30°  and  45°  respective- 
ly. Adjust  the  corresponding  distances  to  the  scale  of  the  map,  and 
lay  it  off  on  the  lines  30  and  45  to  the  east  and  west  of  M  L,  then 
draw  right  lines  between  them.  The  circular  lines  will  represent 
the  parallels  of  latitude,  and  the  right  lines  meridians  of  longitude. 
In  some  maps  on  this  projection  the  meridians  of  longitude  are  drawn 
from  the  pole  towards  the  equator.  But  this  method  is  very  errone- 
ous, as  will  be  seen  by  the  figure.  Fig.  6.  6,  represents  the  circum- 
ference of  the  compound  projection,  answering  to  the  equator,  with 
the  distances  laid  off  on  it  agreeably  to  the  scale  :  and  the  dotted 
lines  running  through  the  western  part  of  fig.  6,  represent  the  me- 
ridians, projected  from  thence  to  the  centre  or  polar  point.  When 
contrasted  with  the  plain  lines,  which  are  laid  down  from  measure- 
ment, they  at  once  demonstrate  the  error. 

V.     To  draw  a  map  on  the  plain  projection. 

(See  Plate  II.  fig.  7.) 

Draw  M  L  as  a  central  meridian,  and  cross  it  at  right  angles  with 
the  lines  30  to  45.  Look  in  the  table  of  miles  in  a  degree  of  longi- 
tude corresponding  to  every  degree  of  latitude  for  the  distances  at  30 
and  45°  respectively.  Adjust  them,  and  lay  them  off  as  directed  in 
the  compound  projection,  and  draw  right  lines  between  them. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  compound  projection  and  plain  projection 
represent  nearly  the  same  space.  Either  of  them  answers  very  well 
for  a  small  tract  of  country.  When  it  is  large,  other  modifications, 
particularly  the  globular  projection,  and  a  compound  of  the  globular 
projection  and  plain  projection,  are  resorted  to. 


J^ote.  The  Jlrst  table  on  the  following  page,  is  so  constructed 
that  the  meridional  parts  may  increase^  as  the  distances  between 
the  meridians  of  longitude  on  the  globe,  decrease.  In  this  way  the 
degrees  of  latitude  and  longitude  are  made  to  preserve  their  true 
proportions  to  each  other,  the  former  increasing  on  the  map,  in  the 
same  ratio  that  the  latter  diminish  on  the  sphere.  In  navigation 
books  there  are  tables  showing  the  meridional  parts  for  every  mile, 
as  well  as  every  degree  ;  the  parts  in  each  degree,  however,  are 
sufficient  to  show  the  principle,  as  well  as  for  constructing  maps  on 
MercatDr's  projection. 


TABLE 

Of  the  Meridional  Parts  in  a  degree  of  Latitude  for  every  degree  of  Lwf- 
gttude^  calculating  each  part  equal  to  a  geographical  mile  at  the  equator 
60  miles  to  a  degree. 


Beg. 

Mer.  Parts. 

Deg. 

Mer.  Parts. 

Deg. 

Mer.  Parts. 

Deg.  Mer.  Parts. 

1 

60 

22 

1354 

43 

2863 

64    5039 

2 

120 

23 

1419 

44 

2946 

65    5179 

3 

180 

24 

1484 

45 

3030 

66    5324 

4 

240 

25 

1550 

46 

3116 

67    5474 

6 

300 

26 

1616 

47 

3203 

68     5631 

6 

361 

27 

1684 

48 

3292 

69    5795 

7 

421 

28 

1751 

49 

3382 

70    5966 

8 

482 

29 

1819 

50 

3474 

71    6146 

9 

542 

30 

1888 

51 

3569 

72    6335 

10 

603 

31 

1958 

52 

3665 

73    6534 

11 

664 

32 

2028 

53 

3764 

74    6746 

12 

725 

33 

2100 

54 

3865 

75    6970 

13 

787 

34 

2171 

55 

3968 

76    7210 

14 

848 

35 

2244 

56 

4074 

77     7467 

15 

910 

36 

2318 

57 

4183 

78     7745 

16 

973 

37 

2393 

58 

4294 

79    8046 

17 

1035 

38 

2468 

59 

4409 

80    8375 

18 

1098 

39 

2545 

60 

4527 

81     8739 

19 

1161 

40 

2623 

61 

4649 

82    9145 

20 

1225 

41 

2702 

62 

4775 

83    9606 

21 

1289 

42 

2782 

63 

4905 

84    10137 

TABLE 

Shotcing  the  length  of  a  degree  of  Longitude  for  every  degree  of  Latitude^ 
in  geographical  miles. 


Deg.  Lat 

Miles. 

Deg.  Lat. 

Miles. 

Deg.  TM. 

Miles. 

Deg.  Lai 

.  Miles 

1 

59,96 

24 

54,81 

47 

41,00 

70 

20,52 

2 

59,94 

25 

54,38 

48 

40,15 

71 

19,54 

3 

59,92 

26 

54,00 

49 

39,36 

72 

18,55 

4 

59,86 

27 

53,44 

50 

38,57 

73 

17,54 

S 

59,77 

28 

53,00 

51 

37,73 

74 

16,53 

6 

59,67 

29 

52,48 

52 

37,00 

75 

15,52 

7 

59,56 

30 

51,96 

53 

36,18 

76 

14,51 

8 

59,40 

31 

51,43 

54 

35,26 

77 

13,50 

9 

59,20 

32 

50,88 

55 

34,41 

78 

12,48 

10 

59,18 

33 

50,32 

56 

33,55 

79 

11,45 

11 

58,89 

34 

49,74 

57 

32,67 

80 

10,42 

12 

58,68 

35 

49,15 

58 

31,70 

81 

09,38 

13 

58,46 

36 

48,54 

59 

30,90 

82 

08,35 

14 

58,22 

37 

47,92 

60 

30,00 

83 

07,32 

15 

58,00 

38 

47,28 

61 

29,04 

84 

06,28 

16 

67,60 

39 

46,62 

62 

28,17 

85 

05,23 

17 

57,30 

40 

46,00 

63 

27,24 

86 

04,18 

18 

57.04 

41 

45,28 

64 

26,30 

87 

03,14 

19 

56,73 

42 

44,95 

65 

25,36 

88 

02,09 

20 

56,38 

43 

43,88 

66 

24,41 

89 

01,05 

?1 

56,00 

44 

43,16 

67 

23.45 

90 

00.00 

22 

55,63 

45 

42,43 

68 

22,48 

23 

55,23 

46 

41,68 

69 

21,51 

THE  END. 

CATALOGUE 

OF 

HILLIARD,  GRAY,  &  Co. 

BOSTOIV, 

ARE  EXTENSIVELY    ENGAGED    IN    PUBLISHING  A   GREAT   VARIETY   OF 

THE  MOST  VALUABLE 

0=  It  is  their  aim  to  publish  only  such  as  possess  superior  merits  ;  and 
that  every  work  shall  be  well  printed  on  good  paper,  and  well  bound.  Seve- 
ral of  the  School  Books,  which  they  have  heretofore  published,  have  been 
revised  and  re-modelled,  and  are  now  presented  to  the  public  in  an  improved 
form.  They  have  also  an  Extensive  Assortment  of  Valuable  Works  in  all 
the  Departments  of  Literature  and  Science.  They  solicit  the  patronage  of 
the  Public,  and  invite  Instructers  and  Literary  Gentlemen  to  examine  these 
Books. 
^^^ Liberal  Disccmnts  made  to  School  Committees  and  wholesale  purchasers. 


The  AMERICAN  FIRST  CLASS  BOOK,  or  Exercises  in  Read- 
ing and  Recitations,  selected  principally  from  Modern  Authors  of  Great 
Britain  and  America,  and  designed  for  the  use  of  the  highest  Class  in  pub- 
lic and  private  Schools.  By  John  Pierpont,  Minister  of  Hollis  street 
Church,  Boston.  Author  of  Airs  of  Palestine,  &c.  Price  ^1,00. 
Extract  from  the  Preface. 

This  Book  has  been  compiled  with  a  special  reference  to  the  Public  Reading  and 
Grammar  t^chools  of  this  City.  It  is  the  result  of  an  attempt  to  supply  the  want, 
which  lias  long  been  a  subject  of  complaint  among  those  whom  the  citizens  of 
Boston  have  charged  with  the  general  superintendence  of  their  public  schools,  as 
well  as  with  those  who  are  appointed  to  the  immediate  instruction  of  them  ;  of  a 
Book  of  Exercises  in  Reading  and  Speaking,  better  adapted  than  any  English  com- 
pilation that  has  yet  appeared,  to  the  slate  of  society  as  it  is  in  this  country,  and 
less  obnoxious  to  complaint,  on  the  ground  of  its  national  or  political  character, 
than  it  is  reasronable  to  expect  that  any  English  compilation  would  he,  among  a 
people  whose  manners,  opinions,  literary  institutions,  and  civil  government,  are  so 
strictly  republican  as  our  own. 

Extract  from  the  Records  of  the  School  Committee,  Boston. 

At  a  meetin"' of  the  School  Committee,  held  July  18,  1823,  it  was  ordered,  that 
the  American  First  Class  Book  be  hereafter  used  in  the  public  reading  schools 
instead  of  Scott's  Lessons. 

Attest,  WILLIAM  WELLS,  Secretary. 

The  "American  First  Class  Book"  which  has  been  favourably  know,n  to  the 
public  for  several  years,  was  intended,  as  its  name  imports,  for  the  most  advanced 
classes  of  the  highest  Schools,  in  which  reading  forms  a  part  of  the  course  of  in- 
struction. The  extensive  and  increasing  circulation,  which  that  valuable  selection 
has  received  and  is  receiving,  and  the  success  with  which  the  use  of  it  has  been 


School  and  Classical  Books 


attended,  are  sufficient  indications  that  such  a  book  was  needed,  and  that  the  J 
Author  has  made  a  judicious  selection  and  arrangement  of  exercises. — American  ' 
Journal  of  Education.  \ 

The  AMERICAN  SPEAKER,  or  Exercises  in  Rhetorick,  being  ' 
a  new  and  copious  selection  of  Speeches,.  Dialogues,  and  Poetry,  from  the  '■ 
best  American  and  English  sources,  suitable  for  Recitation.     Price  51;25.     i 

The  obvious  want  of  interesting  and  modem  extracts  for  the  use  of  schools  in  > 
which  Rhetorick  is  taught,  has  produced  the  present  compilation.  Although  sev-  j 
eral  old  and  approved  pieces  are  retained,  it  may  be  said  with  truth  that  this  is  a  ; 
new  selection,  embodying  the  best  of  what  has  heretofore  been  published  and  much  i 
which  has  never  before  appeared  in  any  school  book.  The  friends  of  eloquence  ! 
will  be  gratified  to  possess  so  many  brilliant  extracts  in  so  small  a  compass,  and  ' 
the  American  patriot  will  be  glad  of  an  opportunity  to  compare  the  eloquence  of  ] 
his  countrymen  with  that  of  the  mother  country. — Preface. 

This  Compilation,  of  which  Mr.  Fowie  is  only  the  editor,  contains  a  better  se-  ; 
lection  of  modern  pieces,  and  particularly  dialogues  than  any  similar  book  extant. 
The  American  Journal  of  Education,  whose  editor  is  a  distinguished  Rhetorician,  j 
says,  "  The  American  Speaker  is  a  book  which  we  are  glad  to  see ;  it  adds  much  \ 
that  is  new  and  interesting  to  the  previous  stock,  and  all  the  pieces  possess  that  ' 
vivacity  of  character,  which  is  a  great  point  in  producing  animated  delivery — the  1 
very  soul  of  good  speaking."  '■■_ 

EASY  LESSONS  in  GEOGRAPHY  and  HISTORY',  by  Ques-  \ 
Hon  and  Ansiver,  designed  for  the  use  of  the  younger  classes  in  the  Ne«r  , 
England  Schools.     Second  edition,  revised  and  improved ;  to  which  are  , 

Srefixed,  The  Elements  of  Line.4R  Drawing.    By  Joseph  Allen,  j 
linister  of  Norlhborough,  Mass.     Price  12^  cents.  < 

This  is  one  of  the  happiest  attempts  for  the  improvement  of  primary  education  I 
that  has  fallen  under  our  notice.  The  arrangement  of  the  materials  is  exceedingly  i 
judicious  ;  being  managed  so  as  to  lead  the  young  mind  gradually  through  a  natur-  ] 
al  and  easy  and  interesting  succession  of  thought  in  which  the  elements  of  Geo-  ' 
graphy  and  national  history  are  very  finely  combined.  No  mechanical  process  of  ; 
memory  is  employed :  all  is  rendered  intelligible  and  familiar,  and  at  the  same  time 
equally  instructive  and  pleasing.  Primary  education  has  been  very  deficient  hith- 
erto in  aids  such  as  this.  We  would  earnestly  entreat  the  attention  of  School  j 
Committees  to  this  practical  and  useful  work.  Vastly  more  may  be  done  with  young  J 
children,  than  merely  teaching  them  to  spell  and  read:  and  books  such  as  this,  in  ! 
the  hands  of  attentive  teachers,  might  be  rendered  as  much  a  matter  of  recreation  • 
as  of  study ;  whilst  a  large  portion  of  time  now  mispent  would  be  redeemed  for  the  ■ 
invaluable  purposes  of  early  improvement. — Journal  of  Education,  Vol.  II.  JVo.  7.   , 

GREEK  GRAMMAR,  for  the  use  of  Schools,  from  the  German  | 
of  Philip  Buttmann,  edited  by  Edward  Everett.  Second  edition,  i 
Price  S2,00.  j 

The  deficiency  of  the  Greek  Grammars  in  use  in  this  country,  has  been  generally  | 
felt  and  loudly  complained  of.  Under  these  circumstances  the  translator  (Prof.  E.  j 
Everett)  was  led  to  prepare  a  translation  of  the  most  approved  of  the  Greek  J 
Grammars  in  use  in  Germany.  It  is  well  known  that  the  Germans  have  paid  a  1 
greater  attention  to  philological  pursuits  than  any  other  people.  As  a  philosophi-  \ 
cal  and  practical  grammarian,  Prof.  Buttma.n??,  of  the  University  of  Berlin,  is  al-  I 
.  lowed  by  his  countrvmen  to  hold  the  first  rank.  He  published  three  Greek  Gram-  , 
mars,  of  which  the  s'mallest  is  here  presented  to  the  American  scholar  in  a  transla-  : 
tion.  It  passed  through  many  editions  in  Germany  in  a  short  time  •,  and  the  rapid  i 
sale  of  the  first  edition  of  the  translation,  proves  that  the  merits  of  the  work  and 
the  value  of  the  author's  labors,  are  well  appreciated  in  this  country.  | 

GREEK  GRAMMAR,  principally  abridged  from  that  of  Butt-  j 

MANN,  for  the  use  of  Schools.    Price  6S^  cents.  i 

Preface.  i 

The  superiority  of  Buttmann's  Greek  Grammar  over  any  other  is  acknowledged ;  £ 
but  it  appears  to  many  instructers,  whose  judgment  deserves  the  highest  respect,  j 
that  the  work  presupposes  in  those  who  are  to  make  use  of  it  more  maturity  of  .^ 
mind,  than  is  to  be  expected  of  beginners.  A  desire  has,  therefore,  been  repeatedly  * 
expressed,  that  a  small  Grammar,  in  accordance  with  Buttmann,  might  be  pre-| 
pared  for  those  entering  on  the  study  of  the  Greek  language.  Such  a  grammar  U| 
BOW  offered  to  the  practical  teacher.  •'■ 


Published  by  HilUard,  Gray,  Sf  Co.  3 

This  abridgement  is  designed  to  contain  only  the  accidence  and  first  principles 
of  the  language.  All  matter  that  is  not  of  immediate  importance  and  utility  has 
been  rejected ;  and  it  has  uniformly  been  endeavoured  to  unite  simplicity  in  the 
arrangement  with  clearness  and  conciseness  in  the  expressions.  In  preparing  the 
work,  the  best  school  grammars  of  the  Germans  and  the  English  have  been  care- 
fully consulted  on  every  point,  and  the  judgment  of  the  editor  in  what  is  retained 
and  what  is  omitted  has  been  directed  by  a  comparison  of  the  best  materials. 
Particular  assistance  in  these  respects  has  been  derived  from  the  smaller  grammar 
of  Thiersch. 

The  practical  instructor  has  here  in  a  small  compass  all  that  is  essential  to  be 
taught  in  preparing  a  pupil  for  any  of  our  colleges. 

The  FRENCH  PHRASE  BOOK,  or  Key  to  French  Conversa- 
tion. Containing  the  chiefldioms  of  the  French  Lang-uage.  By  M.  L'Abbe 
BossuT.    Price  37|  cents. 

The  Editor  feels  no  hesitation  in  asserting  that  after  students  have  perfected 
themselves  in  the  contents,  even  of  this  small  Tract,  they  will  have  no  difficulty  in 
reading  any  French  book,  as  far  as  depends  on  the  peculiar  idiom  or  construction 
of  the  language.  By  learning  these  familiar  and  idiomatic  phrases,  the  young 
English  scholar  will  acquire  the  French  language  and  .idiom  exactly  in  the  same 
manner  as  it  is  acquired  by  a  native — by  practice  and  example  and  not  by  rule. 
Rules  are  not  to  be  despised;  but  they  are  rather  adapted  to  perfect  than  to 
initiate. 

An  INTRODUCTION  to  ANCIENT  and  MODERN  GEOGRA- 
PHY, to  which  are  added  Rules  for  Projecting  Maps,  and  the  Use  of  Globes. 
Accompanied  with  an  Ancient  and  Modern  Atlas.  By  J.  A.  Cltmmings. 
Tenth  edition,  revised  and  improved.  P.nce  of  Geography,  62,^  cents. 
Price  of  Modern  Atlas,  75  cents.     Price  of  Ancient  Atlas,  87^  cents. 

The  very  liberal  patronage  which  has  been  given  to  this  work  in  its  original 
form,  has  imposed  on  the  proprietors  an  obligation  to  improve  it  as  much  as  pos- 
sible. It  is  confidently  believed  that  the  public  will  bo  satisfied  that  this  obligation 
lias  been  faithfully  fulfilled  in  the  present  edition.  The  work  is  considerably  re- 
duced in  size,  by  excluding  such  tables  and  abstract  statements  as  aro  uninterest- 
ing and  unimportant  in  an  elementary  treatise ;  hut  it  contains  more  than  the  pre- 
ceding editions  of  such  matter  as  is  useful  to  children. 

In  Cunimings'  Geo»rapiiy  Improved,  the  questions  are  placed  at  the  end  of  the 
several  chapters.  This  is  more  convenient  for  the  scholar  than  the  former  ar- 
rangement. Instead  of  adding  a  pronouncing  vocabulary  at  the  end  of  the  book, 
most  of  the  difficult  names  have  their  true  pronunciation  given  where  they  occur } 
this  will  be  found  a  very  valuable  improvement,  and  it  is  peculiar  to  this  Ge- 
ography. 

A  great  number  of  cuts,  very  neatly  engraved,  ornament  the  work,  and  tend  to 
illustrate  the  subjects,  and  render  them  interesting. 

The  simplicity  of  style  and  interesting  manner  of  description,  by  which  this 
work  is  characterized,  have  enabled  it  to  sustain  a  high  rank,  and  secured  it  a  very 
extensive  circulation.  It  is  not  to  be  forgotten  that  the  public  are  indebted  to  Mr. 
Cummings  for  the  general  system  of  instruction  in  this  science  which  now  pre- 
vails, an^l  which  has  been  found  so  useful.  The  editor  of  the  present  edition  has 
endeavored  to  retain  the  peculiar  excellences  of  the  original  work ;  to  correct  its 
errors ;  and  to  make  such  improvements  as  will  render  it  worthy  of  a  still  more 
extensive  patronage.  A  great  part  of  the  work  has  been  newly  written,  and  it  is 
interspersed  with  such  instructions  to  scholars  and  teachers,  as  will  facilitate  the 
study  of  it,  and  render  it  permanently  useful. 

The  ATLAS  for  the  Improved  Edition  is  newly  engraved,  contains  a  chart 
Bhowing  the  comparative  height  of  the  principal  Mountains,  and  of  the  compara- 
tive length  of  the  principal  Rivers  in  the  world,  and  is  intended  to  be  as  perfect  as 
a  work  of  the  kind  can  be  made. 

CUMMINGS'  PRONOUNCING  SPELLING  BOOK.  Price 
25  cents. 

The  extensive  sale  of  this  work,  and  the  numerous  testimonies  of  instructers  and 
literary  gentlemen,  are  sufficient  proof  of  the  excellence  of  its  plan  and  execution. 
Indeed,  those  who  consider  the  importance  of  teaching  their  children  the  correct 


School  and  Classical  Books 


pronunciation  of  the  "Rnglisli  language,  while  they  are  learning  to  read  it,  cannot 
but  highly  appreciate  the  plan  of  this  Spelling  Book.  How  frequently  do  we  find 
that  the  errors  in  pronunciation,  into  which  persons  are  allowed  to  fall  in  their 
childhood,  continue  to  be  repeated  through  life.  It  is  certainly  much  easier  for  a 
child  to  acquire  a  correct  pronunciation,  than  for  an  adult  to  reform  a  bad  one. 

In  using  Cummings'  Spelling  Book  it  requires  but  little  pains  to  render  the  child 
able  to  determine  the  precise  sound  of  every  letter,  and  to  make  it  more  natural 
and  easy  for  him  to  pronounce  the  words  correctly  than  incorrectly.  A  little  em- 
barrassment is  experienced  at  first,  from  the  small  letters  which  are  used  to  desig- 
nate the  sounds  of  the  others,  but  this  is  readily  overcome,  and  the  scholar  is  then 
possessed  of  a  system  which  will  enable  him  to  pronounce  all  the  words  in  his 
book  correctly,  and  the  instructer  is  saved  t!»e  labor  and  frequent  interruption 
which  are  suffered  by  the  necessity  of  pronouncing  words  for  the  scholar. 

In  this  edition  a  selection  of  very  interesting  reading  lessons  has  been  added, 
making  it,  it  is  believed,  altogether  the  best  Spelling  Book  in  use. 

CUMMINGS'  FIRST  LESSONS  IN  GEOGRAPHY  and  As- 
tronomy.   Price  25  cents. 

It  is  hardly  necessary  to  say  any  thing  in  commendation  of  a  work  which  is  so 
extensively  known,  and  so  generally  esteemed. 

The  public  are  not,  however,  sufficiently  aware  of  the  case  and  advantage  with 
which  such  simple  lessons,  in  these  important  sciences,  may  be  learned  by  small 
children.  The  time  which  is  nearly  wasted  in  the  study  of  Grammar,  if  employed 
in  acquiring  the  elements  of  more  exact  sciences,  would  give  the  scholar  not  only  a 
taste  for  them,  but  important  information.  Geography  is  so  simple  a  science,  that 
cliildren  of  six  or  seven  years  of  age  may  begin  to  understand  it ;  and  when  a  few 
of  its  elements  are  acquired,  something  may  also  be  profitably  taught  them  of  the 
worlds  around  us. 

Cummings'  First  Le-fsons  is  known  to  be  far  preferable  to  any  other  work  in  use, 
for  introducing  these  subjects  to  the  minds  of  children.  The  proprietors  have 
taken  great  pains  to  render  the  work  correct,  and  deserving  of  a  still  more  exten- 
sive patronage. 

The  NEW  TESTAMENT  of  our  Lord  and  Saviour  Jesus  Christ, 
with  an  Introduction  giving'  an  account  of  Jewibh  and  other  sects  ;  with 
Notes  illustrating  obscure  passages,  and  e.\p!ainino^  obsolete  words  and 
phrases  ;  for  the  use  of  Schools,  Academies,  and  Private  Families.  By  J. 
A.  Cummings,  Author  of  Ancient  and  Modern  Geography.  Second  edi- 
tion.   Revised  and  greatly  improved.    Stereotype  edition.    Price  75  cents. 

CUMMINGS'  QUESTIONS  on  the  New  Testament,  for  Sabbath 
Exercises  in  Schools  and  Academies,  with  four  Maps  of  the  countries  through 
which  our  Saviour  and  his  Apostles  travelled.    Price  37^  cents. 

COLBURN'S  FIRST  LESSONS,  or  Intellectual  Arithmetic, 
up.on  the  Inductive  Method  of  Instruction.  By  Warren  Colburn.  A.  M. 
Stereotype  Edition.     Price  of  Book  37^  ceuts.     Price  of  Plates  12^- cents. 

The  merits  of  this  little  work  are  so  well  known,  and  so  highly  appreciated  in 
Boston  and  its  vicinity,  that  any  recommendation  of  it  is  unnecessary,  except  to 
those  parents  and  teachers  in  the  country,  to  whom  it  has  not  been  introduced.  To 
such  it  may  be  interesting  and  im]>ortant  to  be  informed,  that  the  system  of  which 
this  work  gives  the  elementary  principles,  is  founded  on  this  simple  maxim;  that, 
children  should  be  instructed  in  every  science,  just  so  fast  as  they  can  understand 
it.  In  conformity  with  this  principle,  the  book  commences  with  examples  so  sim- 
ple, that  they  can  be  perfectly  comprehended  and  performed  mentally  by  children 
of  four  or  five  years  of  age ;  having  performed  these,  the  scholar  will  be  enabled  to 
answer  the  more  difficult  questions' which  follow.  He  will  find,  at  every  stage  of 
his  progress,  that  what  he  has  already  done  has  perfectly  prepared  him  for  what  is 
at  present  required.  This  will  encourage  him  to  proceed^  and  will  afford  him  a 
satisfaction  in  his  study,  which  can  never  be  enjoyed  while  performing  the  merely 
mechanical  ojieration  of  cyphering  according  to  artificial  rules. 

This  method  entirely  supersedes  the  necessity  of  any  rules,  and  the  book  contains 
none.  The  scholar  learns  to  reason  correctly  respecting  all  combinations  of  num- 
bers; and  if  he  reasons  correctly,  he  must  obtain  the  desired  result.    The  scholar 


Published  by  Hilliard,  Gray,  ^  Co.  5 

who  can  be  made  to  understand  how  a  sum  should  be  done,  needs  neither  book 
nor  instructer  to  dictate  how  it  must  be  done. 

This  admirable  elementary  Arithmetic  introduces  the  scholar  at  once  to  that 
simple,  practical  system,  which  accords  with  the  natural  operations  of  the  human 
mind.  All  that  is  learned  in  this  way  is  precisely  what  will  be  found  essential  in 
transacting  the  ordinary  business  of  life,  and  it  prepares  the  way,  in  the  best  pos- 
sible manner,  for  the  more  abstruse  investigations  which- belong  to  maturer  age. 
Children  of  five  or  six  years  of  age  will  l>e  able  to  make  considerable  progress  in 
the  science  of  numbers,  by  pursuing  this  simple  method  of  studying  it ;  and  it  will 
uniformly  be  found  that  this  is  one  of  the  most  useful  and  interesting  sciences  upon 
which  their  minds  can  be  occupied.  By  using  this  work  children  may  be  farther 
advanced  at  the  age  of  nine  or  ten,  than  they  can  be  at  the  age  of  fourteen  or 
fifteen  by  the  common  method.  Those  who  have  used  it,  and  are  regarded  as  com- 
petent judges,  have  uniformly  decided  that  more  can  be  learned  from  it  in  one  year, 
than  can  be  acquired  in  two  years  from  any  other  treatise  ever  published  in 
America.  Those  who  regard  economy  in  time  and  money,  cannot  fail  of  holding  a 
work  in  high  estimation  which  will  afiford  these  important  advantages. 

Colburn's  First  Lessons  are  accompanied  with  such  instructions  as  to  the  proper 
mode  of  using  them,  as  will  relieve  parents  and  teachers  from  any  embarrassment. 
The  sale  of  the  work  has  been  so  extensive  that  the  publishers  have  been  enabled 
so  to  reduce  its  price,  that  it  is,  at  once,  tlie  cheapest  and  the  best  Arithmetic  in 
the  country. 

COLBURN^  SEQUEL  to  INTELLECTUAL  ARITHMETIC, 

upon  the  Inductive  Method  of  Instruction.     Price  ^^1,00. 

This  work  consists  of  two  parts,  in  the  first  of  which  the  author  has  given  a 
great  variety  of  questions,  arranged  according  to  the  method  pursued  in  the  First 
Lessons  ;  the  second  part  consists  of  a  few  questions,  with  the  solution  of  them, 
and  such  copious  illustrations  of  the  principles  involved  in  the  examples  in  the  first 
part  of  the  work,  that  the  whole  is  rendered  perfectly  intelligible.  The  two  parts 
arc  designed  to  be  studied  together.  The  answers  to  the  questions  in  the  first  part 
are  given  in  a  Key,  which  is  published  separately  for  the  use  of  instructors.  If  the 
sciiolar  find  any  sum  difficult,  he  must  turn  to  the  principles  and  illustrations, 
given  in  tiie  second  part,  and  these  will  furnish  all  the  assistance  that  is  needed. 

Tlie  design  of  this  arrangement  is  to  make  the  scholar  understand  his  subject 
thoroughly,  instead  of  performing  his  sums  by  rule. 

The  First  Lessons  contain  only  examples  of  numbers  so  small,  that  they  can  be 
solved  without  the  use  of  a  slate.  The  Sequel  commences  with  small  and  simple 
combinations,  and  proceeds  gradually  to  the  more  extensive  and  varied,  and  the 
scholar  will  rarely  have  occasion  for  a  principle  in  arithmetic  which  is  not  fully 
illustrated  in  this  work. 

KEY  to  COLBURN'S  SEQUEL.     Price  75  cents. 

COLBURN'S  INTRODUCTION  to  ALGEBRA,  upon  the  In- 
ductive Method  of  Instruction.    Price  ^1,25. 

Those  who  are  comr)etent  to  decide  on  the  merits  of  this  work,  consider  it  equal 
at  least,  to  either  of  the  others  composed  by  the  same  author. 

The  publishers  cannot  desire  that  it  should  have  a  higher  commendation.  The 
science  of  Algebra  is  so  much  simplified,  that  children  may  proceed  with  ease  and 
advantage  to  the  study  of  it,  as  soon  as  they  have  finished  the  preceding  treatises 
on  arithmetic.  The  same  method  is  pursued  in  this  as  in  the  author's  other  works  ; 
every  thing  is  made  plain  as  he  proceeds  with  his  subject. 

The  uses  which  are  performed  by  this  science,  give  it  a  high  claim  to  more 
general  attention.  Few  of  the  more  abstract  mathematical  investigations  can  bo 
conducted  without  it ;  and  a  great  proportion  of  those,  for  which  arithmetic  is 
used,  would  be  performed  with  much  greater  facility  and  accuracy  by  an  algebra ie 
process. 

The  study  of  Algebra  is  singularly  adapted  to  discipline  the  mind,  and  give  it 
direct  and  simple  modes  of  reasoning,  and  it  is  universally  regarded  as  one  of  tlie 
most  pleasing  studies  in  which  the  mind  can  be  engaged. 

KEY  to  COLBURN'S  ALGEBRA.     Price  75  cents. 

CORNELIUS  NEPOS,  de  vita  Excellentium  Imperatorum.  From 
the  third  edition  of  J.  H.  Bremi.     With  English  Notes.     Price  75  cents. 

Nepos  is,  more  than  any  other  Roman  writer,  suited  to  be  put  into  the  hands  of 
boys,  who  have  made  sufficient  progress  to  be  able  to  read  a  Roman  author  in 

1* 


School  and  Classical  Booh 


course.  The  simplicity  and  classical  character  of  his  style,  the  separate  lives,  full 
of  interest  and  not  long  enough  to  weary,  the  extent  of  history,  of  which  he  gives  a 
pleasing  outline,  by  presenting  as  in  a  gallery  those  illustrious  men  who  directed 
tJie  fortunes  of  antiquity,  the  general  purity  of  the  moral  tendency  of  his  writings, 
and  the  favorable  moral  influence  whicli  always  follows  from  the  true  history  of 
great  men,  are  circumstances  which  sufficiently  explain  why  he  is  so  universally 
adopted  in  the  European  Schools,  and  is  beginning  to  be  introduced  in  so  many  of 
our  own. 

The  few  notes  which  accompany  this  edition  are  selected  and  abridged  from  the 
commentary  of  Bremi.  In  some  instances  the  phraseology  of  Bradley,  an  Eng- 
lish editor,  has  been  adopted,  where  his  remarks  coincided  with  those  of  the  con- 
tinental editor.  The  notes  would  have  been  selected  much  more  freely  but  for  the 
fear  of  making  the  volume  too  large.  They  almost  all  of  them  rolate"to  questions 
of  grammar  and  language.  Tiiese  are  the  points,  to  which  the  attention  of  boys 
is  to  be  directed. 

In  Press.   An  ELEMENTARY  TREATISE  on  MINERALOGY, 

and  Geology,  desig^ned  for  the  use  of  pupils, — for  persons  attending-  Lec- 
tures on  these  subjects,— and  as  a  Companion  for  Travellers  in  the  United 
States  of  America.  Illustrated  with  Plates.  By  Parker  CI.EAVKLA^-D, 
Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Natural  Philosophy,  and  Lecturer  on  Chemis- 
try and  Mineralogy,  in  Bowdoin  College.     Third  Edition  in  two  volumes. 

This  work  is  now  extensively  known  and  used  in  the  United  States,  and  has 
been  received  with  high  approbation  in  Europe.  The  general  plan  of  this  edition 
is  the  same  as  that  of  the  second ;  but  the  work  is  enlarged  by  the  introduction 
of  new  species  of  minerals  and  new  localities.  Great  efforts  have  been  made  to 
obtain  correct  descriptions  of  the  localities  of  American  minerals ;  and  more 
esjwcially  to  furnish  accurate  information  concerning  those  minerals,  which  are 
emploj'e'.l  in  the  useful  and  ornamental  arts.  Although  the  mineral  riches  of  the 
United  States  have  been  but  imperfectly  investigated,  yet  sufficient  is  already 
known  to  show  their  importance  in  regard  both  to  the  wealth  of  individuals  and 
the  public  good. 

A  CATECHISM  of  the  ELEMENTS  of  RELIGION  and  MO- 
RALITY.   By  Rev.  William  E.  Channing. 

The  first  object  which  the  writer  of  this  Catechism  has  bad  in  view,  has  been 
to  present  to  the  minds  of  Children  the  great  elementary  principles  of  moral  and 
religious  truth,  .with  the  utmost  possible  simplicity  of  language. 

The  CHILD'S  COMPANION;  being  an  easy  and  concise  Read- 
ing and  Spelling  Book,  for  the  use  of  Young  Children.  By  Caleb  Bing- 
ham, A.  M.     Price  12^  cents. 

Few  men  have  attained  so  high  eminence  as  a  successful  Instructer  and  Com- 
piler of  School  Books  as  Mr.  Bingham.  Though  published  many  years  ago,  his 
books  still  retain  their  place  in  many  of  our  schools;  and  where  they  have  been 
displaced  by  more  recent  compilations,  their  place  has  been  often  supplied  by 
works  of  far  inferior  merit— this  remark  is  especially  true  as  applied  to  the  Child's 
Companion.  For  simplicity  and  adaptation  to  the  comprehension  of  quite  young 
children,  and  at  the  same  time  for  truly  philosophical  arrangement,  this  work 
yields  to  none  of  the  kind  in  the  English  language.  The  steps  from  the  most  sim- 
ple to  the  more  complicated  words  and  sentences,  is  so  easy  and  natural  that  the 
child  is  brought  to  master  the  most  difficult  without  great  effort,  and  above  all 
without  disgust. 

M.  T.  CICERONIS  ORATIONES  Selectse,  Notis  AngUcis  lUus- 
tratae.     Editio  Quarta.     12mo.     Price  ,^1,50. 

The  merits  of  this  book,  as  originally  prepared  for  the  use  of  Phillips  Exeter 
Academy,  are  sufficiently  known  to  the  public.  In  this  new  edition,  it  has  been 
the  principal  object  of  the  editor  to  exhibit  a  better  text  than  has  hitherto  been 
given  in  the  school  editions  of  Cicero,  and  by  a  more  careful  punctuation  to  place 
the  meaning  of  the  Author  in  a  clearer  light.  The  English  Notes  have  most  of 
them  been  retained,  and  j)laced  at  the  end  of  the  volume.  They  have  however  re- 
ceived many  corrections  and  additions ;  and  particularly  Voel's  Analytical  and 
Synoptical  Tables  have  been  prefixed  to  the  Notes  of  each  Oration,  showing  the 
object  of  the  orator  and  the  course  of  the  argument.  These  supersede  the  neces- 
sity of  sets  of  (Questions,  as  they  suggest  them  to  the  instructer  and  pupil.  On  the 
whole  it  is  believed  that  the  value  of  this   book  has  been  essentially  increased  in 


Published  by  HiUiard,  Gray,  fy  Co.  7 

this  edition,  and  that  little  remains  to  be  desired  in  this  portion  of  the  Latin  course 
pursued  in  our  schools. 

fFill  speedily  be  Published^  "^ 

Applied  to  the  French,-LE  TRADUCTEUR  FRANCOIS,  or  a  new 
and  practical  system  for  translating-  the  French  Janguag-e.  By  Mariano 
CuBi  I  SoLER,     Second  edition,  corrected,  revised,  and  much  improved. 

Applied  to  the  Latin,-The  LATIN  TRANSLATOR,  or  a  new  and 
practical  system  for  translating  the  Latin  language. 

Applied  to  the  Greek,— The  GREEK  TRANSLATOR,  or  a  new  and 
practical  system  for  translating  the  Greek  language. 

Applied  to  the  English,  forSpaniards,-The  ENGLISH  TRANSLATOR, 
6  nuevo  i  practice  sistema  de  traduccion,  para  los  que  hablan  espanol.  For 
Mariano  Cubi  I  Solkr. 

Until  now,  Grammars  and  common  Dictionaries  have  been  the  only  auxiliaries 
which  students  liavc  enjoyed  in  prosecuting  the  study  of  a  foreign  language. 
The  intricate  idioms  and  delicate  subtleties  of  expression,  have  been  left  to  the 
oral  explanation  of  the  tutor  ;  and  the  proper  names  as  well  as  the  grammatical 
niceties  to  the  supposed  historical  or  philological  knowledge  of  the  student.  It  is 
evident,  that,  as  it  is  within  the  power  of  very  few  learners  to  command  the  con- 
tinued attention  of  an  instructor,  and  of  still  fewer,  to  obtain  a  profound  knowl- 
edge of  Grammar  without  an  acquaintance  with  the  language  it  treats,  the  pro- 
gress of  the  majority  must  have  been  and  is  much  retarded,  or  attended  with  many 
great,  often  insurmountable,  difficulties. 

To  avoid  all  these  inconveniences,  by  offering  speedy  success  to' the  student,  as 
the  certain  reward  for  his  exertions,  is  the  chief  design  of  the  author,  in  the  system 
of  translation,  which  he  now  offers  to  the  public.  Being  circumscribed  by  the 
limits  of  a  mere  introductory  notice,  he  will  briefly  state,  that  to  accomplish  his 
end,  a  collection  of  classic  pieces,  written  in  the  language  to  be  taught,  is  made, 
and  arranged  according  to  gradual  difficulty.  Notes  explanatory  of  every  intricacy 
of  idiom,  or  nicety  of  Grammar  are  given  at  the  bottom  of  every  page,  as  these 
obstacles  occur.  At  the  end  of  this  selection,  thus  arranged,  and  thus  commented, 
a  vocabulary  is  found  in  which  every  word  without  exception,  whether  proper  or 
appellative,  primitive  or  derivative,  simple  or  modified,  is  fully  analyzed,  and  its 
signification  accurately  explained. 

Hence  it  is  apparent,  that  if  the  meaning  of  every  word  simply,  or  of  two  or 
more  combined  into  an  idiom,  be  placed  within  the  comprehension  of  the  student, 
the  sense  of  a  whole  paragraph  or  page,  cannot  remain  for  a  long  time  obscure. 
These  advantages  will  not,  as  many  might,  at  one  glance,  suppose,  offer  unnecessary 
facilities  to  the  learner.  Ho  cannot,  unless  it  be  through  the  medium  of  study  and 
reflection  conceive  tho  meaning  of  any  sentence,  as  it  has,  in  no  instance,  been 
conceived  for  him.  He  may  find  facilities  to  attain  this  object  soon  and  without 
despair,  but  it  requires  study  and  constant  attention.  Industry  finds,  in  short, 
every  incentive  for  its  exercise,  as  no  obstacles  are  presented  which  render  it  use- 
less. The  author  may  now  speak  with  that  confidence  with  which  practical  expe- 
rience inspires,  as  this  system  has  already  been  successfully  applied  to  the  French 
and  Spanish  languages. 

How  far  this  new  mode  of  translation  has  advantages  over  the  common  way  now 
pursued  in  teaching  foreign  idioms ;  and  how  far  it  has  claims,  if  any,  to  origin- 
ality, will  be  shown  and  clearly  demonstrated  in  a  pamphlet  which  the  author  is 
now  preparing,  and  which  will  very  soon  be  published,  wholly  devoted  to  this  subject. 

ELEMENTARY  CATECHISM  on  the  CONSTITUTION  of  the 
UNITED  STATES,  for  the  use  of  Schools.  By  Arthur  J.  Stansbury. 
Price  37J  cents. 

How  small  a  portion  of  the  citizens  of  this  Republic  have  even  a  tolerable  ac- 
quaintance with  their  own  Constitution .'  It  appears  that  this  culpable  want  of 
acquaintance  with  what  is  of  such  deep  interest  to  us  all,  is  to  be  traced  to  the 
omission  of  an  important  part  of  what  ought  to  be  an  American  education,  viz.  the 
study  of  the  civil  institutions  of  our  country.  The  foregoing  work  has  been  pre- 
pared with  a  view  to  such  an  experiment.  It  is  written  expressly  for  the  use  of 
Doya,  and  it  has  been  the  aim  and  effort  of  the  writer  to  bring  down  the  subject 


School  and  Classical  Books 


completely  to  a  level  \\itli  their  capacity  to  understand  it.  Whether  he  has  suc- 
ceeded the  trial  must  show.  He  has  purposely  avoided  all  abstruse  questions,  and 
hast5onfined  himself  to  a  simpie  commonsense  explanation  of  each  article. 

DELECTUS  SENTENTIARUM  GR^CARUM,  ad  usum  ti- 
ronum  accommcxlatus :  cum  Notulis  et  Lexico.  Editio  Americana  lerlia 
prioribis  emeudalior.     Price  62^  cents. 

If  the  popularity  of  a  book  be  an  evidence  of  its  having  attained  its  object,  the 
Greek  Delectus  lias  l)een  eminently  successful.  Its  merit  consists  in  its  simplicity, 
clearness  and  precision,  by  which,  with  a  familiarity  with  his  Grammar,  the 
scholar  may  make  great  progress,  relieved  at  once  of  useless  labor,  and  yet  com- 
pelled to  liabits  of  faithful  study  and  thorough  discipline.  The  Publishers  have 
judged,  that,  where  approbation  has  been  so  decidedly  expressed,  it  would  be  an 
unwise  attempt  to  substitute  a  better  book;  and  that  they  could  perform  no  more 
acceptable  service,  than  to  continue  the  present  work,  in  as  perfect  a  form  as  pos- 
sible. The  third  American  edition  has,  accordingly,  been  revised  with  care.  The 
Notes  have  been  considerably  enlarged,  critical  peculiarities  both  in  Etymology  and 
Syntax  pointed  out,  and  a  comparison  instituted,  in  many  cases,  between  the 
Greek  and  the  Latin.  The  Lexicon  is  made  to  embrace  not  only  all  the  words 
occurring  in  the  Text,  but  likewise  the  irregularities  of  Tense  in  each  Verb  are 
prominently  stated,  and  the  quantity  of  the  doubtful  vowels  is  also  marked  in  con- 
formity to  Morrell's  Thesaurus. 

This  work  is  now  used  in  the  Boston  Latin  School. 

ENFIELD'S   INSTITUTES    of  NATURAL    PHILOSOPHY, 

Theoretical  and  Practical,  with  some  corrections  ;  change  in  the  order  of  the 
branches ;  and  the  addition  of  an  Appendix  to  the  Astronomical  part,  se- 
lected from  Mr.  Erving's  Practical  Astronomy.  By  Samufx  Webber, 
A.  M.,  A.  A.  S.  Fourth  edition,  with  improvements.  With  Plates,  in  1  vol. 
Quarto.     Price  ^7,50. 

FLORULA  BOSTONIENSIS.  A  Collection  of  Plants  of  Boston 
and  its  vicinity,  with  their  generic  and  specific  characters,  principal  syno- 
nyms, descriptions,  places  of  growth,  and  time  of  flowering,  and  occasional 
remarks.  By  Jacob  Bigelow,  M.  D.  Professor  in  Harvard  University. 
Member  of  the  Linnaean  Societies  of  London  and  Paris.  Second  edition 
greatly  enlarged.  To  which  is  added  a  Glossary  of  the  Botanical  Terms 
employed  in  the  work.     1  vol.  8vo.     Price  ^2,75. 

The  first  edition  of  the  Florula  Bostoniensis  was  published  in  1814,  for  the  use 
of  a  Botanical  Class  in  this  city.  It  was  intended  to  contain  intelligible  de- 
scriptions of  the  more  common  and  interesting  plants  found  within  a  circuit  of 
about  ten  miles  around  Boston.  Its  publication  was  at  that  time  rendered  ne- 
cessary by  the  great  deficiency  of  books  relating  to  American  plants,  and  by  the 
difficulty  of  obtaining  foreign  works  of  a  character  suited  to  supply  this  deficiency. 
The  edition  now  offered  to  the  public  contains  about  twice  the  nunilier  of  plants 
which  were  included  in  the  first  edition.  Many  of  the  former  descriptions  have 
been  enlarged  or  amended  from  re-examination  of  living  plants,  ar.tl  many  have 
been  written  out  anew.  Although  the  work  more  immediately  applies  to  "Boston 
and  its  environs,  yet  I  have  inserted  in  this  edition  all  such  plants  as  I  have  for- 
merly collected  and  described  in  any  part  of  the  New  England  States.  For  the 
convenience  of  students  a  Glossary,  explanatory  of  the  technical  terms  used  ia  the 
work,  is  added  to  this  edition. 

An  ELEMENTARY    COURSE    of  CIVIL    ENGINEERING, 

translated  from  the  French  of  M.  I.  Sganzin,  Inspector  General  of  Bridges, 
Roads  and  Naval  Depots,  late  Professor  in  the  Royal  Polytecimic  School, 
Officer  in  the  Legion  of  Honor,  and  Knight  of  the  Royal  Order  of  Saint 
Michael.  From  the  third  French  edition,  with  Notes  and  Applications 
adapted  to  the  United  Slates.     1  vol.  8vo.     With  plates.     Price  52,(K). 

The  object  of  the  translator  in  presenting  this  work  to  the  public  is  to  do  some- 
thing to  supply  what  seems  to  him  a  great  deficiency  in  the  books  on  practical 
science  in  this  country.  He  is  acquainted  with  no  work  in  English,  which  con- 
tains within  a  small  compass,  and  in  a  form  intelligible  to  common  readers,  those 
elementary  principles  of  Engineering,  which  relate  to  building  in  stone,  brick, 
or  wood,  and  making  roads,  bridges,  canals,  and  rail  ways.  Nearly  all  the  books 
to  be  found  on  thego  subjects  are  suited  ouly  to  the  professed  Engineer,  and  are 


Puhlished  by  Hilliard,  Gray,  Sf  Co.  9 

cither  too  voluminous,  or  too  much  involved  in  mathematical  language  to  be  ac- 
cessible or  intelligible  to  the  greater  part  of  learners  a.nA.  practical  mechanics. 

The  work  of  Sganzin,  of  which  he  now  oifers  a  translation,  seemed  better 
suited  than  any  other  to  the  object  he  bad  in  view.  It  has  long  had  a  high  reputa- 
tion in  France,  and  has  been  used  as  a  text  book  in  the  department  of  Civil  En- 
gineering at  the  Royal,  Polytechnic  School  in  Paris  ever  since  it  was  written. 

In  its  present  form  the  translator  hopes  it  will  be  found  useful  not  only  to  the 
professed  student  of  Civil  Engineering,  but  to  the  practical  mechanic,  and  all  per- 
sons engaged  in  any  kind  of  building,  in  forming  a  road  or  rail  way  or  digging  a 
canal. 

This  translation  is  adopted  at  the  United  States  Military  Academy  at  West 
Point. 

FROST'S  ENGLISH  PARSING  EXERCISES.  Five  hundred 
Progressive  Exercises  in  Parsing-.  Adapted  to  Murray's  and  other  appro- 
ved Treatises  of  English  Grammar.     By  John  Frost.     Price  li'J  cents. 

These  Exercises,  are  carefully  digested  and  arranged,  so  that  the  ])upil  learns 
how  to  manage  one  part  of  speech  and  one  principle  of  Syntax,  before  he  proceeds 
to  others.  The  sentences  illustrating  each  rule  are  distinctly  classed,  the  difficul- 
ties which  arise  from  the  omission  of  a  given  point  of  speech  or  from  a  particular 
species  of  inversion,  are  separately  pointed  out  and  illustrated,  and  each  important 
principle  of  Grammar  thus  becomes  forcibly  impressed  on  the  youthful  mind  iii 
association  with  several  familiar  examples. 

From  the  American  Journal  of  Education. 

Those  Exercises  will  be  found  of  great  assistance  in  training  children  to  accu- 
racy and  fluency  in  parsing.  The  language  selected  is  mostly  familiar;  and  the 
words  of  every  lessoii,  therefore,  are  better  adapted  to  the  capacity  and  progress  of 
young  pupils,  than  is  the  case  in  exercise  books  which  contain  abstract  sentiments 
and  formal  phraseology. 

The  FOUR  GOSPELS  of  the  NEW  TESTAMENT,  in  Greek, 
from  the  text  of  Griksbach,  with  a  Lexicon  in  Eng-lish,  of  ail  the  words 
contained  in  them  :  designed  for  the  use  of  schools.     Price  ,^2,25. 

Advertisement.  This  edition  of  the  Four  Gospels  has  been  prepared  in  conse- 
quence of  the  new  arrangement  of  the  studies  in  Greek,  prepaVatory  to  admission 
in  the  University  at  Cambridge.  The  Corporation  have  substituted  the  Boston 
edition  of  Jacob's  Greek  Reader  and  the  Four  Gospels  for  the  Collectanea  Gneca 
Minora,  and  the  whole  of  the  New  Testament.  It  has  been  deemed  expedient  to 
publish  a  separate  edition  of  the  Gospels.  The  text  used  is  that 'of  Griesbach, 
with  the  omission  of  the  marginal  readings,  as  not  being  appropriate  to  a  School 
Book.  A  Lexicon  of  all  the  words  in  the  Four  Gospels,  prepared  with  great  care 
by  a  gentleman  highly  qualified  for  the  task,  is  subjoined.  It  is  hoped  that  the 
execution  of  the  work  will  be  found  such  as  to  merit  the  approbation  of  instructers 
and  render  it  useful  to  learners. 

The  FRIEND  of  YOUTH,  comprising  a  great  variety  of  useful 
and  interesting  lessons  in  Prose  and  Poetry,  adapted  to  the  use  of  schools. 
By  Noah  Worcester,  D.  D.     Second  edition.     Price  75  cents. 

The  peculiar  excellencies  of  this  work  consist  in  the  purity  and  simplicity  of  the 
style  and  sentiments.  In  the  Friend  of  Youth  the  beauty  and  simplicity  of  nature 
have  been  carefully  regarded,  while  a  pleasing  variety  has  been  preserved. 

But  the  principal  object  of  the  author  seems  to  have  been  to  render  the  work 
totally  destitute  of  such  expressions  and  sentiments  as  tlow  from  the  corrupt 
passions  of  men,  and  engender  discord  and  strife.  It  is  not  too  much  to  say,  that 
in  this  respect,  this  book  is  eminently  distinguished  from  most  of  those  now  in  use. 
If  any  Christian  will  keep  in  mind,  that  love  to  our  fellow  men  is  our  first  duty  aa 
social  beings,  and  compare  the  amiable  spirit,  and  the  just  and  benevolent  precepts 
which  abound  throughout  this  work,  with  the  selfish  and  contentious  effusions  of 
selfish  and  jarring  statesmen,  of  warring  heroes,  and  of  licentious  poets,  which  so 
frequently  disgrace  the  pages  of  others,  we  think  he  cannot  hesitate  in  decid- 
ing which  will  afford  him  most  aid  in  training  up  hia  children  in  the  way  they 
should  go. 

J^rof*  iFftrrat's  JMatlicmattcs* 

An  ELEMENTARY  TREATISE  on  ARITHMETIC,  taken  prin- 
cipally from  the  Arithmetic  of  S.  F.  Lacroix,  and  translated  from  the 


10  School  and  Classical  Books 


French  with  such  alterations  and  additions  as  were  found  necessary  in  order 
to  adapt  it  to  the  use  of  American  students.  By  John  Farrar,  Professor 
of  Mathematics  and  Natural  Philosophy  in  the  University  at  Cambridge. 
Third  edition,  corrected  and  somewhat  enlarged,     8vo.     Price  ^1,00. 

This  is  a  philosophical  treatise,  in  which  the  rules  are  all  strictly  demonstrated, 
a  recommeudatioa  which  no  other  Arithmetic  published  in  this  country  is  known 
to  possess. 

"It  is  important  to  remark  that  the  Arithmetic  will  be  of  little  advantage  to  any 
who  are  determined  not  to  take  the  trouble  of  thinking  and  who  have  nothing  of 
the  spirit  of  inquiry  and  investigation.  At  the  same  time  the  book  is  calculated  to 
awaken  this  spirit." — Review  of  Cambridge  Mathematics,  SiUimaii''s  Journal. 

An  INTRODUCTION  to  the  ELEMENTS  of  ALGEBRA,  de- 
signed for  the  use  of  those  who  are  acquainted  only  with  the  first  principles 
of  Ariihmeiic.  Selected  from  the  Algebra  of  Euler.  Second  edition. 
By  JoHjr  Farrar,  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Natural  Philosophy. 
8vo.     Price  ^1,50. 

Amid  the  multitude  of  more  recent  treatises  there  are  few  in  which  the  learner 
will  find  more  interest  and  satisfaction  than  in  this. 

"Of  Euler  it  is  not  necessary  to  say  much  to  those  who  are  in  any  degree  ac- 
quainted with  mathematical  science.  In  clearness  and  elegance  of  demonstration 
and  illustration  he  stands  the  prince  of  mathematicians,  and  in  fertility  of  inven- 
tion he  has  never  been  surpassed." — Review  of  Cambridge  jMathematics,  Sill imaii's 
Journal. 

ELEMENTS  of  ALGEBRA.  By  S.  F.  Lacrotx.  Translated 
from  the  French  for  the  use  of  the  students  of  the  Universitj'  of  Cambridge 
in  New  England.  By  John  Farrar,  Professor  of  Mathematics  and 
Natural  Philosophy.     Second  Edition.     8vo.     Price  Sl?50. 

Tliis  work  comprehends  many  things  not  to  be  found  in  Ei;ler.  It  has  been 
generally  preferred  in  the  French  schools  to  all  other  treatises. 

"Lacroix  appears  to  have  been  governed  in  preparing  his  mathematical  works 
by  the  following  principles;  to  give  a  demonstration  as  rigorous  as  the  nature  of 
the  case  would  admit  of  every  rule  and  principle  of  which  any  use  is  made.  This 
is  very  difTcrent  from  the  course  pursued  in  most  .American  and  English  books 
upon  mathematics.  In  our  treatises  upon  Arithmetic  and  Algebra,  with  a  very 
few  honorable  e.\ceptions,  the  rules  are  given  in  a  very  concise  and  purely  didactic 
form,  and  what^er  attempt  there  is  at  an  investigation  of  them  is  thrown  into 
notes  which  are  seldom  much  consulted.  Nor  is  the  student  generally  to  blame  for 
not  consulting  them,  as  they  are  usually  so  ill  adapted  to  the  state  of  his  knowl- 
edge that  he  finds  it  impossible  to  understand  them." — Review  of  Cambridg 
Mathematics,  Silliman^s  Journal. 

ELEMENTS  of  GEOMETRY.  By  A.  M.  Legexdri:.  Mem- 
ber of  the  Institute  and  the  Legion  of  Honor,  of  the  Royal  Societ\'  of  Lon- 
don, &c.  Translated  from  the  French  for  the  use  of  the  students  of  the 
University  at  Cambridge,  New  England.  By  John  Farrar,  Professor  of 
Mathematics  and  Natural  Philosopliy.  Second  edition,  corrected  and  en- 
larged.    8 to.     Price  S^.OO. 

This  is  universally  allowed  to  be  the  best  and  most  complete  treatise  on  the 
elements  of  Geometry  that  has  yet  appeared. 

"On  theGeometry  of  solids  or  volumes,  the  elemtents  of  Legendre  andLACROix 
are  very  much  more  complete  than  those  of  Euclid,  On  this  point  it  is  impossible 
to  convey  an  adequate  idea  to  those  who  are  not  to  a  considerable  extent  acquaint- 
ed with  the  subject. Those  who  are  only  acquainted  with  the  Geometry  of  solids 

or  volumes  as  given  by  the  older  writers,  we  are  sure  will  be  surprised  and  delighted 
at  the  luminous  and  novel  manner  in  which  this  part  of  elementary  Geometry  is 
exhibited.  After  what  has  been  said  it  is  scarcely  necessary  to  observe,  that 
American  mathematical  science  is  under  great  obligations  to  the  translator  for 
giving  Legesdue's  elements  in  so  handsome  an  English  dress.  The  translation 
is  faithfully  executed  and  accurately  printed." — Revieic  of  Cambridge  Mathemat- 
ics, Silliman'^s  Journal. 

An  ELEMENTARY  TREATISE  on  PLANE  and  SPHERICAL 
TRIGONOMETRY,  and  on  the  application  of  Algebra  to  Geometry  : 


PuMished  by  HilUard,  Gray,  &f  Co.  11 

from  the  Mathematics  of  Lacroix  and  BezouT.  Translated  from  the 
French  for  the  use  of  the  students  of  the  University  at  Cambridge,  New 
England.     Second  edition.    8vo.     Price  ^1,50. 

The  treatises  upon  Plane  and  Spherical  Trigonometry,  though  concise,  are 
abundantly  sufficient  for  all  the  ordinary  purposes  to  which  they  are  applied.  The 
portion  on  Conic  Sections  developes  the  leading  properties  of  these  curves  in  a  very 
plain  and  satisfactory  manner. 

Although  the  analytical  method  is  adopted  it  will  be  found  to  be  attended  with 
little  or  no  difficulty.  The  immense  advantages  which  it  gives  over  the  geometri- 
cal cannot  but  be  perceived  by  the  diligent  and  faithful  student.  New  steps  are 
supplied  and  all  the  aid  to  be  derived  from  frequent  references,  are  afforded,  that 
the  less  experienced  learner  may  proceed  with  as  much  dispatch  as  the  nature  of 
the  subject  will  admit.  The  formulas  in  Trigonometry  and  Conic  Sections  which 
will  be  sought  in  vain  in  the  common  treatises  will  be  found  to  be  of  the  greatest 
importance  in  the  higher  parts  of  Natural  Philosophy  and  especially  in  Astronomy. 

An  ELEMENTARY  TREATISE  on  the  Application  of  Trigo- 
nometry  to  Orthographic  and  Stereographic  Projection,  Dialling,  Mensura- 
tion of  Heights  and  Distances,  Navigation,  Nautical  Astronomy,  Surveying 
and  Levelling  ;  together  with  Logarithmic  and  other  Tables  ;  designed  for 
the  use  of  the  students  of  the  University  at  Cambridge,  New  England.  8vo. 
Price  ^2,00.     (This  work  is  lettered  Topography.) 

The  several  parts  of  this  volume  are  prepared  with  great  care  ;  the  best  English 
and  French  works  were  consulted  and  no  pains  spared  in  condensing  into  a  small 
compass  what  was  deemed  most  important  relating  to  the  topics  here  treated. 
The  Logarithmic  tables  are  from  the  stereotype  plates  of  Bowditch's  Practical 
Navigator,  the  correctness  of  which  is  too  well  known  to  need  any  recom- 
mendation. 

FIRST  PRINCIPLES  of  the  DIFFERENTIAL  and  INTE- 
GRAL CALCULUS,  or  the  Doctrine  of  Fluxions,  intended  as  an  Intro- 
duction to  the  Physico-Mathematical  Sciences ;  taken  chiefly  from  the 
Mathematics  of  BezouT,  And  translated  from  the  French  for  the  use  of  the 
students  of  the  University  at  Cambridge,  New  England.  8vo,     Price  ^1,50. 

This  will  be  found  far  more  easy  and  satisfactory  than  the  English  treatises 
upon  this  subject.  It  was  selected  on  account  of  the  plain  and  persi)icuous  manner 
for  which  the  author  is  so  well  known,  as  also  on  account  of  its  brevity  and  adap- 
tation in  other  respects  to  the  wants  of  those  who  have  but  little  time  to  devote  to 
such  studies. 

An  ELEMENTARY  TREATISE  on  MECHANICS,  compre- 
hending the  Doctrine  of  Equilibrium  and  Motion,  as  adapted  to  Solids  and 
Fluids,  chiefly  compiled,  and  designed  for  the  use  of  the  students  of  the 
University  at  Cambridge,  New  England.  By  John  Farkar,  Professor  of 
Mathematics  and  Natural  Philosophy.     Bvo.     Price  ^4,00. 

Under  the  term  Mechanics,  are  comprehended,  in  this  work,  not  only  those  top- 
ics which  are  usually  treated  under  this  name,  but  also  Hydrostatics  and  Pneumat- 
ics. The  leading  propositions  are  demonstrated  with  great  strictness,  and  are 
derived  one  after  another  from  a  very  few  fundamental  principles.  There  is 
throughout  particular  reference  to  the  practical  uses  of  the  science. 

ELEMENTS  of  ELECTRICITY,  MAGNETISM,  and  ELEC- 
TRO-MAGNETISM, embracing  the  late  Discoveries  and  Improvements, 
digested  into  the  form  of  a  Treatise  ;  being  the  Second  Part  of  a  Course  of 
Natural  Philosophy,  compiled  for  the  use  of  the  students  of  the  University  at 
Cambridge,  New  England.  By  John  Farrar,  Professor  of  Mathematics 
and  Natural  Philosophy.     Bvo.     Price  ;g3,50. 

Many  phenomena  and  theories  are  made  known  in  this  treatise  that  the  reader 
will  seek  in  vain  in  the  best  English  works  on  these  subjects. 

An  EXPERIMENTAL  TREATISE  on  OPTICS,  comprehending 
the  Leading  Principles  of  the  Science,  and  an  explanation  of  the  more  im- 
portant and  curious  Optical  Instruments  and  Optical  Phenomena,  being  the 
Third  Part  of  a  Course  of  Natural  Philosophy,  compiled  for  the  use  of  the 


12  School  and  Classical  Books 


Students  of  the  University  at  Cambridge,  New  England.  B3' John  Far- 
RAR,  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Natural  Philosophy.  8vo.  Price  53,00. 
This  treatise  is  mostly  confined  to  what  is  capable  of  being  established  and  illus- 
trated by  experiment.  In  the  Notes  to  this  and  the  foregoing  volume  are  collected 
many  recently  discovered  facts  and  principles  that  have  not  yet  been  embodied  into 
the  form  of  a  treatise. 

An  ELEMENTARY  TREATISE  on  ASTRONOMY,  adapted  to 
the  rtesent  Improved  state  of  the  Science,  being  the  Fourth  Part  of  a 
Course  of  Natural  Philosophy,  compiled  for  the  use  of  the  students  of  the 
University  at  Cambridge,  New  England.  By  John  Faruar,  Professor  of 
Mathematics  and  Natural  Philosophy.    8vo.     Price  ^3,7o. 

This  is  a  plain  and  familiar  view  of  the  subject.  It  is  intended  to  be  at  once 
popular  and  profound.  A  great  part  of  it  may  be  read  without  difficulty  by  per- 
sons little  skilled  in  the  pure  Mathematics ;  other  parts  will  require  more  attention 
and  study  and  somewhat  more  aid  from  the  subsidiary  sciences. 

ELEMENTS  of  NATURAL  PHILOSOPHY.  By  E.  G.  Fis- 
cher, Honorary  Member  of  the  Academy  of  Sciences  of  Berlin,  Professor 
of  Mathematics  and  Natural  Philosophy  in  one  of  the  Colleges  of  the  same 
city,  &.C.  &c.  Translated  into  French,  with  Notes  and  Additions,  by 
M.  BiOT,  of  the  Institute  of  France  ;  and  now  translated  from  the  French 
into  English  for  the  use  of  Colleges  and  Schools  in  the  United  States. 
Edited  by  John  Farrar,  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Natural  Philoso- 
phy in  the  University  at  Cambridge,  New  England.     8vo.     Price  ^3,00. 

This  is  an  ingenious  compend  of  Mechanical  and  Pliysical  Philosophy  that  has 
been  much  used  and  highly  approved  in  the  German  and  French  schools. 

The  GREEK  READER,  by  Frederick  Jacobs,  Professor  of 
the  Gymnasium  at  Gotha,  and  Editor  of  the  Anthologia.  From  the  last 
German  edition,  adapted  to  Buttmann's  Greek  Grammar.  Second 
Boston  edition.     1  vol.  8vo.     Price  S2,2o- 

Extract  from  the  JVarth  American  Review. 

The  Greek  Reader,  having  been  compiled  by  one  of  the  leading  scholars  of  the 
age,  is  prepared  throughout  in  a  pure  and  masterly  manner ;  proceeds  methodically 
from  the  simplest  combination  of  words  to  the  common  attic  style  ;  and  is  so  com- 

f)Osed,  that  while  the  rules  of  grammar  are  illustrated  in  easy  succession,  an  out- 
ine  is  given  of  mythology,  ancient  geography,  and  Grecian  history.  It  is  used  in 
almost  all  the  good  schools  in  Germany,  and  has  there  gained  a  decided  expression 
of  public  opinion  in  its  favor,  as  the  best  of  the  many  similar  works,  which  have 
been  produced  by  the  scholars  of  that  prolific  country. 

In  regard  to  the  American  edition,  the  chief  question  concerns  its  accuracy;  and 
this  quality  it  possesses  in  an  eminent  degree.  As  the  Notes  and  Lexicon  "are  ia 
English,  it  affords  the  means  of  learning  Greek  without  the  embarrassing  interven- 
tion of  another  foreign  tongue.  That  it  contains  references  to  the  American  trans- 
lation of  Buttmann's  Grammar,  will  make  it  the  more  valuable  to  those  who  pos- 
sess that  work,  without  diminishing  its  utility  for  those,  who  continae  to  use  the 
more  ancient  manuals. 

Preface  to  the  Second  Boston  Edition. 

This  edition  of  the  Greek  Reader  has  been  prepared  with  great  care.  The  Lexi- 
con has  been  revised  by  a  scholar  of  distinguished  accuracy,  and  great  pains  have 
Ijeen  bestowed  in  inserting  such  words  and  significations  of  words,  as  had  acci- 
dentally been  omitted  in  the  first  edition,  and  m  making  other  improvements  in 
conformity  with  the  suggestions  of  experienced  instructers.  In  the  typographical 
execution  of  the  work,  the  traces  of  a  diligent  and  skillful  revision  of  the  press  will 
probably  be  perceived.  The  text  has  undergone  a  thorough  revision,  having  been 
collated  with  the  German  edition  of  this  work,  as  well  as  compart  with  some  apn 
proved  edition  of  the  several  authors  from  whom  the  extracts  ate  taken;  and  the 
references  to  the  Grammar  have  been  accommodated  to  the  second  edition  of 
Buttmann'3  Grammar. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Corporation  of  Harvard  College, 

Voted,  "  That  this  work  be  made  use  of  in  examining  candidates  for  admission 
into  the  University  after  the  year  1826,  instead  of  Grieca  Minora." 


DEUTSCHES  LESEBUCH  far  Anfanger,  i.  e.  German  Reader 


s 


Published  by  Hilliard,  Gray,  ^  Co.  13 

for  Beginners.  Edited  by  Dr.  Charles  Follen,  of  Harvard  University. 
1vol.     Price  ^1,25. 

The  design  of  this  book  is  expressed  in  the  Preface.  '  It  is  intended  to  meet  an 
urgent  want  of  all  those  who  are  engaged  either  in  teaching  or  studying  the  Ger- 
man language  in  this  country.  It  introduces  the  learner  to  the  master  works  of 
modern  Gorman  literature,  and  furnishes  the  teacher  with  a  large  number  of  classi- 
cal examples,  to  illustrate  the  rules  and  peculiarities  of  the  language.'  The  book 
is  dividecl  into  a  prosaic,  and  a  poetical  part.  The  prosaic  part  contains,  in  chro- 
nological order,  select  pieces  from  the  works  of  Lesing,  Wieland,  Herder,  EngeJ, 
Gbthe,  Johannes,  Miiller,  Schiller,  Heeren,  A.  W.  Schlegel,  F.  Schlegel,  Wackenro- 
der,  Hardenberg,  Tieck,  and  Hofimann.  The  poetical  part  exhibits  specimens  of 
various  kinds  of  poetry,  by  Schiller,  Gothe,  Burger,  Herder,  Tieck,  and  Kbrner. 

A  sketch  of  the  history  of  German  literature  from  the  earliest  times  to  the  pres- 
ent, is  contained  in  the  Preface. 

"This  is  one  of  the  pleasantest  and  best  selections  we  are  acquainted  with,  for 
the  purpose  of  introducing  a  beginner  to  the  knowledge  of  a  foreign  language. 
The  object  of  it,  as  stated  in  the  preface,  is  to  give  a  collection  of  examples  illus- 
trative of  the  rules  and  peculiarities  of  tlie  language,  from  works  of  acknowledged 
classical  rank,  and  at  the  same  time  to  afford  the  learner  a  foretaste  of  the  modern 
German  literature.  This  object  is,  we  think,  well  attained  ;  and  though  a  task  of 
no  very  formidable  nature,  yet  it  is  one  not  unworthy  of  the  attention  of  the  learn- 
ed scholar  who  has  prepared  the  book,  and  to  whom  we  are  indebted  for  contribu- 
ting his  efforts  to  increase  the  means  of  cultivating  one  of  the  most  useful  and  im- 
portant languages  of  the  present  day." — JVorth  American  Review. 

In  Press.    A  PRACTICAL  GRAMMAR  of  the   German   Lan- 

ag-e,  by  Dr.  Charles  FoLLErf,  Instructer  of  the  German  Language  at 

arvard  University,  Cambridge.     12mo. 

This  work  is  calculated  to  serve  as  a  guide  to  the  teacher  ;  as  well  as  to  those 
who  wish  to  study  the  German  language  without  the  aid  of  an  instructer.  The 
author  has  consulted  the  most  important  grammatical  works  which  have  heretofore 
been  published,  on  the  continent  of  Europe,  and  in  England  ;  with  particular  refer- 
ence to  the  grammars  of  Heinsius,  Noehden,  and  Rowbotham.  He  has  endeavored 
to  comprise  in  his  grammar  all  that  seemed  to  him  really  useful  for  acquiring  a 
practical  knowledge  of  the  German  language  ;  without  entering  into  too  minute 
details,  or  indulging  in  idle  speculations.  Every  rule  of  the  language  is  illustrated 
by  examples,  and  exercises  for  translating  from  German  into  English,  and  from 
English  into  German.  The  pronunciation  is  facilitated  by  an  analysis  of  all  the 
sounds  which  belong  to  the  German  language,  and  by  marking  the  accent  of  every 
word  which  occurs  in  this  Grammar. 

GOULD'S  VIRGIL,  v^^ith  English  Notes,  and  a  Key  for  Scanning. 
Publius  Virgiiius  Maro.  Bucolica,  Georgica,  et  ^neis.  Accedunt  Clavis 
Metrica,  Notulae  Anglicse,  et  Qusestiones,  nee  non  Index  vocabulorum 
Uberrima.  Cura  B.  A.  Gould.  In  Usum  Scholse  Bostoniensis.  8vo. 
Price  ^3,50. 

This  edition  of  Virgil  is  printed  without  the  usual  order  of  construction,  or  in- 
terpretation. The  use  of  these  pernicious  helps  not  only  prevents  the  pupil  from 
ever  acquiring  the  power  of  reading  with  ease  and  pleasure  without  them,  but  it 
is  utterly  subversive  of  one  of  tiie  principal  objects  of  studying  the  language, — that 
mental  discipline  which  is  acquired  by  the  practice  of  critical  and  exact  analj'sis. 

If  the  habit  of  reading  independently  of  artificial  assistance  be  once  formed,  the 
want  of  such  assistance  is  not  folt.  And  it  is  found  by  experience  that  boys  who 
hAve  never  used  an  order  or  interpretation,  read  Horace  and  Juvenal,  as  readily  as 
they  do  Cicero  and  Tacitus  ;  and  even  with  more  confidence  ;  since  they  are  aided 
by  Prosody  in  overcoming  many  doubts  in  poetry,  which  they  have  no  means  of 
solving  in  prose.  The  use  of  the  interpretation  is  discontinued  in  the  best  schools 
both  in  England  and  in  this  country;  as  is  also  the  absurd  custom  of  explaining  by 
Latin  notes,  which  boys  do  not  understand. 

To  aid  the  scholar  in  overcoming  the  real  difficulties  in  understanding  this 
author,  copious  English  notes  are  added  at  the  end.  A  list  of  the  versos  most  diffi- 
cult to  scan  is  subjoined,  with  the  method  of  scanning  each.  A  few  questions  are 
also  added,  which  may  expedite  the  labor  of  the  teacher  in  ascertaining  whether 
the  pupil  has  been  thorough  in  his  preparations. 

The  work  is  published  on  a  fine  paper,  and   beautiful  type;  and  is,  altogether, 
far  superior  to  any  other  edition  of  Virgil  in  use. 
3 


14  School  and  Classical  Books 


Extracts  from  the  JVorth  American  Review.    JV*o.  52. 

It  ia  printed  with  great  neatness,  in  a  type  of  sufficient  size,  producing  well  de- 
fined, well  filled,  well  rounded  letters,  such  as  the  e\e  may  dwell  upon  without 
pain  or  weariness.  We  are  acquainted  with  no  edition,  which,  as  regards  typo- 
graphy, the  accuracy  of  the  text,  and  the  correctness  of  punctuation,  we  should  be- 
lieve, will  be  read  with  more  satisfaction.  We  rejoice  to  find  this  edition  of  Virgil 
excluding  the  order  of  construction,  or  the  interpretation,  which  has  so  long  dis- 
figured our  school  Virgil,  and  other  Latin  poets.  This  interpretation,  and  transla- 
tions into  English  of  similar  demerit,  have  often  been  the  miserable  crutches  by 
which  boys  have  limped  their  weary  way  through  the  ^Eneid,  wholly  unsuspicious 
that  they  were  in  company  with  one  of  the  greatest  poets  of  ancient  or  modern 
times. 

The  notes  are  various  in  their  kind;  and  not  among  the  least  frequent  or  useful 
are  those  of  a  philological  character.  The  editor  will  not  be  accused  of  superflui- 
ty or  prolixness  in  this  part  of  his  work;  and  his  reasons  for  brevity  are  such  as 
every  person  of  similar  experience  will  accept  without  hesitation. 

J^ational  Gazette  and  Literary  Register.    July  13,  1827. 

Mr.  Gould  has  rendered  much  service  to  the  ends  of  classical  education  in  this 
country,  by  his  editions  of  Virgil  and  Adam's  Latin  Grammar,  and  his  Excerpta 
from  Ovid,  with  Notes  and  Questions.  The  Virgil,  in  particular,  deserves  to  be 
widely  known,  from  the  peculiar  correctness  of  the  text,  which  is  substantially 
Heyne's,  the  variations  from  that,  the  best  extant,  being  slight,  and  such  only  as  a 
careful  collation  of  all  the  acknowledged  authorities  apjieared  to  require. 

Both  the  Virgil  and  the  Ovid  are  printed  not  merely  with  remarkable  accuracy, 
but  in  a  handsome  form.  Whatever  is  well  done  in  this  way  promotes,  or  supports 
the  cause  of  classical  literature  and  the  good  old  system  of  instruction,  which  are 
assailed  in  public  opinion  by  empirical  speculations  and  schemes  of  "tricking 
short  cuts  and  little  fallacious  facilities."  Of  the  many  contemporary  innovations 
with  regard  to  the  communication  of  knowledge  and  the  general  culture  of  the 
mind,  they  are  but  very  few  which  deserve  to  be  styled  improvements. 

GOULD'S  GRAMxMAR  :— ADAM'S  LATIN  GRAMMAR,  with 

some  Improvements,  and  the  following^  Additions  :  Rules  for  the  Ilisht  Pro- 
nunciation of  the  Latin  Languasje  ;  a  31etrical  Key  to  the  Odes  of  Horace  ; 
a  List  of  Latin  Authors  arranijed  according  to  the  different  ages  of  Roman 
Literature  ;  Tables,  showing  the  value  of  tlie  various  Coins,  Weights,  and 
Measures,  used  among  the  Romans.  By  Benjamin  A.  Gould,  Master 
of  the  Public  Latin  School,  Boston.     Price,  bound,  ^1,00. 

"  It  must  be  remembered  that  if  the  Grammar  be  the  first  book  put  into  the 
learner^s  hands,  it  should  be  the  last  to  leave  them.''^ — Preface  to  Bdttmann's 
Greek  Grammar. 

This  edition  is  adopted  by  the  University  at  Cambridge,  Massachusetts,  and  is 
recommended  to  the  use  of  those  who  are  preparing  for  that  Seminary. 
Extracts  from  the  Journal  of  Education. 
Mr.  Gould  has  in  this  edition  of  the  Grammar  rendered  to  classical  instruc- 
tion one  of  the  most  valuable  services  it  has  hitherto  received  in  this  country. 
His  endeavors  to  promote  a  uniform  and  correct  pronunciation  of  Latin  are  an 
important  addition  to  the  value  of  the  Grammar. 

The  acquisition  of  a  correct  pronunciation  should  be  an  object  of  attention,  as 
early  as  possible  in  the  course  of  instruction. 

With  regard  to  the  general  merits  of  the  rules  we  need  say  nothing,  after 
stating  thai  they  are  sanctioned  by  the  authority  of  our  most  reputable  literary 
institutions. 

On  one  circumstance,  connected  with  the  improved  edition  of  Adam's  Latin 
Grammar,  we  congratulate  every  instructer.  The  care  taken  to  accent  penultimate 
syllables  seems  likely  to  succeed  in  banishing  the  hideous  mispronunciations  with 
which  our  School  and  College  exercises  were,  and  are  sometimes  disgraced. 

W^e  cannot  take  leave  of  this  valuable  school  book  without  expressing  our 
■warmest  approbation  of  it,  and  our  gratitude  for  the  facilities  which  its  editor  has 
afforded  our  youth  for  their  progress  in  a  language  which  is  essential  to  a  full  un- 
derstanding of  their  own  :  which  is  the  avenue  to  professional  life,  and  to  the 
highest  and  most  honored  splieres  of  public  usefulness. 

GOULD'S  OVID,  with  English  Notes.  Excerpta  ex  scriptis 
Publii  Ovidii  Nasonis.     Accedunt  Noluloe  Anglicse  et  Qusesliones.    In  usum 


J 


Published  by  Hilliard,  Gray,  fy  Co.  15 

Scholse  Bosloniensis.    This  selection  embraces  portions  of  the  Metamor- 
phoses, Epistles,  and  Fasti.  8vo.     Price  ^1,25. 

Extracts  from  the  Preface. 

In  preparing  this  little  volume  from  the  writings  of  Ovid,  great  care  has  been 
taken  to  admit  nothing  in  the  slightest  decree  indelicate,  or  improper  for  the 
study  of  youth.  One  object  has  been  to  furnish  examples  of  the  ditferent  kinds  of 
measure  used  by  this  polisiied  and  fascinating  writer.  It  is  not  a  little  surprising 
that  in  the  whole  course  of  studies  preparatory  for,  and  pursued  at  our  Colleges, 
not  a  verse  of  pentameter  measure  occurs.  This  is  the  more  surprising,  since,  in 
addition  to  the  frequency  of  its  use,  this  kind  of  versification  may  be  considered 
one  of  the  most  easy  and  graceful  which  the  ancient  poets  used. 

As  this  book  is  designed  for  a  kind  of  introduction  to  fabulous  history,  the  notes 
give  a  more  full  account  of  the  subjects  connected  with  the  matter  immediately 
under  consideration,  than  might  otherwise  seem  expedient. 

The  questions  are  designed  to  direct  the  student's  attention  to  the  subjects  of  the 
notes,  as  well  as  to  those  of  the  text ;  for  a  knowledge  of  the  characters  here  intro- 
duced will  generally  facilitate  a  proper  understanding  of  all  subsequent  studies  in 
Latin  and  Greek. 
Extracts  from  the  United  States  Review  and  Literary  Oazette,  for  August^  1827. 

As  in  his  Virgil,  so  in  these  selections  from  Ovid,  Mr.  Gould  has  rejected  the 
order  of  construction  and  the  interpretation  and  for  reasons,  we  think,  perfectly 
satisfactory.  The  Notes,  too,  [in  English]  are  of  the  same  judicious  character  as 
those  in  his  Virgil.  And  besides  those  which  are  intended  to  assist  the  puj)il 
merely  in  the  business  of  interpreting  the  author,  many  of  them  are  devoted  to  the 
explanations  of  names  which  occur  so  frequently  in  tiie  Metamorphoses,  and  which 
have  so  much  to  do  with  the  fabulous  history  of  ancient  times. 

The  (iuestions  annexed  are  well  adapted  to  direct  the  pupil's  attention  to  what 
is  most  worthy  of  his  notice,  and  thus  to  fix  in  his  memory  many  important  facts 
in  ancient  mythology,  and  history,  and  geography. 

We  cannot  close  our  remarks  without  expressing  our  obligations  to  Mr.  Gould 
for  this  additional  contribution  to  the  cause  of  good  learning.  While  we  look 
not  only  with  complacency,  but  with  great  satisfaction,  upon  the  various  useful 
enterprises  that  engage  the  busy  world  about  us,  we  are  delighted  occasionally  to 
greet  the  scholar,  who  comes  to  take  the  rising  generation  by  the  hand,  and  make 
tiiom  familiarly  acquainted  with  the  favorite  poets  of  ancient  times. 

GOULD'S  HORACE,  with  English  Notes.  Quinti  Horatii  Flacci 
Opera  :  aoceclunl  clavis  meirica  et  notulse  Angiicae,  Juventuli  accommo- 
dalae.     Cura  B.  A.  Gould.     12mo. 

This  edition  of  Horace  has  been  prepared  with  much  care  for  the  use  of  young 
gentlemen  at  School  and  at  College ;  and  of  course  is  free  from  all  indelicacies.  It  is 
of  the  duodecimo  form,  and  of  a  size  convenient  for  use,  with  the  notes  at  the  end. 
The  notes  are  concise,  and  adapted  to  the  degree  of  information  which  the  student 
is  supposed  to  possess  at  that  stage  of  his  classical  education  when  this  author  is 
usually  studied.  It  is  presumed  that  most  students  have  become  acquainted  witli 
the  leading  characters  in  classical  history  and  mythology  before  they  take  Horace. 
For  this  reason  the  notes  are  chiefly  confined  to  the  illustration  of  the  text,  i.  e. 
the  peculiarities  of  this  author,  and  to  such  explanations  of  the  manners  and  cus- 
toms of  the  time,  and  of  the  characters  introduced,  as  seem  necessary  to  a  right  un- 
derstanding of  the  poet's  allusions. 

GRAGLIA'S  NEW  POCKET  DICTIONARY  of  the  Italian  and 
English  Languages.  With  a  compendious  Elementary  Italian  Grammar, 
from  the  last  London  edition.     [Noio  Stereoiijj)hig.) 

The  general  approbation,  with  which  the  numerous  editions  of  this  valuable 
little  Dictionary,  have  been  received  ; — the  rapidity,  with  which  fourteen  editions 
of  it  have  been  exhausted  in  England; — and  its  universal  adoption  by  the  instruc- 
ters  of  the  Italian  language  in  this  country,  are  a  sufficient  recommendation  of  the 
work  and  a  proof  of  its  superiority  to  others  compiled  on  the  same  plan.  "Several 
attempts,"  says  the  preface  to  the  fourteenth  London  edition,  "have  been  made  to 
surpass  this  Dictionary ;  but  it  still  keeps  up  its  advantages  and  the  last  edition 
was  sold  in  half  the  time  of  the  preceding  one." 

The  vocabulary  is  copious  and  various,  the  definitions  accurate,  many  dilficult 
phrases  and  peculiar  idioms  explained,  and  the  most  common  poetical  terms,  which 
often  occasion  so  much  embarrassment  to  beginners,  are  introduced  and  defined. 
Numerous  re-publications  have,  however,  been  made  at  London,  without  a  proper 


16  School  and  Classical  Books 


attention  to  the  correction  of  typographical  errors — and  in  consequence,  the  ac- 
cents are  often  misplaced,  the  words  both  Italian  and  English,  so  nais-spelled.  as  to 
produce  important  misrepresentations  of  the  sense,  and  the  genders,  parts  of 
speech,  &c.  incorrectly  stated.  In  the  American  edition,  these  errors  have  been 
carefully  corrected,  the  whole  text  examined  by  the  folio  edition  of  Albertis, 
many  definitions  and  idioms  added,  and  the  vocabulary  itself  enlarged  by  about 
tiDo  thousand  of  the  most  important  words,  omitted  in  the  London  copies. — To 
make  it  more  useful,  the  texts  of  the  classics  most  commonly  read  in  the  schools 
and  by  beginner?  in  this  country,  as  the  Scelta  of  Goldoni,  the  Nolti  Romane  of 
Verri,  the  Gerusalemma  Liberata,  the  Tragedies  of  Monti,  and  the  Italian  Reader, 
compiled  for  the  use  of  Harvard  University,  have  been  consulted,  and  several 
hundred  words  not  contained  in  London  editions  have  been  added  from  them. 

The   ITALIAN  and   ENGLISH  PHRASE  BOOK,   or   Key   to 

Italian  Conversation  ;  containing  the  chief  Idioms  of  the  Italian  Language. 
Improved  from  M.  L'Abbe  Bossut.     Price  37^  cents. 

This  work  is  on  the  same  plan  with  the  French  Phrase  Book  by  Bossut — and  is 
a  complete  Key  to  the  conversational  idioms  of  the  Italian  language;  and  when 
these  idioms  are  once  mastered,  the  whole  language  is  easily  attainable.  It  cannot 
fail  to  be  eminently  useful  to  beginners. 

•  COLLECTANEA  GR^CA  MINORA  ;  with  Explanatory  Notes, 
collected  or  written  by  AxuREW  Dalzel,  A.  M.  F.  R.  S.  E.  Professor 
of  Greek  in  the  University  of  Edinburgh.  Sixth  Cambridge  edition  ;  in 
which  the  Notes  and  Lexicon  are  translated  from  the  Latin  into  English. 
1  vol.  8\  o.     Price  ^2,25. 

Preface  to  the  Sixth  Cambridge  Edition. 
It  has  long  been  a  complaint,  that  the  notes  of  Collectanea  Grajca  Minora,  being 
written  in  Latin,  were  not  so  useful  as  they  might  be  to  beginners,  for  whose  use 
they  were  prepared.  In  this  edition,  therefore,  the  notes  and  lexicon  have  lx;en 
translated  into  English;  so  that  the  work  may  be  used  without  any  previous 
knowledge  of  the  Latin  language.  So  numerous  are  the  words  and  idioms  in 
Latin  authors,  which  may  be  illustrated  by  a  knowledge  of  the  Greek  language, 
from  which  they  were  borrowed,  that  no  reasonable  man  can  doubt  that  the  Greek 
should  be  studied  first. 

In  tliis  edition  a  few  notes  have  been  added,  particularly  upon  the  most  difficult 
part — the  extracts  from  Tyrt.eus.  The  text  also  has  been  diligently  compared 
with  the  latest  and  best  editions  of  the  works,  from  which  the  extracts  were  made, 
belonging  to  the  library  of  Harvard  University  ;  and  a  few  new  readings  havo 
been  introduced,  which  throw  light  on  obscure  passages.  It  is  hoped,  therefore, 
that  those  who  have  heretofore  used  and  approved  the  work,  will  be  still  better 
satisfied  with  it,  now  that  it  is  more  free  from  errors,  and  more  easy  and  instruc- 
tive to  young  students. 

COLLECTANEA  GR^CA  MAJORA.  Ad  usum  Academicae 
Juventutis  accommodata ;  cum  Notis  philologicis,  quas  partim  collegit 
parlim  scripsit  Andreas  Dalzel,  A.  M.  &c.  Editio  quarta  Americana, 
e.^  Aucloribus  correcta,  prioribus  emendatior,  cum  Notis  aliquot  interjectis. 
Cantabrigioe,  31ass.  E  prelo  Universitatis.  Sumptibus  Hilliard,  Gray 
et  Soc.  Bibliopolarum,  Bostoniae.  2  vols.  8vo.  Price  ,^7,00. 
,  Extracts  from  a  Review  of  this  Edition. 

The  best  criterion  by  which  to  estimate  the  value  of  works  designed  to  facili- 
tate the  purposes  of  ediication,  is  actual  experiment.  The  present  selections  from 
Greek  literature  have  been  many  years  before  the  public,  and  have  constantly  been 
coming  more  widely  into  use.  Of  the  first  volume  there  have  appeared  in  England 
and  Scotland  at  least  eight,  we  believe  nine,  several  editions,  and  five  or  six  of  the 
second  ;  and  in  the  United  States,  we  have  now  the  fourth  edition  of  the  whole 
work  from  the  press  of  the  University  at  Cambridge.  A  book,  to  meet  with  such 
success,  must  be  well  adapted  to  its  end. 

Of  all  the  editions  which  have  thus  far  appeared  in  Great  Britain  or  America,  we 
do  not  hesitate  to  pronounce  this  to  be  the  most  correct.  It  exhibits  the  clearest 
marks  of  indefatigable  diligence  and  conscientious  accuracy  on  the  part  of  its  learn- 
ed and  unassuming  editor.  Instead  of  vague  and  indiscriminating  praise,  we  will 
endeavor  to  explain  its  peculiar  advantages.  Our  account  will  be  a  short  one, 
though  the  labors  which  we  commemorate  extended  through  years. 

The  chief  object  of  the  American  editor.  Professor  John  S.  Popkin  of  Cam- 
bridge, was  to  make  the  book  a  correct  one.    It  had  gone  through  so  many  editions, 


Published  hy  Hilliard,  Gray,  ^'-  Co.  17 

and  each  new  one  had  repeated  so  many  of  the  errors  of  the  last,  and  made  so 
many  of  its  own,  that  both  the  text  and  the  notes  had  become  very  much  disfigured. 
Not  only  accents  and  letters  were  often  wanting,  but  words,  and  sometimes  whole 
lines  were  omitted  ;  especially  in  the  notes.  In  the  third  American  edition,  these 
were  in  a  good  degree  amended  ;  in  the  fourth  tlie  same  purpose  has  been  most 
assiduously  pursued.  To  do  this  the  original  sources  of  the  notes  and  text  were 
consulted,  and  these,  together  with  other  good  editions  of  the  several  writers,  were 
diligently  compared.  Not  a  few  fractures  and  dislocations  were  repaired  by 
means  of  an  early  edition  of  the  Collectanea.  When  the  sense  was  fouud  broken 
and  obscure,  it  appeared  on  examination  that  words,  lines,  and  sometimes  several 
lines  had  been  omitted;  particularly  where  a  word  was  repeated  at  no  great  dis- 
tance, the  intervening  words  were  sometimes  passed  over  in  printing. 

We  hope  we  have  said  enough  to  justify  our  preference  of  Professor  Popkin's 
edition  of  the  Grmca  Majora  over  any  other.  To  give  a  more  distinct  idea  of  what 
he  has  accomplished,  we  venture  to  affirm,  after  a  close  computation  which  may 
be  relied  upon,  that  of  errata  in  the  copy  greater  and  less,  he  has  corrected  as  many 
as  ten  thousand.  If  after  all  his  care  and  pains,  he  has  made  any  or  left  any,  they 
can  be  easily  marked  and  corrected,  as  the  present  edition  has  been  made  on 
stereotyped  j)lates.  It  was  an  undertaking  of  long  and  toilsome  diligence  to  cor- 
rect the  press  and  the  copy  of  a  work  of  this  kind,  collected  from  so  many  sources, 
and  referring  to  so  many  authorities. 

Not  less  than  five  hundred  volumes  were  of  necessity  consulted. 

An  EPITOME  of  GRECIAN  ANTIQUITIES.    For  the  use  of 
Schools.    By  Charles  D.  Cleaveland.    Price  ,g^l,00. 
To  the  Publishers. 

I  received  a  few  days  since  your  letter  of  inquiry  concerning  the  "Epitome  of 
Grecian  Antiquities,"  and  am  happy  in  the  opportunity  of  expressing  an  opinion 
of  that  little  work. — While  it  was  in  progress  the  plan  received  my  full  approba- 
tion ;  and  the  diligence  of  the  compiler  in  procuring  and  consulting  all  the  proper 
authorities  and  the  unusual  care  bestowed  in  superintending  the  publication  led 
me  to  expect  a  well  executed  work.  In  this  I  have  not  been  disappointed.  Pot- 
ter's Archajlogia  Grieca  is  voluminous  and  expensive,  and  the  works  of  Robinson 
and  Bos  have  not  been  re-published  in  this  country.  Some  work  of  the  kind  is  ab- 
solutely necessary  for  the  classical  student  in  every  stage  of  his  progress.  In  thig 
state  of  things  Mr.  Cleaveland's  well  digested  manual  supplies  a  deficiency  and 
obviates  an  objection,  which  has  heretofore  existed,  to  making  Grecian  Antiquities 
a  separate  and  particular  study  in  our  Academies  and  Classical  Schools. 
WILLIAM  CHAMBERLAIN, 

Professor  at  Dartmouth  College. 

In  Press.  GROVES'S  GREEK  LEXICON.  A  Greek  andEng- 
lish  Dictionary,  iiy  the  Rev.  John  Groves.  With  addiiious,  by  the 
American  editor. 

The  object  of  the  compiler  of  this  work  (as  stated  in  his  Preface)  was,  to  offer 
to  the  public  a  Dictionary,  which  young  Greek  scholars  could  use  with  ease  and 
advantage  to  themselves ;  but  sufficiently  full  to  be  equally  serviceable  as  they 
advanced  ;  a  book,  that  would  answer  for  School,  for  College,  and  more  particularly 
for  reading  the  New  Testament  and  the  Septuagint. 

In  the  arrangement  of  the  words,  the  alphabetical  method  has  been  adopted,  as 
best  suited  to  the  capacity  and  diligence  of  the  young  learner.  Immediately  after 
each  word  is  placed  its  form  of  declension  or  conjugation,  together  with  any  pe- 
culiarity attending  it,  such  as  the  attic  genitive  of  contracted  nouns,  the  future  or 
perfect  of  any  dialect  peculiar  to  certain  verbs,  &c.  Next  is  placed  the  derivation 
or  composition  of  the  word.  The  English  significations  of  the  Greek  word  follow 
next.  In  this  part  two  or  three  synonyms  have  been  given  for  each  signification. 
After  the  significations  are  subjoined  any  irregularities  or  varieties  arising  from 
dialect,  &c.  and  some  of  the  more  difficult  inflexions  of  each  word  are  added.  A 
considerable  number  of  new  words  have  been  introduced.  These  consist  of  words 
occurring  in  the  authors  usually  read,  and  in  the  Septuagint,  which  are  not  to  bo 
found  in  Schrevelius.  They  are  also  taken  from  the  Greek  tragedies  now  generally 
read  at  schools,  and  from  elementary  books  latterly  introduced.  All  the  inflected 
parts  of  words  which  are  in  Schrevelius  are  to  be  found  in  this  Dictionary,  with 
many  others.  These  consist  of  oblique  cases  of  nouns,  pronouns,  and  participles  ; 
of  persons,  tenses,  moods,  &c.  of  verbs.  There  is  no  English  attached  to  these 
parts  and  inflexions,  but  a  reference  is  given  to  the  theme,  where  all  the  signified- 
tions  will  be  found.    This  part  of  the  work  has  been  particularly  attended  to 

2* 


18  School  and  Classical  Books 


where  it  respects  the  Nev.  Testament ;  and  thus  the  work  will  be  useful  both  to 
beginners  and  to  those  persons  who  may  wish  to  revive  their  knowledge  of  Greek, 
especially  of  the  New  Testament ;  they  will  also  find  in  this  Dictionary  all  the 
words  occurring  in  the  Septuagint.  Every  thing  has  been  retrenched  tliat  did  not 
coincide  with  the  young  scholar's  capacity;  and  he  has  here  given  to  him  what  ho 
will  notice  at  present,  instead  of  what  he  may  look  for  at  a  more  advanced  period 
of  his  studies ;  he  has  here  laid  before  him  what  will  be  immediately  useful,  for 
what  might  be  serviceable  hereafter. 

This  American  edition,  in  conformity  with  the  plan  of  the  work,  will  be  improved 
by  the  addition  of  considerable  supplementary  matter  particularly  adapted  to  the 
wants  of  younger  students,  for  whose  use  the  work  is  principally  designed. 

Will  speedily  be  Published.  HOMER'S  ILIAD,  with  English 
Notes.  In  2  vols,  on  the  plan  of  Gould's  edition  of  Virgil,  Ovid,  Hor- 
ace, &c. 

ELEMENTS  of  LOGIC,  or  a  Summary  of  the  General  Principles 
and  Different  Modes  of  Reasoning.  By  Levi  Hedge,  LL.  D.  Professor 
of  Natural  religion,  Moral  Philosophy,  and  Civil  Polity,  in  Harvard  Uni- 
versity.    Stereotype  edition.     Price  87^  cents. 

Professor  Hedge  made  his  Logic  after  twenty  years  experience  in  teaching  the 
science.  His  object  was  to  form  a  system  adapted  to  the  present  improved  state 
of  intellectual  piiilosophy.  The  Logics  before  in  use  were  deficient  in  parts  of  pri- 
mary importance.  The  instruction  they  furnish  on  the  article  of  reasoning  is 
almost  exclusively  confined  to  the  principles  of  sylogism.  They  contain  very  little 
relating  to  moral  evidence  and  those  modes  of  reasoning  by  which  the  practical 
business  of  life  is  carried  on.  The  success  which  has  attended  the  sale  of  Hedge's 
Logic  is  ample  proof  that  it  is  suited  to  the  wants  of  the  community.  It  has  su- 
perseded those  before  used  in  most,  if  not  all,  the  Colleges  in  New  England  and  in 
■everal  of  those  in  the  middle,  southern,  and  western  states.  It  is  also  extensively 
used  in  Academies  and  Schools  of  the  higher  order,  in  various  parts  of  the  United 
States.  In  the  different  editions  this  treatise  has  been  carefully  revised  by  the 
author,  and  in  the  fourth  edition  two  chapters  were  added,  containing  the  princi- 
ples of  controversy — and  a  body  of  rules  for  the  interpretation  of  written  docu- 
ments. 

JOHNSON'S  DICTIONARY  of  the  English  Language,  as  im- 
proved by  Todd,  and  abridged  by  Chalmers,  with  Walker/s  Pronoun- 
cing Dictionary  combined ; — to  which  is  added,  Walker's  Key  to  the 
Classical  Pronunciation  of  Greek,  Latin,  and  Scripture  Proper  Names. 
Edited  by  Joseph  E.  Worcester,  A.  M.,  A.  A.  S.,  <fcc.  1  vol.  8vo. 
Price  go, 25. 

This  Dictionary  comprises  a  complete  reprint  of  Mr.  Chalmers's  Abridgment; 
Mr.  Walker's  Principles  of  English  Pronunciation,  his  Pronunciation  of  all  the 
words  found  in  his  Dictionary,  together  with  his  Critical  Remarks  on  the  pronun- 
ciation of  particular  words  ;  and  also  Walker's  Key  entire. 

It  possesses  the  following  advantages,  not  found  in  the  three  works  above 
mentioned,  of  which  it  is  chiefly  composed. 

1.  The  words  added  by  Mr.  Todd,  exceeding  fourteen  thousand  in  number,  are 
discriminated  from  the  rest. 

2.  Words  pronounced  obsolete  by  Dr.  Johnson  or  Mr.  Todd,  are  so  marked. 

3.  Words  designated  by  Dr.  Johnson  or  Mr.  Todd  as  primitive  words,  are 
distinguished  from  such  as  are  derivative. 

4.  Additional  matter  or  remarks,  etymological,  critical,  and  explanatory,  from 
Dr.  Johnson  and  Mr.  Todd,  are  occasionally  inserted. 

.5.  To  the  many  thousand  words  not  found  in  Mr.  Walker's  Dictionary,  the 
pronunciation  has  been  given  according  to  his  Principles. 

6.  With  regard  to  the  Pronunciation  of  many  words,  respecting  which  ofher 
orthoepists  differ  from  Walker,  and  he  has  neglected  to  exhibit  this  difference, 
the  mode  adopted  by  others  is  here  given. 

7.  An  Appendix,  containing  besides  other  matter,  all  the  further  additional 
words,  (about  one  thousand,)  inserted  by  Mr.  Todd  in  his  second  edition,  published 
in  London  in  1827. 

8.  Dr.  Johnson's  Preface  to  his  folio  edition,  and  Mr.  Todd's  Introdrction. 

9.  An  alphabetical  list  of  the  Authors  referred  to  as  authorities  for  the  use  of 
words,  with  the  time  specified  when  they  flourished. 


Published  by  HilUard,  Gray,  fy  Co,  19 

ILLUSTRATIONS    of  PALEY'S    NATURAL    THEOLOGY, 

with  Descriptive  Letter  Press.  By  James  Paxton,  Member  of  the 
Royal  College  of  Surgeons,  London.     1  vol.  8vo.     Price  ^^2,75. 

"  Of  muscular  actions,  even  of  those  well  understood,  some  of  the  most  curious 
are  incapable  of  popular  explanation,  without  the  aid  of  Flatea  and  Figures."— 
Paley^s  Theology^  Chap,  ix. 

Palky's  Natural  Theology  has  long  been  held  in  high  estimation  as  a  work 
eminently  useful  to  young  persons  both  for  the  quantity  and  clearness  of  the 
information  it  imparts,  and  the  valuable  deductions  and  conclusions  which  the 
author  establishes  in  the  progress  of  his  work.  But  every  person  not  previously 
conversant  with  the  subject  must  have  felt  the  want  of  some  figures,  some 
delineations  for  the  eye,  in  order  to  comprehend  fully  the  subjects  treated  of. 
These  illustrations  are  beautifully  executed  in  thirty  six  lithographic  plates, 
large  octavo  size,  with  descriptive  letter  press  ;  and  render  very  clear  the  different 
mechanical  functions  of  the  bones,  muscles,  arteries,  veins,  viscera,  &c.  of  animals, 
and  many  similar  and  curious  operations  in  the  vegetable  kingdom.  It  is  an 
indispensable  accompaniment  to  one  of  the  best  books  in  the  English  language. 

In  Press.  A  GRAMMAR  of  the  ITALIAN  LANGUAGE,  with 
Exercises.     By  Pietro  Bachi.     Instructer  at  Harvard  University.  12mo. 

This  book  has  been  compiled  from  the  best  Grammars  of  the  Italian  tongue, 
extant  in  Italian,  English,  and  French,  special  use  having  been  made  of  Bar- 
beri's  celebrated  "Grammaire  des  Grammaires  Italiennes."  It  is  divided  into  four 
parts.  Pronunciation,  Orthography,  Analogy,  and  Syntax.  The  pronunciation  is 
more  fully  treated  than  in  any  other  Grammar,  and  illustrated  by  English 
combinations  of  letters  representing  the  Italian  sounds.  Every  Italian  word  is 
ac'jented  throughout  the  book,  so  that  the  pupil  grows  familiar  with  the  genius  of 
the  language  in  this  respect,  while  he  is  acquiring  a  knowledge  of  its  grammatical 
structure.  The  verbs  are  given  with  unusual  fulness,  and  the  irregular  verbs  are 
arranged  and  exhibited  after  a  new  method  very  convenient  for  reference. — 
The  rules  of  the  Syntax  are  supported  by  examples  carefully  cited  from  the  best 
writers,  and  followed  by  appropriate  exercises.  A  copious  Alphabetical  Index 
closes  the  volume. 

In  press,  and  will  soon  he  published.  JUVENAL'S  SATIRES, 
with  English  Notes.  An  expurgated  edition  of  the  Satires  of  Juvenal,  with 
copious  English  Notes,  after  the  plan  of  Gould's  edition  of  Virgil.  By  the 
editor  of  Greek  Delectus,  Phsedrus,  &c. 

IRVING'S  ELEMENTS  of  ENGLISH  COMPOSITION ;  serv- 
ing as  a  sequel  to  the  study  of  Grammar.  By  David  Irving,  LL.  D. 
Author  of  the  Lives  of  the  Scottish  Poets.  Second  American  from  the  sixth 
London  edition.     Price  ^1,25. 

Extracts  from  the  Preface. 

Though  it  was  my  principal  object  to  treat  of  prose  composition,  yet  a  few 
observations  on  poetry  incidentally  occur.  The  remarks  which  have  been  suggested 
with  regard  to  the  nature  of  figurative  language,  apply  equally  to  prose  and  to 
poetry ;  but  the  poets  have  furnished  me  with  the  most  copious  and  beautiful 
illustrations. 

The  rules  of  criticism  are  more  successfully  inculcated  by  particular  examples 
than  by  general  precepts.  I  have  therefore  endeavored  to  collect  abundance  of 
apposite  quotations,  in  order  to  illustrate  every  branch  of  the  subject. 

An  INTRODUCTION  to  LINEAR  DRAWING  ;  translated  from 
liie  French  of  M.  Franc(EUR  ;  with  alterations  and  additions  to  adapt  it  to 
tlie  use  of  Schools  in  the  United  States.  To  which  is  added,  the  Elements 
of  Linear  Perspective  ;  and  Questions  on  the  whole.  By  William  B. 
FowLE,  Instructer  of  the  Monitorial  School,  Boston.  Price  73  cents. 
From  the  Translator's  Preface. 

An  elementary  treatise  on  Drawing,  adapted  to  the  use  of  common  scbools, 
cannot  but  be  well  received.  Besides  the  professions  which  make  the  art  of 
drawing  their  particular  study,  anatomists,  naturalists,  mechanics,  travellers,  and 
indeed  all  persons  of  taste  and  genius,  have  need  of  it,  to  enable  them  to  express 
tiieir  ideas  with  precision,  and  make  them  intelligible  to  others. 

Notwithstanding  the  great  utility  of  this  branch  of  education,  it  is  a  lamentable 


20  School  and  Classical  Books 


fact,  that  it  is  seldom  or  never  taught  in  the  public  schools,  although  a  very  large 
proportion  of  our  children  have  uo  other  education  than  these  schools  aflbrll. 
Even  in  the  private  schools  where  drawing  is  taught,  it  is  too  generally  the  cise 
tnat  no  regard  is  paid  to  the  geometrical  principles  on  which  the  art  depends. 
The  translator  appeals  to  experience  when  he  asserts,  that  not  one  in  fifty  of  tho:se 
who  have  gone  through  a  course  of  instruction  in  drawing,  can  do  more  than  copy 
-«uch  drawings  as  are  placed  before  them.  Being  ignorant  of  the  certain  rules  of 
the  art,  (and  they  are  the  most  certain  because  inalhematical.)  they  are  always  in 
leading  strings,  and  unless  endowed  with  uncommon  genius,  never  originate  anv 
design,  and  rarely  attempt  to  draw  from  nature.  It  is  to  remedy  this  defective 
mode  of  teaching,  that  the  translator  has  been  induced  to  present  this  little  work, 
OQ  the  elements  of  drawing,  to  the  American  public. 

Preface  to  the  Second  Edition. 

The  favorable  reception  of  the  first  edition  of  this  Treatise,  has  induced  the 
Translator  to  revise  it  carefully,  and  to  add  to  it  a  Second  Part,  containing  the 
elements  of  Perspective  Draining,  to  which  the  First  Part  is  a  good  introduction. 

Q,uestions,  also,  upon  the  more  important  parts  of  the  book  are  added  ;  and  the 
Translator  hopes  that  this  more  correct  and  enlarged  edition  will  meet  with  the 
same  favor  that  a  liberal  public  has  bestowed  upon  its  predecessor. 

The  LATIN  READER.  Part  First.  From  the  fifth  German 
edition,  by  Frkderic  Jacobs,  Editor  of  the  Greek  Anthology,  the  Greek 
Reader,  &c.  »fcc.  Edited  by  George  Bancroft.  Stereotype  edition. 
Price  87^  cents. 

The  Latin  Reader,  which  is  here  published,  was  compiled  by  Professor  Frederic 
Jacobs,  of  Gotha,  who  having  long  been  engaged  in  the  cares  of  instruction  and 
the  pursuits  of  a  scholar,  is  in  every  respect  qualified  to  make  judicious  selections 
for  the  purposes  of  teaching. 

The  editor,  in  publishing  this  work  in  America,  has  been  influenced  by  a  sincere 
belief,  that  it  forms  an  easy  introduction  to  the  language  and  character  of  the 
Roman  world.  His  duties  as  a  teacher  led  him  to  the  comparison  of  many  similar 
works  now  used  in  England  and  on  the  continent.  This  seemed  to  him  the  best ; 
and  having  already  used  it  in  the  school  with  which  he  is  connected,  he  has  found 
his  opinion  confirmed  by  his  experience. 

This  work  is  very  fast  taking  the  place  of  Liber  Primus,  Historiee  Sacrse,  Viri 
Roma-,  &c. 

Tlie  advantages  of  this  work  are,  that  it  proceeds  by  gradual  and  easy  steps,  from 
the  examples  of  the  first  principles  of  Grammar,  usual  in  Primary  books,  to  the 
more  difficult  Latin  of  the  authors  to  be  studied  next  in  course — thus  including  in 
one  volume  what  commonly  occupies  two  or  more.  The  necessity  of  adapting  the 
matter  to  the  gradual  progress  of  the  pupil  has  secured  a  variety  of  selection, 
sufficient  to  keep  the  attention  excited  ;  and  thus  to  obviate  the  motive  for  a  frequent 
change  of  works:  while  the  amount  of  useful  knowledge  bound  up  in  these  pages 
exceeds  that  to  be  found  in  most  other  books  of  the  same  description. 

In  the  stereotype  edition,  the  Dictionary  has  been  new  modelled  entire.  It  is  of 
a  size  commensurate  with  the  text,  for  which  it  is  designed  ;  and  may.  for  some 
time,  at  least,  stand  the  pupil  instead  of  the  more  cumbrous  and  ex|)en'sive  works 
of  Entick  and  Ainsworth — with  the  additional  advantage  of  being  based  upon 
Adam's  Latin  Grammar  ;  and  having  the  minute  irregularities  of  Declension, 
Gender,  and  Tense,  and  also  the  component  parts  of  compound  words,  noted  in  full, 
by  a  gentleman  of  well  known  accuracy  and  judgment. 

The  LATIN  READER.  Part  Second.  Chiefly  from  the  fourth 
German  edition  of  F.  Jacobs,  and  F.  W.  Doring,  Edited  by  George 
Bancroft.     Stereol^'pe  edition.     Price  75  cents. 

The  present  continuation  of  the  Latin  Reader  has  for  its  object,  to  provide  a 
work  suited  to  the  purposes  of  instruction  in  the  Latin  language,  of  a  classical 
character,  interesting  to  the  young  mind,  and  conveying  useful  information.  The 
first  part  of  this  little  volume  contains  select  fables  from  Ph-.pdrus;  these  are 
followed  by  extracts  taken  almost  entirely  from  Cicero  and  Livy  ;  the  volume 
closes  with  an  abridgment  of  Justin,  for  the  excellence  of  which  the  name  of 
Jacobs  is  alone  a  sufficient  recommendation.  Most  of  the  "  Short  Narrations" 
were  selected  by  Doring,  who  acted  in  concert  with  Jacobs.  A  few  more  have 
been  added  from  the  twelfth  German  edition  of  an  elementary  work,  compiled  by 
Broder.  In  presenting  to  the  public  this  edition,  it  is  only  necessary  to  say, 
that  the  text  has  undergone  a  thorough  revision  ;  that  uniformity  has  been  in- 
troduced in  the  orthography,  which  is  now  made  to  conform  to  that  of  the  Latin 


Published  by  miliar d,  Gray,  ^  Co.  21 

Dictionaries  in  common  use  ;  and  that  equivocal  words  have  been  marked  with 
accents  in  the  usual  way,  and  speeches  distinguished  from  the  narrative  by 
inverted  commas. 

The  LATIN  TUTOR,  or  an  Introduction  to  the  making  of  Latin, 
containing  a  copious  exemplification  of  the  rules  of  the  Latin  Syntax  from 
the  best  Authorities.  Also  rules  for  adapting  the  English  to  the  Latin  idiom. 
The  use  of  the  particles  exemplified  in  English  sentences  designed  to  be 
translated  into  Latin.  With  rules  for  the  position  of  words  in  Latin  com- 
position.    Price  87^  cents. 

The  object  of  this  work  is  to  furnish  the  Latin  student  with  a  series  of  exercises 
adapted  to  familiarize  to  his  mind  the  inflexions  of  words,  and  the  application 
of  the  rules  to  syntax,  and  to  lead  him  to  such  a  knowledge  of  the  structure  of 
the  language  as  may  enable  him  to  read  and  write  it  with  ease  and  propriety. 

TJie materials  of  which  it  is  composed  have  been  drawn  from  the  purest  sources, 
and  will  be  found  to  possess  intrinsic  merit  in  sentiment,  clothed  in  a  rich  variety 
of  elegant  and  classical  expression,  the  order  and  arrangement,  it  is  hoped,  will  be 
found  correct  and  perspicuous. 

But  the  principle  point  on  which  the  claims  of  this  work  are  rested,  is,  that  it 
endeavors  to  present,  in  every  part,  a  genuine  Latin  style,  in  place  of  that  nonde- 
script style,  produced  by  conforming  the  Latin  words  to  the  English  collocation, 
which  occupies  a  considerable  proportion  of  every  work  on  this  subject  which  has 
ftllon  within  our  knowledge. 

This  work  is  now  used  in  the  Boston  Latin  School. 

LETTERS  on  the  GOSPELS.  By  Miss  Hannah  Adams. 
Second  edition.     Price  75  cents. 

Extract  from  the  Christian  Examiner  and  Theological  Review. 

We  have  been  very  highly  gratified  by  the  perusal  of  this  little  book,  which, 
coming  out  with  all  the  modesty,  simplicity,  and  real  learning,  which  distinguish 
its  author,  is  calculated  we  think,  to  be  of  very  important  service  in  the  cause  of 
true  religion. 

We  have  rarely  seen  so  much  valuable  knowledge  brought  in  so  small  a  compass, 
or  in  so  attractive  a  manner,  to  the  level  of  youthful  minds. 

An  ABRIDGMENT   of  MURRAY'S   ENGLISH  GRAMMAR. 

Containing  also  Punctuation,  the  Notes  under  rules  in  Syntax,  and  Lessons 
in  Parsing.  To  the  latter  of  which  are  prefixed,  Specimens  illustrative  of 
that  Exercise,  and  false  Syntax  to  be  corrected.  All  appropriately  arranged. 
To  all  which  is  adapted,  a  New  System  of  Questions.  From  the  second 
Portsmouth  edition,  enlarged  and  improved.  By  Samuel  Putnam.  Ste- 
reotype edition.    Price  19  cents. 

The  sale  of  the  former  editions  of  this  work  has  encouraged  the  editor  to  offer 
the  public  another,  containing,  as  he  would  hope,  some  valuable  improvements. 

The  object  of  the  questions  interspersed  through  this  Grammar,  is  to  lead  tho 
learner,  while  committing  his  lesson,  to  discover  its  meaning  and  application. 

As  many  scholars  never  use  any  other  than  the  cheap  editions  of  the  Grammar, 
it  is  certainly  important  that  such  an  abridgment  should  contain,  if  possible,  all 
the  necessary  rudiments. 

There  is,  among  some,  a  disposition  to  abandon  Murray  entirely,  and  adopt 
divisions  and  arrangements  altogether  new.  Every  new  system  will,  without 
doubt,  present  some  new  and  valuable  views.  But  whether,  upon  the  whole,  any 
single  system  can  at  present  be  found,  more  scientific,  or  affording  greater  facilities 
in  learning  to  speak  and  write  our  language  correctly,  is  greatly  to  be  doubted. 
To  the  Editor. 

Sir, — I  have  examined,  with  some  attention,  the  third  edition  of  an  Abridgment 
of  Murray's  English  Grammar,  published  by  Hilliard,  Grat,  &  Co.  Having,  for 
a  considerable  time,  used  the  former  editions  of  the  same  work,  I  was,  in  some 
measure,  prepared  to  appreciate  this.  The  lessons  in  parsing  are  well  chosen  and 
the  arrangement  of  them  a  valuable  improvement.  The  New  System  of  (Ques- 
tions has  long  been  a  desideratum  in  an  introduction  to  the  English  Grammar, 
and  seems  perfectly  to  answer  the  end  designed.  In  short,  I  regard  this  little  book 
as  a  highly  valuable  acquisition  to  our  schools  ;  far  preferable  to  any  work  of  the 
kind  that  has  come  under  my  observation,  and  am  persuaded  that  your  labor  ia 
this  department  of  early  science  will  meet  all  the  encouragement  you  can  desire. 
I  am.  Sir,  &c.  ORANGE  CLARK,  Principal 

Portsmouth,  June  13th,  1827.  of  the  Portsmouth  Lyceum. 


22  School  and  Classical  Books 


MURRAY'S  INTRODUCTION  to  the  EngUsh  Reader,  or  a 
Selection  of  Pieces  in  Prose  and  Poetry,  calculated  to  improve  llie  Ycuno:er 
Classes  in  Reading,  and  to  imbue  their  minds  with  the  love  of  virtue.  To 
which  is  added,  Rules  and  Observations  for  assisting  children  to  read  with 
Propriety.  Improved  b}'  the  addition  of  a  S ynon3'mising  Vocabulary.,  of  the 
most  important  Words,,  placed  over  the  sections,  from  which  they  are  selected, 
and  divided,  defined,  and  pronounced  according  to  the  principles  of  John 
Walker.  Walker's  Pronouncing  Key,  which  governs  the  Vocabulary, 
is  prefixed  to  the  work.     Price  37^  cents. 

"This  Introduction  is  full  of  simple,  natural,  and  interesting  pieces.  It  is  we 
think  the  best  juvenile  selection  in  the  English  language.  It  produces  moreover  a 
fine  animation  and  an  intelligent  style  of  reading,  which  are  great  aids  to  general 
improvement.  The  present  edition  of  this  useful  work,  has  an  important  addition 
to  recommend  it,  as  mentioned  in  the  title  given  above." — Journal  of  Education, 
Vol.  2,  jV'tf.  9. 

The  Introduction  to  the  English  Reader  is  considered  the  best  of  Mr.  Murray's 
reading  books  ;  and  this  is  no  small  praise,  when  the  popularity  and  excellence  of 
them  all  is  considered. 

The  Introduction  now  offered  to  the  public  is  improved  by  the  addition  of  a 
vocabulary  of  the  most  important  and  difficult  words  prefixed  to  each  section, 
showing  their  pronunciation  and  definition.  This  mode  is  far  preferable  to  having 
a  general  vocabulary  appended  to  the  work,  which  is  troublesome  to  the  scholar 
and  therefore  apt  to  be  neglected,  or,  if  much  recurred  to,  causes  the  book  to  be 
sooner  defaced  and  destroyed: — and  much  better  than  having  the  pronunciation 
given  in  the  body  of  the  work,  which  blurs  and  disfigures  the  page  and  renders  the 
book,  to-the  young,  almost  illegible. 

NEUMAN  and  BARRETTI'S  DICTIONARY  of  the  Spanish  and 
English  Languages  ;  wherein  the  words  are  correctly  explained,  agreeably 
to  their  different  meanings,  and  a  great  variety  of  terms,  relating  to  the  Arts, 
Sciences,  Manufactures,  Merchandise,  Navigation,  and  Trade,  elucidated. 
Stereotype  edition,  carefully  revised,  and  enlarged  by  the  addition  of  many 
thousand  words  extracted  from  the  writings  of  the  most  Classical  Spanish 
and  English  Authors,  man\'  of  which  are  not  to  be  found  in  any  other  Dic- 
tionary' of  those  Languages  ;  and  also  great  additions  from  the  Dictionaries 
of  Connelly  and  Higgens,  the  Spanish  Academy,  &.c.  To  which  are 
added  Directions  for  finding  the  difference  between  the  Ancient  and  Modem 
Orthograph}'.  by  F.  Sales,  Inslrucler  of  French  and  Spanish  at  Harvard 
University,  Cambridge.     2  vols.  8vo. 

An  INTRODUCTION  to  SYSTEMATIC  and  PHYSIOLO- 
GICAL BOTANY.  By  Thomas  Nuttall,  A.  M.,  F.  L.  S.,  .fee, 
Lecturer  on  Botany  and  Zoology,  and  Curator  of  the  Botanic  Garden 
connected  with  Harvard  University,  Cambridge.     1  vol.     Price  ^2,00. 

The  present  work  forms  a  happy  exception  to  those  Introductory  Treatises 
upon  different  subjects,  which  are  the  offspring  of  avarice,  or  of  the  pride  of 
authorship. 

The  work  is  accompanied  by  twelve  very  beautiful  lithographic  engravings;  and 
its  entire  execution  is  characterized  by  neatness  and  precision. 

In  conclusion,  we  would  only  remark,  that  it  has  fully  answered  the  expectations 
we  had  formed  of  it,  from  a  knowledge  of  the  high  attainments  of  its  author,  and 
that,  in  our  opinion,  it  constitutes  by  far  the  most  valuable  treatise  that  can  be 
put  into  the  hands  of  a  person  just  "commencing  this  delightful  study.  To  those 
who  are  acquainted  with  Mr.  Nuttall's  former  productions,  it  need  not  be 
mentioned,  that  his  style  is  simple,  condensed,  and  highly  perspicuous;  precisely 
what  a  style  ought  to  be  in  all  works  of  a  similar  nature. — American  Journal  of 
Science  and  Arts. 

The  NATIONAL  READER ;  a  SelecUon  of  Exercises  in  Read- 
ing and  Speaking,  designed  to  fill  the  same  place  in  the  Schools  of  the 
United  Stales,  that  is  held  in  those  of  Great  Britain  by  the  compilations 
of  Murray,  Scott,  Enfield,  31ylius,  Thompson,  Erving,  aud  others.    By 


Published  by  HiUiard,  Gray,  Sf  Co.       .23 

John  Pierpont,  Compiler  of  the  American  First  Class  l?ook.    1  vol. 
Price  75  cents. 

"  Induced  by  esteem  for  the  compiler,  as  well  as  by  a  deep  interest  for  whatever 
concerns  the  subject  of  education,  we  have  examined  the  National  Reader  with 
care,  and  with  satisfaction." 

"  Finding  the  work  thus  deserving  of  favor,  we  earnestly  recommend  it  to  the 
adoption  of  all  teachers  of  youth  who  desire  to  instil  into  their  pupils  a  taste  for 
moral  and  literary  beauty,  and  a  love  of  country." — JVational  Intelligencer^ 
Oct.  11, 1827. 

"  The  National  Reader  is  designed  for  the  common  schools  of  the  United  States, 
but  it  will  be  found  a  valuable  introduction  to  the  First  Class  Book  in  those  higher 
institutions  in  which  that  work  is  used.  After  carefully  and  thoroughly  examining 
this  compilation,  we  confidently  and  with  pleasure  recommend  it  to  the  notice  of 
teachers,  school  committees,  and  all  others  interested  in  the  education  of  the 
young.  The  selection  of  lessons  is  peculiary  rich,  and  sufficiently  diversified." — 
"  We  could  not  easily  name  a  book  of  equal  size  which  contains  so  great  a  variety 
of  classically  chaste  and  interesting  matter  ;  and  we  think  it  well  worthy  of  a  place 
in  every  parlor  as  a  volume  of  elegant  extracts." — American  Journal  of  Edu- 
cation, Oct.  1827. 

"  This  is  one  more  added  to  the  many  fine  selections  for  schools  which  have  been 
published  within  a  few  years." — "  The  National  Reader  contains  a  suitable  pro- 
portion of  extracts  from  our  own  writers,  both  in  poetry  and  prose,  and  is  manly 
enough  not  to  think  it  anti-national  to  borrow  from  the  stores  of  England.  We 
do  not  know  that  a  better  book  of  the  kind  could  be  made." — Christian  Examiner, 
Sept.  and  Oct.  1827. 

"  We  are  anxious  to  add  our  feeble  testimony  to  the  excellence  of  this  compilation. 
It  is  a  volume  calculated  to  fill  a  high  and  an  important  place  in  our  schools. 
The  selections  are.  made  chiefly  from  American  writers  of  high  standing,  and 
they  are  happily  adapted  to  convey  useful  information,  to  improve  the  taste,  to 
interest  the  feelings,  and  to  leave  the  best  moral  and  religious  impressions.  We 
were  exceedingly  pleased  to  observe  its  serious  character  ;  and  we  should  think 
that  no  one  could  attentively  peruse  it,  without  being  the  wiser  and  better ;  without 
being  more  sensible  of  his  obligations  to  be  virtuous  and  devout ;  without  a  deeper 
conviction  that  he  is  immortal  and  responsible.  We  are  fully  persuaded  that, 
where  it  is  used  in  schools,  it  cannot  fail  to  produce  the  most  desirable  effect  oh 
the  dispositions  and  conduct  of  the  youth." — "  In  preparing  this  volume  the  com- 
piler has  conferred  a  favor  on  the  community,  which  we  trust  they  will  cheerfully 
acknowledge  by  extensively  introducing  it  into  their  schools." — Greenfield  Gazette 
and  Franklin  Herald,  Dec.  1827. 

Our  limits  do  not  permit  us  even  to  make  extracts  from  the  highly  favorable 
notices  which  have  been  taken  of  the  National  Reader  by  the  Christian  Intelli- 
gencer and  Eastern  Chronicle  of  Maine,  the  Courier,  State.^man,  and  Galaxy  of 
Boston,  the  Troy  Sentinel,  the  Western  Monthly  Review,  for  Oct.  1827,  and  the 
Statesman,  Daily  Advertiser,  Albion,  Morning  Courier,  Mirror,  and  other  journals 
of  New  York. 

In  Press.  The  AMERICAN  SCHREVELIUS,  or  Greek  and 
English  Lexicon,  new  and  improved  edition. 

The  basis  of  the  work  is  Schrevelius's  well  known  Lexicon ;  which,  on  the 
whole,  in  the  present  state  of  Greek  studies  in  this  country,  was  thought  preferable 
to  any  other  manual  adapted  to  the  use  of  schools.  Schrevelius's  work  was 
more  particularly  intended  for  the  Old  and  New  Testaments,  Homer,  Hcsiod,  Musaeus, 
Theognis,  Pythagoras,  and  other  Gnomic  Authors,  Isocrates,  ^sop,  &;c. ;  the  author 
also  made  use  of  Portus's  Ionic  and  Doric  Lexicons  and  the  Lexicon  to  Pindar  and 
the  other  Lyric  poets.  It  was  published  several  times  on  the  continent  of  Europe 
during  tiie  author's  life  ;  and  within  that  period  was  also  republished  in  England  by 
Hill,  who  enlarged  it  considerably,  more  particularly  with  words  from  the  New  Tes- 
tament, the  Septuagint,  and  the  principal  poets  and  orators,  as  well  as  the  school 
books  of  the  day.  Besides  the  editorial  labor  bestowed  upon  it  in  England,  it  has 
received  improvements  in  France,  where  a  valuable  edition  of  it  was  published  in 
1779  by  the  celebrated  scholar  Vauvilliers.  Of  the  other  editions,  we  have  before 
U8  the  Italian  one  in  folio,  and  a  German  one,  reprinted  from  the  Paris  copy,  at 
Vienna  in  18-22,  under  the  editorial  superintendence  of  Kritsch ;  who  justly  ob- 
serves, that  the  Lexicon,  as  now  published,  is  very  diflferent  from  tlie  ancient 
editions  both  in  copiousness  and  explanations  ;  and,  in  its  present  state  it  may 
with  propriety  be  recommended  to  the  student  in  Greek  literature.    The  signi- 


24  School  and  Classical  Books 


fications  given  in  this  work  are  more  copious  than  the  Latin  ones  of  Schrevelius. 
It  has  been  the  intention  of  the  editors,  that  the  work  should  comprehend  all  the 
words  which  are  to  be  found  in  Professor  Dalzel's  Collectanea  Majora  and  Minora, 
Jacob's  Greek  Reader,  and  the  other  books  now  studied  in  our  schools  and  otl)er 
seminaries  of  learning. 

The  improvements  made  upon  the  common  Schrevelius,  in  the  present  edition 
will  amount  to  not  less  than  ten  thoitsand  new  articles  and  very  numerous  addi- 
tions to  the  original  articles  of  the  work. 

The  explanations  of  the  uses  of  the  prepositions  and  article^  which  were  the 
subject  of  particular  attention  in  the  former  edition,  have  been  still  further  im- 
proved in  the  present  one.  Another  improvement  (and  one  which  was  not  adopted 
in  any  edition  of  Schrevelius  till  after  this  work  was  begun)  is  the  marking  of  the 
quantities  of  the  doubtful  vowels ;  and  in  the  present  edition  this  has  been  more 
minutely  attended  to  than  in  the  former. 

During  the  progress  of  the  work  almost  all  the  Greek  Lexicons  extant  have 
been  occasionally  consulted.  Those  which  have  been  most  constantly  resorted  to 
are — Schneider's  admirable  Griechisch-Deutsches  Wdrterbuch  (or  Greek  and 
German  Dictionary)  and  the  Greek  and  German  Lexicon  of  Riemer,  who  has 
added  much  new  and  valuable  matter  to  Schneider's  labors ;  Planche's  excellent 
Dictionnaire  Grec-Fran^ois , — Donnegan's  New  Greek  and  English  Lexicon,  the 
basis  of  which  is  Schneider's ; — Jones's  Greek  and  English  Lexicon,  and  the  im- 
proved edition  of  Hedericus ;  and,  for  the  Scripture  words,  Schleusner's  well 
Known  Lexicon  and  Wahl's  Greek  and  English  Lexicon  by  Mr.  Robinson.  Besides 
these  aids,  as  much  use,  as  was  practicable  in  a  work  of  this  size,  has  been 
made  of  the  labors  of  eminent  critics  and  commentators  on  the  Greek  Classics. 

PHrEDRI  FABULiE  EXPURGATE.  Accedunt  Tractatus  de 
versu  lambico,  Notulse  Anglic«  et  Quesliones.  In  usum  Stholse  Bos- 
toniensis.     Price  62^  cents. 

Phaedrus  comes  strongly  recommended  to  the  study  of  the  young.  He  has  clothed 
the  most  beautiful  of  ^sop's  fables  in  an  elegant,  pure,  and  simple  style.  With 
the  interest  of  the  Fable  he  has  united  the  graces  of  poetry,  and  the  graver  wisdom 
of  philosophy.  His  writings  are  eminently  pleasing  and  manly  j  and  he  has  suc- 
ceeded beyond  most  authors  in  what  he  states  to  be  his  design,  at  once  to  amuse 
and  to  instruct.  In  the  present  edition,  the  text  has  been  carefully  corrected, 
according  to  the  best  texts,  the  Notes  are  very  full,  containing  a  good  deal  of 
Mythological  and  Historical  matter  together  with  (iuestions  annexed.  But  the 
most  important  improvement  is  the  attention  devoted  to  Iambic  Verse.  This 
measure,  a  favorite  in  the  English  as  well  as  in  the  Latin  and  Greek  languages, 
has  been  hitherto  strangely  neglected  in  our  schools.  It  was  thought,  that  in 
publishing  an  edition  of  Phoedrus,  one  of  the  best  and  easiest  specimens  of  Iambic 
writers,  a  favorable  opportunity  was  offered  for  introducing  the  study  of  this 
elegant  and  popular  measure,  and  of  course  an  insight  into  all  the  Latin  and  Greek 
Tragedy  and  Comedy.  Accordingly  some  few,  but  comprehensive  remarks  on 
Iambics  have  been  subjoined  including  a  scale  of  feet  adapted  to  Pha;drus  ;  and  the 
Notes  have  been  interspersed  with  explanations  of  all  the  difficult  lines.  The 
work  is  prepared  and  printed  according  to  the  plan  of  Gould's  Virgil  and  Ovid, 
particularly  for  the  use  of  the  Boston  Public  Latin  School. 

The  RATIONAL  GUIDE  to  Reading  and  Orthography  ;  being 
an  attempt  to  improve  the  arrangement  of  Words  in  English  Spelling  Books, 
and  to  adapt  the  Reading  Lessons  to  the  comprehension  of  those  for  whom 
they  are  intended.  By  William  B.  Fowle,  Instructer  of  the  Monitorial 
School,  Boston.     Price  2,5  cents. 

'  The  matter  and  the  arrangement  of  this  little  volume  possesses  much  originality ; 
both  are  happily  adapted  to  the  capacity  of  young  children,  and  are  excellently 
suited  to  aid  a  gradual  and  sure  progress  in  the  principles  of  reading. 

The  reading  lessons  which  are  interspersed  with  the  columns,  are  simple  and 
intelligible  ;  they  are  all  written  in  a  very  interesting  style ;  and  many  of  thom 
convey  useful  moral  instruction. 

From  a  pretty  extensive  acquaintance  with  similar  school  books  issued  from 
the  English  press,  we  are  enabled  to  make  a  comparison  which  is  highly  favorable 
to  Mr.  Fowle's.  There  is  no  work  of  the  kind,  as  far  as  we  know,  which  is 
equally  well  adapted  to  the  use  of  beginners  in  reading  and  spelling;  or  which  an 
instructer  may  use  with  so  much  advantage  and  pleasure.' — Journal  of  Education. 

This  Spelling  Book  is  elegantly  stereotyped,  and  although,   by  its  peculiar 


Published  by  HUliardy  Gray,  fy  Co.  25 


arrangement  and  classification  of  words  and  lessons,  it  is  admirably  adapt^^  f«r 
the  use  of  beginners,  still  it  contains  as  many  words,  with  less  extraneous  matter 
than  any  othir  Spelling  Book,  and  is  suitable  for  the  higher  classes  also. 

A  RHETORICAL  GRAMMAR ;  in  which  the  common  impro- 
prielies  in  Reading  and  Speaking  are  detected,  and  the  sources  of  Llegant 
Pronunciation  are  pointed  out.  Willi  a  Complete  Analysis  of  the  Voice, 
showing  its  specific  Modifications,  and  how  they  may  be  applied  to  ditlerent 
species  of  sentences,  and  the  several  figures  of  Rhetoric.  To  which  are 
a^ded  Outlines  of  Composition,  or  plain  Rules  for  writing  Orations  and 
Speaking  them  in  Public.  By  John  Walker,  Author  of  the  Critical 
Pronouncing  Dictionary,  Elements  of  Elocution,  &c.  feecond  American 
ediuon.    1  vol.  8vo.    Price  ^2,25. 

Extract  from  the  Preface.  . 

The  want  of  rules  for  composition,  so  essential  in  rhetoric,  has  been  supplied  m 
this  edition  from  the  best  source— Blair's  Lectures:  and  what  was  deficient  even 
in  these  has  been  ftirnished  from  Prof.  Ward's  Lectures  onUDratory :— so  that  with 
the  original  matter  on  the  elegant  pronunciation  of  words,  on  accent,  emphasis, 
and  inflexion  of  voice,  and  the  proper  pronunciation  of  the  figures  ot  rhetoric,  it  is 
presumed  the  present  work  is  the  most  perfect  of  its  kind  in  the  language. 

The  NEW  TESTAMENT  of  our  Lord  and  Saviom-  Jesus  Christ; 
in  which  the  Text  of  the  Common  Version  is  divided  into  paragraphs,  the 
punctuation  in  many  cases  altered,  and  some  words,  not  in  the  original 
expunged.     12mo.     Price  60  cents.     (Called  tlie  Revised  Testament.) 

It  is  well  known  to  the  learned,  and  should  be  to  all,  that  the  division  of  the 
Bible  into  chapters  and  verses,  the  punctuation,  and  the  words  usually  printed  in 
italics,  are  of  no  authority  whatever.  The  several  Books  of  the  New  Testament, 
according  to  the  best  authority  we  can  get,  were  written  in  an  uniform  character, 
without  capitals,  without  chapters,  without  verses,  without  punctuation,  or  any 
break  or  other  index  by  which  to  determine  whetlier  a  particular  letter  belonged  to 
this  or  that  word,  or  whether  a  particular  word  belonged  to  this  or  that  sentence  ; 
the  sense  was  the  only  guide  to  the  proper  division. 

The  basis  of  the  divisions  which  are  found  in  this  edition  is  the  Greek  Testament 
edited  by  Knapp. 

The  PHILOSOPHY  of  NATURAL  HISTORY,  by  William 
Smellie,  Member  of  the  Antiquarian  and  Royal  Societies  of  Edinburgh. 
With  an  Introduction  and  various  Additions  and  Alterations,  intended  to 
adapt  it  to  the  present  state  of  knowledge  ;  by  John  Ware,  M.  D.  Fellow 
of  the  Massachusetts  Medical  Society,  and  of  the  American  Academy  of 
Arts  and  Sciences.     Second  edition.     JPrice  ^2,25. 

Smellie's  Philosophy  of  Natural  History  has  been  for  many  years  one  of  the 
most  popular,  as  it  is  one  of  the  most  instructive  treatises  upon  the  subjects  to 
which  it  relates.  Although  it  does  not  profess  to  be  a  complete  system  of  Natural 
History  it  still  contains  a  great  variety  of  facts  interesting  to  the  scientific 
Naturalist;  and  although  not  adapted  to  all  his  wants,  is  at  least  calculated  to 
minister  to  his  pleasure.  It  is  more  particularly  intended  for  the  usq  of  those  who 
are  lovers  of  nature  in  general ;  who  admire  and  love  to  study  her  works,  but  have 
not  leisure  or  ability  to  acquaint  themselves  with  the  technical  details  of  science. 
It  dwells  principally  upon  such  subjects  as  are  within  the  comprehension  of  all — 
such  as  relate  to  the  manners  characters  and  habits  of  animals — the  skill  displayed 
in  the  construction  of  their  habitations — the  mode  in  which  they  obtain  their 
food — their  means  and  instruments  of  defence  and  attack — their  care  of  and  atten- 
tion to  their  offspring — their  docility,  powers  of  imitation,  &c.  &.C.  Hence  the 
work  has  been  always  found  one  of  the  most  interesting  which  could  be  put  into  the 
hands  of  the  young. 

In  the  American  edition  no  essential  alterations  have  been  made  in  its  plan  or 
details.  An  introduction  has  been  prefixed  in  order  to  possess  the  reader  of  a  few 
of  the  elementary  principles  of  the  science  of  Natural  History  as  established  at  the 
present  day.  In  the  body  of  the  work  a  few  additions  have  been  made,  particularly 
to  the  chapters  on  Physiology,  and  a  few  chapters  have  been  omitted,  as  relating  to 
subjects  which  would  not  be  interesting  or  useful  to  those  for  whom  it  was  chiefly 
intended.  It  is  believed,  that  in  its  present  form  it  is  calculated  to  interest  the 
minds  of  the  young,  to  convey  to  them  much  useful  knowledge,  and  to  give  them  a 
tasto  for  tho  wonders  and  beauties  of  nature. 

3 


26  School  and  Classical  Books 


The  THIRD  CLASS  BOOK ;  comprising  Reading  Lessons  for 
youn^  scholars.     Second  edition.     Price  37J  cents. 

The  principal  end  in  view,  in  the  compilation  of  this  work,  has  been  to  present 
to  the  younger  classes  in  our  common  schools,  a  book  not  only  adapted  to  their  in- 
tellectual capacities,  but  also  adapted  to  their  sympathies  and  feelings.  A  story 
may  be  perfectly  intelligible  and  powerfully  interesting  to  a  child ;  and  at  the  same 
time  the  interest  it  creates,  and  the  feelings  it  excites,  are  those  which  should  belong 
only  to  maturer  years.  For  a  reading  lesson,  a  story  should  possess  just  interest 
enough  to  engage  and  fix  the  attention  of  the  reader ; — any  thing  short  of,  or 
beyond  this  effect,  is  aside  from  the  purpose. 

The  second  edition  is  enlarged,  and  greatly  improved. 

The  ART  of  READING  :  or  Rules  for  the  attainment  of  just  and 
correct  enunciation  of  written  language.  Mostly  selected  from  Walker's 
Elements  of  Elocution,  and  adapted  to  the  use  of  "Schools.     Price  50  cents. 

Walker's  Elements  of  Elocution  is  a  work,  which  has  enjoyed  a  great  reputation 
both  in  England  and  in  this  country.  The  correctness  of  its  principles  is  generally 
admitted,  and  the  rulef^t  contains  are  allowed  to  be  the  most  accurate  guide  we 
possess  on  the  subject  of  reading.  It  is  not  however,  in  its  present  form,  well 
suited  to  the  purposes  of  a  school  book.  The  volume  is  too  e.xpensive  for  general 
use,  and  contains  much  which  can  neither  be  applied  nor  understood  by  the  majority 
of  pupils.  It  occurred  to  the  compiler,  that  an  abridgment  of  Walker's  Treatise 
divested  of  all  minute  disquisition,  and  rendered  strictly  practical  in  its  character, 
might  be  a  useful  manual  for  schools.  This  idea  has  been  confirmed  by  some 
intelligent  friends  whom  he  has  consulted,  and  hence  this  little  volume  is  now 
offered  to  the  public.  The  alterations  which  have  been  attempted  in  the  present 
compendium,  are  not  numerous.  They  consist  in  occasionally  varying  the  order 
of  the  rules,  in  simplifying  their  language,  and  in  supplying  a  few  additional 
examples  for  practice.  Where  these  changes  occur,  it  is  hoped  their  utility  will 
appear  sufficient  to  justify  their  introduction. 

WiU  speedily  be  Published.  TACITI  OPERA  OVINIA,  Notis 
Anglicis  Illustrata.    2  vols.  12mo. 

This  work  will  be  executed  for  the  use  of  schools  on  the  plan  of  Gould's  editions 
of  Virgil,  Ovid,  and  Horace. 

The  ELEMENTS  of  GREEK  GRAMMAR,  with  Notes  by  R. 
Valpy,  D.  D.,  F.  A.  S.  Sixth  Boston  edition — carefully  revised  and 
corrected  at  the  University  Press,  Cambridge.     Price  §1,00. 

WILKINS'S  ELEMENTS  of  ASTRONOMY,  Ulustrated  with 
Plates,  for  the  use  of  Schools  and  Academies,  with  Questions.  By  John 
H.  WiLKiNS,  A.  M.     Fifth  edition.     Stereotyped.     Price  87^  cents. 

The  design  of  this  work  is  to  exhibit  the  leading  facts  and  to  illustrate  the 
leading  principles  of  Astronomy  in  a  manner  interesting  and  useful  to  those 
scholars  who  do  not  intend  to  pursue  the  subject  to  great  extent.  It  may  be 
studied  without  a  knowledge  of  the  higher  branches  of  mathematics ;  and  contains 
familiar  illustrations  of  the  most  striking  phenomena  of  nature.  The  work  has 
passed  through  four  editions  and  the  fifth  is  now  published.  It  is  used  in 
the  principal  schools  in  Boston  and  the  vicinity ;  and  is  coming  into  very  general  use. 

This  work  is  peculiarly  adapted  for  the  use  of  Academies  and  the  higher  classes 
in  common  Schools. 

The  BIBLE  CLASS  TEXT  BOOK ;  or  Biblical  Catechism,  con- 
taining questions  historical,  doctrinal,  practical  and  experimental.  De- 
signed to  promote  an  intimate  acquaintance  with  the  inspired  volume.  By 
HERVEr  Wir.BUR,  A.  M.  Seventeenth  edition,  revised,  improved,  en- 
larged, and  stereotyped,  with  practical  questions  annexed  to  the  answers. 
Price  37^  cents. 

A  CATECHISM  in  three  parts  Part  first,  containing  fhe  ele- 
ments of  Religion  and  Morality  ;  designed  for  children.  Part  second,  con- 
sisting of  Questions  and  Answers,  chiefly  historical,  on  the  Old  Testament. 
Part  third,  consisting  of  similar  Questions  and  Answers  on  the  New  Testa- 
ment ;  designed  for  children  and  young  persons.    Compiled  and  recom- 


Published  by  Hllliard,  Gray,  Sf  Co.  27 

mended  by  the  Ministers  of  the  Worcester  Association  in  Massachusetts. 
Tliird  edition.     Price  12^  cents. 

The  foregoing  litlle  book,  in  part  compiled  from  various  sources,  and  in  part 
original,  it  is  believed,  will  be  found  to  contain  important  religious  instruction  in 
a  form  adapted  to  the  minds  of  children  and  young  persons;  and  it  is  accordingly 
recommended  by  the  ministers  of  the  Worcester  Association  to  the  people  of  their 
respective  charges,  and  to  all  parents  and  instructors  of  youth,  with  the  hope  and 
prayer  that,  by  the  blessing  of  God,  it  may  be  instrumental  in  promoting  a 
knowledge  of  the  holy  Scriptures,  and  in  forming  youthful  minds  to  virtue  and  piety. 

A   PRIMER   of  the    ENGLISH    LANGUAGE    for   the  use   of 

Families  and  Schools.  By  Samuel  Worcester,  Stereotype  edition. 
Price  12^  cents. 

"  The  author  of  this  invaluable  little  manual,  has  done  more  for  the  health  and  the 
happiness,  as  well  as  the  intellectual  improvement  of  infant  learners,  and  for  the 
relief  and  aid  of  mothers,  than  if  he  had  published  an  octavo  volume  on  the 
philosophy  of  instruction  or  on  the  duties  of  mothers.  Instead  of  formally  dis- 
cussing his  method,  (which  appears  to  us  decidedly  the  best  ever  otTered  to  the 
public,)  we  will  furnish  some  extracts  from  the  work  itself,  which  will  serve  to 
give  an  idea  of  the  spirit  of  the  plan. 

'  In  order  to  teach  this  Primer,  it  will  be  absolutely  essential  that  the  instructor 
should  abandon  the  common  method  of  teaching  children  to  read  and  spell.  The 
author,  therefore,  earnestly  requests  all  teachers  to  attend  carefully  to  the  directions 
Avhich  precede  the  several  classes  of  lessons. 

'  It  is  not,  perhaps,  very  important  that  a  child  should  know  the  letters  before  it 
begins  to  read,  it  may  first  learn  to  read  words  by  seeing  them,  hearing  them 
pronounced,  and  having  their  meaning  illustrated;  and  afterwards  it  may  learn 
to  analyse  them,  or  name  the  letters  of  which  they  are  composed.  Those  instruc- 
ters  who  choose  to  adopt  this  method,  may  commence  with  Lesson  I,  and  require 
the  scholar  to  read  all  the  words  in  six  or  eight  lessons,  without  attempting  to 
spell  them;  and  then  to  recommence  the  book  with  the  alphabet,  and  s|iell  the 
words  selected  from  eadi  reading  lesson.' 

[Further  Jirections  will  be  found  in  the  Author's  Preface.] 

"A  work  like  this,  which  so  happily  addresses  itself  to  the  very  elements  of 
infantine  thought  and  feeling,  it  would  be  idle  to  praise.  The  book  carries,  within 
itself,  its  best  recommendation  to  a  parent's  heart." — Journal  of  Education. 

^HBovttnttv^n  IBUmtnUv^  ^^oviXB  on  fQ^tstorg 
antr  <SfcoflraiJhg» 

ELEMENTS  of  HISTORY,  Ancient  and  Modern,  with  Histori- 
cal Charts.  By  J.  E.  Worcester,  A.  A.  S.,  S.  H.  S.  Third  edition. 
Price  of  the  History  ^IjOO-     Price  of  the  Historical  Atlas  51>50. 

The  Historical  Atlas  which  accompanies  the  volume,  comprises  a  series  of 
Charts,  formed  on  a  new  plan,  and  affording  means  of  facilitating  the  study  of 
Historxj  similar  to  what  are  afforded  by  Maps  in  the  study  of  Geography.  It 
contains  the  following  Charts  -. — 

1.  Chart  of  General  History.  6.  Historical  Chart  of  England. 

2.  Chart  of  Sacred  History.  7.  Historical  Chart  of  Fr.ance. 

3.  Chart  of  Ancient  Chronology.  8.  Chart  of  American  History. 

4.  Chart  of  Sovereigns  of  Europe.  9.  Chart  of  Biography. 

5.  Chart  of  Modern  Chronology.  10.  Chart  of  Mythology. 

Extract  from  the  .Advertisement  to  the  Third  Edition. 

"  The  approbation  which  has  been  expressed  of  the  plan  and  execution  of  tbig 
work,  by  the  different  literary  journals,  and  by  various  respectable  instructors,  and 
distinguished  literary  gentlemen,  and  likewise  by  the  public,  as  indicated  by  the 
rapid  sale  of  the  first  and  second  editions,  call  for  the  grateful  acknowledgments 
of  the  Author. 

"In  this  third  edition  the  volume  has  been  carefully  revised,  and  the  quantity  of 
matter  increased.  A  Chart  of  Sacred  History  has  been  added  to  the  Atlas,  and  all 
the  other  Charts  have  been  altered  and  improved." 

This  work  has  been  highly  recommended  by  various  literary  gentlemen. — Presi- 
dent Kirkland  and  Professors  Hedge  and  Willard,  of  Harvard  University,  and 
the  Rev.  Dr.  Beasley,  Provost  of  Pennsylvania  University,  say  in  their  recora- 


2S  School  and  Classical  Books 


mendation ; — "  We  can  cheerfully  recommend  it  as  the  best  elementary  work  of 
the  kind  with  which  we  are  acquainted." — President  Lindslcy,  of  Cumberland 
College,  says; — "  I  give  it  the  decided  preference  to  every  work  of  the  kind  with 
which  I  am  acquainted." 

QUESTIONS  adapted  to  the  use  of  Worcester's  Elements 
of  Hisiory.     Price  18|  cents. 

WORCESTER'S  EPITOME  of  HISTORY,  with  Historical  and 

Chronological  Charts.     Price  of  the  Book  50  cents.     Atlas  50  cents. 
The  Jltlas  contains  the  four  following  Charts: — 

1.  Chart  of  General  History.  3.  Chart  of  Modern  Chronology. 

2,  Chart  of  Ancient  Chronology.  4.  Chart  of  American  History. 

*'  This  Epitome  of  History  and  the  corresponding  Epitome  of  Geography  by  the 
Fame  author,  are  well  adapted,  as  regards  size  and  cost,  to  the  circumstances  of 
primary  and  common  schools ;  and  the  characteristic  care  and  exactness  of  the 
author  leave  little  to  desire  in  regard  to  the  character  of  these  books,  as  works 
adapted  to  the  objects  of  education.  We  earnestly  hope  that  school  committees 
will  examine  this  work  and  give  it  a  place  among  their  school  books." — Journal  of 
Education. 

WORCESTER'S  ELEMENTS  of  GEOGRAPHY,  Ancient  and 
Modern  ;  with  an  Alias,  Ancient  and  Modern.     Price  of  Geography  87^ 
cents.     Price  of  Modem  Atlas  $  1 ,00.     Price  of  Ancient  Atlas  87|  cents. 
Maps  in  the  Ancient  Atlas. 

1.  Roman  Empire.  4.  Asia  Minor. 

2.  Italy.  5.  Palestine. 

3.  Greece. 

Maps  in  the  Modern  Atlas, 

1.  The  World.  7.  France,  Germany,  Netherlands, 

2.  North  America.  Switzerland,  &c. 

3.  United  States.  8.  England,  Scotland,  and  Ireland. 

4.  Eastern  and  :Middle  States.  9.  Asia. 

5.  South  America.  10.  Africa. 

6.  Europe. 

In  this  Geography  scholars  are  examined  for  admission  into  Harvard  and  other 
Colleges.  It  is  also,  by  order  of  the  School  Committee,  used  in  all  the  public 
Grammar  Schools  in  Boston,  and  to  great  extent  through  the  country. 

"  Mr.  Worcester's  Geography  appears  to  us  a  most  excellent  manual.  It  is 
concise,  well  arranged,  free  from  redundancies  and  repetitions,  and  contains  exactly 
what  it  should,  a  brief  outline  of  the  natural  and  political  characteristics  of  each 
country.    The  tabular  views  are  of  groat  value." — J\Corth  American  Review. 

"  I  cannot  hesitate  to  pronounce  it,  on  the  whole,  the  best  compend  of  Geography 
for  the  use  of  Academies,  that  I  have  ever  seen." — Rev.  Dr.  S.  Miller^  of  Princeton. 

"  Of  all  the  elementary  treatises  on  the  subject  which  have  been  published,  I  have 
seen  none  with  which  I  am  on  the  whole  so  well  pleased,  and  which  I  can  so 
cheerfully  recommend  to  the  public." — President  Tyler,  of  Dartmouth  College. 

WORCESTER'S  EPITOME  of  GEOGRAPHY ;  with  an  AUas. 
Price  of  Epitome  50  cents.     Price  of  Atlas  75  cents. 
The  Atlas  contains  the  following  Maps : — 

1.  Map  of  the  World.  9.  Roman  Empire. 

2.  North  America.  10.  Palestine. 

3.  United  States.  11.  Comparative  Heights  of  Mountains. 

4.  Sotitb  America.  12.  Comparative  Lengths  of  Rivers. 

5.  Europe.  13.  Statistical  Summary  of  the  United 

6.  British  Isles.  States. 

7.  Asia.  14.  Statistical  Summary  of  Europe. 

8.  Africa.  15.  Statistical  Summary  of  the  Globe. 

"  Mr.  Worcester's  success  as  a  geographer  renders  it  unnecessary  for  us  to  say 
any  thing  more  of  this  little  work,  than  that  it  bears  all  the  characteristic  marks 
of  his  former  productions.  He  is  accurate,  clear,  and  remarkably  happy  in  con- 
densing the  most  important  particulars,  and  bringing  them  down  to  the  ready 
apprel^nsiun  of  children.    The  author  has  one  merit  almost  peculiar  to  himself. 


I 


Published  by  HllUard,  Gray,  8^  Co.  29 

He  has  taken  unwearied  pains  to  designate  the  accurate  pronunciation  of  proper 
names.    This  is  of  great  utility." — JVort/i  American  Review. 

"It  would  be  difficult  to  collect  within  the  same  limits  so  much  exact,  useful, 
and  well  chosen  matter,  as  is  contained  in  this  little  volume,  and  the  accompanying 
Atlas.  Mr.  Worcester's  books  have  all  been  distinguished  for  accuracy  and  clear- 
ness. This  is  no  less  so  than  those  which  have  preceded  it — We  have  seen  no  book 
so  well  adapted  to  the  wants  of  teachers  and  learners." — Christian  Examiner. 

SKETCHES  of  the  EARTH  and  its  INHABITANTS ;  comprising 
a  Description  of  the  Grand  Features  of  Nature  ;  the  Principal  Mountains, 
Rivers,  Cataracts,  and  other  Interesting  Objects  and  Natural  Curiosities  : 
also  of  the  Chief  Cities  and  Remarkable  Edifices  and  Ruins  ;  togetlier  with 
a  View  of  the  Manners  and  Customs  of  Different  Nations  :  lUustraied  by 
One  Hundred  Engravings.  2  vols.  Price  ,**|3,50. 
Extracts  from  Reviews,  Sec. 

"  We  have  attentively  perused  these  '  Sketches,'  and  have  no  hesitation  in  saying 
that  we  know  of  no  similar  work,  in  which  instruction  and  amusement  are  so 
much  combined.  The  accuracy  of  the  statements,  the  brevity  and  clearness  of  the 
descriptions,  the  apposite  and  often  beautiful  quotations  from  books  of  travels  and 
from  other  works,  continually  excite  and  gratify  the  curiosity  of  the  reader." — 
Christian  Spectator. 

"  We  consider  the  '  Sketches'  well  suited  to  give  a  large  fund  of  entertainmert 
and  instruction  to  the  youthful  mind." — ATorth  American  Review. 

"  We  know  of  no  book  which  would  be  more  suitable  to  be  read  by  scholars  in 
our  higher  schools,  and  which  would  excite  more  interest  in  the  family  circle."— - 
R.  I.  American. 

"  These  volumes  are  extremely  entertaining,  and  may  be  recommended  to  the 
perusal  of  those  even,  who  conceive  themselves  to  be  past  the  necessity  of  elemen- 
tary instruction." — Christian  Examiner. 

"  The  '  Sketches,'  &c.  form  a  most  valuable  companion  to  the  '  Elements  of 
Qeoffraphy^  admirably  calculated  to  interest  the  attention,  and  impart  useful 
knowledge  to  our  youth." — Roberts  Vaux,  Esq. 

"  The  work  is,  in  my  opinion,  ably  executed,  and  well  fitted  to  be  both  popular 
and  useful."— Aer.  Dr.  S.  Miller. 

WORCESTER'S  GEOGRAPHICAL  DICTIONARY,  or  Uni- 
versal Gazetteer,  Ancient  and  Modern.  Second  edition,  in  2  vols.  Bound. 
Price  511,00. 

A  GAZETTEER  of  the  UNITED  STATES  abstracted  from  the 
Universal  Gazetteer  of  the  Author.  With  enlargement  of  the  principal 
articles,  by  J.  E.  Worcester.     1  vol.  8vo.     Bound,  price  ,^2,50. 

Will  speedily  be  Published.  XENAPHONTIS  ANABASIS,  cum 
Notulis  Anglicis'et  Quaeslionibus.     2  vols.  12  mo. 

This  work  will  lie  prepared  for  the  use  of  Schools,  on  the  same  plan  with 
Gould's  edition  of  Virgil,  Horace,  and  Ovid. 


The  FRENCH  ACCIDENCE  or  Elements  of  French  Grammar. 
By  William  B.  Fowle,  Instructor  of  the  Monitorial  School,  Boston. 

The  prevailing  custom  of  requiring  young  children  to  commence  the  study  of  the 
French  language,  has  led  to  the  publication  of  this  Accidence.  The  author  found 
that  his  younger  pupils  were  unable  distinctly  to  collect  the  leading  principles  of 
French  Grammar  from  the  bulky  works  commonly  used,  and  that  the  more  ad- 
vanced pupils  often  experienced  some  difficulty  in  finding  the  information  they 
sought,  not  because  it  was  not  in  the  book,  but  because  there  was  so  much  else 
there.  It  is  believed  that  all  the  essentials  of  French  Grammar  are  contained 
in  this  compend,  and  that  they  are  so  arranged  as  to  be  distinct  and  obvious. 
Should  this  Accidence  be  found  useful,  it  will  bo  followed  by  a  small  volume  of 
Exercises  adapted  to  it. 


30  Gardner^s  Globes, 


GARDNER'S  TWELVE  INCH  GLOBES. 

$26,00  per  pair. 
These  Globes  are  now  very  generally  used  in  the  Schools  and 
Academies  of  INew  England. 

RECOMMEITDATIONS. 

Cambridge,  Jan.  23,  1824. 
Mr.  J.  W.  Gardner  appears  to  have  made  himself  acquainted  with  the  best 
methods  of  constructing  artificial  Globes,  and  to  have  used  all  due  care  in  the 
construction  of  his  work.  The  stars  are  laid  down  singly,  and  the  number  and 
outline  of  the  constellations  are  given,  according  to  the  latest  and  most  approved 
catalogues  and  charts  of  the  heavens.  The  terrestial  Globe  is  understood  to  have 
been  constructed  in  a  similar  manner,  by  means  of  the  best  tables  of  the  latitude 
and  longitude  of  places.  These  Globes  are  accordingly  recommended  as  well 
adapted  to  the  purposes  of  elementary  instruction  in  Geography  and  Astronomy. 

JOHN  F.^RRAR, 
Prof,  of  Math,  and  JVat.  Phil,  in  Harvard  University. 

Boston,  Jan.  22,  1824. 

Rev.  and  Dear  Sir, — I  have  examined,  with  a  great  deal  of  care,  Mr.  Gardner's 
Terrestrial  Globe,  and  find  it  very  accurately  executed  according  to  the  latest 
discoveries  and  the  best  tables.  The  coasts  are  carefully  laid  down,  with  an 
extraordinary  degree  of  minuteness,  from  the  best  established  authorities.  The 
outlines  are  consequently  very  exact.  All  important  places  in  the  interior  of 
continents,  where  the  latitude  and  longitude  have  been  well  ascertained,  are  also 
laid  down  with  the  same  care. 

With  great  respect,  your  obedient  servant,  GEO.  B.  EMERSON. 

E.ev.  President  KiRKLAiio. 

Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  23  Jan.  1824. 

Sir, — After  the  opinion  expressed  by  Professor  Farrar  of  your  ability  and  fidelity 
in  the  construction  of  your  Globes ;  and  after  the  testimonial  of  Mr.  George  B. 
Emerson,  who  has  examined  your  Terrestrial,  and  of  Mr.  James  Hayward,  who 
has  paid  particular  attention  to  your  Celestial  Globe,  (one  of  these  gentlemen 
having  been  lately  and  the  other  being  now  in  the  department  of  Mathematics, 
Natural  Philosophy,  and  Astronomy  in  this  University,  and  both  well  known  for 
their  accurate  acquaintance  with  these  branches  of  science,)  I  can  have  no  doubt 
that  these  productions  of  your  skill  and  labor  are  fully  entitled  to  peculiar  favor 
and  patronage.  I  am,  Sir,  with  esteem,  your  obedient  servant, 

J.  T.  KIRKLAND,  President. 

Mr.  J.  W.  Gardner. 

GARDNER'S  NEW  FOUR  INCH  GLOBES. 
Price  $2,00  each. 
In  consequence  of  the  increased  demand  for  Gardn^er's  twelve 
inch  GLOBES,  the  author  has  been  induced  to  publish  a  pair  of  four  inch 
Celestial  and  Terrestial,  corresponding  in  every  respect  with  the  twelve 
inch,  except  the  omission  oC  the  names  ;  which  present  an  entirely  new  and 
interesting  exercise  in  Geography  and  Astronomy. 


BOSTON  BOOKSTORE. 

HILLIARD,  GRAY,  &  Co.  Publishers,  Booksellers 

and  Stationers,  No.  134,  Washington  street,  Boston,  keep  constantly  for  sale  a  great 
variety  of  English,  French,  Italian,  Spanish  and  German  Books,  in  the  various 
branches  of  Learning.     An  extensive  stock  of  the  most  valuable  LAW  BOOKS. 

Also,— A  supply  of  the  finest  LONDON  STATIONARY.  Orders  for  Books 
of  every  description  executed  with  care  and  promptness,  and  on  the  most  mod- 
erate terms. 

Ci3=  Social  Libraries  and  Literary  Institutions,  supplied  with  mis- 
cellaneous books  at  a  great  discount.  Old  and  rare  Books  often  on  hand  for  sale 
at  very  low  prices. 

T.  R.  MARVIN,  PRINTER,  32,  CONGRESS-STREET,  BOSTON. 


RETURN  TO  the  circulation  desk  of  any 
Unive'-sity  of  California  Library 
or  to  the 
NORTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 
Bldg.  400,  Richmond  Field  Station 
University  of  California 
Richmond,  CA  94804-4698 

ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 

•  2-month  loans  may  be  renewed  by  calling 
(510)642-6753 

•  1-year  loans  may  be  recharged  by  bringing 
books  to  NRLF 

•  Renewals  and  recharges  may  be  made  4 
days  prior  to  due  date. 

DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 


JAHOIZQO^ 


12,000(11/95)  (g,' 

I   J 


VliSX«lbTI 

- 

ivi31J21G9 


YC134144 


^    ■  J 


I 


Mi«f£St£,^,.L««ARIES 


C00a5M?tl3 


